This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
 The Library
of the
SI
NE
TIS

NS

PITTSCON
IS
SITA

OLI P
LEA

SI
INS

LLU
S

University of Wisconsin
li
 50-11541
WINDING
ALTERNATING - CURRENT
MACHINES
A Book for Winders, Repairmen, and Designers
of Electric Machines

BY

MICHAEL LIWSCHITZ-GARIK, Dr-Ing.

Professor at the Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn ;
Consulting Engineer to the Westinghouse Electric Corporation

ASSISTED BY

CELSO GENTILINI, B.E.E.

Assistant Chief Engineer of the
National Electric Coil Company

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY, INC.

TORONTO NEW YORK LONDON
 NEW YORK
D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc. , 250 Fourth Avenue, New York 3
TORONTO

D. Van Nostrand Company (Canada ), Ltd., 228 Bloor Street, Toronto

LONDON

Macmillan & Company, Ltd., St. Martin's Street, London , W.C. 2

COPYRIGHT, 1950, BY
D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY, INC.

Published simultaneously in Canada by

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY (Canada ), LTD.

AU Rights Reserved
This book , or any parts thereof, may not be
reproduced in any form without written per
mission from the author and the publisher.

PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 712687
TO

755
697249

TO
Sun
Suz

MY CHILDREN
ggu
des
an

I dedicate my work
is
h
i
18

iii
 PREFACE

This book is written for the winder and repairman ; it will

be useful also to the design -engineer . It is the first compre
hensive presentation oflap as well as wave windings . It con
tains new developments in integral - slot , fractional -slot bal
anced , and fractional - slot unbalanced lap and wave windings .
Each chapter gives first the "know how , " in order to make
it possible for the reader to find the answer easily to his par
ticular winding problem . This is facilitated by detailed infor
mation on coil insulation a series of tables which show ,
and
without winding diagrams , all possible series and parallel con
nections for all pole numbers between 2 and 30 . The end of each
chapter gives general rules for the layout of windings not list
ed in the tables . The " why" is explained in appendices at the
end of the book , where the reader may find the proof for the
methods used .

The integral - slot , balanced fractional -slot , and unbalanced

fractional-slot lap windings are treated in separate chapters ,
since their layout is based upon entirely different methods . A

detailed treatment of the balanced and unbalanced fractional -slot

lap windings is given for the first time on the basis of newly
developed methods .

The wave windings are treated in detail for the first time .
Also these windings are divided into three parts : integral - slot
and integral plus half -slot windings , balanced fractional -slot
windings , and unbalanced fractional -slot windings . Newly devel
oped layout methods show how to make a fractional - slot wave
winding balanced in all cases in which the fractional -slot lap
winding is balanced and how to lay out an unbalanced winding for
minimum unbalance . In order to facilitate the winder's work , a
great number of working diagrams are given for all three kinds
of wave windings .

Material is also presented on multi -speed windings , single

phase windings , reconnecting windings for changed operating con
ditions , and methods for locating faults in windings .
Brooklyn , N.Y. ,
October , 1950 Michael Liwschitz -Garik
 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

A book on windings requires a large number of drawings ,

tables , and photographs . To write such a book without the help
of an engineering department of a company specialized in the
field is a task almost impossible to accomplish . This help has
been given to the author by Mr. J.W. Overstreet , President of
National Electric Coil Company , and Mr. N.J. Greene , Manager of
Engineering of the same Company , who placed their Engineering
and Drafting Departments at the author's disposal . The author
is much indebted to these gentlemen for making possible the pub
lishing of this book , and also to Mr. R.C. Bergvall , Engineering
Manager , Industrial Products , of the Westinghouse Electric Cor
poration , and to the General Electric Company for their valuable
contributions .

Very valuable assistance has been given to the author by

Mr. Celso Gentilini , Assistant Chief Engineer of the National
Electric Coil Company , who not only thoroughly checked the manu
script , drawings , and tables , but also made many practical and
helpful suggestions and calculated a large number of examples .
Also most of proofreading has been done by Mr. Gentilini .
the
The author is much indebted to him for his devoted collaboration .

An acknowledgment of appreciation is further due to Mr.

Mario Gigante , of the National Electric Coil Company , for calcu
lating Figure 5-2 and for thorough proofreading ; to Prof. S.
Garik , Mr. C.G. Veinott , Section Manager , Westinghouse Electric
Corporation , and Mr. D. E. Stafford , Chief Engineer of the Nation
al Electric Coil Company , for helpful suggestions ; to Mr. A.R.
Levada for his work on Tables 5-5 and 5-6 , and finally to Dr. V.
L. Garik , Prof. E. Wahlers , and Mr. H.J. Huttenlocher for their
help in proofreading .

M.Liwschitz -Garik

vi
 CONTENTS

1. CLASSIFICATION OF A - C WINDINGS AND

SOME FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTIONS

Page
1-1 Coil Group , Coil , Turn , Conductor , and Strand . 1
1-2 One , 2- and 3 - Phase Windings . . 1
1-3 Cycle and Frequency ... . 1
1-4 Number of Poles , Synchronous Speed . 1
1-5 Slots per Pole per Phase . 2
1-6 Pole - Phase Group . 3
1-7 Pole Pitch . 3
1-8 Coil Pitch - Full -pitch Winding Fractional -pitch
Winding 4
1-9 Phase Beginnings . . 4
1-10 Classification of A-c Windings . . 5

2. TYPES AND INSULATION OF POLYPHASE WINDINGS

A. Lap Windings

2-1 Types of Lap Windings 12

(a) Round - end Winding 12
(b ) Flat - diamond Winding . . 13
(c ) Pulled or Spread - diamond Winding . 14
2-2 Throw Coils 15
2-3 Straight -up Wound Pulled Coils and Cross -over
Pulled Coils . 17
2-4 Stranding of Rectangular Conductors in Spread Coils 19
2-5 Starting and Finishing Lead . 21
Left -hand and Right -hand Coils . Arrangement of
Leads . . 22
2-6 Insulation of Conductors , Slots , and End Windings . 24
Conductor Insulation . 25
Strand Insulation . 25
Ground Insulation . 25
Ground Insulation of Semi - closed Slots . 26
Ground Insulation of Open Slots . 27
End -winding Insulation . 27
Finishing and Varnishing the Coils . 28
Lead Insulation 28

vii
 CONTENTS

Page
Insulation of Stub Connections , Jumper , and Tie
Rings .. 29
Mechanical Clearances . 30

B. Wave Windings
2-7 Insulation of Slots and End Windings . o 32

Ground and End -winding Insulation . 33

Separation of Upper and Lower Layer . 34
Clip Insulation 35
Support Insulation . 35
Mechanical Clearances 35
Wedges . . 36

Banding of the End Windings 36

C. Squirrel -cage Windings

2-8 Different kinds of Squirrel - cage Windings 37

3. INTEGRAL - SLOT LAP WINDINGS

(Lap Windings With Equal Coil Grouping )
A. Connection Diagrams and Connection Tables
3-1 Windings Treated in This Chapter . . 51
3-2 Presentation , Numbering , and Designation of Pole
phase Groups . . 51
3-3 Connection Diagrams and Connection Tables and How
to Use Them 52

B. Two -phase Windings

3-4 Layout of 2-phase Windings . 56
3-5 Short and Long Jumpers . ... 58
3-6 Location of the Beginnings of the Phases . 60
3-7 Checking of a 2-phase Winding . 60
3-8 Dual - voltage Connections . 61

C. Three -phase Windings

3-9 Layout of 3 -phase Windings . . 62
3-10 Short and Long Jumpers.. 65
3-11 Location of the Beginnings of the Phases . 66

viii
 CONTENTS

Page
3-12 Checking a 3 - phase Winding.. 66
3-13 Star ( Wye " Y " ) and Delta ( A ) Connection . 69
3-14 Dual - voltage Connections . . 69
3-15 Magnetic Unbalance and Equalizer Connections . 70

4. BALANCED FRACTIONAL - SLOT LAP WINDINGS

( Balanced Lap Windings with Unequal Coil Grouping )

4-1 Average Number of Slots per Pole per Phase . 207

4-2 Connection Diagrams and Coil Grouping 207
4-3 Coil Grouping Tables and How to Use Them . . 208
4-4 Number of Larger and Smaller Pole - phase Groups ;
Number of Equal Winding Parts . 211
4-5 General Rules 212
4-6 Conditions of Balance . 212
4-7 Number of Parallel Circuits 213
4-8 Layout of a Balanced 2 - phase Winding . 214
4-9 Beginnings of Phases in 2 - phase Windings . . > 216
4-10 Layout of a Balanced 3 - phase Winding . . 217
4-11 Beginnings of Phases in 3 - phase Windings . 218
4-12 Simplification in the Layout of Balanced 2 - phase
and 3 - phase Windings . ...... 219

5. UNBALANCED FRACTIONAL - SLOT LAP WINDINGS

( Unbalanced Lap Windings with Unequal Coil Grouping )

5-1 Two kinds of Unbalanced Fractional - slot Lap Windings 232

5-2 Coil Grouping Tables and How to Use Them .. 233
( a ) The Number of Slots and the Denominator of the
Fraction Are Both Divisible by the Number of
Phases.. 233
( b ) The Number of Slots Is Not Divisible by the
Number of Phases . 235
5-3 Connection Diagrams and Phase Beginnings . . 237
5-4 Layout of an Unbalanced Fractional -slot Lap Winding
When the Number of Slots Is Divisible by the Number
of Phases . 238

5-5 Layout of an Unbalanced Fractional - slot Lap Winding

When the Number of Slots is Not Divisible by the
Number of Phases . 241
5-6 Simplification of the Coil Grouping Tables of the
Unbalanced Fractional - slot Lap Windings . 247

ix
 CONTENTS

Page
5-7 Permissible Degree of Unbalance 248

6. INTEGRAL - SLOT AND ( INTEGRAL + 1/2 ) -SLOT

3 - PHASE WAVE WINDINGS

6-1 General Features of the Wave Winding . Back Pitch ,

Front Pitch , Winding Pitch , Reversing Jumper . 264
6-2 Different ways of Starting and Winding the 3 Phases .
Retrogressive and Progressive Windings , Short -pitch
and Long - pitch Coils.. 266
A. Windings with spp - integer
(a ) Retrogressive (SP ) connection . 266
( b) Progressive - retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection 270
(c ) Progressive ( LP) connection 272
(d ) Retrogressive ( SP) connection using right
hand coils . . 272
B. Windings with spp = ( integer + 1/2 )
(a ) Retrogressive ( SP) connection . 274
( b) Progressive - retrogressive (LP-SP) connection 275
6-3 Connection Tables , Conductor Distribution Tables ,
Working Diagrams , and How to Use Them .. 277
6-4 General Rules for Laying Out Conductor -distribution
Tables and Connection Tables . 291
6-5 General Rules for Laying Out a Working Diagram . . 297
6-6 Wave Windings with More than 2 Conductors Per Slot . 301
6-7 Series Star and Series Delta Connection of Phases . 306
6-8 Two Parallel Star and 2 Parallel Delta Connections . 306
6-9 Integral -slot Windings with More than 2 Parallel
Circuits . 307
6-10 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -slot Windings with 2 and More than
2 Parallel Circuits . 317

7. BALANCED FRACTIONAL - SLOT WAVE WINDINGS

7-1 Features of the Windings Treated in This Chapter . 396
7-2 Connection Tables and How to Use Them 397
7-3 Working Diagrams . 398

7-4 Winding Pitch , Back Pitch , and Front Pitch . Number

of Repeatable Parts . General Rules . 401
7-5 Maximum Possible Number of Parallel Circuits . 405

x
 CONTENTS

Page
7-6 Polarities of the Starts and Ends of the Winding
Parts . 406
7-7 Beginnings of Phases . . 407
7-8 Number of Connectors Required for Series Connection
of All Parts of the Phase .. 407
7-9 Layout of a Winding with a = + 1 . 408
7-10 Layout of a Winding with a = + 2 , and N = Even Num
ber . 415
7-11 Layout of a Winding for a = + 2 , and N = Odd Number 425
7-12 Layout of a Winding with a Larger than 2 . . 430
7-13 Layout for 2 or More Parallel Paths . 433

8. UNBALANCED FRACTIONAL - SLOT WAVE WINDINGS

8-1 Features of the Windings Treated in This Chapter . . 502
8-2 Connection Tables and How to Use Them 502
8-3 Working Diagrams . 505
8-4 Winding Pitch , Back Pitch , and Front Pitch . General
Rules , 506
8-5 Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Divisible
by 3 and the Denominator of spp 3 . 508
8-6 Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Divisible
by 3 and the Denominator of spp 6 . 512
8-7 Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Divisible
by 3 and the Denominator of spp * 9 517
8-8 Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Not
Divisible by 3. .. 525
8-9 Magnitude of Unbalance . 529

9. TWO AND MORE SPEED POLYPHASE WINDINGS

9-1 Two Speeds with the Ratio 2 to 1 . . 565

9-2 Two Speeds with a Ratio Different from 2 to 1 567
9-3 Three Speeds , 2 of Which Have the Ratio 2 to l . 570
9-4 Four Speeds with 2 Pairs Having the Ratio 2 to l . . 570

10 . RECONNECTING AN OLD POLYPHASE WINDING FOR

NEW CONDITIONS AND REWINDING AN OLD CORE
10-1 Relation Between Voltage , Flux , Number of Turns,and
Freq uency . 589

xi
 CONTENTS

Page
10-2 Reconnecting for Another Voltage . . 590
10-3 Reconnecting for Another Frequency . 594

( a ) The Speed Changes in Proportion to the Frequency 594

( b ) The Speed Remains the Same at Both Frequencies . 597

10-4 Effective Number of Turns . Distribution Factor and
Pitch Factor . 597
10-5 Reconnecting for Another Speed . . 598
10-6 Reconnecting for Another Number of Phases . 602
10-7 Determination of the Horse power from Given Dimen
sions of a Motor . 606
10-8 Rewinding an Old Core 606

11 . SINGLE - PHASE WINDINGS AND DIAGRAMS

11-1 Various types of Single - phase Motors . 609

1. Split - phase motor . 609

2. Resistance - start , split - phase motor 609

3. Reactor - start , split - phase motor . • 610

4. Capacitor - start motor .... 610

5. Permanent - split capacitor motor 610

6. Two - value capacitor motor o O 610

7. Repulsion motor . 610

8. Repulsion - start induction motor 610
9. Repulsion - induction motor . 610
10 . Universal motor . 610

11 . Shaded -pole motor . . 611

12 . Split - phase reluctance motor . . 611

13 . Capacitor - type reluctance motor 611
14 . Capacitor - type hysteresis motor 611

15 . Shaded pole hysteresis motor . 611

11-2 Stator Windings 612
(a ) Hand Windings . 613

(b ) Mould Windings 614

(c ) Skein Windings 615

11-3 Insulation of the Wire and the Slots of Stator . . 622
11-4 Different Types of Stator Diagrams . 624
(a ) The Distribution Chart .. 624
(b) Common Connection Diagrams . 626

xii
 CONTENTS

Page
(c ) Wiring Diagram and Line -connection Diagram . 632
11-5 Dual -voltage Motors . 634
11-6 Two - speed Motors . . 637
(a ) Two - speed motors with 2 winding sets 637
(b) Two - speed motors with tapped windings . 639
11-7 Repulsion - type Motors . 642
11-8 Pre - determining the Direction of Rotation and re
versing of Split - phase Type Motors . 644
11-9 Reconnecting or Rewinding a Split - phase Motor for a
Different Voltage at the Same Performance . 645
11-10 Reconnecting or Rewinding а Capacitor - start Motor
for a Different Voltage at the Same Performance 646
11-11 Reconnecting or Rewinding a Permanent - split and a
2 - value Capacitor Motor for a Different Voltage at
the Same Performance . .. 647
11-12 Rewinding for a Different Breakdown Torque at the
Same Voltage . 648
11-13 Rewinding for a Different Frequency . . 649
11-14 Changing a Split - phase Motor to a Capacitor - start
Motor 649
11-15 Changing a Capacitor - start Motor to a Split - phase
Motor 649

11-16 Changing a 2 - value Capacitor Motor with Transformer

Unit to a Capacitor - start Motor 650

12 . ELECTRICAL FAULTS IN A -C WINDINGS

12-1 Grounds 658

12-2 Short Circuits . 659
12-3 Wrong Connections 661
12-4 Connection for Wrong Voltage . 663
12-5 Connection for Wrong Number of Poles . 664
12-6 Open Circuits . 664

APPENDIX 1

Ba lanced Fractional - slot Lap Windings Laid

Out With Respect to the Main Wave

Al - 1 Number of Re peatable Groups and Parallel Paths . 670

Al - 2 The Slot Star . 670

xiii
 CONTENTS

Page
Al - 3 The Layout of a Balanced Fractional -slot Lap Winding 675
Al -4 Beginnings of Phases . . 681
Al - 5 Conditions for Balance . 682

APPENDIX 2

Balanced Fractional - Slot Lap Windings Laid

Out With Respect to Harmonics
(Windings with Cyclic Coil Shift and Doubly Chorded Windings )
A2-1 Cyclic Shift of Coils from One Pha se to the Other
Within the Same Re peatable Group . 683
A2-2 Shifting of Repeatable Winding Parts with Respect
to Each Other Second Chording) . 688

APPENDIX 3

Balanced Fractional - slot Wave Windings With

Single and Double Chording
A3-1 The D-series and the y -series 691
A3-2 The Winding Pitch . o 691
A3-3 Layout of a Singly Chorded , Balanced , Fractional
slot Wave Winding . 692
A3-4 Doubly Chorded , Balanced , Fractional - slot Wave
Windings . 696

APPENDIX 4

Unbalanced , Fractional-slot Lap and Wave Windings

A4-1 Unbalanced , Fractional - slot Lap Windings with
d
Integer and in Integer .
S
701
A4-2 Unbalanced , Fractional -slot Lap Windings with *
Integer 704
A4-3 Comparison Between the Balanced and Unbalanced Lap
Windings . 0 706
S
A4-4 Unbalanced , Fractional- slot Wave Windings with
Integer and then = Integer . 707
A4-5 Unbalanced , Fractional - slot Wave Windings with S
Integer · 709
A4-6 Determination of the Magnitude of Unbalance . 711

xiv
 CONTENTS

Page
S
(a ) an integer . 711

(b) + an integer . . O 714

(c ) Simple method for checking the errors in the
angles . . 716

APPENDIX 5

Distribution and Pitch Factors of Integral

and Fractional -slot Windings
A5-1 Integral -slot Windings . . 719
( a ) Three - phase 600 phase belt ( 6 - zone ) stator
windings . Distribution Factors 719
( b ) Three -phase 600 phase belt ( 6 -zone ) rotor
windings . 721
(c ) Three -phase 1200 phase belt
( 3 - zone ) stator
windings . Distribution Factors , 721
( d ) Two - phase stator windings . Distribution Factors 723
(e ) Single -phase windings . 723
A5-2 Balanced , Fractional - slot Windings Laid Out For
Maximum Distribution Factor of the Synchronous
(Main ) Wave .. 724
(a ) Three - phase ( 6 -zone ) stator windings . .
724
( b ) Three - phase (6 -zone ) rotor windings 726
(c ) Two -phase stator windings . 726

LIST OF SYMBOLS . 747

BIBLIOGRAPHY 750

INDEX OF DIAGRAMS . . o 752

INDEX OF TABLES . . 759

GENERAL INDEX . 762

XV
1
 CHAPTER 1

CLASSIFICATION OF A-C WINDINGS AND

SOME FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTIONS

The windings considered in this book are those which carry

alternating current , are embedded in slots , and are not connected
to a commutator .
1-1 . Coil Group , Coil, Turn , Conductor , and Strand . Each
winding consists of a number of coils arranged in coil groups ,
and each coil group may have one or more single coils . A coil
consists of one or more turns connected in series and each turn
consists of two conductors connected in series by end connec
tions . A conductor may be made up of one strand or 2 or more

parallel strands .
1-2 . One, 2- and 3 - Phase Windings . The a -c windings are
single -phase , 2-phase , or 3 -phase , corresponding to the number
of phases the lines to which they are connected . In 2- and
of
3-phase win dings , the slots per pole are divided into 2 or 3
parts , one part for each phase . The number of slots per pole is
determined by the total number of slots and the number of poles .
The latter is determined by the number of cycles and the speed .
1-3 . Cycle and Frequency . A period is the time necessary
for an alternating electromotive force or current to change from
one positive maximum to the next following positive maximum .
During this time , the alternating electromotive force or current
goes through a complete cycle , i.e. , it accepts all possible
positive as well as negative values . Power lines in the United
States carry currents of either 60 or 25 cycles per second . In
Europe , the lines usually carry currents of 50 cycles per second .
The number of cycles per second is called frequency .
Number of Poles , Synchronous Speed .
1-4 . The number of
poles is determined by the following rule :

No. of poles 120 x Frequency

Speed (in rpm ) ( 1-1 )

Fig . 1-1 shows a 4 -pole rotor of a synchronous machine with

salient poles . In induction motors and synchronous machines
with cylindrical rotors ( turbo -generators ) , the poles are not
1
 Fig . 1-1 . Complete rotor of a 4 -pole synchronous
machine with salient poles

obvious mechanically , but , magnetically , they are as pronounced

as in the salient pole machines . Two adjacent poles always have
different polarities .
It follows from Eq . 1-1 that :
120 x Frequency
Speed ( in rpm ) No. of poles ( 1-2 )
The speed obtained from this equation is called synchronous
speed . A synchronous generator or motor runs with exact syn
chronous speed , The actual speed of the rotor of an induction
motor is somewhat below the synchronous speed .
The corresponding values of synchronous speed and number of
poles for frequencies of 60 , 50 , and 25 cycles are given in
Table 1-1 , shown on Page 3 .
1-5 . Slots Per Pole Per Phase , As already mentioned , the
number of slots per pole for or 3 -phase windings is
2 -phase
divided into 2 or 3 parts , respectively . The number of slots per
pole per phase is , therefore , equal to the number of slots per
pole divided by the number of phases or to the total number of
slots divided by the number of poles and by the number of phases .
The number of slots per pole per phase is an important quantity
in the layout of a -c windings . The symbol spp will be used for
this quantity . Thus ,

Total No. of slots ( 1-3)

spp
No. of poles x No. of phases

2
 TABLE 1-1 SYNCHRONOUS RPM FOR DIFFERENT NUMBERS
OF POLES AND DIFFERENT FREQUENCIES

No. Frequency in Cycles

of 25 50 60
Poles
Synchronous Rpm

2 1500 3000 3600

750 1500 1800
500 1000 1200
8 375 750 900
10 300 600 720
12 250 500 600
14 214 428 514
16 187 375 450
18 167 333 400
20 150 300 360
22 136 273 327
24 125 250 300
26 115 231 277
28 107 214 257
30 100 200 240
32 94 187 225

1-6 . Pole - phase Group . The coils lying in slots which be

long to one phase and which are under one pole , i.e. , the coils
lying in spp slots make a coil group which is called a pole

phase group . The total number of pole -phase groups of 2 - layer

windings ( see Fig . 1-4 ) is determined by the number of poles and
the number of phases , i.e. ,
No.of pole - phase groups = No. of poles x No.of phases ( 1-4 )
and the number of single coils per pole -phase group is equal to
the spp .

1-7 . Pole Pitch , The pole pitch is the distance between

the middle of 2 poles ( see Fig . 1-1 ) . It is equal to the cir

cumference of the armature divided by the number of poles , i.e. ,

3.14 x Diameter of the armature
pole - pitch = ( 1-5 )
No. of poles
In 2 -phase windings , the spp is equal to the number of slots ly
ing in 1/2 or approximately in 1/2 of a pole pitch and , there
fore , a pole - phase group covers 1/2 or approximately 1/2 of a
pole pitch . In 3 -phase windings , the spp is equal to the number
of slots lying in 1/3 or approximately 1/3 of a pole pitch , and ,
therefore , a pole - phase group covers 1/3 or approximately 1/3 of
a pole pitch . The 3 -phase windings which are an exception to
this rule are treated in Chapter 9 ,

3
 1-8 . Coil Pitch Full -pitch Winding - Fractional -pitch
Winding . The coil pitch is the distance between the 2 sides of
a coil measured in pole pitches on the periphery of the armature .
Fig . 1-2 illustrates this for a 4 -pole machine . When the coil
pitch is equal to a pole pitch , the winding is called a full
pitch winding . When the coil pitch is smaller or larger than
Frac
tion
Fu Pi al
ll tch

Pi
tc
h
சப்ப

CC C

Fig . 1-2 . Illustration of a full -pitch

and a fractional -pitch winding
the pole pitch , the winding is called a fractional-pitch or a
chorded winding . The coil pitch is usually smaller than the pole
pitch .
1-9 . Phase Beginnings . phase beginnings of the coil
groups are the ends connected to the lines (or to slip rings in
wound rotor induction motors) . In 2 -phase windings , the begin
nings of the phases must lie 1/2 a pole pitch or approximately
1/2 a pole pitch apart . In 3 -phase windings , the beginnings of
the phases must lie 2/3 of a pole pitch or approximately 2/3 of
a pole pitch apart . However , any even number of pole pitches
can be added to these distances . For example , in a 2 -phase
winding , the 2 beginnings can be ( 1/2 + 2 ) = 2 1/2 pole pitches
apart and , in a 3 -phase winding , the second phase can start in a
slot which is (2/3 + 2 ) = 2 2/3 pole pitches distant from the
start of the first phase ; and the third phase can start in a slot
which is 2/3 + 2/3 + 2 = 3 1/3 pole pitches distant from the
start of the first phase , The phase beginnings cannot be chosen

4
arbitrarily . Rules for their choice are given in the following
chapters .
1-10 . Classification of A -c Windings . The a -c windings
can be classified from several points of view . The following
considerations are of importance :
1. Single - phase or polyphase .
2. Single - layer or 2- layer (Figs . 1-3 and 1-4 ) .
3. Semi - closed slot or open slot (Figs . 1-5 , 2-19 , 2-22 ,
2-27) .
4. Chain or distributed (Figs . 1-6 and 1-7 ) .

Fig . 1-3 . Single -layer winding

Fig . 1-4 . Two - layer winding

5
 Den

Fig . 1-5 . Semi -closed and open stator and rotor slots

Fig . 1-6 . Chain winding Fig . 1-7 . Distributed winding

e
n
n
wo
ul

Fig . 1-8 . Mould winding

6
 Fig . 1-9 . Skein Winding

Do

Fig . 1-10 . Round - end winding

7
 Fig . 1-11 . Flat - diamond winding

Fig . 1-12 . Spread-diamond winding

8
 Fig . 1-13 . Lap winding Fig . 1-14 . Wave winding

5. Method of manufacture .
(a ) Single -phase hand , mould , or skein winding (Figs .
1-8 and 1-9 )
(b) Polyphase round - end , flat -diamond , or spread
diamond winding (Figs . 1-10 , 1-11 , and 1-12 ) .
6. Round or rectangular wire section .
7. Lap or wave (Figs . 1-13 and 1-14 ) .
8. Star or delta .
9. Full -pitch or fractional-pitch (Fig . 1-2 ) .
10 . Integral -slot or fractional -slot .

Single -phase motors are generally of small output (usually

of fractional horsepower ) ,and the stators are usually wound with
windings placed in semi - closed slots . The coil sides of
each coil lie in the same plane , i.e. , both coil sides lie either
at the bottom or at the top of the slot . oils may be wound
The
of round wire on moulds or in skeins and later installed in the
core slots , as shown in Fig . 11-2 or the coils may be wound di
rectly into the core by hand or by semi -automatic machine . The
rotor of a single -phase motor has usually a squirrel -cage wind
ing .

Polyphase motors usually have 2 -layer windings . The 2 coil

sides of each coil lie in different planes , i.e. , one coil side
lies at the bottom of the slot , the other at the top of the slot .
The smaller motors (up to a bore diameter of approximately 16 " )
have semi -closed slots with coils of round wire fed into the slots

9
through the slot openings . The coils are usually round-end or
flat - diamond . larger motors have open slots and use pre
The

formed diamond windings of either round wire or rectangular wire ,

the trend being to rectangular wire for all large motors . Nor

mally , lap windings are used in polyphase stators , but some wave
windings also have been made . Wave windings are generally used
in the rotors of wound rotor induction motors .
While the chain windings of single -phase motors consist of
coils different spans , the 2 -layer windings of polyphase
motors consist of coils of equal span . In single - phase motors ,
part of the coils have à span nearly equal to the pole pitch
and part of the coils have a span much smaller than the pole
pitch . In polyphase motors , the coils have equal spans , but, as
mentioned previously , the span must be equal to or less than the
pole pitch , i.e. , they may be full - pitch or fractional -pitch .
Most polyphase induction motors have integral -slot wind
ings , i.e. , the number of slots per pole per phase , spp , is an
integral or whole number . In this case , all pole -phase groups
of the winding have an equal number of single coils .
The statements made above about the windings of polyphase
motors apply also to the stator windings of synchronous motors
and generators . However , synchronous motors and generators with
a large number of poles usually have fractional -slot windings ,
i.e. , the number of slots per pole per phase , spp , is a frac
tional number . In this case , the number of single coils is not
the same for all pole - phase groups of the winding . In the fol
lowing chapters , the different kinds of windings will be treated
in detail .

10
 CHAPTER 2

TYPES AND INSULATION OF POLYPHASE WINDINGS

The polyphase windings are usually wound in 2 layers , i.e. ,

in each slot there are 2 layers of conductors separated from
each other ( Fig . 1-4) . These windings can be divided into 2
broad classes , lap windings (Fig . 1-13 ) and wave windings ( Fig .
1-14 ) . In both cases , all coils have the same span . In the lap
winding , there is usually one coil side in each layer , while in
the wave winding the number of coil sides in each layer can be
larger than one . The total number of coils in the lap winding
is , therefore , equal to the number of slots while in the wave
winding , it can be larger than the number of slots . The lap
winding is used in the stators of polyphase induction motors and
synchronous machines . It is also used in the rotors of the
smaller induction motors with wound rotors . The wave winding is
used mainly in the rotors of the larger induction motors with
wound rotors . In the following , the lap winding will be con
sidered first , followed by the wave winding .

A. LAP WINDINGS

Three factors important in the consideration of poly

are

phase windings . the number of poles , the number of

These are :
phases , and the number of slots . The number of slots determines
the number of single coils . The number of poles multiplied by
the number of phases determines the number of pole -phase groups
( Eq . 1-4) . Consequently , the number of slots divided by the num
ber of pole-phase groups determines the number of slots per pole
phase group , or spp , i.e. ,
No , of slots per No. of slots
pole - phase group = spp = No. of poles No. of phases (2-1 )
For example , a 4 -pole , 3-phase stator with 48 slots has
48 single coils ,
4 x 3 = 12 pole - phase groups , and
48
4 x 3 = 4 slots ( single coils) per pole -phase group = spp .
While the number of pole -phase groups is always an integer , i.e. ,
a whole number , the number of slots per pole- phase group may be

11
either an integer or a fractional number . In the latter case ,
the number of slots ( single coils ) is not the same for all pole
phase groups .
2-1 . Types of Lap Windings . There are 3 common types of
lap windings :
Round-end winding (Fig . 1-10 ) .
Flat - diamond winding ( Fig . 1-11 ) .
Pulled or spread - diamond winding ( Fig . 1-12) .
The first two are used in smaller motors with semi-open slots
and round wire . They are mush wound . The third type is used in
medium - sized , and larger machines with semi -closed and open slots
and round as well as rectangular wire . Coils with rectangular

wire are always pulled or spread coils ,

( a ) Round - end Winding . The coils of this winding are wound
on a mould . If a gang mould , as shown in Fig . 2-1 , is used , all
coils of a pole-phase group can be made in succession with a

Fig . 2-1 . Gang mould for round-end coils

single conductor , which may consist of one or more parallel

strands . The perimeter of the mould is best determined by a
trial with a single strand of wire looped around the stator teeth
in the same position that the finished coil is to occupy . In

stead of a mould , wire finishing nails driven into the bench can
be used to wind round-end coils . The wires are fed into the

12
slots through the slot openings one or two at a time . Guides to
cover the sharp edges of the slots may be necessary while feeding
the wires into the slots .

( b ) Flat -diamond Winding . As in the case of the round -end

winding , this winding can be wound on a gang mould (Fig . 2-2a ) ,
using one continuous wire for each pole-phase group .
ERTOL The wire

Fig . 2-2a . Gang mould for flat

diamond coils .

may consist of one or more strands

and may be fed through the slot
openings , using guides to protect
the wire insulation from being in
jured by the sharp edges of the
teeth . The flat - diamond coils are
also wound automatically , using a Fig . 2-2b . 6 -rod shuttle for
winding flat -diamond coils
6- rod shuttle as shown in Fig .
2-2b .

The dimension m in Fig . 2-2c of the flat - diamond coil is

important ; making it too small gives a winding which is too
tight , whereas making it too large decreases the distance be
tween winding and end brackets . The radius r at the diamond
points and other bends is usually 1/4 " . The coil thickness h is
the thickness of the center block of the mould on which the coil
is wound ; it is approximately 40% of the depth of the slot .

13
 Dl

Fig . 2-2c . Flat -diamond coil

( c ) Pulled or Spread-diamond winding . Coils of this kind

are first wound into loops and then formed by a puller or spread
er . The loop is wound around 2 rods ( Fig . 2-3a ) , or on an ad
justable shuttle ( Fig . 2-3b ) . In Fig . 2-3c , ( a ) is the starting
lead , ( b ) the finishing lead , ( c ) the bottom slot section , and
( d) the top slot section .

Fig . 2-3a . 2 - rod fixed Fig . 2-3b . 2 - rod adjustable

shuttle for winding shuttle for winding
spread - diamond coils spread -diamond coils

14
 (c )

(d)

( a)
Right hand coil
Left hand coil
( b)
(6 )

Fig . 2-3c . Pulled or spread coil

2-2 . Throw Coils . Consider Fig . 2-4 which represents a 4

pole , 3-phase winding with 24 slots and a coil span equal to 5
slot pitches ( 1-6 ) . The winder will place first the bottom coil
side of coil 1 in the bottom of slot 1 , but will leave the top
coil side of this coil outside slot 20 , resting it on the core ;
he cannot put this coil side in the top of slot 20 , since there
is not yet a bottom coil side . The same will be done with coils
2 , 3 , 4 , and 5 , leaving the top coil sides for slots 1 to 5
resting on the core . Starting now with coil 6 , the bottom coil
side will be placed in the bottom of slot 6 and the top coil
side in the top of slot 1 , which has already a bottom coil side .

Top Coil No.

Bottom Coil No.
Slot No. Water 20 / 19

7
Coil Numbers 6

Pole Phase Groups -C

Fig . 2-4 . 4 -pole , 3-phase winding with 24 slots

Throw -up ( top - to - bottom ) winding

Progressing in the same way , the coils 7 , 8 , 9 , etc. will be

placed in their respective slots , filling out the bottom of the
slots 7 , 8 , 9 , etc. and the tops of slots 2 , 3 , 4 , etc. , until
the winding reaches slot 24. When the bottom coil side is placed
in slot 24 , the top coil side is placed in the top of slot 19 .
15
Now the top coil sides of coils 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , and 5 which rested
on the iron can be placed in the top of slots 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 91
and 24 .

The first coils 1 to 5 are called throw coils , The number

of throw coils is equal to the coil span expressed in slot
pitches . In Fig . 2-4 the coil span is equal to 5 slot pitches
( 1-6 ) and therefore the number of throw coils is equal to 5. The
method of winding shown in Fig . 2-4 is called throw - up or top 1
to - bottom winding . The throw - up connection is used for pulled
coils as well as for round- end and flat - diamond coils . Fig . 2-5
shows the throw -down or top - to - top and bottom - to - bottom winding .
In this case , both coil sides of the throw coils are placed in
the bottom of the slots , i.e. , coil 1 is placed in the bottoms
of slots 1 and 20 , coil 2 in the bottoms of slots 2 and 21 , and
so forth . Then starting with coil 6 , the coil sides go from the
bottom to the top , as in the case of the throw- up winding . After
24 23 22 21 20 Coil Numbers

Top 21
Coil No.
Bottom 19
Coil No.
slot No. 24 20 19 18 17 16 157 14

Coil Numbers
Pole • Phase Groups TA

Fig . 2-5 . 4 - pole , 3 -phase winding with 24 slots .

Throw - down ( top - to - top or bottom - to - bottom ) winding

the last bottom coil sides 15 , 16 , 17 , 18 , and 19 are placed in

the bottoms of the slots 15 , 16 , 17 , 18 , and 19 , there remains

open the tops of slots 15 to 24 to be filled by the last 5 coils

- 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , and 24 , which are top - to - top coils .

The throw - down connection is used only for the round - end
and flat - diamond winding , but not for the pulled winding . It is
especially convenient for two-pole motors , where the span is
large with respect to the diameter and the large number of throw
coils interferes with the winding process .

16
 2-3. Straight- up Wound Pulled Coils and Cross -over Pulled
Coils . When the wire space of the shuttle widthwise is filled
only by one conductor or , in general , when there is only one con
ductor in the width of the slot , each succeeding turn is built
up on top of the preceding one , making a " straight-up " wound
coil . When the number of conductors in the width of the slot is
larger than one , as for example in Fig . 2-6 , the wire crosses
over itself in going from the finish of one layer to the start
of the next . In Fig . 2-6 , each layer contains 4 conductors .
Turn 1 in the first layer is the starting lead , and turn 16 of
the fourth layer is the finishing lead . A cross-over occurs in
going from turn 4 to turn 5 , from turn 8 to turn 9 , and from
turn 12 to turn 13 . For mechanical reasons , more than for elec
trical ones , the end cross -overs must be insulated during the

Finishing Lead
Fourth Layer
OO00
(0 12 ) Third Layer

87 5 Second Layer

(3 4 First Layer
Q - Starting Lead

Fig . 2-6 . Cross - over coil

winding . Furthermore , attention must be paid to the fact that

in cross -over coils the voltage between neighboring turns is
higher than in straight - up wound coils , In a straight - up wound
coil , the peak value of the voltage between two adjacent con
ductors is equal to the maximum voltage of one turn , i.e. , to the
phase voltage multiplied by V2 (= 1.414 ) ,and divided by the num
ber of series turns per phase
1,414 x Phase voltage ( 2-2 )
Maximum voltage per turn = Series turns per phase
It must be remembered that in the 3-phase star connections , the
phase voltage is equal to the line voltage divided by V3 (= 1.731);
in 3-phase delta connections , the phase voltage is equal to the
line voltage . The number of series turns per phase is
17
 Series turns No. of coils x Turns per coil
per phase No.of phases x No.of parallel circuits ( 2-3 )

( No.of par -
allel circuits One, for the series connection )
Consider now Fig . 2-6 . The voltage between turns 1 and 2 , or 2
and 3 , or 4 and 5 , is that of one turn , just as in the straight
up wound coil ; the voltage between turns 3 and 6 is 6 3 : 3
times the voltage of one turn , and the voltage between the first
turn of the first layer ( turn 1 ) and the finishing turn of the

second layer ( turn 8 ) is 8 - 1 = 7 times the voltage of one turn .

To meet these higher
higher voltages between adjacent turns , either
heavier wire insulation or insulation strips between the single
layers may become necessary .

Cross -over coils can be sectionalized , i.e. , a number of

single conductors are wound straight up , in sections , the sec
tions separately insulated and then connected in series . Fig .
2-6a shows a 2 - section cross -over coil with 10 turns arranged
Insulation

Top Coil
Half

Starting Lead Starting Lead

1st Section 2nd Section

Bottom
Coil Half

3 8

Finish Lead Finish Lead

1st Section 2nd Section

Crossover from 5 to 6
Fig . 2-6a . Two - section cross -over coil

18
2 wide by 5 deep . The 2 sections are side by side , and each
section is insulated separately . Both sections are connected by
connecting the finishing lead of the first section with the
starting lead of the second section . The connection is made at
the diamond point of the coil with a soldered sleeve joint , and
the finishing lead is bent across the nose of the coil . The
voltage between sections, at any point , is equal to the volts
per turn multiplied by the turns per section , since between any
pair of conductors , for example , the conductors 3 and 8 , there
is always the total number of turns of the section . Sectional
ized cross-over coils are
used when the number of turns of the
coil is large and the width of the slot is large in comparison
to its depth .
2-4 . Stranding of Rectangular Conductors in Spread Coils .
Conductors of large cross - section normally are divided into
strands for mechanical as well as for electrical reasons . The
mechanical reason is to make the coil flexible , i.e. , easy form
ing . The electrical reason is to avoid parasitic currents in
the conductors which increase the heating of the copper . These
parasitic currents are due to the following : the current which
flows in the conductors causes a magnetic flux across the slots
going from one slot wall to the other ( Fig . 2-7) . Since this
flux is produced by an alternating current , it changes its magni

To
Fig . 2-7 . Magnetic flux Fig . 2-8 . Parasitic currents
across a slot . in the conductor

19
tude and induces emf's and currents in the copper , as indicated
in Fig . 2-8 . It can be seen from this figure that nothing will
be changed the parasitic currents if the stranding is made
in
parallel to the slot walls (Fig . 2-9) . Stranding for electrical

Fig . 2-9 . Stranding parallel Fig . 2-10 . Stranding

to slot walls , perpendicular to slot
This stranding walls , This strand
is not effective . is effective .

reasons is effective only if it is made perpendicular to the

slot walls , i.e. , the stranding of the conductors of Fig . 2-7
should be made as shown in Fig . 2-10 .
When conductors stranded for electrical reasons , the
are

individual strands must be insulated . In the arrangement shown

in Fig . 2-11 , only a part of the strands are insulated . This
figure shows a slot with 6 conductors , each conductor consisting
of 8 strands . The narrow strands are bare , having the same
height as the wide strands with insulation ; ( this arrangement is
commonly known as the brick winding ) . The additional copper
losses? due to the parasitic currents are proportional to the
height of the conductor , to the height of each strand , and to
the frequency of the line current . The thickness of the strands
is made as small as practical .
Fig . 2-12 shows different ways of dividing a conductor into
2 strands . In Fig . 2-12 the strands are arranged widthwise ; in
1
Electric Machinery , Liwschitz-Garick and Whipple , Vol . I , pp . 231-236 .

20
 Fig . 2-13 they are arranged depth
Micarta Wedgo
wise . There are 3 conductors in
the coil side . From a mechanical
Conductor
insulation (mica ) point of view , preference should
WW Slot insulation ( several be given to the arrangements
layers of mica tare
covered with asbestos shown in Fig . 2-13a and 2-13b .
tape and treated for
mo corona prevention ) From an electrical point of view ,
www
the arrangement of Fig . 2-12b and
10m
Micarta strip 2-13b will have the smallest ad
ditional losses due to parasitic
W Narrow strands are currents .
bare copper as thick
as wide strands with
WUM
mica Insulation 2-5 . Starting and Finishing
Lead . In winding spread coils ,
the starting lead , i.e. , the lead
first fastened to the shuttle when
starting to wind the coil , is al
Fig . 2-11 . Brick winding ways brought out from the center

2.
CE DE
GE2 DE 2
( b)
SE 1 12
(a )

(a ) (b)
(c ) (0 )

Fig . 2-12 . Different ways of Fig . 2-13 . Different

dividing a conductor in 2 strands ways of dividing a
widthwise . conductor in 2
strands depthwise
21
of the loop , while the finishing lead is brought out from the
top of the loop . Both leads are brought out at the end of the
loop .
Left -hand and Right - hand Coils . Arrangement of Leads. With
respect to the position in the slot , the coil section which lies
nearest the air gap is called the top coil side , while the other
coil section which lies at the bottom of the slot is called the
bottom coil side . When the winder faces the lead end of the
stator and the top coil sides are at his left , the coils are
designated as left-hand coils, otherwise , they are designated as
right -hand coils . Only left -hand coils will be considered in
this book ( see Fig . 2-3c and Fig . 6-1 ) .
Two lead arrangements are possible : leads may be on the
top at the diamond (Figs . 2-14a and 2-14b) or leads may be on

Air Gap

Top Coil -Finishing

Lead
Side

Starting
Lead om
B oitlt ide
o
C S

Fig . 2-14a . Left -hand coil with leads on top

the bottom at the diamond ( Fig . 2-15a and 2-15b) . The leads are
on the left when spreading . If , when spreading , the leads are
on the bottom , the lead arrangement (Fig . 2-14a ) will result ; on
the other hand , if , when spreading , the leads are on the top , the
lead arrangement ( 2-15a ) will result . Figs . 2-14a to 2-15b show
the main lead arrangements , namely , leads on top and leads on
bottom . In Figs . 2-14b and 2-15b , the leads are brought straight
out . The leads also can be bent away from the gap ( Fig . 2-16 ) .
Further , the starting lead can be free or fastened to the nose
of the coil .

22
 -Finishing Lead

Starting Lead

Fig . 2-14b . Leads on top .

Straight - out leads are used in windings for low voltages

( up to 600 volts) , or where ample space is available between the
coil ends and the end bells . With the leads on the bottom (Fig .
2-15a ) , the leads are farther away from the air gap . For higher
voltages , the lead arrangement ( Fig . 2-16) with bent leads at
the top is preferred , since it permits a safe fastening of the
leads to the nose of the coil .

Air Gap

Top Coil
Side
I 2
3
m 14
to l
Bot C oi
d e
Si
Starting Lead

Finishing Lead

Fig . 2-15a . Left - hand coil with leads on bottom

23
 Starting Lead

-Finishing Lead

Fig . 2-15b . Leads on bottom .

-Starting Lead

-Finishing Lead

Fig . 2-16 . Leads bent away from gap

2-6 . Insulation of Conductors , Slots , and End Windings .

The different kinds of insulating materials used in electric
machines are divided into 3 classes specified by AIEE on the
basis of NEMA standards . Recently a fourth class has been added
on a trial basis . These 4 classes are given in Table 2-1 . The
same table contains the limiting temperatures which cannot be

24
exceeded without impairing the life of the material . A guide
for stator rewinding material is shown in Table 2-9 .
In the following , the conductor insulation , strand insula
tion , ground insulation , end -winding insulation , and binder in
sulation , will be considered .

Conductor Insulation . On round and small rectangular or

square wire , the conductor insulation is applied before the coil
has been formed ; on straps or large rectangular or square
conductors the insulation is applied after the coil has been
formed , or in the process of forming the coil . The materials
used for conductor insulation are given in Table 2-2 . Tables for
bare and insulated round , square and rectangular copper wire are
given at the end of the book .

The thickness of the conductor insulation depends upon the

voltage between turns ( see Art 2-3 ) . In general this voltage
should not exceed 12 volts for SCC , SFG or enamel , and 25 volts
for DCC , DFG or SCE . When the turn voltage is greater than 25
volts , but less than 40 volts , either TCC or TFG can be used ,
or a certain amount of insulation can be added to the normal DCC
or DFG conductor insulation resulting in a conductor insulation
equivalent to TCC or TFG . This additional insulation can be
either cotton glass tape , or paper or mica strips applied
or
throughout the coil . For values of turn voltage greater than
40 volts , the trend is to use additional insulation in the form
of mica tape . For values up to 70 volts one serving of mica
tape half lapped is used and for values up to 120 volts , two

servings of mica tape are used .

Strand Insulation . When conductors with larger cross sec
tion are stranded ( see Art . 2-4 ) , the strand insulation is cotton ,
asbestos , or glass , with a thickness of 0.008 " to 0.010 " for
both sides .

Ground Insulation . This is the insulation applied to the

slot portion of the coil . It serves to prevent the breakdown of
the insulation to ground ( core iron ) and must , therefore , have
sufficient dielectric strength . The materials used for ground
insulation are given in Table 2-3 . The ground insulation will be
considered separately for semi - closed and for open slots .

25
 Ground Insulation of Semi- closed Slots . Some arrangements
of ground insulation , i.e. , of cell and seal at the slot opening
for semi-closed slots , is shown in Fig . 2-17 . The thickness of
the cell is 0.020 " to 0.030 " . Fishpaper and varnished cloth are
often used as cell material for Class A insulation , the cloth
being cemented to the fishpaper and the latter laying outside
against the iron . Combinations of mica and fishpaper , or mica
and glass cloth , are used for Class B insulation , the mica usually
being protected on both sides . Combinations of glass and mica
treated in silicone varnishes are used for Class H insulation .

In order to prevent tearing the edges of the cells , a sel

vage of thin Scotch tape or cotton tape is applied to each edge
of the cell . For this purpose , the cell material is cut into
long strips as wide as the length of the cell , and the selvage
is put on both edges of the strip , which is then cut into pieces
of proper width .
In the arrangement Fig . 2-17a used for small motors , the
wedge consists of cell material or paper ; in Figs . 2-17b and 2-17c ,
the wedge is made of wood , giving a tighter seal than that of

0000 a b С

Fig . 2-17 . Arrangements of slot ( ground )

insulation for semi - closed slots
d

Fig . 2-17a . Fig . 2-17d is a combination of Fig . 2-17a and Fig .

2-17b and is used for windings of higher voltages ( up to 600
volts) exposed to dirt . The strip in the middle of the slot of
Figs . 2-17a to 2-17d is used to separate the upper coil side from
the lower .

26
 Ground Insulation of Open Slots . Contrary to the windings
in semi - closed slots where the ground insulation is not a part
of the coil , the ground insulation of windings in open slots is
applied directly to the coils and is a part of the coil . It con
sists of a wrapper of which the material and number of turns de
pend on the voltage . Before spreading the coil , a temporary
binder must be applied . This binder has 2 functions : it binds
the conductors tightly together to obtain the proper shape of
coil ; and it protects , mechanically , the strand or conductor in
sulation . This binder is usually 0.005 " to 0.010 " thick and is
applied without lap or with space between turns . After spread
ing , the coil is then impregnated with varnish for voltages be
low 3500 volts or with asphalt for higher voltages . The varnish
impregnated coils are drained after dipping and then baked in an
oven with forced ventilation for 6 to 10 hours at 115 to 120° C.
Class H coils impregnated with silicone varnish are baked in
high temperature forced ventilation ovens in temperatures ranging
from 165 to 250° c . One dip is applied for voltages below 1200
volts , and 2 dips for voltages between 1200 and 3500 volts . The
asphalt impregnation occurs under vacuum and pressure .
The material of the wrapper , its thickness , and number of
turns for the different voltage and insulation classes are given
in Table 2-4 . For 11,000 and 13,200 volts , no wrapper is used .
Instead , a continuous mica tape is applied over the slot portion
as well as over the end windings to build up a wall thickness of
0.145" and 0.190 " , respectively . Then , an over - all binder of
5 s
0.010 " or 0.01 " glas tape or asbestos tape is used . Special
varnishes to minimize the effects of corona are applied to the
slot portions for high voltage coils .
End -winding Insulation . The end-winding insulation is
usually applied in the form of tape . The materials used for the
end-winding insulation are given in Table 2-5 . The end windings
of mush coils are either taped in the process of inserting the
coils into the slots or are left untaped . In the former case one
layer of 0.007" thick cotton tape can be applied for Class A in
sulation , 0.007" to 0.010 " thick glass tape or glass and mica
tape for Class B insulation , and 0.007 " to 0.010 " thick glass tape
or glass and mica tape silicone treated for Class H insulation .
When the coils are untaped , triangular pieces of treated cloth

27
are inserted between all coil ends or at least between the coils
belonging to different phases .

The end windings of coils in open slots are taped in one or

several layers , depending upon the voltage . For Class A insula
tion , cotton tape or bias- cut varnished cloth tape is used ; for
Class B insulation , mica tape is applied ; and for Class H insula
tion silicone glass mica tape is applied . The number of layers
of the material and its thickness are given in Table 2-6 . For
11,000 and 13,200 volts , the end-winding insulation is the same
as the ground insulation .

Finishing and Varnishing the Coils . To finish mush coils ,

2 to 4 coats of varnish are applied to the wound stator , depend
ing on the class of insulation and voltage . Each coat is baked
on . Care must be taken that the varnish penetrates the coils at
the ends as well as in the slot portions .

Coils in open slots get a finishing tape before the varnish

treatment is applied . The material and thickness of the tape ,
as well as the number of dippings in varnish , are given in Table
2-6 . Draining and baking follow each dipping .

Lead Insulation . While winding mush coils , tubing or

sleeving is applied to the leads . For Class A insulation , the
material is cotton saturated with varnish . Glass sleeving is
used for Class B insulation and glass sleeving silicone - treated
is used for class I insulation . The tubing or sleeving begins
1 1/2 " to 2 " within the coil . In group ( gang) wound coils , tub
ing or sleeving also has to be applied to the cross - overs . In

a 2 - coil group , for example , 3 tubes or sleeves are necessary .

On cross- overs , tape is usually wrapped on top of the tubing or
sleeving . The starting and finishing ends of a pole - phase group
usually serve as jumpers from group to group and must be made
long enough to be used for this purpose . Their length should be
3.14 D ' + 2 inches , where D ' is the diameter at which
equal to 2p
the leads lie , and p the number of poles .
The leads of coils in open slots are either tied to the
coil or left loose . At higher voltages , attention must be given
to the starting lead , since it crosses the diamond point . When
the leads are tied to the coil , strips of insulating material
are placed between the leads and coil . Up to 600 volts , a piece

28
of 0.010 " treated material is used under the starting lead . At
voltages from 600 to 2500 volts , one strip of mica and fish
paper , 0.012" to 0.015" thick , is placed under each lead . At
voltages from 2500 to 6600 volts , 2 strips of 0.012 " to 0.0 15 "
mica and fishpaper are applied to each lead . For Class H insula
tion , silicone - treated mica tape is used to protect the starting
lead in the diamond point of the coil . In all cases , the leads
must be firmly tied to the coil by a cord or tape and insulated
with the same material and at the same time as the end windings .
The number of layers or servings is 2 for voltages up to 2500 ;
3 for voltages from 2500 to 4500 volts ; and 4 for voltages from
4500 to 6600 volts .

When the leads are loose , tubing or 0.007 " cotton tape half
lapped can be used for voltages up to 600 volts . For voltages ,
600 to 3500 volts
volts ,, 3 layers of half- lapped 0.010 " bias-cut
treated cloth tape , plus one layer of half- lapped 0.007 " cotton
tape , can be used . For voltages 3500 to 4500 volts , 4 layers
have to be used , and for voltages 4500 to 6600 volts , 6 layers
of the same material as before , plus one layer of 0.007" cotton
tape , half- lapped . For Class B insulation , 0.006 " mica tape in
stead of treated cloth , and 0.007" glass tape instead of cotton ,
have to be applied . For Class H insulation , 0.004 " silicone
glass mica tape and 0.007" silicone glass tape have to be used .
In open-slot coils , either all leads have standard length ( 3 "
beyond the edge of the coil ) and cables are used for jumpers , or
the leads are made long enough to be used for jumpers . In the
latter case , one half of the coils belonging to a phase have long
starting leads and 3 " long finishing leads , while the other half
of the phase coils then have long finishing leads and 3" long
starting leads . This arrangement saves copper . The length of
3.14 D '
the jumper must be equal to + 3 " where D' is the diameter
2p
at which the leads lie . If cable is used for jumpers, then the
3,14 D ' + 3".
length of the cable must be р
Insulation of Stub Connections, Jumpers , and Tie -rings . In
larger machines , the end windings must be braced in order to
avoid distortion which may be produced by large currents (short
circuit current in generator , starting current in a motor) .
a

For this purpose , one two rings are placed on the end wind
or

ings , and the latter tied to the ring (or rings ) by twine . The

29
ring must be insulated and the insulation applied is the same as
for stub connections and jumpers . The ' thickness of the insula
tion depends upon the voltage . It is 0.040 " for voltages up to
600 volts ; 0.060 " for voltages 600 to 2500 volts ; 0.070" for
voltages 2500 3500 volts ; 0.080 " for voltages 3500 to 4500
volts ; 0.100 " for voltages 4500 to 6600 volts ; 0.140 " for volt
ages 6600 volts to 11,000 volts ; and 0.160 " for voltages 11,000
to 13,200 volts . The insulation for Class A consists of one
layer of 0.007" cotton tape half - lapped , of a number of layers
( corresponding to the voltage ) of 0.010" black bias- cut varnished
cloth tape 1 " wide , and of a finishing layer of 0.007 " cotton
tape ( half - lapped ) . For Class B insulation , 0.006 " mica tape is
to be used instead of the varnished cloth tape , and 0.007" glass
tape instead of cotton . For Class I insulation , silicone glass
mica tape and silicone glass tape are to be used instead of the
conventional mica and glass tapes . Before applying the insula
tion , the metal must be cleaned and brushed with a good baking
varnish . The first layer of insulation has to be applied while
the varnish is wet . Varnish has to be applied after each layer .
The finished insulation must get the same number of coats as the
insulated coils get ( see Table 2-6 ) .

Mechanical clearances . An important factor for windings of

electric machines is the creepage distance , i.e. , the distance
which a current must creep across insulation or through the air ,
or through a space filled with dirt , in order to produce a fault
to ground or to another phase . The clearances for semi - closed ,
as well as for open slots , are given in Table 2-7 . The signifi
cance of the letters A , B , etc. , can be seen from Fig . 2-18 .
Except in small motors for low voltages , the top cell ( or wrap
per ) is longer than the bottom cell ( or wrapper ) . In the last
column , the distances between the end windings of neighboring
coils are given for different voltages . These distances are

necessary with respect to the air flow between the end windings .
The higher the voltage is , the heavier is the insulation , and
the more air is necessary to carry away the heat developed in
the conductors .

30
 A

В.

End
Bracket

Fig . 2-18 . Creepage distances or mechanical clearances

B. WAVE WINDINGS

Wave windings are usually used in the rotors of wound rotor

induction motors . Sometimes they are used in the stators also .
However , in this discussion , the wave windings will be described
from the viewpoint of rotor application .

31
 2-7 . Insulation of Slots and End Windings . The lap wind
ings considered previously and also the wave windings considered
here are 2 - layer windings . The conductors are made up of straps
with one turn per coil , open at the front end ( Fig . 2-20 ) . The
number of conductors per slot per layer may be one or more than

2. 31

2113 3

Fig . 2-19 . Different conductor arrangements in

rotors with wave windings

one . Fig . 2-19 shows the arrangement for 1 to 4 conductors per

slot per layer . Since each conductor pair represents a coil , the
number of coils of the wave winding is equal to the number of
conductors per slot per layer times the number of slots . In the
lap winding , the number of coils is equal to the number of slots .

The slots are semi - closed . Since the coils are inserted
through the slot openings , the latter must be at the side of the
slot when the number of conductors per layer is 2 . The con
ductors of the lower layer are placed in the slot first . The
order in which the conductors of the lower and upper layer are
put into the slot is indicated by the number 1-2 , 1-2-3-4 , etc. ,
in Figs . 2-19 and 2-20 . While the upper conductors are inserted
into the slot , their lower conductors already lie in another
slot which is a pole pitch or approximately a pole pitch apart
from the slot in consideration .

The coils lying side by side in each layer are connected in

series . Their ends are joined by clips in the form of a figure

8. The laying out of wave windings and their connection diagrams

will be discussed in Chapters 6 , 7 , and 8 . Only the insulation

of the wave windings will be described here .

32
 Fig . 2-20 . One- turn wave winding

Ground and End -winding Insulation . The ground insulation

of a wave winding consists of a wrapper on the slot portion and
of tape on the end windings . The material used , its thickness ,
and number of layers are given in Table 2-8 . The treated cloth
tape on the end windings is half - lapped . The finishing tape is
spaced on the slot portion and half- lapped on the end windings .
If the wrapper material has grain , the latter must run parallel
with the length of the wrapper .

The materials specified in Table 2-8 refer to Class A in

sulation . For Class B insulation , mica on a paper base is used

for the wrapper and mica tape for the end windings . Mica tape
is also used as ground insulation instead of the wrapper in some
cases . For Class H insulation , silicone mica glass is used for
the wrapper and silicone glass mica tape can be used for ground
insulation on the slot portion and also for the end windings .
The finishing insulation for Class A is 0.007 " half - lapped cotton
tape on the end windings , and butt - lapped on the slot portion .
The finishing insulation for Class B is glass tape treated in
ordinary varnish and , for Class H insulation , the finishing tape
is silicone glass tape . Additional insulation has to be provided
for the phase coils .
33
 The varnish treatment of the coils consists of one dipping
and baking for voltages below 1200 volts , and 2 dippings and
bakings for voltages higher than 1200 volts . The wound rotor ,
for all voltages , must get one additional dipping and baking and
then a spraying with an air drying varnish . The baking time is
4 to 6 hours at 110° C for the coils , and 12 to 36 hours (de
pending on the diameter) at 115 to 125° C for the wound rotor
with Class A or Class B windings. Temperatures of 165 to 250 ° C
are to be used for wound rotors having Class I windings ,
Before putting the coils into the slots , fishpaper cells ,
0.010 " to 0.015 " thick , are inserted into the latter , depending
on the available space . The cells should project about 2 " above
the iron , in order that the projecting parts of the cells be
flexible . A fiber strip is placed in the bottom of the slot be
tween iron cell to prevent the cell from being damaged by
and
high laminations or burrs during the process of winding and while
pressing the coils against the bottom of the slot by the wedges .
The fiber strip should be 1/2 " longer than the core . For Class
B coils , fishpaper cells are also used in the slots before in
serting coils . However , a canvas base bakelite strip is used at
the bottom of the slot instead of the fiber strip used in class
A windings . For Class H insulation , it is preferable to omit a
slot liner , but if one is used it must be of silicone - treated
mica and glass . The insulation at the bottom of the slot must
be mica or melamine .

Separation of Upper and Lower Layer . A fiber strip , for

Class A windings , has to be placed between upper and lower layers
in the slot portion which goes from the bend on one side of the
rotor to the bend on the other side . The separator between the
upper and lower layers in the end windings consists of 2 or more
strips of treated duck cloth , each about 0.030" thick , or of 2
or more strips of varnish - treated asbestos cloth , each about
0.045 " thick . The width of the lower strip must be such as to
cover the space between the clip on the coil end and the end of
the fiber strip between the layers in the slot portion . Each

successive strip is narrower in order to provide a solid bed for

the end bands . The strips between end windings are important
not only with respect
to banding , but also for the insulation
between upper and lower coil ends which cross one another . For

34
Class B windings a canvas base bakelite material is to be used
between upper and lower layers in the slot portion and a treated
glass or asbestos cloth
cloth between upper and lower layers in the
end windings . For Class H insulation the material to be used
between upper and lower layers in the slot portion must be mela
mine . The separators between upper and lower layers in the end
windings consist of two or more strips of silicone glass or
silicone - treated asbestos cloth .
Clip Insulation . In order to connect the coils in series ,
connections between the upper and lower layers have to be made.
When the copper strap is heavy , spacers of tinned copper are
driven between the layers of the leads after the copper clips
have been slipped over them . When the copper strap is light ,
the clips are squeezed together in the middle in the form of a
figure 8 , forcing the upper and lower straps away from the middle
of the clip . The clips are soldered . All clips must be tight
ened with wooden wedges before soldering in order to get a
tight joint between leads . The wooden wedges can be removed af
ter the excess of soldering metal either has been machined off
or wiped off in the process of soldering . The insulation of the
clip consists of two or more caps or bags of 0.017 " muslin , de
pending upon the voltage between the slip rings and space between
adjoining clips . The clip insulation has to be applied before
banding . For Class I windings the clips must be soldered with a
high - temperature solder or brazed . The insulation of the
clips will consist of caps or bags of silicone - treated glass
cloth . In some cases silicone glass mica tape and silicone glass
tape can also be used for clip insulation .
Support Insulation . The end windings rest on supports which
must be insulated . Treated fuller - board held in position by
cotton tape is used for Class A windings . In some applications
bias-cut varnished tape and cotton tape is also used . For Class
B windings , treated asbestos cloth held in place with glass tape
or asbestos tape is used . For Class H windings the insulation
would consist of silicone glass cloth or silicone mica-glass held
in place by silicone glass tape .
Mechanical Clearances . The mechanical clearances must be
the same as for the lap windings ( see Art . 2-6) . The creepage
distance must also be sufficient with respect to the supports .
• 35
 Wedges . After inserting the conductors , the slot cells or
troughs are trimmed , leaving enough length for an overlap on the
top of the coils . A fiber strip is then put above the cell which
serves as a slide for the wedges . The wedges consist usually of
two or more pieces which are driven in from each end of the
rotor . The wedge material is fiber or canvas base bakelite , The
wedges for Class B windings are made from canvas base bakelite
or glass base bakelite , whereas the wedges for Class H insulation
are made from melamine . The dimensions of the wedge depend upon
the weight of the copper in the slot , i.e. , upon the slot dimen
sions . Figs . 2-2la , b , and c show the usual wedge shapes . The
corresponding Table 2-10 gives the wedge dimensions ( in inches )

03r .065 065 065

h -.03 r .

79
a b с
Fig . 2-21 . Slot wedge shapes

for the different slot widths . The wedge should be longer than
the slot by 1/2 " to 3/4" depending upon the thickness of the
wedge .

Banding of the End Windings . Special attention must be paid

to a proper banding of the end windings since they are subject

to centrifugal forces . Usually steel wire is used with a diameter

of 0.029 " for rotor diameters up to 10 " ; 0.045 " for rotor diame
ters 10 " to 15 " ; 0.064 " for rotor diameters 15 " to 25 " ; and
0.081 " for rotor diameters greater than 25 " . The 0.064 " wire is
often applied instead of the 0.029" or 0.045 " wires . During the
banding process , the wire should have a tension which is about
70% of the maximum permissible wire tension , in order to take
care of overspeeds . The maximum permissible wire tension ( in
pounds ) is : 80 for 0.029" wire ; 200 for 0.045 " wire ; 250 for
0.064" wire when applied to wire or ribbon coils , and 400 when
applied to strap coils ; 550 for 0.081 " wire , which is used only
for strap coils .

The number of wires in the band is governed by the stress

in the band . For the latter , the following formula can be used :

36
 rpm
X (2-4)
where S is the total stress in the band , W is the total weight
( in pounds ) of the end windings , including insulation and band
ing , D the rotor diameter ( in inches ) , and rpm the rated speed .
The band should cover about 60 % of the coil ends .
Two layers of 0.010" mica and one of .035 " asbestos are usu
ally used as insulation between end windings and band wire . The
insulation must extend on each side 3/8 " to 1/2 " beyond the last
turn of wire .
Tinned steel clips , 3/8" to 1/2 " wide and 0.012 " to 0.022 "
thick , must be placed under the bands . The length of the clips
must be such as to permit a turnover on top of about half an
inch at each end . The clips are spaced about 4 slots apart . At
the start and stop of the band , 3 clips , close to each other , are
usually used .

C. SQUIRREL - CAGE WINDINGS

2-8. Different kinds of Squirrel-cage Windings . Some slot

shapes for squirrel -cage rotors are shown in Fig . 2-22 . The

(0)។] Fig . 2-22 . Slot shapes for squirrel -cage rotors

rotor bars are not insulated ; they are connected on each side by
a ring . In rotors with a diameter up to about 12 " , the bars and
rings are made , by the larger manufacturers , of die cast aluminum
for which different compositions are available (Fig . 2-23 ) .
Otherwise , the bars are made of round (Fig . 2-24) or rectangular
(Figs . 2-25 and 2-26) copper and sometimes also of brass . The
rings are made of either copper or brass or other material of
higher resistivity .

37
Fig . 2-23 . Complete rotor with die - cast aluminum bars ,
end rings , and ventilating fans

Fig . 2-24 . Squirrel - cage rotor with round bars

38
 Fig . 2-25 . Squirrel - cage rotor with rectangular bars

Fig . 2-26 . Complete squirrel - cage rotor for a large induction

motor

For certain purposes , 2 cages are arranged in the rotor .

Some slot shapes for double - cage rotors are shown in Fig . 2-27 .
There may be 2 rings on each side ,one for each cage ( Fig . 2-28 ) ,

3
1
19TO
Fig . 2-27 . Slot shapes for double - cage rotors .

39
or only one ring on each side , which is then common for both
cages .

Fig . 2-28 . Complete double -cage rotor

Bolts , solder , bolts and solder , brazing , and welding are

used to connect the bars to the end rings . The last 2 are most
often used in present -day practice .

40
 LIMITS ATURE
TEMP
AN D ER S
RIALNG
MATELA
IN TI
OFSU FICATION
CL ASSI ,CD
°
S
-
2-TANDARTe atur
erng
mpti
TA1BLE Limi
Apdu rari
past s
tual
In
for
Hot
Cl fication
sial Embedded
teri
Maas Ther
Class Spot
Detector
mometer

0
U
- of
fabrics
Untreated
l
s
ntreated inen
ilk
.,cotton 90
organics
Untreated
paper
,w iber 75 85
ftc.
,e ood

similar
s
Cotton
l
,a
organic
nd
ilk
inen
impregnated
when
v
,materials
oil
,in arnish
Treated
or
impreg
A
nated v
,b il
compounds
.O
oarnish
wax
r
akelite 90 100 105
organics
applied
E
as
to. namel
fillers
organic
and
wires
.

IB
fxide
Asbestos
m
o
,tape
films
ica
iberglas
B boards
,a
fillers
inorganic
impreg-
or
Treated
.(Asbestos
nated
limited
inorganics
amount
organic
of
materials 110 120 130
be
may
binding
for
used
structural
purposes
.)or

asbestos
Mica
,f
in
similar
and
iberglas
with
form
organic
up
built
in
materials
com
silicone
of
composed
substances
binding
H
T
- reated materials
,or
pounds
equivalent
with
proper
or
impreg
t
s ies
ilicone
compounds
in
rubbery
;-and 180
nated
inorganics
,or
forms
resinous
equivalent
with
material
C
A lass
proportions
minute
.properties
in
for
essential
where
only
had
be
may
material
manufacture
.structural
during
purposes
 2-2
TABLE INSULATION
CONDUCTOR
FOR
MATERIALS

O
CLASS A
CLASS B
CLASS *
H
CLASS

cotto
Singlen Single
glass
Double
cotto n Double
glass
Cotto
tape n cotton
Triple glass
Triple
tape
Cotton
sleeving
Cotton Glass
tape
Paper Enamel Glass
sleeving
Glass
otton
enamel
-c
Single Asbestos Asbestos
Asbestos

42
otton
enamel
-c
Double tape
Cotton
sleeving Mica
tape Mica
tape
Paper
enamel
and
Paper
Cellophane
enamel
and
Cellophane
.*All
varnishes
silicone
with
bonded
be
must
materials
 TABLE
2-3 MATER
FOR IALS
GROUN
INSUL D
ATION

CLASS
O CLASS
A CLASS
B CLASS
H
Fishpaper
and
Fishp
and
mica aper
Silicone
glass
Rope
paper Varnished
cloth
Rope
paper
and
mica cloth
and
Fulle
b
- oardr Varnished
cloth mica
Asbe
papestos
and r
Cotton Bias
-
varn
cut ishe d
mica Silico
glass ne
tape

43
cloth
tape ta ca
mipe
Wood Glass
cloth
and
mica
base
bakel
Paper ite Melamine
Fiber Cellophane
and
mica
Cloth
base
bakelite Glass
base
Mica
tape silicone
Wood
Asbes
base tos
bakel ite
Fiber
Glass
bakel
base ite
 2-4
TABLE ,BOILS
A
CLASS
FOR
INSULATION
GROUND
NORMAL
C
H ND
A
Class B
Class *
H** s
Clas

of
Turns of
Turns of
Turns
Voltage
or
Wrapper Material or
Wrapper Material Wrapper
or
Material Wall
Mica
Mica
Wall Mica
Wall
Range Thickness Thickness Thickness

600
to
.010
"V C
.010 211 /4
to "FP
&M.010 "Sto21GC/4
.010 21/4
to
F
&
"P
M
.010
"VC &
M.010
"FP "S.010
GC
312/4
to 312/4
to
1200
to
600 .010
"FP
&
M
13 /4 .006
M
"T "
.024 "SGMT
.004 "
.024

.012
"VC .012
&
F
M
"P 31/4 .010
S" GC 31/4
2500
to
1200 .012
"FP
M
& 13 /4 .006
"M T ".036 S
.004
" GMT ".036
.012
&
"FP
M .012
"FP
M
& 13 /4
3500
to
2500 "K
.012
M
&P 31/4 .008
"M T "
.048

.012
"P
K&
M 41/4 "KP
.012
M
& 41/4
4500
to
3500 "MT
.008

44
"
.064

.015
M
&
"K41P/4 "KP
.015
M
& 14/4
*
6600
to
4500 "M.096
.008
"T

**
11,000
to
6600 .008
M
"T ".145
.

,2
**
13 00 000
11,
to .008
M
"T ".190
.

-
VC th
arn
clo
V ished M ica
tape
=MT
and
mica
Fishpaper
=
M
&
FP cloth
glass
Silicone
SGC
and
M
&
KP
paper
=Kraft
mica -Silicone
SGMT
tape
mica
glass
mica
tape
;c
with
insulation
applied
is
before
ground
impregnate
vacuum
-p ressure
wrappers
are
*Coils
applied
insulation
after
ground
impregnated
p.is
- ressure
vacuum
are
the
again
and
insulation
ground
of artial
aapplicatio
after
p** ressure
-impregnate
vacuum
are
Coils
insulation
ground
.application
the
of
final
limited
.
manufactured
are
available
data
and
been
not
have
volts
2500
than
greater
voltages
for
Coils
***
 MATERIALS
-
2-5
TABLE
INSULATION
WINDING
END
FOR

O
CLASS CLASS
A CLASS
B B
CLASS

Cotto
tape n Cotton
tape Glass
tape Silicone
glass
tape

45
Cotton
sleeving varnished
-
Bias
cut
tape cloth
glass
Varnished cloth
glass
Silicone

cloth
Varnished Asbestos
tape mica
glass
Silicone
tape

cloth
asbestos
Treated

Mica
tape
 2-6
TABLE WINDING
INSULATION
END

COIL
PHASE PLAIN
COIL TAPE
FINISH
VOLTAGE
No. No. Varnish
CLASS CLASS CLASS Layers CLASS CLASS CLASS Layers CLASS CLASS CLASS Treat
Mica
or Mica
or ment
RANGE A B *** Wall A Wall A B
Thickness Thickness

600
to CGT
G
1.007
"S
.007
T 1 0 )..007
S.007
CGT
"G007
T 2

1200
to
600 B006
010
M
|.
"S004
GMT
Tc 1 C007
.007
G
).
"S GT
T
T.006 1 .007
1.007
"GT
CSTGT 2

2500
to
1200 M"010
B Tc1.006
ST1.004
GMT "B006
"2010TC
S|0M04
GMT
T 1 .007
"SGTT
CGT 2

3500
to
2500 B
010
"MTTC1.008 3 BT
.010
].
"M 008
C 2 CTT
"G
.007 2

4500
to
3500 BT
.010
"M IC.008 4 BTC
.010
|.
"M008
T 3 CT
.007
"G
.007

*
6600
to
4500 BT008
"M|.010
c 6 BTC1.008
010
"M T 5 CT
"G
.007 3
.

**
11000
to
6600 .008
M
"T "
.145 .008
M
"T "
.145 .010
G
" T
.

**
13200
to
11000 .008
M
" T "
.19 0 M
.008
"T "
.190 "GT
.010

Cotton
tape
-
CT varnished
cut
Bias
BTC
cotton
tape
Glass
GT
tape O
Silicone
glass
tape
SGT
= ica
MT
M
tape S
SGMT
= ilicone
glass
mica
tape
insulation
c*O
A
pClass
vacuum
receive
-w
end
of
application
before
.impregnation
ressure
oils
nly
inding
insulatio
vacuum
are
Coils
ap**
-wimpregnat
end
of
applicati
final
the
after
again
and
ressure
artial
inding
insulation
,the
-vinding
end
.
limited
are
available
data
and
manufactured
been
not
have
volts
2500
than
greater
voltages
for
Coils
***
 CLEARANCES
M
- ECHANICAL
2-7
TABLE
)in
inches
dimensions
(all
Voltage Distance
to from
Distance between
Distance
Cell
Top Cell
Bottom Retaining t
End
.o
Conn
Ring End
Windin gs
Extension Extension Clamp
or Brackets
Range
A B с D E
slots
o
*- pen
Semi 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
**
slots
o
- pen
Semi 5/8
to
1/2 3/8 5/16 1/4 3/32
to
1/16
slot
Open s
600
to
Up 1/2
3/4
to 3/8
5/8
to 3/8 1/4 3/32
1200
600 7/8
to
5/8 3/4
to
9/16 1/2 3/8 3/32
2500
1200 11/8
to
7/8 3/4
to
1 5/8 1/2 1/8
3500
2500 to
13
1 /8 t /8
11o 3/4 5/8 5/32
-4500
3500 13/4
to /8 1 /2
to/8 7/8 3/16
-6600
4500 13/2
21
to/4 1/2
13
to /4 1/4 1/4 3/16
6600
11000 21/2
3
to 13/2
21
to/4 1/2 13/4 5/16
to
1/4
-1 0
3200
1100 43to 2 /4
1
3
to /2 13/4 2 11/32
to
5/16

*F/2
1
7
to
up
.motors
volts
240
and
HP
or 600
volts
.HP
1/2
7
than
greater
motors
For
**
to
up
and

47
2-8
TABLE - ROTOR
A
CLASS
FOR
INSULATION
COIL
NORMAL
WINDINGS
WAVE
Insulation
Cell -winding
End
Insulation
Voltage half
of
No.
layers Outside
Material
Thicknesses
and No.Turn Thicknesses
and
Material lap Finishing
Tape
Range s Plain
Phase
Coils
Coils
ishpaper
.012
mica
and
600
"Fto
Up varnished
"B
.012
-c ias
cloth
tape
0ut .007
c
"' otton
tape
.012
F
"andishpaper
mica
1200
to
600 "B
.012
- ias
varnished
cloth
c1ut
tape 2 .007
c
' otton
tape
2400
to
"1200 aper
Fishp.012
mica
and ".B
.012 ias
varnished
c
cloth
-tape 2ut 3 .007
c' otton
"tape
 2-9
TABLE MATERIALS
REWINDING
STATOR
FOR
GUIDE

Bottom
Filler
Top
filler Separator
Coil
Tedge Slot
Trough
Turn
End
Spacing Stub
G-orroup
Blocks Lead
Connecti ons

S< urge Tying

Ring Cord

-CLOSED
SEMI
STATORS
SLOT STATORS
SLOT
OPEN
TYPE LOCA ON AFor
Class For
Class
B HSFor
Class
ilicone Class
AFor BFor
Class ASilicone
Class
For
Coils -Glass
Mica
Coils -Glass
Mica
Coils Coils Coils
-Glass
Mica -GCoils
Mica
lass
Slot Fish
and
paper gMica
- lass gSilicone
lass
-mica
paper
Fish neces
if
None None
neces
if
trough cloth
varnished uncut
,use
sary tighten
to
sary
stift
or
mica coil
slot
in
use
gvarn
, lass mica
uncut
filler
Bottom Fishpaper base
Asbestos Glass
silicone
base
Pressboard bakelite melamine
base
Glass
Fiber bakelite
base
Glass
mica
Moulding
SLOT Separator Fishpa
per asbestos
Oiled varnished
Silicone bottom
as
Same bottom
as
Same bottom
as
Same
Pressboard glass filler
above filler
above above
filler
Fiber
and
Wedge Kiln
dried
maple Asbestos
base Fiber
silicone
base
Glass base
Asbestos Glass
silicone
base
filler
top Fishpaper bakelite Glass
maple
dried
Kiln
melamine
base bakelite Glass
malamine
base
Pressboard bakelite
base
Glass bake
base
Canvas bakelite
base
Glass
bake
base
Canvas lite
lite
Fiber
CORE rings
Surge cloth
Varnished Mica
tape Silicone
nica
-glass
bias
cut
tape glass
Treated tape
tape
Cotton
tape glas
Silicone
tape
 2-9
TABLE Concluded
STATORS
SLOT
OPEN
STATORS
SLOT
- LOSED
CSEMI
TYPE LOCATION A
Class
For Class
Hilicone
Class
BSFor
For
Class
AFor B
Class
For Iilicone
SClass
For
Coils lass
GMica
Coils
- lass
Coils -Glass
Mica
Coils Coils
-Glass
Mica
Spacing Kiln
dried silicon
base
Glass
base es
Asbesto
maple melamine
base
blocks bake
base
Canvas bakelite Glass
lite bakelite
base
Glass
Fiber
Pressboard
END
Varnished
cloth
phase
Between Mica
glass Silicone
mica
-glass
coils
Tying cord
Flax Silicone
Treated
cord
Flax
cord
glass Silicone
glass
cord
glass
Treated
cords cord
Flax Flax
cord
Stub
g, roup Plastic
tubing Plastic
Varnished
glass
tubing
Silicone
glass Mica
tape gSilicone
mica
- lass
lead
and cotton
Varnished tubing tubing Varnished
cotton Treated
tape
glass
COIL tubing
connections Mica
tape Silicone
mica
tubing
-glass Silicone
glass
tape
CONNECTIONS tape
Cotton Treated
glass
tape
tape cloth
Varnished
tape
cut
bias
glass
Silicone
Cotton
tape
covered
Cotton
external
For braid
Glass Flex
c. opper Rubber
insulated Glass
braid .copper
Flex
strands
connections
cable cable
covered strands
cable
braided
slipped cable
covered through
slipped
insulated
Rubber silicon
through
varnish
Asbestoeed
s varn
.Asbestos silicone
tubing
LEADS cable
braided cable
cloth tubing cable
cloth &
rubber
Silicone
rubber
&Silicone cable
glass
cable
glass

49
Solder solder
550
-0 in
%T100 solder
500
-5Silver
solder %tin
100 Silver
Solder
fusion
Copper a.Hi ntimony
in
-t5%95lloy
emp -5%95emp
t.aHi in
ntimony
lloy
Copper
fusion
-tlloy
.aHi emp . lloy
-t
aHiemp
SOLDERING fusion
Copper solder
Silver
SUPPLIES
Flux solution
Rosin Rosin
solution
Rosin
solution solution
Rosin
solution
Rosin
silver
or
Borax silver
or
Borax
solder
flux solder
flux flux
solder solder
flux
Winding Long
life
syn Long
life
syn Silicone Long
life
syn Long
life
syn
Silicone
Dipping thetic
baking thetic
baking thetic
baking thetic
baking
varnish varnish varnish varnish
Winding proof
Oil
air
dry dry
air
proof
Oil Silicone proof
Oil
dry
air Oil
dry
air
proof Silicone
varnish varnish varnish varnish
Finishing
Heat
resistant

VARNISH
Frame Enamel Enamel resistant
Heat Enamel Enamel
enamel enamel
 TABLE 2-10 - WEDGE DIMENSIONS FOR WOUND ROTORS

Figure
Slot Width h F r
No.

Fig . 2-21a Up to 0.5 1/16

Up to 0.44
1/16 5/32 | 0.04
> 0.44 to 0.50 3/32 7/32 0.048
Fig . 2-21b
> 0.50 to 0.75 1/8 9/32 0.063

Above 0,75 5/32 7/16 0.08

-
> 0.03 to 0.05 1/16

> 0.05 to 5/8 3/32

Fig . 2-21c
> 5/8 to 7/8 1/8

-
-

Above 7/8 5/32

All dimensions are in inches .

50
 CHAPTER 3

INTEGRAL -SLOT LAP WINDINGS (LAP WINDINGS

WITH EQUAL COIL GROUPING )

CONNECTION DIAGRAMS AND CONNECTION TABLES

3-1 . Windings Treated in This Chapter . In this chapter ,
the polyphase lap windings will be considered for which
Total No. of Slots
= Integer
No. of poles x No. of phases
i.e. , the windings in which the number of slots per pole per
phase (see Chapter 1 ) is an integer and , therefore , all pole
phase groups have the same number of single coils . For example ,
54
a stator with 54 slots for a 6-pole , 3-phase motor has 6 x 3 - 3
slots per pole per phase ( spp = 3) , and each pole - phase group
consists of 3 single coils ; a stator with 72 slots for a 4 pole ,
3 phase motor has 4 723 = 6 slots per pole per phase , and con
sequently each pole - phase group has 6 single coils . These are
lap windings with equal coil grouping in contrast to the lap
windings with unequal coil grouping described in Chapter 4 .
3-2 . Presentation , Numbering , and Designation of Pole
phase Groups . In the following Connection Diagrams , a pole -phase
group will be represented by a single line . Therefore , a wind
ing laid out for a certain number of slots per pole per phase is
applicable to any number of slots per pole per phase , provided
the number of poles and number of phases remain unchanged .
In all Connection Diagrams , the consecutive pole - phase
groups of the winding will be designated by the clockwise num
bering 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , and so forth , and the different phases to
which these groups belong will be designated by the letters A and
B in a 2-phase winding , and by the letters A , C , and B in a 3
phase winding . The reason for the choice of the sequence A , C ,
B , and not A , B , C , for 3-phase windings is explained in Art.3-3 .
Furthermore , different kinds of lines are used to denote the
different phases . In 2-phase windings , a heavy solid line is
used for phase A , and a light dotted line for phase B. For 3

phase windings , a heavy solid line is used for phase A , a light

dotted line for phase B , and a light solid line for phase C.

51
 3-3 . Connection Diagrams and Connection Tables and How to
Use Them. ( Figs . 3-10 to 3-122 are at end of chapter ) . As has
been explained in Art . 1-6 , each phase has as many pole-phase
phase
groups as there are poles . For example , in a 2 -pole machine ,
each phase has 2 pole - phase groups ( see Fig . 3-37 ) ; in a 4-pole
machine , each phase has 4 pole - phase groups ( see Fig . 3-43 ) , and
so forth . The pole -phase groups of each phase can be connected
all in series ( see Fig . 3-65 ) , or all in parallel ( see Fig . 3-68) ,
or parts of the pole - phase groups can be connected in series and
these series - connected parts then connected in parallel ( see
Fig . 3-67 ) .

The maximum possible number of parallel circuits for in

tegral slot windings is equal to the number of pole - phase groups
in the phase , i.e. , to the number of poles . If a smaller number
of parallel paths is desirable , the number of poles must be
divisible by this smaller number . For example , in a 12 - pole
machine , a maximum of 12 parallel circuits are possible , but

also 6 , 4 , 3 , and 2 parallel circuits can be made because 12 is

divisible by each of these numbers . When , for example , 4 parallel
circuits are desired , the consecutive 12 pole- phase groups of
each phase are series-connected in groups of 3 , and the 4 series
connected groups are connected in parallel ( see Fig . 3-94 ) .

Two consecutive pole -phase groups of the same phase lie

under poles of different polarity , and the current flows in them
in different directions ; 2 alternate pole-phase groups of the
same phase lie under poles of the same polarity , and the current
flows in them in the same direction . The current direction of
the individual pole -phase groups is indicated by arrows . Con
sider , for example , Fig . 3-43 . Corresponding to the given rule ,
pole -phase group 4 is provided with an arrow which is opposite
to that of pole -phase group 1 , while pole - phase group 7 has an
arrow of the same direction as that of pole -phase group 1 . It
follows from the same rule that for the series connection of 2
consecutive pole - phase groups of the same phase , the end of one
group must be connected with the end of the other group ( see
Fig . 3-43 ) and that , for the series connection of 2 alternate
pole -phase groups of the same phase , the end of one group must
be connected with the beginning of the other group ( see Fig .
3-31 )

52
 The first kind of series connection of pole -phase groups is
called short - jumper or top - to - top or bottom - to - bottom connection ;
the second kind is called long - jumper or top - to - bottom con
nection . The latter kind of connection is used mainly in smaller
machines ( see Art . 3-5 ) All the Connection Diagrams given ,
except Figs . 3-31 to 3-36 , are for the short - jumper connection .
All the Connection Tables also are for the short - jumper connec
tion .

In a 3 - phase , integral - slot winding , the beginnings of

phases lie 2/3 of a pole pitch or 2/3 of a pole pitch plus any
even number of full pole pitches apart ( see Art . 1-9 ) . Since a

pole - phase group occupies , in a 3 -phase winding , 1/3 of a pole

pitch ( the single exception of this rule is treated in Chapter
9) , the beginnings of the phases can be placed 2 pole - phase
groups apart , i.e. , if phase A starts at the beginning of pole
phase group 1 , phase B may be started at the beginning of pole
phase group 3 , and phase C at the beginning of pole - phase group
5. Therefore , if pole -phase group 1 is assigned to phase A ,

pole -phase group 3 must be assigned to phase B. Pole -phase group

2 which lies between phases A and B must then belong to phase C.
This explains the sequence A , C , B , in the connection diagrams

of the 3 -phase windings .

Table 3-1 enumerates the standard 2 -phase Connection Dia

grams and the corresponding Connection Tables ( 3-6 to 3-9 ) which
are worked out in this chapter . Table 3-2 enumerates the stand
ard 3 -phase Connection Diagrams and
Tables with long - jumper or
top - to - bottom group connectors worked out in this chapter . Since
windings using the long - jumper connectors are not the most
com
monly used , only the Connection Diagrams for 4 poles are worked
out , but the method for laying out such windings is described in
detail in Art . 3-10 . Table 3-3 enumerates the standard 3 -phase
Connection Diagrams and Tables with short - jumper or top - to - top
group connectors , worked out in this chapter .
Table 3-4 is a Master Table for 2 -phase windings showing
for different numbers of poles ( up to 24 ) and different numbers
of slots ( up to 144 ) the corresponding values of spp and the
number of pole- phase groups . Table 3-5 is the corresponding
Master Table for 3 -phase windings ; however , it is extended to 52
poles and 540 slots . The purpose of these Master Tables is to

53
enable the winder to determine at a glance the proper number of
pole - phase groups , and the proper number of slots per pole per
phase for any given combination of slots and poles. For the in
tegral - slot windings , the spp is denoted in heavy print . For
those windings with а fractional number of slots per pole per
phase which are balanced , the spp is given in normal print ( these
windings are discussed in Chapters , 4 , 6 , and 7) , whereas , for
those windings with a
fractional number of slots per pole per
phase which are unbalanced (discussed in Chapters 5 and 8) , the
spp is denoted in italics* . The Tables , then , in addition to
giving the data on spp , also point out whether the winding is
balanced or unbalanced . They also give a clue to the proper
grouping for the particular winding , but this part of the table
will be discussed later .

The Connection Diagrams (see pp . 89 - 191 ) are complete and

show how the pole-phase groups are to be connected for series as
well as for parallel connections . For 3-phase windings , diagrams
are given for star as well as delta connections . Diagrams are
given also for the dual -voltage connections . Small motors are

usually designed so that they may be used readily for dual volt
ages , for example , 220 and 440 volts , or 110 and 220 volts .
The Connection Tables 3-6 to 3-9 for 2-phase windings , and
3-10 to 3-24 for 3-phase windings , have been worked out only for
the short - jumper connection as mentioned above . The long - jumper
connection can be used for all integral - slot windings , but it
cannot be used for certain fractional - slot windings ( see Chapter
4) and , therefore , must be used with caution . Although the
Connection Diagrams and Tables shown consider only a limited
number of poles andslots ,, detailed information is given in
slots
Arts . 3-4 to 3-15 which enables the winder to lay out a winding
for any number of poles and any desired connection . The use of
the diagrams and tables for integral - slot lap windings will be
explained by a few examples .
Consider first a 2 -phase , 48- slot , 8-pole winding , connected
series . The Master Table 3-4 for 2-phase windings shows that
for 8 poles and 48 slots there are 16 pole-phase groups , and
spp = 3 , i.e. , each pole-phase group consists of 3 single coils .
Table 3-1 shows that for 8 poles and series connection the
proper Connection Diagram is Fig . 3-24 . If , for the same example ,
54
 a 2 - parallel connection is desired , Table 3-1 shows that con
nection Diagram Fig . 3-25 is to be used .

Consider now a 3 - phase , 168 - slot , 14 -pole winding connected

series star . The Master Table 3-5 shows that for 168 slots and
14 poles there are 42 pole - phase groups , and spp = 4 . Table 3-3
shows that for a series star connection , the proper Connection
Diagram is Fig . 3-111 . If , on the other hand , it is de
sired to connect this winding series delta , then , from the same
table , Connection Diagram Fig . 3-117 is to be used . Other Con
nection Diagrams are indicated also . If the winding is to be
connected without the use of Connection Diagrams , Table 3-3 in
dicates that connection Table 3-16 can be used . In Table 3-16
the method is given for connecting the pole - phase groups of each
phase for series , 2 -parallel , 7 -parallel and 14 - parallel cir
cuits . " Si" means start of group 1 , " S4 " means start of group
4 , " F16 " means finish of group 16 , etc. The arrow indicates the
group connector .

For the series connection of phase A , the line lead T, con

nects to the start of group 1 ( sl ) . The end of phase A is

I a which connects to the start of group 40 ( 940 ) . Similarly ,

for phase B , line lead T2 connects to S3 , and To connects to
S42 ; for phase C , line lead T3 connects to $5 , and T6 connects
to S2 . Now for the series star , T4 , T5 , To connect together ,

and T1 , T2 , Tz are connected to line leads; for delta connection ,

T4 connects with T2 , T5 with Tz , and To with Ti . The line leads
are then connected to the junction of 16 - T2, T4 -T2 , and T5 - Tz.

The Table also indicates how to change from a series con

nection to a 2 - parallel connection . It can be seen that if , in
phase A , the jumper connection between F19 and F22 is broken , and
1
the end F22 is connected to si , and the end F19 is connected to
S40 , a parallel connection of the phase is accomplished . The
phases B and C can similarly be connected into 2 parallel cir
cuits by following the Table . It is apparent from this that
windings can be readily connected without the use of Connection
and also , that it is a simple matter to change from
Diagrams ,
a series to 2 parallel , or other combination , by using the Con
nection Tables . For this reason , the Tables have been worked
out to 30 poles for 3 -phase windings .

55
 B. LAYOUT OF 2 - PHASE WINDINGS

3-4 . Layout of 2 - Phase Windings , The layout and checking

of a 2 -phase winding can be best shown by an example . As such ,
a 4 - pole machine will be considered . First , the number of pole
phase groups is to be determined . This can be done with the aid
of Eq . 1-4 , which says that
No. of pole -phase groups = No. of poles x No. of phases
1.e. , in the case of a 4 -pole machine , the number of pole - phase
groups is 4 x 2 = 8. These 8 groups are shown in Fig . 3 - la . They
are numbered clockwise by the consecutive digits 1 to 8 . The

B A
7 5 B
8
i8 61
s A 3
Af: T 0000 - T3 T3
7. A
81 2
8
2 THA
B1 B
8

A Ti

Fig . 3 - la . 2 - phase , 4 - pole Fig . 3 - lb . 2 -phase , 4 -pole

winding . Arrangement of winding , series connection
pole -phase groups . of phase A.

groups 1 , 3 , 5 , and 7 belong to phase A and are indicated by

heavy lines ; the groups 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 belong to phase B and are
indicated by dotted lines .
Each pole - phase group has a start and a finish , Going

around the circle in Fig . 3 - la clockwise , it will be assumed , as

in the previously shown Connection Diagrams , that the beginning
of each line representing a pole -phase group is the start of this
pole -phase group , and the end of the line the finish of the pole
phase group . Then , since 2 consecutive pole - phase groups of the
same phase lie under poles of different polarity , the series
connection of these 2 consecutive pole - phase groups can be ac
complished by connecting either their finishes or their starts
together , while for the parallel connection of these same 2 con
secutive pole-phase groups , the start of one pole -phase group
must be connected with the finish of the other pole -phase group .

56
 Alco
А. A
B
5 4 5
8
61 618
A / 3 AY 3
-Tz T3
5 7А TAA
812 Biz
8 8
BВ B
A

T
Fig . 3-1c . 2-phase , 4-pole Fig . 3-1d . 2 -phase , 4 pole
winding , 2 -parallel con winding , 2 -parallel con
nection of phase A. nection of phase A.

On the other hand , since 2 pole - phase groups of a phase

separated by one group of the same phase lie under poles of the
same polarity , for the series connection of such 2 groups , the
finish of one group must be connected to the start of the other
group ; and for the parallel connection , the starts and also the
finishes of both groups must be connected together , respectively .

А Fig . 3-1b shows the series

connection of the 4 pole-phase
00

5
A1

B groups of phase A.
61 The finish
AY3 3 of group 1 is connected to the
TE 5
• T3 finish of group 3 , the start
7A
2 of group 3 is connected to the
BV
o c
Dol

start of group 5 , and the fin

А ish of group 5 is connected to
the finish of group 7 . The

start of group 1 and the start

Т. of group 7 are the beginning
Fig . 3- le . 2 - phase, 4 -pole ( T ,) and end ( Tz), i.e. , the
winding , 4-parallel con leads of phase A.
nection of phase A.

57
 the
Fig . 3-1c shows 2-parallel connection of the 4 pole
phase groups of phase A. The groups 1 and 3 , and the groups 5
and 7 , are connected in series respectively as in Fig . 3-1b , but
here the start of group 5 is connected to the start of group 1 ,
and the start of group 3 is connected to the start of group 7 .
The 2 -parallel connection (Fig . 3-1c ) is readily obtained from
the series connection ( Fig . 3-1b) by opening the jumper between
start of group 3 and start of group 5 , and connecting the start
of group 3 to the lead Tz and the start of group 5 to the lead
11 :
Fig . 3-1d shows another type of 2-parallel connection . The
groups 1 and 3 are connected as in Fig . 3-1c ; i.e. , the finish
of group 1 is connected to the finish of group 3 . In the groups
5 and 7 , the starts are connected together instead of the fin
ishes and then the start of group 1 is connected with the finish
of group 7 by a short jumper ; and another short jumper connects
the start of group 3 with the finish of group 5 .
Comparing the 2 Connection Diagrams , Fig . 3- lc and Fig . 3-10 ,
the former requires less time and labor than the latter if the
parallel connection is to be changed to a series connection . A
further advantage of the Connection Diagram shown in Fig . 3-1c
is explained in Art . 3-15 .
Fig . 3 - le shows the 4-parallel connection of the 4 pole
phase groups of phase A. Here the start of group 1 is connected
to the finish of group 3 , to the start of group 5 , and to the
finish of group 7 , and , further , the finish of group 1 is con
nected to the start of group 3 , to the finish of group 5 , and to
the start of group 7 . As stated previously , the maximum number
of parallel circuits of the integral -slot , 2- layer lap winding
is equal to the number of poles .
3-5 . Short and Long Jumpers . Consider Fig . 3-1b for series
connection . The consecutive groups of the same phase , for ex
ample , groups 1 and 3 , groups 3 and 5 , etc. , lie under poles of
different polarity , and the series connection is made in such a
manner that 2 consecutive groups connected together belong to
poles of different polarity . The series connection may be ac
complished also in another way , namely , by connecting first in
series all groups which lie under poles of the same polarity ,

58
and then by connecting together the 2 parts of the winding . This
is shown in Fig . 3-2a . Here the finish of group 1 is connected
by a long jumper to the start of group 5 ; the start of group 3
is connected by a long jumper to the finish of group 7 ; and the
finish of group 5 is connected by a short jumper to the finish
of group 3 .
Fig . 3-2b shows the 2-parallel connection with long jumpers .
Here the 2 series-connected groups 1 and 5 , which lie under
poles of the same polarity , are connected in parallel with the
2 series- connected groups 3 and 7 , which lie under the poles of
the other polarity .
In large machines , especially those with a large number of
poles , the connection with short jumpers is preferred . The coil
leads themselves are then made long enough to be used as jumpers,
and no additional wire and additional soldered joints are neces
sary as with the long jumpers . Also , there are fewer cross
overs than with the long jumpers . However , if the winding is
connected 2 -parallel , there can be effected a considerable sav
ings in lead cable by using the long - jumper connection rather
than the short- jumper connection . This scheme then brings all

the beginnings and ends of the phases at one end of the winding
rather than 180 mechanical degrees apart . In machines with a

A
AА. В.
В.
4 5 4 5

AY 3
61
8
AY 3 618
Ti 530 - T3 Ti - Tz
3 7 /A
ZAA
BI
2 B12
8
8
B BВ

Ті Ti

Fig . 3-2a . 2-phase , 4 -pole Fig . 3-2b . 2-phase , 4 - pole

winding , series connection winding , 2 - parallel connec
with long jumpers . tion with long jumpers .

59.
small number of poles and a series connection of all pole -phase
groups in each phase , it does not make much difference whether
the connection with short or long jumpers is used . In small
machines , with a larger number of poles , the long - jumper connec
tion is of some advantage , since it allows more working space
than the short - jumper connection . As will be explained later
(Art . 3-15 ) the connection with short jumpers has the advantage
of compensating for magnetic side - pull to a much higher degree
than the connection with long jumpers , when the winding has
parallel paths .

3-6 . Location of the Beginnings of the Phases. In 2-phase

windings . the beginnings of the phases lie one pole -phase group
apart ( see Art . 1-9 ) , i.e. , they are either the starts or the
finishes of 2 consecutive pole - phase groups . Since there are 2
pole - phase groups per pole , the beginnings of the phases lie , in
integral - slot windings , in slots which are half a pole pitch
apart . Because of the symmetry of the winding , the ends of the
phases also lie half a pole pitch apart . This rule is inde
pendent of the kind of connection , i.e. , it holds for series as
well as for any kind of parallel connection .
3-7 . Checking of a 2 - Phase Winding . Since 2 consecutive
groups of the same phase lie under poles of different polarity ,
the arrows on the lines representing the groups alternate their
direction ( Fig . 3 - la ) . Consider any of the Figs . 3-1 or 3-2 , for
example 3 - lb . Following through the groups of phase A starting
at terminal Ti , the connection of the groups must be such as to
pass in the direction of all arrows . This is the case in Figs .
3-1b to 3 - ld and 3-2 . These figures show the connections of
only phase A. If both phases are shown ( see Fig . 3-1a and also ,
for example , Fig . 3-13 ) , then the arrows in 2 adjacent groups

have the same direction and , in the next 2 groups , the opposite
direction . Thus , in order to check a 2 - phase winding , start at

the lead T , of phase A and draw

an arrow assuming current to
flow into this phase . Then trace the connections through all

pole -phase groups of phase A from lead T , to lead Tz and , while

tracing through the groups , mark on each group by an arrow the
direction in which the pencil traced through the particular
group . Repeat the same with phase B starting at the lead T2 .
The connection diagram is correct if 2 of the arrows point in

60
one direction , the in the opposite direction , then the
next 2
next 2 in the original direction , and so on . If this condition
is not satisfied , the diagram is incorrect .
A similar method can be applied in checking a winding al
ready placed in the slots . Each phase is checked separately by
feeding it with direct current . However , it is important that
the same d- c lead is connected to both motor leads T1 and T2 )
i.e. , that current flows through both phases in the same direc
tion . First apply current to the phase A and , with the aid of a
compass held near the core at the centers of the pole-phase
groups , mark the magnetic polarity of all groups ( 1 , 3 , 5 , and
so on ) belonging to this phase . Start the marking with pole
phase group 1 , which can be located by tracing the lead wire , and
bear in mind that , if the north end of the needle points to the
core , the polarity of that group is south ( s ) . There should be
as many pole -phase groups as there are poles , and the polarity
should alternate N and S. Now the d- c leads are changed to phase
B , and , starting with pole -phase group 2 , the pole-phase groups
of this phase are marked using a different-colored chalk or lo
cating the markings at a different point , for example , the mark
ings of phase A at one end of the core and the markings of phase
B at the other end . Then , if the winding is correctly connected ,
2 of the pole - phase groups should be marked N , the next 2 should
be marked S , then the next 2 again N , and so on . The number of
pairs will be equal to the number of poles .
The existence and direction of the driving force ( i.e. , of
the rotating field) can be checked on 2-phase as well as 3-phase
windings by a dummy rotor or a steel ball . This check , however ,
does not always guarantee that all single coils are connected
correctly .
3-8 . Dual - voltage Connections . As mentioned previously ,
small motors up to approximately 15 HP are usually designed by
the manufacturers in such a manner that they may be readily used
for two or more different voltages . For example , a winding may
be laid out to have a series connection for 220 volts and a 2
parallel connection for 110 volts ; or series connection for 440
volts and 4-parallel connection for 110 volts . The change from
one voltage to the other is simplified when extra leads are
brought out . If , for example , in Fig . 3-1b the starts of groups
61
3 and 5 are brought out as leads , then the connection Fig . 3-10
for 2 parallel circuits can be easily made , and the winding can
be used for 2 voltages which have the ratio of 2 to 1. The num
ber of leads per phase here is 4 instead of 2 for the single
voltage motor . With 8 leads per phase , the series connection
Fig . 3-1b can be readily changed to 2 as well as to 4 parallel
circuits (Figs . 3-1c and 3- le ) .

C. LAYOUT OF 3 - PHASE WINDINGS

3-9 . Layout of 3 -Phase Windings .

The slots belonging to
one pole of a 3-phase winding are divided in 3 parts correspond
ing to the number of phases , i.e. , there are 3 pole-phase groups
per pole , differing from the 2 - phase winding which has only 2
pole - phase groups per pole . Two consecutive groups belonging to
the same phase are 2 pole - phase groups apart .
The layout of the 3-phase
3 -phase winding will be studied on a 4
pole machine as was done for the 2-phase winding . The number of
pole- phase groups is given by Eq . 1-4 , namely ,
No. of pole- phase groups x No. of poles x No. of phases
Thus , in the case of the 4-pole winding , the number of pole
phase groups is equal to
4 x 3 = 12 . Fig . 3-3a shows the 12
groups . They are numbered clockwise as before . The groups 1 ,

TA
‫ ܗܢܲܣ‬are

C B
upo

colo

С B
А
uloo

8 9
8 9
7
7

Bio yo .
B /6
12MB T10000TA2/B
cas c5
ote 3
VA
wów

A
ofw

nilu

3
B
B с T

Fig . 3-3a . 3-phase , 4 - pole Fig . 3-3b . 3- phase , 4 - pole

winding . Arrangement of winding , series connec
pole -phase groups tion of phase A.

62
 с B
8 9
B
10
©8
7 B 16 ho
TE TA
8i 6 C 5
1
12.B

121B
5 1
2
3 T

ulo
B
TW

Fig . 3-3c . 3-phase , 4-pole Fig . 3-3d . 3-phase , 4-pole

winding , 2-parallel connec winding , 2-parallel connec
tion of phase A. tion of phase A.
4 , 7 , and 10 belong to phase A ; the groups 2 , 5 , 8 , and 11 to
phase C ; and the groups 3 , 6 , 9 , and 12 to phase B. The reason
for assigning group 2 with its corresponding groups 5 , 8 , and 11
to phase C , and not to phase B , has been explained in Art . 3-3 .
In this , as in the following diagrams , the groups belonging to
phase A are shown as heavy lines , the groups belonging to phase
B as dotted lines , and the groups belonging to phase C as light
solid lines . Since 2 consecutive pole-phase groups of the same
TA phase lie under poles of dif
ferent polarity , the arrows
assigned to them must have
different directions . There
드 -8
9 fore , the arrow of
8 group 4
10
(Fig . 3-3a ) is opposite to the
bis ic arrow of group 1 , the arrow of
!
TT -TA group 7 opposite to that of
1276 1
group 4 , and so on . For the
c5 explanation of the connections
3 2 of the pole-phase groups , only
• Ti
ulo

phase A will be considered .

The complete diagram is given
in Fig . 3-5 . Furthermore, it
Fig . 3-3e . 3-phase , 4-pole will be assumed again that , in
winding , 4-parallel connec
tion of phase A. clockwise direction , the be

63
ginning of each line representing a pole - phase group is the start
of this pole - phase group , and the end of the line , the finish of
the pole -phase group . Then , as for the 2-phase winding , the
series connection of 2 consecutive pole -phase groups of the same
phase can be accomplished by connecting either their finishes or
their starts together , while for the parallel connection of these
same 2 consecutive pole - phase groups , the start of one pole

phase group must be connected with the finish of the other pole
phase group . On the other hand , since 2 pole - phase groups of
the same phase which are one group (of this phase ) apart lie
under poles of the same polarity , for the series connection of
such 2 groups , the finish of one group must be connected to the
start of the other group , and for the parallel connection , the
starts and also the finishes of both groups must be connected
together , respectively .
Fig . 3-3b shows the series connection of the 4 pole - phase
groups of phase A. Corresponding to the rule given above , the
finish of group 1 is connected to the finish of group 4 , the
start of group 4 is connected to the start of group 7 , and the
finish of group 7 is connected to the finish of group 10 . The

start of group 1 and the start of group 10 are the beginning

( T, ) and end ( T4 ) , i.e. , the leads of phase A.

Fig . 3-3c shows the 2 -parallel connection of the 4 pole
phase groups of phase A. The groups 1 and 4 and the groups 7
and 10 are respectively connected in series as in Fig . 3-3b , but
here the start of group 7 is connected to the start of group 1
and the start of group 4 is connected to the start of group 10 .
The 2 - parallel connection ( Fig . 3-3c ) is readily obtained from
the series connection ( Fig . 3-3b) by opening the jumper between
the start of group 4 and the start of group 7 , and connecting

the start of group 4 to the lead T4, and the start of group 7 to
the lead Ti

Fig . 3-3d shows another type of 2 -parallel connection . The

groups 1 and 4 are connected as in Fig . 3-3c , i.e. , the finish
of group 1 is connected to the finish of group 4 . In groups 7
and 10 , the starts are connected together instead of the fin
ishes , and then a short jumper connects the start of group 1
with the finish of group 10 , and another short jumper connects
the start of group 4 with the finish of group 7 . The advantage

64
of the 2-parallel connection of Fig . 3-3c over that of Fig . 3-3d
is explained in Art . 3-15 .
Fig . 3-3e shows the 4 -parallel connection of the 4 pole
phase groups of phase A. Here the start of group 1 is connected
to the finish of group 4 , to the start of group 7 , and to the
finish of group 10 , and , further , the finish of group 1 is con
nected to the start of group 4 , to the finish of group 7 , and to
the start of group 10 .
The maximum number of parallel circuits of the integral
slot , 2- layer lap windings is equal to the number of poles .
3-10 . Short and Long Jumpers . In 3 - phase windings as in
2 - phase windings , the connections between the pole - phase groups
may be made by either short or long jumpers .
Consider Fig . 3-3b for the series connection , Two consecu
tive groups of the same phase , for example , groups 1 and 4 , 4
and 7 , etc. , lie under poles of different polarity , and the
series connection is made in such a manner that 2 consecutive
groups connected together belong to poles of different polarity.
The series connection may be accomplished also in another way ,
namely , by connecting first , in series , all groups which lie
under poles of the same polarity , and then by connecting together
the 2 parts of the winding . This is shown in Fig . 3-4a . Here

TA TA

B
B
8 9
ulo
‫ܗܣ‬

8 10
7

B 16 ilc B16 ,,
Ti TA
T - 00 0 - T 1 121B
5
121B
dls
A
A
2 A 3
A 3 릉
alu

B Ti
B

Fig . 3-4a . 3-phase , 4 -pole Fig . 3-4b . 3-phase , 4-pole

winding , series connection winding , 2 -parallel connec
with long jumpers . tion with long jumpers .

65
the finish of group 1 is connected by a long jumper to the start
of group 7 ; the start of group 4 is connected by a long jumper
to the finish of group 10 ; and the finish of group 7 is connected
by a short jumper to the finish of group 4 .

Fig . 3-4b shows the 2 -parallel connection with long jumpers .

Here the two groups 1 and 7 connected in series by a long jumper
are connected in parallel with the two groups , 4 and 10 , which
are also connected in series by a long jumper . As in Fig . 3-4a ,
the groups 1 and 7 lie under poles of a polarity different from
that of groups 4 and 10 .

3-11 . Location of the Beginnings of the Phases . The loca

tion of the beginnings of the phases is not as simple as for 2
phase windings . A 3 -phase integral - slot winding consists of 3
parts displaced by 2/3 of a pole pitch , i.e. , the beginnings of
the 3 parts and , due to the symmetry of the winding , also their
ends lie 2/3 of a pole pitch apart ( see Art . 1-9 and Art . 3-3 ) .
Since a pole -phase group usually occupies , in a 3 -phase winding ,
1/3 of a pole pitch , it follows that the beginnings of the phases
must be 2 pole - phase groups apart in order to satisfy the con
dition of being displaced with respect to each other by 2/3 of a
pole pitch . Thus , in Fig . 3-3a , the starts or the finishes of
the groups 1 , 3 , and 5 , or the groups 11 , 1 and 3 , or of any
other 3 groups which lie 2 pole - phase groups apart , can be taken
as the beginning of the phases . However , with respect to the
phase beginnings , it is permissible to substitute for any group
one which lies 2 pole pitches ( or a multiple of it ) apart from
it . For example , instead of using the starts or finishes of the
groups 1 , 3 , and 5 as beginnings of the phases , the starts or
finishes of the groups 7 , 3 , and 5 , or the starts or finishes of
the groups 1 , 9 , and 5 can be taken . In the first case , group 7
is substituted for group 1 ; in the second case group 9 is sub
stituted for group 3 . Group 7 lies 2 pole pitches apart from
group 1 , group 9 lies 2 pole pitches apart from group 3 . Usual
ly , the beginnings of the phases are outside leads and are lo
cated not far apart from each other .

3-12 . Checking a 3 - Phase Winding . Consider Fig . 3-5 which

shows all 3 phases of the 4 pole windings treated before ( see
Figs . 3-3a to 3-4b ) . In order to check whether the connection
diagram is correct or not , assume current to flow into each one

66
of the 3 leads , Tı , T2, and T3. each phase separately
Trace
through all its groups , and mark on each group by an arrow . the
direction in which the pencil traced through the particular
group . The connection is correct , if no 2 adjacent
diagram
arrows point in the same direction , i.e. , if the direction alter
nates with each pole -phase group . This check is based upon the

Voo
8

uc
121B
CA5
2 A
3
B с

TA TË TETOTST,
Fig . 3-5 . 3-phase winding .
Checking the connections
fact that , if direct current flows into the 3 phases of a

properly connected winding , a compass held against the consecu

tive pole - phase groups will show reversed polarity for the suc
cessive groups . It follows from this , that direct current can
be used in order to check a winding already inserted into the
slots . The procedure is different for a star- and a delta - con
nected winding (see Art . 3-13) .

If the winding is star-connected , one d-c test lead is ap

plied to the neutral point (or points if there are several par
allel stars) and the other d-c test lead is applied to the leads
T1 , T2 , and Tz in succession (Fig. 3-6) . With the d- c lead on
Tı , use a compass in the manner explained in Art . 3-7 , and mark
the pole - phase groups of phase A ( 1 , 4 , 7 , and so on) with N or
s , as the compass needle shows . Then move the d-c lead to Tz ,
and mark the pole -phase groups of phase B ; finally move the d-c
67
 Т.
To Ti

С Toto
SaТ T3
Ts (12963
e TS
20
Ti B 00 T2 B
-
Fig . 3-6 . Star connection Fig . 3-7 . Delta connection
It
test lead to Tz , and mark the pole -phase groups of phase C.
is advisable to use for the different phases different -colored
chalk or to locate the markings of the 3 phases at different
points ; for example , the markings of phases A and C near both
ends of the core , and the markings of phase B in the middle of
the core . If the winding is correctly connected , the markings N
and S will alternate all around the core . If there are two con
secutive N's or S's , there is an error in the connections .
When the winding is delta-connected , one junction of the
phase leads must be opened ; for example , at the point Ty , To
(Fig . 3-7 ) where phases A and C are connected together . All
other connections are maintained . The direct current must flow
in all 3 phases in the same direction , i.e. , either from the be
ginnings of the phases to their ends or vice versa to give a
proper check . To accomplish this , first mark one d-c test lead
and connect it to T, or To , at the opened point of the delta .
Connect the other d- c test lead to that maintained or connected

(T2 , T4, or T2 , Tg) point of the delta which , at the same applied
d-c voltage , gives the larger current . Then current flows only
through one phase . Now mark the N and S magnetic polarities of
this phase by using a compass , as described above . Then move

the marked d- c lead to the point where the unmarked d-c lead was
connected , and the unmarked d-c lead to the second maintained
point of the delta . Again current flows through one phase only .
Mark the polarities of this phase . Finally , move the marked d-c
lead to the second maintained point of the delta , i.e. , to the
point where the unmarked d-c lead last was connected , and connect
the unmarked d-c lead to To if T, has been used at the start , or
to Ty , if T6 has been used at the start . Now current flows

68
through the third of the 3 phases . Mark the polarities of this
phase . As for the star connection , the winding is correctly
connected , if and s alternate throughout the whole winding .

Note that the delta point Ty , 16 has been used above only as an
example . Any point of the delta can be opened for the test in
consideration . (See Art . 3-7 about the checking of a finished
3-phase winding by a dummy rotor or a steel ball . )
3-13 . Star (Wye " Y " ) and Delta (4 ) Connection . The 3
phases of a 3 -phase winding can be connected in two different
ways . Consider Fig . 3-5 . The ends of the three phases T4, T5,
and To can be connected together at a common point called the
" neutral point" leaving the phase beginnings as leads . This is
shown schematically in Fig . 3-6 . This kind of connection is the
star or wye connection . Instead of connecting the ends of the
phases to the neutral , the beginnings of the phases T1 , T2 , and

Tz can be connected together leaving the ends T4, T5 , and To as

leads . Thus , the star (wye) connection of the 3 phases is obtained ,
when either the beginnings or the ends of the 3 phases are con
nected together and the 3 not connected wires are used as leads .
Fig . 3-7 shows schematically the delta connection of the
3 phases . Here the end of phase A (T4) is connected with the be
ginnings of phase B1 ( T2 ); the end of phase B (T5) is connected
with the beginning of phase C ( T2 ); and the end of phase C (T6)
is connected with the beginning of phase A (T2) . The leads are
connected to the corners of the triangle . The delta connection
can also be obtained if the end of phase A (TA) is connected
with the beginning of phase C (Tz) ; the end of phase C (Tg) is
connected with the beginning of phase B ( T2); and the end of
phase B (T5) with the beginning of phase A (T2) .
3-14 . Dual- voltage Connections . As mentioned in Art . 3-8 ,
small motors are usually designed by the manufacturers to be
used for different voltages ; for example , for 110 and 220 volts ,
or for 220 and 440 volts . In this case , a series connection is
used for the higher voltage , and a parallel connection for the
lower voltage . The change from one voltage to the other is
simplified when extra leads are brought out . If , for example ,
in Fig . 3-3b , the starts of groups 4 and 7 are brought out as
leads , the connection (Fig . 3-3c ) for 2 parallel circuits can be
made easily , and the winding can be used for 2 voltages which
69
have the ratio 2 to 1. The number of leads per phase is , in this
case , 4 instead of 2 for the single- voltage winding . With 8 leads
per phase , the series connection Fig . 3-3b can be readily changed
to 2 as well as to 4 parallel circuits , and the winding can be
used for 3 voltages in the ratios 4 to 2 to 1 . In practice dual
voltage windings connected either wye or delta have 9 leads ( 3
per phase ) brought out . This is shown in Figs . 3-33 and 3-36 .

3-15 . Magnetic Unbalance and Equalizer Connections . A mag

netic unbalance producing a side- pull may occur in electric ma
chines due to bearing wear which makes the gap unequal around the
armature or as a result of excessive side - pull on the pulley or
of an unsymmetry in the winding . A series - connected winding has
no corrective influence on the magnitude of the pull . A paral
el - connected winding has the tendency to reduce the unbalance
and the side - pull . In this respect , the connection with short
jumpers is much more effective than that with long jumpers ,
especially in machines with lower numbers of poles . In a 4-pole
or 6 -pole machine connected with long jumpers , practically no
corrective influence is produced by the parallel circuits . A
considerable reduction of magnetic unbalance can be achieved by
using short jumpers and equalizer connections . For this purpose ,
the parallel paths must be connected in the manner shown in Figs .
3 - lc and 3-3c , but not as shown in Fig . 3-1d and 3-3d . Observe

that in Fig . 3-1c , the pole -phase groups connected to T, and Tz,
and those connected to T, and T
Ta in Fig . 3-3c , lie opposite
to each other in the core
slots , i.e. , 180 mechanical
등
degrees apart . This is not
the case in Figs . 3-10 and
It will be found that 1 B6 als
3-3d .
T TA
in schematic diagrams ( shown CI 12,8
in the centers of the forego cs
ing figures ) of a 2 -parallel
connection , made according to
Z는
Fig . 3-1c and 3-3c , there are
always 2 pole - phase groups
displaced by 180 mechanical
degrees from each other . The Fig . 3-8 . 3 -phase , 4 -pole wind
ing with 2 parallel paths and
equalizer connections are equalizer connections

70 ,
then made between each 2 groups connected in series . Fig . 3-8
and 3-9 show the arrangement of the equalizer connections ( c )
for a 4 - pole and 8-pole 3 -phase winding with 2 parallel paths .
winding
Fig . 3-8 is the same as Fig . 3-3c , however , with equalizer con
nections .

15

19 4
10
2olc
22 2018
22

23/c

Fig . 3-9 . 3-phase , 8-pole winding with 2

parallel paths and equalizer connections

The equalizer connections are used seldom , i.e. , only in

special cases in which a magnetic unbalance can be presumed , and
then only for windings with 2 parallel paths . When the number
of parallel paths is larger than 2 , and the connection with short
jumpers is used , a satisfactory corrective effect , due to the
parallel paths , can be expected in the case of an unbalance . A
magnetic unbalance is especially undesirable in induction motors ,
since these machines have small air gaps . However , most of the
induction motors have squirrel - cage windings in the rotor , and
these windings act as very effective equalizers with respect to
magnetic unbalance .

71
TABLE 3-1 - STANDARD 2 - PHASE CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
AND TABLES FOR TOP - TO - TOP OR SHORT - JUMPER GROUP
CONNECTION GIVEN IN THIS CHAPTER

No. of Poles 2 4 6 8

Connection 3-7
3-6 3-8 3-9
Table No.
13
Connection Connection Diagram No.

l circuit 3-10 3-13 3-18 3-24

2 circuit 3-11 3-14 3-19 3-25

3 circuit 3-20

4 circuit 3-15 3-26

6 circuit 3-21

8 circuit 3-27

1 & 2 circuit 3-12 3-16 3-22 3-28

2 & 4 circuit 3-17 3-29

3 & 6 circuit 3-23

4 & 8 circuit 3-30

TABLE 3-2 STANDARD 3 - PHASE CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

FOR TOP - TO - BOTTOM OR LONG - JUMPER GROUP
CONNECTION GIVEN IN THIS CHAPTER

No. of Poles 4

Connection
Connection
Diagram No.

1Y 3-31

2Y 3-32

1 & 2 Y 3-33

14 3-34

2A 3-35

1 & 2A 3-36

72
 TABLE 3-3 - STANDARD 3 - PHASE CONNECTION DIAGRAMS AND
TABLES FOR TOP - TO - TOP OR SHORT - JUMPER GROUP
CONNECTION GIVEN IN THIS CHAPTER

No. of Poles 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Connection
Table No. 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16
53
Connection Connection Diagram No ,

1 Y 3-37 3-43 3-53 3-65 3-79 3-91 3-111

2 Y 3-38 3-44 3-54 3-66 3-80 3-92 3-112
3 Y 3-55 3-93
4 Y 3-45 3-67 3-94
5 Y 3-81
6 Y 3-56 3-95
7 Y 3-113
8 Y 3-68
10 Y 3-82
12 Y 3-96
14 Y 3-114

1 & 2 Y 3-39 3-46 3-57 3-69 3-83 3-97 3-115

2 & 4 Y 3-47 3-70 3-98
3 & 6 Y 3-58 3-99
4 & 8 Y 3-71
5 & 10 Y 3-84
6 & 12 Y 3-100
7 & 14 Y 3-116

14 3-40 3-48 3-59 3-72 3-85 3-101 3-117

2 A 3-41 3-49 3-60 3-73 3-86 3-1023-118
3 A 3-61 3-103
4 A 3-50 3-74 3-104
5 A 3-87
6 A 3-62 3-105
7A 3-119
8A 3-75
10 A 3-88
12 A 3-106
14 A 3-120

1 & 2 A 3-42 3-51 3-63 3-76 3-89 3-107 3-121

2 & 4 A 3-52 3-77 3-108
3 & 6 A 3-64 3-109
4 & 8 A 3-78
5 & 10 A 3-90
6 & 12 A 3-110
7 & 14 A 3-122

73
 MASTER
TABLE
3-4
TABLE
SPP
POR
P
2-OF
HASE
WINDINGS
24
poles
t(2; o

No.
of
No.
of
Poles 2 4 6
: 8 10 12
)18
slots
144
to

14 16 18 20 22 24

Pole
Phase 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Groups
of
No.
Slots SPP
18 4-1
/2 +/4
2-1 /2
1-1
20 5 /2*
2-1 /3
1-2 /4
1-1
22 /2*
5-1 /4*
2-3 /61-5 1-3
/8 /10
1-1
24 6 3 2 2*/
1-1 /5
1-1
26 6-1
*/2 /43-1 /6*2-1 /8
1-5 *1-3
/10 /12
*1-1
28 3-1
/2* /3
2-1 /4
1-3 /51-2 /6+1-1
7-1
2*/ /4*
3-3

74
30 /2*
2-1 *1-7
8
/ 2*1-1
/ 11-1
/1-1
/4*4
32 4 2-2
/3 2 1-3
/5 71
/1-1
3 -1
34 *4/
4-1 /6*
2-5 /8*
2-1 /10
1-7 /1*1-5
/1-1-3
36 /2*
4-1 /124
6
3 2-1
/4* 1-4
/5 /2*71-2
81-1 -1
38 4-3
/4* /6*
3-1 /8*
2-3 /10
*1-9 2
40 -5
6
-3
*/111-7
/84
-1
5 3-1
/3 2-1
/2* 2 -3
1/731-2 */4
1-1 1-1
/9
42 5-1
*/4 2/
3-1 /8*
2-5 /0
1*2-1
44 /2 3-2
*/1/261-3 -1
4*/21-5
06
5-1 /3 /4*2-3 /5
2-1 6
1-5
/ 7/1-4
46 5-3
/4 *3-5
/6 2-3 81
* -3 /1*1-2
9 0-1
/8*
2-7 */10 /2*1
1-1 /1-11
*/
/11 1-5
86-92
-3
04
2-7
48 6 3 2-2
/5 2 27/
11 3
/1-5 -1
51-1
50 *4-1
/6 /8*
3-1 /2*2-1 2-1
1
/1*1 -11
4*/ -9
/12468
-7 *22
14
/2 -1
52 4-1
/3 /4*
3-1 2-3
5/ -6
1/13/=•103
1-
*
8167 -4
/92-1-5 */ 2-1
54 /2*
4-1 /8*
3-3 /0
1*2-7 */1-13
56 4-2
/4*1
/12-1
21 */2*1-5
/28*1046-1 -11
2-7
-1
/3 /2*
3-1 2-4
/5 2-1
/3 /5191-5 4*/ -2
11-3
/6*1-3
1-1 1
58 6-5
:8/3*13-5/8*
3-5 /10
*2-9 2 -1
11
2
*/
/11
/2*2-5/ 82442-13
-11
-9
0
-7
6-5
60 /4*
3-3 3 /72-1
2 2 -1 /1-7
2*1 -2
-1
1-4
62 /8*3-7 /10
*3-1
831-1
64
/4*11
/1*/2 *2
/684-15
/22-7 -3
0
-9
242-13
3-1
/5 2/72-2
32-2 /2-11
*1-7
/511-7
9 -3 1-5
/
/31
1-1 1
66 /8
4-1 *3-3
/10 /4*
2-3 2-5
/6/*2
1 26-1 -1
-5
-13
04
68 1
1//8*/2 -3
/4*
4-1 3-2
/5 /6*
2-5 2/82-3
70 8/*
4-3
71-5
*/1 1-8
/11
9 0-1 -7
1-6
/2*
3-1 1-17
11/4
*1 2-1122-1
*2
/12-3 -3
8
72 /2*
4-1 3-3 2*//2 -11
426-13
/5 3 *2-1
/2-4
/74 1-4
/51-1
/2
*111-7
 74 /8*
4-5 /10
*3-7 */21*2-9
12-1 /1684-5
/1*/2*3-1
1-17 -152
402-13
76 /4*
4-3 3--4
/5 /72-583-1
1*91
2
/6 10-8
*1-7 2 -3
-9
-1
78 /10
*3-9 2/6
*/8*1
2
1
2 |2
4 -1
13-1-11
-7
64-17
-19
0
-5
2
80 4 2/72*3-1-1
-2
392-6 1-9
/11-2
31
82 /10
*4-1 1/12-13
12*3-5
*/21 /148-9 6
20
-1
24-19
-17
-5
84 /54-1 3
/2*3-1 2 32-5
/4*11
1-3 -1
8 01-10
86 10
/
*4-3 33-7
2*/*//1
12
1 6
14-2102
-1
4
-3
-7
8-11
-19
88 /5
4-2 3-2
5/92
3 -1
-3
-1
4*732-4 6*/
1-5
90 /2
4-1 4*2/3-3
/12 4*3-3
/8*1 -13
/2-1-1
64-1
2-7
92 3-5
792
/1*3 26*/8
1-11 -2
-3
-5
-1
201-7
94 *3-11
12 6823-5
//*2/21*2-304-7-11
2-23
4-15
96 4 13-3
/73 /52-2
2-2
/1321
98 1
324-1
/*/ 12-1
6 12/2-13 0-9
1/*81-3 */224-1
100 */6
4-1
7129
/ -7
833-4
-1 *2-1
/1/ 2
102 2 /13
**2
6
/ 1 4-1
4826-7 4
-9
-3
0-5
-11
-1 2
104 /52 3/ -8
-5
4*29 -1
/6*374-1
2-1 -3
4/11
106 3-11
*/1364-5 213-17 -9
*2/208*2-54
/2-13
108 /73-6
*3-3
8
/ /
2-7 /4*
2-1
110 3-7
*/
16 *3-1
/122 -3
2484-7
-1
112 /2*
3-1 /32-1
2
91-4
53-1 1-6
114 3-9
*/16 23-1
2
/*/ 6 0-13
8*2 -17
-3 2

75
116 2-5
*/13-2
92
1021-9-7
118 //
*2
*/2 -15
0
2-11
13-5 4
8-19
120 3-1
/33 2-1
/2*2-8 11
122 3-1
*/22 -13
420-17
124 3-1
/*2-7
12 210-9
126 *3-3
/2/8
*202-5
-19
128 5121-10
/33-1
2-2
130 2**2-21
/2/ 2-17
4
132 3 /4
*2-3
134 */2 -19
3-1
24
136 /12-5
3-1
6* 1
138 /8*2-7
140 /12
*2-11
142 /24
*2-23
144

Windings
Chapter
in
described
3.Figures
-Slot
Integral
the
for
spp
denote
type
heavy
-Slot
Fractional
Balanced
the
for
spp
denote
type
normal
4.Figures
Chapter
in
described
Windings
-Slot
Fractional
lanced
Unba
the
for
spp
denote
asterisk
an
by
marked
Figures
in
Windings
5.described
Chapter
 3-5
TABLE
MASTER
3-PHASE
FOR
SPP
OF
TABLE
WINDINGS
52
poles
;(2to
540
slots
)18
to
Poles
of
No. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
-Phase
Pole
of
No. 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54
Groups
Slots
of
No. SPP
18 / /21-1
21 /2
3-1 /4
1-3 /6*1-1
24 2
/
1-1 /3*
1-1
27 4-1
2/ 2-1
/4 /2
1-1 /8
1-1
30 /22-1 /3*
1-2 /41-1
33 5-1
/2 2-3
/4 1-5
/
6 /8
1-3 /10
1-1
36 6-12 3 1-1
/2 /51-1
39 /43-1 /6*2-1 /81-5 /10
1-3 */12
1-1
42 7-1
/2 /2
3-1 /3+
2-1 /4
1-3 /5
1-2 /61-1
45 3-3
/4 2-1
2/ 1-7
/8 /2
1-1 /4
1-1 /14
1-1
48 2 / /3*2-2 /51-3 1-1
/3 /71-1
/82-1

76
51 2/8-1 /44-1 2-5
/6* /10
1-7 /12
1-5 1-3
/14 16
/
1-1
54 /28-1 4-1
2/ 3 6 /4
2-1 1-4
/5 /2
1-1 /7
1-2 /81-1
57 4-3
4/ /63-1 /8
2-3 /10
1-9 /12
.1-7 1-5
/14 /16
1-3 /18
*1-1
60 10 5 /3+
3-1 /2
2-1 2 /3
1-2 /7
1-3 /4
1-1 /9*1-1
63 /2
10-1 /45-1 /23-1 2-5
/8 2-1
/10 /4
1-3 /2
1-1 1-5
/16 /6*1-1
66 11 5-1
/2 /3
3-2 /4
2-3 5/2-1 /61-5 /71-4 1-3
8/ /9*
1-2
69 11-1
/2 /4
5-3 /6*
3-5 2-7
8/ 2-3
/10 1-11
1/* 2 /14
1-9 1-7
/16 /18
*1-5
72 12 6 6-1
4/ 4 6 8/3-1 /52-2 2 / 71-5
/ /21-1 /3*
1-1
75 /4 /6
4-1 2-1
2/ /12
*2-1 114
1l-
/ 1-9
/16 *1-7
/18
78 /2
6-1 /3*4-1 /4
3-1 /52-3 /62-1 /7
1-6 /81-5 /9*
1-4
81 /46-3 4-1
2/ /83-3 /10
2-7 /4
2-1 /14
1-13 /16
1-11 /21-1
84 7 /3
4-2 /2
3-1 /5
2-4 /3*
2-1 2 1-3
4/ /9*
1-5
87 /47-1 *
/6
4-5 /8
3-5 /10
2--9 /12
*2-5 /14
2-1 1-13
/16 1/l- 81
90 /2
7-1 5 /4
3-3 3 2-1
/2 2-1
/7 /8
1-7 /3*
1-2
93 4//4
7-3 /6*5-1 /8
3-7 /10
3-1 2-7
/12 /14
2-3 /16
1-15 /18
*1-13
96 /3*
5-1 4 3-1
/5 /3*
2-2 2-2
/7 2 /9*
1-7
99 /2
5-1 /84--1 /10
3-3 /4
2-3 /14
2-5 2-1
/16 *
/61-5
102 /3*
5-2 /4
4-1 3-2
/5 /6*
2-5 /7
2-3 /8
2-1 /9.
1-8
105 5-5
/6* 4-3
/8 3-1
/2 /12
*2-11 2-1
/2 2-3
/16 1l-/ 87
 108 6 /2
4-1 /53-3 3 1/2
3-1 /72-4 /42-1 2
111 /6
6-1 /84-5 /10
3-7 /14
2-9 12-5
/6 2-1
/18
114 /3*
6-1 /4
4-3 /5
3-4 /63-1 /7
2-5 /8
2-3 9
/2-1
117 /2
6-1 4-7
/8 /10
3-9 /4
3-1 /14
2-11 /16
2-7 /6
2-1
120 3/
6-2 5 4 /3*
3-1 2-6
/7 2-1
/2 /9•
2-2
123 /6
6-5 /8
5-1 /10
4-1 /12
3-5 /14
2-13 /16
2-9 /18
2-5
126 /45-1 4-1
/5 /23-1 3 /82-5 /3.2-1
129 /6
7-1 /8
5-3 14-3
/0 /12
*3-7 /14
3-1 12-11
/6 8
1./2-7
132 /37-1 /2
5-1 /5
4-2 /3
3-2 /73-1 /4
2-3 /9
2-4
135 /2
7-1 /8
5-5 4-1
/2 /4
3-3 /14
3-3 /16
2-13 /2
2-1
138 3*7-2
/ /4
5-3 /54-3 /6*3-5 /73-2 /82-7 /9*2-5
141 /7-5
6 /85-7 14-7
/0 /12
*3-11 /14
3-5 /12-15
6 /18
2-11
144 /5
4-4 4 /7
3-3 3 /3*
2-2
147 /8
6-1 /10
4-9 *4-1
/12 /2
3-1 3-1
/16 /18
2-13
150 /46-1 5 /6.4-1 /7
3-4 /83-1 /9*
2-7
153 6-3
8/ 5-1
/10 /44-1 /14
3-9 /16
3-3 6/
2-5
156 /2
6-1 /55-1 /3
4-1 /73-5 /43-1 /9.
2-8
159 6-5
/8 5-3
/10 /12
4-5 /14
3-11 /16
3-5 /18
2-17
162 /4
6-3 /5
5-2 /2
4-1 /7
3-6 /8
3-3 3
165 /8
6-7 /2
5-1 /12
4-7 /14
3-13 3-7
/16 /18
*3-1
168 7 /55-3 /34-2 4 /23-1 /9.3-1
171 /1
5-7 /4
4-3 4-1
/14 3-9
/16 /6*
3-1
174 /5
5-4 64-5
/ /74-1 3-5
/8 /9*
3-2

77
177 5-9
/10 4-11
/1* 2 4-3
/14 /16
3-11 1*3-5
/8
180 /7
4-2 /4
3-3 /3*
3-1
183 16-1
/0 /12
*5-1 /14
4-5 /16
3-13 /18
*3-7
186 /56-1 5-1
/6 4-3
/7 3-7
/8 /9*3-4
189 /10
6-3 /4
5-1 /2
4-1 /16
3-15 /2
3-1
192 /5
6-2 /3+
5-1 4-4
/7 4 /9*
3-5
195 2/6-1 /12
5-5 /14
4-9 4-1
/16 /18
*3-11
198 /25-1 /74-5 4-1
/8 /33-2
201 /12
5-7 4-11
/14 /16
4-3 /18
3-13
204 /3
5-2 /7
4-6 4-1
/4 /9.
3-7
207 /4
5-3 4-13
1/ 4 /16
4-5 /6
3-5
210 /6
5-5 5 4-3
/8 /9*
3-8
213 /12
*5-11 /14
5-1 4-7
/16 /18
3-17
216 6 /75-1 /24-1 4
219 /14
5-3 4-9
/16 /14-1
8
222 /7
5-2 /8
4-5 /9
4-1
225 /14
5-5 4-11
/16 /6
4-1
nd
adescribed
6.in
Chapters
Integral
3windings
lot
the
for
spp
denote
-SFigures
type
heavy
Chapters
windings
for nd
7.4,6adescribed
in
Fractional
lot
-sthe
Balanced
spp
denote
type
normal
Figures
windings
described
Unbalanced
Fractional
denote
-sspp
the
for
marked
asterisk
an
by
italics
in
Figures lot
8.and
Chapters
5in
 CMASTER
3-5
TABLE
)( ontinued
3-PHASE
FOR
SPP
OF
(CTABLE
)WINDINGS
ontinued
t2( o
poles
;52
slots
540
to
)18
Poles
of
No. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
-Phase
Pole
of
No. 12 18 24 36 42 48 54
Groups 6 30
Slots
of
No. SPP
228 /7
5-3 /44-3 /9*4-2
231 5-1
/2 /16
4-13 /18
*4-5
234 4-7
/8 /3+
4-1
237 /16
4-15 14-7
/* 8
240 5 /9*
4-4
243 /24-1
246 4-5
/9*
249 14-11
*/ 8
252 /3
4-2
255 /18
*4-13
258 /9*
4-7

78
261 /6*4-5
264 /9*
4-8
267 /18
*4-17
270 5

-slot
Integral
the
for
spp
denote
type
heavy
3aFigures
Chapters
in
described
6.windings
nd
windings
-slot
Fractional
Balanced
the
for
spp
denote
type
normal
Figures
,6a
4
Capters
in
7.described
nd
-swindings
Fractional
Unbalanced
the
for
spp
denote
asterisk
an
by
marked
italics
in
Figures
described
lot
5and
Chapters
8.in
 ontinued
)(3-5
CTABLE
MASTER
CPFOR) ontinue
(WINDING
HASE Sd
3-SPP
OF
TABLE
poles
(2to
52
);
slots
540
to
18

Poles
of
No. 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
-Phase
Pole
of
No. 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108
Groups
Slots
of
No. SPP
63 /21-10
66 /10
1-1
69 1-3
/20 /21-12
72 /5
1-1 1-1
/11
75 /4
1-1 /22
1-3 /24
.1-1
78 /11-1
1-3
1-2
201
81 1-7
1-5
/2
8 02
1-1 /21-1
6
84 /51-2 /11-3
1 /6*
1-1 /13
1-1
87 /20
1-9 /22
1-7 /21-3
1-5
1-1
2684
90 /2
1-1 11
1-4
/41-1 /11-1
1-2
34

79
93 /21-5
1-7
*1-1
31-9
1-11
1-3
/2086204
96 /5
1-3 /11
1-5 /31-1 /11-373
1-1 *1-1
/15
99 1-13
2/1-1
20 /8
1-3 /26
1-7 /28
1-5 1-1
/3102
102 /11-7
0 /11
1-6 1-41-5
/11-3342 /*1-2
11 65-1
105 /4
1-3 1-13
/21-1
4*11-11
426-9 1-1
/31-1
6*142-3
108 /5
1-4 /21-1
1-7
11 /11-5
73
1-2 /5
1-1 /8
1-1 /17
1-1
111 1-15
/1-13
48026
1-9
/21-11
1-17 1-7
1-5
/31-3 042 /31-16
114 /11-9
10
1-8 /12
1-7 1-5
/11-643 /11-2/167-3
*1-4 5 /18
1-1
117 1-5
21-19 02
/81-17 /2
1-1 11-11
/31-3
1-5
21-7 0428 /12
1-1
120 2 /11
1-9 /3
1-2 1-7
/71-3
13 /3
1-1 /4
1-1 /17
1-3 /9.
1-1
123 1-7
/31-9
212-11-19
*1-17
1-11
1-13
/ 240-15
682 /36
1-5
126 /12-1
0 /11-10
41
1-3 3
/11-8 /2
1-1 /5
1-2 /16
1-5 /17
1-4 /61-1
129 /31-21
1-11
1-922-3 1-13
1-15
*11-19
/324208-17
6 /36
1-7
132 2-1
/5 /6*
1-5 /13
1-9 /7
1-4 /81.1-7
5-3 /17
1-5 1-2
/9.
135 /4
2-1 /22-1
82
1-7 21-1
/21-19
86
1-17 1-13
24
/31-11 /4
1-1
Chapters
6.in
described
lot
3awindings
-Snd
Integral
the
for
spp
denote
type
heavy
Figures
-snd
denote
type
normal lot
Fractional
Balanced
the
for
spp
4,6aFigures
Chapters
in
described
7.windings
Unbalanced
the
for
spp
denote
asterisk
an
by
marked
italics
in
Figures
Fractional
-slot
described
windings
nd
.8a5in
Chapters
 MASTER
CTABLE
( ontinued
)3-5
FOR SPP
OF
HASE
CWINDINGS
ontinued
)(3-PTABLE
(2to
poles
;52
)
slots
18
540
to
Poles
of
No. 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
-Phase
Pole
of
No. 78 84 102 108
60 66 72 90 96
Groups
Slots
of
No. SPP

138 /12-3
0 /11
2-1 /12
*1-11 3
/11-10 1-9
/14 /15
*1-8 1-7
/16 /17
1-6 18
/
*1-5
141 2-7
/2 0 2-3
/2 2 /24
*1-23 /26
1-21 /
1-19
28 /30
*1-17 1-15
/32 /34
1-13 /36
*1-11
144 2-2
/5 /11
2-2 3
1-11
1
/ /71-5 1-3
/5 1-1
/2 /11-7
7 *1-1
3
/
147 2-9
/20 /22
2-5 /24
*2-1 6
/21-23 /28
1-21 /30
*1-19 1-17
/32 31-15
/4 36
/
*1-13
150 /22-1 /11
2-3 /1
2-1
*2 3
/11-12 1-11
1
/ 4 /3*
1-2 1-9
/16 11-8
/7 18
/
*1-7

153 /20
2-11 2-7
/2 2 /
82-1 /26
1-25 /28
1-23 /11-7
0 /32
1-19 /21-1 12
/
*1-5
156 /52-3 /12-4
1 /6
2-1 /71-6 /15
*1-11 /8
1-5 /17
1-9 /9*1-4
159 /20
2-13 2-9
/2 2 2-5
/2 4 /26
2-1 /28
1-25 /30
*1-23 1-21
/3 2 /31-19
4 1-17
/*36
162 2-7
/1 0 2-5
/11 /12-2142 /12-1
3 /14
1-13 /5
1-4 /16
1-11 /17
1-10 /21-1
165 /4
2-3 /2
2-1 2-3
/26 /28
1-27 /6
1-5 /32
1-23 /34
1-21 6
/31-19

168 /52-4 1/ 1
2-6 /3*
2-1 2-2
/13 2 15
/
*1-13 /4
1-3 11-11
/ 7 *91-5
/
/31-25
2 /12
*1-7

80
171 2-17
/20 2/ 2
2-13 /82-3 2
/6
2-5 2-1
/2 8 1-9
1
/ 0 /34
1-23
174 1/2-9
0 /11
2-7 /12
2-5 /13
2-3 2-1
/14 15
/
*1-14 1-13
/16 1-12
/17 /18
*1-11
177 2-19
/20 /22
2-15 /24
2-11 /26
2-7 /22-3
8 /30
*1-29 1-27
/32 /34
1-25 /36
*1-23
180 3 /11
2-8 /2
2-1 /13
2-4 7/2-1 2 1-7
8/ /17
1-13 *
3
/
1-2

183 3-1
/2 0 2-17
2/ 2 *4
/2
2-13 /22-9 6 2-5
/2 8 *2-1
/30 /32
1-29 1-27
/34 /3* 6
1-25
186 /10
3-1 2-9
/11 /12
*2-7 2-5
1/ 3 2-3
/14 2-1
/1* 5 /16
1-15 1-14
/17 */18
1-13
189 3-3
/20 2-19
/22 /8
2-5 2-11
2/ 6 4
/
2-1 2-1
/10 /32
1-31 3
/1-29 4 /4
1-3
192 /3-1
5 2-10
1/ 1 /3
2-2 2-6
/13 /7
2-2 2-2
/15 2 1-15
/17 1-7
/9*
195 /4
3-1 2-21
/22 2-17
./24 2-1
2/ 2-9
/28 *
/6
2-1 2-1
/32 1-31
/34 /36
1-29
198 3-3
1/ 0 3 /42-3 2-7
1
/3 /12-5
4 /5
2-1 12-1
/6 /17
1-16 /6
1-5
201 3-7
2
/0 /2
23-1 /24
2-19 /
2-15
26 /28
2-11 /30
+2-7 2-3
/32 3/ 4
1-33 /36
1-31
204 /
53-2 /11
3-1 .
6
/
2-5 2-8
1
/3 /7
2-3 *5
/1
2-4 8
/
2-1 2 /9*1-8
207 3-9
/20 /22
3-3 /8
2-7 /
2-17
26 /28
2-13 /10
2-3 2-5
/32 /34
2-1 12
/
*1-11
210 /2
3-1 /11
3-2 /12
2-11 2-9
/13 /2
2-1 /3
2-1 2-3
/16 /17
2-1 /18
1-17

213 /20
3-11 /23-5
2 /24
.2-23 2-19
2
/ 6 /28
2-15 *0
3
/
2-11 /32
2-7 /34
2-3 36
/
*1-35
216 /53-3 /13–3
1 /13
2-10 2-4
/7 /5
2-2 /42-1 /12-27 2
219 3-13
2
/0 3-7
/22 2*3-1
/4 /26
2-21 /28
2-17 3
2-13
*/ 0 /32
2-9 /34
2-5 /3* 6
2-1
222 /10
3-7 3-4
/11 1
/
3-1
*2 /13
2-11 /14
2-9 /15
2-7 /16
2-5 /17
2-3 *1/ 8
2-1
225 3-3
/4 /22
3-9 /83-1 /26
2-23 /28
2-19 /2
2-1 /32
2-11 2-7
/34 /12
2-1
 /5
3-4 /13-5
1 /63-1 /13
2-12 /72-5 1
/2-85 /82-3 /17
2-4 /9
2-7
228 */36
/20
3-17 2/3-1 /24
*3-5 /26
2-25 /28
2-21 /30
*2-17 /32
2-13 /32-9
4 2-5
231
234 /13-9
0 /13-6
1 /4
3-1 /14
2-11 2-3
/5 /16
2-7 /17
2-5 /62-1
237 3-19
/20 3-13
/22 23-7
/* 4 /26
3-1 /28
2-23 /30
*2-19 2-15
/32 /34
2-11 /36
2-7
240 13-7
/1 /3
3-1 3-1
/13 /7
2-6 /3
2-2 /2
2-1 /17
2-6 /92-2
243 4-1
/2 0 /22
3-15 /
83-3 23-3
/6 /28
2-25 /12-7
0 /32
2-17 2-13
/34 /4
2-1
246 4-1
/10 /11
3-8 3-5
/12 /13
3-2 2-13
/14 /15
2-11 2-9
1
/ 6 /12-7
7 /18
2-5
249 24-3
/0 3-17
/2 2 3-11
/24 3-5
/26 /28
2-27 /30
2-23 /32
2-19 2-15
/34 /36
2-11
252 /5
4-1 3-9
/11 /2
3-1 /13
3-3 /5
2-4 /8
2-5 2-8
/17 /32-1
255 4-1
4
/ /22
3-19 3-13
/24 /26
3-7 3-1
/28 /6
2-5 /32
2-21 /2
2-1 /36
2-13

258 /10
4-3 1/ 1
3-10 2
/13-7 /13
3-4 13-1
/4 15
/
2-13 12-11
/6 /17
2-9 8
1/2-7
261 4-7
/20 /22
3-21 /83-5 23-9
/6 /23-38 12--9
/0 3/ 2
2-23 /34
2-19 1
/2
2-5
264 /5
4-2 /3
3-2 /3-5
13 /7
3-1 2-14
/15 /4
2-3 2-10
/17 /92-4
267 /20
4-9 4-1
/2 2 /24
3-17 3-11
/26 3-5
/28 /30
*2-29 2-25
/32 /34
2-21 3/ 6
2-17
270 /2
4-1 4-1
1/ 1 /4
3-3 /13
3-6 3-3
/14 3 2-13
/16 /17
2-11 2-1
/2
273 24-11
/0 4-3
/2 2 .
3-19-24 /2
3-1 /4
3-1 /30
3-1 /32
2-27 2-23
/34 2-19
/36
276 4-3
5/ /11
4-2 .3-5
6
/ /13
3-7 /7
3-2 /15
3-1 /82-7 2-12
/17 /92-5
279 4-13
/20 /22
4-5 /8
3-7 3-15
/2 6 /28
3-9 /13-1
0 /32
2-29 2-25
/34 2-7
/12
282 4-7
/10 /11
4-3 /12
3-11 /13
3-8 /14
3-5 /15
3-2 /16
2-15 2-13
1/ 7 /12-11
8
285 /4
4-3 /22
4-7 23-23
./ 4 3-17
2/ 6 /28
3-11 /63-1 /32
2-31 2-27
/34 /32-23
6
288 /11
4-4 4 3-9
/13-3
73 /5
3-1 3 2-14
1
/ 7 /3
2-2
291 -3-7
/34-1
3-1924-9
2-29
33-13
/3602428-1 /36
2-25
294 4-5
/13.4-1
13-1
/2213-10 3-4
/12-15
/13-1 576 /18
2-13

81
297 /2
4-1 /8
4-1 3-3 3-21
/32-31
23-3
13-1524068 /42-3
300 3-4
13/6* 3-11
74-1 /3
3-1 3-1
/8 17
/
2-16 /9*
2-7
303 24-5
23--23
3-17
/
-3-11
/32-33 8
0
/ 624-5 36
/
2-29
306 /4
4-1 /13-12
3-9
543
3-2 /16
3-3 3 /62-5
309 4-7
3
/2 3-19
3-13
3-1
.23-7 40-25
48
26 /36
2-31
312 /3
4-1 73-5
/ /13-7
4•35-1 /17
3-1 /9
2-8
315 4-3
/8 /23-21
4-1
2 86
3-1 3-3
/33-9 42 /12
2-11
318 /*4-5
*3-8
1/4 133-11
3-2 -1
532476-5 /18
2-17
321 3-11 4-11
3-23
/34-3
23-17
35/34 26048 6
/32-35
324 2
/
4-1 /4-2
13 /7
3-6 /5
3-3 /8
3-3 /17
3--3 3
327 3-7 33-19
/33-253-13
24-5 40286 6
/33-1
330 3-2
/14-3
3-13
/3 43 3-4
/13-7 76 18
/
3-1

333 3--9
3-15
3-7
/33-27
24-7
142086 12
/
3-1
336 /13
4-4 15
/23-11
3-1 /17
3-5 /93-1
339 /2*3-23
4-9
34-1
3/23-11
06284-17 /36
*3-5
342 /14-5
4-1
34 /5
3-4 /13-6
/ 76
3-9 /6.
3-1
345 3-5
/64-11
/2
4-3
86 3-13
/33-19
42 6
/33-7
the
for
spp
denote
type
heavy
in nd
-s6.Chapters
Integral
described
windings
3alot
Figures
Fractional
lanced
Ba
the
for
spp
denote
type
normal
4,6aFigures
-slotChapters
in
described
7.windings
nd
for
spp
denote
asterisk
an
by
marked
italics
in
-sFigures
Fractional
Unbalanced
the
described
windings lot
a
8.5 nd
Chapter
in s
 (Continued
3-5
TABLE
)MASTER
3-PHASE
POR
SPP
OF
(CTABLE
)WINDINGS
ontinued
poles
(2to
;52
)
slots
18
540
to
Poles
of
No. 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
-Pha
Pole
of
No.
se 102 108
60 66 72 78 84 90 96
Groups
Slots
of
No. SPP

348 /14-6
3 7/
4-1 5
*1/3-13 8/3-5 /13-7
7 /9*
3-2
351 4-1
/2 /28
4-5 0
/13-9 3-21
/32 /34
3-15 /43-1
354 4
/14-3 /15
3-14 3-11
/16 /17
3-8 /18
*3-5
357 /4
4-1 /30
*3-29 3-23
/32 /2
3-1 /36
3-11
360 /7
4-2 4 /4
3-3 /17
3-9 /3*3-1
363 /28
4-9 3*4-1
/0 /32
3-25 /34
3-19 /36
.3-13
366 /14-5
4 *4-1
/15 /13--13
6 13-10
/7 /18
*3-7
369 /28
4-11 /14-1 0 /32
3-27 /34
3-21 .3-5
/12
372 /7
4-3 *4-2
/15 3-7
/8 3-11
/17 /9*
3-4
375 /28
4-13 4-1
/60 /32
3-29 /33-23
4 /36
*3-17

378 /2
4-1 4-1
5/ /13-15
6 /17
3-12 /23-1
/34-7
0 /32
3-31

82
381 3-25
/3 4 3-19
/36
384 4-4
/1* 5 4 3-13
/17 /9*
3-5
387 4-3
/10 4-1
/32 3-27
3/4 3-7
/12
390 /3
4-1 14-1
/6 /17
3–14 *3-11
/18
393 /34-11
0 43/32 /34
3-29 /33-23
6
396 /54-2 /8
4-1 /17
3-15 /3*
3-2
399 /
*4-13
30 /32
4-5 /34
3-31 *3-25
/36
402 4-7
/15 /16
4-3 /13-16
7 13-13
/8
405 4-1
2/ /32
4-7 /34
3-33 3-3
/4
408 /4
4-1 4 /9*
3-7
411 /32
4-9 34-1
/4 /36
*3-29
414 /14-5
6 4-1
1
/ 7 /63-5
417 34-11
/2 4-3
/34 /36
*3-31
420 /8
4-3 /14-2
7 /9*
3-8
423 /34-13
2 4-5
/34 1
*3-11
/2
426 14-7
/6 /14-3
7 18
/
*3-17
429 4-15
/32 4-7
/34 36
/
*3-35
432 /2
4-1 4-4
/17
435 4-9
/34 /36
*4-1
 438 7
/14-5 14-1
/8
441 /34
4-11 *4-1
/12
1/ 7
4-6 /9*
4-1
447 3/ 4
4-13 4-5
/36
450 /7
14-7 /6*
4-1
453 /34
4-15 3
/6
4-7
456 /14-8
7 /9*4-2
459 4-1
/2 /4
4-1
462 /18
*4-5
465 /36
*4-11
468 *4-1
/3
471 /36
*4-13
474 /18
*4-7
477 /12
*4-5
480 /9*
4-4

483 /36
*4-17
486 2
/
4-1

Chapters
in nd
6.3awindings
described
denoteIntegral
the
for
spp
lot
-sFigures
type
heavy
Chapters
Balanced
3,6alot nd
-s7.in
Fractional
described
windings
the
for
spp
denote
type
normal
in
Figures
lot
describ
asteris
an
by
marked
italics
in
Figures
Unbalan
the
for
spp
denote
-sFractio
winding nal
ced
ksed

83
.85nd
Chapter
ain s
 (Continued
3-5
TABLE
)MASTER
3-PHASE
FOR
SPP
OF
)TABLE
(C
WINDINGS
ontinued
(2to
poles
;52
)
slots
540
to
18

Poles
of
No. 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52

-Phase
Pole
of
No. 132 156
114 120 126 138 144 150
Groups

Slots
of
No. SPP

117 /38
1-1
120 1-1
1
/ 9

123 /38
1-3 0
1-1
4
/
126 11-2
/ 9 20
/
1-1
129 /38
1-5 /40
1-3 /4* 2
1-1
132 /19
1-3 1-1
/1 0 /21
*1-1
135 /38
1-7 8
/
1-1 /14
1-1 /44
1-1
138 /19
1-4 /20
1-3 /21
*1-2 1-1
/22
141 /38
1-9 40
/
1-7 /42
1-5 1-3
/44 4
/6
1-1
144 11-5
/ 9 5
/
1-1 7
/
1-1 11-1
/ 1 23
/
1-1

84
147 /38
1-11 4
/0
1-9 /.*
1-1 1-5
/44 /46
1-3 *1-1
48
/
150 /19
1-6 4
/
1-1 /2)*
1-4 /
1-3
22 /23
1-2 1-1
/2* 4
153 /38
1-13 40
/
1-11 4
/11--3 1-7
4
/ 4 /41-5
6 16
/
1-1 1-1
5
/ 0
156 19
/
1-7 /10
1-3 /21
*1-5 1-2
/11 1-3
/23 1* 2
/
1-1 /25
1-1
159 /38
1-15 /40
1-13 /42
*1-11 1-9
/44 /
1-7
46 /48
*1-5 /50
1-3 1-1
/52
162 1
/9
1-8 1-7
2
/ 0 /7
1-2 /
1-5
22 1-4
/2 3 8
/
1-1 /25
1-2 1-1
2
/ 6
165 /38
1-17 /8
1-3 /42
*1-13 4
/
1-1 1-9
/4 6 48
/
*1-7 /10
1-1 1-3
/52

168 19
/
1-9 5
/
1-2 /31-1 /11-3
1 1-5
/2 3 /61-1 /25
1-3 13
/
1-1
171 /21-1 0
/41-17 /14
1-5 4
1-13
/4 46
/
1-11 /16
1-3 1-7
5
/ 0 1-5
5
/ 2
174 19
1-10
/ 2
/ 0
1-9 /21
1-8 /22
1-7 /23
1-6 /24
.1-5 /25
1-4 /6
21-3
177 /38
1-21 4
/0
1-19 /42
1-17 44
/
1-15 /46
1-13 /4* 8
1-11 50
/
1-9 51-7
/2
180 /19
1-11 1-1
/2 7
/
1-3 /11
1-4 /23
1-7 4
/
1-1 /5
1-1 1-2
/1 3

183 /31-23
8 4
/0
1-21 .2
4
/
1-79 /44
1-17 /46
1-15 /48
1-13 50
/
1-11 /52
1-9
186 /11-12
9 0
1-11
2
/ /21
1-10 1-9
/22 1-8
/2 3 1-7
/2 4 1-6
/2 5 1-5
2/6
189 31-25
/8 /40
1-23 /
1-1
2 /44
1-19 /46
1-17 /16
1-5 /50
1-13 1-11
5
/2
192 1-13
/19 /5
1-3 /21
*1-11 11
/
1-5 23
/
1-9 *
3
/
1-1 /25
1-7 13
/
1-3
195 1-27133 8
/
1-5 *2
4
/
1-23 /44
1-21 /46
1-19 48
/
*1-17 /10
1-3 /4
1.1
 198 1-14
1
/ 9 1-13
/2 0 /7
1-4 /21-1 /23
1-10 /
81-3 1-8
/2 5 1-7
/2 6
201 1-29
/38 /40
1-27 *1-25
/42 /44
1-23 /41-21
6 1-19
/48 50
/
1-17 /52
1-15
204 /
1-15
19 11-7
/0 *1-13
/21 11-6
/1 /23
1-11 1-5
/12 /25
1-9 13
/
1-4
207 1-31
/38 /40
1-29 1-9
1
/ 4 /44
1-25 /46
1-23 1/1-7
6 50
/
1-19 /52
1-17
210 /
1-16
19 /4
1-3 /3*
1-2 1-13
/22 /23
1-12 /2l-141 /5
1-2 2
/6
1-9

213 /38
1-33 41-31
/0 /42
1-29 /44
1-27 /41-25
6 /48
*1-23 1-21
5
/ 0 5
/2
1-19
216 1-17
1
/ 9 /51-4 /71-5 11
/
1-7 /23
1-13 1-1
/2 /25
1-11 1
/ 3
1-5
219 /38
1-35 1-33
/40 42
/
*1-31 1-29
/44 /46
1-27 41-25
/* 8 /50
1-23 52
/
1-21
222 19
/
1-18 /
1-17
20 /24
1-16 /22
1-15 1-14
/23 /24
*1-13 /25
1-12 26
/
1-11
225 /38
1-37 /8
1-7 14
/
1-11 /44
1-31 /46
1-29 11-9
/6 2
/
1-1 5
/2
1-23

228 /32-1
8 /10
1-9 /21
*1-17 1-8
/11 2
/3
1-15 /12
*1-7 1-13
/2 5 /13
1-6
231 /40
1-37 /6
1-5 /41-3 1-31
/46 1-29
/4 8 /50
1-27 /52
1-25
234 12-1
/9 1-19
2
/ 0 1-6
7
/ 1-17
/22 /23
1-16 /8
1-5 /25
1-14 1-1
2
/
237 2-3
/38 41-39
/0 /42
*1-37 1-35
/44 /46
1-33 /48
*1-31 /50
1-29 /52
1-27
240 2-2
/19 2 1-19
*/21 1-9
/11 /23
1-17 /3
1-2 /5*
1-3 /13
1-7
243 /32-5 8 2-1
4
/ 0 1-13
1
/ 4 /44
1-37 1-35
/4 6 1-11
1
/ 6 50
/
1-31 /52
1-29
246 /19
2-3 /20
2-1 2
*/ 1
1-20 1-19
2
/ 2 /23
1-18 /24
1-17 5
1-16
/2 /26
1-15
249 /38
2-7 /40
2-3 /42
1-41 /44
1-39 /46
1-37 /48
*1-35 /50
1-33 1-31
5
/2
252 /19
2-4 /10
2-1 2 /11
1-10 23
/
1-19 /4
1-3 /25
1-17 /11-8
3
255 32-9
/8 /8
2-1 /42
*2-1 /44
1-41 4
1-39
/6 /48
*1-37 10
/
1-7 /52
1-33
258 2-5
/19 /20
2-3 /21
*2-1 /22
1-21 /23
1-20 /24
1-19 1-18
/2 5 /26
1-17
261 2-11
/3 8 2-7
/4 0 2-1
1
/ 4 /4 4
1-43 1-41
4
/ 6 /16
1-13 /50
1-37 1-35
/5 2
264 12-6
/9 5
/
2-1 /21
*2-2 2 23
/
1-21 /6*
1-5 /25
1-19 13
/
1-9

85
267 2-13
/38 /40
2-9 /42
2-5 4
/4
2-1 /46
1-43 /48
1-41 /50
1-39 /52
1-37
270 2-7
/19 /4
2-1 /7
2-1 /22
2-1 /23
1-22 1-7
8
/ /5
1-4 /26
1-19

273 2-15
/38 42-11
/0 /6
2-1 /44
2-3 /46
1-45 /48
*1-43 /50
1-41 /41-3
276 /12-8
9 /12-3
0 /21
*2-4 12-1
/ 1 2 /12
1-11 /25
1-21 /13
1-10
279 2-17
/38 4
2-13
/0 /14
2-3 /44
2-5 2-1
/46 /11-156 1-43
/5 0 /52
1-41
282 2-9
/19 2-7
/20 /21
2-5 /22
2-3 /23
2-1 /24
1-23 /25
1-22 /26
1-21
285 2
/
2-1 2-3
8/ 42
/
*2-11 2-7
/44 /46
2-3 /
1-47
48 車 10
/
1-9 /52
1-43

288 2-10
1/ 9 /52-2 /72-2 2-2
/11 2-2
/23 2 /25
1-23 1-11
1
/ 3
291 2-21
/38 2-17
/40 */42
2-13 2-9
/44 /42-5
6 */48
2-1 1-47
/5 0 1-45
/52
294 2-11
1
/ 9 2-9
/20 *
3
/
2-1 2-5
2
/ 2 2-3
/2 3 22-1
/* 4 /25
1-24 1-23
/26
297 2-23
/38 2-19
/40 /12-54 /
42-1 2-7
/4 6 /16
2-1 /50
1-49 /
1-47
52
300 2-12
/19 /2
2-1 2-8
*/21 /12-3
1 2-4
/23 /12
*2-1 2 1-12
/13

303 2-25
/38 4/ 0
2-21 *2-17
/4242-13 /42-96 *4
2-5280-1
/5 1-49
/52
306 /19
2-13 2/0
2-11 /7
2-3 /2
22-7 /23
2-5 2-1
/8 /22-1 5 1-25
/26
309 2-27
/38 /40
2-23 2
*2-19
/4-15
2
4 2-11
/4 6 2-7
/48 /50
2-3 1-51
/5 2
312 2-14
/
19 /5
2-3 2-10
/12
* 1-41 /23
2-6 *
6
/
2-1 /25
2-2 2 1
315 /38
2-29 /8
2-5 2
/
2-1 /44
2-17 /46
2-13 /16
2-3 /10
2-1
5/2-22-1
/52
Chapters
described
6.3ain
-snd
windings
lot
Integral
the
for
spp
denote
type
heavy
Figures
s 7.Chapters
4,6alot
type nd
described
windings
Balanced
Fractional
-denote
the
for
spp
normal
in
Figures
windings
described
Fractional
lot
Unbalanced
the
for
spp
marked
denote
asterisk
an
by
-sFigures
italics
in
.8
a
Chapters
5innd
 TABLE
ontinued
(MASTER
C)3-5
3-PHASE
FOR
SPP
OF
(TABLE
ontinued
C)WINDINGS
52
poles
;(2to
)
slots
540
to
18

Poles
of
No. 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52
-Pha
Pole
of
No.
se 114 120 126 138 144 150 156
132
Groups
Slots
of
No. SPP

318 /19
2-15 /22-13
0 *1
/2
2-11 2-9
/2 2 2-7
/2 3 /24
2-5 /22-3
5 2-1
2
/ 6
321 /32-31
8 /42-27
0 */42
2-23 2-19
/44 /46
2-15 2-11
/.48 /50
2-7 /52
2-3
324 /19
2-16 2-7
/10 /7
2-4 12-5
/1 /23
2-8 2-1
/4 2-4
/25 13
/
2-1
327 /38
2-33 2-29
/40 /42
2-25 2-21
/44 /46
2-17 */48
2-13 52-9
/0 52
/
2-5
330 19
/
2-17 2-3
4/ /21
*2-13 /2
2-1 /23
2-9 /4
2*2-7 5
/
2-1 /26
2-3
333 /38
2-35 /40
2-31 2-9
/14 /44
2-23 /46
2-19 /16
2-5 /50
2-11 2-7
/5 2
336 /12-18
9 /5
2-4 /3*2-2 /1
12-6 /23
2-10 /32-1 2-6
/2 5 /13
2-2
339 2-37
/38 42-33
/0 /42
2-29 /44
2-25 42-21
/6 /48
2-17 /50
2-13 /52
2-9
342 3 2-17
/20 /7
2-5 2-13
/22 /23
2-11 /82-3 2/5
2-7 /6
22-5
345 /38
3-1 2-7
/8 4
2-31
/* 2 /44
2-27 2
/
2-1 /48
2-19 /10
2-3 2
2-11
/5

348 /19
3-1 12-9
/0 /21
-2-16 1/2-7
1 /23
2-12 1
2-5
/2 2-8
/25 2-3
/13

86
351 /38
3-3 /42-37
0 /12-11
4 2-29
/44 2-25
/4 6 /12-7
6 2-17
/50 /42-1
354 13-2
/ 9 2-19
2
/ 0 /21
2-17 2-15
2/ 2 /23
2-13 *2-11
/24 /22-9
5 2-7
/26
357 /38
3-5 2-39
/40 /62-5 /42-31
4 /46
2-27 *2-23
/48 2-19
/5 0 /
2-15
52
360 /19
3-3 /7
2-6 3-8
1/ 1 /23
2-14 /2
2-1 5/2-2 2-4
/13
363 /33–7 8 43--1
/0 /42
*2-37 /4
2-3 /46
2-29 /48
*2-25 /50
2-21 /52
2-17
366 /19
3-4 2
/3-10 /21
•2-19 22-17
/2 /23
2-15 /24
2-13 22-11
/5 2-9
2
/ 6
369 /38
3-9 3-3
/40 /12-13 4 /42-35
4 2-31
/4 6 /16
2-9 /50
2-23 52
/
2-19
372 /19
3-5 3-1
/10 .2-20
/21 /11
2-9 /23
2-16 /12-1
2 2-12
/25 12-5
/3
375 /38
2-11 8/3-1 */42
2-41 2-37
4
/4 42-33
/6 /48
*2-29 /2
2-1 /52
2-21

378 3-6
/19 3-3
/20 /22
2-19 2-17
/2 3 /8
2-5 /25
2-13 2-11
/26
381 3-13
/38 3-7
4/ 0 3-1
4
/ 2 /44
2-39 4
2-35
/6 /48
2-31 2-27
/50 2--3
/52
384 /13-7
9 /5
3-1 */21
3-1 /11
2-10 2-18
/23 /32-2 2-14
/25 1
2-6
/3
387 3-15
/38 /43-9
0 /14
3-1 2-41
/4 4 2-37
/46 /16
2-11 /50
2-29 2-25
/52
390 3-8
/19 3-1
/4 -/21
3-2 /22
2-21 2-19
/23 /24
*2-17 /52-3 22-13
/6

393 3-17
/38 3-11
/40 /42
*3-5 /44
2-43 /46
2-39 /48
*2-35 2-31
/50 2-27
5
/2
396 /13-9
9 3-3
1/ 0 /72-1 /23
2-20 /42-3 /25
2-16 /12-7
3
399 /2
3-1 3-13
/40 /6 *
*3-1 3-1
/44 /46
2-41 /48
*2-37 2-33
/50 /
2-29
52
402 3-10
/19 3-7
2
/0 23-4
/* 1 3-1
/22 /23
2-21 /24
*2-19 2-17
/25 2-15
/26
405 3-21
/38 /8
3–3 /14
3-3 3-3
/4 4 /46
2-43 /12-13
6 2-7
/10 2-31
/52
 408 /19
3-11 /5
3-2 2*3-5
/1 /11
3-1 /23
2-22 /
62-5 /22-185 2-8
/1 3
411 /38
3-23 /43-17
0 /42
*3-11 /43-5 4 /42-45
6 2-41
/48 /50
2-37 /52
2-33
414 /19
3-12 3-9
/2 0 /73-2 /22
3-3 /8
2-7 /25
2-19 /26
2-17
417 /33-25
8 4
3-19
/0 /42
3-13 /44
3-7 /46
3-1 *2-43
/48 /50
2-39 /52
2-35
420 13-13
/9 /2
3-1 /3*
3-1 1
/13-2 /23
3-1 *2-11
/12 /5
2-4 13
/
2-9

423 /33-27 8 3-21

/40 /13-54 3-9
/4 4 /43-3
6 16
/
2-15 /50
2-41 /52
2-37
426 /19
3-14 /23-11
0 /21
*3-8 /22
3-5 /23
3-2 /2* 4
2-23 /25
2-21 6
/22-19
429 33-29
/8 3-23
/40 /42
3-17 /4
3-1 3-5
/4 6 /48
*2-47 /50
2-43 /4
2-3
432 3-15
1/ 9 3-3
5/ /7
3-3 3-3
/11 /23
3-3 3 /25
2-22 2-10
/
13
435 /38
3-31 /8
3-5 /42
*3-19 /44
3-13 /46
3-7 /48
3-1 12-9
/0 2-41
/52

438 /13-16
9 3-13
/20 /21
*3-10 3-7
/22 3-4
/2 3 /24
.3-1 /22-23
5 /26
2-21
441 /38
3-33 4
3-27
/0 /23-1 3-15
/44 /46
3-9 /16
3-1 /50
2-47 /52
2-43
444 /19
3-17 13-7
/0 /21
*3-11 13-4
/1 /23
3-5 /13-1 2 /25
2-24 2-11
1
/ 3
447 335/38 /40
3-29 /42
3-23 3-17
/44 /46
3-11 /48
*3-5 2-49
/50 52
/
2-45
450 /19
3-18 /43-3 34/7 3-9
/22 /23
3-6 /8
3-1 3 26
/
2-23

453 /38
3-37 /40
3-31 /42
*3-25 3-19
/44 /46
3-13 /48
*3-7 53-1
/0 /52
2-47
456 /53-4 /21
*3-13 /13-5
1 3-7
/2 3 /6*3-1 3-1
/2 5 2-12
/13
459 34-1
/8 /40
3-33 /13-9
4 3-21
/44 /46
3-15 /16
3–3 3-3
/50 2-49
5
/2
462 /14-1
9 /20
3-17 /3.
3-2 /2
3-1 /23
3-8 /24
*3-5 3-2
/25 /26
2-25
465 34-3
/8 /8
3-7 /42
*3-29 3-23
/44 43-17
/6 48
/
*3-11 3-1
/10 /52
2-51
468 /14-2
9 /10
3-9 /73-5 /11
3-6 3-9
/2 3 /43-1 23-3
/5
471 4-5
/38 /40
3-37 /42
*3-31 /44
3-25 /46
3-19 /48
*3-13 3-7
5
/0 /52
3-1
474 /19
4-3 3-19
/2 0 /21
*3-16 3-13
/2 2 /23
3-10 24
/
*3-7 3-4
/25 3-1
/2 6
/38
4-7 3-21
4/ 6

87
477 /40
3-39 /14
3-11 /44
3-27 /16
3-5 3-9
/50 /52
3-3
480 /19
4-4 /21
.3-17 13-7
/1 /23
3-11 3-1
/3 /5
3-1 /13
3-1
483 /34-98 4-1
/4 0 .3-5
6
/ 43-29
/4 /43-23
6 /48
*3-17 3-11
/50 /52
3-5
486 4-5
/19 /20
4-1 /7
3-6 3-15
/22 3-12
/23 /83–3 3-6
/25 /23-3 6
489 4-11
/38 /40
4-3 /42
*3-37 3-31
/44 4/ 6
3-25 /48
*3-19 3-13
/50 /52
3-7
492 4-6
/19 /10
4-1 /21
*3-19 3-8
/11 /23-13
3 /12
*3-5 3-7
/25 /13
3-2
495 /38
4-13 4-1
/8 /14
3-13 /4
3-3 3-27
/4 6 /16
3-7 3-3
/10 /52
3-9
498 /14-79 4-3
/2 0 *1
/2
3-20 /23-17
2 *3-11
3-14
/2 345
3
-8 3-5
/2 6
501 /38
4-15 /40
4-7 /42
3-41 /44
3-35 3-29
/4 6 3-23
48-17
*3
/5 0 /52
3-11
504 /19
4-8 /5
4-1 4 /11
3-9 /23
3-15 /2
3-1 /25
3-9 /13
3-3
507 /38
4-17 /40
4-9 *2
/4
4-1 /44
3-37 3-31
/45 3-25
*3
4680-19 4
)/
-
3
510 4-9
1/ 9 /4
4-1 *4-1
/21 3-19
/22 3-16
/23 *3-13
/2534-2 /26
3-7

513 /2
4-1 /44-11
0 1/4-1
4 /44
3-39 3-33
/43-9
/166 /50
3-21 3-15
5
/2
516 /10
4-3 -/21
4-2 /11
3-10 /23
3-17 */12
3-7 3-11
/2 5 3-4
/13
519
4-13
/40 4
* 24
/3
4-5 –41 6
3-35
/4 43-29
/3-23
/580 3-7
5
/2
522 /20
4-7 /7
4-1 2
/23-21 3-18
2
/3-5
83 /25
3-12 3-9
/26
525 /84-3 *4-1
6
/ 4
/43-43 3-31
/4-3-37
/2386-1 3-19
/52
Integral
3-S6.nd
Chapters
described
windings
the
for
spp lot
aFigures
denote
type
heavy
in
described
spp
denote
type
normal
in
Figuresnd
-s7.Chapters
Fractional
Balanced
the
for
windings
4,6alot
windings
denote
-sdescribed
Fractional
Unbalanced
the
for
spp
an
by lot
asterisk
marked
italics
in
Figures
Chapters
.8a5innd
 MASTER
CTABLE
( ontinued
)3-5
)(FORSPP
OF
3-PTABLE
HASE
CWINDINGS
ontinued
t(2 o
poles
;52
)
slots
18
540
to
Poles
of
No. 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52

-Phase
Pole
of
No. 114 120 132
126 138 144 150 156
Groups
Slots
of
No. SPP

528 4-2
/5 *1
/2
4-4 4 /23
3-19 3-2
3
/ /25
3-13 3-5
1/ 3
531 /44-17
0 /14
4-3 /44
4-1 43-39
/6 3-11
/16 3-27
/5 0 3-21
/52
534 4-9
2
/ 0 /21
*4-5 4-1
2
/ 2 /23
3-20 .3-17
/24 /25
3-14 3-11
/26
537 4-19
/40 /42
*4-11 4-3
4/ 4 3-41
4
/6 *3-35
/48 /50
3-29 3-23
/5 2
540 4-1
2
/ 4-2
/7 11
/
4-1 /23
3-21 /4
3-3 3-3
5/ /13-6
3

Integral
3a-Slot
Chapters
described
6.windings
nd
the
for
spp
denote
type
heavy
in
Figures
7.windings
-slot
Fractional
Balanced
the
for
spp
denote
type
normal
Figures
4,6a
Chapters
in
described
nd

88
-swindings
Fractional
Unbalanced
the
for
spp
denote
asterisk
an
by
marked
italics
in
Figures
described
lot
aChapters
8.5innd
 B
3
^

1
Tu To Tz To

Fig . 3-10 . 2 - pole , 2 - phase, series connection diagram T - T

2
Al

т.

T,

т. т. т, т .
Fig . 3-11 . 2 -pole , 2 - phase , 2 -parallel connection diagram

89
 TABLE 3-6

2 - POLE 2 - PHASE CONNECTION TABLE

(Reference Connection Diagrams Figs . 3-10 , 3-11 )

Phase Connections Leads

Series
$1 F1 - F3 S3 T2- S , TgS3
A

2 - parallel S T3²FpS,
F11 F3 S3 1+ S , F3

Series
S2 F27F4 $4
S T2 + S2 T4 + S4
B

2 - parallel S2 F21 F4 $4 T2 → Sy+ F4 Tq²F₂ > SĄ

S - start of a group .

F = finish of a group .

connected to start or finish of a group .

|| spot for change with respect to series connection .

90
 3

To Tz Tg T To Ta T, T,

Fig . 3-12 . 2 - pole , 2 -phase, series or 2 -parallel

connection diagram with 8 leads

T₂ T Ta To

Fig . 3-13 . 4 -pole , 2 -phase, series connection diagram T-T

91
 В

T,

2 7 A

T, т. т. т.

Fig . 3-14 . 4 -pole , 2 -phase , 2 -parallel connection diagram

Ta

8 7
т.

1 1
T, т. т. т.
Fig . 3-15 . 4 -pole , 2 -phase , 4 -parallel connection diagram

92
 8

7
2

Is To Tz T TA T3 Tg Ty

Fig . 3-16 . 4 -pole , 2 -phase, series or 2 - parallel

connection diagram with 8 leads
4
6

7
A
‫م‬
‫اه‬

To 1 Ts TT

Fig . 3-17 . 4 -pole , 2 - phase, 2- or 4 -parallel

connection diagram with 8 leads
93
 3-7
TABLE
24 OLE
C--P
T HASE
ONNECTION
TABLE
3Connection
.(R
Figs
Diagrams
eference
), -13
-14
-15

Phase Connections Leads

Series F$53F1
si
-S7
-357- 11
S,-S7 T3³87

A p
2-arallel
si +F535F7
F1
||$5F
SS3
-
S1
11
sq T3³8₃87

4-arallel
p si 3|753173F5
F3
-|$5F1
F71-81
-
Tz
+S+S

94
Series F84-86
-
F2
S2
F6
Sg4
F8 F28
-
-SF6
T2
Sg ST4
+g

B 2- arallel
p F46F8
-
F2
S2
|$6F
84
88 T2
Sg
-SF6F8
62 →S84
8T4
+

4-parallel $6F61
S41
F4
F21
S2
S8
F8 S24-86
-PT2
+6758
+84
F2
14+
F8

s tart
aof
-S.g roup
F
f
g
=aofroup
. inish
c →onnec
start
to
finis
or
ag
.of rouphted
.
connection
series
to
respect
with
change
for
||spot
=
-
T jshort
-orumper
t.connection
oop
Top
 S
A

BYA B

Ta

10 MB

1
Il

12

т , т. т . т .

Fig . 3-18 . 6 - pole , 2 -phase, series connection diagram T - T

?
AI

3 10
oto

T
2

12

T₂ T Ta T₃

Fig . 3-19 . 6 -pole , 2 -phase , 2 -parallel connection diagram

95
 6

11 T,

Tz

10 Y8

12

1 1
T₂ T T T
Fig . 3-20 . 6 -pole , 2 -phase , 3 -parallel connection diagram

8
6

5 Al
T,

9
B
Tz
3 10

т.To
12
A

Fig . 3-21 . 6 -pole , 2 -phase , 6 -parallel connection diagram

96
 3 10 VB

12

т, т. т. т. т. т. т,

Fig . 3-22 . 6 - pole , 2 - phase, series or 2 -parallel

connection diagram with 8 leads

o
ak

T,

Fig . 3-23 . 6 -pole , 2 -phase , 3- or 6 - parallel

comection diagram with a leade
 3-8
TABLE
P
6-T
C HASE
- OLE
ONNECTION
2TABLE
Diagrams
(R
Connection
Figseference
-18
-19
. -21
),3 -20

Phase Connections Leads

Series S5
S3
F3
Fı
sı
F5
+Sq
Fg
-ig711
SFSu
+
T1 -511
T3
F1
S3
SF5
T2
11
pF7 si
+|F,-
F11
Fg 2-S+T3
F37g5arallel
11
5
A F1
53
F5
911
p87,-FgF5si
+
|SS7 arallel
3-–+13g511
723
S5
F3
77–9.-
+
FS+ pS31
F6-55
F5 7ı3arallel
|P,Ss.g11
FSg
S11
SFg ,|115-57
|→g+-Tzus3
Series -
S4
S12
SF20864
$1FF6
+
S8
F12
F10
S2
T2 ST4
™ 12

98
S2
S12 +FS4
88-810
F12
S2-pF2-F61
F8
F10
T2
>FT4 8
+$1246arallel
B F2
S4
+FF6
p|3-S2>S$8Fið
1F12
S12
T2
+14 86-510
$|2046arallel

S2
F2
56
F8 S41 +S-F→T2210
F12486
1||S8
F10
FS12
FpF6-53-
Fly F12
|6-$-ST4 24
042arallel
=S
s
of
g roup
a. tart
=F
f
of
g inish
a. roup
c
+ onne
star
to
fini
or
g
of tshcted
a. roup
to
respect
with
change
for
spot
.||
connection
series
connection
-=oumper
tT
-jt
short
op
.or
 6 9

6
忆
600 - T
Key 4 13 A
L 」
3 14
8
15

т. т. т. т.

Fig . 3-24 . 8 - pole , 2 -phase , series connection diagram T-T

5 日

4 13
1.j
14
8
2 5
9

16

TTTT

Fig . 3-25 . 8 - pole , 2 -phase , 2 -parallel connection diagram

99
 8

>
5 8
B
12
6
Te Tz
16 13

3 14

2 15

T₂ T, Ta To
Fig . 3-26 . 8-pole , 2 -phase , 4 -parallel connection diagram

^!

B 12

тTz
13

3 14
T,
15

A
--
--

T₂ T TA T

Fig . 3-27 . 8-pole , 2 -phase , 8-parallel connection diagram

100
 5 B 126
OOO -T,
13

3 14

15

16

Is To T₂ T , Ta T, Tg T ,

Fig . 3-28 . 8-pole , 2-phase, series or 2 - parailel

connection diagram with 8 leads

B
시
128

13 A

3 lar
o
15
B

M
Is Tz To T , To T, Ta Ty

Fig . 3-29 . 8 - pole , 2-phase , 2- or 4 -parallel

connection diagram with 8 leads
101
 OVO
А

lo
T

Al
I
T ?

8_
OO
B

12 AB
HIM !
12 10
16 13 A
L
HIL
( 3)

15
16

т. т . т . т. т . т. т, т,

Fig . 3-30 . 8 -pole , 2 -phase , 4- or 8 -parallel

connection diagram with 8 leads

102
 --
TABLE
3-9
TABLE
C
T
P ONNECTION
OLE
-2-8 HASE
3
3 -27
-24
),. -26
Figs-25 ms
Diagra
Connec
(R tion
eferen ce

Phase Connections Leads

Series F1
Si
-
F5
S5
+Sz►
Fg
Sg
Sy7
+311
F13
F
1
$
SIT
S1
T1
S15
F15 ST3
- 15

-
SIT
S
Fu
915
F15
F13
-S13
71
+S F1
si
F,S3
F5
||Fg
2pg 5
7
31arallel 1357
1$ 5

A 95-8g
Tı
S13
p
-
4
s
F
+
S3
5P| j
1Sg
+,S|||
F13
1 Pg
$ arallel
3
5
11
11813
F15
573
3
s -
1
$ it
5

Fz
si
Ti
+5
F15
S
F
+ 5+
3
S13
g
IT
p
-
8
F
.
|s
1s3
Sg
Fg arallel
z
|||,S5|ı
$
F13
S15
?
Tz 5
11
11813
5
-
F
S ,
F
-
P
+
F13
S15 sz
5-57
IT
g

Series 2F4
4S
+F4
S8
Fg
F6
$1
S17
F12
Fið
S2
T2
S16
F16
F12
062 +916
T4

103
F27F4
-
S4
F
+ S2
S12
||F6
S8
F10
T2
S16
F16
F12
S14
S
1
$
+ 6
8
arallel
2-p02 14
+
Sg
S 16

B T2S286
917
914
p
F
>4- 4arallel
S8F2
S2
||S6
S4
Fg
F67
Fið
|S
S121814
F16F12
F12
S16
+ 10
T4
-S
S164
8
S12

5
> 82
T2
+F
F16
S
+ 4-56
S14
Fią
10
-
8
s2
F21
F4
|p
4
$
56
||
F6
S8
Fg
F10
F12
1
F14F16
S16
T4 0arallel
F
S
+
s
F
Siq
F14 24
||$|||6lo
1-
$ o
g

s
of
g = tart
.aS roup
finish
aof
.gFroup
c +onnect
start
to
finish
or
of
.ag roup ed
connection
series
.spot
respect
with
change
for
Ilto
-=oop
tT
t
-j
short
.or
connection
umper
op
 L_B
8
Т.
10

BT 6

Гtt B
@b
e 12 В

с. 5 -Tz

2
looku
-

3
B
с

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-31 . 4 -pole , 3 -phase, series star connection diagram T-B

104
 B

U
8 9

T 10
7

с
B16
B
Г

12 В
1
CA 5 T3 Tz L

AА
2
3
ФА

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-32 . 4 -pole , 3 -phase , 2 -parallel

star connection diagram T - B

105
 —
—
B
с
9
8 T,
По
7

с
Вf 6

TO TTs
B 121B
CN 5 -Tz
11
11

A
2.
3
с
B

T, T. T, T, T, T, T, T6 Т.

Fig . 3-33 . 4 - pole , 3 - phase, series or 2 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T - B

106
 —

1
В

8 9

,
T
10
7

Іс
В 6

1
1 ігів
(2603
5 Tz
с. Т.
B

3 2

B п с

Т. Т. Т.

Fig . 3-34 . 4 - pole , 3-phase, series delta connection diagram T - B

107
 B
с
8 9
Ti
A 10

в 6

12 iв
LL
CA5 T, - Tz
B

A
3
с
B

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-35 . 4 -pole , 3-phase , 2 -parallel

delta connection diagram T-B

108
 ‫ܗܬܣ‬
‫ܠ‬
8

‫ܘܐ‬
‫ܢ‬

IC
‫ܬ‬

sts T9 .TA
To Ti
5
12 18
Ts
CA5 ‫ܐ‬L ‫܂‬
T; Ta
-B

3 2

‫ܠܐ‬
‫ܐ‬
T , T. IT, T, T. , T, T,

Fig . 3-36 . 4 -pole , 3 - phase , series or 2 - parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-B

109
 -

—
с
Ті 6
5

А)
: А) 4
Т. С
Tz

2
3
B

T, T, TI
Fig . 3-37 . 2 -pole , 3 -phase, series star connection diagram T-T

6
5 T

ТА

AА 4
Къ

Т.

2
3

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-38 . 2 -pole , 3-phase , 2 -parallel star connection diagram

110
 B

T 6
5

4
A 4
(5
TE -Ta

2
3
B

ТъTT5 % ,,Т, ТАТ,

Fig . 3-39 . 2 - pole , 3-phase, series or 2 -parallel
star connection diagram with 9 leads

B
с
6
5 T,

A4
Tz -Tz

2
3
C
B

T3 Ţa Ti
Fig . 3-40 . 2 - pole , 3-phase , series delta connection diagram T-T

111
 B
6
5 Т.

А4
Тъ -Tz

B
2
3

B —

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-41 . 2 - pole , 3 -phase , 2 -parallel delta connection diagram

B
С
І. 6
5

Б
АA.
-To Ti 1
А ! 4
T3 Т.

2
3
B

|
тут,,,,,,,Т,
Fig . 3-42 . 2 - pole , 3 - phase, series or 2 -parallel
delta connection diagram with 9 leads
112
 TABLE 3-10

2 - POLE 3 - PHASE T-T CONNECTION TABLE

( Reference Connection Diagrams Figs . 3-37 , 3-38 , 3-40 , 3-41 )

Pha se Connections Leads

Series Si F1 -F4 S4 To → si T4 → 54
А
2 -parallel Si Fi ||F4 S4 Ti → Sl >F4 T4 → F1 + S4
Series S3 F3 -F6 S6 T5 → S6
T2 + 33
B
2 - parallel S3 F3 ||F6 86 T2 → S3 F6 T5 → F3 + 56
Series S5 F5 -F2 S2 16 → S2
13 → 55
с
2 -parallel S5 F5 ||F2 S2 T3 → S5 -F2 T6 → F5 - S2

Y Connection :
Connect Tz , T2 , T3, to line leads ; connect T4 ,
T5 , T6, together .
A Connection : Tz , To together to line lead ; T2 , T4 together to
line lead ; Tz, T5 together to line lead .
S : start of a group .

F = finish of a group .

T-T - Top - to - top or bottom - to - bottom or short - jumper connection.

= connected to start or finish of a group .

spot for change with respect to series connection .

113
 10
8

‫וי‬
111c !!
B16

20 121B
15 63 T
ह - 2

NO
ofw
7

T3 Tz Ti
Fig . 3-43 . 4 -pole, 3 -phase, series star connection diagram T-T

T
10

BY 6
B

12 AB
5 -T₂
Tý

3
า
B

T3 Tz Ti
Fig . 3-44 . 4 -pole , 3 - phase , 2 - parallel star connection diagram T - T
114
 -
--
LB
8 9

T,

따
4
7

B 6 B

12 AB
T₃
4 Ta

T, T, T,
Fig . 3-45 . 4 - pole , 3-phase, 4 -parallel star connection diagram T-T
10

A
7
r

H
To
12 AB

C5 - Tz

A
3
с
B

T; TOTS I TOT, TO TOT,

Fig . 3-46 . 4 -pole , 3 -phase, series or 2 -parallel
star connection diagram with 9 leads
115
 B
8
Ti
А.
7

В 16

To Ts
ігів
с 5
T,

alw 3 2
Г
B

ТАТ, Т – то , тот,
Fig . 3-47 . 4 - pole , 3 -phase , 2- or 4 -parallel
star connection diagram with 9 leads

С
g

А. 8
Ti

Вf6

5
12В
12963 Та
C
В
mio

2
C

Та та т.
Fig . 3-48 . 4 -pole , 3 - phase, series delta connection diagram T-T
116
 с
8
Т.
7 о

Bi 6 11 С

ігів
С. 5 -T2 L-J

д4
3 2
C

T Т. Т.
Fig . 3–49 . 4 -pole , 3 - phase, 2 - parallel delta connection diagram T - T

8 9
T,
10
7

1fc
16
+
1 1
12В
с 15 -Tz
T, B

3 2
B С

T, T, T.
Fig . 3-50 . 4 -pole , 3 -phase , 4 -parallel delta connection diagram
117
 В

8 9

Ті 10
7 A

7 ТС
в 6 6
Tь та
8
Г
( 5)
T5 ігів
5
С. Т. L -J
B

3 2

-
B C

T, Т, ТЫ ТАТ, ЧТО Т, Т.

Fig . 3-51 . 4 -pole , 3 - phase, series or 2 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

118
 3-11
TABLE

4-POLE 3-PHASE CONNECTION

-
T
TABLE

.(R-49
Figs
Diagrams
Connection
),3-43
-45
-44
-48
-50
eference

Phase Connections Leads

Series -F7
F1
si
+5
S4
s10
F7F10
4 T S
→i s+T410
A F7
>S4
F||F1-si
p$1S7 0
4arallel
2- 10 T S 1
-→ 7 14 S
-→410
1$||7F
p S4
F4
Fi
Si 7F10
4- 0arallel T F
Sl
→
>
- 10
4-57 3*>F
+ST4 7
→4110

Series -6
F3
S3
F
+
F9
S9
S6
S12
12 T.
2 S
→3 →S12
T5
B p
2- arallel F3
S3
-F
F9
||S9
S6
S126
12 3-59
S→T2 S→ 6-512
T5

119
4-parallel ||F12
F9
S9
S6
||F6
F3
S3
s12 T. S3
→
™
F
- 12
6-59 6395
-F>→12
ST
Series F5
S5
+5
S8
F
-
F11
S211
8
2 →S5
T3 S→ 2
16
с FS2
-2p182arallel
F5
||$1S5
-S8
F11 5
S-→11
T3 S-5→To28
4 arallel
-p 11
$
S8
F8
F5
S5
S2
||F2
F11 8
F>-S→T3251l 11
SF-→To25-58
Connect
tleads onnect
onnection
T1:YCzo652ogether
,;cline
.,TT4
together
C4532oonnection
;:A
,Tlead
line
to
.lead
s
=S tart
aof
.g roup c → onnected
start
to
finish
gaor
= roup
.of
F
f
= inish
ag roup
.of respect
connectio
series
to
.for
Il=spot
with
change
bottom
short ottom
connection
-jor
umper
-btT=. oop
 В

Т.

,0
1

111c
B16

12iBI
Ts
с5 T,
B

3
В

ТВ 45T, T, T,І
ІНН TOT; Т

Fig . 3-52 . 4 -pole , 3 -phase , 2- or 4 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads

с
1

o1 10 13 с
9 а
L
-
1

158

е
р во 16Д
A7 , зе 9
2
9
0
0 - T2
В 16
18
5 B

3
B

Та т. Т.
Fig . 3-53 . 6 -pole , 3 - phase, series star connection diagram T-T

120
 я
в . A
і П 12
13
д То
Ті
1
В 9 14

I51 В
8 А!
16)
B 16A
(%
A7

17јс
Т е
В 16
10
5

3 2 4
B
-

Т. Т. Т.

Fig . 3-54 . 6 -pole , 3 -phase , 2 -parallel

star connection diagram T- T

121
 B
t С
IL 12
13
o 10 T
9 14 .

СТЯ
137 ISTB
А! (16 L

6A
A7 (18 )

17 )
B16 Т; Та
18
5 B
с
3 2 д
СC
В

Та 2 т

Fig . 3-55 . 6 -pole , 3 -phase , 3 -parallel

star connection diagram T-T

122
 В

11

1
4 12
13
Фл 10
о А , ТІ 14

С
8
1
( 16 (13) (10 (7) (4 )

(18 )
15 ТВ
L

644
A17
B
17) С
! BY 6
.
с

С 18 ,
5
A
AАA 3 2.
B СC

T , T, T,

Fig . 3-56 . 6 -pole , 3 -phase . 6 -parallel star connection diagram

123
 B.
A 11 12
Ti 13
10
B1
9 A 14

TA
15 1B
c7 8
L
0
0
0 1644
Al 7 3TO To
- B
6
17
7 6 T Cс
BY 2 Tz
184
5 B
C

3 2
B CС

T3 T4 TS T Tz To To To Ti

Fig . 3-57 . 6 -pole , 3 -phase , series or 2 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

124
 *
Bu
А
А. 11 12
T 13
B 10
1
9 14
40
AL 50
T • TA 15 YB !
C 8
6 13 0

16 A
7 (18 )
AI To TS B
15
o 17
r TE To Cс
B
Tz

18
5 BВ
с
MYO

4
2
ব

A
СC

T3 TG TA TS T2 TOT7 TOT

Fig . 3-58 . 6 -pole , 3 -phase , 3- or 6 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads

125
 ret
13

c
10 T,

B
C8 151
L
ch
16 A
A 7

16 -Tz
B lon
5 g
(B
A
3 2

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-59 . 6 -pole , 3 -phase, series delta connection diagram T-T

12
13
10 Ti
14
r
8
151
8

164A
A17
852
1B716 To
Tz 170
B
‫سان‬

T3 e T
Fig . 3-60 . 6 -pole , 3 - phase , 2 - parallel delta connection diagram T-T

126
 -
TU=
T
-

I
ta 10
TI
12

AC
14
B
151

n
O
8

16 AА.
A7

6 T3 3
-Tz

B
*
B
0
DAw 2
71
A
C

T3 Tz Ti
Fig . 3-61 . 6 -pole , 3 - phase , 3 -parallel delta connection diagram T-T

A
13
B1 10 c
9 lan
20 0 r
00 0
C18 000 00 1518
161A
A17
1770
6
Br T3 - Tz
J B 184
5
4
3
B

T3 Tz Ti
Fig . 3-62 . 6 -pole , 3-phase , 6 -parallel delta connection diagram
127
 С в
A | Т, 12 13
PA То

14
9

15 VB
C/8 -TA
9.
6 Th
16A
A7 с .
Ts
| Тус
BY 6 18-5-12 -T2
Та B
5 B
А
3 2 4
В СC

ТІ
T, T, T5 4T.BG Ti

Fig . 3-63 . 6 -pole , 3-phase, series or 2-parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

128
 A
7/2 13
IO C
14

C8
‫وه پ‬‫وا‬
-To
‫وا ۔‬
/ S 18
L

17

8 76
‫ا‬ 18
( 5)
Ts
T,

-12
I64A

17C
15
)2 ( ‫و‬ B 18
0
5
4
3 2 A
r

A
B

БТЫ ТАТЪТ, , , , ,

Fig . 3-64 . 6 -pole , 3 - phase , 3- or 6 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads

129
 3-12
TABLE

6-POLE 3-PHASE CONNECTION

-
T
TABLE

Figs
Diagrams
eference
.(R-61
-54
-53
-55
-59
-56
-60
3,)Connection
-62
Phase Connections Leads

Series F1
Si
S
S4
-
F7
1
$
-F
F13
S16
3
40-
16
7
10 s→Tyi T4
S
→16
2
-pS16
F1
Si
S4
S
S10arallel
||F10
F7
-F
F13
16
413
7 F
>S 1
→T, 10 4
S
-+ 16
FT 7
A S16
S101
-F
F13
S13F77F10
S4157
+3-p16
F1
S1
4arallel → 1-57-513
S T4 S4S10
→
S16

- arallel
6
p /F34
Fi
Si
1
$
510
F10
F7
S4187
S16
||F16
F13 F-S 13
10
7
=+>T,→ 4l16
S47-510
F1
-F13-516
4
S18
F3
S3
+S
S6
F9
-F 18
F15
S12-515
6
12
9
Series +S3
T2 5+T5
518
518
-FS12
F15
=556-59
F9
|S3 18
12
2p615
F3arallel T2 S3F12
→ F→S
-15918
B
F3
-S3
F9
S9
||$1S6
S12
+F
F15
-S18
p3 5618
12
arallel T2
T5 +
S
+$1
5S1 85
9
3
→612

130
+F1
F
-S 3 859
12
6-
→15
p
- arallel
6 $15
s12
F12
F9
S6189
F31F6
S3
S18
||F18
F15
S615
F3
S
F9
-F
+518
12

+S2
F5
>S5
F11
-F58-511
F17
514-517
2814
Series 13 S
→5 16 S
→2
S17
-F
F17
S14
||F14
F11
F5
pS2 S8
+5S5
2 11 2
8
arallel S-F→ 514
T3 F11
→
-S
Ta 2
6
с -F
S5F17
S81511
||$1F11
>F5
pS14 2
814
3-S27arallel S 17
14
+ 511
S=-→T3 82
T6
F7
F5
S5
|8
S8
1
$
S14
F14
Fli
S2
||F2
F17il
8 F14-517
→
S
>
F
- 11
5
8
2
p
6-arallel →2
F
S
- 11
14
17
5-58

;c
leads
line
to
TTo:Y
,TC onnection
onnect
T.onnect •Cgonnection
lead
13'1ine
tokettér
'tin
,T;'lmetogethet
toline
together
ő51tkę
ead
gok
C
:A
T onnection T
.
idad
S
s
=of
g roup
a. tart c
to
of
g onnected
start
finish
= roup
.aor
f =Finish
aof
.g roup respect
.
connecti
series
to
with
change
for
spot
jconnection
.or
-=oumper
tT
bottom
-b
short
op
ottom
 B '
А
4 Т 5
o
13
r
y
ві 8 |

А Ј94
каО
L.
гос
В 19

B 21TB
О
б
C18 ъ
я
і а2
с
А S
23
1 6 сСC
T
24л
( В
3 2
Г

A
B С

Т. Т. Т.

Fig . 3-65 . 8 - pole , 3 -phase, series star connection diagram T-T

131
 A
ll А. 15
14
Wi 13 Ti
18
18
(13)
(16 ) 19
10 AL (19
Lan 22 2010
B19 BВ
211B
C18
22
T2
All ? T3
23 )
Lu
d

3 2
B
TI

ТT3 Tz

Fig . 3-66 . 8 - pole , 3 -phase , 2 -parallel star connection diagram T-T

132
 А LBL A
14 15
16
В 13
17
12 Т. / 18
4
19 :
A
10 AJ
гос
: BA9
21 ТВ
8

7
5 22 А

6 23
81
5 24
" В
4 2
3
А.
В с

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-67 . 8 -pole , 3 -phase , 4 -parallel star connection diagram T - T

133
 1
с В
A
A 15
14 16
13 C
В. 17
12 Ті B
A 18
4
191
16 (13)
Afto
20 С
В19

5. 21 YB
В
с 8
Т2 22
1 7 А

С 23
сc
5 24. ^
д В
3 2

T, Т. T

Fig . 3-68 . 8 - pole , 3 -phase , 8-parallel star connection diagram

134
 -

/
B A
14 15 16
13 Т.
17
12
18

a
A
19
10

2040
BA9
20
2
T6 Ts 21 YB
CY8

To 22 AI
17
C 23r
c,
lov
20
10
!
A

3 2
А
B с

Ta Tg Ty Tz Tz T , To To To

Fig . 3-69 . 8-pole , 3-phase, series or 2 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

135
 U
14 15
18

12 0
01
AT
IA T7 194
10

204C
BA9
To B
To 21VB
8
7
To 224 AT
Α )7 T3
2382
o
‫م‬T
5 24 ^
4
3 2
A
B7

To To Ts Ta Tz Ty To Tg T ,

Fig . 3-70 . 8 -pole , 3 - phase , 2- or 4 - parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T -T

136
 /
А.
с
LE
14 15
16
13
TE 17
12 L
18 L
11 AL 10

Te
19
10
22 19 16 13
20 AC
| BA 9 B
To 20 / TS 12 211B
8 (18 )
6 224A
7 Tz
76 23r
c
18
5 24Ba
C

1 .
3 2
r

A
B с

Ty To TS TATOT, TY TO TZ

Fig . 3-71 . 8 -pole , 3-phase , 4- or 8 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

137
 -

\
A
д 15
16
13
ТTi 17
12
8
| (8 )
/ 94
10

гос
В 19

8. 21 В
с Т8 5 (22 )
22.
1 T5 2920862963 ~ 12
А
В 23

5 24 л
д В
3 2 L
Г А
B C

Та таті

Fig . 3-72 . 8 -pole , 3 -phase , series delta connection diagram T-T

138
 B
С A
АГ 15
14 16 +
13 Т.

16 .
4
АО 191
A
L
20С
В19
21 YB
с 8
(24211815)
22
(2963) -T2
А)
23
6 B c|
24
5
46
A )
3 2
А 4
ВІ с

T, T, T

Fig . 3-73 . 8 - pole , 3 - phase , 2 - parallel delta connection diagram T - T

139
 N

/
А с .в A
14 15 16
13
в Іг Ті 17

с 18
/ 9 14
10 (8 )
СC гос
BA9

2ТҮВ
(24
с 8 (185)
22 . ТА
(12
T,
А) 7 Т;
23
— В
в Ү6
5 24л
1
6

д
3 2
А

A
в га

T3 T, T,

Fig . 3-74 . 8 -pole , 3 -phase , 4 -parallel delta connection diagram T - T

140
 -
B
с LB LA

1
14 15
B 13 16
Ті 17
12

o 16
1914
A
10 A

20. с
В 19
21 Yв
с Т8

2
(5 ) 22.
7 А
A Та
B 23
СC
24
5 ,
В
4
3 2
A 4
Гв р
f

T3 T, T,

Fig . 3-75 . 8 -pole , 3 -phase , 8-parallel delta connection diagram

141
 B
A
A
14 15 с

О,
13 16
12 . 17 B

с
18

10 19
L TA
с
19 20
Ti

21 ТВ
с Т8
TS
7 24 2005) 2. А
4 Ті -Т.
V

234
п

8 16
B
5
24

3 2.
A

A
в; с

T, T, T, T, T, TATA T, T,

Fig . 3-76 . 8 -pole , 3 -phase, series or 2 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

142
 B
А A
14 15
r

16

+
13 Ті 17
12 .
10
11 lo
19
10
TTE 2010
BA9 T

211B
C 8
(2421 Ts
221
Ti -Tz A
A >
o 23
11 Br B
5 24
4
3 2
A A
B с

TTTTTTTTT,

Fig . 3-77 . 8-pole , 3 -phase, 2- or 4 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

143
 +
—
с В
A
Г А. 14 15
Е T 16

-
13

-
»
в 12 17

-
18

-
19
По
To -Т4
20 1С
9 Т;
В
(І
ИН 21 ув
8 L

22 А )
Tz
7Т
6 В 23 , I
CС
81
24 .
5
В

E
-
5
.
A
3 2
A
B с

T 6 Т. 4 Т, в то тут,

Fig . 3-78 . 8 - pole , 3 -phase , 4- or 8 - parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads

144
 TABLE
3-13

P8- OLE 3-PHASE CONNECTION

-
T
TABLE

Figs
Diagrams
.(R-73-65
-66
eference
,3)Connection
-67
-72
-74
-75
-68
Phase Connections Leads

F1
si
>S4
SF7
-s10
F13
-FS22
F19 13
T,→ss16-519
7416
i10
22
Series S→T422
F1
si
=S4
|sF7
-sio
F13
F19
S19
T,→-F~s16
S322 arallel
10
16
p2-47113
22 S
-T422
→ 10
A
S4
F17F4
->si
F13 10
16
arallel
19
||$1siolls13
-Fs16
T→F19
SS22
9722
||$74p141641-57-513
S22
SS16
F13 19
16
||siolls13
|7F10
S4
F4
||F191F22
$FSi
8-p7arallel
F1 S4-57
→
-Fl10-513
22
16-319
→16
F134l
+-F7-510
F
S22
19

=5S3
-FS24
F21 s12
F99F12
S6-89
F1515
>S818-821
T2 3624
18
F3Series S
T5
→ 24

F3
-s3
F9
$156-59
||
s12
FF15
F21
→818-821
2p5315T2
-SS24
624
12
arallel
18 - 24
S→T512
B +:s4pS9
|F3
S6
F99
s12
-F$1F15
→S||F21
T2
S24
S21
815 18
ara
839624 lle
181
125l
36-5F12
ST5

145
F21
S24
||F24
F12
F9
S9
S6
F6
F3
S3
|F lle5l
18181
8-p1ara
S12
$2F15
518 -→ 3
+S
F 18
24
15
6-59
12
21
+5→624
F9-312
F
-S 3
15
18
21

Series F5
S5
F11
S58-511
S14
F17
820-823
820
> 214
-FS217
F23
S5
T3 →2
ST6
p73214
F5
8S5
||$1Fil
S14
-F$2F17
–5F23
T3
S2
8-811
arallel
20
0-
5-817 T6 S
- 2
S14
с F5
»S5
Fil
||Sii
$1S8
||s20
-T6>Fs14
F17
→SF23
13
S2 +372
2p4--SS8 arallel
820
14 20
214
5-311-317-52
F23
\F
S2
||F2 20
||$2F17
S20
18-p37arallel
14
F14
F11
sil
58
F8
F5
S5 →S52
+S
F14-517
-F 820-323
11
→ 14
-F
S 5-58
11
23
217-320

;cConnect
leads
line
,tT.T4onnect
32onnection
TyC:Yo65ogether
C41zo52onnection
.,T;:A
lead
line
to
together
S
s
g tart
a= roup
.of c → onnected
start
to
finish
gaor
= roup
.of
F
=f
of
g inish
.a roup .||=spot
connection
series
to
respect
with
change
for
bbottom
shortorop
ottom
tconnection
umper
-T-=.joop
 с
A
17 т , 18 19
16 20
75
2
14
А. 22
13
BY, 2 23 с
+
24 18
( (25 )

25 ТА
Avio

Оe 26/ с
B19
18 21ye

284
А,
29 .
в

04,

o
Фt

5
А
2
А А

T, T, T

Fig . 3-79 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase, series star connection diagram T-T

146
 1

с
А 17 18 19
8 16 20
15 Ti
21в .
к
22
13
23
12

с|| (28) 24лв

во 25 А
Ато а

26/ с
В 19

8 гв
28
7 A
29 ,
а
5 3л .
Ге 4 8 .
3 2
A

Та T,
Т. T,

Fig . 3-80 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase , 2 - parallel star connection diagram T - T

147
 1

\
с A
A
В 17 18 19
16 20
15 T,
21
14
гзүс і
22
13
ві12 28 22

с11
B. 24 Ав
25 ТА
HI АТО

9
26 с
B
в ,
-Т, 27 в
с 28
7 А
29
5 30
4 в
с 3 2
A А
B с

|
|

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-81 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase , 5 -parallel star connection diagram T-T

148
 -
* t
с
A А

p)
TB 17 18 19
16
20
15 TTi 21
A 22
4

13
(28 ) 25 (22) 19 13 23V с
12
24 і В
C411

25 fА
Ato
B. 26. с
в 19

8
5 12 27 в
с

(26
(29 28

6 с
5 30
д
3 2.
A

|
1

T3 Т2 т.

Fig . 3-82 . 10-pole , 3 -phase , 10 -parallel star connection diagram

149
 O LC 의
L 17 T 18 19
S 16 20
15
21 1
A
.
2
22
13 1
230
Br 12 TE
+ tti
24 AB

25 A
ΤΑΙ ΤΟ
To To
® 26C
9 0
0 To 0
0 Ts 0
7 6 0 278
0
0
T?
47 C 28 A
29
91

30
0

5
4 FB -
3 2 -
A -

T3TG Ta Ts T2 Tg Ty Tg Ti

Fig . 3-83 . 10 -pole , 3 - phase, series or 2 -parallel

star connection with 9 leads T-T

150
 -

-
/
7 * 18B쳤 A

Ito
17 19
16 20
15 T 21
LB
14 A
30 4 22
13
T7 Ta
3/12 23."
ම
(28 ) 22 96
HINC ( 11 24B
10
B 25 A
To Ts / 16
BA9
2610?
8 To Tz 2778
ins 8 7
T;
28
A
29
5 30.
3

4
mic

T3 To Ta Ts TaTg Ty Tg Ti

Fig . 3-84 . 10-pole , 3 - phase , 5- or 10 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads

151
 -
누t
с
A Јв А.
A
17 18 19
16 20
15
21
14
13
224
C
23V
{Biz 24 A B
-7
c॥
25 A
Alo
25
9 26 C
B (28)
8 (30 27/24/2018 1512X9X6X3 -T2 27B
28
7 B A
29
6
С.
5 30
C
4
3 2 BI
A AА.
B С

T3 T2 Ti

Fig . 3-85 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase, series delta connection diagram T-T

152
 —
-
Те

toyo
A
16
с
17 18 19
А,

20
о
15 TI 21
A
с 19
4
13 22
12
23 с

с. 24
( 26 )
25A
| Atio
L- . 9 26 , С
BA 30 27 24 ,2018
8 T3 151263 -Т, 27 В
7
28
B А
4

29
)6
г
5 30
Ofy
с

4
L
+

A. A
B

T3 T, T

Fig . 3-86 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase , 2 -parallel delta connection diagram T - T

153
 t -7

Se
A
17 18 en
19 15
16 Ті zi
A
13
0 22
0
0 23
24 AB
6
A 10 Po @ 200 25 A
2610

Q000
Hom
00

18 Tz -T₂270
B 287

A
e B
A

ТTz Tz T.
Fig . 3-87 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase , 5 - parallel delta connection diagram T-T

15
16
17
LB%
18

T
Die
ੀ
(6712
22

23
ਦ A 10
25 A

264C

Ts 20
2718
• Tz
B
A
OL

C
4
с

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-88 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase , 10-parallel delta connection diagram

154
 --
A
A 18
16 17 19
LO T 200
15
जब P/१०

IL
1

LA
AA 22

R
13
23
12
TE 2418
।।
2 Ti
9

25 /A
10
0
0

2640
BA9 TTo
2024200 152963 2718
815 T
B 28
7
29

--
७.

30

--
0

5
3 2
A

БЫЦЬТ, ТОТ, Т, Т,

Fig . 3-89 . 10 -pole , 3 - phase, series or 2 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

155
 --It
LA A

B
L 16 17 18 19
T,
20
15
21
ka
22
13 0
0 4
0 231
0
0
-To
2418
11
25
CH 10
30 2640
B19 27 Ts 2
2778
8
B

1
28M
4 A,
7

9
6 29
30
du

4 3 2

Tz To Ts TaTaTo To Ty Ti

Fig . 3-90 . 10 -pole , 3 -phase , 5- or 10 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads

156
 3-14
TABLE
-POLE
10 3- HASE
P CONNECTION
-
T
TABLE

.(R-81
Figs
Diagrams
),3Connection
-87
-70
-80
-82
-85
-86
-88
eference
Phase Connections Leads
Series si
»7322
SFl
»S4
$1F7
s10-
F13
F19
-FS16-519
F25
sS22-525
T
S28
16
i10
428 328
14
2-parallel Fl17416
si
S4
-F7
s10
F19
S16-519
||F16
F13
-822
→SF25
T1
»FS28
10
13
25
22
28 F13-
T4 528
A p5- arallel
8841/87
rs1
F134816
|F7
s161519
||$$1s10
FF19-822
-2822
F25
:;528 10
28
F1*54310-316-8223528
7F357
S4
F4
F1
$1S1
s10
$2F10
||
S22
F22
F19
S161819
||F16
F13
S28
||F28
F25 → 10
3
F4
+F
-S
F22
F16-319
F28
25
1
13
7
-parallel
10 19-522
25
28
F-S+→ 4-77-510
l13-516
14

Series S3
F324
F9
-86-89
F15
-s12-515
F21
+818-821
=FS24
→SF27
T2
830
6330
12
18
27 ™ 30
5T5
p2- arallel F327
S3
F9
-F86-59
F21
||818-821
F15
-s12-515
+SS24
T2
830
F275F30
F18
624
12
3 F15-
T5 830
12
F277
S27
S24
||FF21
-3181
F15
+|1*$830
3s12 24 915-
F30
-89-521
18 | 521-527
B p5- arallel F9
||S9
56 612
F3815
S3 +→524
-S30
6-512-518

157
830
F30
F27
S27
S24
F24
F21
S1811821
F151F18
S121815
||F12
F9
S9
S6
||F6
F3
S3 T -F+S+6930
12
15
18
21
24-527
3
p10
- arallel

Series F5317
S5
S8
sF11
=S14
$2$F17
F23
-FS26
→SF29
S2T3
11
14
826
20
520-
29 →2
S76
p
2- arallel S5
F5426
Fil
$188-811
F23
S20-823
||F20
F17
+s17
-S26
→SF29
T2
-FS2
29
8
5214
20 8* 217
F+T6

|SS5
38
$1F11
S14
F17
F57214
S2
F23
523 il
8
20
-F5201
F29
||S29
52626 →S5-311-917-523-529
5- arallel
p
+→ 82
-S 14
26
20

-parallel
10 $1720
S14
||F14
F11
58811
F8
F5
S5
F17
|F
F23
S201323
S2
F2
F29
||S29
S2626 S520
+→
S
-F
F2
23
26-329
8-311
14-317
→17
F
+5
-S20
2
5-58
11
23
14
26F29
1575675

;cConnect
leads
,line
.,tTT4 ogether
Tı3:YCo265onnect
onnection
lead
line
to
together
,T;Tu
. C:A
24o5zonnection
s
g S
a tart
=.ofroup or
start
to
agroup
of
finish
.connected
finish
of
g
.a roup connection
.spot
series
to
respect
with
change
for
11
tT op
ottom
umper
oop
-=connection
bottom
b
-j
short
.or
 t A19
t
e 20 21 22
e 23
i
t 18
T 24
25
16
26
B

13
160 27
14 o 19
220 28 A
25
13 28
31 29 C
IBV 12
30 AB으
ICAN B
o co 25
og 31 A
( 1o
0
oj dr
320

33
8
34
A
A 35
5 36 7 16
4
1

3 2
A А
X

T3 Tz Ti

Fig . 3-91 . 12 - pole , 3 - phase , series star connection diagram T-T

158
 21 22

Sexo
oh 26

O200
is A
27B

@@
28
A 13
29C
B
304 B
31
10
o -T2
ol T
st
Bole

T3 Tz Ti

Fig . 3-92 . 12 - pole , 3 - phase , 2 - parallel star connection diagram T - T

159
 в
LJ А )
20 21 2
/9
18 Ti 24
25
6 26
(25)
28 ) 27
га А
( 4 ) (22)
13
0 29fc
5 B
12 9
0 9
5 ) 4)о 30i
г
е лэг
з г ЗІ A
( о Ро
Та за
5

34
35

Т; Т. Т.

Fig . 3-93 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase , 3 -parallel star connection diagram T-T

160
 А
18
19
20

T,
21 22
23
Р
16
26
15 19
A 27
14
га А
13
В 29tc
о
б 30
B
B
31 A

Та T, 32,
35гр
8

c.
С
А

35
36
3

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-94 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase , 4 -parallel star connection diagram T-T

161
 —
20 2г 22
19
18
7 T,
I6
26
25 (19) 3 ) 27
28 22)
28
3 B
29 с
12
зогв
НФ
К О 3A
О
Н -Tz 32
Tz
29
а
с
34

36
L.
А
4.

Т. Т. 1,

Fig . 3-95 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase , 6 - parallel star connection diagram T-T

162
 ai 2
រ S

A T, 7
៦
|
6

8. 28
$
e 29 ] C
B 112
ចំ

SB
cil B
SA
dj

Allo
,

Tz . Tz 92
t
e

រា 4
ំ
9

8
A

Ty Ta T

Fig . 3-96 . 12 - pole , 3 - phase, 12 - parallel star connection diagram

163
 A tor
A
19
20 21
T,T,
22 t
(6 )
18

vာ
25
r

16
။
A. 100
26

T,
-T, 27
19
220 28A
Alis 25
280
31
291
2

+ 36

To 23
304B
37A
Alo T To
BA9
ံ 32

a ထ
. 36
35

T TT, T, T, TOT, T,

Fig . 3-97 . 12 - pole, 3-phase, series or 2 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

164
 19
12.
B! A
20 21 22
23
18 T,
25
a 16
26 d

Alis ភ ្ 27

28
ន
29Yc
12
ំ
CA11
® ®®®®
®
Ts B 3o4B

®l 3iA

®W®e
Io

-Tz
e, 8
33

cy 34
35
36
A

T, TOT, T, T, T, T. 1, Т.

Fig . 3-98 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase , 2- or 4 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

165
 L
a
BALS201321 : 422 ta
19 F
ws
Et 18 Ti 24
A
O
C

15
C / 14
28
A 13
28 (22)
bo
ns 29 C
B12 os
ICAN
B 301B
2 31 A
ia 10 To O
T2 320
8

35
Am

A B

T,,,,ТТ, ТАТЬТ,

Fig . 3-99 . 12-pole, 3 - phase , 3- or 6-parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T - T

166
 15
16
B!
18
19

16 (13)
с
20

Ti
21
BI

4
22
A

‫وانا اليه‬
23
24
**

25
26
9
To TA 27
(31 28 25 22 28 A
13
36 B 29 €
12
( 26 )
133
IB 301B
To 30 / T5
(32 ) 127 (12 31 A
10
24 / To
Tz · Ty 32
6
34
>

35
To

5 36 с
mana

-
-
1
1
ТъTT, ATT, T.T, T,

Fig . 3-100 . 12 -pole , 3 -phase, 6- or 12 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads

167
 AIC А.

O
20 21 22 23

GE
19
18 Ti
Y
-

16 23
Bi 26

6
15
C14
00 27
00
AL 13 28 A
90

BÝ 12 29 C
C !!! 30 (B)
31 A
A10 36330 27 24 2018 05 2063
-T,32 C
L - BOo ১১
c B 34
35
5
36
oro

T3 Tz Ti

Fig . 3-101 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase, series delta connection diagram T-T

168
 -
-
-7
21 22
23
24 ‫از‬

12
25
16
PAIS 26

00
2
27 8

99
00 0 A 5
28
А, 13
С
00 0 A

29
12

Chri 301B
10
36/33 30 27 24 27 31 / A

Tz -Tz 321
8512063 c
3388
- B
34
35

36

T3 Tz Ti

Fig . 3-102 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase , 2 -parallel delta connection diagram T - T

169
 -
20 21 22
19 23
Ti
25
16
26
15
B
271
14
A413 28 A

29
Biz
30
ical
36 33 3027 31 A
A10 (24 21 18 15
32 / C
850 To -T2 328
33
12X9X6X3 16
34
B

ТT3 T2 Ti

Fig . 3-103 . 12 - pole , 3 - phase , 3 - parallel delta connection diagram T - T

170
 -
-
-

в
20 21 22
19 23
18 T 24
4
25
16
26
с

А. фів
4
28
А 3

BY12
29 [ c
зорв П
CALI
36 33
3 fА
Afo 27242)
092 ST, 32 с.
• е
8
се

34

В 35

36
2
A

Tз Т. Т.

Fig . 3-104 . 12 -pole , 3 - phase , 4 -parallel delta connection diagram T - T

171
 TA

YO
Α.
20 21 22 C
19 23
18 Ti

25
16
B 26
8
A 271
14
A413 28 A

290
BY12

30AB
ichu 36 33
(3027 31 A
A110 2221
327
B2B TE Bu -Tz
2.9 33 )
Code 63 34
6 35
5 36
4 2
A 87 A

TT3 e Ti

Fig . 3-105 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase ,6 -parallel delta connection diagram T - T

172
 18
19
20 21

Ti
叫
23 16
24
25
公
26

A 281A
C
29

30AB
31
10
(18 )
32
-Tz
B

35
印

36

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-106 . 12 - pole , 3 -phase, 12 - parallel delta connection diagram

173
 A| c
20 2I
i9
78 T,
6 s

©
®
A

®
® 26A
®
i3 TTo
®

Bi2

®
3o4B
CIT /

®
®
SI
ATIo
-363392242 ) (8963) ® -T 32
8 19 ©© c
B 35)
34
35
36

TT TT TTTT T

Fig . 3-107 . 12 -pole , 3 - phase , series or 2 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T -T

174
 BA +
20 21 22
IC -,
19 23
18
T 24
A
25
16
266
lis

zrý €
28 A
13
To 29C
12

304B
10 TS 31 A

-Tz 3200
819 27 242) 63
33
68 B 34
A
ह।ै

L 5 36
4
mo

3 B
A
LE

T3 To Ts Ta Tz Ty To Tg Ti

Fig . 3-108 . 12 - pole , 3 - phase , 2- or 4 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

175
 A LB A
ej 19 20 21 22
23
18 T 24
16 25
26
15
27
14
28 A
A 13 TE
IBV12 2960
MTAA
30AB
ICANT
СC 31 A
36 33 , T5 85
lo
-T2 320
9
-24 21 T 3378
8
34
6 35
5 36
4
c

3 2
| А B А

T3 T6 TS TA TETE TOTOT,

Fig . 3-109 . 12 -pole , 3 -phase , 3- or 6 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

176
 A
20
19 T 23
18

16
25

ල්
26
15
гів
14

13
ඉම -Т .
28 1А

29fc
12

30. В
Неп 31A
110

-T2 32 , с
Ві» 8
33
B
не 6 35
36
3
А
1 В

T, T, T, T, T, TAT,

Fig . 3-110 . 12 - pole , 3-phase , 6- or 12 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads

177
 3-15
TABLE
-P12OLE 3-PHASE T-ONNECTION
CTABLE
-106
-104
-105
-101
-102
-103
-94
-93
-95
3Diagrams
),Figs
-92
-91
.Connection
(R-96
eference
Phase Connections Leads
-F34
si S34
F25
F31
S28-331
F13
P19
F7 28
s822-325
Ti13
16
22
•PS16-519
FFl
-34-37
510
i10
4
Series S→T 34
148→ 16-834
S34T
F34
F31
2-pS28-331
S22
-FF22
F25
SF13
F19
IS19
S16
F16 28
25
119
+→arallel
F1
SI
S44713
S10
F7F10
S34T
F34
F31
+SS28
S22 arallel
-FF22
F25
||$2F19
S16
F16
F13
3-pS101813
8F7
F1
SI
S4431
F10 28
5719
Ti 22-834
10
S-→14
S-+S25
113
A F31S34
T,*FF25
328-33
||F28
822-5
F19
161519
+F13
S10
F10
F7
-S5S4
Fl
siT4 34
16
722
4pF10-5
+S413aralle
1 25119-28 l +S+FF25
34
7-516
6-parallel S221525
si|F25
*7S28
1F31
934
931
28
-FS160819
+97
F1
84
F7
F13
S101513
F197722
434
16
10 S-→ 31
lºS7-313-319-325
14 S→ 4-310-316-822-328-334
S34
F311F34
1831
S28
||F28
F25
-pS22
12
$2s101413
| arallel
F1
7FSI
S4
F22
F19
161819
F16
F13
4571F10 F28-331
-FF16-319
22-325
S→S34
F10
13
14-57
F31
F834 25
13-516-19
+S-→ 28
122
4F7-510
S3→SF33
T2
S36
-F530
F21
F9
s12
F15336
=818-821
F27
-S24-927
3324
30
56-59
612
18
15
F3Series T5
S→ 36
S36T
F36
,F27F30
-S$2F21
FF15
-p2F33 S30
8181821
+S3
S6
F9
S12
F1824
27
9 T25S+→21
15
12
4633
F3arallel 3 S→T518-836
F33
T.
536
-F530-533
S24
F27
F21
||$2+818-821
F15
S121815
F3
*9S3
S6
F9
3pT279636 30
24
12
18
arallel 27
+5-S→315 Ts 36
S-→$1224
B F33
530-533
72
536
F30
-FF27
F15
F21
S8181821
||S24
s121815
F3
|S3
F9 18
27
F24 30
-+→S312-521
636
12
86-89
p4arallel SF-T5
→3627
9-818

178
536
12
F21 36
-F8181821
F33
5301533
F30
727
S241527
6p89
F3
|1s3
56
F9arallel
624
12
F15-718
S121315 S-→ 39-515-521-527533
12-818-324-30
S8-+→636
827 누릉
S36
F36
F331
1833
830
727 T. 33F36
SF24-327F30
18-821
9312
F-+F→615
- arallel
p12 |F30
S24
F24
F21
S181821
F18
F15
S121315
F12
F9
S9
S6
||F6
F3
S3 FS-+8→62433-336
274830
12
1518
3921
Series SF11 S20
S26
F26
F23
F29
-FS32
F5
+8S5
S8 тз
T,F35
+3S2 35
F17F20
S17
S14
F14 32
29 S→5
211
823 To S→ 2
T.
S2
F35
-FS32
F29
526-529
-SF26
F17
514-517
F23
S201323
+F1l
F5
$8S5 235
32
14
523
arallel
-811
2pS-→820 T. 2
-S→20
3
+
5S2
F23
F29
||S29
-FS26
2T3 F35
832-935
-$F17
F5
S5
F11
»||188-811 5-817-529
26
832
220
14arallel
3-p470-823 163→ 14-326-32
с T3
-F–SS2
S32
F35
F2910F32
S20
+F23
S26
||$2F17
58-811sF11
S14
|1S5 +F14
4pF-S+5T6
F5 2
14-823
32
35
11
29
26
20
arallel
523817
F52
13
F29
1829
-826
F35
F17
F23
S23
||
S20
F5
*s5
F11 26
32
S3211535
20
8arallel
||$1setsii
6p74214 3*+S→ 517-323-329-535
11
82
→S14-520-526832
5+3
6
FF14-517 26-329
11
28
520-323
8-+»→S32-535
F35
-pS32
$112
|FF17
fil F2
F29
S29
$3326
Selisil
||F8
F5
S5
S14 32
F231F26
S201323
F20 arallel
S25714 35
29
23-326
14
517-520
F+S-+ 112832
6
;c,Connect
leads
line
.,tTT4
ogether
Ty:YCo32onnect
65onnection
line
lead
.to
together
,T;Tz423o5A
Connection
tart
S•roup
gs.aof =croup
ag→
of
finish
or
start
.to
onnected
gof inish
afF=. roup connection
series
to
respect
change
with
for
I-s. pot
tTop
-jbbottom
short
or
connecti
umper
.T-T:ooop
ottom on
 -
23 24 25 26 27
22
21 T Ti

•g[
o 28
19
29
7
18
IO
។ 13

d
16
19 31

BA15
16
A| 22

28
Os 32
31

14
a n d 340
37
3B

13
o o l 42
36
B
34

12
- d p 24 35Jc
-|
3646

\ Alo
-T2 37)| A
38
39
។
c]
8
A
២

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-111 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase, series star connection diagram T-T

179
 A

24 뼱 25 26

to Ti 20
न

23
16
6 Jj

32 )
15

14
0 00 31
00 8 34A ,
10
AIS
35 c
12

l se
iclu
TTz -T_37 )
Io
14 C
39
40
:
g

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-112 . 14 -pole , 3 - phase , 2 -parallel star connection diagram T-T

180
 有
20 21
22
IB
Le
23 24 25 26
A

27
Ti 28
19
18
17 A
(37) (3 ) 25 ( 19 31
16
с
15 B 32
33 Y B
14
34
A.13
22 35 YC
iB 12 )
FF- 36 B
Tz Tz 37
lo А
38
3970
8

40 B

5 4
2 / 42
B
А

T3 Tz T,

Fig . 3-113 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase , 7 -parallel star connection diagram T-T

181
 **
22 23 24 25 26
। 27
20
19
Ti 28

A। 29
304
31 28 25 22 311A
16
32

14
3318
| 34 A
: Ai3

B 12 B 350
3648
T3 TTz 37
0

ជ
c

38
[

ា r
3
B
2
42

T3 Ta Ti

Fig . 3-114 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase , 14 -parallel star connection diagram

182
 l
de A 밟
24 25 26
22 23
Ti
2) .
20 이 28
481
A 100 29
와 Q13
168
AI
16 2255 3
02
B8
115 281 5 32.
33/8
14
4000
42 344A
AIIB 36
Toloon Ts 35 /c
812 B
3648
ICANT T8 7
37
100 ထို
9

39 ,
400
에
20

3
Tel.

T, T, T T, I, T, T. OT,

Fig . 3-115 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase, series or 2 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

183
 B
22 23 24 25 26
C 21 27
20 T, 15
28
20 e
AL 6 3 0 % on
To -TA 3/ A
14

16
BA15 40 37 34 31 28 25 22 3210

( 26 ) ВB 33 B
c / 14
34A
A413
TE 357C
112
3648
CANI
To Tz 37)LA
110 T;
* C
*

T, T64ЪТ, Т, Т, ТОТ,,

Fig . 3-116 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase , 7- or 14 -parallel

star connection diagram with 9 leads

184
 o 24 25 26
d is 22 3
27
1 9 0 T 28
4

云
。

。
17 [q
3 4
16
A 32 )
15

14 336
34AA1
1 | A13
35c
S312
36kg
I411 Q03092004 SC9363)
T; • Tz 37
lo A
B BE
9
sh 8 396
1
441
6
5
4
公
-

「 A
o

T TT

Fig . 3-117 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase , series delta connection diagram T -T

185
 -
-
-T
AS B А
25

0
22 23 24
21

0
20 Ti

0
19
ग

0
18 o
br

0
0
31 A
16 3

0
A
32
33 8
14
Al 13 34 A
35c
B112
11B l (42X39X36X33/ 30 27/24
HC 361B
lo Tz 2018 15.12063 -Tz 37
19
70
B
40
0
即

22

А B

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-118 . 14 -pole , 3 - phase , 2 - parallel delta connection diagram T-T

186
 22 25
21 26 27
20 28 os
lo d
A

17 A
31
16
3210
15
14 33 B

A 13 344 A 1
С.
12 42 35c
3646
24
10T -Tz 37 A
18 38
@

HH 12 B
391
6
40
41
42
3
,
T

T, T,

Fig . 3-119 . 14 - pole , 3 - phase , 7 -parallel delta connection diagram T-T

187
 ата Т

ОФ
23 24
22
21

ОФ
Ti
20

ео
29 с
ора |

фа
17

е
31
16 Фед
32
B 415
33
14

34А
А 13
35c
В 12
64 в
ве Ті 42 (39 (36 ) 27 24 2018 37
- Та 30
въ9 ( в B 39
с

са 40
а
1
6
5

T, T, T,

Fig . 3-120 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase , 14 -parallel delta connection diagram

188
 ADIBILA
22 23 24 25 26 27
21 T,

Ca
4. 20 28

p
29

30636/41
ase
17

16 o
3210

90
15

89
To -TA 3368
Hittarit To

98
3444
I A413

93
35
TB 12

OS
Tsi 36 AB
All
22393633 30 27124
10
Tz Tz 37)
384
Levering B 0
39
40
mo

L 5
L
А) в

Tg To TGTA TETE TATTI

Fig . 3-121 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase, series or 2 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads T-T

189
 අපි A
IC
23 24 23
22 26
21 TTi 27
20 28
19
29
18

@ @ 31
16
@ ම් 41 # 32
පි / i5
| bjid. ලේ මුල මගේ % % 33
tit,
% 34
13

12
$% 357c

56AB
10 ! lo
| 13 ඈ 571
Al
38l
c
B
tit: 39 |

5 42

A B

T, T. T, T, T, T, T T, T,

Fig . 3-122 . 14 -pole , 3 -phase , 7- or 14 -parallel

delta connection diagram with 9 leads

190
 3-16
TABLE
-POLE
14 3-PHASE T-CONNECTION
TABLE
.(R-114
Figs
Diagrams
-111
-112
-113
eference
3),Connection
-117
-118
-119
-120
Phase Connections Leads
S13
F1
SSi
-FS4
+F19F7
S10
$1F13
S16 10
94722
16 →si
Ty →940
T4
Series S34
-S25
S22
+8F25
S28
-FF31
F37
S37
S40 28
31
34
40

2-parallel S4616
F4
F1
SS1
S10
F10
-FF7
+8$1F13
||F22
F19 719
13 Tı F-→S122 F→1419-840
FF31S22
+8F25
-S28
+$2S40F37
S34-537 534
31
28
40
A
F19
F1
-Si
F7
||S7
+S4
F13
|1siolls13
+Fs16 819
22
416
10 I ,→S1-57-513-519-525-531-537
T
p7- arallel F25
S221525
F31
31
||$3S28
-FS34
F37
S40740
34
28 +S-→428
S40
10
34
16-522

- arallel
p14 7FF191F22
S4
F4
$1F10
s16
||F16
F13 309i7 11 -F+43→S7140
22-325
10-513
16-319
28-331
34-537
S28
F28
F25
825
|FS2211
$3F31
S34
S40
||F40
F371734 14 S8F→F37-340
-F
+3F25-828
7422
19
10
13-516
1
31

Series F15
F3
+S3
S6
-SF9
-FS12
F21
818-821
F18 624
12
15
9 T2 S→ 3 → 42
ST5
-SS24
S30
-F27F30
+FF33
F39
S39
S36
S42
27
33
36
42
- 618
F3
-S3
F9
S9
5S6
+FS12
F15
F211F24
818-821
12
15 F24
S→ 3
T2 42
21
SF-→T5
2-parallel S42
- 27
S24
SF27
S30
+$3F33
-FS36
F39 936
33
30
42
B

191
F21
S3
-21
F3
F9
S9
||$S6
+FS12
$1F15 24
58612
18 →3915-521-527-833-539
-S
p7- arallel ||$230
-S24
-FF27
F33
S301833
S42
F39F42
S361839
736 →56-512-518
+S
S42
24-30-536

-parallel
14 $1F21
S12
F12
F9
S9
s6
F6
F3
$2S3
||
18
||F18
|FF15 524
1 2
3
1 -SF++636
F42 12
15
339
18
24-527
21
30-833
9
29736
|FS24
F33
S33
830
F30
$3F27
536
S42
||F42
F39 F27530 39
33-336
+S-F→6924
342
18
12
15
21

F511
5S5
S8
F11
717
+S514-517
-FS20
F23
14
20
23
26
8 →5
ST3 →2
ST6
Series S26
-F29
S32
+SF35
+FS38
F41
S2
41
238
32
35
29
+ 820
F5
-FS5
F17
514-517
F14
F11
811
S8
||F26
F23
320-323 73 SF-→526 223
FS-»T6
2-parallel -F29
S32
SF35
+FS38
$2F41
41
232
6-529
35
38

p7- arallel S5
+ sil
|lF5
™S8
||$1F11
S14
-FF17
F23
S201323
726
14
20
8 +S-→ 35
41
5-311-317-523-529
F29
S29
+S26
F35
1835
-F832
F41
||S41
S38
S2 38
232 13 S-+5→ 388214-520-526-532
6
|l7sil
S8
F8
F5
$1S5
S14
||F14
|FF11
F17
F2311F26
S201323 20 F-F32-535
»+5→S5811 38-541
26-529
20-323
214-517
-parallel
14 ||$35
832
F32
F29
||S29
S26
S2
F2
F41
S381841
||F38
F35 F-SF29-532
26
35
23
+5→3841
25-58
14
17-520
11
6
T1
;cConnect
leads
line
.,t,TT4 ogether
:YCo635onnect
2onnection
;together
.:Alead
line
,Tto
Cz4u526onnection
agS=start
.of roup →
or
start
onnected
=croup
ag.to
of
finish
a inish
fgF=.ofroup connect
series
.1
with
to
respect
change
for
spot ion
bconnect
short
t-Top
bottom
-or
j.T-ooumper
op
ottom ion
 3-17
TABLE
-P16OLE 3-PHASE TABLE
CT-ONNECTION
Phase Connections Leads
Series F25
+SS22
F19819
S16
F510F13 28
25
22
7
+8F7F10
-S4413
F116
Si •1
ST 5+ 46
T4
S46
743-46
S40
+SF37
S37 40
-FF34
F31 S34
31
843
S28
F25
FS221525
+F19
+SS16
F13
Si -8$1F7
P84-87 28
22
19
16
413
*F1010 Ti 1
8+S→25 3→T4227846
p2-arallel 846
F43F46
S4043
F37F40
+SS34
S37
731F34
+831
S28
F25
+S221525
F19
+$1F13
Fs101813
SSI -F7F106-519
16
428
-FI722
S4 +S113-5254937
8Ti 46
10
S-»T422-534
A 4-parallel F43
846
S43
S40
FP4640
F37
1837
S34
-731
834
+S28
31
F28
F25
S221525
F19
S161819
+F13
FS101813
-F10
F116
Si 4722 E
||$7S4 S37-343
7-313-319-325
1
S-→ 31
p8- arallel S46
F431F46
S4011843
F37
S3740
-FF34
S34
F31
S2811831 46
40
22
16
10
434
S+-8→ 28
F28
F25
S221525
FS161819
F19
|F13
5101513
siF16
F7
S4S7 10
(fl422 +FF40
1To$-$ 46
43
722-925
S3F16-919 3287831F34-
F43977F10-
-parallel
16 S46
F43 46
40
|P34011843
F37
||S37
S34
F34
F31
S2811831 FS1S 46
43
37
40
31-334
22
25
19
13
10
l4F7
+-→628
F30
S24
F27
+SF21
F818-821
F1518
+512
-F9
56-59 27
612
F324
S3 5– 3
15 T2 S→T548
Series S48
F48
F45
S4245
42
39
+SF39
36
F836
3F33 33
S30
S241827
F27F30
F21
818-821
F+F15
+S1$F9
-3S6 15
12
924
6
F3218
S3 T2 →83-527 Tg 48
S→+ 24
p2- arallel 848
F45
+PS42
S45
F39
F536
3F33 48
42
36
33
+-530
-S39
F27F30
S241827
F21
818-821
+FF18
F15
S12I815
F9F12
+SS6
F39624
S3 - 3-515-827-839
5T2 36-848
24
12
8S*=>Tg
B p4- arallel 848
P45
F542 48
45
F39-442
36
-+S836
1839
-F33
S30-333
F27F30
S27
S241
F21
FS181821
F15
-+F9
+S3 18
S121815
S6IS9612
- 24
F3 8S+815 45
→ 333 21S27
939

192
p8- arallel 848
FF45
S42 548
+||$4F39
F42
1839
836
F33
S301833 36 48
36-842
S+-S18
→624-830
S12
S241827
F271F30
IP24
F21
F15
F12
F9
S6139
|F6
F3
S3 Iz
8181821
IF18
S121815 P3F+8-S»→36 18 45
397742
30-833
24-327
21
124815
6-99
348
-parallel
16 548
P45
54211845
7391742
(F1839
836 36
| 48
F33
8301833 +-PF39
SF72F9-812
*$»→64248
45
334836
427-930
21
15
18
3
3T3
F29
526-529
–-FF23
117-720
$21$
88-911 26
30-
4-
7532
911P14
55-88
35 S2
T6
Series S2 P47
-F+8S44
P41
P838
SF3547
244
38
35
+341
332
T3
+$F29
58261529
-P-FF23
138- 2117
!S5 20
732
826
* 4829
P5 1P14
4-
130- 16 S2
→S26
2-parallel S2
P2
P47
844
+SF41
44 47
838-841
735 35
FS32
- 38
*T2
–F29
8P8261829
F23»+7$2117
1F11P14
587811 -P 17-329-841
32
0-
41817
53820
F526
85 S26-838-
814
T6 82
с 4-parallel S2
P47
S47
-FS44
F411F44
S381841
F35
+S3238
+5235
F29
F3261929
+F23
S5PF17
S141817
F11F14
881811
*S81811
F5 41347 9
35
32
26
7-323-32
+*$S5
*52011823820
T.
p8- arallel S2P47
°F844
4+844
||$P41
8381841
+P7238
P35
S32N835 S2 44
32
SS20-826
838
+-8→14
7291F32
5261829
F26
F23
52011823
||F20
F17
$ 41817T
1fiilF14
881811
F581F8
S5 -+8P>F26
FS2P14 38
29
$» 84447
35
32
20-
17
211
3541
-parallel
16 S2
7471F2
9441847
P44
F411
S38841
F38
F35
S321835 PFF35
9*3+8F29
F17 247
38
32
26
23
14
841-944
S→720511
tleads
.,TT4
;clineonnect
Tz6oogether
Connect
:YC523onnection
line
to
lead
together
,T;line
Tu
. 2z54o:A
Connection
or of
atoroup
start
= onnected
→
c.gfinish
sgS-of roup
a. tart connection
series
to
respect
with
schange
-for
, 0pot
a:inish
gf.ofroup
connection
bshort
botton otton
-. ooumper
JT-ttor op
 TABLE

18 - POLE 3 - PHASE 1

Phase Connections

Series si F1 +F4 S4 - S7 F7 +F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 S16 +$19 F19 +F22 S22 -S25 F2
S28 +531 F31 >F34 S34-537 F37 -F40 S40 +S43 F43 -F46 S46 -S49 F49 F5
Si F1 +F4 S4 -S7 F7 *F10 $ 10- $ 13 F13 -F16 S16+919 F19+F22 S22+ 25 F2
2 - parallel $28-331 F31 >F34 S34-537 F37-F40 540-543 F43 +F46 S46-549 749775

3 -parallel Si S28
F1 -F4 54-57 F7 -F10 $ 10-$ 13 F13 -F16 s161 S19 F19+F22 $22 -S25 F2
+531 F31 -F34 S34 1837 F37 -F40 540-543 F43 -F46 S46-549 549 F5
А
si F1 F4 S4 -S7 F7| F10 10- 13 F13 -F16 S161819 F19+F22 S22 -S25 F2
6 - parallel S28 +531 F31 *F34 S34 S37 F37 -F40 540-543 F43 ||F46 S46-549 749-P5
si F1 -F4 S4 || 7 F7 -F10 S101 S13 F13 -F16 S161819 F19 -F22 S221525 F2
9-parallel $ 2811831 F31 -F34 S34 (1537 F37-F40 S401543 F43 +F46 846 1849 449 P5
si Fi |F4 S4S7 F7 | F10 S101813 F131F16 161 519 F19 || F22 S221525 F2
18 -parallel S28 || $31 F31 ||F34 S34 S37 F37 |F40 S401843 F43 ||F46 846 1849 F49175

Series
S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9+F12 S12 +515 F15 +F18 S18 + S21 F21 +F24 S24 -S27 F2
530-533 F33 -F36 S36-339 F39+F42 542-545 F45-F48 548–551 F51 -F5
S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9-F12 12 +S15 F15 +F18 S18+$21 F21 +F24 $24 +527 F2
2-parallel sa S30 -S33 F33 -F36 S36-539 F39 -F42 542-545 F45 +F48 548-551 F51 +F5
S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9+F12 S12 + S15 F15+F18 S181821 F21 +F24 $24 ™S27 F2
3 - parallel 530-533 F33 -F36 S36 S39 F39 -F42 542-545 F45+F48 548–551 F51 +F5
B

6 - parallel S3 S30
F3 F6 56-59 F9 | F12 s12+$ 15 F15+F18 S181821 F21 +F24 S24 +S27 F2
S33 F33-F36 S36 S39 F39+F42 S42 +S45 F45 || F48 548–551 F51 +F5

9 - parallel S3 S30
F3 - F6 S6 ||S9 F9 - F12 S121815 . F15 +F18 S181821 F21 -F24 S241827 F2
||S33 F33 +F36 S36 S39 F39-F42 S42 1845 F45+F48 S48 IS51 F51 +F5
S3 F3 ||F6 S6 IS9 F91F12 s121515 F15 ( F18 S181821 F21||F24 $24 1927 F2
18 - parallel S30 1933 F33 ( F36 536 1839 F39 F42 S42 1945 F45 || F48 548 | S51 F511F !
S5 F5-F8 S8+511 F11 F14 $14-517 F17 - F20 $20 +323 F23 F26 526-529
Series S32 -S35 F35 +F38 S38 S41 F41 +F44 S44 S47 F47 +F50 S50 -S53 F53 - F :

S5 F5+F8 S8+S11 F11 -F14 $ 14-517 F17 >F20 $20- $23 F23 +F26 S26 + $29
2 - parallel S32 -S35 F35+F38 S38 +S41 F41 +F44 S44-347 F47»F50 S50 - S53 F53 -F:
S5 F5 -F8 S8 +511 F11 F14 514-517 F17 -F20 S201323 F23 -F26 526-529
3 - parallel S32 -S35 F35 +F38 S381841 F41 +F44 S44 S47 747 >F50 S50 -S53 F53- F
с
S5 F57F8 S8 +$ 11 F11 || F14 $ 14 +517 F17 -F20 52011823 F23 -F26 526-529
6 - parallel S32 -S35 F35 +F38 $381841 F41 +F44 S44 +S47 74711F50 S50 -S53 F53 - F
S5 F5 +F8 S81311 F11 F14 S14 || $17 F17 -F20 S20 || $ 23 F23 -F26 5261829
9-parallel 55S32 || $ 35 F35 +F38 S38 ||$ 41 F41 F44 S441847 747 F50 S501953 F53 -F
S5 F5 || F8 S81311 F11 ||F14 S14 || $ 17 F17 || F20 S201323 F231F26 $ 261S29
18-parallel S32 || $ 35 F351F38 S381841 F41 || F44 S44 | 547 747 || F50 S501553 753|| F
Y Connection : Connect T1 , T2 , Tz , to line leads ; connect T4 , T5 , T6 , together .
A Connection : Tì , 16 together to line lead ; T2 , T4 together to line lead ; T3 , T5 t
S = start of a group .
F • finish of a group .
T-T = Top - to - top or bottom - to -bottom or short -jumper connection .
193
 3-18
-T CONNECTION TABLE
Leads

5+F28 ? * si 14 → S52
2 S52

51F28 Ty - Sl >F28 T4 → F25-552

2 552

5-F28 Ti → S1 +S19-S37 T4 → S16-8347852

2 S52

5 || F28 Ti → S1 »F10 - S19 - F28-537 - F46 14 → F7 -S16 -F25-S34 »F43-552

2 S52
5 +F28 T → S1-57-513-319-325-331-337 S43 +S49
2 S52 T
4 → S4 -S10-S16-S22-528-534-540 -S46 -S52
5 || F28 I, → S1 > F4 +57 -F10-513 -F16-319-F22-825 -F28-331-F34-537 -F40 - S43-F46 + S49 F52
2 S52 T4 → F1 +S4 -F7-510 - F13 -S16 -F19 +522 F25 - S28 +F31-334 -F37-540 -F43 + S46 -F49 +852
7 - F30
4 S54 T2 ~ 33 T5 → S54

711F30 T2 + S3 >F30 T5 → F27 - S54

14 S54
17 +F30 T2 → S3 - S211839
54 S54 T5 → 818-836-554

27 | F30 → S3 +F12 -S21 F30 3397748 T5 → F9 - S18 - F27 - S36 »F45 = 854
54 S54
27F30 T , → S3 +S9 + 515-521-527-533 +339 +S45 -S51
54 S54 → 56-512 -S18 +S24-330-336-542-548-554

27 ||F30 T , → S3 +F6 -S9 F12 -S15 -F18 +S21 F24-527 F30-833 -F36-539 >F42 -S45 +F48-951 F54
54 S54 Ta
5 → F3 - S6 -F9 +812 -F15 +518 -F21 +S24 -F274830 -F33-536 -F39 + S42 » F45-548 F51-554
F29 -F32 T3 → S5 To → S2
2 S2

F29 || F32 T3 → S5+F32 To → F29-S2

2 S2

F29 -F32 T3 → 85-823 -S41 T6 → S20-538 - S2

? S2

F29| F32 T3 → S5 >F14-523 F32 + S41 >F50 To → Fll -S20 - F29-538 F47 -S2
2 S2

F29 -F32 T , + 55 +911 +517-323-329-335-541-547-553

2 S2 6 → S8 + 514-520-526-532 -S38 +S44 -S50 - S2
F29 ||F32 T2 → S5 +F8 +811 +F14-517 -F20-323 -F26 + S29 +F32 - S35 +F38 + S41 +F44 +S47 - F50 -S53 - F2
2 S2 → F5-58 -F11-514 -F17-320 F23-826 -F29-332 F35 - S38 F41-844-747-350 - F53 + 52

ogether to line lead .

= connected to start or finish of a group .
II = spot for change with respect to series connection ,
L

1
358

1+

10
 TABLE 3-1

20 - POLE 3 - PHASE T -T

Phase Connections

Series Si F1 -F4 S4 + S7 F7F10 S10 -S13 F13 +F16 S16 + 819 F19-F22 822-325 F2571
F37 -F40 540-543 F43 +F46 S46-549 549 F52 S52-555 F55 +F58 858
si F1 -F4 S4 -S7 F7 -F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 S16-519 F19+F22 S22 -S25 F2571
2 -parallel F37 -F40 S40+S43 F43 -F46 S46-549 F49 -F52 S52 -S55 F55+F58 558
si F1 -F4 54-57 F7 -F10 $10-$13 F131F16 S16-519 F19 +F22 522 -S25 F2571
4 -parallel F37 + F40 S40 +S43 F431 F46 S46 +S49 749 F52 S52-555 F55 +F58 558
A si F1 +F4 S4 -S7 F7 -F10 S101813 F13 -F16 S16 +$ 19 F19 +F22 S221525 F257
5 - parallel F37 →F40 S40+S43 F43 -F46 5461849 F49 F52 S52 S55 F55 + F58 558

10 -parallel Si F1 +F4 S4 || $ 7 F7 -F10 $ 10 || $ 13 F13 +F16 S1611819 F19 - F22 S221 $ 25 F25
F37 -F40 S40 || $ 43 F43 -F46 S461849 749 + F52 S521855 F55+F58 558

si F1 | F4 S4 || S7 F7 | F10 10 || 13 F13 F16 S161819 F19 ||F22 S221525 F251

20 - parallel F37 ||F40 S4011843 F431F46 S461849 F491F52 S52 ||$ 55 F55 ||F58 858

Series S3 F3 +F6 56-59 F9 -F12 S12 515 F15 +F18 S18 +S21 F21 -F24 $ 24 - S27 F274
F39»F42 542 +S45 F45+F48 548 +351 F51 + F54 S54-557 F57-F60 S60
S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9-F12 S12 -S15 F15 +F18 S18-521 F21 -F24 S24 -S27 F273
2 - parallel F39-F42 S42 -S45 F45-F48 S48-S51 F51 >F54 S54-557 F57F60 S60
S3 F3 -F6 S6 -S9 F9-F12 S12 -S15 F151F18 S18-521 F21 -F24 S24 - S27 F27:
4 - parallel F39F42 S42 -S45 F45 || F48 48-551 F51 - F54 S54-557 F57 -F60 S60
B S3 F3 -F6 56 S9 F9-F12 5121815 F15 +F18 S18 + 821 F21 -F24 S24 IS27 F27:
5 - parallel F39F42 S42 +S45 F45-F48 S481 551 F51 -F54 S54 S57 F57F60 S60

10 -parallel S3 F3 -F6 S6 ||S9 F9 +F12 S12 |1815 F15 - F18 S181821 F21 -F24 S241827 F27
F39F42 542 || $45 F45 - F48 S481851 F51 >F54 S54 S57 F57 °F60 S60

20-parallel S3 F31F6 561159 F91F12 s12 || $ 15 F151F18 S181821 F21 ||F24 S241 527 727
F39 | F42 S42 || $45 F45 ||F48 S481851 F51 ||F54 S5411 S57 F57||F60 S60

Series S5 F5 +F8 S8 +S11 F11 ™F14 $ 14 +517 F17 -F20 S20 -S23 F23 -F26 526-529 P
F41 -F44 S44 S47 747 -F50 S50 -S53 F53 -F56 S56 -S59 F59 -F2 S2
S5 F5 -F8 S8+811 Fil -F14 S14-517 F17 -F20 320-323 F23 - F26 526 +S29 F
2 -parallel F41 >F44 S44 +S47 747 -F50 S50 -S53 F53 -F56 556 -S59 59 +F2 S2
S5 F5 +F8 S8 +511 F11 >F14 S14 S17 F171F20 320-323 F23 - F26 526-529 F
4 -parallel F41 +F44 844 + S47 F47 || F50 S50 -S53 F53F56 $56 359 F59-F2 S2
с S5 F5 -F8 S8 +511 Fil -F14 $ 141817 F17 -F20 $20 -S23 F23 -F26 S26 || S29 F
5 -parallel F41 >F44 544-347 747 -F50 S500 853 F53 -F56 S56 -S59 € 59 -F2 S2
S5 F5 -F8 5811811 F11 ™F14 S14 || $ 17 F17 -F20 52011823 F23 -F26 8261 S29 F
10 - parallel F41 +F44 $44 || $47 747 F50 S501853 F53 +F56 5561959 F59 -F2 S2

20 - parallel S5 F41||F44
F5 | F8 S811811 F11 ||F14 S14 || $ 17 F171F20 S201323 F23 || F26 5261 S29 I
S44 || $47 7471F50 S501853 F53||F56 S561559 F59 ||F2 S2

Y Connection :
Connect T1 , T2 , T3 , to line leads ; connect T4, T5 , T6, together .
A Connection :
Ti . To together to line lead ; T2 , T4 together to line lead ; Tz , T5 to
S - start of a group .
F - finish of a group .
T- T Top - to - top or bottom- to -bottom or short - jumper connection .

195
-19
I CONNECTION TABLE
F28 S28 + 331 F31 + F34 334-337
F28 S2811 S31 F31 -F34 334-337
F28 S281 831 F31 >F34 S34-537
F28 328-331 F31 >F34 S3411 837
F28 S281831 F315F34 S341837
F28 S28 || $ 31 F31 ||F34 S341837
F30 S30 S33 F33 +F36 S36-539
F30 S301833 F33 -F36 S36 -S39
F30 S301833 F33 -F36 536–539
F30 530-533 F33 +F36 S361839
F30 S301833 F33 - F36 S361 839
F30 S301833 F33 ||F36 S361839
9+F32 S32 -S35 F35 + F38 S38+S41
9+F32 S321835 F35 +F38 38+S41
9 +F32 S3211535 F35 +F38 838 +S41
9-F32 S32 -S35 F35+F38 S381841
9 +F32 S321835 F35 + F38 S381841
91F32 S321835 F35 || F38 $381841
ther to line lead .
→ = connected to start or finish of a group .
- spot for change with respect to series connection .
Leads
71 → si TA → S58
Tı → S1-531 T4 → S28+358
Ti → Sl F16-331 > F46 T4 + F13 - S28 > F43 -S58
T, + S1-513-925 -S37 +S49
→ $ 10 - S22-534 +S46 - S58
T, → S1-57-513-319 - S25 +531-537-543 +S49-555
T → S4 -S10 -S16 -S22 S28 +834-540 -S46 -S52 S58
4
Ti → S1 -F4-97 -F10 -S13=F16-519 -F22 - S 25 -F28-531
Fo F34-537 - F40 - S43 - F46 S49 F52 - S55 + F58
x→ F1 - S4 - F7-810 -F13-516 - F19-522 - F25 - S28 F31
S34 - F37 + S40 + F43 + S46 F49 + 852 - F55 - S58
T2 → S3 T5 → S60
T2 → S3 +833 T5 + 530 -S60
T2 → S3 F18-833 -F48 T5 → F15 - S30 F45 + S60
T , + S3 + 15 +527-839-551
→ S12 S24-536 +S48-560
T , → S3 + 59 -S15 - S21 + 527-833-539-545-551-557
+ 86-512-518 + S24 - S30 +S36 + S42 S48 +354-560
12 → 53 - F6 +39 -F12 -S15 F18 +S21 F24-527 F30 -S33 +
F36-539 - F42 +S45 + F48-951 F54-557 - F60
T5 → F3 + 56 + F9 + 12 +F15 +S18 F21 + S24 F27-330 -F33 +
S36 -F39 + S42 + F45 +S48 - F51 + 354-57-560
T3 → S5 T6 → S2
T3 → S5-835 T6 → S32 -S2
T3 → S5 - F20 - S35 - F50 To → F17 - S32 > F47 - S2
13 → S5 -S17-329-841 - S53
→ 514-526-538 550 S2
Iz → S5 -S11-517-523-S29-S35 +S41 +S47 -S53 *859
6 → S8 +514-520-526-532 - S38 +S44 - S50 - S56 - S2
T3 → S5 - F8-S11 F14-817 F20 -S23 F26 -S29 -F32 - S35
F38 + S41F44 S47 » F50 + 353 - F56-559 F2
T6 → F5-58-F11 -S14 F17 -S20-F237S267F29-532 -F357
S38 +F41 +S44 +F47 -S50+F53-556 F59-S2
A
 TABL

22 - POLE 3 - PHASE

Phase Connections

Series Si F1 -F4 S4 +57 F7 -F10 s10 -S13 F13 -F16 S16 +S19 F19+F22 S22 +525 1
F37 - F40 S40 +S43 F43 *F46 S46-549 549+F52 552 +855 F55 +F58 S58

2 - parallel Si F1 -F4 S4 +57 F7 -F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 16 +819 F19 +F22 S22 +S25 1
F37»F40 540-543 F43 *F46 546 + S49 F49 » F52 S52 355 F55 -F58 S5871
A
si F1 F4 S4 ||S7 F7 -F10 S10S13 F13 -F16 S161819 F19+F22 S221525 1
11 -parallel
F37 -F40 S40 || $ 43 F43 +F46 846 1849 F49-F52 S521855 F55+F58 S581 :

22 - parallel si F1 |F4 S4 IST F7 ||F10 S10 IS13 F131F16 S161819 F191 F22 S221525 1
F37 | F40 S4011843 F43 1F46 846 1849 F49 ||F52 S52 1855 F55 || F58 S58115

Series S3 F3 +F6 56-59 F9+F12 S12 S15 F15+F18 818-821 F21 + F24 S24 +527 i
F39 -F42 S42 +S45 F45 +F48 S48 851 F51 +F54 S54-857 F57 - F60 S60 +

2 -parallel S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9-F12 512-$15 F15+F18 518 +S21 F21 +F24 $24 +527 I
F39+F42 S42 S45 F45 »F48 S48 + 851 F51 +F54 S54 +857 F57 -F60 S60 +
B
11 - parallel S3 F3 -F6 S6 ||S9 F9+F12 S12I815 F15+F18 S181821 F21 -F24 S241327 I
F39-F42 S421 $45 F45+F48 S481851 F51 - F54 554 1857 F57 -F60 S60115

S3 F3 |F6 S6 || S9 F9 || F12 S12 || $ 15 F151F18 S181821 F211F24 S24 1827 I

22 - parallel
F39 || F42 S4211845 F45 (F48 S481851 F51 ||F54 S54 1957 F57 / F60 S60118

Series S5 F5 +F8 $8-811 F11 F14 S14 -S17 F17-F20 S201323 F23 + F26 826 +S29
F41 +F44 S44 S47 747 -F50 S50 -S53 753 +F56 S56 + 359 F59F62 56278

2 -parallel S5 F5 +F8 S8 +$ 11 F11 ™F14 S14 +517 F17 -F20 320-323 F23 +F26 526 +S29
F41 -F44 544 +S47 747 -F50 S50-S53 F53 -F56 S56 +359 F59 ™F62 S62 +
с
S5 F5 -F8 881811 F11 ™F14 S141917 F17»F20 52011823 F23 +F26 S26 || S29
11 -parallel F41 +F44 544 || $ 47 F47 -F50 S5011 S53 F53 +F56 S56 1559 F59 -F62 56208

S5 F5 | f8 38 || $ ll F11 ||F14 $141817 F171 F20 52011823 F23 || F26 5261829

22 -parallel F411F44 844 || $ 47 7471F50 S5011 S53 F53 ||F56 S56 1959 F59 |1762 562115

Y Connection : Connect Tz , T2 , T3, to line leads ; connect T4, T5 , T6 , together .

1
Connection : T1 , To together to line lead ; T2 , T4 together to line lead ; Tz , T5
S = start of a group .
F = finish of a group .
T- T = Top - to - top or bottom - to - bottom or short - jumper connection .

197
| 3-20

T -T CONNECTION TABLE

Leads

25 +F28 S28 +531 F31 -F34 S34-537 Ty → si T4 → 964

61 F61 >F64 S64

25 +F28 S28+831 F311 F34 S34-537 Ty → Sl »F34 TA → F31 +564

61 F61 +F64 S64

25+F28 S281831 F31 -F34 S341837 → S1-57-513-519-525-531-537-543-549 +855 + 561

61 F61 -F64 S64 → S4 + $ 10 +516-522 -S28 + 534 + S40 - S46 - S52-558-564

25 F28 S281831 F311 F34 S341837

Ti → F34-537
S1 -F4-37-F10-S13= F16-519 -F22-825 -F28-531
- F40 - S43-746-549 - F52-555 - F58-561 - F64
61 F61 || F64 S64 T4 + S34
F1 +S4 =F7= 910 -F13-S16 -F19-S22 -F25-S28 -F31
-F37-340-443 - S46 - F49-552 - F55 + 358 + F61-564

27 -F30 530-533 F33 -F36 536–539 T2 → S2 T5 → 566

63 763 +F66 866

27 +F30 530-533 F331F36 S36-539 T2 → S3 -F36 T5 → F33 -S66

63 F63 -F66 S66

27 +F30 S3011 S33 F33 -F36 S361839 → S3-59-515-521-527-533-539 +S45 +351 +357 +563
63 F63 -F66 966 → 56-512-518 + S24 -S30 - S36 + S42 + S48 + 354 +360 +566

271 F30 83011333 F331F36 536 ||S39 T2 + F36-539

S3 F6 - S9-F12-515 F18-821-F24 - S27 F30-8337
- F42 + S45 + F48 + 5511F54-557 -F60 + 963 +F66
63 F631F66 866 Is + F3 + 56 + F9-512 F15 - S18 F21 + 524 -F27 + 530 - F33 +
S36 - F39 +S42 -F45 + S48 - F51 + 354 -F57-560 - F63 + 566

F29> F32 S32 -S35 F35-F38 S38-941 T3 + $5

65 F65 F2 S2
T6 → S2

F29 -F32 S32 -S35 F35|| F38 838-841 T3 → S5-F38 To → F35-S2

55 F65+F2 S2

F29 - F32 S321835 F35 +F38 S381841 T. → S5 + 911 + 517-323-329-535-541-547 - S53 + 559 + 565
55 F65 -F2 S2 16 → 58 +514-520-526-532-538 + S44 + $ 50-556 - S62 -S2

F291F32 S321835 F35 | F38 S3811841 T3 + F38

55-58-811- F14-517 -F20 -S23 -F26-529- F32- S357
+ S41 F44-547 -F50 + 353 F56 + $59 F62 -S65 +F2
35 F651 F2 S2
T6 + S38
F5-58 -F11 -S14 -F17 -S20 -F23 -S26 -F29-532 -F357
-F41 +S44 - F47-550 - F53-556 -F59 + 562 - F65 -S2

'gether to line lead .

+ = connected to start or finish of a group .
|| = spot for change with respect to series connection .
 TABLE
24 - POLE 3 - PHASE
Phase Connections
Series Si F1 +F4 S4 -S7 F7 -F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 S16 +819 F19 +F22 S22 -S25 F25 -F28 S28+831
S46 +S49 749 -F52 852-555 F55 +F58 S58 861 F61+F64 S64 - S67 F67 -F70 570
2 -parallel Si S46
F1 -F4 84-87 F7 >F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 S16 +$19 F19+F22 S22 -S25 F25 -F28
+ S49 F49 -F52 S52 S55 F55 +F58 558 S61 F61 -F64 S64 +567 F67 - F70 870
S28+831

3 -parallel Si 846
F1 -F4 S4 +S7 F7F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 S16+819 F19+F22 S22 || $ 25 F25+F28
1849 F49 + F52 S52-555 F55 +F58 558 -S61 F61 +F64 564 +367 F67 -F70 870
S28 +831

4 -parallel Si F1 +F4 S4 + 57 F7-F10 510 -S13 F13 -F16 S160819 F19+F22 S22 +S25 F25 -F28 S28-331
S46 +S49 F49 F52 S52|1 S55 F55 +F58 S58 861 F61-F64 564-567 F67 - F70 S70
A
6-parallel Si S46
F1 +F4 S4 -S7 F7 -F10 S10 || 13 F13 +F16 S16 +S19 F19 F22 S2211 S25 F25-F28
|| S49 749+F52 852-555 F55 -F58 858 || $61 F61 +F64 564-567 F67 -F70 S70
S28+831

Si F1+ F4 S4 →S7 F7 ||F10 s10 +513 F13 -F16 s1611519 F19 + F22 S22 - S25 F25 F28 S28 + 531
8-parallel S46 S49 549 +F52 S521 555 F55 - F58 358 +361 F61 : F64 S64 -S67 F67 -F70 S70
12 - parallel SIS46
F1+F4 S4|| $ 7 F7 -F10 S1011S13 F13 -F16 S1611519 F19 +F22 S221525 F25 -F28 S281531
||549 449 %F52 S52 || $ 55 F55 +F58 S581861 F61 -F64 S64 |1567 F67 -F70 870

24 -parallel Si S461949
Fl | F4 S4187 F7 || F10 8101 813 713|| F16 816 || 819 F19 ||F22 S22 |1825 F25 ||F28 328 || 31
F491F52 8521855 F551 F58 858||$61 F61 ||F64 S64 |1567 F671F70 S70

Series S3 F3 -F6 56 +39 F9+F12 S12 +515 F15+F18 818-821 F21 +F24 S24 - S27 F27 -F30 530-533
S48 +851 F51 + P54 S54 +557 757 -F60 560-563 F63 +F66 S66 +569 F69 +F72 872
2 -parallel S3 S48+351
F3 -F6 56-59 F9 +F12 812-815 F15+F18 S18+S21 F21 + F24 S24 -S27 F27 -F30 530-533
F51 -F54 554 + $ 57 F57F60 S60+S63 F63 -F66 $66 +569 F69 -F72 572
3 -parallel S3 F3 +F6 S6 + 39 F9 +F12 S12+815 F15 +F18 S18 +821 F21 +F24 S24 |1S27 F27 -F30 530-533
S48 ||$51 F51+F54 S54-557 F57 =F60 560-563 F63 -F66 S66-369 F69 -F72 872
4-parallel S3 S48-
F3 -F6 S6 +S9 F9+F12 812 + 515 F15 +F18 31811821 F21 +F24 S24 +527 727 -F30 530-533
$ 51 F51 + F54 S54 || 57 F57 -P60 S60 S63 F63 -F66 S66-369 F69 F72 872
B 6 -parallel S3 F3 -F6 56 -S9 F9+F12 S121815 F15+F18 818-821 F21 + F24 S24 || $ 27 F27+F30 830 +533
S48 || 51 F51 -F54 S54 + 857 F57F60 S60 || 563 F63 -F66 566-369 F69-772 872
8-parallel S3 F3 +F6 S6 +S9 F9 || F12 S12 +S15 F15+F18 8181821 F21 +F24 S24 +S27 F27 ||F30 530-533
S48-S51 F51 + F54 S54 /1957 F57 -F60 S60 + S63 F63 ||F66 S66-369 F69 -F72 572
12 -parallel S3S481851
F3-F6 S6 || S9 F9 - F12 S12|1815 F152F18 S181821 F21 -F24 S24 ||$ 27 F27 -F30 S301833
F51 -F54 S54 || $ 57 F57 -F60 5601563 F63 -F66 S66 |1569 F69+F72 872

24 -parallel S3 F3 ||F6 56189 F9||F12 s12 ||$ 15 F15 ||F18 8181821 F21 ||F24 S24 | S27 F27 ||F30 S301933
S48|| $ 51 F51 ||F54 S54 ||S57 F571F60 S60 || $63 F63 ||F66 S66 11569 F690F72 572

Series S5 F5 +F8 S8 +511 F11 -F14 S14 +517 F17-F20 $20 -S23 F23-F26 S26 +$29 F29 F32 33275
F47 »F50 S50 -S53 F53 +F56 S56 -S59 F59-F62 562 -S65 F65-F68 568-871 F71 +F2 S2
S5 F5 -F8 S8 +511 F11 F14 S14 S17 F17 -F20 S20 -S23 F231F26 526 +S29 F29-F32 S32 -S
2 -parallel F47 -F50 S50-S53 F531F56 S56-859 759 -F62 S62 -S65 765 +F68 568-871 F71 -F2 S2
3 - parallel S5 F47
F5 +F8 S8 +511 F11 -F14 514-517 F17 -F20 S20 +S23 F23 -F26 526 || S29 F29 -F32 $32 +!
- F50 S5011853 F53 + F56 S56 +359 F59 + F62 562 -S65 765 + F68 568 +971 471 - F2 S2
S5 F5 +F8 S8 + 511 F11 F14 S14 + 817 F17 -F20 S201323 F23 - F26 S26 +S29 F29 +F32 S32
4 -parallel F47 -F50 S50 - S53 F53 +F56 856 1859 F59 -F62 S62 - S65 765-F68 868-571 F71 -F2 S2
с S5 F5 +F8 58-511 F11 F14 3141917 F17F20 520 +323 F23 -F26 526 1529 F29 +F32 S32 + ;
6-parallel F47 +F50 S50 |1853 F53 +F56 S56 - S59 F59F62 562 || 65 F65 +F68 568-871 F71 -F2 S2

8 -parallel S5 F5 -F8 58-511 F11 ||F14 S14 +S17 F17 -F20 52011823 F23 -F26 S26 +S29 F29 || F32 S32 +1
F47 || F50 S50 + 853 F53 -F56 556 || $ 59 F59-F62 562 -S65 F651F68 568 + 871 F71 -F2 S2
S5 F5 + F8 5811811 F11 F14 814 || $ 17 F17 -F20 S201323 F23 -F26 826 1829 F29 - F32 S3211;
12-parallel F47 - F50 S50 || $ 53 F53 -F56 S56 || $59 F59 -F62 562|1565 F65-F68 868 || $71 F71 -F2 S2

24 -parallel S5 F471F50
F51F8 581 $11 F11 ||F14 S14 |1817 F17 | F20 $20 || 823 F23 ||F26 826 1829 F29 ||F32 32 ||
85011553 753||F56 S561559 F59|| F62 562 || $ 65 F65 || F68 56811871 F71 | F2 S2

Y Connection : Connect Ti , T2, Tz, to line leads ; connect T4 , T5 , T6 , together .

A Connection : Tz , To together to line lead ; T2 , T4 together to line lead ; Tz , T5 together to 11
S = start of a group .
F = finish of a group .
T-T = Top - to - top or bottom - to - bottom or short - jumper connection .
199
BLE 3-21
T - T CONNECTION TABLE
Leads

831 F31 - F34 S34-837 F37 -F40 S40-843 F43-46 Ti si T4 – 870

831 F31 -F34 S3411 $37 F37-F40 S40 S43 P43 -F46 Ti - sl -S37 T4 → S34-870

$31 F31 -F34 S34-537 F37 > P40 S40 +843 F431F46 T, → S1 + S25- 49 T4 → S22 + S46 - S70

531 F31 - F34 S3411837 F37 -F40 S40-843 F43 -F46 Ti - S1-519-837-855 T4 → 516-334 -S52 + 370
531 F31 -F34 3341837 F37 -F40 S40 S43 F43 -F46 T, → S1-513-825 -S37-549-561
T + S10 -S22 + 534 +S46 - S58-570
531 F31 >F34 3341837 F37 +F40 S40 +S43 F431F46T, → S1 -F10-519 -F28-537 - F46-555 - F64
→ F7-516-F25-334 -F43-552 -F61 -S70
531 F31 +F34 S34|| $ 37 F37 -F40 S4011543 F43-746 T → S1+ S7-313-319 +525 +531 + $37-343-349-555-561-567
T → S4 -S10 -S16 -S22 - S28 + 834 + S40 +S46 - S52 S58-564-870
11 → S1 -P4-37 -F10 -S13 -F16-319 -F22-325 -F28 +S31 F34-537
831 F31 | F34 S34 || 837 F371F40 $401543 F431746 F40 +S43-46-549 +F52-555 -F58 S61F64 +S67-F70
TA → Fl + S4 -F7-510 - F13 +916 -F19 - S22 -F25 +S28 F31S34 F377
S40 + F43 S46 F49 +852 +F55 + 358 + F61+ S64 -F67 +370
333 F33 -F36 S36-539 F39 -F42 S42 > S45 F45-F48 T2 → S3 T5 + 572

333 F33 -F36 836 1839 F39 - F42 S42 +S45 F45-F48 T2 > S3 -S39 T5 → S36-872

333 F33 - F36 S36-839 F39-F42 S42 + S45 F45 -F48 T2 → S3 S27 -S51 T5 → S24 + S48-872

333 F33 - F36 S361839 F39 >F42 542-545 F45 - F48 T2 + S3 - S21-539-557 T5 > S18-336-354-872
333 F33 F36 836 1839 F39+F42 S42 + S45 F45 -F48 T, + S3 -S15-527-539-551 +563
Ta + S12 +S24 -S36 +S48-560-572
333 F33 -F36 5361839 F39-F42 S42 + S45 F451F48 T , → S3 -F12 -S21+F30 -S39-F48-557 -F66
T'S → F9-S18 -F27-S36+F45+354 +F63 +372
333 F33 *F36 536 ||S39 F39 -F42 S421845 F45 +F48 T. → S3 -S9 -S15-521-527-833 -S39 +S45 +351 + 357-563-369
T2 + 56 + 812-818 - S24 + 530-536 + S42 + S48 +354-560 - S66-572
T2 → S3 +F6 +S9 F12 -S15 -F18 + $ 21 -F24-527 F30 +S33 -F36 +3397
333 F33 F36 5361839 F391F42 S421845 F45 ||F48 F42 +S45 -F48 - S51 F54-557 -F60 + S63 F66 +869 -F72
T5 → F3 - S6 -F9-512 -F15 -S18 - F21-824 - F27 -S30 -F33 -S36 -F39–
S42 + F45 + S48 +F51 +354 -F57-360 - F63 + S66 F69 +372
} +$ 35 F35 +F38 838 + S41 F41 +F44 S44 +S47 13 → S5 16 → S2
? + $ 35 F35 -F38 S38 || $ 41 F41F44 S44 S47 T3 → S5 -S41 T6 → S38482
1-535 F35-F38 S38 + S41 F41 - F44 S44-847 T3 + $5-329-553 T6 → S26 -S50 -S2
!
: +$35 F35+F38 S38 || $ 41 F41 +F44 S44 +S47 T3 + $5-523-541-559 T6 → S20-838-856 - S2
+535 F35 +F38 S38 || S41 F41 - F44 S44 +S47 T , + 55 + $ 17 + S29 +S41-353-365
6 → 514-526 -S38+S50 S62 -S2
+535 F35 +F38 5381841 F411F44 344-347 → S5 +F14-323 F32+ S41>F50 - S59 -F68
→ F11 +520 -F29-338-47 - S56F65+S2
0535 F35 +F38 838 ||$ 41 F41>F44 $ 441847 → S5 + $ 11- $ 17-323-329-335-541-547-553-859-565-871
To + 58 +514-320-526-532-538 + S44 + 850 +856 +962+S68+82
T3 + $ 5 -F8-911-F14 -S17 >F20-23 -F26 + S29 -F32 -S35 -F38-841
11535 F351F38 338 || $ 41 F41 ||F44 84411947 → F44-547 F50 + S53 - F56-559 - F62 - S65 + F68 + 871 - F2
T6 + F5-58-F11 -S14 »F17 + S20 F23-826 -F29-832 >F35-538-741
+S44F47-350-F53-556-F59+562 -F65 +S68+F71 -S2

ile lead .
→ = connected to start or finish of a group .
spot for change with respect to series connection .
 TABL
26 - POLE 3 - PHASE
Phase Connections
Si Fl + F4 S4 +57 F7 -F10 S10-S13 F13 +F16 S16 +919 F19-F22 S22-525 i
Series S34-537 F37-F40 S40 + S43 F431F46 S46 -S49 F49 »F52 S52 +355 F557)
S64 -S67 F67 -F70 570-573 F73 -F76 576

si F1 +F4 94-97 F7 *F10 510-513 F13 -F16 S16-519 F19+F22 S22 +525 ]
2 - parallel 534-537 F37|1F40 540-543 F43 F46 S46 - S49 749 +F52 852-555 F557
S64 -S67 F67-F70 570-573 F737776 576
A
si f1 F4 S4157 F7 -F10 S101 S13 F13 +F16 S16 || S19 F19+F22 S22 || $25 ]
13 - parallel S341S37 F37 -F40 S40|| 43 F431F46 546 ||S49 549 +F52 S52 ||$ 55 F55
S64 |1567 F67 -F70 $ 701873 F73 -F76 576

Si F1 |F4 S4 || S7 F7 || F10 S101513 F13 || F16 S16 || $ 19 F19 | F22 S22 || $25 i
26 -parallel S34 S37 F37 ||F40 S40 || $ 43 F43 || F46 546 ||849 749 ||F52 S52 || $55 F55 || 1
S64 ||S67 F67 || F70 $7011873 F73 ||F76 576

S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9+F12 512 = 515 F15-F18 518+S21 F21 +F24 S24 +527 ]
Series S36-539 F39 +F42 S42 +S45 F45+F48 548–551 F51 -F54 S54 +557 F57 ]
566 + 569 F69°F72 872 +575 F75-F78 878

S3 F3 +F6 S6+ S9 F9 +F12 S12 $ 15 F15+F18 518-521 F21 +F24 S24 +527 ]
2 -parallel S36 339 F39 ||F42 542-545 F45 -F48 S48 551 F51 +F54 S54-557 F57 »
566-369 F69 -F72 572-875 F75 -F78 578
B
S3 F3 -F6 S6 || S9 F9+F12 si2 |1815 F15 +F18 $181521 F21 +F24 924 1927 1
13 -parallel S36 1939 F39+F42 S42 || $ 45 F45 F48 548 ||S51 F51 -F54 S54 || $ 57 F57 ]
566 869 F69-F72 572 || $75 F75*F78 878

S3 F31F6 S6 || S9 F9 || F12 51211 $ 15 F15 || F18 S1811821 F21 || F24 S24 || S27 ]
26 -parallel 836 1839 F39 || F42 S420845 F4511 F48 S481851 F51 ||F54 S54 || $ 57 F57N1
S66 1869 F69 || F72 872 || $ 75 F75|| F78 878

S5 F5 -F8 58-511 F1l +F14 514-517 F17 -F20 $ 20-$ 23 F23 + F26 $ 26 S29
Series S38+S41 F41 +F44 S44 +S47 F47 +F50 S50 -S53 F53 +F56 556 - S59 F59
S68 +571 771 F74 574 +977 F77-F2 S2

S5 F5 +F8 58 +811 F11 ™F14 514-517 F17 +F20 320-323 F23 -F26 526 +S29
2 -parallel S38 +S41 F41 | F44 544 + S47 747 F50 S50 -S53 F53 +F56 S56 +359 F59–
S68-871 F71 +F74 574 +377 777 »F2 S2
с
S5 F5 -F8 S8 || $ 11 F11 +F14 $ 14 || $ 17 F17 -F20 S2011 $ 23 F23 -F26 526 ||S2
13 - parallel S381841 F41 +F44 844 || $47 F47 -F50 S501S53 F53 +F56 S5611559 F59 ]
S68 || $71 F71 -F74 574 || $77 F77 -F2 S2

S5 F51F8 $81sil F11 || F14 $ 14 || $ 17 F17 ||F20 $ 2011 $ 23 F23 ||F26 S26 || $ 2 !
26-parallel S3811S41 F41 || F44 $44 || $47 447 || F50 S5011853 F53 || F56 S5611859 F59111
S6811871 F71 ||F74 $ 74 || $ 77 777 || F2 S2

Y Connection : Connect Ty , T2 , Tz, to line leads ; connect T4, T5 , T6 , together .

A Connection : Tz , To together to line lead ; T2 , T4 together to line lead ; T3 , T5
S = start of a group .
F - finish of a group .
T-T - Top - to - top or bottom - to - bottom or short - jumper connection .
201
3-22
T-T CONNECTION TABLE

Leads
25-F28 S28 + 831 F31 %F34 Ti → si T4 → 576
58 S58+361 F61 + F64

25+F28 S28 + 331 F31 -F34 Ti → Sl> F40 T4 → F37-576

58 S58 +861 F61 +F64

25 +F28 S28 || $ 31 F31 +F34 T, → S1 -S7 +813-519 -S25-531-837 + S43 +S49-555-561-5677873

58 S58|| 861 F61 +F64 14 → S4 -S10 -S16 + S22 +528-534-540-546-352-858-564-370-576

25 ||F28 S28 || S31 F31 || F34 Ti + $ 1 »F4-87 -F10 - S13 =F16 -S19 -F22-525 - F28-831 -F34-537 » F40 >
58 35811861 F61 || F64 S43 + F46-549 -F52-555 + F58-561 - F64-367 - F70 -S73 -F76
TE → F1 -S4 F7 +S10 -F13 +916 -F19 +522 -F25 -S28 F31-334 -F37 + S40 +
F43-546 - F49 + 852 - F55 + 358 +F61-564 -F67-570 - F73-976

27-F30 830-833 F33 -F36 T2 → S3 T5 → 878

50 S60 +563 F63 + F66

27*F30 S30 *533 F33 +F36 T2 → S3 + F42 T5 → F39*878

30 560-563 F63 + F66

27 +F30 830 1833 F33 -F36 S3 +39 +S15 +S21 +527-833-339+S45-551-557-563-569-575

50 560 || $63 F63 - F66 → 56-512 - S18 - S24 +530-536 + S42 + S48-554-560-566-572-878

27 || F30 S3011 833 F33 || F36
30 S60 || $ 63 F63 || F66
T2 → $ 3 F6 -S9-F12 - S15 -F18-821- F24-827 F30-833 -F36 -S39 -F42
S45 F48 +851 F54-557 - F60 + S63 F66 + 569 + F72-575 + F78
T5 → F3 - S6 -F9-812 -F15 -S18 -F21 - S24 -F27 -S30 -F337S367F39+ S42
F45 + S48 + F51-54 -F57-360 F63-566 F69-572 - F75 + 578

F29 >F32 S32 - S35 F35 -F38 T3 – 35 T6 S2

52 562 - S65 765 -F68

F29-F32 $ 327835 F35 -F38 Tz → S5 +F44 To → F41-52

i2 562 - S65 765+F68

F29+F32 32 || $35 F35 +F38 T. → S5 +811 + $ 17-323-329-835 +S41 + S47 + 353-359-565 +571-577
2 5621 S65 765 + F68 → S8 +514-520-526-532-538-844 - S50 - S56-362 S68 +874 S2

F291F32 S3211835 F35 |1F38 T3 → S5 + F8 + 511-F14 + 517 -F20-523 -F26 + S29 -F32 + 5357F3879417
2 562 |1 565 F65 ||468 -F44 +S47 +F50 +553 -F56-559 ™F62 S65 +F68-571 F74-577 -F2
T6 + F5-58 - F11 -S14 - F17 -S20 - F23-826 - F29 +832 -F35- $ 38 -F417,
+ S44 - F47-850 - F53-556 -F59-362 - F65 + S687F71 +374 F77 - S2

>gether to line lead .

= connected to start or finish of a group .
= spot for change with respect to series connection .
|
 TABLE

28 - POLE 3 - PHASE

Phase Connections

Series Si Fl +F4 S4 + 57 F7 >F10 510+813 F13 - F16 816-319 F19+F22 S22 +325 F25-F28 S28 +83
F431F46 S46 - S49 F49 + F52 852 +855 F55 + F58 858 +861 61 F64 S64 -S67 F67 -F70 371
Si F1 F4 S4 +57 F7 »F10 S10-S13 F13 - F16 S16+819 F19 F22 S22 +S25 F25 F28 S28 +33
2-parallel F431F46 S46 +S49 749 + F52 852-555 F55 + F58 558-561 761-764 64 -S67 F67 - F70 87
Si F1 +F4 84-87 F7 - F10 S10 +813 13 + F16 16 +919 F19 ||F22 S22 + 325 F25 +F28 S28 +33
4-parallel F431F46 846 + 949 749 + F52 852-555 F55 +F58 858 + 961 +61 ||F64 S64-867 F67 -F70 87
A si F1 + F4 S4 +37 F7 -F10 8101813 F13 +F16 S16 + 819 F19 + F22 S22 || $ 25 F25 * F28 S28 +83
7 -parallel F43 +F46 5461849 749 F52 852 +855 F55 +F58 858 1861 F61 F64 864 + 367 F67 -F70 87
Si F1 +F4 S4187 F7 F10 S101813 F131F16 S161819 F19 + F22 S221525 F25 +F28 S28 S3
14 -parallel F43 +F46 S46 || $ 49 P49+F52 8521855 F55 + F58 $ 5811861 F611F64 864 || $67 767 -F70 87

81 F1174 84187 F7 || F10 s101813 F131F16 161919 F191F22 S221525 F25 ||F28 S28 (IS3
28-parallel F431F46 S461 $49 549 ||F52 S521855 F55 / F58 558 ||$61 461 F64 864 ||$ 67 F67 |F70 57

Series S3 F3 -F6 56 + 39 79+F12 812-815 F15+F18 S18+821 F21 +F24 S24 + S27 F27F30 830453
F45 + F48 S48 + 851 F511F54 S54-357 F57+F60 560 +863 F63 - F66 966 +969 F69 F72 57
S3 F3 + F6 S6 S9 F9+F12 S12 +815 F15 +F18 818+S21 F21 +F24 824 + 527 F27F30 S30+33
2 -parallel F45+F48 848 + 851 F51 F54 S54 +357 F57 +F60 S60 +863 F63 + F66 S66-369 F69 - F72 87
S3 F3 -F6 86-89 F9+F12 812-815 F15+F18 818-821 F21 ||F24 S24 -S27 F27F30 S30
4 -parallel F451F48 848 + 851 F511F54 S54 + 857 F57 - F60 560-563 763 1P66 S66+569 F69 -F72 si
B S3 F3-F6 S6 + S9 F9+F12 S121815 F15+F18 S18 +S21 F21 + F24 S24 ||S27 F27 + F30 S30 + S :
7 -parallel F45 + F48 S481851 751 F54 S54 S57 757 - F60 S60 S63 463 + F66 866 + 569 769 F72 S'
S3 F3 - F6 S6139 F9+F12 S121315 F15 + F18 8181821 F21 -F24 S24 || $27 F27F30 S30 IS :
14 -parallel F45+F48 848 |1851 F51 F54 S54 1957 F571F60 860 1863 F631F66 866 || $69 F691F72 S

S3 F3176 56 189 F9 || F12 s121815 F15 |F18 518 IS21 F21 || F24 824 1827 F27 ||F30 830 IIS :
28 -parallel F45| F48 848 || $ 51 F51 ||F54 854 1857 757 ||F60 S60 |1863 763 1F66 566 || S69 F691F72 S '

Series
S5 F5 + F8 S8 +511 F11 F14 S14 +517 F17 +F20 $ 20-823 F23 -F26 326 +529 F29 + F32 S32
F47 * F50 S50-S53 7531F56 S56+859 F59 +F62 562 - S65 765-F68 568 + 371 6711F74 S
S5 F5 +F8 S8 + 511 F11 F14 $14 +517 717 -F20 S20+323 F23 + F26 $ 26 + S29 F29 +F32 S32
2 -parallel F47+F50 S50 - S53 F53 + F56 856 +359 F59-F62 862 -S65 F65 + F68 $68 + 871 F71-774 S
S5 F5 +F8 S8 + 511 F11 +F14 $14 -S17 F17 -F20 320-323 F23 ||F26 826 +S29 F29+F32 S32
4 -parallel 747-750 S50 +853 F53 +F56 S56 + 859 759 + F62 S62 S65 765 ||F68 868 + 871 F71 -F74 S
с S5 F5+F8 58 + 511 f11 F14 S14 IS17 F17 -F20 320-323 F23 +F26 826 1829 F29+F32 S32
7 - parallel 7471F50 S50 |1853 7531F56 56 +359 F59-F62 562 1865 F65+F68 568+371 471 >F74 S
S5 F5 +F8 S81311 F11 F14 S14 || $ 17 F17 -F20 52011823 F23 +F26 826 1829 F29-F32 832
14 -parallel 747 + F50 S501853 753 - F56 856 1859 F59F62 562 || $65 F65 F68 $ 6811871 F71 -F74 S

S5 F51F8 S81311 F11 | F14 141917 F17 | 720 S20 || $ 23 F23 | F26 826 1829 F29 ||F32 832
28 - parallel 7471F50 S5011853 753 || F56 S56 1959 F59|| F62 562 |1565 765 ||F68 56811871 F71 | F74 S

Y Connection : Connect Ty , T2, T3, to line leads ; connect T4, T5 , T6 , together .

A Connection : Tz , To together to line lead ; T2, T4 together to line lead ; Tg, Tg together to i
S = start of a group .
F - finish of a group .

T-T = Top - to -top or bottom - to - bottom or short - jumper connection .

203
 3-23
-T CONNECTION TABLE
F31 +F34 S34 + 537 F37-F40 S40 + S43
873 F73 +F76 576-579 779 F82 582
F31 F34 S34 +S37 F37 -F40 S40 || $ 43
573 F73 +F76 576 + 579 F79F82 582
F31 F34 S34-537 F37 -F40 S40 S43
573 F73 +F76 576 + 879 F79 -F82 882
F31 F34 S34 || 37 F37 -F40 S40 + S43
573 473 -F76 576 + 679 F79 - F82 882
F319F34 S34 ||S37 F37 - F40 S4011843
873 F737776 5761579 579 +F82 882
F31 ||F34 S34 ||$37 F37 || F40 840|1843
573 773 1776 576 || $ 79 F79|| F82 582
F33 +F36 536-339 F39 +F42 S42 + S45
$75 F75-F78 878 +881 781F84 584
F33 *F36 S36+339 F39 F42 S42 || $ 45
$75 F75+F78 878 + 881 781 + F84 584
F33 +F36 S36 S39 F39 +F42 S42 || $45
875 F75+F78 878 + 381 F81F84 584
F33 +F36 836 1839 F39+F42 S42 + S45
575 F75+F78 878 +381 F81 -F84 884
F33 +F36 536 || S39 F39F42 S42 || $ 45
575 F75 -F78 878 || 81 F81 -F84 584
F33 ||F36 536 ||S39 F391F42 S4211845
575 F75 |F78 878 || $81 781 || F84 584
5 F35 +F38 S38 +S41 F41 F44 844 + S47
377 F77-F80 S80 +583 F83 -F2 S2
5 F35 +F38 838 +S41 F41F44 544 || $ 47
377 F77 - F80 580 + 583 F83 -F2 S2
5 F35 + F38 S38 + S41 F41 + F44 S44 || $ 47
377 F77F80 580 + 383 F83 -F2 S2
F35+F38 S38 S41 F41 +F44 544 + S47
377 F77 -F80 580-583 F83 -F2 S2
F35 +F38 S38 |1S41 F41 + F44 S44 || $47
177 F77-F80 S80 |1983 F83 + F2 S2
F35 | F38 S381 841 F41 || F44 S441847
177 F77 ( F80 S80|| 883 F83 || F2 S2
lead .
Leads
Ti + si T4 7 582
Ti + S1 +S43 T4 S40-582
Ti + Sl > F22-543 -F64 14 → F19+S40-F61 +S82
T , → S1 + S13-325 -S37 + S49-561-573
→ S10 - S22 + 534 + S46 - S58-570-582
T , → S1-57-513-519-525-531-537-343-349-555-561-567-573-579
TI → S4 - S10 - S16 - S22 - S28 + 534-540 + S46 S52-558-564-370-576-582
Ti > Si-F4-87-F10-S13=F16-519-F22 -S25-F28-331-F34-537-F407
S43 - F46-549 + F52 - S55 + F58-561 F64 + 367 F70 -S73 -F76 + 579 F82
T4 → Fl + S4 -F7-510 -F13 + 916 - F19 + 522 - F25 + S28 F31-334 -F37-340
F43 + S46 - F49 + 852 F55 - S58 F61-564 F67-570 -F73-576 - F79 - S82
T5 > 584
T2 > 33
T2 → S3 S45 T5 → S427884
T2 → 83 - F24 + S45 - F66 T5 → F21 + S42 > F63-584
T , + S3 - S15-827-539-551-563-875
→ S12 +S24+336+S48 +S60 +872 + S84
T, → S3 +99-515-521 +527 + 533 339+ S45 + 351+ 357 +S63 +569 +875 + 581
→ 56-512 - S18 S24 +530-536 +S42 + S48 + 354-560 - S66-572-878-584
T2 → S3>F6-897F12 -S15 -F18-821-F24 -S27-F30-S33>F36-839-F42
S45 +F48 + S51 -F54-557 -F60 +563 -F66 +S69F72-875 -F78 + 381 + F84
T5 → F45-548
F3- S6 -F9-S12-F15 -S18-F21-S24 >F27-S30 F33 S36 F39+S427
-F51 +354 -F57-560 - F63 +566-769-572 - F75 +5781F81-584
T6 → S2
T3 – 55
T3 → S5 - S47 T6 → S44 +52
T3 → 85 - F26-847 > F68 To → F23 - S44 - F65 - S2
Ta + 55- $ 17 + S29 + S41 + 353 - S65 +577
→ S14 +526-538+550 -S62-874 +S2
Tz S5 -S11 +517-523 -S29 - S35 -S41 + S47 + 353-359-565-871-877-583
→ S8 + 514 - S20 + 526-532-838 +S44 -S50 S56 - S62 - S68 + 874 + 880 - S2
Tz + $59F8 +811 +F14-517 -F20-523- F26 -S29 -F32 -S35 »F38 +S41> F447
S47 - F50 - S53 +F56 +359 F62 - S65 + F68 + 571 F74 + 5777F80-583 F2
T6 → F5-58 - F11 +514 F17 +S20 -F23 +526 - F29-532 -F35 + S38 F41 +S44 +
F47 + S50 + F53-556 -F59 + 562 F65 + S68 -F71 +574 » F77 + 880 F83 -S2
= connected to start or finish of a group .
| - spot for change with respect to series connection .
 TABLE

30 - POLE 3 - PHASE 1

Phase Connections

Series
Si F1 +F4 S4 +37 77 - F10 $ 10- $ 13 F13 - F16 S16 +819 F19 - F22 S22 +525 F25 -F28 S28 +531 F31 -F34
F49 +F52 S52 S55 F55 +F58 S58 +961 +61 +F64 S64 +967 67 + F70 S70 *373 F73 -F76 576-579 F79

S1 F1 -F4 S4S7 F7 *F10 S10 S13 F13 + F16 S16-319 F19 F22 $22 -S25 F25 -F28 S28-331 F31 F34
2-parallels F49 -P52 S52 S55 F55 + F58 S58 + 861 F61 +F64 564 567 767 -F70 S70 -S73 F73 -F76 576-579 F79 +

Si F1 +F4 S4 -S7 F7 -F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 S16-519 F19+F22 S22 -S25 F25 -F28 S281 531 F31 -F34
3 -parallela F49 +F52 S52 S55 F55 +F58 S581 561 +61 ™F64 564 567 767 -F70 S70 +573 F73 - F76 576-579 F79

Si F1 -F4 S4 S7 F7 -F10 510 +813 F13 -F16 S16|| S19 F19 F22 S22 +S25 F25 F28 S28 S31 F31 -F34
5 -parallels P49 -P52 S521855 F55 +F58 858 +861 F61 + F64 S64 - S67 F67 - F70 S701 873 F73 - F76 576-579 F79-4

A
6-parallel Si 749
F1 -F4 S4S7 77 -F10 S10 -S13 F13 F16 S16 819 F19 -F22 S22 S25 F25 -F28 S281 S31 F31 -F34
-F52 852-555 F55 - F58 S581 561 F61 F64 S64 S67 P67 - F70 570-573 F73|| F76 576 $ 79 779 .

10 - parallel Si F49
F1 -F4 S4 +37 F71F10 S10 -S13 F13 -F16 S1611 $19 F19 -F22 S22 - S25 F25|| F28 S28 + 331 F31 »F34
+F52 S521855 F55 -F58 558 - S61 F6111 F64 S64 - S67 F67 -F70 $ 70 ||$ 73 F73 -F76 576 579 579||
SI F1»F4 84 187 F7 -F10 S101 S13 F13F16 816|| S19 F19 -F22 S221525 F25 -F28 S281 831 F31 »F34
15-parallel 102 F49 +F52 S521855 F55 - F58 5581 561 F61 -F64 564 || $ 67 F67 -F70 S701873 F73 +F76 576 1879 7794

Si fil|F4 S4187 F71F10 s101813 F13||F16 s16 || $19 F190 F22 522 || $ 25 F25 ||F28 S281 531 F31 | F34
30 - parallel F49|| F52 5521555 F55|| F58 8581 561 F611 F64 S64 || $67 F67 || F70 S70 || $ 73 F73 || F76 576 1879 F7911

Series S3 F3 - F6 S6 +39 F9 - F12 S12 - S15 F15 +F18 818-821 F21 F24 S24 +S27 F27F30 S30 +533 F33 -F36
F51 »F54 $54 +557 F57F60 S60 S63 F63 F66 S66-369 F69 »F72 572-875 F75 -F78 878 +881 7814
S3 F3 - F6 S6 S9 F9 +F12 S12 S15 F15 »F18 818-821 F21 +F24 S24 +S27 F27F30 $ 30 - S33 F33 -F36
2-parallel F51F54 S54 S57 F57 - F60 S60-963 F63-66 S66 - S69 F69-72 S72 S75 F75 -F78 878-981 F81

S3 F3 - F6 86-89 F9 - F12 S12 S15 F15 -F18 S18 S21 F21 F24 S24 -S27 F27F30 S301 S33 F33 F36
3 -parallel F51 % F54 S54 S57 F57F60 S601 563 F63 - F66 S66-369 F69 -F72 572-875 F75 - F78 878 + 881 F81

S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9 -F12 S12-$ 15 F15 »F18 518 || $21 F21 F24 S24 +527 727 -F30 530 -S33 F33 -F36
5 - parallel F51F54 S541557 F57 - F60 S60 S63 763 »P66 S66-369 F69 -F72 5721 875 F75-F78 878-581 781
B S3 F3 -F6 56-59 F9 +F12 512 -S15 F15 | F18 18 +S21 F21 F24 S24 + S27 F27F30 8301 833 F33 +F36
6 -parallel F51 + F54 S54 S57 F57F60 S60 S63 F63 F66 S66S69 F69 +F72 872 -S75 F75 ||F78 878 + 381 781
33 F3 - F6 56-59 F9 | F12 S12 -S15 F15 +F18 $ 18 || $21 F21 F24 S24 + 527 F27 || F30 530-533 F33 - F36
10 - parallel F51F54 S541557 557 -F60 S60 S63 F631 F66 S66 S69 F69 -F72 872 || $ 75 F75-F78 878-581 F81 ||
S3 F3 -F6 S6189 + 9 + F12 s12 || $ 15 F15 -F18 18 || 21 F21 -F24 S24 || $ 27 F27 »F30 $301 833 F33 -F36
15-parallel F51F54 S541557 F57 -F60 S60|| $63 F63 - F66 566|| S69 F69 F72 87211 575 F75+F78 8781881 781

S3 F3|| F6 56189 F91F12 S12 |1815 F15 ||F18 $ 1811821 F21|| F24 S24 || $27 F27||F30 5301 533 F33|| F36
30-parallel F511 F54 S541557 557|| F60 5601 563 763|| 466 566 || S69 F69 ||F72 5721575 F75 ||F78 8781881 781||

Series S5 F5 - F8 $ 8 S11 F11 -F14 S14 S17 F17 -F20 $20-$23 F23 - F26 526 S29 F29 - F32 S32 -S35 F35 >F3
S50 - S53 753F56 S56 +359 59 -F62 562 - S65 765 + F68 568-871 F71 -F74 574S77 777 -F80 580
S5 F5 +F8 S8 + 811 F11 F14 S14 S17 F17 -F20 S20-323 F23 -F26 526-529 F29 -F32 S32 -S35 F35 -F3
2 - parallel S50 -S53 753 -F56 $ 56 + 359 F59-F62 S62 S65 F65 - F68 568-871 F71 -F74 874 -S77 F77-F80 8804
S5 P5 »F8 58 +511 F11 F14 514-517 F17-F20 S20-823 F23 -F26 526-529 F29 -F32 $ 32 || $ 35 F35»F3
3 - parallel S50 -S53 F53 -P56 S56-559 759 -F62562 | 565 F65-F68 568-571 F71 -F74 574-77 777 » F80 580
S5 F5F8 S8 +811 F11 ™ F14 S14 S17 F17 -F20 S2011 S23 F23 - F26 526 -S29 F29 -F32 S32 -S35 F35 +F3
5 - parallel S50 -S53 753 7F56 S56 ||S59 F59 -F62 562 -S65 765 -F68 568 + 371 F71–774 574 | 877 F77F80 580

6 -parallel S5S50
F5 + F8 S8 +511 F11 ™F14 514-517 F17 || F20 $20-$23 F23 -F26 526-529 F29-F32 $ 32 || $ 35 F35 -F3
с
-S53 F53 -F56 S56-559 759-F62 5621565 F65 -F68 568-871 F71 >F74 574-877 F771F80 580
S5 F5+F8 58-511 fillF14 $ 14 + s17 F17 -F20 52011823 F23 » F26 526-529 F29||F32 S32 - S35 F35 » F ?
10 - parallel S50-S53 F53 + F56 S56 ||S59 F59-F62 S62 S65 7651 F68 868-571 F71 -F74 8741877 777 -F80 ° 980

15-parallel
S5 F57F8 $81811 f11 -F14 $14 ||$ 17 F17 >F20 52011823 F23 -F26 326 || $ 29 F29 -F32 S321535 F35 -F3
S501553 753 F56 S56 ||$ 59 F59 -F62 562|1565 F65-F68 568 || $ 71 771 >F74 5741877 F77 - F80 $801

S5 F5 || F8 S8i sil F11 F14 $ 14 || $17 F17|| F20 S20 || 823 F23 | 726 5261829 F291F32 832 || $ 35 F35 || F3
30-parallel S5011 553 7531F56 856 ||S59 7591 462 5621565 F65||F68 868 |1871 F711 774 5741577 F77 | 780 5801

Y Connection : Connect Tz , Ten Tz , to line leads ; connect T4, T5 , T6 , together .

A Connection : Ty , To together to line lead ; T2 , T4 together to line lead ; Tz , T5 together to line lead .

205
3-24

-T CONNECTION TABLE
Leads

334-537 F37 -F40 S40 - S43 F431F46 S46 -S49 T1 → Si Tg → 588

782 582 +585 F85 +F88 888

3.34 *837 F37-340 S40-S43 F43| F46 S46 -S49 | T1 → Sl >F46 T4 → P43-588
782 982-385 F85 - F88 888

134-837 F37 -F40 S40 S43 P43 -F46 S46-S49 T1 → S1-531-861

182 882-585 F85 - F88 888
TA → S28 +858-588

1341837 F37 -F40 S40 +S43 P43 -F46 S46 849 Ti

T → S1-519-537-555-573 T4 → 316-834-852-870-888
782 582-385 F85 -F88 888

134-837 F37 -F40 + $40-843 F43| F46 S46 -S49 T1 + $ 1 >F16-831 » P46-561-F76 T4 F13-828-43 S58 F73-888
134 | $37 F37 -F40 S40 +S43 F431F46 S46 S49 T. → S1 - F10-519 - F28-537 - F46 +855 -F64-873 -F82
82 582-585 F85-88 888 F7 *816 -F25-534 *P43-952-761-570 -F794388
1341537 F37 -F40 S4011843 P43 ™F46 S461849 T, → S1 -S7-313-319 -S25 + $ 31 -S37 + S43 +S49 - S55 + 561-567-573 579 + 385
182 5821 885 F85 -F88 588
TA - S4 - S10- S16-822-828-834-S40-846-552-858-564-870-876 -S82-888
1341 837 F371 P40 S401543 F431 F46 S461849 Ti + S1 -F4-57 -F10 -S13 F16-819 -F22 + S25 F287831 »F34-837 -F40-843 -P46
+ S49 -F52-555 -F58 + 861F64-867 - F70 - S73 - F76-579-782-385 - F88
'82 5821585 F85|| F88 888 T4 + F1 +S4F7 +S10 -F13 -S16 -F19-22 -F25 -S28 -F31–334 F37 +S40 -F43 -S46
F49 +852 -F55 - S58 - F61 + S64 F67-570 -F73-576 F79-882 - F85 +S88
-36-839 F39-* 42 542-545 F45-F48 S48-851 T2 → S3
84 884987 F87F90 S90
T5 → 890

136-539 F39-F42 S42-S45 F451 F48 S48-851T2

'84 884-587 F87F90 S90
S3 -F48 T5 + F45-590

→ S3 -S33-563 Tg > S30 - S60 * 590

136-839 F39-F42 S42 -S45 P45 - F48 S48-851 T2
'84 884987 F87F90 890

361 939+387
'84 584 F39-542 542-845
F87F90 S90 F45-48 S48-851 T2 - 83-521-839-557-875 T5 818-836 - S54 + 872-890

36-839 + F397742 943*845

84 S90 P451 F48 S48-851 T2 - $ 31F18-833 -F48-863 -F78
T5 → F15-830 -P45 - S60 » F75-890
361 S39 F39 - F42 S42 +S45 F451 F48 548-551 T. → S3-F12-321 -F30 -S39-748-557 -F66-5757F84
84 884-587 F87F90 S90 12→ F9 - S18 -F27 -S36 +F45S54 F63 +372 -F81 +S90
5
-839-945-51- 557-563-869-575-581-587
361 539 F39-F42 S42 S45 F45-F48 S481851 12 – 53-59 S15-521-527-833
84 8841887 F87 -F90 S90 56-512 = 518-524-530-536-942-948-554-560-566-572-878-884-590
361 S39 F391 F42 S4211845 F451 F48 S481851 T2 → $* S51
32F6-99 -F12 =515 -F18-821 -F24-827 F30 + S33 - F36-839 -P42 -S45 -F48
- F54-557 - F60 - S63 F66-869 + F72 +375 F78 381 F84-387 F90
84 58411887 F87 || F90 S90 75 > F3 + 56 +F9-512 - F15 - S18-21 - S24 - F27 +830 F33 - S36 » F39 + S42 - F45 - S48
►F51 +354 F57 S60 + F63 + 566 F69 +872 F75-878 -F81 +884 F87-890
S38 + S41 F41 - F44 S44 S47 147 F50 73 → S5 T6 → S2
83 F83F86 886 - S89 F89 - F2 S2

S38 + S41 F41 »F44 S44 S47 F47 || F50 T3 → S5 F50 T6 → F47-52
83 783 -F86 586-389 789 - F2 S2

S38 + S41 F41F44 S44 S47 747 - F50 Tz → S5 -S35 - S65 T6 → S32 - S62 -S2
83 F83 - F86 586-389 789 -F2 S2

S381841 F41 +F44 S44 S47 F47 -F50
83 F83F86 586-589 789 -F2 S2
S38-541 F411F44 S44 S47 747|| F50
83 F83F86 886-389 789 -F2 S2
To → 20- $ 38-856-874 -S2
Tz → 85-523-541-559-877
T3 - $ 5 -F20 - S35 - F50 -S65 -F80 16 – F17-832 -P47-562 - F77 - S2

S38 ||$ 41 F41 » P44 S44 - S47 447|| F50
83 F83 | 786 886 +389 789 -F2 S2
S381841 F41 -F44 S44 || 47 747 >F50
83 F83 - F86 886 889 789 -F2 S2
S38 | S41 F41|| F44 544 || $ 47 F47|| F50
83 F831 F86 88611589 F891F2 S2
S = start of a group .
F = finish of a group .
S5 + F14-523 - F32 +S41 -F50 + 359- F68 + 377 +F86
→ F11 - S20 - F29 - S38 F47-356 F65 - S74F83 -S2
6
T. → S5 +511-517-523-829 -S35 +S41 S47 - S53 + 559 +865-871 +977-983-889
T3 S8 +814 + S20-826-532-838-844-550-856-862 - S68 > S74 + 880 * 886 - S2
T3 + 55 F8 S11 -F14-817 -F20-823 -F26-529 -F32-835 -F38-8419F44-847 - F50
+ 353 F56-559 + F62 - S65 - F68-571-774 - S77780-5831F86-389 - F2
T6 + F5-58 -F11 -S14 -F17 -S20 -F23-826 -F29-9327F35 -S38 -F41 +S441F47-850
+ F53-556 F59 +562 -F65-568 F71-574 -F77 -S80 »F83-586 -F89 -S2
→ = connected to start or finish of a group .
11 = spot for change with respect to series connection ,
T - T = Top- to - top or bottom - to -bottom or short - jumper connection ,
 CHAPTER 4

BALANCED FRACTIONAL -SLOT LAP WINDINGS

(BALANCED LAP WINDINGS WITH

UNEQUAL COIL GROUPING )

4-1. Average Number of Slots Per Pole Per Phase . The lap
windings described in Chapter 3 have an equal number of single
coils in all pole -phase groups . These are the windings in which
the number of slots per pole per phase is an integer . A 3 - phase ,
8- pole stator with 72 slots has 72
- 3 slots per pole
3 x 8
per phase , and each pole -phase group consists of 3 single coils .
All pole - phase groups are equal . A 3 -phase , 8 - pole stator with
66 11
66 slots instead of 72 will have 3 x 8 4 •- 2 3/4 slots per
pole per phase . Since the number of single coils in a pole-phase
group can be only a whole number , i.e. , a pole -phase group can
comprise only an integral number of slots , the figure 2 3/4 can
be realized only as an average value . If each phase would have ,
in each 4 of the 8 poles , 3 coil groups with 3 single coils and
1 coil group with 2 single coils , the average number of coils
3 + 3 2 11
4 풍• 2 3/4 . Thus , a winding
with a fractional number of slots per pole per phase can be
realized by making the pole-phase groups have unequal numbers of
single coils . Such windings are called Windings with Unequal

Coil Grouping or Fractional -slot Windings , because the average num

ber of slots per pole per phase of these windings is a fraction
al number .

The Master Tables 3-4 and 3-5 give the average number of
slots per pole per phase for different numbers of slots and dif
ferent numbers of poles . Table 3-4 refers to 2 - phase windings
and Table 3-5 to 3-phase windings . For example , a 2 -phase , 6
pole winding with 44 slots has an average of 3 2/3 slots per
pole per phase , and a 3 -phase , 8 - pole winding with 66 slots has
an average of 2 3/4 slots per pole per phase . The values of
slots per pole per phase , i.e. ,spp , for balanced fractional -slot
windings are shown in normal print in the tables . The values of
spp for unbalanced fractional - slot windings are shown in italics
marked by an asterisk ( See Arts . 4-3 and 4-6 ) .

4-2 . Connection Diagrams and Coil Grouping . The Connec

tion Diagrams of the fractional -slot windings are the same as

207
those of the integral -slot windings ; hence the Connection Diagram
of a 3 - phase , 8-pole winding with 2 3/4 slots per pole per phase
connected one circuit star is given by Fig . 3-65 just as is the
3 - phase , 8-pole integral -slot winding . However , as explained in
Art . 4-1 , the lines which represent the individual pole -phase
groups represent , in the fractional -slot windings , groups having
different numbers of single coils . In the example of the 3
phase , 8-pole winding with 66 slots , these lines represent the
pole -phase groups with 3 single coils as well as those with 2
single coils .

In order to connect a fractional -slot winding , it is not

enough to have the Connection Diagram , but it is also necessary

to know the sequence of the larger and smaller pole -phase groups
around the stator or rotor , i.e. , the coil grouping .
The 3 -phase , 8 - pole stator winding considered above has
8 x 3 = 24 ( = No. of poles x No. of phases) pole-phase groups of
which 18 have 3 single coils and 6 have 2 single coils . Their
distribution around the stator should be :
3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2

Assigning the first group to phase A , the second group has to be

assigned to phase C , the third to phase B , the fourth group
again to phase A and so on , corresponding to the Connection Dia
gram (Fig . 3-65 ) . In doing this , it will be found that the num
ber of single coils ( or slots ) and also the number of groups

with 3 single coils and the number of groups with 2 single coils
are the same for all 3 phases . Note that the coil grouping con
sists of equal distribution parts ( 6 in this case ) which repeat
themselves . Each part consists of the groups :
3 3 3 2
If the grouping of one part and the number of repetitions are
given ( as in Table 4-2 ) , the coil grouping for the whole winding
is then fixed . This and the Connection Diagram suffice to ac
complish the winding .

4-3 . Coil Grouping Tables and How to Use Them . Tables 4-1
and 4-2 of this chapter , and Tables 5-1 and 5-2 , of Chapter 5
give the coil grouping of one distribution part , the number of
repetitions of this grouping , and the number of parallel paths .
The fractional -slot windings considered in this chapter are the

208
Balanced Fractional-slot Windings ; those considered in Chapter 5
are the Unbalanced Fractional- slot Windings ( see Art . 4-6) .

The use of Tables 4-1 and 4-2 will be explained by some ex

amples . Consider a 2-phase , 10-pole winding with 68 slots .
Master Table 3-4 shows the average number of slots per pole per
phase , i.e. , spp - 3 2/5 . The whole number , or integral part ,
of this spp is 3 , and the fractional part is 2/5 . For the frac
tion 2/5 , Table 4-1 yields the following grouping for one dis
tribution part :
1 0 1 0 0

Since the integer of this spp is 3 , this figure has to be added

to all numbers of the grouping obtained from the Table , i.e. ,

the coil grouping of one distribution part is :

4 3 4 3 3
Furthermore , Table 4-1 states that the grouping repeats 2 x
No. of poles = 2 x 10 • 4 times . Therefor , the grouping of the
5 5 e
total winding is :
4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
The letters A and B indicate the phases to which the pole -phase
groups are assigned .

Table 4-1 shows also the maximum possible number of parallel

No. of poles
paths . For the winding of the example , it is 5 10/5
- 2 , while the 10 - pole , integral -slot lap winding has a maximum
of 10 parallel paths .

Consider further a 3 -phase , 14 -pole winding with 96 slots .

Master Table 3-5 shows that the average number of slots per pole
per phase is 2 2/7 . Table 4-2 yields for the fraction 2/7 the
following grouping for one distribution part :
1 0 0 1 0 0 0
Since the integer of this spp is 2 , this figure is to be added

to all numbers of the grouping obtained from the Table , i.e. , the
coil grouping of one distribution part is :
3 2 2 3 2 2 2
Moreover , Table 4-2 states that the grouping repeats 3 х
No. of poles • 3 x 14
7 - 6 times .
24쓱 Therefore , the grouping of the
total winding is :

209
 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2
A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B
3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2
A C B A C B A CB A C B A C B A C B A C B
The letters A , C , B , indicate the phases to which the pole-phase
groups are assigned . The various connection diagrams for this
winding are Figs . 3-111 , 3-112 , 3-115 , 3-117 , 3-118 , and 3-121 .
From Table 4-2 , it follows that the maximum possible number of
parallel paths is 44 = 2 .
The beginnings of the phases are as given in the Connection
Diagrams mentioned above . They are not exactly 2/3 of a pole
pitch apart , as is the case in the integral -slot lap winding .
Despite this , the winding is balanced .
As pointed out , the coil - grouping Tables 4-1 and 4-2 , to
gether with Tables 3-4 and 3-5 , and the Connection Diagrams are
all that is required for the layout of balanced fractional-slot
lap windings . The maximum number of parallel paths shown in
Tables 4-1 and 4-2 is independent of the kind of jumper (short
or long , see Arts . 3-5 and 3-10) used in 2-phase windings and in
those 3-phase windings in which the denominator of the fraction
of spp is odd . In 3 -phase windings with an even denominator of
the fraction , the maximum number of parallel paths as given in
Table 4-2 is to be divided by 2 , when the long jumper is used .
For example , Table 4-2 shows that a 4-pole winding with the
fraction of spp - 7 can have a maximum of - 2 parallel paths .
When the long jumper is used , this winding can be connected in
only - 1 circuit , 1.e. connected in series . An 8-pole winding
with the fraction
8
of spp - } can have (according to Table 4-2)
maximum of ý2 - 4 parallel paths,but is limited to - 2 parallel
paths when the long jumper is used . The winder should ascertain
that each path of each phase has the same number of single coils ,
before using the long jumper for 3-phase windings with parallel
circuits and an even denominator of the fraction of spp . As
mentioned in Art . 3-3 , the short - jumper connection is the most
commonly used and is to be assumed unless otherwise specified .
Note that , carefulness is necessary when applying Tables , since
misprints are not always unavoidable . The following articles
give additional information which permits checking the Tables
available or finding the coil grouping without using Tables .
210
 4-4 . Number of Larger and Smaller Pole -phase Groups ; Number
of Equal Winding Parts . A thorough inspection of the fractional
number which represents the average number of slots per pole per
phase yields a great deal of information about the coil grouping.
Consider again the example of Art . 4-1 in which the number of
slots per pole per phase is 2 3/4 . This figure lies between the
integers 2 and 3 and , therefore , some pole-phase groups will
have 3 single coils and some 2 single coils . Other coil groups
will not appear . Since the figure 2 3/4 is closer to 3 than to
2 , there will be more groups with 3 single coils than with 2
single coils , and it is apparent that in each 4 consecutive
poles there will be , per phase, 3 pole-phase groups with 3 single
coils and 1 pole-phase group with 2 single coils ; 3 is the num
erator of the fraction 3/4 , and 1 is the difference between the
denominator 4 of the fraction and its numerator (4 - 3 - 1) .
Thus , the numerator of the fraction represents , per phase , the
number of the larger pole- phase groups , and the difference be
tween denominator and numerator of the fraction represents the
number of the smaller pole -phase groups. The denominator of the
fraction represents also the number of poles in which the unequal
distribution of pole -phase groups is accomplished , and the aver
age value of spp is achieved . The number of equal parts in the
whole winding will be equal to the number of times the denomin
ator of the fraction is contained in the number of poles ; in the
example considered , there are 8/4 or 2 equal winding parts .
Note that the number of repeatable distribution parts is
different from the number, of repeatable winding parts . There are
twice as many distribution parts as there are winding parts in
the 2 - phase windings , and 3 times as many in the 3 - phase wind
ings . Thus it suffices to know the coil grouping of half of a
repeatable winding part for a 2 -phase winding and of a third of
a repeatable winding part for a 3-phase winding , in order to
know the coil grouping of the whole winding .
The foregoing considerations will be demonstrated once more
by an example of a 3 - phase , 16 -pole winding in 174 slots . The
average number of slots per pole per phase is
_174_ 58 29
3 x 16 16 • 3 5/8 .
용
Note that the number of slots per pole per phase must be ex

211
pressed by the smallest possible fraction . Hence it would be
incorrect to write here spp - 58 or 3 10/16 ; it should be spp
3 5/8 . This figure then indicates that there will be , in each
phase , a larger number of pole -phase groups consisting of 4
single coils than there pole-phase groups consisting of 3
are

single coils , and , further ,that in 8 ( - . denominator of the frac

tion) consecutive poles there will be , per phase , 5 ( - numerator
of the fraction ) pole-phase groups . with the larger number of
coils and 8 - 5 = 3 ( = denominator - numerator ) pole -phase groups
with the smaller number of coils . Eight poles make a repeatable
winding part . Since the number of poles is 16 , there are 2 re
peatable winding parts in the winding . There are 3 x 2 = 6 re
peatable distribution parts .

4-5. General Rules. If , in general terms , spp - 1 ; where

I is the integral part of the fractional number , and n and d are
the numerator and denominator of the fraction , d poles then con
stitute a repeatable part in which there will be , per phase , n
pole-phase groups with I plus 1 single coils and d minus n pole
phase groups with I single coils . The number of repeatable
winding parts is equal to the number of poles divided by d .
4-6 . Conditions of Balance , It has been mentioned that in
this chapter only the balanced fractional -slot windings will be
considered . These are the windings for which
No. of poles
af = an integer (1)
d
fractional number (2)
No. of phases
When these 2 conditions are satisfied , the winding is balanced ,
i.e. , the voltages generated in the phases have the same magni
tude and are displaced from each other by the same angle . Some
examples will be considered .
( 1) The 3-phase , 8-pole winding of Art . 4-1 with spp = 2 3/4
is a balanced winding because the number of poles 8 divided by
the denominator d 4 is an integer ( + 2) , and the denominator
d = 4 divided by the number of phases 3 is a fractional number
( 1 1/3 ) .

(2) The 3-phase , 16-pole winding of Art . 4-4 with spp - 3 5/8
is a balanced winding because the number of poles 16 divided by

212
the denominator d - 8 is an integer , and the denominator d - 8
divided by the number of phases 3 is a fractional number .

( 3 ) Consider a 3 -phase , 6 -pole winding with 60 slots . The

average number of slots per pole per phase is
60 20 10
3 x 6 6 3 = 3 1/3
This winding is unbalanced because the denominator d = 3 divided
by the number of phases 3 is an integer , i.e. , because the
second condition of balance is not satisfied . Note that the
60
number of slots per phase 3 • 20 is an integer . Equal numbers
of slots for all phases is not a proof of balance .

( 4) Consider a 2 - phase , 12-pole winding with 80 slots . The

average number of slots per pole per phase is

80 40 10
2 x 12 12 19 = 3

This winding is balanced because the number of poles 12 divided

by the denominator d - 3 is an integer , and the denominator d - 3
divided by the number of phases 2 is a fractional number . Ap
parently , all 2 - phase windings in which the denominator of the
fraction is divisible by 2 and all 3 - phase windings in which the
denominator of the fraction is divisible by 3 are unbalanced .
Unbalanced windings are usually avoided because they may

produce vibrations , noise , and additional losses in the copper .

As mentioned previously , the unbalanced lap windings are treated
in Chapter 5 .

4-7 . Number of Parallel Circuits . It has been pointed out

in Art . 4-5 that the denominator of the fraction d represents
the number of poles of a repeatable winding part . In the example
of the 3 - phase , 8-pole winding with 2 3/4 slots per pole per
phase , 4 poles make a repeatable part- of the winding , i.e. , 4
poles are necessary to make the winding have an average spp
2 3/4 . Since there are 8 poles , the number of repeatable winding
parts is equal to 8/4 = 2 . From this , it follows that only 2
parallel circuits are possible , contrary to the 8 - pole lap wind
ing with spp an integer which may have 8 parallel circuits . In
the example of the 3 - phase , 16 - pole winding with spp = 3 5/8 ,
again only 2 parallel circuits are possible . In general , the
maximum possible number of parallel circuits is equal to the

213
number of poles divided by the denominator of the fraction de
i.e. , it is equal to the number of repeatable winding parts .

The number of parallel circuits may be made less than the

number of repeatable winding parts but then the latter number
must be divisible by the number of parallel circuits . Consider
a 3 -phase , 48 -pole winding in 324 slots . The average value of
spp is
324 2 108 -• 2 1/4
3 X 48 48
d - 4 poles make a repeatable winding part , and the number of
repeatable parts 1s equal to 48 - 12 . This is also the maximum
possible number of parallel paths . However , each phase can have
also 2 , or 3 , or 4 , or 6 parallel paths because the maximum
possible number of parallel paths ( 12 ) is divisible by each of
these 4 numbers .

Consider a 3 -phase , 28-pole winding in 210 slots . The

210 5
average spp
321028 - 20 d - 2 poles makes a repeatable wind
ing part, and the number of repeatable winding parts is equal to
28 - 14 . This is also the maximum possible number of parallel
paths . However , each phase can have also 2 or 7 parallel paths
but not 4 . The maximum possible number of parallel paths , 14 ,
is divisible by 2 and 7 , but not by 4 .

4-8 . Layout of a Balanced 2 - Phase Winding . The laying out

of a fractional -slot winding involves the determination of the
sequence in which the larger and smaller pole-phase groups have
to be arranged . It is not enough that the conditions of balance
(Art . 4-6) are satisfied ; it is also necessary that the unequal
coil groups be distributed around the stator or rotor in a cer
tain sequence in order that the winding is balanced .

There are many ways to distribute the coils and get a bal
anced winding ( see Appendix 2
2 )) .. The method of distributing

shown in this chapter yields the coil grouping most often used .
It will be explained by an example of a 2-phase , 10-pole stator
with 68 slots . The number of slots per pole per phase is then
68 17
= 3 2/5
2 x 10 5
Five poles make a repeatable part of the winding . There are
10 - 2 repeatable winding parts . In each part there are , per
phase , 2 ( n) pole -phase groups with 4 (I + 1) = (3 + 1)

214
single coils and 3 (= d minus n ) = (5 - 2 ) pole -phase groups with
3 (= I ) single coils. In order to find the group distribution
around the stator ,

(a ) Write the series 1 x spp ; 2 x spp ; 3 x spp ; . .

up
to d x spp .

(b) Disregard the fractions , and add 1 to all integers of

this series except the last one .
( c) Write 0 ( zero ) to the left of the second series (b) and
determine the differences between adjacent numbers .
The last series shows then the sequence of the pole - phase groups
for half of the repeatable winding part . For the other half of
the repeatable winding part , the coil distribution is the same
as for the first part . For the example considered , these rules
yield the following :
( a) 3 2/5 6 4/5 10 1/5 13 3/5 17
(b) 0 4 7 11 14 17
( c) 4 3 4 3 3

which is the coil grouping for one half of the repeatable wind
ing part . This grouping repeated twice gives the pole-phase group
distribution for the whole repeatable winding part . It is
4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 (L)
These numbers repeated as many times as there are repeatable
winding parts , i.e. , in the example considered , twice , yield the
coil grouping around the whole stator .
The last series ( L ) shows that a repeatable winding part
has 4 pole-phase groups with 4 single coils and 6 pole-phase
groups with 3 single coils . It has been determined previously ,
from the fractional number 3 2/5 , that each phase should have 2
pole-phase groups with 4 single coils and 3 pole -phase groups
with 3 single coils ; for both phases , this gives 4 pole-phase
groups with 4 single coils and 6 pole -phase groups with 3 single
coils in accordance with series ( L ) .
If the first pole-phase group of the series (c) or ( L ) is
assigned to phase A , the second group is to be assigned to phase
B , the third group to phase A , and SO on , as was explained
in Art . 3-4 ( see for example Fig . 3- la) .
Summarizing , the rules given under (a) , (b) , and ( c) yield ,
in 2 - phase windings , the pole-phase distribution for half of a

215
repeatable part of the winding . Repeated twice , the group dis
tribution for one repeatable part of the winding is obtained .
The latter distribution repeated as many times as there are re
peatable winding parts gives the coil grouping of the whole
winding . The phase assignment of the groups is A and B in SUC
cession .

Another example of a 2 - phase , 28 -pole stator with 136 slots

will be considered . For this winding ,
136 68
spp - 2 x 8 28 - 17 - 2 3/7
Thus ,
( a) 2 3/7 4 6/7 7 2/7 9 5/7 12 1/7 14 4/7 17
(b) 0 3 5 8 10 13 15 17
( c) 3 2 3 2 3 2 2
The last series repeated gives the
coil grouping for one re
28
peatable winding part . Since there are 7 - 4 - (No. of poles
repeatable winding parts , the series obtained from ( c ) must be
repeated 2 x 4 - 8 times , in order to obtain the coil grouping
for the whole winding . The distribution between the 2 phases
under the different poles for 1 repeatable winding part is :
Phase , A B А в AB A B A B A B A B
Coils per group . 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2

Pole No.. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
It should be remembered that in a 2 - phase winding there are 2
coil groups per pole , one for each phase ( see Fig . 3-1a) .

4-9 . Beginnings of Phases in 2 -Phase Windings . As in the

integral -slot windings , the beginnings of the phases lie one
pole - phase group apart, i.e. , the starts of 2 consecutive pole
phase groups can be used as phase beginnings . In the integral
slot windings , this corresponds to half a pole pitch ; in the
fractional -slot windings the distance between the phase begin
nings is somewhat different from half a pole pitch . Consider
Fig . 3-24 which may represent an integral - slot as well as a
fractional - slot winding . The phase beginnings shown there are
correct for both kinds of windings .
However , it is not necessary to take the starts of 2 con

secutive pole-phase groups as phase beginnings . The starts of

phase
pole -phase groups 1 and 6 which lie 5 pole - phase groups apart
also can be used as phase beginnings . In general , in 2 - phase

216
windings the beginnings of the phases must lie 1 plus zero or
(an even integer x 2 ) pole - phase groups apart .
4-10 . Layout of a Balanced 3 - Phase Winding. The considera
tions are here the same as in the case of the 2 - phase winding .
The problem is to determine the sequence of the larger and smal
ler coil groups around the stator (or rotor ) . As for the 2-phase
windings , the most often -used coil grouping will be considered .
Other coil groupings which also yield balanced windings are dis
cussed in Appendix 2 .
The coil grouping in consideration will be explained by an
example of a 3-phase , 20-pole stator with 216 slots . The number
of slots per pole per phase is then
216 72 18
. 3 3/5
3 x 20 18
5 -
Five (= d) poles make a repeatable part of the winding . There
20
are 4 a . In each
5
part there are , per phase , 3 ( = n) pole-phase groups with ( I + 1 )
- ( 3 + 1) = 4 single coils and 2 = (d - n) - ( 5 - 3) pole - phase
groups with 3 (- I) single coils . In order to find the group
distribution around the stator , apply the same rules as for the
2 -phase windings , i.e. ,
( a) Write the series 1 x spp ; 2 x spp ; 3 x spp ; up to
d x spp .
( b) Disregard the fractions and add i to all integers of
this series except the last one .
(c) Write 0 (zero) to the left of the second series ( b ) ,
and determine the differences between adjacent numbers .
The last series shows then the sequence of the coil groups for a
third of a repeatable winding part. For each of the other 2
thirds , the coil grouping is the same as for the first third ,
i.e. , in order to get the coil grouping for the whole repeatable
winding part , the grouping obtained under (c) must be repeated
3 times . For the example considered , the rules (a) , (b) , and
(c) yield :
(a ) 3 3/5 7 1/2 10 4/5 14 2/5 18
(b) 0 4 8 11 15 18
(c) 4 4 3 4 3
which is the pole - phase group distribution for a third of the
repeatable winding part . This distribution , repeated 3 times ,

217
gives the coil group distribution for the whole repeatable wind
ing part . It is
Coils per group . 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 3 4 3 ( L) '
Phase . . . A C B A C B A CB A C B A C B
Pole No. . 1 2 3 4 5
If the first pole - phase group is assigned to phase A , the second
pole-phase group is to be assigned to phase C , the third group
to phase B , the fourth group again to phase A , and so on , in ac
cordance with the Connection Diagrams of Chapter 3 (see , for ex
ample , Fig . 3-3a) .
In order to find the coil group distribution for the total
winding , the coil grouping ( L ) ' of the repeatable winding part
is to be repeated as many times as there are repeatable parts ,
i.e. , in the example considered, 4 times . In general , the group
ing given by series (c) is to be repeated in 3 -phase windings
3 x ( No. of poles) times ..
Another example of a 3-phase , 14-pole winding with 108 slots
will be considered . For this winding ,
108 36
SPP 3 x 14 14 •
14 - 18 - 2 4/7
Thus ,
(a) 2 4/7 5 1/7 7 5/7 10 2/7 12 6/7 15 3/7 18
(b) 0 3 6 8 11 13 16 18
(c) 3 3 2 3 2 3 2
Phase A с B А с B A
The coil grouping under (c) repeated 3 x •
grouping of the total winding . The letters A , C , B show how the
pole-phase groups are assigned to the different phases . The
Connection Diagrams of this winding are given by Figs . 3-1li ,
3-112 , 3-115 , 3-117 , 3-118 , and 3-121 .
4-11. Beginnings of Phases in 3 - Phase Windings . As in the
integral -slot lap windings , the beginnings of the phases lie 2
pole-phase groups apart , i.e. , the starts of any 3 groups which
are 2 pole-phase groups apart can be used as beginnings of the 3
phases . Consider the 8-pole winding (Fig . 3-65) . The beginnings
of the phases are the starts of the pole - phase groups 1 , 3 , and
5. In the integral -slot winding the distances between the starts
of groups 1 and 3 , and 3 and 5 , are equal exactly to 2/3 of а

pole pitch . This is not the case with fractional -slot windings ,

218
since the coil groups have different numbers of single coils . In
Fig . 3-65 , the starts of groups 1 , 3 , and 11 , or the starts of
groups 1 , 9 , and 17 , also can be taken as beginnings of the
phases , i.e. , each of the beginnings 1 , 3 , and 5 can be replaced
by one which belongs to the same phase and lies 6 pole-phase
groups apart from it . So , by choosing the starts of groups 1 , 3 ,
and 11 , instead of the starts of 1 , 3 , and 5 , as beginnings ,
group 5 is replaced by group 11 which lies 6 pole -phase groups
apart from 5 .

In general, in 3 -phase windings , the beginnings of the

phases must lie 2 plus zero or (an even integer x 3 ) pole -phase
groups apart .

4-12 . Simplification in the Layout of Balanced 2 -Phase and

3 - Phase Windings . It follows from the previous considerations
that it is the fraction of spp which determines the number of
larger and smaller pole -phase groups . It is also only the frac
tion of the spp which determines the coil grouping of one dis
tribution part of the winding ( - 1/2 of the repeatable winding
part in 2 - phase windings and 1/3 of the repeatable winding part
in 3-phase windings ) . As an example , the 3-phase , 14 -pole
winding of Art . 4-10 will be considered with 2 different numbers
of slots , namely , with 108 slots as before and with 66 slots .
22
For 108 slots , spp - 24/7 ; for 66 slots , spp 3 66x 14 14 -11
- 1 4/7 . Applying the method shown previously , the coil group
ing of one repeatable distribution part is :
3 3 2 3 2 3 2 for spp 24/7
2 2 1 2 1 2 1 for spp = 1 4/7
The grouping for spp - 1 4/7 can be obtained from that for spp
2 4/7 by subtracting 1 from all numbers corresponding to the
latter , and vice versa , the grouping for spp - 24/7 can be ob
tained from that for 1 4/7 by adding 1 to all numbers corres
ponding to spp - 1 4/7 .
It can be seen from this example that the distribution of
larger and smaller pole-phase groups is determined only by the
fraction of spp . The integral part of spp determines only the
absolute values of single coils in the groups but not the group
ing . It follows from this that the grouping can be determined
for the fraction alone and then the integral part of spp added
to the numbers found for the fraction .
219
 Again, the 3-phase , 14-pole winding with 108 slots of Art .
4-10 will be considered . Here , the spp - 2 4/7 . The fraction
is 4/7. Applying the method of layout shown previously , the
sequence of larger and smaller coil groups for a third of a re
peatable part of the winding is as follows :
( a) 4/7 1 1/7 1 5/7 2 2/7 2 6/7 3 3/7 4
(b) 0 1 2 2 3 3 4 4
(c ) 1 1 0 1 0 1 0

The last series ( c) shows the sequence of the larger and smaller
pole-phase groups .. Adding 2 to all numbers of the (c) series ,
i.e. , adding the integral part of spp , the coil grouping with
the correct numbers of single coils in the groups will be ob
tained . This is :
3 3 2 3 2 3 2
This result is in accordance with that found in Art . 4-10 .
The Tables 4-1 and 4-2 are set up on the basis of the con

siderations of this article . They give only the sequence of the

larger and smaller pole -phase groups . In order to determine the
grouping with the real numbers of single coils in the groups ,
the integral part of spp is to be added to the numbers given in
the Tables .

220
 TABLE 4-1 . COIL GROUPING FOR 2 - PHASE WINDINGS
The coil Maximum No.
Coil Grouping
Fraction grouping re- of parallel
of (Sequence of the larger peats (2 times paths = No.
SPP
and smaller pole - phase No. of poles) of poles
groups ) divided by divided by

1/3 100 3 3
2/3 10

1/5 1 0 0 0 0
2/5 1 0 1 0 0
5 5
3/5 11 0 1 0
4/5 1 1 1 1 0

1/7 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
2/7 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
3/7 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
7 7
4/7 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
5/7 1 1 1 0 1 1 0
6/7 1111110

1/9 1 оооооооо
2/9 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
4/9 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 9 9
5/9 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
7/9 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0
8/9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

1/11 1 оооооооооо
2/11 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
3/11 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
4/11 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
5/11 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
11 11
6/11 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
7/11 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0
8/11 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0
9/11 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0
10/11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

1/13 1 оооооооооооо
2/13 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
3/13 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
4/13 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
5/13 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
6/13 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
13 13
7/13 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
8/13 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0
9/13 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
10/13 il 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0
11/13 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
12/13 111111111111 0

The coil grouping shown applies to the corresponding fraction of

spp . In order to find the grouping for spp equal to the fraction
plus an integer , add the integer to the values shown under the
coil grouping .
221
 TABLE
.
4-2 GROUPING
COIL
FOR
WINDINGS
3-PHASE

coil
The Maximum
shown No
,
Fraction Coil
Grouping grouping paralle
of
of (3
repeats =Npaths
o.
times
the
No.
spp larger
of
pole equence
smaller
and
(Shase
)-p
groups )di
poles
of poles
of
divided
by
vided
by
1/2 10 2 2

1/4 10
3/4 4 4
0
1

1/5 1
0
2/5 10
3/5 0
1 5 5
4/5 10

1/7 0
1

222
2/7 1
0
3/7 0
1
4/7 10 7 7
5/7 10
6/7 10

1/8 1
0
3/8 0
1
5/8 0
1 8 8
7/8 1
0

1/10 0
1
3/10 1
0
7/10 1
0
11 10 10
9/10 10
 4-2
TABLE Continued

The
coil No.
shown Maximum
Group grouping
Coil ing paralle
of
Fraction (3
repeats N
: o. s
path
of times
No.
the of
(Shase
-p
pole
smaller
and
larger
)of
groups
equence poles
spp )d i s
pole
of divid ed
vided by
by

1/11 1
0 0
2/11 0
3/11
4/11
5/11
11 11
6/11
7/11
8/11
9/11

POO

OOOOO
10/11

MOOO

223
1/13
2/13 1
0
3/13 0
4/13 1
0
5/13
6/13
13 13
7/13
8/13
9/13

Ororoooo
10/13

POO

TOOMO
11/13

NOVOOOOO
12/13

POVO - OOMOO
OOOOOOO
1/14 1
0
3/14 0
1 14 14
5/14 101
1
0
 Continued
-
4-2
TABLE

The
coil No.
show
Maxinmu
Fraction Grou
Coilping grou
(3 paral
of pi
repe ats N
•o.
paths
of times
No.
the
S ( equence
larger
of
and
smaller
polehase
groups
)-p
spp poles poles
of
d
)ofi divid
vi by e
by ded
9/14 110
1
010
11/14 11110111101110
13/14 11111111111110 14 14

1/16
3/16
5/16 10
7/16 10
9/16 16 16
11/16
13/16

OOOO

224
15/16

OOOOHHH
OOOOoooo
1/17 1
0
2/17 10000000100000000
3/17 100 00000
4/17 100 1
0
5/17 1
0
6/17
7/17
8/17 17

Oo
9/17
17

10/17
11/17

OPOMOO0000
12/17 1110
13/17
14/17
15/17
16/17 MNOHOOOOOO

MNOMNOOOOO
OO00000000
 C
- ontinued
4-2
TABLE
coil
The No.
Maximum
shown
grouping
Fraction Coil
Grouping (3 parallel
of
of
repeats -No.
paths
the
No.
times
SPP groups
-p
)pole
(Shase
smaller
and
larger
of
equence poles
of
poles
)dofi-
divided
by

Sockene
vided
by

1/19 0
1
2/19 0
1
3/19
4/19
5/19 1
0
6/19 оо ооо
7/19
8/19
9/19
19 19
10/19

225
11/19
12/19
13/19
14/19
15/19

MOOOM
16/19
17/19
18/19

000000000

POO
MOHOOMOO
WOOOOO
1/20 о
1 оооооооооооооооооо
3/20 оооо
7/20
9/20 20 20
11/20
13/20

YOOO
17/20
19/20
00000000

Prooo
NEOPOOO
Wood
POOO
 C
- ontinued
4-2
TABLE

-
coil
The
No.
Maximum
Fraction Group
Coil ing shown
grouping
(3 parallel
of
of repeats =No.
paths
pole
smaller
and
larger
of equence
(Sgroups
)-phase No.
the
times
spp d
) i
poles
of of
poles
vided divided
by
by

1/22 о
1 оооооооооооооооооооо
3/22 0
1
5/22
7/22
9/22
22
13/22
22

15/22

POOP

Food
roo
OOOO

226
1/23 1оооооооооооооооооооооо
2/23 о
1 оооооооооооооооооооо
3/23 10
4/23 0
1 10
5/23 010000
6/23
7/23
8/23
23 23
9/23
10/23
11/23
12/23
13/23
14/23
15/23

PrOOOOO
16/23
FOOOOOO
 4-2
TABLE Continued

coil
The Maximum
shown No.
Fraction Grou
Coilping grouping parallel
of
of
(3
repeats N
-o.
paths
No.
the
times
SPP smaller
-p
)pole
groups
(Shase
and
larger
of
equence poles
of of
poles
) i
d divid
by ed

SPP
vided
by
17/23 11
18/23
19/23
20/23 23 23
21/23
22/23

POHO

PP
FO
ro
1/25 о
1 ооооооооооооооооооооооо
2/25 0
о ооо
1оооо
3/25 оооо
4/25 ооо

227
Oooo
6/25
7/25 0
1
8/25 10
9/25

.
11/25
12/25
13/25 25 25
14/25

roo .
16/25
17/25
18/25
FOOO

19/25
21/25

POOPOOO
MOPOOOOOO
MOOOOOM

22/25
23/25

POWO- OOOM
24/25
POO
 C
- ontinued
4-2
TABLE

coil
The
No.
Maximum
grouping
shown
Fraction Coil
Grouping of
parallel
(3
repeats N
= o.
of No.
paths
smaller
(S
and
larger
of
-pequence
)pole
groups
hase the
times
spp d
poles
)ofi of
poles
divi
by ded
by
vided
1/26
3/26
5/26
7/26
9/26
11/26 26
26
15/26

OPOOOO
17/26

NOO

MOOOOOO
19/26

POVOOOOO
21/26

228
23/26
25/26
POOOOO

od

PPYHOO
WOOOP

HOMOO
1/28
3/28 оооо
5/28 оооо
9/28
11/28
13/28
15/28 28 28
17/28

NOO0000
19/28
23/28
POMOMOO

25/28

MOOOOOO
27/28

MNOMNOOOOO
MOOOOOO
MOOOOOO
000000000000

POO
MOOOOOO
 C
- ontinued
4-2
TABLE

coil
The
Maximum
No
shown
grouping
Fraction Group
Coil ing parallel
of
(3
repeats
of N
- o.
paths
smaller
and
larger
of
-p equence
(Shase
groups
)pole the
times
No. poles
of
spp )di
poles
of divided
by

See
vided
by

។
"
0

;
0

booo

Oooo
0
O
0
OOOO
8/29 1000
9/29 0
1
10/29 0
)
0

229
0
13/29
14/29
15/29 29 29
16/29
17/29

ProO000000000000
OOOOOOOMOO
18/29
19/29
20/29
21/29
22/29
23/29
24/29
25/29
26/29
27/29
28/29

WOO
ProOOOO
PPPPPOOOOO
 C
- ontinued
4-2
TABLE

coil
The Maximum
No
Group
Coil ing shown
grouping parallel
of
Fraction (3
repeats N
paths
-o
of the
No.
times
and
(S
larger
of equence
-phase
pole
)smaller
groups )di
poles
of poles
of
spp divided
by
vided
by

1/31 10
2/31 о
1 ооооооооооооооооо
3/31 10000000001000
оооо ооооо
4/31 100000
100000
ооооо 0001
00
5/31 ооооо
00000
100000
100000
оооо 1
6/31 100
10000
000
000010000
ооооо
7/31 10000
1000
100
8/31 10 1
0
9/31 001 ооо
10/31 10 01
11/31

230
12/31
13/31 1010 31 31

OOMOO
14/31 10
15/31 10
16/31
17/31
18/31
19/31
20/31
21/31
22/31
23/31

OOPPPOOMOO
24/31
25/31
PONOOMOOOOOOOOOO

PPPPPPOO
VPOMFOMOO
ooooooo

OPPOOPOOO
 C
- oncluded
4-2
TABLE

The
coil Maximum
No.
shown
grouping
Fraction Coil
Grouping parallel
of
(3
repeats N
· o.
of paths
No.
the
spp (Shase
-p
pole
smaller
and
larger
)of
groups
equence poles
oftimes
of
pol
d
) i- es
div ided
by
vided
by

26/31 10
27/31 10
28/31 10 31
29/31 011
111111111111111
31

30/31 10

applies
shown
grouping
coil
The
fraction
corresponding
the
to
.In
spp
of
order
grouping
the
find
to
equal
spp
for
integer
an
plus
fraction
,add

231
shown
values
to
integer
grouping
coil
the
under

The
Table
the
in
shown
that
half
is
paths
parallel
of
number
maximum
:
Note
jumper
long
when
(T
windings
)connections
B
for
used
are
even
an
have
which
(S-3
spp
fraction
the
of
denominator
4
).Art
ee
 CHAPTER 5

UNBALANCED FRACTIONAL-SLOT LAP WINDINGS

(UNBALANCED LAP WINDINGS WITH
UNEQUAL COIL GROUPING)
In the foregoing chapter
Chapter the balanced fractional -slot lap
windings have been treated . In these windings , the electromotive
forces of all phases have the same magnitude and the angles be
tween consecutive phases are equal . This is not the case with
the unbalanced fractional-slot lap windings treated in this
chapter . Since an unbalance may produce vibrations and noise or
circulating currents which cause additional heat in these wind
ings , they are to be avoided and used only in special cases , as
for example , when a winding is to be changed from one number of
poles to another number of poles , or from one frequency to
another frequency , Unbalanced fractional -slot windings are also
used by manufacturers in order to economize on dies ; for example ,
a die with 48 slots is used for 4 and 6 poles , leading to an un
balance at 6 poles in a 3- phase winding .
5-1 . Two Kinds of Unbalanced Fractional- slot Lap Windings.
Apparently , a winding will be unbalanced when the number of slots
is not divisible by the number of phases . However , a winding
may be unbalanced also when the number of slots is divisible by
the number of phases . The 2 conditions for balance are given in
Art . 4-6 . Consider a 3-phase , 6-pole winding with 63 slots . For
63 7
this winding , spp - 3 x 6 2
= 3 1/2 . The denominator of the
fraction ( 1/2 ) is 2 . The first condition for balance requires
that the number of poles be divisible by the denominator of the
fraction . In this example , the number of poles (6) divided by
the denominator ( 2 ) of the fraction is equal to 3 , and , there
fore , the first condition is satisfied . The second condition

for balance requires that the denominator of the fraction be not

divisible by the number of phases . In this example , the second
condition for balance is also satisfied because the denominator
2 is not divisible by the number of phases (3) . Therefore , the
3-phase , 6-pole winding with 63 slots is balanced . If the num
ber of slots is 66 instead of 63 , the number of slots per pole
66 11
per phase becomes equal 3to 33 x6666 - 11 - 33 2/3
3 = 2/3 .. The denominator
of the fraction is now . The first condition for balance is
232
 6
3 ; second condition is not satisfied
( 3 is divisible by 3) . This winding is unbalanced despite the
fact that the number of slots ( 66) is divisible by the number of
phases ( 3 ) and each phase has the same number of coils ( 22) .
Consider now the same 3-phase , 6 -pole winding with 68 slots .
68_ 34
Here , spp = 3 x 6 = 3 7/9 , and neither condition of balance
is satisfied , as is always the case when the number of slots is
not divisible by the number of phases (68 is not divisible by 3) .
In the first case of unbalance in which the number of slots
and the denominator of the fraction of spp are both divisible by
the number of phases , all slots are provided with coils . In the
second case of unbalance in which the number of slots is not
divisible by the number of phases , some of the coils have to be
left out of the winding in order to have the same number of coils
in each phase .
In laying out unbalanced fractional -slot windings , the
problem is to make the unbalance as small as possible (see Art .
5-7 ) .
5-2 . Coil Grouping Tables and How to Use Them . Coil group
ing tables are given which show the distribution of the larger
and the smaller pole-phase groups around the stator or rotor .
The 2 cases of unbalance will be considered separately .
Case (a ) . The number of slots and the denominator of the
fraction are both divisible by the number of phases. For 2 -phase
windings , Master Table 3-4 gives , in italics , the values of spp
corresponding to different numbers of poles and different numbers
of slots . For 3-phase windings , the corresponding table is
Master Table 3-5 . It is evident that for 2-phase windings the
denominator of the fraction can be only 2 or a multiple of 2 .
For 3-phase windings , the denominator of the fraction can be only
3 or a multiple of 3. Table 5-1 for 2-phase windings , and Table
5-2 , for 3-phase windings , show the distribution of the larger
and the smaller pole - phase groups for the number of poles equal
to the denominator of the fraction . For example , for a 2-phase
winding , with the denominator of the fraction equal to 2 ( spp =
1 1/2 , 2 1/2 , 3 1/2 , etc. ) , the grouping shown in Table 5-1
represents the grouping for only 2 poles ; if the denominator of
the fraction is 6 (spp = 1 1/6 , 2 1/6 , 2 5/6 , etc. ) , then the
grouping shown applies to 6 poles . At the same time , Table 5-1
233
indicates the number of times the coil grouping shown there is
to be repeated for windings having a greater number of poles
than that indicated by the denominator of the fraction of spp .
In the example considered above with the denominator of the frac
tion equal to 2 , the grouping shown in Table 5-1 is to be re

peated twice in a 4-pole winding * =In 2) the

, andexam
4 ple
timeswith
in athe8-pole
winding ( = 4) , and forth .
SO de
nominator of the fraction equal to 6 , the grouping shown is to
be repeated twice in a 12-pole winding ( 2 = 2), 8 times in a
and so forth . Likewise , for a 3-phase
48-pole winding (48 == 8)8) ,, and
winding with the denominator of the fraction equal to 3 ( spp -
1 1/3 , 2 1/3 , 2 2/3 , etc. ) , the grouping shown in Table 5-2
represents the grouping for only 3 poles ; if the denominator is
9 , then the grouping shown applies to 9 poles . Table 5-2 also
indicates the number times the coil grouping shown there is
of
to be repeated for windings having a greater number of poles
than that indicated by the denominator of the fraction of spp .
In general, the number of repetitions is equal to the number of
poles divided by the denominator of the fraction .
Consider a 2-phase , 8-pole winding with spp = 2 3/4 . The
numbers opposite to 3/4 in Table 5-1 give the sequence of the
larger and the smaller pole-phase groups for 4 poles . The in
teger of spp , i.e. , 2 , is to be added to the numbers of the line
opposite to 3/4 . The grouping thus obtained must be repeated
twice since the number of poles ( 8) divided by the denominator
of the fraction ( 4 ) equals 2 . The coil grouping of the total
winding is then
3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2
A B A BA B A B A B A BA B A B
The letters A and B indicate the phases to which the individual
pole-phase groups are assigned .
As another example , a 3-phase , 12 -pole winding with 102
slots will be considered . Master Table 3-5 shows for 12 poles
and 102 slots a value of spp equal to 2 5/6 . Table 5-2 gives
the following sequence of the larger and the smaller pole -phase
groups for the fraction 5/6 .
111011111101111110
Since the integer of spp is equal to 2 , this quantity is to be
added to all numbers of the grouping . This yields

234
 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B
The numbers of this series represent the sequence of the pole
phase groups with 2 and 3 single coils respectively for 6 poles
only , because the denominator of the fraction is 6 . Since the
machine has 12 poles , the total winding will 6 consist of -
No. of poles grouping
Denominator of the fraction = 2 repetitions of the
shown . The letters A , C , and B indicate the phases to which the
individual pole-phase groups are assigned .
The maximum possible number of parallel circuits of the
windings considered is apparently equal to the number of repeat
able parts of the winding , i.e. , to the number of poles divided
by the denominator the fraction .
of This is the same as for
balanced fractional -slot lap windings . If the number of parallel
circuits is made smaller than the maximum possible number , the
latter must be divisible by the number of parallel paths chosen .
Case ( b ) . The number of slots is not divisible by the num
ber of phases. Tables 5-3 and 5-4 give the corresponding values
of spp for different numbers of poles and different numbers of
slots for 2 -phase and 3 -phase windings , respectively . Tables
5-5 and 5-6 show the sequence of the larger and smaller pole
phase groups for different values of spp and different numbers
of poles . Add to the ones and zeros the integer of spp in order
to get the number of single coils in each group . The pole-phase
groups in which a coil is to be left out are indicated by a
circle or square around the one or zero . The slots in which
a coil side is to be omitted are also given in the Tables ( number
1 is assigned to the first slot of phase A) .
In order to reduce the unbalance , it is expedient in cer
tain cases to omit the coil within a pole-phase group , i.e. , to
split a pole-phase group . For this reason , 2 alternatives for
the location of the coils to be omitted are given : one without
split groups , the other with split groups . The first alternative
is indicated by circles around the ones or zeros : the second al
ternative is indicated by squares around the ones or zeros . The
numbers of the slots in which the coil side is to be omitted are
given in the Tables for both alternatives . Note that contrary to
the case treated under (a ) , the grouping obtained from Tables
5-5 and 5-6 represents the grouping of the whole winding . Tables
235
5-5 and 5-6 are layed out for minimum unbalance . The cases in
which 2 parallel paths are possible are indicated in these
Tables .

Two examples will be considered , the first being a 3 -phase ,

8-pole machine with 56 slots . Table 5-4 yields for 8 poles and
56 slots a value of spp equal to 2 1/3 . For spp equal to 2 1/3
and 8 poles , Table 5-6 indicates the following sequence of the
larger and the smaller pole -phase groups .
001010000100001010000100
The integer of spp is 2 , and , therefore , 2 is to be added to all
numbers of the grouping . This gives the following grouping for
the whole winding :
2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
A CB A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B
2 coils are left out , as indicated by the 2 circles , leaving
56-2 = 54 coils , i.e. , 18 for each phase . The 2 coils omitted
lie in the slots 17 and 47 , as shown in Table 5-6 . There are 24

pole -phase groups ( = No. of poles x No. of phases ) . Writing the

letters A , C , B below or above the pole -phase groups , the phases
to which the individual pole -phase groups belong are determined .
It can be seen from Table 5-6 that the distribution chosen has a
small error in angle and also a small error in magnitude . Two
parallel circuits are possible .

As a second example , a 3 -phase , 6 -pole winding with 40 slots

will be considered . Since the number of slots is 40 , one coil
will have to be left out making the number of coils in each
phase equal to 13 . Table 5-4 shows that for 6 poles and 40

slots the value of spp is equal to 2 2/9 . For spp equal to 2 2/9
and 6 poles , Table 5-6 indicates the following sequence of the
larger and smaller pole - phase groups :
000010000100001000
Adding the integer of spp 2 , the following grouping is obtained
for the whole winding :
32 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
ACB A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B
There are 6 x 3 = 18 pole -phase groups , One coil is left out
from the first pole -phase group as indicated by the circle and
square , As shown in Table 5-6 , the slot from which the coil is
omitted is either slot 3 or slot 2 . In the first case , it is

236
the last coil of the first pole-phase group and the error in
angle is 3º. In the second case , it is the second (middle ) coil
of the first pole -phase group ; the pole -phase group is split but
the error in angle is only 54 ' . Only a series connection of the
pole -phase groups of each phase is possible in this winding .
In general , the determination of the number of parallel
circuits permissible in winding in which the number of slots
is not divisible by the number of phases requires special con
sideration . This is explained in Art . 5-5. Few groupings permit 2
parallel circuits . Such groupings are indicated in Table 5-6 .
It has been pointed out in Chapter 4 that coil grouping
tables should be used with care since printing errors are not
always avoidable in tables . In Arts . 5-4 and 5-5 , simple methods
are given which show how to lay out unbalanced windings described
under cases ( a ) and ( b) treated above . These methods can be
used to check the Tabl es and also to lay out windings which are
not contained in the tables .
5-3 . Connection Diagrams and Phase Beginnings . The Con
nection Diagrams of the unbalanced fractional - slot lap windings
are the same as those of the balanced fractional -slot lap wind
ings (see Art . 4-2 ) and , therefore , are the same as those of the
integral -slot windings treated in detail in Chapter 3 . For ex

ample , the Connection Diagram of a 3-phase , 6-pole winding with

40 slots , i.e. , with spp = 2 2/9 , is given by Fig . 3-53 , just as
the 3-phase , 6-pole integral - slot winding is given by this same
diagram . However , the lines which represent the individual
pole-phase groups correspond , in the fractional -slot winding , to
different numbers of single coils . In the example of the 3-phase ,
6-pole winding with 40 slots , these lines represent pole - phase
groups with 2 and 3 single coils respectively . The rules which
determine the beginnings of the phases for balanced 2-phase
fractional - slot lap windings ( see Art . 4-9 ) apply also to un
balanced 2-phase fractional -slot windings .
The starts of any 2 consecutive pole - phase groups can be
used as phase beginnings . In general , in 2-phase windings , the
beginnings of the phases must lie 1 plus zero or ( an even integer
x 2 ) pole - phase groups apart . For example , the beginnings of
phases may lie in the starts of pole -phase groups 1 and 2 ( = 1

237
plus 0 pole - phase groups apart ) or in the starts of pole - phase
groups 1 and 6 ( = 1 plus 2 times 2 pole - phase groups apart ) or
in the starts of the pole - phase groups 1 and 10 and so forth .

The rules which determine the beginnings of the phases of

balanced 3 -phase fractional - slot windings ( see Art . 4-11 ) apply
also to the unbalanced 3- phase fractional - slot windings . The

starts of any 3 pole - phase groups which are 2 pole - phase groups
apart can be used as beginnings of phases . Therefore , the starts
of the pole - phase groups 1 , 3 , and 5 or the starts of the pole
phase 2 , 4 , and 6 , and SO on , can be used as phase beginnings .
However , as explained in Art . 4-11 , each of the pole - phase groups
1 , 3 , and 5 (or 2 , 4 , and 6 ) can be replaced by one which be
longs to the same phase and lies 6 pole -phase groups apart from
it . Hence the starts of the groups 1 , 9 ( = 3 + 6 ) , and 5 ; or 1 ,
3 , and 11 (= 5 + 6) ; or 1 , 9 ( = 3 + 6 ) and 11 ( = 5 + 6 ) ; or 1 ,
9 ( = 3 + 6 ) , and 17 ( = 11 + 6 ) can be chosen as phase beginnings .
In general , the beginnings of the phases must lie 2 plus zero or
( an even integer x 3 ) pole - phase groups apart .

5-4 . Layout of an Unbalanced Fractional - slot Lap Winding

When the Number of Slots is Divisible by the Number of Phases
( Unbalanced windings of the first kind , case ( a ) , see Arts . 5-1
and 5-2 ) . Let
m = number of phases
N = numerator of spp
d = denominator of spp
For example , in a 2 -phase winding with spp = 9/4 = 2 1/4 , m = 2 ,
N = 9, and d = 4 , and in a 3 -phase winding with spp = 8/3 =
2 2/3 , m = 3 , N = 8 , and d = 3 .
( a ) Write spp in the form , where N and d have no common
divisor .
( b ) Determine the value of D from
MNP + m
D ( 5-1 )
d
where P is the smallest integer , including zero , which
makes D and integer .
( c ) Write m ( i.e. , 2 for 2 phases or 3 for 3 phases ) series
of N numbers each having the difference D. The first
series is
1, 1 + D, 1 + 2D , 1 + 3D , 1 + ( N- 1 ) D

238
If one of the numbers of this series becomes larger than N , the
latter must be subtracted from the number (see examples) . The
second series of N numbers is obtained from the first series by
adding N to all numbers of the first series . The third series
( for 3-phase windings) is obtained from the second by adding N
to all numbers of the second series . Thus , the second series is
1 + N, 1 + D + N, 1 + 2D + N ,
1 + 3D + N ... 1 + ( N - 1 ) D + N
and the third series ( for 3-phase windings only ) is

1 + 2N , 1 + D + 2N , 1 + 2 D + 2N ,
1 + 3D + 2N 1 + (N- 1 ) D + 2N
The numbers in these series represent the slots of all phases in
d poles .
( d ) Divide slots represented by the m-series into m
the

parts in such a manner that each part , i.e. , each phase ,

contains N slots that these N slots of each phase
and
are as close to one another as possible . Further , the
division of the mN slots among the m phases must give
the same number of larger as well as the same number of
smaller pole -phase groups for each phase .
(e) The grouping obtained applies to d poles. The total
winding consists of as many repetitions of the grouping
obtained as there are d poles in the total number of
poles , i.e. , the number of repetitions is equal to the
number of poles divided by d .
( f ) The maximum possible number of parallel paths is equal
to the number of poles divided by d .
The method described will be demonstrated by 2 examples . Con
sider first a 2 -phase , 4-pole winding in 18 slots . According to
Master Table 3-4 , spp = 2 1/4 = 9/4 . Thus , for this winding
m = 2, N = 9, d = 4. From Eq . 5-1 .
D = 2 x 9 x P + 2 = 5 where P = 1
4
The first series of N = 9 slots having the difference D is then
1, 1 + 5 = 6, 6 + 5 9 = 2, 2 + 5 = 7, 7 + 5
-
9 - 3
3 + 5 = 8, 8 + 5 9 - 4, 4 + 5 = 9, 9 + 5 9 = 5

The second series is obtained from the first by adding N = 9 to

all numbers of the first series . Thus , both (m = 2 ) series are
239
4
 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5
10 15 11 16 | 12 17 13 18 14
A B
The broken line indicates how the mN = 18 slots are divided be
tween the 2 phases A and B. Arranging the slots in the sequence
in which they follow each other in the machine , yields
1-2-3 4-5 6-7 8-9 10-11 12-13-14 15-16 17-18
A B A B A B A B
The sequence of the pole - phase groups for d poles and the num
bers of single coils in them are , in accordance with Table 5-1 ,
3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
A B A B A B A B
Each phase , for d = 4 poles , has 1 group with 3 single coils , and
3 groups with 2 single coils . Since the number of poles is
equal to 4 and also d is equal to 4 , the grouping obtained has
4/4 = 1 repetition , i.e. , the grouping obtained represents the
total winding . Parallel circuits are not possible in this wind
ing .

As a second example , a 3 - phase , 18 - pole winding with 114

slots will be treated . From Master Table 3-5 , spp = 2 1/9 = 19 .
Therefore , m = 3 , N = 19 , d = 9. From Eq . 5-1 ,
3 x 19 x P + 3
D - 9 -13 with P = 2

The first series of N = 19 slots is

1, 1 + 13 = 14 , 14 + 13 19 = 8 , 8 + 13 19 = 2 ,
2 + 13 = 15 , 15 + 13 19 = 9 , 9 + 13 19 = 3 ,
3 + 13 = 16 , and so on ,
Since m = 3 , there are 3 series . The second series is obtained
from the first by adding N = 19 to all numbers of the first
series . The third series is obtained from the second series by
adding N = 19 to all numbers of the second series . The 3 series
are :
1 14 8 2 15 9 3/16 10 4 17 11 5 18 12 6 19 13 7
20 33 27 21 34 28 22 35 29 23 36 30 24/37 31 25 38 32 26
39 52 46 40 53 4741 54 48 42 55 49 43 56 50 44 57 51 45
A с B
The broken lines indicate the division of the mN = 57 slots
among the 3 phases . The coil grouping for d 9 poles is in ac
cordance with Table 5-2

240
 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
ACB A C B A C B A C B A CBAC B A C B A C B A C B
Bach phase , for d = 9 poles , has 1 pole - phase group with 3 single
coils and 8 pole -phase groups with 2 single coils .

Since the number of poles ( = 18 ) divided by d ( = 9 ) is 2 ,

the total winding consists of 2 repetitions of the coil grouping

obtained . The total number of pole - phase groups is the same as
for integral - slot windings , namely , equal to the number of poles
times the number of phases . In this case , there are 18 x 3 = 54
pole - phase groups . The number of poles divided by d is equal to
2. Hence , the maximum number of parallel paths is 2 .

5-5 . Layout of an Unbalanced Fractional - slot Lap Winding

When the Number of Slots is Not Divisible by the Number of
Phases . (Unbalanced windings of the second kind , case ( b ) , see
Arts . 5-1 and 5-2 . ) As in Art . 5-4 , let
m = number of phases
N = numerator of spp
d = denominator of spp
29
For example , in a 2 -phase winding with spp = 12 = 2 5/12 , m = 2 ,
N = 29 , and d = 12 .
( a ) Write spp in the form a where N and d have no common
divisor .
( b) Determine the value of D from
mNP + m
DE ( 5-2 )
d
where P is the smallest integer , including zero , which
makes Dan integer .
( c ) Determine the largest common divisor t of the number of
poles and the number of slots . For example , for a 2
phase , 6 -pole winding in 29 slots , this common divisor
t is equal to 1 , and for a 3 - phase , 6 - pole winding in 38
slots , the largest common divisor t is equal to 2 since
the number of poles ( 6 ) is divisible by 2 , and the num
ber of slots ( 38 ) is also divisible by 2 .
( d) Write t series of N numbers each having the difference
D. The first series is
19 1 + D , 1 + 2D , 1 + 3D , ... 1 + ( N- 1 ) D
If one of the numbers of the series becomes larger than
N, the latter must be subtracted from the number ( see

241
 examples ) . The second series of N numbers is obtained
from the first series by adding N to all numbers of the
first series . The third series is obtained from the
second series by adding N to all numbers of the second
series , and so on . Thus , the second series is
1 + N, 1 + D + N , 1 + 2D + N ,
1 + 3D + N. 1 + (N- 1 ) 2 + N
and the third series is
1 + 2N , 1 + D + 2N , 1 + 2D + 2N ,
1 + 3D + 2N . .1 + (N- 1 ) 2 + N
and so on . The numbers of the t series obtained in

this manner represent the slots of the total winding .

( e ) Divide the slots represented by the t series into m
parts in such a manner that each part , i.e. , each phase ,
contains the same number of slots and that the slots of
each phase are as close to one another as possible .
Since the number of slots is not divisible by the number
of phases , an equal number of slots in each phase can be
achieved only when a certain number of coils (which is
usually smaller than the number of phases m) is left
out . The division of t x N slots among the m phases
must give the same number of larger as well as the same
number of smaller pole -phase groups for each phase .
The method described will be demonstrated by 2 examples .
Consider
33
first a 2 -phase , 6 - pole winding in 33 slots , i.e. , spp
2 x 6 4 = 2 3/4 . Thus , for this winding , m = 2 , N = 11 ,
d Ą . From Eq . 5-2
D = 2 x 114 x P + 2 = 6 with P = 1
The largest common divisor of the number of poles ( 6 ) and the
number of slots ( 33 ) is equal to 3 ( t = 3) . Hence , 3 series of
N = 11 numbers have to be written , the difference between 2 con
secutive numbers in each series being D = 6 and the difference
between the numbers of 2 consecutive series being N = 11 . The
first series of N = 11 slots is
1, 1 + 6 = ‫ܕܟ‬ 7 + 6 11 = 2, 2 + 6 = 8,
8 + 6 -
11 = 3 , 3 + 6 = 9, 9 + 6 -
11 = 4 ,
4 + 6 = 10 , 10 + 6 11 = 5 , 5 + 6 = 11 ,
11 + 6 11 : 6

242
or

1 77 88 2
3 9 4 10 5 11 6
The second series adding N = 1l to all
is obtained by
figures of the first series , and the third series is obtained by
adding N = 11 to all figures of the second series . Hence , the
t = 3 series are
1 7 2 8 3 9 | 4 10 5 11 6
12 18 13 19 14 20 15 21 16 22 17
23 29 24 30 25 31 26 32 27 33 28
A B
The broken line indicates how the t x N = 33 slots are divided
between the 2 phases A and B. Arranging the slots in the sequence
in which they follow each other in the machine ,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
A B A B A B A B

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
A B A B

The sequence of the pole-phase groups and the number of single

coils in them are
3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2
A B A B A B A B A B A B
It can be seen that 17 slots have been assigned to phase A and
16 slots to phase B. In order to make the number of slots the
same in both phases one coil is to be left out in phase A. The
pole -phase group of phase A in which the coil is left out is in
dicated by a circle . As Table 5-5 shows , the error in angle is
2° 3 ' and the error in magnitude is negligible if the coil is
omitted from slot 9 , i.e. , if the third coil of the second pole
phase group of phase A is left out . If the coil is omitted from
lot 2 , i.e. , if the first pole-phase group of phase A is split ,
then the error in angle decreases to iº l ' but the error in mag
nitude increases to 2.3% .

Phase A , as well as phase B , has 4 pole-phase groups with 3

single coils and 2 pole-phase groups with 2 single coils . The

distribution obtained represents the total winding . It is in

accordance with Table 5-5 .

As a second example , a 3-phase , 4-pole winding in 44 slots

will be considered . From Table 5-4 , spp = 3 2/3 - 11/3 . There
fore , m = 3 , N = 11 , d = 3 . From Eq . 5-2

243
 Ꭰ ;
3 x ll x P + 3 = l with P = 0
3
The largest common divisor of the number of poles ( 4 ) and the
number of slots ( 44 ) is 4 ( t = 4 ) . Hence , 4 series of 11 numbers
each have to be written . Since D = 1, the 4 series are repre
sented by the consecutive numbers 1 to 44 . The t = 4 series are
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
( M)
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34 35 36 | 37 38 39 40 141 42 43 44
A C B
The broken lines indicate how the t x N = 44 slots are divided
among the 3 phases A , C , and B. The sequence of the pole - phase
groups and the numbers of single coils in them are
4 3 4 € 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 %
A C B A C B A с B A C B
It can be seen that 15 slots been assigned to phase A , 14
have
slots to phase C , and 15 slots to phase B. In order to make the
number of coils the same for all phases , 2 coils are to be left
out , one in phase A and one in phase B. The pole - phase groups
in which the coils are to be omitted are indicated by circles .
Table 5-6 shows that the slots in which the coils are to be left
out are 15 and 41 . With 2 coils left out , each phase consists
of 2 pole-phase groups with 4 single coils and 2 pole -phase
groups with 3 single coils . The distribution obtained represents
the total winding . It is in accordance with Table 5-6 . The

error in angle is +1° 39 ' and that in magnitude is 0.45% .

An inspection of the t series with N slots each makes it
possible to determine whether and how many parallel paths are
possible . The maximum possible number of parallel paths in each
phase is equal to t ( = largest common divisor of the number of
poles and the number of slots ) . However , t parallel paths in
each phase are permissible only when the slots assigned to the
phase lie in the t series one above the other . Consider the
slot chart (L) of the first example . The slots assigned to
phase A are 1 , 7 , 2 , 8 , 3 , 9 in the first series ; 12 , 18 , 13 , 19 ,
14 in the second series ; and 23 , 29 , 24 , 30 , 25 , 31 in the third
series . The t = 3 slots 1-12-23 , 7-18-29 , 2-13-24 , 8-19-30 , and
3-14-25 lie one above the other but there are no t slots in phase
A below slot 9. Therefore , 3 parallel paths are not possible in
244
phase A. not satisfy the condition for 3
Also , phase B does
parallel paths . The winding of the first example , if distributed
according to chart ( L) , must be connected in series . However ,
leaving out 3 coils instead of 1 , it becomes possible to make
t = 3 parallel paths . Leaving out
out ,, for
for example , the coils 9 ,
20 , and 31 , the distribution is
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6
12 18 13 19 14 2015 21 16 22 17
23 29 24 30 25 31 26 32 27 33 28 (L' )
A B
The coils of each phase lying in the horizontal ( in the same
series) must be connected in series . So , in phase A , the coils
1-2-3-7-8 , the coils 12-13-14-18-19 , and the coils 23-24-25-29-30
must be connected in series , respectively . Since now the coils
of the t = 3 series lie one above the other , they can be con
nected in parallel , i.e. , the coil -sequence 1-2-3-7-8 can be
connected in parallel with the coil - sequence 12-13-14-18-19 and
with coil - sequence 23-24-25-29-30 . The same applies to phase B.
In this phase , the coils 4-5-6-10-11 , 15-16-17-21-22 , and 26-27
28-32-33 must be connected in series , respectively , and the 3
coil rows can be connected in parallel .
The coil grouping which corresponds to the slot chart (L ' )
is
3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2
A B A B A B A B A B A B
The error of the distribution ( L ' ) is zero in magnitude and
8 ° il ' in angle . Leaving out coils from the slots 2 , 13 , and
24 , i.e. , splitting 3 pole -phase groups of phase A , makes the
error in angle only 1° 38 ' but increases the error in magnitude
to 5.45% . Both distributions should be avoided ( see Art . 5-7 ) .
t is the maximum possible number of parallels . Depending
upon the coil distribution , it is possible to make less than t
parallels . In this case , t must be divisible by the number of
parallels chosen . Considering again the first example , t is
equal to 3 . Since 3 is divisible only by 3 and 1 , either 3
parallel paths or series connection is possible .
Consider now the winding of the second example ( 3 phases ,
4. poles , 44 slots , spp = 3 2/3 ) . Since for this winding t = 4 ,
theoretically 4 or 2 parallel paths are possible . An inspection
245
of the chart ( M ) shows that , with the coil distribution given ,
t = 4 parallels are not possible . Consider , for example , phase

C ; the coil 37 has no corresponding coils in the other 3 series ,

since coils 4 , 15 , and 26 belong to phase A. However , 2 parallel
paths are possible if the coil distribution is as follows
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
(M' )
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 AD 42 43 44
A C B
and coils 19 and 41 are left out . In phase A , the coils 1-2-3
4-12-13-14 and the coils 23-24-25-26-34-35-36 are to be con
nected in series , respectively , and both coil rows then con

nected in parallel . In phase C , the coils 5-6-7-15-16-17-18 and

the coils 27-28-29-37-38-39-40 are to be connected in series ,

respectively , and both coil rows in parallel . In phase B , the

coils 8-9-10-11-20-21-22 and the coils 30-31-32-33-42-43-44 are
to be connected in series , respectively , and both coil rows in
parallel .
The error of the distribution ( M ' ) is o in magnitude and
5° 30 ' in angle . Leaving out coils from slots 20 and 42 instead
of 19 and 41 , i.e. , splitting 2 pole - phase groups in phase B
makes the error in angle 3° 54 ' and the error in magnitude 0.97% .
With respect to unbalance , the arrangement with split pole
phase groups is preferable .

Note , that coil rows connected in parallel must have sym

metrical positions in the slot chart . Consider again phase A of
slot chart (M ' ) . It is seen that there are 2 symmetrical groups
of coils , namely , the coils 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 12 , 13 , 14 and the coils
23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 34 , 35 , 36 . Such coil rows can be connected in
parallel . The same applies to phases C and B.

It has been shown for the winding of the first example ( 2

phases , 6 poles , 33 slots ) that , by leaving out 3 coils instead
of one , 3 parallel paths can be made . The parallel paths have
been achieved in this case at the expense of the number of active
coils of the machine and at the expense of the magnitude of un
balance which became larger . In the second example , of the 3
phase , 4 - pole winding , the 2 parallel paths have been achieved

246
at the expense of the magnitude of unbalance . In unbalanced
windings from which coils are omitted , the distribution of the
slots among the phases established in the slot charts (L , M , L '
and M' ) , and the number and location of the omitted coils in
fluence the unbalance and the possible number of parallel paths .
The minimum errors in the angles are achieved when the left-out
coils lie as close as possible to the line of symmetry of the
phase . However , for this location of the omitted coils , the
error in magnitude becomes maximum . When parallel paths are
necessary , this can be achieved in certain cases at the expense
of the number of active coils and of the magnitude of unbalance ;
in other cases , at the expense of the magnitude of unbalance .
The coil groupings in Tables 5-5 and 5-6 are based upon a minimum
of unbalance . The magnitude of the unbalance and the possible
number of parallel paths are shown in these Tables . Since the
location of the omitted coils influences the grouping and the
magnitude of the unbalance , the numbers of the slots in which a
coil is to be left out are given in Tables 5-5 and 5-6 . Note
that number 1 is assigned to the first slot of phase A ( see Art .
5-2 , case b) .

5-6 .
. Simplification of the Coil Grouping Tables of the Un
balanced Fractional -slot Lap Windings . As in the balanced

fractional - slot lap windings , the sequence of the larger and

smaller pole - phase groups is determined by the fraction of spp
only ,when s / m is an integer . For this reason , the coil groupings
given in Tables 5-1 and 5-2 show only the sequence of larger and
smaller pole -phase groups . In order to ob in the number of

single coils in the individual pole - phase groups , the integer of

spp is to be added to the numbers of the coil grouping tables ,
as has been explained in Art . 5-2 ; when s /m is not an integer ,
the sequence of the larger and smaller pole - phase groups depends
upon the layout of the winding and the number and location of
the omitted coils . The digits 1 and 0 in Table 5-5 and 5-6
means larger and smaller pole - phase groups , just as in the Table
5-1 ; however the distribution of the groups is not determined
here by the fraction of spp . As in the Tables 5-1 and 5-2 , the
integer of spp is to be added to l or 0 , in order to find the
number of single coils in the group .

247
 5-7 . Permissible Degree of Unbalance . An unbalance of 2
to 3 degrees between the phase voltages or of 2 % to 3% in the
magnitude of the voltages will not be harmful in a 2 -phase
machine or in a star-connected 3-phase machine . Delta connec
tion of unbalanced windings must be avoided . No unbalance ,
neither in the angle nor in the magnitude of the voltages , is
permissible between winding parts connected in parallel ( see
also Art . 5-5) .
In windings with the number of slots divisible by the num
ber of phases , the unbalance is larger , the smaller the numerator
N
of spp , written in the form For example , a winding with spp
= 4/3 will have a larger unbalance than a winding with spp =
5/3 , because , in the former , the numerator N = 4 is smaller than
the numerator N = 5 in the latter . This is explained in Appen
dix 4 .

Fig . 5-1 shows error in phase angle for 2-phase wind

the
ings with a number of slots divisible by 2 . The unbalance is
due to the fact that the denominator d of spp is divisible by 2
( = number of phases) . In 2-phase windings of this kind , the
voltages are always equal. It can be seen that the error in the
phase angle rapidly decreases with increasing values of the
numerator N of spp .
Table 5-7 shows the errors in voltage and phase angle for
3-phase windings with a number of slots divisible by 3 . As for
2-phase windings , the unbalance is due to the fact that d is
divisible by the number of phases 3 . It can be seen that the
error in voltage is in general small . The error in angle depends
upon the magnitude of N. N = 7 already yields an error in angle
which is smaller than 3° . Fig . 5-2 shows the larger errors in
angle , i.e. , for phase B.
The errors in angle and voltage for 2-phase and 3-phase
windings with the number of slots not divisible by the number of
phases are given in Tables 5-5 and 5-6 . Here the magnitude of
the errors depends upon the layout of the winding and upon the
number and location the slots from which coils are omitted .
of
The method of calculating the unbalance is given in Appendix
4.

248
ELECTRICAL

7
DEGREES
o

2 8 10 12 18 20 22 24 26

NUMERATOR N OF SPP

Fig . 5-1 . Error in angle of 2 -phase windings with

a number of slots divisible by 2 .
ELECTRICAL
DEGREES

2 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

NUMERATOR N OF SPP

Fig . 5-2 . Error in angle of 3 -phase windings with

a number of slots divisible by 3 .

249
 5-1
TABLE DIVISIBLE
WINDINGS
N
A
WITH
SLOTS
OF UMBER
2-PHASE
UNBALANCED
GROUPING
COIL
PHASES
OF
NUMBER
THE
BY

Maximum
of
Total
No.
Fraction Coil
Grouping Parallel
of
of
Repetiti
of grouping
p aths
=-Nthe
o.
spp pole
(S
smaller
and
larger
the
of equence
)-phase
groups No.
poles
of
poles
divided
divided
by
1/2 10 2 2

1/4 0
1 4
3/4 10 4

1/6 1
0
6 6
5/6 0
1
11

1/8 10

250
3/8 1
0
5/8 8 8
10
7/8 0
1

1/10 1
0
3/10 10
7/10 10 10
0
1
9/10 0
1

fraction
corresponding
the
to
applies
shown
grouping
coil
.The
spp
of
grouping
find
order
In
the
to
equal
spp
for
an
plus
fraction
,add
.integer
grouping
coil
under
shown
values
to
integer
the
 OF
C
-
5-2
TABLE
GROUPING
OIL
WINDINGS
3-PHASE
UNBALANCED
DIVISIBLE
N
A
WITH
SLOTS
UMBER
PHASES
OF
NUMBER
THE
BY

Total
No.
Maximum
Frac
of
Repe-
No.
of
Group
Coil ing titio
paral
of ns
lel
tion
of
group
the
=
paths-
and
larger
the
of
-p equence
(Shase
groups
pole
)smaller of
No.
No.
ing
spp poles
of
di
poles
divid
vided
by ed
1/3
10
10
2/3 3 3

1/6
01
5/6
1
0 6 6

1/9
1
0

251
2/9
01
14/91
0
10
5/91
1 9 9
1
i 101110111011101111
7/91
011110
8/9
1101111110111111
1/12
01
5/12
10
10
7/12 12 12
10
11/12

grouping
coil
The
corresponding
applies
shown
the
to
of
.fraction
spp
grouping
find
order
In
the
to
equal
spp
for
an
plus
fraction
.,add
grouping
coil
under
shown
values
to
integer
the
 TABLE 5-3 SPP FOR 2 - PHASE WINDINGS WITH A NUMBER OF SLOTS
NOT DIVISIBLE BY THE NUMBER OF PHASES

No. of 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Poles

No. of
Pole -phase 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
Groups
No. of SPP
Slots
11 2 3/4 1 3/8
13 3 1/4 1 5/8 1 1/12
15 3 3/4 1 7/8 1 1/4
17 4 1/4 2 1/8 1 5/12 1 1/16
19 4 3/4 2 3/8 1 7/12 1 3/16
21 5 1/4 2 5/8 1 3/4 1 5/16
23 5 3/4 2 7/8 1 11/12 1 7/16 1 3/20
25 6 1/4 3 1/8 2 1/12 1 9/16 1 1/4 1 1/24
27 3 3/8 2 1/4 1 11/16 1 7/20 1 1/8
29 3 5/8 2 5/12 1 13/16 1 9/20 1 5/24
31 3 7/8 2 7/12 1 15/16 1 11/20 1 7/24 1 3/28
33 4 1/8 2 3/4 2 1/16 1 13/20 1 3/8 1 5/28
35 4 3/8 2 11/12 2 3/16 1 3/4 1 11/24 1 1/4
37 4 5/8 3 1/12 2 5/16 1 17/20 1 13/24 1 9/28
39 4 7/8 3 1/4 2 7/16 1 19/20 1 5/8 1 11/28
41 5 1/8 3 5/12 2 9/16 2 1/20 1 17/24 1 13/28
43 5 3/8 3 7/12 2 11/16 2 3/20 1 19/24 1 15/28
45 3 3/4 2 13/16 2 1/4 1 7/8 1 17/28
47 3 11/12 2 15/16 2 7/20 1 23/24 1 19/28

49 4 1/12 3 1/16 2 9/20 2 1/24 1 3/4

51 4 1/4 3 3/16 2 11/20 2 1/8 1 23/28
53 4 5/12 3 5/16 2 13/20 2 5/24 1 25/28
55 4 7/12 3 7/16 2 3/4 2 7/24 1 27/28
57 4 3/4 3 9/16 2 17/20 2 3/8 2 1/28
59 4 11/12 3 11/16 2 19/20 2 11/24 2 3/28
61 3 13/16 3 1/20 2 13/24 2 5/28
63 3 15/16 3 3/20 2 5/8 2 7/28
65 4 1/16 3 1/4 2 17/24 2 9/28

67 4 3/16 3 7/20 2 19/24 2 11/28

69 3 9/20 2 7/8 2 13/28
71 3 11/20 2 23/24 2 15/28
73 3 13/20 3 1/24 2 17/28
75 3 3/4 3 1/8 2 19/28
77 3 17/20 3 5/24 2 3/4
79 3 19/20 3 7/24 2 23/28
81 4 1/20 3 3/8 2 25/28
83 4 3/20 3 11/24 2 27/28
85 3 13/24 3 1/28
87 3 5/8 3 3/28
89 3 17/24 3 5/28
91 3 19/24 3 7/28
95 3 23/24 3 11/28
97 4 1/24 3 13/28
99 3 15/28
101 3 17/28
105 3 3/4
107 3 23/28
109 3 25/28
111 3 27/28
113 4 1/28

252
 TABLE 5-4 SPP FOR 3 - PHASE WINDINGS WITH A NUMBER OF SLOTS
NOT DIVISIBLE BY THE NUMBER OF PHASES

No. of 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Poles
No. of
Pole - phase 6 12 18 24 30 36 48 54 60 66
Groups
No. of SPP
Slots
8 1 1/3
10 1 2/3
14 2 1/3
16 2 2/3/1 1/3
20 3 1/3 1 2/3 1 1/9
22 3 2/3 1 5/6 1 2/9
26 4 1/32 1/61 4/9
28 4 2/32 1/31 5/9
32 2 2/3 1 7/9 1 1/3
34 2 5/6 1 8/91 5/12
38 3 1/62 1/9 1 7/12
40 3 1/32 2/9 1 2/3 1 1/3 1 1/9
3 2/3 2 4/9 1 5/6 1 7/15 1 2/9
46 3 5/62 5/91 11/12 1 8/15 1 5/18
50 4 1/6 2 7/9 2 1/12 1 2/3 1 7/18
52 4 1/32 8/9 2 1/6 1 11/15 1 4/9
56 4 2/3 3 1/9 2 1/3 1 13/15 1 5/9 1 1/3
58 3 2/9 2 5/12 1 14/15 1 11/18 1 8/21
62 3 4/9 2 7/12 2 1/15 1 13/18 1 10/21
64 3 5/9 2 2/3 2 2/15 1 7/9 1 11/21 1 1/3
68 3 7/9 2 5/6 2 4/15 1 8/9 1 13/21 1 5/12 1 7/27
70 3 8/9 2 11/12 2 1/3 1 17/18 1 2/3 1 11/24/1 8/27
74 4 1/9 3 1/12 2 7/15 2 1/18 i 16/21 1 13/24 1 10/27
76 4 2/93 1/6 2 8/15 2 1/9 1 17/21 1 7/12 1 11/27
80 4 4/93 1/3 2 2/3 2 2/9 1 19/21 1 2/3 1 13/27 1 1/3
82 4 5/93 5/12 2 11/15 2 5/18 1 20/21 1 17/24/1 14/27 1 11/30
86 4 8/9 3 7/12 2 13/15 2 7/18 2 1/21 1 19/24 1 16/27 1 13/30
88 3 2/3 2 14/15 2 4/9 2 2/21 1 5/6 1 17/27 1 7/15 1 1/3
92 13 5/6 3 1/15 2 5/9 2 4/21 1 11/12 1 19/27 1 8/15 1 13/33
98 4 1/12 3 4/15 2 13/18 2 1/3 2 1/24 i 22/27 1 19/30/1 16/33
100 4 1/6 3 1/3 2 7/9 2 8/21 2 1/12 1 23/27 1 2/3 1 17/33
104 4 1/3 3 7/15 2 8/9 2 10/21 2 1/6 1 25/27 1 11/15 1 19/33
110 4 7/12 3 2/3 3 1/18 2 13/212 7/24 2 1/27 1 5/6 1 2/3
112 4 2/3 3 11/15/3 1/9 2 2/3 2 1/3 2 2/27 1 13/15 1 23/33
116 3 13/15/3 2/9 2 16/21 2 5/12 2 4/27 1 14/15 1 25/33
124 4 2/15 13 4/9 2 20/21 2 7/12 2 8/27 2 1/15 1 29/33
128 4 4/15 3 5/9 3 1/21 2 2/3 2 10/272 2/15 1 31/33
130 4 1/3 3 11/18 3 2/21 2 17/242 11/27 2 1/6 1 32/33
136 4 8/15 3 7/9 3 5/21 2 5/6 2 14/27 2 4/15 2 2/33
140 4 2/3 3 8/9 3 1/3 2 11/12 2 16/27/2 1/3 2 4/33
148 4 1/9 3 11/21 3 1/12 2 20/27 2 7/15 2 8/33
152 4 2/9 3 13/21 3 1/6 2 22/272 8/15 2 10/33
154 4 5/18 3 2/3 3 5/24 2 23/27 2 17/302 1/3
160 4 4/9 3 17/21/3 1/3 2 26/27/2 2/3 2 14/33
164 4 5/9 3 19/21 3 5/12 3 1/27 2 11/15 2 16/33
172 4 7/9 4 2/21 3 7/12 3 5/27 2 13/15 2 20/33
176 4 8/9 4 4/21 3 2/3 3 7/27 2 14/15 2 2/3
182 4 1/3 3 19/243 10/27 3 1/30 2 25/33
196 4 2/3 4 1/12 3 17/27 3 4/15 2 32/33
200 4 1/6 3 19/27 3 1/3 3 1/33
208 4 1/3 3 23/27 3 7/15 3 5/33
220 4 7/12 4 2/27 3 2/3 3 1/3
224 4 2/3 4 4/27 3 11/15 3 13/33
242 4 13/27 4 1/30 32/3
260 4 17/27 4 1/3 3 31/33
280 4 2/3 4 8/33
286 4 1/3
308 4 2/3

253
 5-5
TABLE
2-PHASE
OF
ANGLE
PHASE
MAGNITUDE
IN
UNBALANCE
AND
GROUPING
COIL
ANUMBER
WITH
WINDINGS
PHASES
NUMBER
THE
BY
DIVISIBLE
NOT
SLOTS
OF
-PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
NOT
GROUP -PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
GROUP

UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

GROUPING
COIL
-P(SHASE
POLE
SMALLER
AND
LARGER
)OF
GROUPS
EQUENCE
Angle

Degrees )
Degrees )

( Percent )
( Electrical

Circuits Possible
Factor
(Electrical

( Percent)

Slot Number
Factor
Slot Number

Omitted in
Omitted in

No. of Poles
dds
No. of Slots
No. of Parallel
Magnitude

Magnitude
Phase Angle
Distribution
Phase
Distribution

Coil Side
Coil Side

17/8 4 15 1 11111100 4.38 1° 0.893 13

...
...
...

1 1/126 23 1 Q1111 111110 2.70 '21 0.896 2

111/168 27 1 1100110110110110
0.00 2'3°0 0.908 6 1.99 30 0.898 12
*

1 3/16 8 29 1 1111001111011110
0.00 0.908 10 2.43 '
o 0.898*20
12"TO

254
115/168 31 1 1111111111111100
2.27 '
12 0.898 29

21/4 2 9 1 0000 0.00 °10 0.922 3 0

8.02° 0.8872

2/3/42 11 1 1100 0.00 1'8° 1 0.920 9 6.52 '1°38 0.890 8

21/8 4 17 1 00000000 0.00 1'5° 7 0.913 3 °

4.000 0.895 2

23/8 4 19 1 W0100100 0.00 '4° 4 0.912 1 3.42 '

38 0.8962

2
5/8 4 21 1 01
1101 0.00 '4°17 0.912 14 3.29
0° 0.897 18

27/8 4 23 1 11111001 0.00 5'3°5 0.910 18 3.09 '

26 0.8985

21/12 6 25 1 оооооооооо
Фо 0.00 '3°6 0.908 3 2.29 0° 0.8982

21/4 6 27 1 000001001000 0.00 1'2°8 0.927 3 2.61 '

48 0.8982
 25/12 6 29 1 10010100 0.00 '6°3 0.908 13 2.44 0 0.898 7

27/12 6 31 1 10
11010100 0.00 '2°54 0.908 19 2.28 '
12 0.898 28

32/4 6 33 1 I10011011110 0.00 2°3' 0.919 9 2.34 '1° 0.896 2

2
11/126 35 1 111111111100 0.00 3'2°4 0.908 33 1.94 3 0.90014

21/16 8 33 1 оооооооооо
Фо 0.00 '2°44 0.908 3 2.28 '
0 0.8962

23/16 8 35 1 D000010000010000 0.00 2034 0.908 1 1.94 '

7 0.900 2

25/16 8 37 1 011000100
Q001 0.00 '2°6 0.908 1 1.43 '
0 0.900 16

27/16 8 39 1 10001010100 0.00 '2°18 0.908 18 1.51 2' 0.9037

92/16 8 41 1 10
1101010100 0.00 '2°12 0.903 24 1.39 '
0 0.897 33

2
11/16 8 43 1 10110110110
11001 0.00 '6°2 0.900 9 1.16 6 0.894 13
11 101001111011110

255
123/16 8 45 0.00 °'02 0.904 15 1.26 '0 0.903
8

2
15/168 47 1 1111111111111100
0.00 '1°55 0.906 45 1.46 '
6 0.897 20

31/4 2 13 1 DO00 0.00 '6°55 0.917 4 5.08 '

0 0.8959

31/8 4 25 1 00000000 0.00 '3°6 0.908 4 2.75 0 0.896 15

3 /8 4 27 1 10000.100 0.00 '3°20 0.908 11 1.94 '

30 0.898 23

31/12 6 37 1 Дооооооооооо 0.00 '2° 6 0.907 4 1.77 O' 0.898 21

31/4 6 39 1 1001000
D0000 0.00 '1°53 0.918 4 1.75 '19 0.8989

31/16 8 49 1 0.00
Дооооооооооооооо '1°49 0.906 4 1.15 '
0 0.900 27

3/16 8 10000000
10000
51
1 000 0.00 '1°46 0.903 36 1.31 '
0 0.8949
group
=Ac
-p* omplete
hase
pole
.small
omitted
is
a=Cole
of
end
or
beginning
the
at
out
.-pleft
group
oil
hase
a=Chase
within
out
(g-pleft
).group
split
roup
ole
oil

-OO
 5-6
TABLE
3-PCOIL
FOR
ANGLE
PHASE
MAGNITUDE
IN
UNBALANCE
AND
GROUPING
HASE
ANUMBER
WITH
.WINDINGS
PHASES
NUMBER
THE
BY
DIVISIBLE
NOT
SLOTS
OF
-PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
NOT
GROUP -PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
GROUP
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

GROUPING
COIL
in

-P(SHASE
POLE
SMALLER
AND
LARGER
)OF
GROUPS
EQUENCE

Electrical
Degrees )

(Degrees)
( Percent)

( Percent)

Circuits Possible
(Electrical

Factor
taqwnạ 1015
Omitted in
Factor
Slot Number
Omitted
Coil Side

dds
Magnitude

No. of Poles
No. of Parallel
Magnitude
Phase Angle
Coil Side
Phase Angle

Distribution
Distribution

No. of Slots
+4°1' 8 3
2 14 1 000
000 2.72 '+8°35 0.960 and
'
17
-40 12
+30
4. 28 1 000100010001 '17 0.23 0.956 3
'+20
47
8'
4 28 1 010100010001 2.67 '
17 0.938 11
9'
...
...

001010000100 6' 17

256
8 56 2 0.88 6' 0.950 and
001010000100 0' 47
...

100010001001010 '36
10 70 1 0.91 -1°5' 0.953 66
21/3 1000
100 '4+1°1
...

001001010010000100100 '26 31
14 98 2 0.66 '
54 0.950 and
100
100
001001010010000 '
28 82
...

...

+
100010001001001010100100 8'
16 112 1 0.57 °34
'-1 0.950 101
100010001010001010000100 26
+10
001001000010010000100100
8' ,
19,38
16 112 2 001001000010010000100100
0.87 '
18 0.953 and
75
'
10 94
...

...

DO
100010010101000
1000 47
20 140 1 100010001001010100100
0.68 °39
'1-1 1 0.950 and
100010001001010000 '
32 136
...

DO
0000100000010101000 8 3,4,19
,
20 140 1 100010001001010100100
1,14 "
17 0.952 and
47
1001010000
1000 9' 136
...

1001010100100100
1000 '
22
22 154 1 0.62 -1
010001001010100010001
°'44 0.948 150
001010100100010001000
'2+1°2
...

...
....
 10010010
1001001000000 '
26 24,54
21/3 22 154 2 000001001001100100100
0.63 '41 0.953 and
101
B0001001001000001001001

...
15 + 131
16
2 °36
'-1
1 101001 3.15 '+1°36 0.945 13
-30
12 ...
101010101010 '
48 11
32 1 0.63 +1°35 0.953 and

4
'
47 30

....
°-1 1 ....
8 64 1 110110110101101011011001
1.80 '
55 0.946 61
6'
...

1080 011100110110101 '

12 14
1 0110110011101010.81 '
28 0.950 and
16
'+ 59
011101110101011101110 17
"+
14 112 1 010011101110110101011
1.13 -10 8 0.954 59
2'+1°5
...

011011001101100110110 5' 19,38

14 112 2 011011001101100110110
1.15 + 9' 0.958 and
75
2/3 40 94
0111001101101101010
01011 '26 14
16 128 1 011101110101110101011011
1.00 55 ' 0.956 and
2 9 51
...

+
011100110110110000001001 6 ,
14,43

257
16 128 1 011101110101110101011011
1.53 + 21 0.954 ,
46,51

1
27 61
and
011101110110101011101 20
-10
20 160 1 011101110110101011011
0.89 22
'-10 0.956 110
01 2'+
01
0110110110011011011 19 27,54
,
20 160 2 110110110011011011001
1.20 '
22 0.954 and
107
101101100110110110 '
3 134
...

+
011101110110101011011011'32 75
22 176 1 10110101011101110
101 0.90 7'-1
° 0.953 and
110101011010101110101 '3+5 150
....

0110001
10110101011011011
+ ,
11,14
22 176 1 0110101011101110
10101 1.46 '
13 0.954 20,75
011010101110101
110101 + '
20 150
and
....
...

+30 4
2 20 1 0D
000 1.37 +60 0.966 and
30 17
...

....

'+2°5
31/3 4 40 1 000100010001 0.00 '
33 0.954 4
5'+1°2
...

'33
4 40 1 010100010001 1.13 + '
33 0.950 15
0'
...
...
 5-6
TABLE Continued
MAGNITUDE
3-PHASE
FOR
ANGLE
PHASE
IN
UNBALANCE
AND
GROUPING
COIL
PHASES
NOT
.DIVISIBLE
OF
NUMBER
THE
BY
ANUMBER
WITH
WINDINGS
SLOTS
NOT
SPLIT
-PHASE
POLE
GROUP -PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
GROUP
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

GROUPING
COIL
-P(SHASE
POLE
SMALLER
AND
LARGER
)OF
GROUPS
EQUENCE Degrees )

Degrees )

( Percent )
(Electrical
( Electrical

( Percent )

Factor
Slot Number
Factor
Slot Number
Omitted in

Circuits Possible
Omitted in
Coil Side

Phase Angle

dds
No. of Poles
No. of Slots
Distribution
Distribution

No. of Parallel
Coil Side
Magnitude

Magnitude
.
0010 '19
8 80 1 0.80 '
34 0.954 and
'15 47
...
....

1 + + Phase Angle
100010001001010 '
3
10 100 1 100100010001010
0.32 "26 0.952 65
'
29
...

...

+ I +
100010001000100010001
'
0 37
14 140 1 0.91 '7 0.954
000100010001001010100 and
...

74
...

+
1001001010100100
1000 '
13
160 0.79
100010001010001010000100
0.954 144

258
1316/3 '43

1
...

'56
...

1000
1001000100010
1000 '
12 47
20 200 1 1001010100100
1000 0.79 29 0.954 and
100010001001010000'
17 194
...

+
100010001001010100100100
'
3
22 220 010001001010100010001
0.86 '49 0.954 214
0010101001000100010
DO

1
'46
...

+
2
'+5° 8
2 22 1 001110 0.00 32
1°
'+ 0.957 4
....
5'°+36
...

'50 15
4 44 1 101010101010 0.45 '+
39
1° 0.952 and
'49 41
...

...

46
32/3 8 88 1
1101101101011010110110
01 1.45 '
24 0.952 84
'
22
...

1
...

011100110110101 0 19
10 110 1 011011001110101
0.58 '
0 0.954 and
'
O 81
011101110101
011101110 + '
41
14 154 1 Q10011101110110101011 0.62 40 0.955 81
"
21
+10
...

...
 011100110110110101001011
'
11 19
16 176 1 011101110101110101011011
0.45 24 0.954 and
70

...
'
13

...
+

....
011101110110101011101
'
53
20 220 1 011101110110101
011010 0.57 044
' .954 151
011101110110101011
'
9
01101101100110110110D
2 ,
37,74
23/3 20 220 2 110110110011011011001
0.65 + 1'0.954 and
147
....
101101100110110110
3 184
011101110110101011011011
'
16 103
22 242 1 101010110101011101110110
0.72 '35 0.954 and
101011010101110101
'
19 206

....

...
...

011000110110101011011011
'
16 ,
15,16
22 242 1 0110101011101110110
10101
0.33+60 0.954 103
,19
011010101110101
101 '
10 206
and
...

'
14
+90 2°18
'+
2 13 1 100000 0.00 '7
+4°3 0.965 3 3.88 '-2
°19 0.953 2
3
4° 7
+ +4°3
'7
19
+20 3 9-10 2
4 26 1 ооооооооооо 0.91 "37
+40 0.963 and 2.46 '
9
+10 0.954 and
18
-20 18 18
-20 18
000000
100000 54
1°
'+ '
16
52 1 01000000
1000 0.92 '
31 0.955 3 2.64 °
-1
'
7 0.9452
'
23
+10

8
21/6 ' 3
2
1°
+
0000001
0000010

259
+ '
41 3 '
46 2
10 65 1 000000000001000
0.50 '2
2
1°
+ 0.958 and 1.73 '
5 0.956 and
'
41 44 '41 44
100000010
@00000
100000 '
59 '4
14 91 1 000010000001000001000
0.35 0.957 3 1.04 54 0.956 2
'
58 58

+ + +
100000
000000 + '
18 3 '
37 2
16 104 1 010000010000000
0.61 '
36 0.955 and 0.61 '19 0.954 and
000001000001000 + '18 70 '18 70
31
+30 12 '
50
-20 2
2 17 1 000
111 0.00 '
+70 3 0.966 and 2.07 '42
+ 0.959 and
'-30
32 15 '
32
-30 15
31
+30 '
37
4 34 1 111010111101 0.28 17
1°
'+ 0.958 12 0.91 37
°
-1 0.956 2
'
14
+20 '4
+2°1
111010111101 '40 12 '
45 2
52/6 8 68 1 iiiioiiiioio 0.47 1°
2+' +2 0.958 and 0.47 '3 0.956 and
'
42 66 '
42 66
1010111110111
11 1+
°
1
'6 '9
Toiii1101111011
+

10 85 1 0.00 '17
+ 0.953 12 0.00 '
50 0.9532
59
'+ 59
+

11101011111011
'
14 1101111
12 '
31 2
14 119 1
iiiiiii
i10 iiiiiii
0.27 '
37
io 0.955 and 0.27 '8 0.955 and
+
'
23 117 '
23 117
 5-6
TABLE Continued
FOR
ANGLE
PHASE
MAGNITUDE
IN
UNBALANCE
AND
HASE
3-PCOIL
GROUPING
WITH
WINDINGS
NOT
SLOTS
ANDIVISIBLE
. UMBER
PHASES
OF
NUMBER
THE
BY
SPLIT
NOT
GROUP
PHASE
POLE -PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
GROUP
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

GROUPING
COIL
-P(SEQUENCE
POLE
SMALLER
AND
LARGER
)OF
GROUPS
HASE Degrees)

Degrees )
(Electrical
(Electrical
Factor

Factor
Slot Number

Slot Number

Circuits Possible
Omitted in

Omitted in
Phase Angle

No. of Poles
Distribution
Coil Side
Distribution

spp
No. of Parallel
Magnitude

Magnitude
1
1 010111110111110

No. of Slots
Coil Side

'
48 0
52/6 111101111101111101

+ Phase Angle
16 136 1 0.00 0 0.958 12 0.46 '
48 0.957 2
111011111011 + '
48 '48
'1+6° 9 '+1°35
2 19 1 000000 0.00 10
+30 0.960 4 2.25 3-1
°' 4 0.953 12
+309' +309
35
+10 4 350
-10 2
4 38 1 00000000000 0.17 '
10
+30 0.960 and 1.22 O' 0.955 and
35
-10 26 35
'-10 26
00000000000 2
'+1° 3 l'
76 1 T10100001000 0.42 '
38 0.955 4 0.42 '46 0.954 2

260
31/6 45 '

8
'+ 45
000100000010
DOO 31 4 '
39 2
10 95 1 000001000000000 0.34 +10 4' 0.957 and 0.34 6' 0.956 and
'
33 83 '33 83
00000100000100000010 '
51 2
14 133 01 0.24 ++ '
19 0.957 4 0.24 '
34 0.956 2

1
'
32 32
'+
01
000 '
14 4 '
28 2
16 152 1 01 0.00 '
31 0.955 and 0.00 '
11 0.955 and
001000000000 17 140 '
17 140
1+ +

'
36
+20 16 52-10 14
2 23 1 11100 0.00 13
+50 0.963 and 1.72 '4+5 0.958 and
'
37
-20 20 '
37
-20 20
36
'+20 '31
4 46 1 111001111110 0.00 30
+10 0.957 16 0.70 2'
-10 0.955 14
53/6 '
33
+10 +10'33
111010111101 '
31 16 '
32 14
8 92 1 iiiTo
iiiio
iD 0.956
-

0.35 +10 3' and 0.35 0' 0.955 and

1
32 89 '
32 89
111010111110111 +1°2' '13
10 115 1 1011111011110110.00 + 12 0.955 16 0.28 37 0.954 14
50
'+ 50
'+
 11110111110111101111
'
15 16 '
101111011110111110010 18 14
14 161 1 0.00 '28 0.956 and 0.20 '
5 0.955 and
35/6 '
13 158 '13 158
11110111110111110
'35 + '
5
16 184 1 111T01111101111 0.00 '
10 0.955 16 0.00 '
30 0.955 14
101111011111011

+ +
'
25 + 25

6 '5
3
1°
+ '
48
6 38 1 00000 01 0.17 10
+30 0.958 3 1.48 '47
+ 0.955 2
21/9 35
°
'-1 °35
'-1
100000000001000000
'34 '
6
12 76 1 01000 о
1 оо
0 0.62 '
5 0.956 55 1.04 '
11 0.955 42
:
39 '17
1000
10000
0000 +30 '
56
6 40 1 0.00 '
+10 8 0.954 3 0.48 '56 0.952 2
2 /9 52
1°
'+ 1°5
'+2
100000000
10000
1000 '
31 32 '
31 33
12 80 1 000001000010001000
0.00 '+
2
1° 0.953 and 0.40 '4 0.952 and
'
31 43 '27 43
+ + +

1°
+ '22 18 '
58 2
6 44 1 1010000101000010
10 0.30 '
44
+20 0.957 and 0.97 24 0.955 and
42/9 '2
2
°
-1 35 °
22
'-1 35
1010000101010100
10 1
1°
+
'0 '5+
12 88 1 0
1 0.00 '
24 0.955 18 0.36 41 0.954 2
'
46 '46

261
'
°5
-1 31
6 46 010101010101101010
0.00 '
36
-20 0.955 1 0.70 -10 0.952 2

1
25/9 31
1°
'+ 1°3
'+1
110101010101011010
'31 52 '32 52
12 92 1 10
10010
10
10 0.00 +10 0.953 and 0.18 '
3 0.953 and
'
29 80 '
27 71
°2
1'+ 12 '
36 19
6 50 1 11100
1110111011100
0.20 +2°2
'4 0.958 and 0.78 '36 0.954 and
27/9 °
'-1
12 48 -1
°
'12 48
111101110111011110 '40 '40
12 100 1 1110
100111011101 0.00 23
'+ 0.955 73 0.16 '
27 0.955 66
-10
'
3 '13
+2°1
'8 '
20
6 52 1 111111001111111011
0.00 '
57 0.955 21 1.85 '
41 0.950 11
82/9 21
1°
'+ +10
111111101111111110
29 73 '39 60
12 104 1 1
1i 111000111111011 0.62 l'
1°
+ 0.953 and 0.62 '
8 0.952 and
'32 76 '
31 73
+++

°
1+ '
4 4 '
43 21
6 56 1 00.00 0000000000000
0.35 '
+208 0.954 and 0.81 '
22 0.952 and
31/9 '
4
-10 35 -10 '5 35
1000000000010000 ' 00
+10 0 '18
12 112 1 0
0 10
0 0.00 '29 0.950 60 0.11 '
29 108
0.950
'
31 '
11
I ++
 5-6
TABLE Concluded
AND FOR
ANGLE
PHASE
HASE
3-PCOIL
MAGNITUDE
IN
UNBALANCE
GROUPING
ANUMBER
WITH
.WINDINGS
PHASES
NUMBER
THE
BY
DIVISIBLE
NOT
SLOTS
OF
-PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
NOT
GROUP -PHASE
POLE
SPLIT
GROUP
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

GROUPING
COIL
-P(SEQUENCE
POLE
SMALLER
AND
LARGER
)OF
GROUPS
HASE

Angle
Degrees )
(Electrical

(Percent)
Factor
Slot Number
Omitted in

Circuits Possible
Coil Side

Phase
Distribution

Magnitude

dds
No. of Parallel

No. of Poles
No. of Slots
°2+ '
26
6 58 1 1000
10000
10000
D000 0.00 '
52 0.955 4 0.52 '
46 0.953 12
1°' 2
+ 1°12
'+

+
32/9

ő
100
10000
1000 '28 46 28 38
12 116 1 000001000010001000 0.00 '54 0.955 and 0.55 3' 0.954 and
'26 62 .
25 62
6 58 25 '
46 23
62 1 10101000010100010 0.42 '+1°56 0.957 and 0.68 '
12 0.955 and
34/9 "
58 49 '
58 49

នី
000
101010100101010 52 '
11

262
'+
12 124 1 10 0.00 20 0.955 56 0.26 '
21 0.955 44
32 '
32
66 1°40
+ '
19
64 1 1010101101010
11000 0.00 "
49 0.952 15 0.50 '
32 0.950 24
35/9 '51 '
51
011010
110101010101 26
'+ 72 '
17 72
12 128 1 100101010101001010 0.00 43
'+ 0.952 and 0.00+ 0' 0.952 and
17 111 "
17 120
66 530 16 '
34 14
68 1 111001110111011100 0.48 '+1°46 0.952 and 0.48 '
19 0.950 and
37/9 '
53 65 '
53 65
111101110111011110 '
28 '28
12 136 1 111011100111011101 0.00 + '
22 0.952 99 0.00 :21 0.952 101
50 7'
1 '58 58
6 11
11
1070
1 0 1111101111 0.00 045
' .953 67 1.39 '
22 0.950 57
38/9 °43
'-1 '
36
111111101111111110 25 98 + '
25 98
12 1111110
140
1 0111111 0.00 011 046 ' .956 and 0.68 8' 0.954 and
'21 102 17 104
hir
c.Babet d
wee
nd
t
le
eco n
irs
,tACsang
-Pnd
at
out
left
or
beginning
the
ahase
of
endole
pgroup
.-Coil
within
out
a=Chase
gpsplit oil
ole
(-left
roup
).group
 TABLE 5-7 - UNBALANCE OF 3 - PHASE WINDINGS WITH
A NUMBER OF SLOTS DIVISIBLE BY 3

Difference Between
Numerator of SPP the Magnitudes of
Written in the Form Phase C and Phase A Error in angle ( in
N/d Where N and d in % of Phase A Electrical Degrees )
Have No Common ( Phase B is equal to Between Phase A and
Divisor Phase A) Phase :

C B

4 -2.08 % -3018 -6036

5 -3.09 % -2 ° 17 ' -4034 '

7 -0.86 % -1005 -2° 10 '

8 -1.06 % 52 ' -1 ° 44 '

10 -0.45 % 32 ' -1 ° 04 '

11 -0.58 % 28 ' 56 '

13 -0.28 % 18 36 '

17 -0.20 % 12 " 24 '

19 -0.14 % 9' 18 '

'
6
-

23 -0.10 % 12 '

263
 CHAPTER 6

INTEGRAL-SLOT AND ( INTEGRAL + 1/2)-SLOT

3 -PHASE WAVE WINDINGS

6-1 , General Features of the Wave Winding . Back Pitch ,

Front Pitch , Winding Pitch , Reversing Jumper . In contrast to

the lap winding which has coils with knuckles at both ends (Fig .
1-13 ) , the wave winding has coils with knuckles at one end only .
At the other or lead end , the coil ends are bent away from the
center line of the coil (Fig . 1-14 ) . A certain number of such
coils , specifically , as many as there are pole pairs , are con
nected in series and go around the rotor (or stator ) core , re
Knuckle end

Lead end (abs ac )

Fig . 6-1 . One coil series of

a 6 -pole winding

turning to a point near to the starting point . Such a leg or

wave is called a series of coils . A single series of coils for
a 6 -pole machine is shown in Fig . 6-1 .
Each phase contains several series of coils . It will be
shown later that the number of coil series depends upon the num
ber of slots per pole per phase .
The wave winding is a 2 - layer winding , similar to the lap
winding . Therefore , if conductor (a ) in Fig . 6-1 is an upper
conductor , conductor (b ) is a lower conductor , (c ) is again an
upper conductor , and so on . The distance (a ) to (b ) in Fig . 6-1
fixes the width of all coils of the winding . This is the back
pitch of the winding and it can be expressed in either of two
common ways . If (a ) is in slot 1 and (b ) is in slot 10 , the

264
back pitch may be expressed as 1 and 10 , or it can be expressed
as 9 slot pitches (10 - 1 - 9 ) . The distance ( b ) to (c ) between
the conductors of two consecutive coils is the front pitch and
this also can be expressed in terms similar to the back pitch .
The distance (a ) to ( c ) , i.e. , the sum of the back pitch and
front pitch , is the winding pitch . The back pitch is the dis
tance between upper and lower conductor , or vice versa , of the
same coil . The winding pitch is the distance between 2 con
secutive upper or lower conductors .
The wave winding is used mainly in rotors of induction
motors and is usually 3 -phase . For this reason , only the 3 -phase
windings will be treated in this book . Furthermore , this chap
ter will be limited to the windings for which spp is an integer
or an ( integer + 1/2 ) while the other fractional -slot wave wind
ings , balanced and unbalanced , will be treated in Chapters 7 and
8.

When spp = integer , then the

back pitch = coil width = 3 X spp
front pitch - back pitch (6-1 )
When spp = ( integer + 1/2 ) , then the
back pitch - coil width = ( 3 X spp ) + 1/2
front pitch = back pitch - 1
For example , a 3 -phase winding with spp = 3 has a back pitch and
a front pitch of 9 slot pitches ; a 3 -phase winding with spp =
3 1/2 has a back pitch of (3 x 3 1/2 ) + 1/2 = 11 slot pitches
and a front pitch of 11 - l - 10 slot pitches . The winding pitch
is equal to 9 + 9 = 18 slot pitches for spp 3 , and to 11 + 10
= 21 slot pitches for spp - 3 1/2 , Note that the winding pitch
is equal to the number of slots under 2 poles .
The back pitch as well as the front pitch does not depend
upon the number of poles . The pitches depend exclusively upon
the value of spp . For example , a 4 -pole and a 6 -pole winding
with spp = 3 have the same back and front pitches . This makes
it possible to classify the wave windings according to number of
slots per pole per phase , just as it has been done with the lap
windings .

The winding of each phase consists of 2 parts connected by

a connector . One part is wound clockwise ; the other part is

265
wound counter -clockwise , or vice versa . Because both parts run
in opposite directions , the connector is called a reversing
jumper . In the integral -slot winding , each part consists of as
many coil series (Fig . 6-1 ) as there are slots per pole per
phase . In the (integral + 1/2 ) -slot winding , one part consists
of (spp + 1/2 ) coil series , the other part of ( spp - 1/2 ) coil
series .

Since the coil width is the same for all coils , the back
pitch is also the same for all coils . This is not the case with
the front pitch . There are always a certain number of abnormal
front pitches which are shorter or longer than the normal . It
depends upon the way in which the coil series of each winding
part are connected together , whether the abnormal front pitches
are shorter or longer than the normal front pitches . This is
explained in detail in the next article .
6-2 , Different Ways of Starting and Winding the 3 Phases ,
Retrogressive and Progressive Windings , Short -pitch and Long
pitch coils . The coils used for wave windings can be left -hand
(Fig . 6-2 ) or right -hand (Fig . 6-3 ) coils . In both cases , upper
or lower conductors can be chosen as the starts of the 3 phases ;
in both cases the first part of each phase can be wound clock
wise and the second part counter -clockwise or vice versa . This
gives a certain variety in carrying out the winding . Further
variations are given by the way in which the coil series of each
part are connected together . This can be seen best in Fig . 6-4
in which the 3 coil series of one part of phase A of a 6 -pole
machine with spp . - 3 are shown . The slot groups assigned to
phase A are :

Knuckle
Çlip joining
the two half
turns

Fig . 6-2a . Left - hand full Fig . 6-2b . Left - hand half
turn coil for a wave winding turn coil for a wave winding

266
 Knuckle
Clip joining
the two half
turns

Fig . 6-3a , Right - hand full Fig . 6-3b . Right - hand half
turn coil for a wave winding turn coil for a wave winding

1-2-3 10-11-12 19-20-21 28-29-30 37-38-39 46-47-48

This leaves between 2 consecutive groups 6 slots for the phases
C and B ( 3 for each phase ) . Since spp = 3 , the back pitch and
front pitch ( = spp x No. of phases ) are equal to 3 x 3 = 9,
respectively , and the winding pitch ( = back pitch + front pitch )
is equal to 18 , i.e. , if the upper conductor of a coil lies in
slot 1 , its lower conductor must lie in slot ( 1 + 9 ) = 10 , and
the next consecutive upper conductors of the series to which the
considered coil belongs must lie in the slots ( 1 + 18 ) - 19 and
19 + 18 - 37 .

Let the start of phase A be in the upper conductor l of the

coil series bi -e (see Fig . 6-4 ) . If the end of this series ,

e , is connected with the beginning of the next series b2 which

lies in slot 2 , ie . , ahead of the beginning of the first series ,
the winding is progressive . On the other hand , if the end of a

19 20 21 28 29 30 37 38 39

Fig . 6-4 . Three coil series of phase A

of a 6 - pole winding with spp = 3

267
coil series is connected with the beginning of another coil

series which lies behind the beginning of the first series , the
winding is retrogressive , If , for example , in Fig . 6-4 , the
start of the phase lies in upper conductor 3 and the end of the
series bz -ez is connected with bą , i.e. , with slot 2 , the wind
ing is retrogressive .
In general , a winding is progressive , if the end of a coil
series is connected with the beginning of a coil series in a
slot which lies , in the direction of winding. ahead of the be
ginning of the coil series considered ; and a winding is retro
gressive if the end of a coil series is connected with the be
ginning of a coil series in a slot which lies , in the direction
of winding , behind the beginning of the coil series considered .
The progressive winding has a certain number of front
pitches which are longer than the normal - front pitch ; the retro
gressive winding has a certain number of front pitches which are
shorter than the normal .
From themany different possible ways of starting the
phases and connecting the coil series of each part and also the
2 parts of each phase , only the 2 most commonly used methods or
schemes will be considered . They will be designated as the re
trogressive or short- pitch (SP
( ) connection and as the progres
sive -retrogressive or long pitch - short pitch (LP - SP ) connection .
The significance of these designations becomes clear from the
following .
In this chapter , as in the foregoing chapters , the
numbering is clockwise . The beginnings of the 2 winding parts
will be designated by the odd subscripts 1 and 3 , and the ends
by the even subscripts 2 and 4 , as for example , the beginnings
and A4 :
of the parts of phase A will be A, and Az and the ends A2

(A ) WINDINGS WITH SPP = INTEGER

(a ) Retrogressive (SP ) connection . Fig . 6-5 shows the re

trogressive (SP) connection of phase A for a 4 - pole winding with
spp = 3 . The total number of slots is = (spp x No. of phases x
No. of poles ) , i.e. , 3 x 3 x 4 = 36 . The slots belonging to
phase A are 1-2-3 , 10-11-12 , 19-20-21 , and 28-29-30 (see Fig . 6-5

268
 28 29 30 28 29 30

N n O US 0 -

19 20 21 19 20 21
SP SP
Aq Az
J

1
AL AA
Fig. 6-5 . Retrogressive or SP connection of
phase A of a 4-pole winding with spp = 3
and Table 6-4 ) . There are only 2 conductors per slot , one in
each layer . The coils are left -hand (see Fig . 6-2 ) . The back

pitch and front pitch which correspond to spp = 3 are equal to

3 x 3 = 9 slot pitches ( Eq . 6-1 ) . This is the width of all coils
at the end opposite the connections. For example , upper con
ductor 19 is connected with lower conductor 19 9 = 28 , this

connected with upper 28 + 9 = 37 36 -

‫ܕܐ‬
latter conductor is
and so on . The start A, of the phase lies in the lower con
ductor of slot 1 , and the first part of the phase progresses
counter - clockwise , Since spp = 3 , there are 3 coil series in
each winding part , each series consisting of 2 ( = number of pole
pairs ) coils . Considering the first part , the 3 coil series
are :

(1 ) lower 1 → upper 28 → lower 19 → upper 10 .

(2 ) lower 2 - > upper 29 → lower 20 → upper 11 .
(3 ) lower 3 → upper 30 → lower 21 → upper 12 .
The end of the first coil series (upper conductor 10 ) is con

nected with the lower conductor in slot 2 . Since the first part
is wound ccw ( counter -clockwise ) , slot 2 direction
lies in the
of winding behind slot i (start of the first series ) and the
first part is retrogressive . This leads to shorter front pitches
than normal between upper conductor 10 and lower conductor 2 ,

269
and upper conductor 11 and lower conductor 3 . In general , the
number of shorter - front pitches per winding part is equal to
(spp 1 ) , in this case to 3 - l = 2 .

The end Az of the first part lies in the upper conductor

12 , and the first part of the winding contains the lower con
ductors of slots 1-2-3 , upper conductors of slots 28-29-30 , lower
conductors of slots 19-20-21 , and upper conductors of slots 10
11-12 , The remainder , i.e. , the upper conductors of slots 1-2-3 ,
lower conductors of slots 28-29-30 , upper conductors of slots
19-20-21 , and lower conductors of slots 10-11-12 , make up the
second part of phase A. This part starts in the upper conductor
of slot 21 and is wound clockwise , The first coil series con
sists of the conductors upper 21 → lower 30 → upper 3 → lower 12
and the end of this series is connected with the upper con
ductor of slot 20 , which lies in the direction of winding behind
the beginning of the first coil series . Thus , the second part
is also retrogressive and has 2 shorter - front pitches , exactly
as the first part . The total number of shorter - front pitches
per phase is equal to 2 x (spp - l) . The end of the first part

Az is connected by a reversing jumper J with the beginning of

the second part Az , thus placing all the coils of phase A in

series . A , and A4 are the beginning and ending , respectively ,

of phase A. A, usually is made the lead to one of the rings or

line ; A4 is usually made the star point .

(b ) Progressive - retrogressive (LP -SP) connection , Fig . 6-6
shows the progressive -retrogressive or LP - SP connection for the
same winding for which Fig . 6-5 shows the SP connection . Fig .
6-6 has the same number of slots , and the same slots are assigned
to phase A as in Fig . 6-5 . Therefore , the back , front , and
winding pitches are also the same . The coils are again left
hand .

Contrary to the retrogressive ( SP ) connection described in

( a ) , the first part of the progressive -retrogressive ( LP -SP )
connection starts in the upper conductor of slot 1 and is wound
clockwise , The first coil series consists of the conductors
upper 1- > lower 10- → upper 19 lower 28 , Its end ( lower con
ductor 28 ) is connected with the upper conductor of slot 2 which
lies , in the direction of winding , ahead of the beginning of the
foregoing coil series , i.e. , the first part is progressive .
270
 28 29 30

19 20 21
SP
LP
LE
Az A3
A A4

Fig . 6-6 . Progressive - retrogressive or LP - SP connection of

phase A of a 4 -pole winding with spp = 3

This leads to longer - front pitches than normal between the lower
conductor 28 and upper conductor 2 , and the lower conductor 29
and upper conductor 3 . The number of longer pitches is , in
general , equal to (spp - 1 ) , in this case to 3 - l = 2. The first
part ends in the lower conductor 30 and contains the upper con
ductors of slots 1-2-3 , lower conductors of slots 10-11-12 ,
upper conductors of slots 19-20-21 , and lower conductors of
slots 28-29-30 . The remainder , i.e. , the lower conductors of
slots 1-2-3 , upper conductors of slots 10-11-12 , lower conductors
of slots 19-20-21 , and upper conductors of slots 28-29-30 , make
up the second part of phase A. This part starts in the lower
conductor of slot 1 and is wound counter - clockwise , The first
coil series consists of the conductors lower 1 upper 28 →
lower 19 → upper 10 , and the end of this series (upper con
ductor 10 ) is connected to the lower conductor of slot 2 which
lies , in the direction of winding , behind the beginning of the
first series . Thus , the second part is retrogressive while the
first part is progressive , This leads to (spp - 1) = 2 shorter
front pitches in the second part . The end of the first part Az
is connected by a reversing jumper J with the beginning of the
second part Az , thus placing all the coils of phase A in series .
A, and A4 are the beginning and ending , respectively , of phase A.
271
 Comparing the connection diagrams , Fig . 6-5 and Fig . 6-6 ,
the SP connection has only normal- and short - front pitches while
the LP - SP connection has normal- , long- and short - front pitches .
The advantage of the SP connection is that it has fewer types of
abnormal coils than the LP - SP connection . The advantage of the
LP - SP connection is that it has no crossing of the leads and
jumper .

( C ) Progressive (LP) connection , Fig . 6-7 shows for com

parison the same 4 -pole winding with spp = 3 as in Figs . 6-5 and
6-6 , but with both parts of the phase progressive , This leads
to long - front pitches in both parts . The total number of long
front pitches for each phase is equal to 2 x (spp - l ) . This
type winding is seldom used .

28 29 30 28 29 30

19 20 21
LP Ý
L
Az J A3
A A4
Fig . 6-7 . Progressive or LP connection of
phase A of a 4 -pole winding with spp - 3

(d) Retrogressive (SP) connection using right -hand coils .

Fig . 6-8 shows the same winding as in Fig . 6-5 , i.e. , with both
parts retrogressive , but with right - hand coils instead of left
hand coils . Fig . 6-8 is the same as Fig . 6-5 seen from the re
verse side of the page . Here also , only normal- and short - front
pitches are present .

As mentioned above , the Tables and Working Diagrams given

in the following are based on the retrogressive or SP connection

272
 17 18 19 17 18 19

NM

SP SP
3 9 10 8 9 10
J Az
A3

A A,

Fig . 6-8 . Retrogressive connection of phase A of a

4 -pole winding using right -hand coils

and the progressive -retrogressive or LP - SP connection shown in

Fig . 6-5 and 6-6 , respectively . Further , left - hand coils and
clockwise numbering of the slots will be assumed . Upon this
basis , the following applies to windings having spp = integer .

Progressive - retrogressive or
Retrogressive or SP Connection LP - SP Connection

Start of phase A lies in the The start of phase A lies in

lower conductor of slot 1 . the upper conductor of slot l .
The first part of the phase is The first part of the phase is
retrogressive and progresses progressive and progresses
CCW . CW .

The second part of the phase The second part of the phase
is retrogressive and pro is retrogressive and pro
gresses cw . gresses CCW .
The jumper from part 1 to part The jumper from part 1 to part
2 progresses cw and connects 2 progresses cw and connects
2 upper conductors . 2 lower conductors .
The beginning and ending of The beginning and ending of
a phase lie in lower con a phase lie in upper con
ductors . ductors .
See Fig . 6-5 . See Fig . 6-6 .

273
 (B ) WINDINGS WITH SPP - ( INTEGER + 1/2 )
( a ) Retrogressive (SP ) connection , As an example , a 4 - pole
winding with spp = 3 1/2 (Fig . 6-9 ) will be considered . The
total number of slots is equal to (spp x No. of phases x No. of
poles ) = 3 1/2 x 3 x 4 = 42 , and there are 42 upper and 42 lower
conductors , Since spp is a fractional number , namely 3 1/2 , one
part of each phase will have 4 coil series and the other part 3
coil series . The back pitch (see Eq . 6-1 ) is (3 x spp ) + 1/2 =
(3 x 3 1/2 ) + 1/2 = 11 , and the front pitch is (back pitch - 1 )
= (11 - 1 ) = 10 .

33 34 35

&

22 23 24 25

SP SP
J
Az Az
A AA
Fig . 6-9 . Retrogressive or SP connection of phase A
of a 4 -pole winding with spp = 3 1/2
Assigning the upper (or lower ) conductors to the 3 phases ,
conductor groups of (spp + 1/2 ) = 4 and (spp - 1/2 ) • 3 con
ductors must alternate . For the example considered , the lower
conductors may be distributed as follows :
Lower Conductors 1-2-3-4 5-6-7 8-9-10-11 12-13-14
Phase A C B A

Lower Conductors 15-16-17-18 19-20-21 22-23-24-25 26-27-28

Phase с B A C

Lower conductors 29-30-31-32 33-34-35 36-37-38-39 40-41-42

Phase B A с B

274
i.e. , to phase A belong the lower conductor groups
1-2-3-4 12-13-14 22-23-24-25 33-34-35
When the distribution of the lower conductors is fixed , the dis
tribution of the upper conductors is also fixed , since at the
end opposite the connection - end the distance between a lower and
upper conductor is fixed by the back pitch , which is equal here
to 11 slot pitches . Thus , with left -hand coils , the lower con
ductor 1 is connected to the upper conductor ( 1 + 42 ) - 11 = 32 .
The lower conductor 2 is connected with the upper conductor (2 +
42 ) 11 = 33 , and so on , and the upper conductors belonging to
phase A are
1-2-3 11-12-13-14 22-23-24 32-33-34-35
Fig . 6-9 shows , for phase A , the retrogressive or SP connection
of the considered 4 -pole winding with spp = 3 1/2 . This con
nection corresponds to the connection of Fig . 6-5 , except that
here both parts of the phase do not have the same number of coil
series . The first part , progressing counter - clockwise , has (spp
+ 1/2 ) = 3 1/2 + 1/2 = 4 coil series , while the second part ,
progressing clockwise has (spp - 1/2 ) = 3 1/2 - 1/2 - 3 coil
series .
The first part starts , as in Fig . 6-5 , in the lower con
ductor of slot 1 and its first coil series goes through 2 ( num
ber of pole pairs ) coils , i.e. , through the conductors
lower 1 → upper 32 lower 22 → upper 11
The latter conductor is connected to the lower conductor 2 which ,
in the direction of winding , is behind the beginning of the
first coil series . The winding is , therefore , retrogressive ,
and 3 shorter -front pitches will appear in this part of the
phase . The second part starts in the upper conductor of slot 24
and consists of 3 coil series . It is also retrogressive and
produces 2 shorter - front pitches .
The number of shorter - front pitches is , in general , equal
to the number of coil series minus 1 , i.e. , in one part equal to
(spp + .1 / 2 ) - l or spp 1/2 , and in the other part to (spp
1/2 ) - 1 or ( spp - 1 1/2 ) .
As in Fig . 6-5 , both parts of the phase are connected by a
reversing jumper J which places all coils of the phase in series .
(b ) Progressive -retrogressive (LP -SP) connection , Fig . 6-10
shows the progressive -retrogressive or LP - SP connection for the
275
 ง
30
33 34 35

22 23 24 25
SP
LP
L - _J_ -- _ J
A, A3
A, А,

Fig . 6-10 . Progressive - retrogressive or

LP - SP connection of phase A of a
4 - pole winding with spp = 3 1/2

4-pole winding with spp = 3 1/2 considered above . This connec

tion corresponds to the connection of Fig . 6-6 , except that here

both parts of the phase do not have the same number of coil
series . The distribution of the conductors among the phases is
the same as in Fig . 6-9 . As in Fig . 6-6 , the first part of the
phase is progressive and the second retrogressive . Contrary to
Fig . 6-9 , the first part has (spp - 1/2 ) = 3 1/2 - 1/2 = 3 coil
series , and the second part has (spp + 1/2 ) = 3 1/2 + 1/2 = 4
coil series . Therefore , the first progressive part produces 2
( = number of coil series minus 1 ) longer -front pitches , and the

second retrogressive part produces 3 ( = 4 - 1 ) shorter - front

pitches . Both parts of the phase are connected in series by the
reversing jumper J.

Summarizing , the following applies to windings for spp =

( integer + 1/2 ) :

276
 Progressive -retrogressive or
Retrogressive or SP Connection LP - SP Connection

The start of phase A lies in The start of phase A lies in

the lower conductor of slot the upper conductor of slot
1.
The first part of the phase The first part of the phase is
is retrogressive , progresses progressive , progresses cw ,
CCW , and consists of (spp + and consists of (spp - 1/2 )
1/2 ) coil series . coil series .
The second part of the phase The second part of the phase
is retrogressive , progresses is retrogressive , progresses
cw , and consists of ( spp CCW , and consists of (spp +
1/2 ) coil series . 1/2 ) coil series .
The jumper from part 1 to part The jumper from part 1 to part
2 progresses cw , and con 2 progresses cw , and con
nects 2 upper conductors . nects 2 lower conductors .
The beginning and end of a The beginning and end of a
phase lie in lower conduc phase lie in upper conduc
tors . tors ,
( See Fig . 6-9 ) (See Fig . 6-10 )

6-3 , Connection Tables , Conductor Distribution Tables ,

Working Diagrams , and How to Use Them . The information necessary
to produce a winding for a given spp and number of poles is as
follows :

1. Back pitch
2. Front pitch
3. Exact position of the leads
4. The position of the reversing jumper ends .
5. The beginning and ending of a coil series .
6. Number of shorter- and longer -front coil pitches .
1. Number of normal -front coil pitches ,
8. The sequence of the various parts .

The Connection Table gives all the information necessary to pro

duce a winding . Twenty - four Connection Tables (6-1 to 6-24 ) are
given ; 12 for the retrogressive ( SP ) connection and 12 for the
progressive- retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection . In both cases ,

the Tables are worked out for

277
 spp = 1 1/2 , 2, 2 1/2 , 3 for 4 to 24 poles
spp = 3 1/2 for 4 to 18 poles
spp = 4 for 4 to 14 poles
spp = 4 1/2 for 4 to 12 poles
spp = 5 , 5 1/2 for 4 to 10 poles
spp = 6 , 7 , 8 for 4 to 8 poles
It should be noted that 4 -pole rotor windings are often made lap
instead of wave .
Conductor -distribution Tables 6-25 to 6-41 are given to
show the distribution of the conductors among the 3 phases and
to be used for checking Connection Tables and arrang
the
ing the winding in parallel circuits (see Arts , 6-9 and 6-10 ) .
Conductor - Distribution Tables also enable the winder to
change the spacing between the beginnings of the phases , if
necessary (see Art . 6-4 ) .
The Working Diagrams are skeleton diagrams but show all the
necessary connections for a given spp and for a given number of
poles .
For the retrogressive (SP) connection , the following Working
Diagrams are given :

Poles 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

spp Fig . No.

2 6-17 6-25 6-32 6-386-43 6-48 6-52 6-56 6-596-62

21 6-186-26 6-33 ) 6-39 6-44 6-49 6-53 6-57 6-606-63

3 6-19 6-27 6-34 6-40 6-45 6-50 6-54 6-58 6-616-64

6-41
34 6-20 6-28 6-35 6-46 6-51 ] 6-55

4 6-21 6-29 6-36 6-42 6-47

4 6-22 6-30 6-37

5 6-236-31

6 6-24

278
For the progressive -retrogressive (LP -SP ) connection , the fol
lowing Working Diagrams are given :

Poles 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 22 24
| 20
spp Fig . No.
2 6-65 6-73 6-80 6-86 6-916-966-1006-104 6-107 6-110
21 6-66 6-74 6-81 6-87 6-926-976-1016-105 6-108 |6-111
3 6-67 6-75 6-82 6-88 6-936-98 6-1026-1066-1096-112

31 6-68 6-766-83 6-89 6-946-996-103

4 6-69 6-77 6-84 6-90 6-95

41 6-70 6-78 6-85

5 6-71 6-79

6 6-72
The above working diagrams are shown at the end of the chapter .
The development of a Working Diagram will be shown and explained
by an example .
Fig . 6-11 shows a completely developed retrogressive (SP)
wave winding for 72 slots , 8 poles , spp = 3 , and 2 conductors
per slot . The short radial lines numbered 1 to 72 indicate the
slot portion of the winding . The outer circle represents the
portion of the winding opposite the lead - end , while the inner
circle represents the lead -end and shows the position of the
starts and ends of the winding , the jumper connections , and the
number of coil connections between the starts , ends , and jumper
leads .

The number of connections between upper and lower conductors

at the end opposite the lead-end is equal to the number of coils ,
i.e. , 72 in this example . However , the number of connections
between upper and lower conductors at the lead-end is less than
the number of coils because there are 4 free ends to each phase
(A1, A2 , A3 , A4 , B1 , B2 , etc. ) . The total number of connections
between upper and lower conductors at the lead - end is equal to
the number of coils less 6 .

Since spp = 3 , the back pitch as well as the front pitch

= 9 slot pitches . Thus , lower conductor l is connected with

279
 D S
AN BR
12

60
2 cy Az 6
6

56
Az
-55 2

53
52 B
23
12 B4
S1
SO B3 B2
2

Fig . 6-11 . Fully developed winding with retrogressive (SP)

connection for 72 slots , 8 poles, and spp = 3 .

-280
 BOT SLOT

TOD SLOT TOP SLOT

64 10

12

C3 AN

S
BOT SLOT
55 .
MOT SLOT
19
re

12
Big
By

TOP SLOT
46 SLOT

BOT SLOT
37

Fig . 6-12 . Simplified diagram of the retrogressive (SP)

connection of the winding shown in Fig . 6-11

-281
upper conductor 64 then with lower conductor 55 , etc. , until the
end of the first coil series ends in upper 10 and connects with
the beginning of the next coil series in lower 2 . This first
coil series is shown by a heavy line in Fig . 6-11 .
Fig . 6-12 is a simplified form of Fig . 6-11 . The single
coil series , shown by a heavy line in Fig . 6-11 , is again shown
in the same relative position in Fig . 6-12 . All the other coil
series are omitted , but the connections between top and bottom
conductors at the lead - end are shown by short radial lines be
tween 2 concentric circles . This part of the diagram , which
corresponds to the internal circle of Fig. 6-11 , shows the posi
tion of the leads and jumpers , and designates the number of con
nections between the upper and lower conductors , The outer
circle of squares (Fig . 6-12 ) designates the top conductors ; the
inner circle , the bottom conductors . The short radial lines
connecting these points represent clips or connections between
example , between A, and A , there
top and bottom conductors. Forjoining
are 2 clips or connections 2 upper and 2 lower con

ductors .
The further
simplification of Fig . 6-12 is shown in Fig .
6-13 . Here only the beginning and end of the same coil series
of phase A are shown . The radial lines representing clips are
shown only in the region of the leads of phase A ; in all other
parts of the diagram , a number is shown which denotes the number
of coils or clips between the parts . This diagram is the same
as the Working Diagram of Fig . 6-27 . This skeleton diagram then
suffices to install the winding .
If half - turn coils are used , the winder installs all the
bottom conductors , marking the lower conductor of slot 1 . Next
he installs all the Starting with lower con
top conductors ,
ductor 1 and connecting it with upper conductor 64 , all the con
nections between upper and lower conductors are then made in
sequence , at the end opposite the lead -end . At the lead -end ,
lower conductor 1 is marked for connection to the rings . Upper
conductor 10 is connected by a clip with lower conductor 2, and
upper conductor 11 to lower conductor 3 . This agrees with the
diagram which shows 2 connections between upper and lower con
ductors progressing clockwise from Az .

282
 BOT
SLOT 1

TOPSLOT
TOP SLOT
64

12

2 2
C3 Az 6
A,
6
2
C2 АAz
2 C,
12
B,
BA B2
B3
12
2

2 6

Fig . 6-13 . Working diagram of the retrogressive ( SP)

connection of the winding shown in Fig . 6-11

-283
 1

WY Մի 7

10
50
49 Az 5
୮ + CA
5
+
C2
AA
2

CI

d
t
B
10 BA
B3 ! B2
.
2

X
5

-t

Fig . 6-14 . Fully developed winding with a retrogressive ( SP)

connection for 60 slots , 8 poles , and spp = 2 1/2

-284
 The next upper conductor is a jumper lead Az . There follow
then 6 clips or connections joining 6 upper and 6 lower con
ductors . The next lower conductor is a lead A4 , which is then
followed by 2 connections between 2 upper and 2 lower conductors .
The next upper conductor is a jumper Az which connects with A2 :
There follow 12 connections between 12 upper and 12 lower con
ductors . The process continues on around until the winding is
completely connected .
If full - turn coils are used , the winder installs and marks
the first coil as the number one coil . The bottom coil side is
placed in the bottom of slot 1 and the top coil side in slot 64
(because the back pitch = 9 slot pitches in this case ) . Pro
gressing clockwise facing the connection end , the winder installs
the coils in the normal manner , until a bottom coil side is

placed in the bottom of slot 19 and the corresponding top coil

side in slot 10 . This latter coil side ( conductor ) is DOW
marked for connection with the bottom conductor of slot 2 . This
now fixes the beginning reference points . The remaining coils
are now installed , and the winder will refer back to the start
ing position and make the connections of the coil ends according
to the sequence given by the corresponding working diagram . A
method of checking the connections is given in Chapter 12 , Art .
12-3 .

Fig . 6-14 represents a fully developed 8 - pole winding in 60

slots with retrogressive (SP) connection ; spp = 2 1/2 . The
final Working Diagram is Fig . 6-26 .
Fig . 6-15 shows a fully developed 8 -pole winding in 72
slots with progressive - retrogressive (LP -SP ) connection ; spp =
3. The final Working Diagram is Fig . 6-75 .
Fig . 6-16 shows a fully developed 8 pole winding in 60
slots with progressive - retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection ; spp =
2 1/2 . The final Working Diagram is Fig . 6-74 ,
The use of the Tables and Working Diagrams will be explained
by several examples :
Example 1
A 10 - pole rotor has 90 slots and is to be wound with a re
trogressive winding . The Master Table 3-5 yields for 90 slots
and 10 poles an spp = 3 . The Connection Table 6-4 for retro

285
 17 .
7

‫רזי‬
+
‫ר‬

‫רי‬
‫רד‬
+7

6
2 2
A2
60

59
As
12

B , -- 20

2
*
В.

12

L + +
7FEE

MA
++

L +

Fig . 6-15 . Fully developed winding with a progressive

retrogressive ( LP -SP ) connection for 72 slots ,
8 poles , and spp = 3

-286
 X +
7 7

581 7
+7

2
Az Az
-50 10
i AL
r 10

ti
t
Bar 18 ]
19 +
+
BA 20

10

N
A
33 31 130

Lt Lt
L

Fig . 6-16 . Fully developed winding with a progressive

retrogressive (LP-SP) connection for 60 slots ,
8 poles , and spp = 2 1/2

-287
gressive ( SP ) connection , and spp = 3 , gives the following posi
tion of the leads and reversing jumpers for 10 poles :

Leads Reversing Jumpers

A = in bottom conductor 1 A2 = in top conductor 12

= in bottom conductor 10
A4
Bi = in bottom conductor 61
= in bottom conductor 70
B4
C1 - in bottom conductor 31
CA = in bottom conductor 40
Az - in top conductor 21
B2 = in top conductor 72
B3 = in top conductor 81
C2 = in top conductor 42
C3 = in top conductor 51

The Conductor - distribution Table 6-30 shows the assignment

of the slots to the various phases , and confirms that slots 1 ,
10 , 12 , 21 belong to phase A ; slots 61 , 70 , 72 ,, 81 belong to
phase B ; and slots 31 , 40 , 42 , 51 belong to phase C.

The Connection Table 6-4 indicates that the back pitch =

the front pitch = 9 slot pitches . Further the connection Table
gives the number and location of the shorter and normal front
pitch coils . This , together with the Distribution Table , serves
to give the necessary information to lay out the completely de
veloped winding or to prepare the Working Diagram . The Working
Diagram of this winding is given in Fig . 6-34 , The short radial
lines represent clips , There are shown on this figure the be
ginning and end of the first coil series of phase A , the back
pitch , and the sequence of the shorter and normal front pitches ,
i.e. , coils , for all 3 phases . Since spp = 3 , the back as well
as the front pitch is equal to 3 x 3 = 9 slot pitches . Thus ,
lower conductor 1 is connected with upper conductor ( 1 + 90 ) - 9
= 82 , and the last conductor of the first coil series of phase
A is the top conductor ( 1 + back pitch ) 1 + 9 = 10 . ( See Fig .
6-113 . ) The start of each phase is followed by (spp - l ) = 3 -
1 = 2 short - front pitch coils , then by the jumper and 2 x spp =
2 x 3 = 6 normal -front -pitch coils , then by the second lead and
again by (spp - 1 ) = 2 short - front - pitch coils , then again by
the jumper and finally by 18 normal - front -pitch coils . The be
ginning and end of each phase are connected to lower conductors ,
the jumpers to upper conductors . The Connection Table gives the
same information .

288
Example 2

A 14 - pole rotor has 147 slots and is to be wound with a re

trogressive winding . The Master Table 3-5 yields for 147 slots
and 14 poles an spp = 3 1/2 . The Connection Table 6-5 for re
trogressive (SP) connection and spp = 3 1/2 gives the following
position of leads and reversing jumpers for 14 poles :
Leads Jumpers
A, : in bottom conductor 1 Az = in top conductor 14
A4 = in bottom conductor 12 Az = in top conductor 24
B1 • in bottom conductor 50 B2 = in top conductor 63
B4 = in bottom conductor 61 B3 = in top conductor 73
cy = in bottom conductor 99 C2 - in top conductor 112
CA = in bottom conductor 10 C3 : in top conductor 122

The Conductor -distribution Tables 6-31 and 6-32 show the

assignment of the slots to the various phases and confirm that
slots 1 , 12 , 14 , 24 belong to phase A ; slots 50 , 61 , 63 , 73 be
long to phase B ; and slots 99 , 110 , 112 , 122 belong to phase C.
The Conductor -distribution Tables can also be used for changing
the spacing between the beginnings of the phases if necessary
(see Art , 6-4 ) . The Connection Table 6-5 shows that the back
pitch is equal to ll slot pitches and the front pitch is equal
to 10 slot pitches . Further , the Connection Table gives the
number and location of the short- and normal - front pitches ,
The Working Diagram of the winding is given in Fig . 6-46 .
The back pitch is (3 spp) + 1/2 = 3 x 3 1/2 + 1/2 = 11 ,
and the front pitch is (back pitch - 1 ) = 11 - 1 = 10 . There
fore , the lower conductor 1 is connected with the upper con
ductor (1 + 147 ) 11 = 137 , and the last conductor of the first
coil series of phase A is the top conductor 11 (= back pitch) .
( See Fig . 6-114 . ) The start of each phase is followed by (spp -
1/2 ) 3 1/2 - 1/2 3 short - front - pitch coils , then by the
jumper and 2 x spp 2 x 3 1/2 = 7 normal - front -pitch coils ,
then by the second lead and ( spp - 1 1/2 ) = 3 1/2 - 1 1/2 = 2
short -front -pitch coils , then again by the jumper and finally by
35 normal - front -pitch coils . The beginning and end of each
phase are connected to lower conductors , the jumpers to upper
conductors , The Connection Table gives the same information .

289
Example 3
A 6 - pole rotor has 54 slots and is to be wound with a pro
gressive -retrogressive winding . The Master Table 3-5 yields for
54 slots and 6 poles an spp = 3 . The connection Table 6-16 for
progressive -retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection and spp = 3 gives
the following position of leads and jumpers for 6 poles :

Leads
A, = in top conductor 1
A4 = in top conductor 12
B = in top conductor 25
B4 = in top conductor 36
ci = in top conductor 13
C4 = in top conductor 24
Jumpers
A2 = in bottom conductor 48
Аз = in bottom conductor 1
= in bottom conductor 18
B2
B3 = in bottom conductor 25
C2 = in bottom conductor 6
cз - in bottom conductor 13

The Connection Table shows that the back pitch = front pitch
= 9 slot pitches . Further , the Connection Table shows that the
first or clockwise going part of each phase has 2 long -front
pitches , while the second or counter - clockwise going part of
each phase has 2 short- front pitches . The Table also shows

that there are 6 normal -front pitches between Az and Az , B2 and

Bz , and C2 and Cz .
The conductor distribution of this winding is given in
Table 6-30 and the Working Diagram is given in Fig . 6-67 . The
back and front pitches are equal to ( 3 x spp ) = 3 x 3 = 9 slot
pitches . Therefore , upper conductor 1 is connected with lower
conductor 1 + 9 = 10 and the last conductor of the first coil
series of phase A is the bottom conductor ( 1 + number of slots
back pitch ) = 1 + 54 - 9 = 46 . (See Fig . 6-115 ) . The start of
each phase is followed by (spp - 1 ) = 3 - 1 = 2 long - front - pitch
coils , then by the jumper and (2 x spp ) = 2 x 3 = 6 normal -front
pitch coils , then again by the jumper and (spp - 1 ) = 3 - 1 = 2
short - front -pitch coils , and then by the end of each phase . Be

tween lead A4 and lead Cz , and also between lead C4 and lead B1 ,
there are no coils , but between lead B4 and lead A, there are 18
normal - front -pitch coils .

In the foregoing examples of a 10 -pole and a 14 -pole wind

ing , the beginnings of the 3 phases are 120 mechanical , as well
as electrical , degrees apart , and the number of normal - front
pitch coils between the second jumper lead and the beginning of

290
the next following phase is the same for all 3 phases . The equal
spacing of the 3 phase beginnings is not possible when the num
ber of poles is 6 or a multiple of 6 , i.e. , 12 , 18 , 24 , and so
on . In these cases , the number of normal -front -pitch coils be
tween the leads (or second jumper lead ) is determined by the
Connection Table .

Consider again the Connection Table 6-16 of the 6- pole

winding The second lead or end of phase A lies in the top
of slot 12 , and the beginning of phase C lies in the top of slot
13 . Further , the second lead of phase Clies in the top of slot
24 , and the beginning of phase B lies in the top of slot 25 .
Therefore , there are no normal -front -pitch coils between the end

of phase A (AQ ) and the beginning of phase C (CZ ) as well as be

tween the end of phase C ( CA) and the beginning of phase B (B2 ) ,
but there are 18 normal - front - pitch coils between the ends of

phase B (B4 ) and the beginning of phase A (AZ ) .

6-4 , General Rules for Laying Out Conductor -distribution

Tables and Connection Tables , In order to lay out a connection
Table , first the starts of the
3 phases , A2 , B1 , and C (see
Figs , 6-5 , 6-6 , 6-9 , and 6-10 ) , must be determined . For this
purpose , either a Conductor -distribution Table can be used , if
available , or the formulae given below .

A wave winding with spp = integer is laid out in the same

way as the integral - slot lap winding . For example , for spp = 3 ,
the assignment of the slots to the 3 phases is as follows :
1-2-3 4-5-6 7-8-9 10-11-12 13-14-15 16-17-18
А с B A с B
When spp = ( integer + 1/2 ) , (spp + 1/2 ) and (spp - 1/2 ) slots ,
alternating , are to be assigned to the 3 phases . This applies
to the retrogressive (SP) connection , as well as to the pro
gressive - retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection considered in the fore
going . For example , for spp = 3 1/2 , the assignment of the
lower conductors to the 3 phases is as follows :
1-2-3-4 5-6-7 8-9-10-11 12-13-14 15-16-17-18 19-20-21
A с B A C B

For the upper conductors the distribution is then (see Art . 6-2 )
1-2-3 4-5-6-7 8-9-10 11-12-13-14 15-16-17 18-19-20-21
A с B A с B

291
The formulae which can be used instead of the Conductor -distri
bution Table are :
A, lies in slot 1
2x No of slots
B, lies in slot (1 + 2 x spp ) + No.of poles -X Integer ( 6-2 )
2 x No , of slots
clics in slot (1 + 4 x spp) + No.of poles x Integer
The integer can be 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , and so on . Its value is usually
different for B1 and Cy . The integers determine the spacing of
the phase beginnings around the rotor and are chosen in such a
manner that the distance between the 3 phase beginnings is 120
mechanical degrees . As explained in Art . 6-3 , this is possible
only for the pole numbers which are not equal to 6 or a multiple
of 6 . The formulae apply to spp = integer as well as to spp =
( integer + 1/2 ) .

Once the phase beginnings are fixed , the second lead Ad , and
the leads to the reversing jumper Az and Az , can be determined
from the following formulae :
(a ) Retrogressive (SP) connection , spp = integer
Az = Aj + (back pitch + spp-1 )
B2 = B1 + (back pitch + spp-1 )
C2 = C1 + (back pitch + spp-1 )
Az = A2 + back pitch
B3 = B2 + back pitch (6-3a )
C3 =C₂C2 + back pitch
A4 = A, + back pitch
B4 = Bi + back pitch
C4 = Cy + back pitch
Number of short - front -pitch coils between Al
and Az . - spp 1
( See Fig . 113 )
Number of short - front - pitch coils between A4
and Az , = spp - 1
( b ) Retrogressive (SP) connection , spp = (integer + 1/2 )
Az = A, + (back pitch + spp - 1 1/2 )
Az = Az + (back pitch -1 )
Ag = A, + back pitch
(6-3b )
B2 = By + (back pitch + spp-1 1/2 )
B3 - B2 + (back pitch -1 )
=

B.
B4 By + back pitch
292
 C2 C + (back pitch + spp - 1 1/2 )
Cz = C2 + (back pitch -1 )
C4 Cy + back pitch

Number of short - front - pitch coils between A,

and Az spp - 1/2
( See Fig . 114 )
Number of short - front - pitch coils between A4
and Ag = spp - 1 1/2

(c ) Progressive - retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection , spp = integer

Az = A1 + (number of slots - back pitch + spp - 1 )
Az = A1
A4 = A, + (back pitch + spp - 1 )
B2 = B1 + (number of slots - back pitch + spp -1 )
Вз B (6-30 )

B4 = Bi + ( back pitch + spp - 1 )

C2 - C1 + (number of slots - back pitch + spp - 1 )
C3 - C
C4 = C, + (back pitch + spp - 1 )
Number of long - front -pitch coils between A,

and Az = spp - 1 ( See Fig . 115 )

Number of short - front - pitch coils between Az
and A4 = spp - 1

(d ) Progressive - retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection , spp = ( integer

+ 1/2 )
A1
Az = A , + (number of slots - back pitch + spp - 1 / 2 )
A3 - A1
=

A4 A , + (back pitch + spp - 1 1/2 )

B2 - B1 + (number of slots - back pitch + spp - 1 / 2 )
B3 - B (6-30 )

B4 - B1 + (back pitch + spp -1 1/2 )

C2 = (1 + ( number of slots - back pitch + spp - 1 / 2 )
Cz = Ci
C4 = C1 + (back pitch + spp -1 1/2 )

Number of long - front - pitch coils between A,

and Az = spp - 1 1/2
( See Fig . 116 )
Number of short - front -pitch coils between Az
and Ag = spp - 1 / 2

For the retrogressive ( SP ) connection , 2 x spp normal- front

pitch coils always lie between Az and Aq, and for the progressive

293
retrogressive ( LP - SP ) connection 2 x spp normal - front -pitch
coils always lie between Az and Az . This fact can also be used
in order to check or determine the spp of a wave winding .

When the number of conductors per slot is larger than 2

( see Art . 6-6 ) , then the number of clips counted between Az and
A4 or Az and Az must be divided by the number of conductors per
layer , in order to determine the real spp .

The number of normal - front -pitch coils which follow the re

versing jumper lead Az , in retrogressive ( SP ) windings (Figs .

6-113 and 6-114 ) , or the lead Aq, in progressive -retrogressive
(LP - SP ) windings (Figs . 6-115 and 6-116 ), depends upon the total
number of slots and the number of poles . It has been pointed
out in Art . 6-3 that equal spacing between the phase beginnings
can be achieved only in the windings with the number of poles
different from 6 or a multiple of 6 . In the cases of equal
spacing , the number of normal -front -pitch coils between the

jumper lead AzAz,, in retrogressive ( SP) windings, or lead Ad. in

progressive -retrogressive ( LP - SP ) windings , and the beginning of
the next phase is equal to
No , of slots 4 x SPP
3

When the number of poles is equal to 6 or a multiple of 6 , the

number of normal -front -pitch coils between Az, in retrogressive

windings, or A4, in progressive -retrogressive windings, and the be
ginning of the next phase depends upon the slot in which the
next phase starts . The latter is to be taken from a Connection
Table , if available , or is to be determined for each case ,

The same 3 examples will be considered as in Art . 6-3 .

Example 1
10 -pole rotor with 90 slots and retrogressive (SP ) connec
tion . Here , spp = 3 , back pitch = front pitch = 9 slot pitches
(See Eq . 6-1 ) . The beginning
of phase A lies in slot 1 . The
2 x 90
beginning of phase B can lie in slot (1 + 2 x 3 ) + 10 X in
teger = 7 + 18 x integer ( See Eq . 6-2 ) . The integer can be equal
to 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 , i.e. , the beginning of phase B can lie in one
of the slots 7 , 25 , 43 , 61 , or 79 . The beginning of phase C can
lie in slot ( 1 + 4 x 3 ) + 18 x integer = 13 + 18 x integer
where the integer 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 , i.e. , the beginning of phase C
can lie in one of the slots 13 , 31 , 49 , 67 , or 85 .

294
 Equal spacing between the phase beginnings is achieved when
phase A starts in slot 1 and the other 2 phases start in slots
(1 + 2) and (1 + 2 x 90 ), respectively , i.e. , in the slots 31
and 61 . Therefore , the start of phase C will be put in slot 31
and the start of phase B in slot 61. The same result is obtained
from the Conductor -distribution Table 6-30 for spp = 3 , Note
that the slot chosen for the beginning of phase B must have the
same polarity as slot 7 , and the slot chosen for the beginning
of phase C must have the same polarity as slot 13 , i.e. , the
slot chosen for the beginning of a phase must have the same
polarity as the first slot of the series of slots possible as
beginnings for this phase .

For the other leads of the 3 phases , the formula (6-3a )

yields :
Az = 1 + (9 + 3 1 ) = 12

B2 = 61 + (9 + 3 1 ) = 72
C2 = 31 + (9 + 3 1 ) = 42

Az = 12 + 9 = 21
B3 - 72 + 9 = 81
= 42 + 9 = 51
C3
= 1 + 9 = 10
A4
= 61 + 9 = 70
B4
C4 = 31 + 9 = 40

Between Ay and Az and between Az and A4 there are spp - l = 2

short -front -pitch coils ; between Az and A4 there are 2 x spp = 6

normal - front -pitch coils ; and between Az and Cz , Cz and B2 , B3
and A, there are
90
3 4 x spp = 30 12 = 18 normal - front - pitch coils

This is in accordance with the Connection Table 6-4 for retro

gressive winding and spp = 3. Conductors A2 , A4 , B1, B4, C1, C4 are
lower conductors , and conductors Az , Az , B2 , B3 , C2, C3 are
upper conductors . ( See page 273 ) .

Example 2
14 -pole rotor with 147 slots and retrogressive (SP ) connec
tion , spp 3 1/2 , back pitch 11 , front pitch = 10 slot
pitches (see Eq . 6-1 ) . The beginning of phase A lies in slot 1 .
The beginning of phase B lies in one of the slots ( 1 + 2 x 3 1/2 )
2 x 147
14 X integer = 8 + 21 x integer , where the integer 0 , 1 ,

295
2 , 3 , 4 , 5 or 6 , i.e. , the beginning of phase B can lie in one
of the slots 8 , 29 , 50 , 71 , 92 , 113 , or 134 (see Eq . 6-2 ) . The
beginning of phase C can lie in one of the slots ( 1 + 4 x 3 1/2 )
+ 21 x integer = 15 , 36 , 57 , 78 , 99 , or 120. For equal spacing ,
the beginning of the 3 phases should lie in slots 1 , 1 + 147
3
50 , and 1 + 2 x 147 = 99. Therefore , the start of phase B will
be put in slot 50 and that of phase C in slot 99 . The Conductor
Distribution Table 6-31 or 6-32 shows that these slots can be
chosen as beginnings of the phases , since slot 50 has the same

polarity as slot 8 and slot 99 has the same polarity as slot 15 .

The formula (6-3b ) yields for the other leads of the 3 phases :
A2 1 + (11 + 3 1/2 - 1 1/2 ) = 14
=

B2 = 50 + (11 + 3 1/2 1 1/2 ) = 63

C၇ = 99 + (11 + 3 1/2 1 1/2 ) = 112
Аз = 14 + ( 11 1 ) = 24
B3 = 63 + ( 11 1 ) = 73
Cz - 112 + (11 1 ) - 122
A4 = 1 + 11 12

B4 - 50 + 11 = 61
CA = 99 + 11 = 110
Between A , and A2 , there are ( spp - 1/2 ) = 3 short - front- pitch
coils ; between A4 and Ag there are ( spp 1 1/2 ) = 2 short - front
pitch coils . Between A2 and A4 there are 2 x spp - 7 normal

front-pitch coils . Between Az and B1, B, and C1 , C2 and Ay , there

are 147 4 x spp = 49 - 14 = 35 normal - front -pitch coils . This
is in accordance with Connection Table 6-5 for retrogressive
winding and spp = 3 1/2 . Conductors A,, Ad , B2 , B4, C4 C4 are
lower conductors . Conductors A2 , A3 , B2 , B3 , C2 , C3 are upper
conductors . ( See page 277 ) .
Example 3
6 -pole rotor with 54 slots and progressive -retrogressive
connection . spp = 3 , back pitch = front pitch = 9 (see Eq . 6-1 ) .
The beginning of phase B can lie in one of the slots ( 1 + 2 x 3 )
2 x 54
6 x integer = 7 + 18 x integer , where the integer 0 , 1 ,
or 2 , i.e. , in slot 7 , 25 , or 43 , and the beginning of phase C
can lie in one of the slots ( 1 + 4 x 3 ) + 2 x 54 x integer = 13
+ 18 x integer , where the integer 0 , 1 , or 2 , i.e. , in slot 13 ,
31 , or 49 (see Eq . 6-2 ) . For equal spacing , the beginnings of
the 3 phases should lie in slots 1, i + 52 19 , and
1 + 2 х 54 3 37 . The Conductor -distr ibution Table 6-30
296
shows that the slots 19 and 37 do not appear in the series of

slots possible for the beginnings of phases B and C (7 , 25 , 43 ,

and 13 , 31 , 49, respectively) . Therefore , equal spacing is not
possible , and two other slots must be chosen . Slot 13 can be
chosen for the beginning of phase C , and slot 25 for the begin
ning of phase B. The position of the other leads can be deter
mined by using the formula 6-3c .
6-5 . General Rules for Laying Out a Working Diagram . In
Art . 6-3 , many Working Diagrams are given for different number
of poles , for different values of spp , and for both the retro
gressive (SP) as well as the progressive - retrogressive (LP -SP )
connection . The number and the sequence of abnormal , and normal
front pitches in the region of the leads of each phase are de
termined by the value of spp and kind of connection . They are in
dependent of the number of poles . Figs . 6-113 to 6-116 show the
abnormal and normal - front pitches in
number and sequence of abnormal-
phase A for the retrogressive (SP) and the progressive -retro
They also show the beginning and
gressive ( LP - SP ) connections .
end of the first coil series of phase A. Figs . 6-113 and 6-115
refer to spp - integer . Figs . 6-114 and 6-116 refer to spp =
( integer + 1/2 ) .
As explained in Art . 6-4 , the number of normal - front -pitch
coils between the jumper lead Az and the beginning of the next
phase for retrogressive (SP) windings (Figs . 6-113 and 6-114 ) or
between A4 and the beginning of the next phase for progressive
retrogressive (LP -SP )windings (Figs . 6-115 and 6-116 ) depends
upon the number of slots and the number of poles . For 120 °
l l
mechanica and electrica spacing of leads , the number of normal
front -pitch coils following Az for retrogressive (SP) windings ,
and A4 for progressive -retrogressive ( LP -SP ) windings is equal
to
No. of slots
No. of slots 4 x SPP

except for windings with 6 poles or a multiple of 6 poles . In

these latter cases , other lead spacing must be used , and the
number of normal - front - pitch coils between Az for retrogressive
4 for
(SP) windings or A, progressive - retrogressive (LP - SP ) wind
ings and the beginning of the next phase depends upon the slot
in which the next phase starts .

297
 B A с

spp - 1 2 X SDP SPP

SP NP SP- NP
Az J A3
A, AA

Fig . 6-113 . General Working Diagram for determining the

start and finish of the first coil series of phase A ,
and the sequence of coil connections in the vicinity of
the leads of phase A for a retrogressive ( SP ) winding
with spp - integer .
Legend : A = Bottom of slot 1 .
B = Top of slot ( 1 + Number of slots - back pitch )
C = Top of slot ( 1 + back pitch )
SP = Short - front -pitch coil .
NP = Normal - front - pitch coil .
J = Reversing jumper .

B A с

spp- 2 SPP spp - in NP

SP NP SP
Az J A3
A, А,

Fig . 6-114 . General Working Diagram for determining the

start and finish of the first coil series of phase A ,
and the sequence of coil connections in the vicinity of
of phase A for a retrogressive ( SP) winding
with spp = ( integer + 1/2 ) .
Legend : A = Bottom of slot 1 .
B = Top of slot ( 1 + Number of slots . back pitch )
C = Top of slot ( = back pitch )
SP = Short - front -pitch coil .
NP = Normal -front -pitch coil .
J = Reversing jumper .

298
 с А. B

SPP - 1 2 SPP SPP - 1

LP NP SP NP

Az J A3
A А4

Fig . 6-115 . General Working Diagram for determining the

start and finish of the first coil series of phase A ,
and the sequence of coil connections in the vicinity of
the leads of phase A for a progressive -retrogressive
( LP -SP ) winding with spp = integer .
Legend : A = Top of slot 1 .
B = Bottom of slot (1 + back pitch )
C = Bottom of slot ( 1 + Number of slots back pitch )
SP = Short -front -pitch coil .
NP = Normal - front -pitch coil .
LP = Long - front - pitch coil .
J = Reversing jumper .

с А B

SPP - IR 2 x SPP
11
SPP
LP NP SP NP

Az J Az
A, А,

Fig . 6-116 . General Working Diagram for determining the

start and finish of the first coil series of phase A ,
and the sequence of coil connections in the vicinity of
the leads of phase A a for progressive -retrogressive
(LP -SP ) winding with spp = ( integer + 1/2 ) .
Legend : A = Top of slot 1 .
B = Bottom of slot (1 + back pitch )
C = Bottom of slot (2 + Number of slots back pitch )
SP = Short -front -pitch coil .
NP = Normal - front -pitch coil .
LP = Long - front - pitch coil .
J = Reversing jumper .

299
 The total number of clips at the connection - end of a wind
ing is equal to
No , of coils 6
The total number of clips for half - turn coils is equal to the
total number of clips at the connection end of the winding plus
the total number of clips at the end opposite the connection end .
The number of clips at the end opposite the connection end is
equal to the number of coils , Figs . 6-113 to 6-116 , as well as
the foregoing considerations , refer to phase A. They apply also
to phases B and C.

The same examples will be considered as in Art . 6-3 .

Example 1
10 -pole rotor with 90 slots and a retrogressive (SP ) wind
ing . Fig . 6-34 , Fig . 6-113 , and Connection Table 6-4 apply to
this case . Table 6-4 shows that the back pitch is equal to 9
slot pitches . Fig . 6-113 shows that Ay , the start of the first
coil series of phase A , lies in the bottom of slot 1 and con
nects by back pitch = 9 with upper conductor 1 + 90 - 9 - 82 .
Fig . 6-113 also shows that the end of the first coil series lies
in upper slot 1 + 9 = 10 and connects to lower conductor 2 . It
also shows , as well as does Table 6-4 , that there are (spp - 1 )
= 2 short - front - pitch - coils between Al and the upper jumper lead
Az . Following Ay , there are 2 x spp = 2 x 3 = 6 normal - front- pitch
coils between Az and the lower lead A4 : Following Ad, there are
2 more short -front -pitch . coils and this is followed by the upper
jumper lead Az . Connection Table 6-4 shows that following Az
there are 18 coils between Az and the start of the next phase

cy : The Table also shows the coil connection sequence following

Ci and then By from which the Working Diagram Fig . 6-34 is ob
tained .

Example 2
14 - pole rotor with 147 slots and a retrogressive ( SP ) con
nection . Fig . 6-46 , Fig . 6-114 , and Connection Table 6-5 apply
to this case . Table 6-5 shows that the back pitch is equal to
11 slot pitches . Fig . 6-114 shows that Ay , the start of the
first coil series of phase A , lies in the bottom of slot 1 and
connects by back pitch = ll with upper ( 1 + 147 - 11 ) = 137 .
Fig . 6-114 also shows that the end of the first coil series is
upper conductor of slot 1 + 11 = 12 and connects to the lower

300
conductor 2 . It also shows , as well as does Table 6-5 , that
there are (spp - 1/2 ) = 3 1/2 - 1/2 = 3 short - front -pitch coils
between A, and the upper jumper lead Az: Following Az , there
are 2 x 3 1/2 = 7 normal -front -pitch coils between Az and the
lower lead A4 . Following A, there are now (spp - 1.1 / 2 ) = (3 1/2
-1 1/2 ) = 2 short - front -pitch coils and this is followed by the
upper jumper lead Az .: Connection Table 6-4 shows that following
Az there are 35 normal - front -pitch coils between Аз and the
start of the next phase B1 . The Table also shows the coil con
nection sequence following B, and then C, from which the Working
Diagram Fig . 6-46 is obtained .
Example 3
6 -pole rotor with 54 slots and a progressive -retrogressive
(LP-SP ) connection . Fig . 6-67 , Fig . 6-115 , and Connection Table
6-16 apply to this case . The connection Table shows that the
back pitch is equal to 9 slot pitches . Following the directions
of Fig . 6-115 , the start and end of the first coil series of
phase A are fixed . It shows that upper conductor A, connects by
back pitch = 9 with lower conductor 10 , and that the end of the
coil series is lower conductor of slot 46 which connects with upper
conductor 2 . Following A, there are 2 long -front -pitch coils ,
lower jumper lead Az , 6 normal - front -pitch coils , lower jumper
lead Az , 2 short -front -pitch coils , and finally upper lead A4:
Table 6-16 shows that the foregoing coil sequence is true also
for phases B and C. Since the number of poles is 6 , the spacing
between A2 , B1 , and C, is not equal , and the number of coils be
tween A4 and Cy , C4 and By , and B4 and depends upon the slot
in which C, and B, start . One solution is shown by Table 6-16
which shows that there are no coils between A4 and Cy , and CA
and By , but that 18 normal - front - pitch coils lie between B4 and
Ay . Working Diagram 6-67 is developed in this way .
Fig . 6-117 shows a photograph of the connection end of a 210
slot rotor prior to the application of the reversing jumpers and
leads .
6-6 . Wave Winding with More Than 2 Conductors Per Slot .
In the foregoing , the windings with 2 conductors per slot , one
in each layer , were considered . A conductor may consist of 2

parallel straps , insulated together or separately , but with ends

connected by the same clip . In general , all straps which lie in
301
 ET E
ED L 2

0
0
0
0
OD E
C
g . 6-117 . Lead end of a 210 -slot rotor connected
for 14 poles with spp = 5 . Progressive -retrogressive
(LP -SP ) winding with 2 conductors per slot . Note the
2 different kinds of clips ; the commonly used solid
clips and the long ones looking like la figurse 8 and
used as fan blades . At 3 symmetrica place there
are 4 conductors , 2 of which are to be connected by a 1

jumper and the other 2 are the beginning and end,

respectively , of a phase .

302
the same clip make a single conductor . Thus , if there are more
than 2 conductors per slot , i.e. , 2 or 3 conductors per layer ,
the number of clips will be increased as if there were more slots
with only 2 conductors , one per layer . For example , a 6 -pole
rotor with 54 slots and 2 conductors in each layer has the same
number of coils and clips as a 6 -pole rotor with 108 slots and 1
conductor in each layer . Hence , a winding with more than one
conductor per layer can be treated as a one which has a ficti
tious number of slots equal to the
Real number of slots X Conductors per layer
and a fictitious spp equal to the
Real spp X Conductors per layer
If the 6 -pole winding of the example with 54 slots , i.e. , spp
3 , had 2 conductors per layer , it would be represented by the
Connection Table 6-22 for spp = 3 x 2 = 6 with 54 x 2 = 108
slots . The Working Diagram for this winding is the same as for
6 poles and 108 slots , i.e. , spp 6. Note that the number
found in this way in the connection and Conductor -distribution
Tables and in the Working Diagrams refer to conductors and not
to slots , i.e. , in windings with more than 2 conductors per
layer , the upper or lower conductors and not the slots are to be
numbered by the consecutive digits , 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , etc.
A practical example is given in Figs . 6-118 and 6-119 ,
which show a wound rotor having a star -connected retrogressive
winding with 2 coil sides per slot per layer . The rotor has 90
slots and is connected for 8 poles . The fictitious number of
slots is equal to 90 x 2 = 180 , and the fictitious spp is equal
90
to 3 x 8 x 2 = 7 1/2 ,. This can be checked by noting that there
are (spp - 1/2 ) = ( 7 1/2 1/2 ) = 7 coils (clips ) following a
lead ; that there are 2 x spp = 2 x 7 1/2 = 15 clips between the
jumper lead (Az) and the star lead (A4 ) ; that there are (spp
1 1/2 ) = (7 1/2 - 1 1/2 ) = 6 clips between star lead A14 and the

remaining jumper lead Az ; and finally that there are No.of

No.of coils

- 4 xbeginning
the
spp = 150
3 - 4 x 7 1/2 = 30 clips
of the next phase .
between the
Fig . 6-118 shows
lead Az and
the entire
lead connection end , and Fig . 6-119 shows the coil connections
near the leads of one phase and also shows the 2 coils per slot
per layer .

303
Fig . 6-118 . Lead end of a 90 -slot rotor connected for
8 poles . Retrogressive winding with 2 conductors per
slot per layer .

304
Fig . 6-119 . Close -up of coil connections in vicinity
of the leads of the rotor winding of Fig . 6-118 . Note
2 coils per slot per layer .

305
 6-7 . Series Star and Series Delta Connection of Phases.
In Figs . 6-5, 6-6 , 6-9 , 6-10 , as well as in the Working Diagrams ,
both parts of each phase are connected by the reversing jumper
placing all coils of each phase in series . From these diagrams ,
the series star connection can be readily obtained by connecting
the ends of the 3 phases (A4, B4, C4) to a star point (Fig .
6-120 ) . The beginnings of the phases (Aq , By , Cy ) are connected
either to slip rings or to lines . The series delta connection

A,
cala,
CATA,

A
J
A3 J C3 Az
AA

C2 A3S
CA
J BA B3
B2
CE Ci B, B2
BA B.
C. B J

Fig . 6-120 . Schematic dia Fig . 6-121 . Schematic dia

gram for the series star gram for the series delta
connection of the parts connection of the parts
of the winding . of the winding .

(Fig . 6-121 ) is obtained by connecting the end of phase A (A4 )

with the beginning of phase B (B1 ) , the end of phase B (B4 ) with
the beginning of phase C (cy ) , and the end of phase C (CA ) with
the beginning of phase A (A, ) ; or the end of phase A ( A ) with
the beginning of phase C (C7 ) , the end of phase C (Cd) with the
beginning of phase B (B7 ) , and the end of phase B (B4 ) with the
beginning of phase A (A7 ) , whichever makes possible the shortest
connection between phases . The corner points of the delta are
connected either to slip rings or to lines .
Both series star and series delta connections are tabulated
in Table 6-42 .
6-8 . Two Parallel Star and 2 Parallel Delta Connections .
The 2 parallel star and the 2 parallel delta connection can be
obtained easily by opening the reversing jumper and connecting
both parts of each phase in parallel . Fig . 6-122 shows the 2
parallel star connection . The beginnings of each 2 parts A, and

306
 Аз A,
C2

A3
All A
B Ci 2
A
3
A4
C. B3 BA В.
B2

Cz B B, B,
Fig . 6-122 . Schematic dia Fig . 6-123 . Schematic dia
gram of a 2 -parallel star gram of a 2 - parallel delta
connection for spp = connection for spp
integer . integer .

Az , B, and Bz, and C, and Cz are respectively connected together

and also the ends of each 2 parts , Az and A4 , B2 and B4 , and C2
and C4 are respectively connected together . The ends of A2 →
A4, B2 → B4 , and C → C4 are connected to the star point , while
the beginnings A1 → A3 , B1 - > Bz , and C → C3 are connected to
the slip rings or lines .
Fig . 6-123 shows the 2 parallel delta connection . The 2

parts of each phase are connected in the same way as for 2

parallel stars . Then the ends Az → A4 of phase A are connected
with the beginnings B. → B3 of phase B , the ends B2 → B4 of phase
B with the beginnings Ci → Cz of phase C , and finally the ends C2
→ C4 of phase c with the beginnings A1 > Az of phase A. The
corner points of the delta are connected either to slip rings or
to lines . Both parallel star and parallel delta connections are
tabulated in Table 6-42 .

Note that the placing in parallel of the 2 parts of each

phase by opening the reversing jumper applies only to spp
integer . When spp = ( integer + 1/2 ) , both parts of each phase
have different numbers of coil series ( see for example , Fig .
6-9 ) and , therefore , cannot be connected in parallel . The
parallel connection of windings with spp ( integer + 1/2 ) is
treated in Art . 6-10 .
6-9 . Integral-slot Windings with more than 2 Parallel Cir
cuits . When spp is an integer , the maximum possible number of

307
parallel circuits is equal to the number of poles , just as in

the case of the lap winding . Any other number of parallel cir
cuits chosen must be such that the number of poles is divisible
by this number .
It has been explained in Art . 6-8 that in the case spP
integer , 2 parallel circuits can be obtained by placing in
parallel both parts of each phase (see Figs . 6-122 and 6-123 ) .
Therefore , if a larger number of parallels than 2 is desirable ,
each part must be divided in parallel paths . The maximum
possible number of parallel paths in each part is equal to
No. of poles If No. of
No.
of poles ) is larger than and divisible
by the aumber of desirable parallel paths , all parallel paths
can be arranged in each part and both parts connected in series .
If ( No. of poles ) is not divisible by the number of desirable
paths , then the 2 parts must be connected in parallel and each
part can have only one -half of the desired number of parallel
paths . For example , if 10 parallel paths are desirable in a 20
pole winding , either each part must be divided into 10 parallel
paths and both parts connected in series , or each part must be
divided in 5 parallel paths and both parts connected in parallel .
If 4 parallel paths are desired , this can be achieved only by
dividing each part in 2 parallel paths and connecting both parts
in parallel . On the other hand , if 5 parallel paths are desir
able , this can be achieved only by arranging 5 parallel paths
in each part and connecting the 2 parts in series . If the maxi
mum number of parallel paths which is equal to the number of
poles ( in the example , 20 ) is desirable , then each part must be
arranged in (No. of poles ) parallel paths, and the 2 parts con
nected in parallel . For the same number of desirable parallel
paths , different arrangements are often possible , The arrange
ment with the smallest number of jumpers should be used . This

will be explained in the discussion of the examples .

In order to determine the conductors which belong to each

parallel path in each part of the phase , the following procedure ,
which will be applied to phase A , can be used :
(a ) Use the Conductor Distribution Table for the upper con
ductors and write , beginning with the starting upper con
ductor of the phase , the upper conductors which lie under
all poles of same polarity as the polarity of the starting

308
 conductor . For example , for phase A , start with upper con
ductor l and write all the upper conductors lying under the
odd poles , since phase A starts under pole 1 . The con
horizontal rows
2 poles )
ductors have to be written in (No. of
with spp conductors in each row .
(b ) Start the first parallel path of the first part of the
phase with the conductor in which the phase starts . In
phase A , this is the upper conductor 1 .

(c ) Divide ( No. of poles ) by the number of desirable parallel

paths in the part . The quotient , which must be an integer ,

determines the number of conductors in each column to be
connected in series .
(d ) Add to the starting conductor the number (2 x back pitch )
and find this number in the same column , but in the second
horizontal row . To this number again add (2 x back pitch )
and find this new number in the same column , but in the

third horizontal row . Repeat until the number of conductors

in the starting column is equal to the quotient determined
under (c ) . If the quotient is equal to 1 , this number of
conductors in the first column reduces to l , namely , to the
starting conductor .
(e ) Add to the last conductor determined under (d ) , (2 x back
pitch + 1 ) and find this number in a column other than the
column containing the starting conductor and also in a dif
ferent horizontal row . Add to this conductor (2 x back
pitch ) , and find this number in the same column . Continue
with adding (2 x back pitch ) the same number of times as
before and then add (2 x back pitch + 1 ) to find a con
ductor in the next column . Continue this procedure until

the quotient determined under (c ) x spp conductors has been

determined . These conductors belong to the first parallel
path of the first part . If the quotient is equal to 1 ,
there belongs to this path in each column only 1 conductor .

(f ) Start the second parallel path with the first conductor of

the ( quotient + 1 ) -th horizontal row , the third parallel

path with the ( 2 x quotient + 1 ) -th horizontal row , and so

on , and determine for each path the quotient x spp con
ductors .

309
(g ) Repeat for the second part of the phase the same procedure
as for the first part , using the upper conductors not con
tained in the first part .
The method will be applied to several examples .
Example 1. A 4 - pole winding with 36 slots , i.e. , spp = 3 , and 4
parallel paths .
Here both parts of the phase must be connected in parallel
and each part must consist of 2 parallel paths . It follows from
the Conductor Distribution Table 6-30 that the first part of
phase A contains the following upper conductors under the first
and third poles
Pole # 1 Pole # 3
1 2 3 19 20 21

Arranged in ( No. of poles ) - 4 - 2 horizontal

conductors in each row .
rows with spp 3

Pole 1 / 2
Pole 3 20

Since the quotient of (No. of poles ) and the number of parallel

paths in the part is equal to 1 , only one conductor of each
column belongs to each path .
The upper conductors belonging to the 2 parallel paths of
the first part are indicated by circles and triangles , respect
ively .
The back pitch is 3 x 3 = 9 slot pitches; (2 x back pitch +
1) = 2 x 9 + 1 is equal to 19 . The starting conductor is 1 .
Therefore , the first parallel path consists of the upper con
ductors
1, 1 + 19 = 20 , 20 + 19 = 39 - 36 = 3

The lower conductors belonging to the first parallel path

are automatically determined by the back pitch ; for clockwise
winding , and left -hand coils , upper 1 connects with lower 1 + 9
= 10 ; lower 10 connects with upper 20 , upper 20 connects with
lower 20 + 9 = 29 ; and lower 29 connects with upper 3 which con
nects to lower 3 + 9 = 12 . The path progresses through spp - 3
coils , and this ends the first path of the first part . The
starting conductor of the second path of the first part is 19
and the upper conductors belonging to this path are 19 , 19 + 19

310
= 38 36 = 2 ,
-

2 + 19 = 21 . Again the path progresses through

spp = 3 coils ,
upper 19 - > lower 28 upper 2 → lower 11 upper 21+ lower 30

Fig . 6-124 shows phase A of this winding . A, and Az are

the beginning and end of the first parallel path of the first
part ; Az and A4 are the beginning and end of the second parallel
path of this part . The beginnings A, and Az lie in upper con
ductors . The remaining upper conductors of phase A belong to
the second part of this phase . These are the conductors
10-11-12 28-29-30
which lie under the even poles , and arranged again in two hori
zontal rows with three conductors in each row ,
Pole 2 = 10 AN
Pole 4 = 28 28 29 30

The first parallel path of the second part , indicated by circles,

starts in upper conductor 10 and contains the upper conductors
10 , 10 + 19 = 29 , 29 + 19 = 48 36 = 12
The path progresses through spp = 3 coils ,
upper 10- > lower 19 >upper 29- > lower 2 → upper 12- > lower 21
This completes the first path of the second part .

The second parallel path, indicated by triangles, starts in

upper conductor 28 . It contains the upper conductors
28 , 28 + 19 = 47 - 36 = 11 , 11 + 19 = 30
and follows the path
upper 28- → lower 1 → upper 11 > lower 20 upper 30 lower 3
This completes the second path of the second part . The corres
ponding lower conductors are determined by the back pitch . Each
path progresses through spp - 3 coils (Fig . 6-124 ) . Connecting
all paths in parallel completes the 4 -parallel connection de
sired .

Example 2 . An 8 -pole winding with 72 slots and 8 or 4 parallel

circuits .

For 8 poles and 72 slots , spp 3 and back pitch 9 slot

pitches . The Conductor Distribution Table 6-30 shows that the
first part of phase A contains the following upper conductors
under the c id poles

311
 Pole l = 2 3
Pole 3 = 19 20 21
377 39 Chart A
Pole 5 = 38
Pole 7 = 55 56 57

(a ) 8 -parallel paths . For 8 parallel paths , the quotient

of ( No. of
2 poles and the number of parallel paths in the part
is equal to 1 . Therefore , only I conductor of each column be
longs to each path .

The first parallel path starts with the upper conductor 1

and contains the upper conductors
1, 1 + ( 2 x back pitch + 1 ) = 1 + 19 = 20 , 20 + 19 - 39
The second path starts with the upper conductor 19 and contains
the upper conductors
19 , 19 + 19 38 , 38 + 19 = 57
The third path starts with the upper conductor 37 and contains
the upper conductors
37 , 37 + 19 = 56 , 56 + 19 = 75 72 = 3
and the fourth path starts with upper conductor 55 and contains
the upper conductors
55 , 55 + 19 = 74 72 - 2 , 2 + 19 = 21
The lower conductors are determined by the back pitch • 9 . So
the lower conductors of the first part are
1 + 9 = 10 , 20 + 9 29 , 39 + 9 = 48
Each parallel path progresses through only 3 coils , i.e. , 6
poles , because spp = 3 .

The remaining upper conductors of phase A , i.e. , those ly

ing under the even poles , belong to the second part of this
phase . The conductors belonging to each of the 4 parallel paths
can be determined in the same manner as for the first part .

If 8 parallel paths are desirable , the 4 parallel paths of

the first part and the 4 parallel paths of the second part are
to be connected in parallel .

(b ) 4 parallel paths . If only 4 parallel paths are desired ,

either the 4 parallel paths of the first part are to be connected
in series with the 4 parallel paths of the second part , or the 4
parallel paths of each part are to be connected in series in
pairs and the pairs of one part connected in parallel with the
pairs of the other part , or each of the 4 parallel paths of the

312
first part is to be connected in series with one of the 4
parallel paths of the second part . Marking the polarities of
the ends and beginnings of the paths is the best way to find out
how the parts are to be connected in series or parallel ( see
Fig . 6-124 ) .

However , the number of jumpers per phase is reduced when

the 4 parallel paths are achieved by arranging 2 parallel paths
in each part and connecting the 2 parts in parallel as shown be
low . In this case , 2 conductors lying in the same column are
connected in series and each parallel path of each part goes
through 2 x spp coils . This is shown in Chart B.

Chart B
Pole 1 2
Pole 3 19 20 21
Pole 5 37 (38 39
Pole 7 55 56 57

The first parallel path starts with upper conductor 1 and con
tains the upper conductors :
1, 1 + 2 x back pitch = 1 + 18 = 19 ,
19 + (2 x back pitch + 1 ) = 19 + 19 = 38 ,
38 + ( 2 x back pitch ) = 38 + 18 = 56 ,
56 + 19 = 75 - 72 = 3 , 3 + 18 = 21

The second parallel paths starts with upper conductor 37 and

contains the upper conductors
37 , 55 , 2, 20 , 39 , and 57 .

Each parallel path goes through 2 x spp = 6 coils . The re

maining upper conductors of phase A , i.e. , those lying under the
even poles , belong to the second part of this phase , and are to
be arranged in 2 parallel paths in the same manner as that shown
for the odd poles . The 2 parallel paths of the first part are
then connected in parallel to the 2 parallel paths of the second
part , thus accomplishing the 4 parallel paths .

Example 3 . A 20 -pole winding with 300 slots arranged for either

20 , 10 , 5 , or 4 parallel paths .

For this winding , spp 5 and the back pitch is equal to

15 slot pitches .

313
 28 29 30 28 29 30

19 20
19

A, A, А, A Ag A, Az Ao

Fig . 6-124 . 36-Slot , 4 - pole , 4 -parallel path winding

with spp = integer . Phase A only .

Connect A1 → Az → A6 → Ag together
and A2 → A4 → Ag → Ay together.

33 34 35

A7 A. А. As 1A . A3
REVERSING REVERSING
To A8 JUMPER JUMPER

Fig . 6-125 . 42- Slot , 4 - pole , 2 - parallel path winding

with spp = (integer + 1 ) . Phase A only .

Connect A , → Az together and A5 → Ay together

314
 ( a ) 20 The quotient of ( No. of poles )
parallel paths .
and the parallel circuits in the part is equal to 1 . Therefore ,
only I conductor of each column belongs to each path . Each part
has 10 parallel paths and the 2 parts are connected in parallel .
The first part of phase A contains the following upper con
ductors under the odd poles

Chart A

Pole 1 2 3 4 5
Pole 3 31 32 33 34 35
Pole 5 61 62 63 64 65
Pole 7 91 92 93 94 95
Pole 9 121 122 123 124 1125 )
Pole 11 151 152 153 154 155
Pole 13 181 182 183 184 185
Pole 15 211 212 213 214 215
Pole 17 241 242 243 244 245
Pole 19 271 272 273 274 275

The first parallel path starts in upper conductor 1 and contains

the upper conductors
1, 1 + (2 x back pitch + 1 ) = 1 + 31 = 32 ,
32 + 31 = 63 , 63 + 31 = 94 , 94 + 31 = 125
The path is indicated by circles . The other 9 paths in the part
start in upper conductors 31 , 61 , 91 , 121 , 151 , 181 , 211 , 241 ,
and 271, respectively , and follow the pattern set by adding (2 x
back pitch + 1 ) to each conductor .

The conductors belonging to each of the 10 parallel paths

of the second part can be determined in the same manner as for
the first part .

(b ) 10 parallel paths . There are two possibilities for

connecting the winding for 10 parallel paths . Either each part
is divided into 10 parallel paths and both parts are connected
in series , or each part is divided into 5 parallel paths and
both parts are connected in parallel .

If the first method is adopted , then the procedure is the

same as that shown under (a ) and the two parts are connected in
series . If the second method is adopted , then each part is
divided into 5 parallel paths and the procedure is as shown in
Chart B. The upper conductors under the odd poles are

315
 Chart B
Pole 1 2 3 4
Pole 3 32 33 34 357
Pole 5 61 62 63 64 65
Pole 7 92 93 94 95
Pole 9 121 1722 ( 23) 124 125
Pole 11 151 1753 154 155
Pole 13 181 182 183 184 185
Pole 15 211 212 213 214 215
Pole 17 241 242 243 244 245
Pole 19 271 272 273 24 275 )

The ( :No. of poles ) divided by the desirable number of

parallel paths (5 ) in the part is 2 . Therefore , in accordance
with the rules outlined above , there will belong to each path 2
conductors in each column and there will be 2 x spp ( 2 x 5 = 10 )
conductors per parallel path . The first parallel path of the
first part starts in upper conductor 1 and contains the upper
conductors
1, 1 + (2 x back pitch ) = 1 + 30 = 31 ,
31 + (2 x back pitch 1 ) = 31 + 31 = 62 ,
62 + 30 = 92 , 92 + 31 = 123 ,
123 + 30 = 153 , 153 + 31 = 184 , 184 + 30 = 214 ,
214 + 31 = 245 , 245 + 30 = 275 .
The path is indicated by circles .

The second parallel path of the first part starts in hori

zontal row 1 + 2 = 3 , or with upper conductor 61 . The part is
indicated by squares . Similarly , the remaining three paths in
the part start with upper conductors 121 , 181 , and 241 respect
ively . The conductors belonging to each of the 5 parallel paths
of the second part can be determined in the same way as for the
first part .

( c ) 5 parallel paths . For 5 parallel paths in the wind

ing , each part must be divided into 5 parallel paths and the
two parts connected in series . The procedure is exactly the same
as that shown in Chart B.

( d ) 4 parallel paths . The only method to achieve 4 parallel

paths in the winding is to divide each part into 2 parallel
paths and to connect the 2 parts in parallel . ( Each part

316
 poles
cannot be connected in 4 parallel paths because
No. of poles 1 20
10 is not divisible by 4. ) Then , 2 $) { 2 x 2
= 5.
Thus , the number of conductors in the same column connected in
series is equal to 5 and the number of conductors per parallel
path = 5 x 5 = 25 . The upper conductors under the odd poles are
shown in Chart C.
Chart C
Pole 1 2 4
Pole 3 32 (33 34 ( 35 )

Pole 5 62 63 64 65

Pole 7 92 93 94 95
Pole 9 ( 12 122 123 124 1125
Pole 11 151 ( 152 153 (754) 155
Pole 13 181 (182 183 184 185
Pole 15 211 213 217 215
Pole 17 241 242 243 244 245
Pole 19 271 272 273 274 275
The first path of the first part starts in upper conductor 1 and
contains the upper conductors
1, 1 + (2 x back pitch ) = 1 + 30 = 31 ,
31 + 30 =61 , 61 + 30 = 91 , 91 + 30 = 121 ,
121 + (2 x back pitch + 1 ) = 121 + 31 = 152 ,
152 + 30 = 182 , etc.
The path contains 25 conductors . The second parallel path starts
in upper conductor 151 in the sixth (= 1 + 5 ) horizontal row .
The conductors belonging to each parallel path of the
second part can be determined in the same manner as for the
first part .

6-10 . (Integral + 1/2 ) Slot Windings with 2 or more than

2 Parallel Circuits . It has been explained previously (see Art .
6-8) that both parts of a wave winding with spp = ( integer + 1/2 )
cannot be connected in parallel since they have different numbers
of coils . Parallel paths can be arranged only in eachpart
separately . Both parts must have the same number of parallel
paths and the parallel paths of one part must be connected in
series with the parallel paths of the other part . Therefore,
2

Both parts are to be treated in the same manner as are the

windings with spp = integer ( see Art . 6-9) . However , (2 x back

317
pitch ) and not ( 2 x back pitch + 1 ) is to be added under rules
(d ) and (e ) when the quotient of No. of poles ) and the number
2
of parallel paths in the part is equal to l ; (2 x back pitch - 1 )
instead of (2 x back pitch ) and ( 2 x back pitch ) instead of (2 x
back pitch + 1 ) are to be used under paragraphs (d ) and ( e ),
respectively, when the quotient is different from 1 . Both cases

will be explained by examples .

Example 1 . A 4 - pole winding with 42 slots and 4 parallel cir
cuits . spp - 3 1/2 and back pitch = 11 slot pitches .

Since the the number of

2
parallel paths in the part is equal to 1 , only 1 conductor of
each column belongs to each path . It follows from Fig . 6-10 or
from conductor Distribution Table 6-31 that the first part of
phase A contains the following upper conductors under the first
and third poles
Pole 1 (3 )
Pole 3 223

i.e. , the first path of the first part contains the following
upper conductors
1, 1 + (2 x 11 ) = 23 , 23 + 22 = 45 - 42 = 3
and follows the path
upper 1 > lower 12- > upper 23- → lower 34 → upper 3 → lower 14
The second path has the following upper conductors
22 , 22 + 22 = 44 - 42 - 2 , 2 + 22 = 24
and follows the path
upper 22 → lower 33+ upper 2 → lower 13 → upper 24 → lower 35
The second part of phase A contains the following upper
conductors under the second and fourth poles
Pole 2 11 12 (13
Pole 4 33 34 35
i.e. , the first path of the second part contains the following
upper conductors
11 , 11 + 22 = 33 , 33 + 22 = 55 - 42 = 13 , 13 + 22 35
and follows the path
upper 11 → lower 22 → upper 33 → lower 2 →
upper 13- > lower 24 → upper 35 → lower 4
The second path has the following upper conductors
32 , 32 + 22 54 - 42 = 12 , 12 + 22 34 ,
34 + 22 = 56 42 = 14

318
and follows the path
upper 32- > lower 1 → upper 12- > lower 23+
upper 34 - > lower 3 → upper 14 → lower 25 →
Each path of the first part must be connected in series by
a reversing jumper with one path of the second part . That is ,
lower 14 must be connected with lower 4 , and lower 35 must be con
nected with lower 25. Fig . 6-125 shows phase A of this winding .
The parallel paths of the first part go through 3 coils each ;
the parallel paths of the second part go through 4 coils each .
Two reversing jumpers connect the paths of the first part with
the paths of the second part .
Example 2 . A 20 -pole winding with 330 slots and 5 parallel cir
cuits . spp - 5 1/2 and the back pitch = 17 slot pitches .
The Conductor Distribution chart for phase A contains the
following upper conductors under the odd poles
Chart A
Pole 1 2 3 4 5
Pole 3 34 35 36 37 38
Pole 5 67 68 69 70 71
Pole 7 100 OD 102 103 104
Pole 9 133 134 155 136 137
Pole 11 166 167 168 169 170
Pole 13 199 200 201 202 ) 203
Pole 15 232 233 234 ( 35 ) 236
Pole 17 265 266 267 268 269
Pole 19 298 299 300 301 )
302

Since the quotient of ( No. of poles ) and 5 is equal to 2 , 2

conductors of each column belong to each path .
The first path of the first part contains the upper con
ductors
‫ܙܐ‬
1 + ( 2 x back pitch 1 ) = 1 + ( 2 x 17 1) = 34
34 + ( 2 x back pitch ) = 68 ,
68 + 33 = 101 , 101 + 34 = 135 , etc.
The second path contains the upper conductors
67 , 100 , 134 , 167 , 201 , 234 , 268 , 301 , 5, 38
The third path starts with upper conductor 133 ; the fourth path
with upper conductor 199 ; and the fifth path with upper con
ductor 265 .

319
 The second part of phase A contains the following upper con
ductors under the even poles
Chart E
Pole 2 18 19 20 21 22
Pole 4 50 51 52 53 54 55
Pole 6 83 84 85 86 87 88
Pole 8 116 117 118 119 120 121
Pole 10 149 150 (151 152 153 154
Pole 12 182 183 ( 184 ) 185 186 187
Pole 14 215 216 217 218 219 220
Pole 16 248 249 250 250 252 253
Pole 18 281 282 283 284 285 ) 286
Pole 20 314 315 316 317 318 319
The first path of the second part contains the upper conductors
17 , 17 + 33 = 50 , 50 + 34 = 84 , 84 + 33 = 117 , etc.
The remaining four paths start in upper conductors
83 , 149 , 215 , and 281, respectively .

The 5 parallel paths of the first part can be connected by

a ring to the 5 parallel paths of the second part , or the first
parallel path can be connected by a reversing jumper to the
first parallel path of the second part , etc. Five reversing
jumpers connect then the 5 paths of the first part with the 5
paths of the second part , The parallel paths of the first part
progress through 10 coils each , the parallel paths of the second
part progress through 12 coils each .

320
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
ŞLot
SLOT
TOP SLO
BOT T
7 8

SLOT
TOP SLO
TOPT
31 ° 38

2
Az
12 Az
,A A
15
А4
As
,
C ,
C
B3 2
B3 Cz

-321
BA

BE
Bi C4
C
,B a
B₂ C3
,В 5

4
4
5

r
of
diagram
Working
. etro
a6 -17
Fig r
6
W
a
ofetro
-18
. orking
diagram
Fig
slots
,for
c36 P
)(Sonnection
gressive slots
45
for
c P
,)(Sonnection
gressive
pnd
6
,a
spp
oles.2 p/2
6
,a
1
2
=
.spp
nd
oles
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT TOP
SLOT
10
I

SLOT
TOP TOP
SLOT
** ) 46 53

2
3
18 Az 6
A Az
21

А4 2
А4 2
A3
C Ci
B3 2

-322
C2 3
2 BA C₂
wo

2
Bi B,
,В 6 B₂
C3
6

2 2
3
2

r
Work
adiag
of
6 o
ing
-19ram
. etr
Fig W
ar
ofetro
diagram
-20
.6orking
Fig
slot
,for
54 ction
P ssive
)(Sonne
cgres for
(S P
onnection
gressive
,)c
slots
63
spp
=3.,a
6pnd
oles spp
a
.31=,6nd
oles
p/2
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT
13 14
TOP
scor
SLOT
TOP 1 68
61

Az A2 9
,A AI
24 27

AÁ

CH
Ci
3 Cz
C₂

-323
B3
BA
3 B3 BA 9
B
B
C3
B₂ C 3 B₂

8 3
3
3 9

r
a
of
diagr
. etro
Worki
6 am
-21 ng
Fig 6
.Fig
r etro
a -22
of
diagram
W orking
slots
,72
for
c P
)(Sonnec
gress tion
ive slots
81
,for
S
)c P
( onnection
gressive
4
=
.,a
pnd
6
spp
oles 1
.=
a4
spp
,6 nd
oles
p/2
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
16 19
SLOT
TOP
TOP
SLOT 91
76

4 5
Az 10
ΑAz 12
,
A
36

A
302
AA

4
C 4 A3
ci
C2 5
C2

-324
10 ;B
B.
B3 BA C3 ,B 12
S
Cg
B2 B2

5
12
10 5

r
a
of
W etro
diagram
. -23
6 orking
Fig W6 -24
etroam
Fig
diagr
a
of
r. orkin g
slots
,for
c90 P
(Sonnection
)gressive for
,)connec
gress
(S P
slots
108 tion
ive
spp
p
6
,a
= oles
. nd
5 a.=
,6
p nd
oles
spp
 SLOT
BOT TOP
SLOT
BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT
8
SLO
TOPT
43
མ
༽ SLOT
TOP
མ
༽53

10 2 H
Az T

4
5
Az

AAA3

C3 8
CA CA
10
5
4

-325
,C ,B
,C B.
В4 B2 2
B2
BA
B3 2
B3

4
8 5
10

6
.r etro
a -25
of
diagr
Fig
W am
orkin g r
a.6
of
W -26
diagr
orkin
Fig g
etroam
slots
,for
c
S48 P
)( onnec
gress tion
ive slots
60
,for
S
)c P
( onnec
gress tion
ive
spp
p
8
2,a
=
. nd
oles 1
=2
.spp
a
p/2
,8 nd
oles
.
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP BOT
OT
SLOT
SL TOP
SLOT
10

TOP
SLOT TOP
SLOT
GAI 79 74
)

12 2 14 3
6
Az
2
2
А. Az 2 C3 A3
C3
Am

12 14
6 7

-326
Bi ,C ,B
2 3
B2 B2
BA BA
2 3
B3 B3

12 6 14 7
2 2

r
a
ofetro
diagram
Working
. -27
6
Fig W
6-28
.Fig
of
r orking
adiagram
etro
slots
72
,for
)c P
(Sonnection
gressive for
(S
gressive
,)c
slots
84 P
onnection
spp
p
8
,a nd
. oles
3 .1/2
a3
=
spp
p
,8nd
oles
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT
13 14

SLOT
TOP
SLOT
TOP * ) 95
* ) 85

16 3 18 4
8 9
Az Az
A
, 3 ,
A 3

А
Аз4 A3
A4
3 Cg 3 C3

16 18
9
8

-327 -
,
B ,C ,
B
,C
3
B2 B2
B4 B4
3
B3 B3

16 8 18 9
3 3

6
W
a
of
diagram
r -29
.Fig
etro
orking .6
Fig
arorking
ofetro
W-30
diagram
slots
96
,for
c(SPonnection
)gressive 108
slots
,for
c P
)(Sonnection
gressive
8
,a
spp
p.4oles
=nd ,4
p1
spp
=a nd
oles
8 /2
 SL T
BOOT SLOT
TOP BOT
scot
SLOT
16 SLOT
TOP

SLOT
TOP
100
) 106 SLOT
TOP
55

20 4 12
10 Az
Az
,
A

I
MA !
А.
4
C3 А4
As
B3
12
BA
10 20
4

-328
B2
B B.
,C
4 Cz
B2 CA
Вд
B3

20 10 12
4

6
r
a
of-31
etro
diagram
.Fig
W orking r
of
a6 etro
diagram
-32
Working
.Fig
for
(S
,)cPonnection
gressive
slots
120 slots
,for
c60 P
)(Sonnection
gressive
pnd
8
.,a
5
=
spp
oles 2
.=
,and
poles
10
spp
 BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT BOT
SLOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT
8 10

TOP
SLOT TOP
SLOT
** ) 68 82

15 2 18 2
6
Az Az
,A 2

,
A
A3
A4 Aa
As
B3 2 B3

2
BA 15 B4
18
5 6

-329
B2 B2
,B ,B
2 2
CA
2 2
C3

5 18
15
2

r
of
a
diagram
Working
6etro
.Fig
-33 .6
Figetroam
orkin
W-34
diagr
r
a
of g
slots
,for
c75
)(Sonnection
P
gressive gress
)(S
c 90P
, onnec
slots
for tion
ive
1
.=
2 /2
spp
a nd
,10
poles poles
,10
spp
a
.=
3 nd
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
13

SLOT
TOP
SLOT
TOP *) 109
95

21 24
3 3
8
Az
Az
A
3
, 2

2 A3 3
B3
Az

BA 83
21 8 24
7
B2

-330
B₂
B.
,B 3
3
C4 C2
3 3
C3 C3

21 7 24
2 3

r6 am
-35 ng
. etro
Worki
adiagr
of
Fig r
W etroam
adiagr
of
6 -36
. orkin
Fig g
for
gress
(S
,)c P
onnec
slots
105 tion
ive slots
,for
120P ive
)(Sonnec
cgress tion
/2
nd
.=3spp
1apoles
,10 ,and
poles
=4.10
spp
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT
SLOT
TOP
14 7

SLOT
TOP
122 SLOT
TOP
67

27 4 * 4
9 Az
Az
AI 24
3 As
3 B3 Az
12
Ba
9 Ci

27

-331
B2 Cz
Ci B4
4

‫ܙ‬8
Cz
Bz

C3
27 9
3 12

6
W etroam
-37
. orkin
diagr
a
of
r
Fig g Worki
diagr
of
r ng
-38 am
.6etro
aFig
slots
,135
for P ive
)(Sonnec
cgress tion slots
,for
72 P
)(Sonnec
cgress tion
ive
.4spp
=a
1poles/2
nd
,10 poles
12
=2,a
.spp nd
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
TOP
10

SLOT
TOP SLOT
TOP
183 )
100100

2
5

N
Az 36 Az
30 2
A
, A
Az
As

AA

15
18

,
C Ci
83

-332
:
B
BA3 BA
C2 2 2 Cz 2
B CA
,B
,
Bz
C3 5 6
5
2 2
2
15 18

r
a
of
W etro
diagr
-39 am
.6orkin
Fig g 6
W -40
. orking
Fig
diagram
a
of
r etro
slots
90
,for
c onnec
P
gress
)(S tion
ive slots
,for
c108P
(Sonnection
)gressive
.1/2
a2
= nd
,spp
poles
12 poles
a
,12
spp
. nd
3
 BOT
SLOT OT
SLOT
TOP
13
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
inn133 TOP
SLOT
TOP
"n
o

8
3
3
1 Az 3
Az ,A
2 48 A3

42 As
24
21

co

-333
B3 С2 3
B BA
BSA 3
3 ,B
2 8
B. B2
B2 7
7
3

2 3
3 24
21

6 -41
.Fig
W
r
a
ofetro
orking
diagram r
of
W6 etroam
-42
diagr
. orkin
aFig g
for
(S Ponnection
gressive
,)c
slots
126 slots
144
,for
S
)connec
(P
gress tion
ive
1
3
.spp
= nd
,a/2
poles
12 a
, nd
poles
.12
4
=
spp
 SLOT
BOT BOT
SLOT
SLOT
TOP SLOT
TOP

SLOT
TOP SLOT
OP
198
)
79 79

20 25 2
A 5
Az AZ
AL
A A3
AA Az

20 1
C3
25
5
4

-334
Cz
Ci B
! ,C B
2
B2 В4 B2
B4
2
B3
4 5
20 25

r
.6
of
Figetro
-43
diagram
Wa orking r
a
of
diag
6
W -44
. orki
Fig ong
etrram
slots
,for
c84 P
(Sonnection
)gressive gres
(S
)c onne
P
slot
105
,for sction
sive
,and
poles
.14
2
=
spp ,1
a2
= /2
nd
spp
poles
14
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
10

SLOT
TOP TOP
SLOT
118 )157 137

2 3
30 6 35
Az Az
Ai 2
2
A3
An AA A3
2 C3 2
30
35
6 7

-335
C₂ ,C
,C B B
2 3
B
,2 B2
BA
2 3
B3
앞
Bit
В.
6 35 7
2 2

30
r
a
W-45
6.of
Fig ong
etrram
orki
diag Worki
adiagr
rof
. etro
6 am
-46 ng
Fig
slot
,126
for
gres
(S
)c P s
onne ction
sive slots
147
cfor
,)(Sonnec
P ive
gress tion
,and
poles
=3.14
spp ,a/2
poles
=3114
.spp
nd
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
13 7

SLOT
TOP SLOT
TOP
” )
157 91

40 3 24 4
8 A2
Az
,A 3
hP on

AAA3
3 C3
B3
238 24
CA BA
40
8

-336
B B2
,C ,B
3 BA B2
3
B3 C3

8 24
40
3

r
a
of
diagr
Worki
. etro
6 am
-47 ng
Fig ar
of
diagr
6
W -48
orkin
.Fig g
etroam
slots
168
,for P ive
)S( onnec
cgress tion slots
96
for
,)c Ponnec
gress
(S tion
ive
,and
poles
=4.14
spp spp
,and
poles
=2.16
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 10
8

SotionSLOT
TOP
SLOT
TOP 136
113

2
30 2 36 6
5 A2
Az 2
AA
A
A4
A3 3

F
2 Вз
B3
B4
36

В4 30
6
5 B2 ci

-337
B2 B2 i B
,C
2
2
CA 2 2
C3
C3
6
5 36
30 2

r
aof
dia
W etr
gra
. orki
6 -49 ongm W
ar
ofetroam
diagr
-50
.6orkin
Fig g
Fig slots
,144
cforonnec tio
ive
c ,slot
120
)(Sfor
gresonne
P s ction
sive )(SP
gress
1spp
a
poles/2
nd
.2=,16 =3.16
,and
poles
spp
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT

SLOT
TOP
158 S.O
TOP T
03
l
103

À 4
3 Az
7
42
A2 2 A. A3
A4
36
AA
24

B3 42
2

3
B4

-338
B3
B4
7 Bz
Bi CA
C2 ,B2B
3 C4
3 4

24
42 2

W6
of etroam
-51
. orkin
diagr
r
aFig g 6
.Fig
r etro
W-52
a
of
diagram
orking
for
gress
(S
,)c P
onnec
slots
168 tion
ive for
slots
108
,)c
(Sonnection
gressive
P
spp
,a
poles
16
1/2
3
.= nd a
2
= poles
,18
nd
.spp
 BO
SLTOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
10
8
SLOT
TOP
SLO
TOP T 154
128
โ
2 2
5
Az АAz 2
45 54 ,A
AL A3 AA A3

30
36

B B3
B3A B ci

-339
ci 2
C2
CA 2 B₂ CA 2
B2
Bi 6 Bi
5
C3
5 2
2
2
36
30

.r etroam
a-53
of
6Fig
diagr
W orkin g etr
adiag
rof ong
-54ram
.6orki
WFig
,for
c)(Sonnec
slots
135 P
gress tion
ive gres
(S
)c
slot
162
,for ectio
onnssive
P
.1=2spp
poles nd
a,18/2 ,and
poles
=3.18
spp
 T. COIL
BOT COIL
TOP BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
7
COIL
TOP
*) 179 SLOT
TOP
*) 115

3 32 A
1 Az
63 Az
2 AI A3

Ai
А4 A3
AA

42 C3
32
CA

-340
2 BA
4 C2 B

2
7 В4 B
B2 CA 3
B
C3 B3
3

2 32
42

6r etroam
a -55
of
.diagr
Fig
W orkin g a
of etro
diagr
r
WFig g
-56 am
.6orkin
for
gress
(S
,)c P
onnec
slots
189 tion
ive slots
120
for
c
,)(S onnec
P
gress ti
ive
,a/2
poles
=3118
.spp
nd poles
20
spp
,2.=and
 BOT
SLOT
scot SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 10
1 8
SLOT
TOP

)%14 143
SLOT
TOP )172 172

2 48 2 6
40
Az Az 2
A
,
A4
A3

AI
A4 A3

C3 2 C3
48

40
5 6

-341
B
,
C B ,
C
2 B2
2 B2
B4 2
2
B3 B3
5 48
40 2

W6 -57 am
etro
. orkin
adiagr
rof
Fig g .6
Fig
r
of
W etro
diagram
a -58
orking
for P
gress
(S
,)c onnec
slots
150 tion
ive slots
cfor
, onnection
)(S180
P
gressive
a.21/2
poles
,20
spp nd poles
,20
a3
. nd
spp
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP BOT
TOP
SLOT
8
SLOT
TOP SLOT
TOP
158
127

2 5
4 45
36 A2 Az
A A3 ,A A3
AA

AA
45
B3 B

36
B3A
BA

-342
5 B2
+ B
,B2i

C4 2
2
:
C
5

36 45

r
a
of
6 etro
-59
diagram
.Fig
Working a
r
. orkin
W
of
6 etro
diagr
-60 am
Fig g
slots
,for
c132P
(Sonnection
)gressive for onnec
P
gress
(S
,)c
slots
165 tion
ive
,and
poles
.22
2
=
spp .=
1
2
,a/2
nd
spp
poles
22
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT
SLOT
TOP
10 7
TOP
SLOT
1991
190 TOP
SLOT
' 139

2 1 4
54 6t
o
Az .2 Az
48
,A A A3
Ад A3 А4

36
54
2
BA
B ,
C

-343
6 B3A
B CI
B2i
2 B2 B
f
2 8

2
54
36

of
diagram
Working
r. etro
a6 -61
Fig r
of
a.6etro
diagr
Worki am
-62 ng
Fig
slots
,for
c198P
)(Sonnection
gressive slots
,for
c144onnec
P
gress
)(S tion
ive
,22
poles
=
spp
.and
3 ,and
poles
.24
2
=
spp
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
8 SLOT
TOP 10
SLOT
TOP 200
) 206
173

2 2
5 6
A2 A2 2
60 72
A A3 A3
AA

Am
45 54

B3
BO

-344
В4
BA Ci .2
Bi C2
B2
B2
,
,B 2 6 2
5

2 6
S
<
45 54

. etro
r
a
of
6 -63
diagram
Working
Fig 6
.Fig
r etro
a -64
of
diagram
W orking
,180
slots
for P
(Sonnection
)c
gressive slots
,for
c216P
)(Sonnection
gressive
.spp
,a/2
poles
24
1
2
= nd a
3
= poles
,24
nd
.spp
 TO
/
SLOPT
SLOT
BOT /
ŞLOT
SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT
31 39

BOT BOT
SLOT SLOT
1
1
15 5
12 Az Az
A

A
,
A3
2
A4 A4
,C ,C
BA BA C2

-345
2
B
,
C A 5
.C3 C
,Cz
B4
4 Bz
B2

4 5
2

p
a
of
W
6 rogressive
diagram
orking
-65
.Fig p
a
of
.W
6 rogress
diagram
orking
-66
Fig
for
c
)-S
(LPonnectionive
retrogress for
c
)S
L- onnection
( PP
retrogress i
pnd
6
slots
36
.,a
2
=
spp
oles .1
p2
=
spp
a
,6
45/2
nd
oles
slots
 S
| LOT
BOT SLOT
TOP BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
46 54

BOT BOT SLOT

SLOT
10 12

2 2

18 Az 6 21 Az
A AI

As
2 3
A3

As A
,C ,C
BA B4
2

-346
2 C₂
2 C2
B3 3
B3
,
B
B2 Cs B2
6
6 7

2 2 2 3

diagram
6-67
Fig
p
a.W
oforking
rogressive W
6-68
p
of orking
diagra
rogres
a.Fig
for
c
(Lonnection
)-S P
retrogressive c
for
retrogress
)-S(LPPonnection
slots
p 6
54oles
=3,a
.spp nd a.spp
=31,63/2
6pnd
slots
oles
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP BOT
SLOT TOP ŞLOT
61 69

BOT ,
Вот SLOT
SLOT
13 15

3 3
A2 8 Az 9
24 27
AL A
A3
4
A4

C 3
3 Cz

-347
C2
BA
B3
3 B 9
C
, 4
C 3 B3
B₂ B.
4
B2

•
3 9
A

3 3

diagram
6orking
Fig
p
a.W
of-69
rogressive W
6orking
-70
diagram
.Fig
of
pa rogres
for
c
)- P
(Lonnection
S
retrogress ive S
)c
for
- onnection
retrogressi
(LP
p
,6
slots
72
spp
. oles
4
a= nd slots
81
p
61
4
,a /2
. oles
nd
spp
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
76 91

SLOT
BOT SLOT
BOT
r 16 ps19

4 5

Az 10 36 Az 12
,A
30
5
А4
,C 4
,C
C2

-348
-BA 5
C2
BA
5 B3
3
(4
C
B
; C3

10
B ,B 12
B2
4 B2
12
5
10 4 5

p
6-71
Fig
.W
a
of
diagram
orking
rogressive of
6-72
Fig
.W
pdiagram
a orking
rogress
c
)S
foronnection
retrogressive
-(LP c
for
(Lonnection
S
)- P
retrogressiv
slots
poles
6
,90
spp
a
.=
5 nd pnd
slots
108
.,a
6
=
spp
oles
 SLO
BOT T
/ SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
54
43

,
BOT ,
Вот
SLOT SLOT
IO 9
8
Az A
Ai A
2 2As2
CA
AS C3
C3
4 8 5 10
Cz

-349
Bi C, Bi
C,
B2
B2 BA
B4
Вз
B3
10
8 5
4
2

W
6-73
p
of orking
diagram
rogressive
a.Fig W
6orking
-74
diagram
p
a.Fig
of
rogressi
for
)c P
(Lonnection
-S
retrogress ive for
c
(Lonnection
)-SP
retrogressive
slots
8poles
,48
spp
2.=a nd a.spp
=21,60nd
8p/2
slots
oles
 SLOT
BOT /SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
64 75

Borson BOT
BOT SLOT
SLOT
10 12
12 14
2 2
Az Az
2 AL 3
Ag

Ai
Az2
.
CA 3
C3 AA
A4 C3
6
14
12 7
C₂

-350
,C ,
B ,
C ,
B
2
2 B2
B2
,В Ba 2
B3 2 B3
12
14 7
6
2 3

diagram
ap
of
Fig
.W rogressive
6orking
-75 W
6orkin
.Fig
p -76
diagra
a
ofrogre
for
c
S
)- P
(Lonnection
retrogress ive c
for
(Lonnection
S
)- P
retrogress
pnd
8
slots
72
.,a
3
=
spp
oles p/2
8
slots
84
,a
1
=3
.spp
nd
oles
 SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT SLOT
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT 96
85
B BOT
S/ LO
OTT SLOT
13 15

16 18 3
3
9
8
A2
AI A
3Az 4
3
@
AA Сә

18
8 116 9

-351
B B
,C , G
-
3 3
B2 B2
BA
BA B3 3
B3 3

16 18 9
8
3 4

p
6-77
Fig
.W
a
of
diagram
orking
rogressive W
6orking
.Fig
pa
of-78
diagram
rogressi
for
c
)-S onnection
(LP
retrogressive for
(LP
retrogressive
S
-
)connection
pnd
8
slots
96
.,a
4
=
spp
oles 1
p/2
8
slots
108
,a
4
= oles
nd
.spp
 / SLOT
BOT SLOT
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 55
106
༧༠
ལ་BOT
SLOT
16 not
BOT
of SLOT
7
12
20
4 A
Az
A2 10
A

4
B4
CA B3
А4
AL

C3
4 12
10
20

-352
B2
C2
,B
,
C ,B
4
B2
B4 C3
4
B3
12
20 10
4

6-79
Fig
.W
p
a
of
-diagram
rogressive
orking p
6rogressi
Fig
.W
a
of
diagram
-80
orking
for
c
(L
S
)- onnection
P
retrogressive for
c
S
)- onnection
P
retrogressiv
(L
,8
slots
120
pnd
spp
.,a
5
= oles slots
a60
poles
,1
spp
.0
2 nd
 SLOT
BOT SLO
TOP T SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
69 82

BOT
BOT SLOT SLOT
9 10
15 18
2
Az 6
AL Az
2
2Az
BA BA
B3
Bs А4
6
5 18
15

-353
Bz
Ci
,
B ,C B.
2
C2
CA C4 2
C3 C3

15 18
5 6
2 2

6-81
Fig
.W
pa
oforking
diagram
rogressive W
6orking
.Fig
pof
a -82
diagram
rogressi
for
c
S
)-
L P
( onnection
retrogress ive for
cP
(L
S
)- onnection
retrogressive
nd
0
/2
slots
75
,a
poles
1
2
=
.spp slots
90
poles
1
=,a
.spp
3 0nd
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 109
96
BOT
SLOT
SLO
BOTT 13
12

24 5
21 2
Az
A
AI
A3
3 BA
3 AA A4
B3
BA
B3 24
21
8
B2
7

-354
B2 ,
C Bi
,B 3
C2
2 CA 3
C4
C3 2

7 24 8
21 3
3

6-83
Fig
.W
pof
diagram
a orking
rogressive 6-84
Fig
diagram
p
a.W
oforking
rogres
for
)cP
(L
-S onnection
retrogressive c
for
(Lonnection
S
)- P
retrogressi
slots
105
,a
poles
1
3
=
.spp
0
/2
nd 10
slots
120
,a
.poles
4
=
spp
nd
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP SLOT S
TLOOPT
BOT
123 67
S/BO
LOTT
15
Вот
,
SLOT

27 3
9 24 A2
A
, A3

4 A4
В4 A4
12
B3
27 BA
9 Ci

-355
B2 B3
C2 1
Bi
3 C2 4
B2 CA
C 3
CA B
3
e

27 9
12
4

W
6orking
p -85
diagram
a.Fig
of
rogressive 6-86
rig
.W
p
a
of
diagram
orking
rogressi
for
c
)-S
L P
(Ponnection
retrogress ive c
S
)for
(LP
- onnection
retrogressive
nd
0
/2
slots
135
,a
1poles
4
=
spp slots
72
12
poles
spp
.,a
=2 nd
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT slot
SLOT
TOP 100
84
fou
Bor r
BO
S
/ LOTT
SBO
/ LOTT 10

ŞLOT
2

30 Az 36 A2
A
,A
2
A3

А4
18
115
B4 В4
2 2 Ci
,C

-356
B3
C2 2

В.
В. Bi
B2
6 C3
15 C
C34
5 o
2
2.
2 18
15

diagram
6-87
Fig
.W
pa
oforking
rogressive diagram
6-88
Fig
.W
pa
oforking
rogres
for
cP
(L
S
)- onnection
retrogressive
P for
c
(L
S
)- onnection
P
retrogressi
slots
90
,a
poles
1
2
=
.spp
2
/2
nd 12
poles
spp
,a
=3slots
, nd
.108
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 133
117 BOT SLOT
BOT SLOT
13
12

3
2 8
1 48 Az
42 Az ,A
A3
Az

,
A
A4
24

21
B4 B4
Ci

-357
CI 3
3 B3
B3 C2 3
2
B2
Bi C3
B2
B i C4 8
•

2 3
3
3 24
21

p
6orking
Fig
.W
a
of
diagram
-89
rogressive W
6orking
.Fig
p -90
diagram
a
ofrogressiv
for
c
(LPonnection
)-S
retrogressive c
for
retrogressive
(Lonnection
S
)- P
slots
126
,a
poles
1
3
=
.spp
2
/2
nd slots
144
poles
1
=4.,a
spp2nd
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
79 99

,BOT
SLOT
of
so BOT
9
SLOT
7

20 A
25 5
Az Az
2
AI A3

As
AA
C4 2
20 C3 25
C3

-358
4 C2 5
LC B
,
C B

В. ?
B
BA В4 B3
,
B3
5
20 25 2

W
p Fig
.6of-91
diagram
rogressive
a orking p
6-92
Fig
a.W
of
diagram
orking
rogressi
(LPonnection
)c-Sretrogressive
for for
c P
(Lonnection
)-S
retrogress ive
slots
,84
poles
14nd
spp
=2.a 21=spp nd
4/2
slots
,a105
poles
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
scot
S
| LOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
138
118 ,BOT SLOT
,
ВОТ
SLOT 12
10

2
2 35 1
30 6 Az 3
AI

A4

2 -CA
3
35
30

cz
6

-359
7
B. ,
C B
,C
2 B2
2 B2
BA B4
By 2
B3 2

6
30 35 3
2

W
6orking
.Fig
pa
of-93
diagram
rogressive 6-94
Fig
.W
p
a
of
diagram
orking
rogress
for
c
S
)-
retrogressive
(Lonnection
P for
)c
(LP
S
- onnectioniv
retrogress
slots
,14
,126
poles
spp
a
3
.= nd /2
spp
1
3
= nd
4
slots
147
,a
poles
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 91
157
S LOT
/BOT SLOT
BOT
13

1 A
24 N
5
40 8 A2
Az 3 A3
AL
А4
А4

BA
140
24

3 Вз
C3

-360
4 B2 ,
C
8 B Bi
ci
В2 C3
3
B4 3
B
&
8
24
40 3

W
6
.Fig
p -95
diagram
a orking
ofrogressive W
.6
Fig
orking
diagram
p. -96
a
ofrogress
S
)c
for
retrogressive
-(LPonnection for
(L
S
- onnection
retrogressi
)cP
slots
a
4
.=168
poles
,1
spp 4
nd slots
a 96
16
,poles
spp
2
.= nd
 BOT
|SLOT TOP
SLOT BOT
S
| LOT SLO
TOP T
114
136
SLOT
BOT BOT
SLOT
9

5 2
30 36 6
Az 2 Az
A3
A
A.
A
,

B4 30 2 -BA
2 B3 36
B3
6

-361
5 B2
B i Bz
B ,
C
2
C4
C3 2
5
6
30 2
36 2

p
6-97
Fig
a.W
of
diagram
orking
rogressive p
a.W
ofrogress
6orking
Fig
diagram
-98
for
)c
-S(LPonnection
retrogressive for
cL P
)-S( onnection
retrogress iv
1
a sppnd
=2poles
6/2
,120
slots ,16nd
slots
144
,a
=3.poles
spp
 SL T
BOOT
159 SL
TOPOT

BOT
SLOT
S/BO
LOTT 103 TO P
SLOT
12

SL T
BOOT
42 2 7
7

1
36 4
Az
AA
3
BA
B3 A4

42
7

-362
B2
24

BI B4
2 ,
C
B3
C
,
CA
B2 C2
2 Bi
4

42 7
3 4

24
Fi
.6
W -9
g9
. or
di
of agkira
ngm
retrp aog gr
rore es
ss si
iv e ve
16 L
-S
(c P
) Ponnectio Fi g. 6- 100
sl
1 8 s
, 6 ot for n W
. or
di ki
ag ng
,po
a
sp ndles
p retr of
p
aog ra m
1=
.3 /2 L
(c- P gr
rore
Sonnectioniv es
ss sie
10
sl
1 88ot s
)fo
r
,po
,a
sp nd
=.2 ples
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
129 154
Borsion
9
SLOT
BOT
10
SBOT
/ LOT

5 2
6
45 AZ 54 2
A
AA А4
30
36

BA BA

-363
Ci 2 ,
C
.2 B3 B3
C2
BB2i
6 B2
B C4 2
5 C3 C3
5
2 6
2 2
30 36

Fig.6-101
W
diagram
p
a. orking
of rogressive .Working
Fig.6-102
of
diagram
aprogressi
c
for onnection
)-S(LPP
retrogressive for
c
)-S P
(Lonnection
retrogress iv
slots
135
,a
poles
=21
spp
8/2
nd 18nd
slots
162
,a
=3.poles
spp
 BOT
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
180 BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT
115
BOT SLOT
12 BOT
SLOT

2
32 4
Az Az
63
A AL

Aq

42 1
C3
B4
32

3 B3 Ci 4
B.

-364
,C
B
B2i
7 C4

5
B2
»C, В4
B3
2

3
42 32

Fig.6-103
W
diagram
p
.of
a orking
rogressive .Working
Fig.6-104
p
a
of
diagram
rogressi
connection
for
retrogressive
(L
S
)- P for
c
S
)- P
(Lonnection
retrogress iv
poles
,1
slots
189
3
= 8
spp
nd
a/2 poles
,2
slots
120
=
sppnd
.,a0
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 172
BOT
BSOLT SLOT
OT 10
9

2
48 6
40 5
Az Az
2
Аз

A
,
А4

2 С. 148
2 40
C3
Cz

-365
6
B
Bi ,C
2 ,
В
В4
B4 2
B3 B3

5 6

40 2 48 2

diagram
pFig.6-105
orking
.Wrogressive
a
of Fig.6-106
W
. orking
diagram
p
a
ofrogressi
)c
for onnection
retrogressive
SPP
-(L for
)cP
(L
-Sonnection
retrogressiv
slots
150
,a
poles
1
2
=
spp
/2
nd
0 slots
180
poles
a,20
nd
spp
3
.=
 SLOT
BOT SLO
TOPT
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP 159
127 1
SLOT
BOT
SLOT
BOT 9

45 5
4 Az 2
36 AAz Az
s AI
AA
A4

36 ВА 45
2
BA B3
B3

-366
5 B2 ,
C
4 B2 Ci B
Bi
C
CA3
5
4
2
45
36

.Working
Fig.6-107
ap
of
diagram
rogressive diagram
.Working
paFig.6-10
of
rogress
for
)S P
-(Lonnection
cretrogress ive for P
)-S(Lonnection
cretrogress iv
slots
132
,a
=2.poles
spp
2nd spp
slots
,a165 2nd
/2
=21poles
 SLOT
BOT SLOT BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP
TOP
190 139
SLOT
BOT BOT
SLOT
10 1 7

21 1 4
6
54 Az
Az 48 As
A3 A
A
А4 A4

136
154
2 BA
B3
B4

-367
6 B3 C
,
B2 ,
C
Bi C₂
B
B2i C4
2 C2
CA
C3 2
54 6
2
36

.Working
Fig.6-109
ap
of
diagram
rogressive Fig.6-110
W
p
a. orking
of
diagram
rogressi
for
c
)-S P
(Lonnection
retrogress ive for P
)c-S(LPonnection
retrogress ive
poles
,2
slots
198
=3.a2nd
spp slots
144
poles
spp
2.,a
=4nd
 BOT
TOP
SLOT BOT
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
174 208
BOT
S
/ LOT BOT
SLOT
10

5 2 6
60 A2 72 Az
A3 A3
A
A
AA A4
45 154

B4 B4

-368
2 B3 ,C ,C
2 B3
Cz
B
B2i BB
, i2
5 6 2
C3
5 2 6
2 2.
45 54

p
.Wrogressive
aFig.6-111
of
diagram
orking p
.Working
aFig.6-112
of
diagram
rogress
for
)c
(LPP
-S onnection
retrogressive for
c
L
)-S P
( onnection
retrogress iv
slots
,a180
=21poles
spp
4/2
nd slots
,216
poles
24nd
=3.aspp
 .6-1
NO
TABLE
-1-1
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
2CONNECTION
/
-5Slot
Pitch
Back
Pitches -4Slot
Pitch
Front
Pitches

A
PHASE B
PILASE C
PHASE Nor
No.of
Short
No.of Short
No.of .OF
NO
PITCE
TRONT
NORILAL
Pitch
Front
Front
nal Pitch
Pront BATTERN
COILS
Botton Top Bottom Top Bottou Top Pitch
Coil
oils
Be- Coils
Be
.Xo
No
Leads Leads tween tveen
Leads Leads Leads Leads Between REBRANCO
of B3 Cg Az Cz вз
Slots
Poles Reversing Reversing Reversing PIGURE
Start
End StartInd StartEnd and and And and and und
Jumper Jumper Jumper B,aBnd
By
and
B2
Bg
B, C C,
Al Аз ci CA C2 Cз C,aca
C3
CA
and
C2 nd

Ag
B3
4 18 1 6 6 10 13 18 18 4 7 12 12 16 1 3 0 0

6 27 1 6 6 10 13 18 18 22 7 12 12 16 1 3 0 0 0

36 1 6 6 10 13 18 18 22 25 30 30 34 1 3 0 6 6 6

369
10 45 1 6 6 10 31 36 36 40 16 21 21 25 1 3 0 9 9 9
1

12 54 1 6 6 10 31 36 36 40 16 21 21 25 1 3 0 9 9 18

14 63 1 6 6 10 22 27 27 31 43 48 48 52 1 3 0 15 15 15
-

16 72 1 6 6 10 49 54 54 58 25 30 30 34 1 3 0 18 18 18
-

18 81 1 6 6 10 49 54 58 25 30 30 34 1 3 0 18 18 27

54
20 90 1 6 6 10 31 36 36 40 61 66 66 70 1 3 0 24 24 24
-
-

22 99 1 6 6 10 67 72 72 76 34 39 39 43 1 3 0 27 27 27

24 108 1 6 6 10 67 72 72 76 34 39 39 43 1 3 0 27 27 36
1

-
 .6-2
NO
TABLE
CONNECTION
RETROGRESSIVE
TABLE
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
=2FOR
=6Slot
Pitch
Back
Pitches =6Slot
Pitch
Front
Pitchs

PRASE
A B
PHASE C
PHASE No.of
Short
No.of
Nor .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORMAL
mal
Front
Front
Pitch BETWEEN
COILS
No. Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Pitch
Coils
Be
Be
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen Between tveen RKFERENCE
Poles
Slots 4,and
A2 and
A2 AA and Az
Az Cз Аз C3 B3
End
Start Reversin g Reversin g Reversin g FIGURE
Jumper Start End Jumper Start End Jumper aB,nd
B3
BA
and
B2 and and and and and and
B4 B, C, A BC A
A1 Ag Az Az B, B2 B3 C CA C2 C3 C3
C4
and
C2

4 24 1 7 8 14 17 23 24 6 9 15 16 22 1 4 1 0 0 0
-

6 36 1 7 8 14 17 23 24 30 9 15 16 22 1 4 1 0 0 12 6-17

8 48 1 7 8 14 17 23 24 30 33 39 40 46 1 4 1 8 8 8 6-25

370
10 60 1 7 14 41 47 48 54 21 27 28 34 1 1 12 12 12 6-32

8
12 72 1 7 8 14 41 47 48 54 21 27 28 34 1 4 1 12 12 24 6-38

14 84 1 7 8 14 29 35 36 42 57 63 64 70 1 4 1 20 20 20 6-43

16 96 1 7 8 14 65 71 72 78 33 39 40 46 1 4 1 24 24 24 6-48

18 108 1 7 8 65 71 72 78 33 39 40 46 1 4 1 24 24 36 6-52
1

20 120 1 7 8 14 41 47 48 54 81 87 88 94 1 4 1 32 32 32 6-56

22 132 1 7 8 14 89 95 96 102 45 51 52 58 1 4 1 36 36 36 6-59

-
-

152
24 144 1 7 8 14 89 95 96 102 45 51 58 1 4 1 36 36 48 6-62
 6
. -3
NO
TABLE
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
R
-FOR 2/
2-1
. ETROGRESSIVE
TABLE
CONNECTION
Pitches
S
8
- lot
Pitch
Back Pitches
S
7
= lot
Pitch
Front

A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE Nor-
No.of
Short PITCE
PRONT
NORMAL
.OF
NO
Front
mal
Pitch
Pitch EEN
BETT
COILS

No.
No
Bottor Top
Leads
Bottom
Leads
. Top
Leads
Bottom
Leads
Top
Leads tween Between
Be
Coils
Pitch
Be-
Coils
tween REFERENCE
Leads cз Az C3 B3
of AAA
and
A3
nd
A,aAz
nd
slots
Poles Reversing Reversing Reversing and PIGURE
Start Bad Start End B d and and and and and
Start End Jumper Jumper Jumper B2
B,and an
B4
B2 and
B4
B3
B, C A, C, Ay
A, Ag Az Bi B4 B2 B3 ci CA C၇ C3 and
CA
C2
C3
C,and

A2
10 17 21 29 30 7 11 19 20 27 2 5 1 0 0 0
4 30 1 9

10 17 21 29 30 37 11 19 20 27 2 5 1 o 15 6-18
6 45 1 9

10 17 21 29 30 37 41 49 50 57 2 5 1 10 10 10 6-26
60 1 9

QO
6-33

371
10 17 51 59 60 67 26 34 35 42 2 5 1 15 15 15
10 75 1 9
-

10 17 51 59 60 67 26 34 35 42 2 5 1 15 15 30 6-39
12 90 1 9
-

.
10 17 36 44 45 52 71 79 80 87 2 5 1 25 25 25 6-44
14 105 1 9

16 120 1 9 10 17 81 89 90 97 41 49 50 57 2 5 1 30 30 30 6-49
-
-

9 10 17 81 89 90 97 41 49 50 57 2 1 30 30 45 6-53
18 135 1
5

1 9 10 17 51 59 60 67 101 109 110 117 2 5 1 40 40 40 6-57

20 150

10 17 111 119 120 127 56 64 65 72 2 5 1 45 45 45 6-60

22 165 1 9

24 180 10 17 111 119 120 127 56 64 65 72 2 5 1 45 45 60 6-63

1 9
1
 .6-4
NO
TABLE
CONNECTION
TABLE
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
WINDINGS
WITH
SPP
=3
Back
SPitch
=9lot
Pitches Front
SPitch
9=lot
Pitches

PHASE
A B
PHASE C
PHASE Short
No.of
Nor
Short FRONT
.OF
NO
NORMAL
PITCE
BottomTop Bottom Top Pitch
Front
mal
Pitch BETWEEN
COILS
No. No. Leads Lead
Bottom Top Coils
Be
BePitch
of s Leads Lea ds Leads Leads tween Between
Poles
Slots
tween Аз B3
A,and
Ag
A4
Az
and cз A3 C3 B3 REFERENCE
Start End Reversing
Start End ReversinStart
g End Reversing
Jumper Jumper Jumper B2
and
aB4 and and and and and and FIGURE
andB4nd
BB3
A1 Az Аз B B2 B3 Ci C2 Cand B.
C2
and
C4
Cz C B A

C3
4 36 1 10 12 21 25 34 36 9 13 22 24 33 2 2
6 0 0 0

1
1
1

6 54 1 10 12 21 25 34 36 45 13 22 24 33 2 6 2 0 0 18 6-19
8 72 1 10 12 21 25 34 36 45 49 58 60 69 2 12
6 2 12 12 6-27

372
10 90 1 10 12 21 61 70 72 81 31 40 42 51 2 6 2 18 18 18 6-34
12 108 1 10 12 21 61 70 72 81 31 40 42 51 2 6 2 18 18 36 6-40
-

14 126 1 10 12 21 43 52 54 63 85 94 96 105 2 6 2 30 30 30 6,45

16 144 1 10 12 21 97 106 108 117 49 58 60 69 2 6 2 36 36 36 6-50
18 162 1 10 12 21 97 106 108 117 49 58 60 69 2 2 36 36 54 6-54
1

.
-

20 180 1 10 12 21 61 70 72 81 121 130 132

141 2 6 2 48 48 48 6-58
22 198 1 10 12 21 133 142 144 153 67 76 78 87 2 6 2 54 54 54 6-61
24 216 1 10 12 21 133 142 144 153 67 76 78 87 2 6 54 54 72 6-64
-
 .6-5
NO
TABLE
SPP
/2=3-1
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
CONNECTION
TABLE
Slot
Pitches
•11
Pitch
Back -10
Pitch
Front
Pitches
slot

APHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE Short
No.of
Nor
No.of .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORIAL
. Front
nal
Pront
Pitch BETTKEN
COILS
No. Botton Top Botton Top Botton Top Coils
Pitch
Be
Be
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tyeen Between treen Bz Cg Ag Cz вз KRENCE
RK
slots
Poles AzAd
and
A,aAgnd
Revers

Ag
StartEnd ing Reversin g Reversin g and and and and and PIGURE
Jumper Startkad Jumper StartEnd Jumper and
B2
B4 Bg
By
B,and and
B C A, C, Bi A
A1 Az Az B B2 B3 Ci C2 cз C3
CA
and
C2
Gand

4 42 1 12 14 24 29 40 42 10 15 26 28 38 3 7 2 0 0 0

6 63 1 12 14 24 29 40 42 52 15 26 28 38 3 7 2 0 0 21 6-20

8 84 1 12 14 24 29 40 42 52 57 68 70 80 3 7 2 14 14 14 6-28

373
10 105 1 12 14 24 71 82 84 94 36 47 49 59 3 7 2 21 21 21 6-35

12 126 1 12 14 24 71 82 84 94 36 47 49 59 3 7 2 21 21 42 6-41

14 147 1 12 14 24 50 61 63 73 99 110 112 122 3 7 35 35 35 6-46

N

16 168 1 12 14 24 113 124 126 136 57 68 70 80 3 7 2 42 42 42 6-51

-
-

18 189 12 14 24 113 124 126 136 57 68 70 80 3 7 2 42 42 63 6-55

1
 TABLE
NO
.6-6
CONNECTION
TABLE
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
WINDINGS
SPP
=4WITH
Pitch
Pitches
1Back
Slot
-2 Front
Pitch
=12
Pitches
Slot

PRASE
A BPHASE PHASE
C No.of
Short
Nor NORNAL
NO
.OF
FRONT
PITCH
Bottom To mal
Pitch
Front
Pitch COILS
BETWEEN
No No p Bottom Top Bottom Top Coils
Pitch
Be
Be
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tween Between treen C
Slots
Poles A,and
Az
Ag
and and Az
A3 C3 A3 C3 B3 REFERENCE
StartEnd Reversing Reversing Reversing
Jumper StartEnd Jumper Start End Jumper B,aand
B2 4 and and and and and and FIGURE
B3nd
11 Az Аз B, B4 By
B3 ci C4 Cg
C2 C ,A C B A1
and
C2nd B,
C,aC4
CA
C3

4
4 48 1 13 16 28 33 45 48 12 17 29 32 44 3 8 3 0 0 0
6 72 1 13 16 28 33 45 48 60 17 29 32 44 3 8 3 0 24 6-21
1
-
o

8 96 1 13 16 28 33 45 48 60 65 77 80 92 3 8 3 16 16 16 6-29
1

374
10 120 1 13 16 28 81 93 96 108 41 53 56 68 3 8 3 24 24 24 6-36
-
-

12 144 1 13 16 28 93 96 108 41 53 56 68 3 8 3 24 24 48 6-42

81
-

14 168 1 13 16 28 57 69 72 84 113 125 128 140 3 8 3 40 40 40 6-47

 TAB
.NO-7 LE
,6 NECTION
TAB
CONLE
FOR
RET ROG
WIN
WIT DINRESSIVE
Pit
1Bac
Slo k
ch
-4 t -1 H GS
2/4-SPP
Pit ches
PAAS
A E Fro
Pit
-
1 nt
3 ch
PHAS
B E Slo
Pit t
ches
PHA
C SE No.
No. Botton Top Shorof
No. t
of
No. Bot
tot Nor-
No.
Fro
Shor
of nt
of
of Leads Leads Top Bottom Pitc
mal ht NO
O
Leads Top Fron
Fron
Pitc t
t NORW
FRON
. F T
PITC AL
H
Po
Slot
les Leads Leads Coil
Be- s h
Leads Coil
Coil
Pitcs
Be h
s BETW S
COILEEN
Start Reversing Betw
tweeneen
End Start End Reversing tveen
Jumper Ag
Jumper StartEnd Reversing and
Ag Az вз A3 ERE
RETNCE
A1 An Juaper nd C3
12 Ag Bg CCA B,B2
aand
B4
and
B3 and and and and PIGURE
cz с and and
,cC2
aand
CAnd CA 4
and B
Cg B, A,
4 54 1 15 18 31 37 51 54 13 19 33 36 49 4 9
6 81 3
1 15 18 31 0
37 51 54 - 0 0
67 19 33 36 49 4 9
8 108 3
1 15 18 0

!
31 37 51 0 27 6-22
54 67 73 87 90 103
4 9
10 135 1 3 18 18
15 18 31 18
91 105 108 121 6-30
46 60 63 176 4 9
12 162 1 3
15 18 31 27 27
-

91 105 108 27 6-37

121 46 60 63 76 4 9 3
27 27 54

375
TAB
NO-8LE
.6 TAB
CONLE
FOR NEC TION
RET
WIN ROGRESSIVE
Bac
Pit
= k
ch WITDIN
5·SPP H GS
1
Slo
5 t
Pit ches
APHASE Fro
Pit
-
1 nt
ch
PHAS
B B Slo
5 t
Pit ches
Bottom PHA
C SE
No
No. Top Shor
No.o
No.otff
Leads Bottom Shornt
Nor-
No.of
Fro
of
of Leads Top Botton Pitc
mal
Fron t
h NO
O
NOR
. F MAL
Poles Leads Leads Top Fron
Coil t
t FRON
PITC T
H
Slots Leads Pitc s h
Be-Pitc
h S
Leads Coil
Be s BETW
COILEEN
Start
End Reversing tveen 22
Jumper StartEnd Reversing A2 nd een
,^AzBetw tween
Jumper StartEnd Reversing Aaand 13
Ag
and
Ay B3 C3 Aз
An Jumper Cg B3 REFERENCE
Az Аз B aB2
Band
,B nd and
B2 B3 and
B3 and and and FIGURE
C3 and and
C2
aCA
,C,Cnd B,
aand C^ B,C
4 60
C3nd 4,
1 16 20 35 41 56 60 15 21 36 40 05 4 10
6 90 4
1 16 20 35 0
41 56 60 75
0
21 36 40 55 4 10
120 1 4
16 20 0

8
35 41 56 0 30 6-23
60 75 81 96 100 115 4 10
10 150 1 4 20 20
16 20 35 20
101 116 120 135 6-31
51
1

66 70 85 4 10
30 30 30
 -9
6.TABLE
NO WINDINGS /2
-CONNECTION
SPP
WITH 5-1
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
Pitch
Back Pitches
Slot
17 -16
Pitch
Front
Pitches
Slot
A
PRASE B
PHASE C
PEASE No.of
Short
Nor FRONT
PITCR
.OF
NO
NORYAL
Pitch
Front
nal BETWEEN
COILS
No. Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Coils
Be
Pitch
Be
Coils
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen veen
Bet tween 13 B3 cз Ag cz B3 REFERENCE
Poles
Slots Rev ers A,and
12
StartEnd Reversin g Reversin g ins FIGURE
Jumper Start End Jumper StartEnd Jumper B3
BA
BA
and
B2
B,and
B2 and and and and and and
C B|11
A Az Az B3 cz C3 C3
CAC
and
C2
C,and

66 1 18 22 38 45 62 66 16 23 40 44 60 5 11 4 0 0 0

6 99 1 18 22 38 45 62 66 72 23 40 44 60 5 11 4 0 0 33

8 132 1 18 22 38 45 62 66 82 89 106 110 126 5 11 4 22 22 22

1

10 165 1 18 22 38 111 128 132 148 56 73 77 93 5 11 33 33 33

CA

376
6.TABLE
NO-10 •6
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION
-1Slot
Pitch
Back
Pitches
8 Slot
:18
Pitch
Front
Pitches
PRASE
A B
PHASE C
PHASE Nor
No.of
Short PITCH
FRONT
.OF
NO
NORIAL
Pront
mal
Pitch
Front BETTEEN
COILS
No. Botton Top Botton Top Botton Top Be
Pitch
Be
Coils
No Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen Between tveen Az B3 RKIERENCE
of aA,nd
Az Ag
and
Ay C3 вз
Poles
Slots Reversin g Reversin g Reversing PIGURE
Start End Jumper Start End Jumper StartEnd B
a
B2nd B
and
B2 Bg
and
BA
BA A and and and
Jumper
B, ,
CA AL
All Az Az B, B4 B2 B3 CA са ca
and
C2
C,and an
C3d
67
712
19
1
72
49
24 43
25
4 72 18 25 48 64 5 12 5 0 0 0

6 108 1 19 24 42 49 67 72 90 25 43 48 64 5 12 5 • 0 O 36 6-24
120
115
8 144 1 19 24 42 49 67 72 90 97 138 5 12 5 24 24 24
-
 .6-11
NO
TABLE SPP
.7WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION
21
-
Pitch
Back
Pitches
Slot Slot
Pitches
2
- 1
Pitch
Front
A
PRASE PELASBB C
PHASE Short
No.of
No.of
Nor- PRONT
PITCH
.OF
NO
NORMAL
Pitch
Front
Front
mal KEN
BETT
COILS
Bottom Top Botton Top Botton Top Coils
Pitch
Be
Be-
No. Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads treen Between tveen REFERENCE
Leads B3 |A
C₂ C3 B3
of Ag
Ag
and
Ay
aandnd Az
4,Az
Slots
Poles Reversing Reversing Reversing PIGURE
Start End StartEnd StartEnd and and and and and and
Jumper Jumper Jumper and
B2
B,aBynd B and B3
B A C
4, 12 Az B, B2 B3 C, CA C3
C2 and
C,acand
CA
C2

21 29 50 56 77 6 14 6
o」。
4 84 1 22 28 49 57 78 84

-
84105
78
4957 50 56 77 6 14 6
o 0 42
6 126 1 22 28 29

168 1 22 28
57
7849 84 105 113 134 140 161 6 14 6 28 28 28
-

377
6-12
NO
.TABLE 8SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
FOR
•TABLE
CONNECTION

Slot
Pitches
24
=
Pitch
Back Pitches
24
-
Pitch
Front
Slot

A
PLASE B
PHASE PHASE
C Nor-
No.of
Short
No.of PITCH
PRONT
NORMAL
.OF
NO
Front
mal
Pitch
Front EEN
BETT
COILS
Botton Top Botton Top Botton Top Be
Coils
Pitch
Be-
Coils
No. Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tween Between tween REFERENCE
of Ay
Ag
and
A2
A,aAz
A4nd Az C3 вз
Slots
Poles Reversing Reversing Reversing FIGURE
Start Bad Startkad Start End and and and and and and
Jumper Jumper Jumper Be
B2B2
B,aand
BAnd
B3
B, C A1 C B A,
AL AA Az Az B1 B2 B3 C, CH cz C3 C4
CA
and
,aCC2
Cgnd

4 96 1 25 32 56 65 89 96 120 33 57 64 88 7 16 7 0 0

56 96
5764 88 7 16 7 0 0 48
6 144 1 25 32 120 33

192 1 25
3225 56 65 89 96 120 129 153 160 184 7 16 7 32 32 32

8
 6TABLE
. -13
NO
CONNECTION
TABLE
PROGRESSIVE
FOR /2SPP
=1-1
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
-5Slot
Pitch
Back
Pitches -4Slot
Pitch
Front
Pitches
PRASE
A B
PHASE C
PHASE No.of
Short
No.
Long
of
Nor PITCH
.OF
NO
FRONT
NORMAL
mal
Pitch
Front BETWEEN
COILS
No No. Top Botton Top Botton Top Bottom Be
Pitch
Be
Coils
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tween Between tveen KRENCE
RET
Slots
Poles A,and
Ag
and
A2
A2
Start End g End
ReversinStart Reversing
Start End Reversing and and and and and and FIGURE
Jumper Jumper Jumper B,and
B4
By
Bg
and
B2
B1 C
C,A B
4, A4 A2 Аз B B2 B3 Ci C4|2 C3 C,and
C4
C3
and
C2

34
18 1 6 15 1 13 18 9 13 7 12 3 7 0 3 1 0 0

6 27 1 6 24 1 13 18 9 13 7 12 3 7 0 3 1 0 0 3
-

8 36 1 6 33 1 13 18 9 13 25 30 21 25 0 3 1 6 6 6
-

42
10 45

378
1 6 42 1 31 36 31 16 12 16 0 3 1 9 9 9
-
-

27
21
12 54 1 6 51 1 3. 36 27 31 16 21 16 0 3 1 9 18

12
14 63 1 6 60 1 22 27 18 22 43 48 39 43 0 3 1 15 15 15
-

16 72 1 6 69 1 49 54 45 49 25 30 21 25 0 3 1 18 18 18

18 81 1 6 78 1 49 54 45 49 25 30 21 25 0 3 1 18 18 27

20 90 1 6 87 1 31 36 27 61 66 57 61 0 3 1 24 24 24

31
22 99 1 6 96 1 67 72 63 67 34 39 30 34 0 3 1 27 27 27

24 108 1 6 105 1 67 72 63 67 34 39 30 34 3 1 27 27 36
 6
. -14
NO
TABLE
PROGRESSIVE
FOR
CONNECTION
TABLE -2
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
Slot
6
•
Pitch
Back
Pitches Slot
6
-
Pitch
Front
Pitches

A
PHASE B
PEASE C
PHASE Nor
No.of
Long
No.of Short
No.of .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORMAL
Pitch
Front
mal Pitch
Front BETWEEN
COILS
Top Botton Top Botton Top Botton Pitch
Coils
Coils
Be- Coils
Be .
No. No.
Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen Between tveen BA REFERENCE
of
ot By A
Slots
Poles Ag
and
Az
A,and A
and
Az
Reversing Reversing Reversing PIGURE
Start End Start End StartEnd ,BaB2B Bd and and and and and and
Jumper Jumper Jumper and B3nd 2 an
Bz
Cz
Coca B Cy11 1 B A1
A, Az Аз Bg C, C,and
Cz
and
C2 C4
and
Cz

4 24 1 8 20 1 17 24 12 17 9 16 4 9 1 4 1 - 0 0 0

6 36 1 8 32 1 17 24 12 17 9 16 4 9 1 4 1 0 0 12 6-65

8 48 1 44 1 17 24 12 17 33 40 28 33 1 4 1 8 8 6-73
-

379
10 60 1 8 56 1 41 48 36 41 21 28 16 21 1 4 1 12 12 12 6-80

12 72 1 8 68 1 41 48 36 41 21 28 16 21 1 1 12 12 24 6-86
-

14 84 1 8 80 1 29 36 24 29 57 64 52 57 1 4 1 20 20 20 6-91

16 96 1 8 92 1 65 72 60 65 33 40 28 33 1 4 1 24 24 24 6-96

18 108 1 8 104 1 65 72 60 65 33 40 28 33 1 4 1 24 24 36 6-100

20 120 116 1 41 48 36 41 81 88 76 81 1 1 32 32 32 6-104

8
22 132 1 8 128 1 89 96 84 89 45 52 40 45 1 4 1 36 36 36 6-107
-

968|0 4045
52 6-110
24 144 1 8 140 1 84 89 45 1 4 1 36 36 48
 .6-15
NO
TABLE
PROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION WITH
= -1
/2SPP
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
=8Slot
Pitch
Back
Pitches -7Slot
Pitch
Front
Pitches

A
PHASE B
PHASE CPHASE Short
Nor
No.of
Long
of
No. .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORMAL
Front
mal
Pitch BETWEEN
COILS
No. No. Top Botton Top Bottom Top Bottom Be
Coils
Pitch
Be SA
ot
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads treen Between tveen CA REFERENCE
Slots
Poles A4
Ag
A3
and
Az
aA,nd
A2
Start
End
Reversing End
Start Revers ing
StartEnd Reversing B, FIGURE
Jumper Jumper Jumper and
B2 B4
and
B3
B2 and and and and and and
B C C B A
A, Az Az B B4 B2 C C3 C2
Caand
CAnd
C3

4 30 1 10 25 1 21 30 15 21 11 20 5 11 1 5 2 0 0 0

6 45 1 10 40 1 21 30 15 21 11 20 5 11 1 5 2 0 0 15 6-66

8 60 1 10 55 1 21 30 15 21 41 50 35 41 1 5 2 10 10 10 6-74

380
10 75 1 10 70 1 51 60 45 51 26 35 20 26 1 5 2 15 15 15 6-81

12 90 1 10 85 1 51 60 45 51 26 35 20 26 1 5 2 15 15 30 6-87

14 105 1 10 100 1 36 45 30 36 71 80 65 71 1 5 2 25 25 25 6-92

-
-

16 120 1 10 115 1 81 90 75 81 41 50 35 41 1 1 5 2 30 30 30 6-97

1

18 135 1 10 130 1 81 90 75 81 41 50 35 41 1 5 2 30 30 45 6-101

-

20 150 1 10 145 1 51 60 45 51 101 110 95 101 1 5 2 40 40 40 6-105

22 165 1 10 160 1 111 120 105 111 56 64 50 56 1 5 2 45 45 45 6-108

-

24 180 1 10 175 1 111 120 105 111 56 64 50 56 1 5 2 45 45 60 6-111

 .6-16
NO
TABLE
CONNECTION
PROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE :3RETROGRESSIVE
SPP
VITH
VINDINGS
=9Slot
Pitch
Back
Pitches Front
Pitch
Pitches
9S-lot

PEASBA B
PELASB CPILASE Nor
No.of
Long
No.of
Short .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORIAL
Front
Pront
nal
Pitch
Front BISTIKEN
COILS
No
No. Top Bottom Top Botton Top Botton Pitch
Be
Coils
Be
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads treen Between treen CA BA KRENCE
RET
Slots
Poles Reversing Reversing Reversing FIGURE
StartEnd Junper Start tad Jumper StartBad Jumper B,and
Bg
and
B2B2
Be
nd and and and and and and
B A,
A, Az Az B B2 вз Ci Ca cз C,and
Cz
and
C2

4 36 1 30 1 25 36 18 25 13 6 13 2 6 2 0 0

12
24
6 54 1 12 48 1 25 36 18 25 13 24 6 13 2 6 2 0 0 18 6-67
25
18
36
72 1 12 66 1 25 36 49 60 42 49 2 6 2 12 12 12 6-75

381
10 90 1 12 84 1 61 72 54 61 31 42 24 31 2 6 2 18 18 18 6-82
61
51
72
31
12 108 1 12 102 1 61 42 24 31 2 6 2 18 18 36 6-88

14 96
85
43
36
54
126 1 12 120 1 43 78 85 2 6 2 30 30 30 6-93

16 144 12 138 1 97 97
108 90 90 49 60 42 49 2 6 2 36 36 36 6-98

18 162 1 12 156 1 97 108 90 97 49 60 42 49 2 6 2 36 36 54 6-102

1

20 180 1 12 174 61 72 54 61 121 132 114 121 2 6 2 48 48 48 6-106

22 198 1 12 192 1 133 144 126 133 67 78 60 67 2 6 2 54 54 54 6-109

1

24 216 1 12 210 1 133 144 126 133 67 78 60 67 2 6 2 54 54 72 6-112

 .6-17
NO
TABLE
PROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION =3-1
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
/2RETROGRESSIVE
Pitches
=11
Pitch
Back
Slot Slot
-10
Pitch
Front
Pitches

PHASE
A B
PHASE C
PHASE Nor
No.of
Long
No.of Short
No.of .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORMAL
Front
mal
Pitch
Pront Pitch
Front BETWEEN
COILS
No No. Top Botton Top Bottom Top Botton Coils
Be
Pitch Be
Coils
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tween Between tween REFERENCE
and
aAz
A,A3nd CA BВ
Slots
Poles Reversing 4
Start
End ReversinStart
Jumper
g End ReversinStart
g End
B. and and and and and and FIGURE
Jumper Juper aB,nd
B3
and
B2 and
B4
Bz
B, C, ci B A
A1 Az Az B, B2 B3 C, C၇ C3 Cgca
C,and
and
C2 and
CA
Cz

4 42 1 14 35 1 29 42 21 29 15 28 7 15 2 7 3 0 0 0

6 63 1 14 56 1 29 42 21 29 15 28 7 15 2 7 0 0 21 6-68
3
8 84 1 14 77 1 29 42 21 29 57 70 49 57 2 7 3 14 14 14 6-76

10 105 1 14 98 1 71 84 63 71 36 49 28 36 2 7 3 - 21 21 21 6-83

382
-

21
21
12 126 1 14 119 1 71 84 63 71 36 49 28 36 2 7 3 42 6-89
-
-

14 147 1 14 140 1 50 63 42 50 99 112 91 99 2 7 3 35 35 35 - 6-94

16 168 1 14 161 1 113 126 105 113 57 70 49 57 2 7 3 42 42 42 6-99

-

18 189 1 14 182 1 113 126 105 113 57 70 49 57 2 7 3 42 42 63 6-103

 .6-18
NO
TABLE

CONNECTION
PROGRESSIVE
TABLE
FOR RETROGRESSIVE
WINDINGS
SPP
WITH
4
-
1
=2
Pitch
Back
Pitches
Slot Pitch
Front
Pitches
1
–
Slot
2

PAASE
A B
PHASE C
PHASE Nor-
Long
No.of
Short
No.of .OF
NO
FRONT
NORMAL
PITCH
Front
Pront
nal
Pitch BETTKEN
COILS
No.
Top Bottom Top Botton Top Botton Pitch
Coils
Be-
Be
Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen Between tween REFERENCE
of CA CA
Slots
Poles
Az
Ag
and
aA,nd B
Reversing Reversing Reversing
Start
Bad Startkad Start End and and and
FIGURE
Jumper Jumper Jumper B,and
B2
B4 and and
and
B3
Az B, C C, B, AL
A, Az B, B2 B3 C CA C2 cз C,aC2
and
C2nd
C3 andCA

4 48 1 16 40 1 33 48 24 33 17 32 8 17 3 8 3 - 0 0 0

6 72 1 16 64 1 33 48 24 33 17 32 8 17 3 8 3 0 24 6-69

8 96 1 16 88 1 33 48 24 33 65 80 56 65 3 8 3 16 16 16 6-77
-

383
10 120 1 16 112 1 81 96 72 81 41 56 32 41 3 8 3 24 24 24 6-84

12 144 1 16 136 1 81 96 72 81 41 56 32 41 3 3 24 24 48
8 6-90
-

14 168 1 16 160 1 57 72 48 57 113 128 104 113 3 8 3 40 40 40 6-95

 TABLE
.6NO-19 CONNECT
TABLE
FOR
PROGRES ION
SIVE RETROGR
WINDING
WITH
SPP
4./2 -1 ESSIVE
S
Back
Pitch
Slot
1=4
Pitches
Pitch
1Front
Slot
Pitch
-3 es
PHAS
A E PHASE
B PHASE
C No.of
Long
Nor
No.of
No. тор Bottom Short
Pitch
mal
Front ONO
.F
NORMAL
FRONT
PITCH
No. Leads Top Bottom Top Bottom Coils COILS
BETWEEN
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Pitch
Be Pitch
Coils
Be
Poles
slots tween Between treen
Start
End ReversinStart
g End Reversing Reversing REFERENCE
Jumper Jumper Start End Jumper a,Bnd
B2 B2
and
B3
B4 and and and and and FIGURE
A1 Az A3 B, and
B3 C, C) cз aC,C2nd C C B A,
and C2 B.
Co
and
C3

B
4 54 1 18 45 193
1 37 54 27 37 36 9 19 3 9 4 0 0 0
6 81 1 18 72 1 37 54 27 37 19 36 9 19 3 9 4 0 0 27 6-70
8 108 1 18 99 1 37 27
37
73
54 90 63 73
126
8 3 9 4 18 18 18 6-78
10 135 1 18 1 91 108 81 91 46 63 36 46 3 9 4 27 27 27 6-85
12 162 1 18 153 1 91 108 81 91 46 63 36 46 3 9 27 27 54
4
-

384
TABLE
6NO
. -20 CONNE
POR
PROGR
TABLEESSIV
CTIONE RETRO
WINDI
WITH
SPP GRESS
NGS IVE
Back 5·
1:Pitch
5
Slot
Pitches
Front
Pitch
Slot
Pitch
1:5 es
PHASE
A PHASE
B PHAS
C E No.of
Long
No.of
Nor
Short
No.
No Top Bottom Top Bottom Pront
Pitch
mal
Front NORMAL
ONO
.F
PRONT
PITCH
Leads Top Botton Pitch
Pitch
Be COILS
BETWEEN
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Coils
Be
Poles
Slots tween Between tween
Start End ReversinStart
g End Reversing Reversing aA,Aznd and
12
13
Az
Ay C4 RET
ENCE
ER
Jumper Jumper Start End Jumper B2
and
aB,B3nd
B B
and
Bz and and and and and and FIGURE
4, Az Аз B By B2 вз C ca C2 cз aand
C,C2
C3 nd B. C, 4 C B 41
nd
aC,C4
4 60 1 20 50 1 41 60 30 41 21 40 10 21 4 10 4 0 0
-

6 90 1 20 80 1 41 60 30 41 21 40 10 21 4 10 03
603 4 0 30 6-71
8 120 1 20 110 1 41 30 41 81 100 70 81 4 10 4 20 20 20 6-79
10 150 1 20 140 1101 120 90 101 51 70 40 51 10 30 30 30
 6-21
NO
.TABLE PROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION =5-1
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
IVE
/2RETROGRESS
17
-
Pitch
Back
Pitches
Slot Pitches
16
-
Pitch
Front
Slot
A
PRASE B
PEASE PELASE
C No.of
Nor-
No.of
Long
Short
No.of .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORMAL
Pitch
Front
mal BETWEEN
COILS
Top Botton Top Botton Top Botton Coils
Pitch
Be-
Coils
Be
No
No. tveen
Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tyeen Between REFERENCE
ol
of aA,nd
Az Az Aq
Aq
Ag
and CA CA
Slots
Poles Reversing Reversing Reversing
End PIGURE
Start StartEnd Jumper Start End Jumper B,nd and and and and and and
Jumper B4
B3
aB2
B3
and
B2
Bi C, C, B A
A Az Az B2 B2 Bg ci CA Cz Cg C,aC2
nd
Cg
and
C3 and
CA

Am
4 66 1 22 55 1 45 66 33 45 23 44 11 23 4 11 5
|
0 |
6 99 1 22 88 1 45 66 33 45 23 44 11 23 4 11 5 0 33

8 132 1 22 121 1 45 66 33 45 89 110 77 89 4 11 5 22 22 22

10 165 1 22 154 1 111 132 99 111 56 77 44 56 4 11 5 33 33 33

385
6-22
NO
.TABLE PROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION =6
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
1
= 8
Slot
Pitches
Pitch
Back 18
=
Pitch
Front
Pitches
slot

A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE No.of
Short
Nor-
No.of
Long .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORMAL
Pitch
Front
Front
mal
Pitch EEN
BETT
COILS
Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Coils
Be-
Be
Coils
Pitch
No.
No Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen Between treen REFERENCE
of Az
and
A3Az
A,and and
B4 C4 CA
Slots
Poles Reversing Reversing Reversing FIGURE
Start End StartEnd Start End B3 and and and and and and
Jumper Jumper Jumper aB,B2nd and
B2 and
BBz
B C A, C B AL
A, Az Az Bi |B2
B4 вз C, CA C2 C3 C3
and
C2
C4
Cz
C,and

4 72 1 24 60 1 49 72 36 49 25 48 12 25 5 12 5 0 0
-

6 108 1 24 96 1 49 72 36 49 25 48 12 25 5 12 5 0 0 36 6-72

8 144 1 24 132 1 49 72 36 49 97 120 84 97 5 12 24 24 24

un
 6-23
NO
.TABLE PROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION RETROGRESSIVE
WINDINGS
.7
SPP
WITH
Pitches
=21
Pitch
Back
Slot -21
Pitch
Front
Pitches
Slot
PHASE
A BPHASE C
PHASE No.of
Nor
No.of
Long
Short .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
NORMAL
Front
Pitch
Pitch
Pront
Front
nal KEN
BETT
COILS
No. Top Bottom Top Botton Top Botton Coils
Be Be
Pitch
of Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen Between tween ERENCE
RET
Slots
Poles Ag
13
and
A2
AA,and B
End
Start ReversinStart
g End ReversinStart
g Bad Reversing and and and FIGURE
Jumper Jumper Jumper Bg
and
B2
B,and ByBz
and and and and
B C | B A1
A A2 Аз B B4 B2 B3 C, C4 C2 cz and
C2
C,aCAnd
Cz

84 1 28 70 1 57 84 42 57 29 56 14 29 6 14 6 0 0 0
0
6 126 1 28 112 1 57 84 42 57 29 56 14 29 6 14 6 0 42
1

84
8 168 1 28 154 1 57 84 42 57 113 140 98 113 6 14 6 28 28 28

386
6-24
NO
.TABLE PROGRESSIVE
FOR
TABLE
CONNECTION .8
SPP
WITH
WINDINGS
RETROGRESSIVE
=24
Pitch
Back
Pitches
Slot Pitch
Front
Pitches
-Slot
24
PHASE
A B
PHASE PHASE
C No.of
Long
Nor
Short .OF
NO
PITCH
FRONT
KAL
NOR
Front
mal
Pitch
Pront BETWEEN
COILS
Top Botton Top Botton Top Botton Pitch
Be
Be
Coils
No. Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads Leads tveen Bet
veen tween REFERENCE
of of A,Az
aA2and
Agnd A
and
13 CA
slots
Poles g Bad Reversing Reversing PIGURE
Start End ReversinStart
Jumper Jumper Start End Jumper andB
Bz
nd
aB,B2B
B3 and and and and and and
C,1 C, B, A,
A, Az |B2
BA B3 Coca
C3 CA
C3
and
C2
C,aCgnd

4 96 1 32 80 1 65 96 48 65 33 64 16 33 7 16 7 0 0 0

6 144 1 32 128 1 65 96 48 65 33 64 16 33 7 16 7 0 0 48

8 192 32 176 1 65 96 48 65 129 160 112 129 7 16 7 32 32 32

-

7
 TABLE 6-25

DISTRIBUTION TABLE OF THE LOWER CONDUCTORS FOR spp = i }

No , No. Polar
Phase A Phase C Phase B
Slots Poles ity
1 2 3 5
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14
18 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23
27 6 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31 32
36 8 33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40 41
45 10 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50
54 12 51 52 53 54
55 56 57 58 59
63 14 60 61 62 63
64 65 66 67 68
72 16 69 70 71 72
73 74 75 76 77
81 18 78 79 80 81
82 83 84 85 86
90 20 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95
99 22 96 97 98 99
100 101 102 103 104
108 24 105 106 107 108

TABLE 6-26

DISTRIBUTION TABLE OF THE UPPER CONDUCTORS FOR spp id

No. N O . Polar
Phase A Phase C Phase B
Slots Poles ity
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13
18 4 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22
27 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
36 8 32 33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40
45 10 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49
54 12 50 51 52 53 54
55 56 57 58
63 14 59 60 61 62 63
64 65 66 67
72 16 68 69 70 71 72
73 74 75 76
81 18 77 78 79 80 81
82 83 84 85
90 20 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94
99 22 95 96 97 98 99
100 101 102 103
108 24 104 105 106 107 108

387
 TABLE 6-27

DISTRIBUTION TABLE OF THE UPPER AND LOWER CONDUCTORS FOR spp = 2

No. No. Phase A Phase C Phase B Polar

Slots Poles ity
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
24 4 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
36 6 31 32 33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40 41 42
48 8 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54
60 10 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66
72 12 67 68 69 70 71 72
73 74 75 76 77 78
84 14 79 80 81 82 83 84
85 86 87 88 89 90
96 16 91 92 93 94 95 96
97 98 99 100 101 102
108 18 103 104 105 106 107 108
109 110 111 112 113 114
120 20 115 116 117 118 119 120
121 122 123 124 125 126
132 22 127 128 129 130 131 132
133 134 135 136 137 138
144 24 139 140 141 142 143 144

TABLE 6-28

DISTRIBUTION TABLE OF THE LOWER CONDUCTORS FOR spp 21

No. NO . Polar
Phase A Phase C Phase B
Slots Poles ity
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
30 4 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
45 6 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
60 8 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
75 10 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
90 12 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
105 14 99 100 101 102 103 104 105
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113
120 16 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128
135 18 129 130 131 132 133 134 135
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143
150 20 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158
165 22 159 160 161 162 163 164 165
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173
180 24 174 175 176 177 178 179 180

388
 TABLE 6-29

DISTRIBUTION TABLE OF THE UPPER CONDUCTORS FOR spp 2

No. No , Polar
Phase A Phase C Phase B
Slots Poles ity
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 个
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
30 4 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37
45 6 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52
60 8 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67
75 10 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
76 77 78 79 80 81 82
90 12 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97
105 14 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105
106 107 108 109 110 111 112
120 16 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
121 122 123 124 125 126 127
135 18 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135
136 137 138 139 140 141 142
150 20 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
151 152 153 154 155 156 157
165 22 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165
166 167 168 169 170 171 172
180 24 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180

TABLE 6-30

DISTRIBUTION TABLE OF THE UPPER AND LOWER CONDUCTORS FOR spp = 3

No. NO . Polar
Phase A Phase C Phase B
Slots Poles ity
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
36 4 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
54 6 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
72 8 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
90 10 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
108 12 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117
126 14 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126
127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135
144 16 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144
145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153
162 18 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171
180 20 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189
198 22 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207
216 24 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216

389
 6-31
TABLE
DISTRIBUTION
TABLE
LOWER
THE
-OF
spp
FOR
3CONDUCTORS
1
No.
No Phase Polar
A C
Phase Phase
B
Poles
Slots ity

2
3
4 7
5
6 1
90
8 11
14
13
12 16
15
18
17 21
20
19
22 23 25
24 26 28
27 30
31
29 32
42 4 35
34
33 39
38
37
36 40
41
42
44
43
46
45 49
48
47 52
51
50 53
63 6 54
55
56 60
58
57
59 62
61
63
64
65
66
67 70
69
68 72
71
73 74
75
77
76 80
78
81
79 83
82
84

8
88
85
87
86 89
91
90 92
93
94 95
105 10 98
97
96 100
101
102
99 104
103
105
106
108
107 109 111
110
112 115
114
113 116
126 12 119
118
117 121
120
122
123 124
125
126
128
127
129
130 133
132
131 136
135
134 137
147 14 139
140
138 141
143
142
144 145
147
146
151
150
149
148 154
153
152 155
156
157 158
168 161
160
159 163
162
164
165 167
166
168
171
170
169
172 175
174
173 178
177
176 179
189 18 182
181
180 186
185
184
183 189
188
187

390
6-32
TABLE

=
TABLE
UPPER
THE
OF 31
CONDUCTORS
spp
POR
DISTRIBUTION
No. Polar
No. A
Phase C
Phase B
Phase
Poles
Slots ity

3
2 75
6
4 8
9 10 1
12
11 13 14 16
17
15 21
19
18
20
24
23
22 25 26 27
28 29
30
31
42 4 35
32
34
33 36
37
38 42
41
40
39
45
44 49
47
46
48 52
50
51
63 6 55
56
54 58
57 59 63
62
61
60
65
66
64 67 68 70
69 72
73
71
84 8 74
77
76
75 79
78 80 84
83
81
82
85 86 87 91
90
88
89 94
93
92
105 10 95
98
97
96 99 100
101 102
105
104
103
106
107
108 112
111
110
109 115
114
113
126 12 116
117
119
118 122
121
120 124
125
123
126
128
127
129 133
131
132
130 136
134
135
147 14 139
138
137
140 143
142
141 147
145
146
144
150
149
148 154
153
152
151 157
155
156
168 16 161
160
159
158 164
163
162 168
166
167
165
171
170
169 175
173
174
172 178
176
177
189 18 182
181
180
179 185
184
183 189
188
186
187
 6-33
TABLE

UPPER
THE
OF
DISTRIBUTION
=TABLE
spp
FOR
CONDUCTORS
LOWER
AND
4

,No.
No Polar
A
Phase C
Phase B
Phase
Poles
Slots ity

12
4
3 6
5
8
7 9 10 11
12
16
15
14
13 18
17
20
19 23
22
21
24
28
27
26
25 31
30
29
32 33
34
36
35
48 4 39
38
37 40 42
44
43
41 45
48
47
46
50
52
51
49 54
53
55
56 57
59
58
60
72 6 62
61
64
63 65
68
67
66 70
69
72
71
73
75
74 76 77 78
79 80 82
81
84
83
96 8 85
88
87
86 89
90
92
91 93
96
95
94
99
100
98
97 103
104
102
101 105
106
108
107
120 10 112
110
109
111 113 114 116
115 118
117
120
119
124
123
122
121 128
127
126
125 132
131
129
130
144 12 136
135
134
133 140
139
138
137 144
143
142
141
145
148
147
146 149
152
151
150 153
156
155
154
168 14 160
159
158
157 164
163
162
161 168
167
166
165

391
6-34
TABLE
DISTRIB
TABLE
LOWER
THE
OF
CONDUCT
spp
4FOR
=1 UTION
ORS
No. Phase Polar
Slots
Poles A
Phase C
Phase B
ity
2
5
4
3
1 7
9
8
6 10
11
12
13
14 个
17
16
15
18 21
20
19
22
23 27
26
25
24
30
28
29
31
32 35
33
34
36 41
38
37
39
40
54 4 45
43
42
44 48
50
47
49
46 51
52
54
53
55
57
56
58
59 60
62
63
61 65
64
66
68
67
: 81 6 69
71
72
70 77
76
75
74
73 80
79
78
81
82 83 84
85
86 87 90
89
88 92
94
93
91
95
108 96
99
98
97 104
101
103
102
100 105
106
107
108
109
110 111
112
113 117
116
115
114 118
121
120
119
122
135 10 123 126
125
124 130
129
128
127
131 135
134
133
132
140
139
138
137
136 144
143
142
141 149
148
147
146
145
162 12 153
152
151
150 158
157
156
155
154 162
161
160
159
 6-35
TABLE
DISTRIBUTION
OF
TABLE
CONDUCTORS
UPPER
THE
=41
spp
FOR
No. No. Polar
Poles
Slots A
Phase C
Phase B
Phase ity
4123 89756 11
10
13
12
18
14
16
15
17 19
20
22
21 26
25
24
23 27
31
30
29
28 36
35
34
33
32 38
37
40
39
54 4 41 44
42
43 45 47
46 48 49 51
52
50 53 54
55
56
58
57 60
63
62
61
59 66
65
67
64
81 6 72
69
70
68
71 76
75
74
73 79
78
80
77 81
82
83
84 85 87
86 88 90
89 91
94
93
92
108 8 96
95
99
98
97 102
101
100
103 105 107
106
104 108
112
111
110
109 115
114
116
113
117 121
120
119
118
135 10 122
126
125
124
123 127
130
129
128 134
132
133
131 135
139
138
137
136 144
143
142
141
140 148
147
146
145
162 12 153
152
151
150
149 157
156
155
154 161
160
159
158 162

392
6-36
TABLE
AND
UPPER
THE
OF
TABLE
DISTRIBUTION
FOR
CONDUCTORS
LOWER
spp =5
No A
Phase Phase
C B
Phase Polar
Poles
Slots ity
23451 916780 13
12
11
15
14
18
16
17
20
19 23
25
22
2421 26
29
27
28
30
34 32
31
35
33 39
36
40
3738 41
43
42
45
44
60 4 49
48
47
46
50 5453
52
5155 59
58
57
56
60
62
61
65
64
63 66
67
69
6870 71
75
74
73
72
6 78
76
80
77
79 8483
82
8581 86
87
90
89
88
95
91
94
93
92 100
99 97
98
96 102
101
105
104
103
120 110
109
106
107
108 115
114
113
112
111 120
119
118
117
116
125
124
123
122
121 130
129
128
127
126 135
134
133
132
131
150 10 140
139
138
137
136 145
144
143
142
141 150
149
148
147
146
 6-37
TABLE
OF1
5CONDUCTORS
spp
FOR
=THE
LOWER
DISTRIBUTION
TABLE
No. Polar
A
Phase C
Phase B
Phase ity
Poles
Slots
215346 11
18970 17
12
16
15
14
13
22 28
27
26
25
23
24 32
29
31
30
33

6
19
21
20
18
38
39
35
34
37
36 42
43
44
40
41 45
46 49
48
50
47
66 4 53
52
55
54
51 61
60
58
57
56
59 65
62 66
63
64
69 70
68
67 71
72 75
77
76
74
73 82
81
83
79
80
78
6 88
87
84
86
85 92
93 9490
89
91 96
95
99
98
97
105
104
103
102
101
100 110
109
108
107
106 115
116
113
114
112
111
132 8 121
120
119
118
117 127
126
125
124
123
122 132
131
130
129
128
138
137
136
135
134
133 143
142
141
140
139 149
147
148
146
145
144
165 10 154
153
152
151
150 160
159
158
157
156
155 165
164
163
162
161
个个 AT1 个小 T 山

393
6-38
TABLE
1
spp
FOR
5CONDUCTORS
=THE
UPPER
OF
TABLE
DISTRIBUTION
No.
No. Polar
A
Phase C
Phase B
Phase ity
Poles
Slots
321 5 11
198670 12
14
13 15 16
21
18 22
20
19
17 27
26
25
23
24 28
33
32
31
30
29
35
38
37
36
34 39
40 41 42 44
43 48
47
45
49
46
66 4 53
55
52
54
51
50 60
59
58
56
57 61 62 66
65
64
63
68
70
69
71
67 77
76
75
74
73
72 80
82
79
78
81
6 86
85
88
87
84
83 92
91
90 93
89 99
94
98
97
96
95
102
104
103
101
100 110
109
108
107
106
105 115
114
113
112
111
120
121
118
119
117
116 126
125
124
123
122 131
132
130
129
128
127
136
137
135
134
133 143
142
141
140
139
138 148
147
146
145
144
165 10 154
152
153
150
151
149 159
158
157
156
155 165
164
163
162
161
160
 6-39
TABLE
spp
UPPER
FOR
CONDUCTORS
LOWER
AND
THE
OF
TABLE
DISTRIBUTION
No. No. Polar
A
Phase C
Phase Phase
B ity
Poles
Slots

5
2
6
1
4
3 12
11
10
9
8 18
13
17
16
15
14 1
19 20 21
22 23 24 27
25
26
30
29
28 33
35
32
31
34
36
37
42
38
41
40
39 43
48
47
46
45
44 50
49 52
51 53 54
72 55
60
58
59
57
56 65
64
63
61
62
66 68
72
71
70
69
67
76
74
73
75
78
77 84
83
82
81
80
79 85
87
86
88
89 90
108 92
91
96
95
94
93 102
101
100
99
98
97 103
108
107
106
105
104
114
113
112
111
110
109 115
120
119
118
117
116 126
125
124
123
122
121
144 8 132
131
130
129
128
127 138
137
136
135
134
133 144
143
142
141
140
139

6-40
TABLE

THE
OF
TABLE
DISTRIBUTION
CONDUCTORS
LOWER
AND
UPPER
7
=
spp
FOR

No A
Phase Phase
C Polar
B
Phase ity
Poles
Slots

75
14
6
2
3 12
10
9
8
14
13
11 15
17
19
16
18
21
20 T
22
23 24 28
25
27
26 30
29
32
31
35
34
33 36
37
39
41
38
40
42

394
48
43
45
44
47
46
49 52
55
53
50
56
54
51 57
62
59
58
61
60
63
84 4 65
64
67
66
70
69
68 71
74
73
72
75 76 77 78 82
84
80
79
83
81
85 90
89
88
87
86
91 96
95
94
92
97
93
98 105
104
103
102
101
100
99
126 6 112
111
110
109
108
107
106 113
119
118
117
116
115
114 120
126
125
124
123
122
121
133
132
131
130
129
128
127 140
139
138
137
136
135
134 141
147
146
145
144
143
142
168 154
153
152
151
150
149
148 159
158
157
156
155
161
160 168
167
166
165
164
163
162

6-41
TABLE

CONDUCTORS
LOWER
AND
UPPER
THE
OF
TABLE
DISTRIBUTION
=8
spp
FOR
No.
No Polar
Slots
Poles A
Phase Phase
C B
Phase ity
2
7
3
6
5
8
4
9 10 12
11
13
14
17
16
15
20
19
18
22
21
24
23
25
28
27
26
30
29
31
33
32
34
37
43
42
47
35
46
45
39
38
36
41
40
44
48
50
52
55
62
61
60
59
58
57
67
66
63
70
72
49
51
54
53
56
65
64
69
68
71
96 4 75
74
73 76 77 78 79
80 82
83
81 89
95
85
84
88
87
94
93
92
91
90
96
86
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
120
119
118
117
116
98
97
144 6 137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
138
144
143
142
141
140
139
145
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146 f
192 8 185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
 TABLE
6-42
S
P ERIES
DELTA
2-STAR
, ARALLEL
AND
STAR
P
DELTA
CONNECTION
2- ARALLEL S

FO
sppR OR
I1)+ NTEGER
(= NTEGER
OR
RING
SLIP
CONNECTION
LINE
OF
TYPE REVERSING REF
.
POINT
STAR
CONNECTION Ti T2 тз JUMPERS FIGURE

3
AA2
→
SERIES
STAR
A1 Bi Ci B2
A4
B3
CB4
→ 6-117

→3
CC2
B4
→
Aj BC4 AC→
4 A2
→
A3

395
SERIES
DELTA or or or B3
B2 6-118
C4
→
A1 A4
→
Bi B→
C14 →3
CC2

-INTEGER
spp
FOR
ONLY
2
A→
z →
BB1
3 C→
3 6-119
-CC2
–B4
BA4
A242
.
STAR
PARALLEL

2
B3
B2
A4C2
→ACAn42z32
C
-B
B 34
PARALLEL or or or 6-120
DELTA A1
B2
–B4
C2
-–Bz
-
ACA2
→C1 3B2
–A437
 CHAPTER 7

BALANCED FRACTIONAL -SLOT WAVE WINDINGS

7-1. Features of the Windings Treated in This Chapter .

Only windings with a fractional spp are treated in this chapter ,
as for example , windings with spp = 2 1/5 , 2 3/7 , 2 3/8 , and so
on . However , not all fractional - slot windings are considered
here . The windings with spp = ( integer + 1/2 ) were dealt with
in Chapter 6 . Of the other windings with fractional spp , only
those will be treated which yield balanced windings in the sense
defined in Art . 4-6 , i.e. , only those will be considered in
which the denominator is not divisible by the number of phases 3 .
Thus , for example , a winding with spp = 2 5/6 is out of the
scope of this chapter , because the denominator of the fraction
6 is divisible by 3 . Further , the windings dealt with in this
chapter must have a number of slots which is divisible by the
number of phases 3 , since this also is a condition for balance
( see Art . 4-6 ) .

So far as spp is concerned , the windings

windings treated in this
chapter are the same as those treated in Chapter 4 on balanced
fractional - slot lap windings and , for the same value of spp , the
coil grouping is exactly the same as there ( see Table 4-2 ) . How
ever , because of the wave arrangement of the winding , other
rules for the connections between coils must be applied .

The wave windings considered in the foregoing chapter , i.e. ,

the windings with spp = integer or ( integer + 1/2 ) , are made up
of coil series each of which consists of as many coils as there
are pole pairs , and a certain number of abnormal front pitches

are necessary , in order to connect the coil series together . The

windings treated in this chapter have no abnormal front pitches .
On the other hand , large part of the windings treated here

have more connections between winding parts than the integral

slot or ( integral + 1/2 ) -slot windings .

As the Master Table 3-5 shows , the windings falling in the

range of this chapter are so numerous that connection Tables and
Working Diagrams could not be given for all of them . For this
reason , Connection Tables and Working Diagrams will be given for

396
only a limited number of spp , and in several articles (Arts . 7-4
to 7-10 ) general methods will be explained which show how to lay
out the winding and set up its Connection Table and Working Dia
gram for any value of spp considered in this chapter .
Note that the
following tables , diagrams, and general
methods are based on left -hand coils , as has been done in the
previous chapters . Further , 2 conductors per slot , i.e. , one in
each layer , will be assumed . If the number of conductors in each
layer is larger than 1 , the layout of the winding is to be based
on a fictitious number of slots which is equal to the real num
ber of slots times the numbers of conductors per layer . The
value of spp is then determined by the fictitious number of
slots , ( see Art . 6-6 ) .
7-2 . Connection Tables and How to Use Them . The use of
the Connection Tables will be explained by an example . A wind
ing with 180 slots and 28 poles will be considered . The Master
Table 3-5 yields for slots and 28 poles an spp - 2 1/7 .
180
Connection Table 7-7 refers to this value of spp . Each phase
consists of 4 repeatable parts , each part having 15 coils . All
parts start in upper conductors and end in lower ones and must
be wound in a clockwise direction . The back pitch is equal to 6
slot pitches , and the front pitch to 7 slot pitches , The starts
of each repeatable part , designated by odd subscripts , and the
ends of each repeatable part , designated by even subscripts , lie
in the conductors shown below :

Phase A Phase B Phase C

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower

Cond . Cond . Cond . Cond . Cond . Cond .

16
A1 : 1
Az = 9 B = 31 B2 : 39 Ci := C2 = 24
Az • 46 A4 = 54 Bz : 76 B4 : 84 Cz = 61 C4 = 69
: 106 : 114
Ag = 91 A6 = 99 B5 - 121 B6 = 129 C5 Ce
: 151 : 159
Az = 136 Ag = 144 B7 = 166 Bg = 174 C7 Cg

In order to lay out a part of the winding , for example ,

part 1 of phase A lying between upper conductor 1 (Ay) and lower
397
conductor 9 (A2 ),start with upper conductor 1 which is connected
with lower conductor ( 1 + back pitch) = 1 + 6 = 7 . This lower
conductor 7 is then connected with upper conductor ( 7 + front
pitch ) = 7 + 7 = 14 , which connects with lower conductor 14 + 6
= 20 . Connect this latter conductor with the upper conductor 20
+ 7 = 27 . In this way , the first 3 coils are connected in
series . Continue until all 15 coils ( in general , all N = num
erator of spp coils) of part 1 are connected together . Repeat
the same process with all other parts starting with the con
ductors Az , Ag , Ay, B2 , B3 , and so forth .
The Connection Table 7-7 also gives complete information
about the connections between the parts of each phase and between
the phases for series , parallel , star , and delta connections . If ,
for example , 2 parallel circuits in star are desirable , the fol
lowing connections are to be made in the 3 phases :

A1→ Ag Az A4 Ag → Ay Az > 46
B4B5 B2- B3 B6+ B8 B₂ By
C2 - C3 Cq → Cm 24 → C6 C5+ C8
Conductors Az → A6 , B2 → By, and C5 → Cg are to be connected to
the star point , and conductors A , → Ag , B4 - > B5 , and C2 → Cz , to
the line or slip rings . Since there are 4 repeatable parts in
each phase , a maximum of 4 parallel circuits are possible .
In the example considered , all parts have the same number
of coils . This is not always the case . Consider Connection
Table 7-34 for spp = 2 3/8 . For 16 poles , this winding has 4
parts per phase; 2 of them are designated in phase A by Alı -A12
As the Table shows ,
and Alz-A14 , and 2 by A21 -A22 and A23-A24 :
the parts designated by Al have 10 coils each , while the parts
designated by A2 have only 9 coils each .
7-3 . Working Diagrams . The Working Diagrams are similar
to those developed in Chapter 6 . In Chapter 6 , the beginning
and end of the same coil series were shown as reference points ,
whereas , in this chapter , the reference points are the start of
a coil series of phase A and the end of a coil series of phase
B. As in Chapter 6 , the short radial lines represent clips , the
numbers between the leads representing the starts and the ends
of the winding parts indicating the number of clips or coils ly
398
ing between them . The proper connection between parts for
series , parallel , star or delta connections is indicated in the
corresponding Connection Table .
The Working Diagrams of Chapter 6 consisted of 2 parts per
phase , whereas those in this chapter vary from 2 parts per phase
to 8 rt per phase , making the Working Diagram more complicat
ed . In Chapter 6 , the starts and ends of the parts were drawn
to the inside of the concentric circles representing coils or
clips . For the sake of clarity , the Working Diagrams in this
chapter have the upper conductors (either starts or ends )
identified outside of
the 2 concentric circles while the lower
conductors are identified inside of the circles .

Figures 7-1 to 7-43 , inclusive , show working diagrams and

fully developed winding diagrams and are found at the end
of this chapter .
Fig . 7-44 shows the method of determining the reference
points of a working diagram for a positive a and Fig . 7-45 for a
negative a . The method of laying out a Working Diagram from
Fig . 7-44 and the Connection Tables will be explained by an ex
ample . Connection Table 7-30 for 96 slots , 14 poles and spp =
2 2/7 will be used . The Table shows that a = + 2 , and that the
back pitch = front pitch = 7 slot pitches . The starts are all
upper or top conductors ; the ends are lower or bottom conductors .
Using Fig . 7–44 , Al lies in upper slot 1 and connects with
lower slot 1 + back pitch = 1 + 7 = 8 . The end of a coil series
of phase B is in slot ( 1 + number of slots) - front pitch = ( 1 +
96 ) 7 - 90 . From the Connection Table , this is found to be
the lower lead B14 : This fixes the position of the reference
points .

Starting with upper conductor Ali in slot 1 and progressing

clockwise , the Table designates the starts of the parts as fol
lows :

Al ] = 1 , A2, = 8 , C11 17 ,
C21 = 24 , Bl1 = 33 ,

B21 = 40 , A13 = 49 , A2z = 56 , etc.

The number of clips or coils between Al1 = 1 and A21 : 8 is 7

1 : 6. Similarly , between A2 = 8 and cl , = 17 , there are 9-1

8 clips ; between cl , and c2_ , 7 - 1 = 6 clips , etc. Starting

399
 с A B

A Beginning of the
Ali Coil Series
of Phase A
End of a Coil
Series of Phase B

Fig . 7-44 . General Working Diagram for determining the

reference points , i.e. , the start of a coil series of
phase A , and the end of a coil series of phase B , when
the sign of a is positive .
A : Top of slot 1
B = Bottom of slot ( 1 + back pitch)
C = Bottom of slot ( 1 + number of slots -
front pitch . ) For the designation of
the corresponding end of the series ,
see connection table .

B А с
.

E End of a Coil
Series of Phase B

Beginning of the +
Ali Coil Series
of Phase A

Fig . 7-45 . General Working Diagram for determining the

reference points , i.e. , the start of a coil series of
phase A , and the end of a coil series of phase B , when
the sign of a is negative .
A = Bottom of slot i
B = Top of slot ( 1 + number of slots
back pitch) .
C - Top of slot ( 1 + front pitch) . For
the designation of the corresponding
end of the series , see connection
table .

400
now with Bl4 = 90 , and again progressing clockwise , B14 = 90 ,
B24 = 1 , Al2 = 10 , A22 = 17 , Cl2 = 26 , c22 = 33 , etc. Between

B14 = 90 and B24 = 1 there are 96

90 = 6 coils or clips ; be
tween B24 and A12 there 1 = 8 coils or clips .
are 9 This
agrees with the number of coils found between these same points
using the starts of the winding parts . The Working Diagram is
shown in Fig . 7-30 , and a fully developed Winding Diagram is
shown in Fig . 7-30a . Working Diagrams are given for slot and
pole combinations shown in Table 7-43 . In this Table 7-1 , 7-2 ,
etc. , indicate the Figures which represent the corresponding
Working Diagrams .

Fully developed Winding Diagrams are also given for the

following cases :
Fig . 7-4a
96 slots , 10 poles , spp = 3 1/5 a - - 1 d = odd
Fig . 7-6a
90 slots , 14 poles , spp = 2 1/7 a = + 1 d = odd
Fig . 7-17a
54 slots , 8 poles , spp = 2 1/4 a 1 d = even P = odd
Fig . 7-25a
72 slots , 10 poles , spp = 2 2/5 a = 2 d = odd P = even

Fig . 7-30a
96 slots , 14 poles , spp = 2 2/7 a = + 2 d = odd P = odd
Fig . 7-38a
63 slots , 8 poles , spp = 2 5/8 a = + 2 d = even P = odd
Fig . 7-43
102 slots , 14 poles , spp = 2 3/7 a = + 3 d - odd P = odd

The significance of values of a , d , and P is explained in Arts .

7-4 and 7-11 .
7-4 . Winding Pitch , Back Pitch , and Front Pitch . Number
of Repeatable Parts . General Rules . The winding pitch of the
balanced fractional -slot wave windings is fixed by the fraction
of spp just as the coil grouping is fixed by this fraction (see
Art . 4-12 ) . If spp is written , as in Art . 4-5, spp - 1 g where I
is the integral part of spp , and à its fraction , then , for I = 0 ,
the winding pitch is equal to (6n d + a ) . a is the smallest
integer which makes the fraction (6n + a) an integer . a can be
positive as well as negative . For example , when a = 1 , the
smallest value of a which makes the fraction (6 x 1 + a) an

401
 3
integer is a = + 1; or , when à , the smallest value of a

11
3 + a)
an integer is a = - 2.
which makes the fraction (6 * 3+
The value and sign of a are of great importance in the lay
out of the winding . When the same absolute value of a makes the
(6n + a )
fraction an integer , choose the sign which makes this
d
fraction even , For example, when à = 3/4 , the smallest absolute
value of a which makes (6 x & + a) an integer is 2 . The sign
can be plus or minus , yielding for the fraction 5 and 4 respect
ively . The minus sign is to be chosen .

(6n + a ) is the winding pitch for I = 0 . For I not

d
equal to zero .
(6n + a )
winding pitch = 61 + ( 7-1 )
d
The value and sign of a are independent of the magnitude of I.
Table 7-44 gives the values of the fraction (6nd a) as well as
the corresponding values and signs of a for different fractions
à The winding pitch is found by adding 61 to the fraction
(6n + a )
d . For example , for spp = 2 1/7 , Table 7-44 shows the
value of the fraction to be equal to 1 . The winding pitch is ,
therefore , 6 x 2 + 1 = 13 . When spp = 2 2/7 , Table 7-44 yields

for the fraction (ong+ a) the value 2 , and the winding pitch is
then 6 x 2 + 2 = 14 .

When the winding pitch is even , back pitch and front pitch
are each made equal to half of the winding pitch . When the
winding pitch is odd , the back pitch is made equal to (winding
pitch - 1 ) /2 and the front pitch is then equal to ( back pitch +
1) . For example , in the case of spp = 2 1/7 , the winding pitch
is 13 , the back
back pitch will be made equal to ( 13 - 1 ) / 2 = 6 and
the front pitch to 6 + 1 = 7 ; in the case of spp = 2 2/7 , the
winding pitch is 14 , and back pitch as well as front pitch is
made equal to 7 .

It has been explained in Art . 4-5 that in balanced frac

tional - slot lap windings d poles make a repeatable part of the
winding and that , therefore , there are (No.
( No. of poles repeatable
d poles )
of
parts in the winding . The same is true of the balanced frac
tional - slot wave windings because, as mentioned in Art . 7-1 , the
coil grouping is the same for both kinds of windings if spp is
the same . Thus , d determines the number of poles in a repeatable

402
part of the winding . For example , in a 28-pole winding with spp
= 2 1/7 , 7 poles make a repeatable part of the winding and there
are 28/7 = 4 repeatable parts in the winding .
Spp can also be written in the form spp - À where N and d
have no Common devisor . If , for example , spp = 2 2/7 , N is
equal to 16 . N is always larger than d while n is always smal
ler than d . Note that N : son x d is the number of slots per
phase in d poles , i.e. , the number of slots per phase in one re
peatable part of the winding . 3N is , therefore , the total num
ber of slots in one repeatable winding part .

For the laying out of the winding , it is necessary to de

termine the quantity
x P u
+ 1D - 3N (7-2 )
dR
in such a manner that P is the smallest positive integer which
makes D an integer , and to set up the series
1, 1 + D, 1 + 2D , 1 + 3D , ..etc . ( 7-3 )
If , while setting up the series , a term becomes larger than the
total number of slots per repeatable winding part , i.e. , 3N ,
this quantity is to be subtracted from the term . The physical
meaning of the quantity D and of the D - series is explained in
Appendix 1 .

Consider , for example , the winding with spp = 2 1/7 = 15/7 .

For this case N = 15 , 3N = 45 , d = 7 , and D = ( 45 x P + 1 ) /7 =
13 with P = 2 . The D - series becomes
1, 1 + 13 = 14 , 14 + 13 = 27 , 27 + 13 = 40 , 40 +13 45 - 8 ...
The winding pitch of this winding has been determined above to
be 13 . An examination of the D - series shows that it follows the
series .
1, 1+ (winding pitch ) , 1 + ( 2 x winding pitch ) ,
1 + ( 3 x winding pitch ) . .
The winding pitch is the distance between 2 consecutive upper or
lower conductors of the wave winding ( see Art . 6-1 ) . In the ex
ample , the winding pitch is 13 and the back pitch is 6 . This
means that if the phase starts with
upper conductor 1 , this
conductor is to be connected with lower conductor 1 + 6 = 7 , and
this latter conductor with upper conductor 1 + 13 = 14 . The next
upper conductor which follows in the wave is then 14 + 13 = 27 ,
the next 27 + 13 = 40 , the next 40 + 13 45 = 8 , and so on ,

403
exactly as the numbers follow each other in the D - series ; the D
series determines the sequence of conductors of the same layer
to be connected in the process of winding .

Consider another example of a winding

with spp = 2 1/5 =
(6n + a )
1. Table 7-44 shows that for this winding the fraction d
is 1 and , therefore , the winding pitch , according to Eq . 7-1 , is
6 x 2 + 1 = 13 . The back pitch will be made equal to ( 13-1 ) /2 =
6 and the front pitch to 6 1 = 7. For this winding , N = 11 ,
3N = 33 , and d = 5 . Hence ,

D = 33 x P + 1 - 20 with P = 3
5
and the D - series is
1 + 20 = 21 , 21 + 20 - 33 = 8 , 8 + 20 = 28 ,
28 + 20 33 - 15 .

Examining the D - series , it follows from right to left ,

15 , 15 + 13 = 28 , 28 + 13 - 33 = 8 , 8 + 13 = 21 ,
21 + 13 33 - l ...
Since the winding pitch is 13 ; again , the D - series determines the
sequence of conductors of the same layer to be connected in the
process of winding .

In the first example of spp = 2 1/7 , a is equal to +l , and

the D - series prescribes clockwise connection of conductors . In
the second example of spp 2 1/5 , a is equal to -1 and the D
series prescribes counter - clockwise connection of conductors .
In general , a positive a means clockwise winding , and a negative
a means counter - clockwise winding . Since left - hand coils are
assumed , start the winding in an upper conductor and wind clock
wise when a is positive , and start the winding in a lower con
ductor and wind counter - clockwise when a is negative .

Consider now a winding for which a = + 2 . Such a winding

is , for example , one with spp = 2 2/7 = 14 ( see Table 7-44 ) . For
6n + a
this winding , N = 16 , 3N = 48 , d = 7 . The fraction and = 2

with a = + 2 , the winding pitch is 6 x 2 + 2 = 14 ( see Eq . 7-1),

and the back pitch = front pitch = 14/2 = 7 . From Eq . 7-2 .
D = P + 1 7 with P = 1
7
and the D - series is
1, 1 + 7 = 8 8 + 7 = 15 , 15 + 7 = 22 , 22 + 7 = 29 ,
29 + 7 = 36 , 36 + 7 = 43 , 43 + 7 48 - 2 .

404
Comparing this series with the winding -pitch series
1, 1 + (winding pitch ) , 1 + ( 2 x winding pitch ) ,
1+ ( 3 x winding pitch ) ..
it is found that alternate figures of the D - series instead of

consecutive figures of it follow the winding-pitch series . This

means that the winding is to be wound in 2 consecutive waves ,
one with the upper (or lower) conductors
1 15 29 43 . .
the other with the upper (or lower ) conductors
8 22 36 36 + 14 = 50 - 48 = 2 ..
These waves cannot be connected in parallel; they must be con
nected in series ,

While the winding with a = 1 has (No. of poles ) winding

parts in each phase , the winding with a = 2 has twice as many
winding parts per phase which in pairs must be connected in
series . Instead of connecting the parts in series , it is pos
sible to make up 2 separate windings and connect them in series .
This is explained in detail in Art . 7-10 .

A winding with a = + 2 can be considered as one consisting

of 2 interlaced windings . This can be seen from the D-series
which these windings follow .
The 2 series , 1 , 15 , 29 , 43 , . and 8 , 22 , 36 , 2 ...

increase by the winding pitch from the left to the right , i.e. ,
the winding is to be wound clockwise starting with an upper con
ductor . This is due to the fact that the sign of a is positive .
A winding with a = 2 is to be wound counter - clockwise starting
with a lower conductor .

In general, the magnitude of a determines the number of

winding parts per phase. A winding with a = + 2 , + 3 ... has
twice , 3 times . .. as many winding parts per phase as the
winding with a = + 1 . The sign
sign of a determines whether the
winding goes clockwise or counter -clockwise .

The general method described in this article will be demon

strated by 5 examples with a 1, a i , a = t 2 , and N even ,
and a : 2 and N odd . ( see Arts . 7-9 to 7-11 ) .

7-5 . Maximum Possible of Parallel Circuits .

Number The
(No. of poles )
maximum possible number of parallel paths is equal to

405
since this is the number of repeatable parts of the winding . If
a smaller number of parallel paths than the maximum possible is
desirable , the latter must be divisible by the number of parallel
paths chosen . The maximum possible number of parallel paths is
independent of the value of a . When a is larger than 1 , there
are a times as many winding parts as in the case a = 1. However ,
a winding parts must always be connected in series when a is
larger than 1 ; this limits the maximum possible number of par
allel paths to the same value as it is in the case a = 1 .
7-6 . Polarities of the Starts and Ends of the Winding
Parts . In order to connect the parts of each phase in series or
parallel , the polarities of their starts and ends must be known .
It has been mentioned in Art . 7-4 that a winding with a larger
than 1 can be considered as one consisting of a interlaced

separate windings each having ( No. of poles/d) repeatable parts .

The polarities of the starts of 2 consecutive parts of the same
winding are determined by the denominator d of spp ; if d is odd ,
the polarities are opposite; if d is even, the polarities are
the same . This rule fixes the polarities of all parts of any
one of the interlaced windings , if the polarity of the start of
the first part is assumed . This rule applies to all 3 phases .
It covers entirely the case a = + 1 .
In the case a $ 2 , the polarities of the starts of the
first parts of the 2 windings are determined by the factor P
(see Eq . 7-2 ) , which determines the magnitude of D ; if P is odd ,
the polarities are opposite for all 3 phases ; if P is even , the
polarities are the same for phase A and opposite for phases C
and B. This rule and the first one fix for a : l and a = 2 the
S

polarities of all starts of the winding with respect to the

polarity of the start of the first winding , i.e. , with respect
to the polarity of coil side 1 ,which can be assumed arbitrarily .
The 2 rules refer to the starts . The end of each part has
a sign opposite to that of the start of the part .
In general , in order to check the polarity of a coil side ,
divide the number of the coil side minus 1 by the number of slots
per pole . The quotient is either a fraction which lies between
2 consecutive digits or an integer . If the polarity of slot 1
is assumed to be plus , and the quotient lies between two con

406
secutive digits , then the slot under consideration has the
polarity plus when the smaller digit is even , and the polarity
minus when the smaller digit is odd . If the quotient is an
integer , the slot under consideration has the polarity plus when
the integer is even , and has the polarity minus when the integer
is odd ( the integer 0 is to be considered as even ) . This method
of checking the polarity can be applied also to the case a > 2 .
The polarity of the beginning of a phase can be assumed arbitrar
ily . If this arbitrarily assumed polarity is opposite to that
yielded by the polarity rule given above , the polarities of all
other beginnings of this phase are to be changed .
The polarity rules given above are demonstrated by examples
in Art . 7-9 to 7-13 .

7-7 . Beginnings of Phases . As in the case of the integral

slot and ( integer + 1/2 ) -slot wave windings , the beginnings of
the phases are placed , if possible , at 3 points having equal
distances from each other . The beginning of phase A is usually
conductor 1 . Equal mechanical spacing of the beginnings exists
when the beginnings of phase B is conductor ( 1 + S/3 ) and that
of phase C is conductor ( 1 + 2S/3 ) , or vice versa . After the
starts of all parts of phase C and phase B have been determined
( see Arts . 7-9 to 7-11) , 2 starts , one in phase C and the other
in phase B , have to be found which are equal to or as close as
possible to ( 1 + S / 3 ) and ( 1 + 28/3 ) , and the electrical angles
between these beginnings must be checked . Let S , and S, be the
numbers of the conductors found to be equal to or close to
( 1 + S / 3 ) and ( 1 + 28/3 ) . Then the angle (s, 1 ) x š x 60 must
be equal or approximately equal to 120° , and the angle (S2 - 1)
x x 60 must be equal or approximately equal to 240 ° , or vice
versa .

If more or less equal mechanical spacing is disregarded ,

then A2 , B1 , and Cz or Ay , B3 , and C, can be used as phase be
ginnings in the case d = odd number , and A2 , B1 , and Cı , in the
case d = even number .

7-8 . Number of Connectors Required for Series Connection

of All Parts of the Phase . In the integral -slot and ( integer +
1/2 ) -slot wave windings , only one connector ( reversing jumper )
is necessary for the series connection of all coils of a phase .

407
In the case a = + 1, ((No . of poles ) 1) connectors are necessary
per phase for the series connection and , in the case a - 2,
( 2 x No. of poles )
((2 x No. d
poles)) - 1 connectors are necessary . The number

of connectors is larger than in the case of the integral -slot

and ( integer + 1/2) -slot windings . On the other hand , as men
tioned in Art . 7-1 , the windings treated in this chapter have no
abnormal - front pitches .
7-9. Layout of a Winding with a = + 1 . Corresponding to
the rules explained in Art . 7-4 :
(a) Write spp = where N and d have no common divisor .
( b) Determine D from Eq . 7-2 .

( c). Write the first N numbers of the D-series .

( d) Write under the N numbers determined under ( c ) a second,
a third , etc. horizontal row , i.e. , a total of( No. of poles
horizontal rows , in such a manner that the numbers of each row
are by 3N larger than the numbers of the foregoing row .
(e ) Start with the conductor 1 and find , in the D - series
determined under (d) , N conductors following the winding-pitch
series
1, 1+ (winding pitch ) , 1 + (2 x winding pitch ) ...
( f ) Start with conductor ( 1 + 3N) , which is the first con
ductor of the row of the D - series , and find , in the D
second
series , N conductors which follow the series
( 1 + 3N) , ( 1 + 3N) + (winding pitch) ,
( 1 + 3N) + ( 2 x winding pitch)
(g) Start with conductor ( 1 + 6N) , which is the first con
ductor of the third
row of the D - series , and find , in the D
series , N conductors which follow the series
( 1 + 6N) , ( 1 + 6N) + (winding pitch ) ,
( 1 + 6N) + ( 2 x winding pitch)
Continue in the manner until No. of poles ) waves with N
same
)
conductors in each have been set up .
The No. of poles ) waves , each following the winding-pitch
series and determined in this way , represent the repeatable .
parts of phase A. These parts can be connected in parallel if
desirable .

408
 Designating the starts of the repeatable parts of phase A by
Aj , Az , Ag , and their ends by Az , A4 , A6 ' ... , respectively ,
then A, is conductor 1 , Az is conductor ( 1 + 3N) , A5 is con
ductor ( 1 + 6N) , and so forth , or

A, : 1
= 1 + 3N
Аз
= 1 + 6N
A5
(7-3)
It is true of phase C that
: 1 + ND (7-4)
ci
since this is the first number of the D - series which follows the
N numbers of this series assigned to phase A under ( c ) . Further
more ,

C3 - C1 + 3N
C5 = C, + 6N ( 7-4 )
O

It follows in the same manner for phase B :

B. = 1 + 2ND

B3 - B1 + 3N
B5 - B, + 6N
(7-5 )
Note that C , and B , must be smaller than 3N . If ( 1 + ND ) or
( 1 + 2ND ) is larger than 3 N , then subtract 3N or 6N or 9N , etc.
until the number is smaller than 3N . Once the starts C , C3
B1 , B3 .
are given , the repeatable parts of phase C
.

and B can be determined by adding the winding pitch ( N- 1 ) times

in the case a = + 1 and subtracting the winding pitch (N- 1 ) times
in the case a = -1 . In the case a = +1 , if any of the figures
becomes larger than the number of slots S , then s is to be sub
tracted . On the other hand , in the case of a -1 , if any of
the figures becomes negative , s is to be added .

409
 a =
+
1 =
a 1

conductors
above
determined
The
are
upper conductors
lower
determined
above
are
The
winding
The
conductors
.
progresses
cw
.All conductors
.The
ccw
progresses
winding
.All
start
parts
repeatable
in condu
upperctors start
parts
conductors
lower
in
repeatable
condu
lower
in
end
and
of
.numbe
T r
he ctors .The
conductors
upper
in
end
and
of
number
of
(No.
poles poles
of
)No.
is
phase
per
partstable
repea
is
phase
per parts
repeatable
d d
The
ends
A2
A
,4 C
,·B24
,4
B2 C2
C The
ends
,Az
,A,4
В2
В 44
are are
conductors
lower
lie
and
in
equal
slots
:
to equal
:
to
slots
and
in
lie
conductors
upper
Start
N
(
[
_
)
1
-
+x
winding
pitch w (
-
S
+
Start
pitch
N-1)x inding
b
+ack
]pitch )(7-6 pitch
]back )(7-7
w
pit [A ind
(N-1)xFor
exa
=
,+ z
A mplch inge examp
,For
w
1)x
s-(N
[
,+
A
= z
indin le
g
back
)pitc
...
C
,C2
B24 h
A4
Azi pitch
b
,].-
A ack
2
,C4
C2
..
4
B4 sub
,otherwise
s
than
smaller
be
must B small
than
a4nd
, posi
B2Sm
beust er
tract
e
otc.
S r
,2S S
than
,s
isubir
large
tive
.Iff ract

410
S.
a
negat
, dd ive

1.a=+for
Example
will
cconside
be
.per
slot
2 onduct
with
slots
180
p
-
in
winding
8
ole
AFrom
Master
the
13-5
Table
2
=
,s5/7
pp ,3Table
From
7-44
å
for
Th
, us 1
3
N5
=
,4 N d7
,= .1=
n
ta ) )/ 6
(a n
Therefore
winding
+
,t
(1
pitch
back
=
2
,+w 3
he
3-1
=2
1.a
+ ith
6
, upper
in
clockwis
starts
all
with
T
progress
he
.winding
7
1
+
6
=
pitch
front
the
con
Eq
)(7 rom
F-2
.ductors

=
D
x
-
+
P
1
453
2
=
P
with
 of )(No.
poles
of repeatable
4
=
28
parts in
each and
c
rules
The
)y
(d
for
ield
There
are phas
. e
A
phase
of
conductors
upper
:the

1 27
14 40 8 21 34 2 15 41
28 9 22 35 3
46 72
59 85 53 66 79 47 60 86
73 54 67 80 48
s
- eries
D
91 104
117 130 98 111 124 92 105 131
118 99 112 125 93
136 162
149 175 143 156 169 137 150 176
163 144 170
157 138

ahe
f
e
rules
Applying
),t
(g
p
-
:winding
are
series
nd
itch
105
118
157
144
131
53
1
40
79
27
66
924 170 l
3
=st
repeatable
part
111
98
150
137
163
124
9
85
59
46
722
176
2 35 2
48
= nd
repeatable
part
15 80 93
3
= rd
repeatable

411
143
156
91
130
117
169
104
2 28
41 54 67 part
2
34
175
136
162
149
81 47 86
60
73 99 112 125 138
4
= th
repeatable
part

a
4
1
in
,9
.lie
slots
the1
nd
6
136
A
r
the
of
starts
The
epeatab
parts
phase
4This
is
4
1+
=+
1
9
-
Ay
,A 0
1
accordance
inz
and
5
which
.76
Eq
with
A1-3
yields =
+9
1 x
for
D-s
of
It
,a = 36
calculat
the
that
this
from
follows
omitted
be
can
.7
Eq
.15
1-3
eries
nd
instead
used
parts
repeatable
the
of
starts
.series
to
A
pitch
winding
, pplying
.
obtained
be
will
parts
repeatable
for
chart
the
 The ends of the 4 parts lie in the lower conductors (Eq .
7-6 ) :

A2 = 1 + ( 15-1 ) x 13 + 6 = 1 + 188 = 189 - 180 = 9

= 46 + 188 - 180 = 54
A4
A5 : 91 + 188 - 180 = 99
Az = 136 + 188 - 180 = 144

To lay out the first part of phase A , start with upper conductor
1 , connect it with the lower conductor ( 1 + back pitch ) = 1 + 6
7 , connect this conductor with the second upper conductor of
the chart , 14 , and so forth , ending with lower conductor 3 + 6 =
9 = A2
:

since d = 7 is odd , the polarities of the starts of 2 con

secutive parts of the same phase are opposite . The same applies
to the polarity of the ends . It follows from Fig . 7-46 , which
shows the polarities of the starts and ends , that , for the series
connection of phase A , connect A4 with A2 , Ag with Ag , and Az
the leads . If 4 parallel circuits are
with Ag ; A and Ay are
desirable , connect A1 , A4 , A5 , and Ag to one lead , and Ag, Az ,
A6 and Ay to the other lead . If 2 parallel circuits are desir

able , connect A4 with A2, A5 with Ay, Ay with Ag , and Ag with A6

Aq→ Ag and Az► Ag are the leads . ( See Connection Table 7-7 and
Working Diagram Fig . 7-7 . )

↑A Azt ^C C₂ 1 B1 B2 и
C3 C4 1 B3 BВ 1
& Az A 4
A6 CO ТВ5 B6
↑ A5 ↑Cg
& Ay Ag 个
+ C₂ Cg7 ІВ, Bg 1

(a = + 1 d = odd )

Subscripts 1 , 3 , 5 , 7 , etc. , denote the

beginnings of the winding parts .

Subscripts 2 , 4 , 6 , 8 , etc. , denote the

ends of the winding parts .

Fig . 7-46 . Polarities of the starts and ends of all

phases of a winding with a = +1 and d = odd .

412
 The starts of the 4 parts of phase C lie in the upper con
ductors (see Eq . 7-4) .
Ci = 1 + 15 x 13 = 196 -
12 x 15 = 16

cz = 16 + 45 - 61
C5 = 16 + 90 : 106
C₂ = 16 + 135 = 151
and the ends lie in the lower conductors (see Eq . 7-6) :
C၇ = 16 + ( 15 -
1 ) x 13 + 6 = 16 + 188 - 180 = 24
с : 61 + 188 180 = 69
°4
ca - 106 + 188 180 = 114
= 151 + 188 180 = 159
Cg
Eqs , 7-5 and 7-6 yield for phase B
31 = 1 + 2 x 15 x 13 24 x 15 = 31
B2 = 31 + ( 15-1 ) x 13 + 6 - 180 = 39
B3 = 31 + 45 = 76
B4 • 76 + 188 180 - 84
B5 : 31 + 90 - 121
B6 • 121 + 188 180 - 129
ва = 31 + 135 - 166
- 166 + 188 180 - 174
B8
For equal mechanical spacing of the beginnings of the phases , phase
B should start in slot 1 + S/3 , and phase C in slot 1 + 2 x
(S/3) , or vice versa , i.e. , in this case in slot (1 + 190) = 61
and ( 1 + 2 x 180 ) = 121 .Cz lies in slot 61 , and B5 lies in
slot 121 . Thus Bg can be taken as the beginning of phase B , and
Cz as the beginning of phase C. Checking the angles between the
beginnings of the 3 phases , ( B5 1) x 0 x 60 = (121 1) X 15 x
60 = 3360 - 9x 360 = 120° , and (C3 1 ) X * 60 = (61 - i) x
7 1440 = 240° , as it should be . For series , as
15 x 60 = 1680 -
well as for parallel connection , B5 and Cz should be used as the
leads .

Example with a = -1 .
A 10 -pole winding in 66 slots with 2 conductors per slot
will be considered . From the Master Table 3-5 , spp = 2 1/5 =: .
Thus N = 11 , 3N = 33 , d = 5 , n = 1 .
6n + a
From Table 7-44 for = } ,
d : l with a = 1. Therefore , the winding pitch = 12 + 1 -
13, the back pitch - 13-1 = 6 , and the front pitch = 6 + 1 =
7. The winding progresses counter - clockwise with all starts in
the lower conductors . From Eq . 7-2 .

413
 D.
33 XP + 1. 20 with P - 3
There are 10/5 = 2 . (No. of poles ) repeatable parts in each
phase . The rules ( c ) and (d) yield for the lower conductors of
phase A
1 21 8 28 15 2 22 9 29 16 3
D - series
34 54 41 61 48 35 55 42 62 49 36

Applying rules (e) , ( f) , and ( g) , the winding-pitch series are :

1 54 41 28 15 2 55 42 29 16 3 = 1st repeatable part
34 21 8 61 48 35 22 9 62 49 36 = 2nd repeatable part
The starts of the 2 parts of phase A lie in the slots 1 and 34 .
This is in accordance with Eq . 7-3 which yields Al = 1 , and Az
1 + 33 = 34. The ends of the 2 parts lie in the upper conductors
( Eq . 7-7 ) :
- ( 11-1 ) x 13 - 6 = 67 136 = -69 + 2 x 66 : 63
A2 - A1 + 66
A4 Az + 66 136 3 -36 + 66 = 30
To make up the first part of phase A , start with the lower con
ductor 1 , connect it with the upper conductor 1 + (S back
pitch) = 1 + (66 - 6 ) = 61 , connect this conductor with the
second lower conductor of the chart , 54 . This conductor is to
be connected with the upper 54 - 6 = 48 , and this upper with the
third lower conductor of the chart , 41 , and so forth , ending
with the upper conductor 3 6 + 66 = 63 : Az The same pro
cedure is to be followed for the remaining part of phase A ,
starting now with lower conductor 34 .
The starts of the 2 parts of phase C and B are the lower con

ductors (Eq . 7-4 and 7-5 ) :

ci : 1 + 11 x 20 - 6 x 33 = 23
cz : 23 + 33 = 56
Bi : 1 + 2 x 11 x 20 -
13 x 33 - 12
= 12 + 33 - 45
B3
and the ends are the upper conductors ( Eq . 7-7) :
136 = -47 + 66 - 19
C2 = C, + 66
C4 = C3 + 66 - 136 = -14 + 66 = 52
B2 BI + 66 - 136 = -58 + 66 : 8
B4 B3 + 66 - 136 = -25 + 66 = 41
Since d = 5 is odd , the polarities of the starts of 2 consecutive
parts of the same phase are opposite . It follows from the chart
(Fig . 7-46) which shows the polarities of the starts and ends
that , for series connection , Az is to be connected with A4 , C2
414
with C4 , and B2 with B4 : For 2 parallel circuits (= maximum
possible number of parallel circuits) ,A , is to be connected with
A4 and A2 with Az , further , C, with C4 , C2 with Cz , By with B44 '
and B2 with B3 :
For equal mechanical spacing of the beginnings of the phases ,
the beginning of phase B should lie in slot 1 + g = 1 + 22 = 23
and that of phase C in slot 1 + 2 x = 1 + 44 = 45 or vice
versa . C, in slot 23 , and Bz lies in slot 45 . Thus , B3
lies
can be taken as the beginning of phase B , and Cį as the begin
ning of phase C. This applies to the series as well as to the
parallel connection . Checking the angles between the beginnings
(B,-1) x
of the 3 phases , (B3-1) Š x 60 = (45-1) x û x 60 = 1200 - 3 x
d 5
360 = 120° and (C7-1) x Ñ x 60 = (23-1 x 11 X 60 - 600 360 -

240 °
7-10 . Layout of a Winding with a = + 2 and N = Even Num
ber . As explained in Art . 7-4 , the winding with a = 2
is to be treated as 2 interlaced windings . One of them will
be designated by the figure 1 , the other by the figure 2 , each
following the letter designating the phase . Thus , Al means the
first of the interlaced windings of phase A , A2 means the second
of the interlaced windings of phase A. Further Alı means the
start of the first repeatable part of the first winding ; A2 ,
means the start of the first repeatable part of the second wind
ing ; Alz means the start of the second repeatable part of the
first winding , and so forth .

1
↑A Azt 1с1 с. ↑B ] B2
1 Az A4 + ↑C3 4 тва в4 1
1↑ A5 AGV 1c5 co 1B5 B6V
↑Ay Agt ↑Cry Bgt ↑By Bgt
a = + 1 d = even

Subscripts 1 , 3 , 5 , 7 , etc. , denote the

beginnings of the winding parts .
Subscripts 2 , 4 , 6 , 8 , etc. , denote the
ends of the winding parts .
Fig . 7-47 . Polarities of the starts and ends of all

415
 Considering the windings with a = + 2 , distinction must be
made between N = even and N : odd . In the first case both wind
ings will have the same number of coils ; in the second case one
winding has more coils than the other . The latter case will be
treated in the following Art . 7-11 . In this article , only wind
ings with a = + 2 and N = even will be considered .
In order to lay out a winding with a = + 2 corresponding to
the rules explained in Art . 7-4 :

(a) Write spp = À where N and d have no common divisor.

( b) Determine D from Eq . 7-2 .
(c ) Write the first N numbers of the D - series .
(d) Write under the N numbers determined under ( c) a second,
total of (No. of poles)
a third , etc. , horizontal row , i.e. , a
horizontal rows , in such а manner that the numbers of each row
are by 3N larger than the numbers of the foregoing row .
( e ) Start with conductor 1 and find , in the D - series de
termined under (d) , N / 2 conductors following the winding-pitch
series 1 , 1+ (winding pitch) , 1 + (2 x winding pitch) ,
These are conductors belonging to part (wave) l of the first
winding of phase A , i.e. , the part which starts with Ali and
ends with Alz :
( f ) Start with conductor 1 + D , i.e. , with the conductor
following conductor 1 , and find , in the D - series , N / 2 conductors ,
which follow the series 1 + D , ( 1 + D ) + (winding pitch ) , (1 +
D) + ( 2 x winding pitch ) , ... These are then the conductors
belonging to part (wave ) l1 of the second win
winding of phase A ,
i.e. , the part which starts with A2 , and ends with A22.
( g) Start with conductor ( 1 + 3N) which is the first con
ductor of the second row of the D-series , and find , in the D
series , N/2 conductors which follow the series ( 1 # 3N) , ( 1 +
3N) + (winding pitch ) , ( 1 + 3N) + (2 x winding pitch ) ,
These are the conductors belonging to part (wave ) 2 of the first
winding of phase A , i.e. , the part which starts with Alz and
ends with Al4:
( h) Start with conductor ( 1 + 3N + D) , which is the second
conductor of the second row of the D - series , and find , in the

416
D - series , N / 2 conductors which follow the series ( 1 + 3N + D) ,
( 1 + 3N + D) + (winding pitch ) ( 1 + 3N + D) + (2 x winding
pitch ) , ... These are the conductors belonging to part (wave)
2 of the second winding of phase A , i.e. , the part which starts
with A2z and ends with A24:
Continue in the same manner , until 2 x (No. of poles ) parts ,
with N / 2 conductors in each have been obtained .
The odd ( waves ) Alj , Alz , Alg : .. belong to the
parts .

first winding of phase A ; the even parts (wave) A21 , A2z , A25
. . belong to the second winding of phase A. The parts of
each winding can be connected in parallel ,the maximum possible
(No. of
number of parallels being (No. poles) ,
of poles) but both windings can
not be connected in parallel , they must be connected in series .
The starts of the 3 phases expressed in formulae are :
: A2 ] = 1 + D
: 1 + 3N A23 - A2 , + 3N
A13 ( 7-8) (7-9)
A15 = l + 6N

Cli : 1 + ND
:) A25 = A2 + 6N

C2, - cl, + D
ciz = C1 , + 3N ( 7-10 ) c23 C2, + 3N ( 7-11 )
C15 - cl + 6N C25 - C2, + 6N

Bl , = 1 + 2ND B27 = Blı + D

B12 = B1, + 3N ( 7-12) B23 = B2 + 3N ( 7-13 )
B15 = Blı + 6N B25 = B2 , + 6N
Note that clı , Blj , c2 , and B2 , must be smaller than 3N . This

quantity , or 6N or 9N , etc., is to be subtracted when the formula

yields a value larger than 3N .
As in the case of a = 1 , the ends of phases C and B can
be found from their starts clı, 021 , .
Blı , B21, by
adding the winding pitch ( -1) times for the case a = +2, and
subtracting the winding pitch - 1) times for the case a = - 2 .
If , in the case a = + 2 any of the figures becomes larger than
the number of slots S , then s is to be subtracted . On the other
hand , if in the case a = - 2 any of the figures becomes negative ,
S is to be added .

417
 +
2
=
a =
a 2

above
determined
conductors
The
are
upper conductors
above
determined
The
lower
are
winding
The
.
progresses
All
.conductors
cw winding
.
.The
ccw All
conductors
progresses
in
end
and
conductors
start
parts
upper start
parts in
end
and
conductors
lower
in
lower
conductors
.The numbe
of
parts r
per number
of
The
parts
.per
conductors
upper
(of
Npole
half iths
)ofo.
wthis of
half
of
this o. s
(Nw)pole
ith
x
2
is
phase 2x
is
phase
d d
the
2
i nterlaced
of
each
in
windings
.number the
i of
nterlaced
windings
in
number
.2each
ends
AAlz22
14
,,Cl2
22
c24
The Aends 22
;cCl2
:,,Al214
24
The
14
C24
22
cid
B,B12 lie c14
0, 24 24
14
,B22
,B12 lie
. .

418
slots
in in
equa
:to
slotls
Sta rt
)(N[+2-N72to:equal xwinding
pitch
Start
+[s-(N2)xwinding
pitch
bpitch
]+ack 7
)( -14 -back
pitch )(7-15
in
lower conductor
22
example
,lies
AFor
A21 A21
conductor
upper
in
,Alies
example
For
22
([N=2) (N-2) bwpitch inding
+x;].Aack
12 +[s (N-2) pitch inding
b).-xwack
2 2
,BCl2
B12
c22
A22 A,B12
Al2 22
,BC12
C22
subtract
,o
S
than
smaller
betherwise
must than
S
be
must
.and If
smaller
positive
e
, tc.
2S
or than
ubtract
isS;larger
,a
.negative
fdd
Example for a = + 2 and N = even .
A 14-pole winding in 96 slots with 2 conductors per slot
will be considered . From the Master Table 3-5 , spp = 2 2/7 =
16
. Thus N = 16 , 3N = 48 , d = 7 , n = 2 . From Table 7-44 for

d = 2 a + 2. Therefore , the winding pitch

= ( 6 x 2) + 2 = 14 ( see Eq . 7-1 ) , the back pitch = front pitch
7. The winding progresses clockwise with all the starts in upper
conductors . From Eq . 7-2
D = x P = 7 with P : 1
7
There are in each phase 2 = 2 interlaced windings , each with
(No. of poles )
d
4 = 2 parts . The total number of parts per
phase is 4 .
Rules (c) and ( d) yields for the upper conductors of phase A
1 8 15 22 29 36 43 2 9 16 23 30 37 44 3 10
49 56 63 70 77 84 91 50 57 64 71 78 85 92 51 58 58"} D - series

Applying rules (e) to (h) , the 4 parts (waves) of phase A :

1 15 29 43 57 71 85 3 = lst part of lst winding

8 22 36 50 64 78 92 10 = lst part of 2nd winding

49 63 77 91 9 23 37 51 = 2nd part of lst winding

56 70 84 2 16 30 44 58 = 2nd part of 2nd winding

In order to lay out the winding , start with upper conductor

1 and connect it with lower conductor 1 + 7 = 8 ; then connect
this conductor with the second upper conductor of the first part
of the first winding , 15 , and so forth . The same is to be re
peated with the other 3 parts .
The starts of both - interlaced windings lie in the slots
Ali : 1 A21 = 8
Alz = 49 A2z = 56
This is in accordance with Eqs . 7-8 and 7-9 . The ends of the 4
parts lie in the slots (Eq . 7-14) .
Al2 = 1 + ( 7 x 14 + 7 ) = 1 + 105 - 96 = 10
A14 : 49 + 105 96 - 58
8 + 105 96 - 17
A22 =
AZA = 56 + 105 96 = 65
4

419
 The polarities of the starts can be determined according to
the rules given in Art . 7-6 . Since d is odd , the starts of part
1 and part 2 of each of the interlaced windings have opposite

signs . (For example Al , and Alz have opposite signs . ) Further ,

the factor P which determines the magnitude of D is odd and this
means that the polarities of the starts of the first parts of
both windings are opposite . ( For example Ali and A2 , have
opposite signs ) . This yields Fig . 7-48 for the polarities
of starts and ends of all the phases .

In general , the series connection can be accomplished in 3

different ways ; the parts of each winding are connected first in
series and then all windings are connected in series ; or each

winding is closed to a ring and then all rings opened at points

TA1 , Al , Тci , ci, | 1 B1, B12

Alz A14 1 C13 C14 T B12 B14 1

^ Aly Alo 1 clo Clot 1 B15 B16

A2 A22 1 C2, C221 B2 B22 1

1 A23 A24 V ↑ C2 , C24t 1 B2 B24 V

A25 A26 1 C25 C261 + B25 B26 1

a = + 2 d = odd P = odd

Figure 1 following the letter designating

a phase denotes the first of the inter
laced windings .
Figure 2 following the letter designating
a phase denotes the second of the inter
laced windings .
Subscripts 1 , 3 , 5 , etc. , denote the be
ginnings of the parts of the interlaced
windings .
Subscripts 2 , 4 , 6 , etc. , denote the ends
of the parts of the interlaced windings .
Note that both windings cannot be connect
ed in parallel ; they must be connected in
series .
Fig . 7-48 . Polarities of the starts and ends of all 3
phases of a winding with a = † 2 , d = odd , and P = odd

420
close to each other connected in series ; or a part of the
and
first winding is connected in series with a part of the second ,
third , and so forth , and all these groups or parts are then con
nected in series .
In the example considered , the third method gives the
shortest connectors . Thus , for series connection , connect Alz
with A22; further Al
Al4, with
with A24 , and A2 , with A2z . Al , and Alz
are the leads . For 2-parallel connection , connect Al2 with A22,
and Alz with A23. This places the parts of both windings in
series . Now connect Al , with Alq , and A24 with A21. Al A14
and A24 → A2 , are the leads . ( See Connection Table 7-30 and Figs .
7-30 and 7-30a )
The starts and ends of pbases с and B lie in the slots
( Eqs . 7-10 to 7-14) :
cl, = 1 + 16 x 7 = 113 2 x 48 - 17

c12 = 17 + (7 x 14 + 7) = 17 + 105 96 = 26
c13
C : 17 + 48 = 65
ZA : 65 + 105 96 = 74

C21 : 17 + 7 = 24
: 24 + 105 96 - 33
c22
C23 : 24 + 48 = 72

C24 = 72 + 105 96 : 81
B11 = 1 + 2 x 16 x 7 4 x 48 - 33
B12 : 33 + 105 96 - 42
: 33 + 48 : 81
B13
B14 - 81 + 105 96 = 90
B2-1 - 33 + 7 = 40

B22 = 40 + 105 96 : 49
B23 = 40 + 48 = 88
B24
: 88 + 105 192 : 1

For equal mechanical spacing of the beginnings of the

phases , phase B should start in slot 1 + $ = 33 , and phase C in
slot 1 + 2 x ) = 65 or vice versa .ciz lies in slot 65 , and
Blı lies in slot 33 . Thus Bl, can be taken as the beginning of
phase B , and ciz as the beginning of phase C. Checking the
d
angles between the beginnings of the 3 phases (B1, -1) Å x 60
: 32 x 1o * 60 = 840 2 x 360 = 120° , and (c1z -1) x Š x 60 =
64 x 1 x 60 = 1680 - 4 x 360 = 240° .
421
 For series or parallel connection of phases B and C , the
same considerations apply as to phase A , and the connections are
to be made in such a manner that Alı , Blį , and Ciz go either to
the line or to the slip-rings .

Example for a : 2 and N eve

: n .
A 10 - pole winding in 72 slots will be considered . From the
Master Table 3-5 , spp = 22/5 = 1 Thus , N = 12 , d = 5 . From
Table 7-44 for å = { , 6n + a • 2 and a = 2. The winding pitch
is , therefore , = 6 x 2 + 2 = 14 ; back pitch - front pitch = 7 .
Since the sign of a is negative , the winding progresses counter
clockwise and has all the starts in lower conductors . From Eq .
7-2

D = 3 x 12 x P + 1 = 29 with P = 4
5
There are in each phase
2 interlaced windings , each with
1(No. of poles ) 10
= 2 parts . The total number of parts per
5
phase is 2 x 2 = 4 .
Rules ( c ) and (d) yield for the lower conductors of phase A :
1 30 23 16 9 2 31 24 17 10 3 32
D - Series
37 66 59 52 45 38 67 60 53 46 39 68 }
Applying rules (e) to ( h) , the 4 parts (waves ) of phase A
are :
1 59 45 31 17 3 = lst part of the lst winding
30 16 2 60 46 32 = lst part of the 2nd winding
37 23 9 67 53 39 = 2nd part of the 1st winding
66 52 38 24 10 68 = 2nd part of the 2nd winding
In order to lay out the winding , start with lower con
ductor 1 and connect it with upper conductor 72 + 1 - 7 = 66 ;
then connect this upper conductor with the second lower con
ductor 66 7 = 59 and so forth , ending with upper conductor 72
+ 3 7 - 68 - Alz : The same is to be repeated with the other
three parts . The starts of the parts of phase A lie in the
slots
All : 1 A2, == 30
= 37 A23 = 66
Alz
which is in accordance with Eqs . 7-8 and 7-9 .
422
 Applying Eq . 7-15 , the ends of the four parts lie in slots :
A12 = 1 + [72 - 12 2 x 14 - 7) = 1 + [ 5] + 72 = 68
(72 is added , in order to make Al, positive)
A14 = 37 + [ 5] - 32
A21 = 30 + [ - 5 ] = 25
A24 = 66 + [- 5] - 61
Applying Eqs . 7-10 , 7-11 , and 7-15 , the starts and ends of phase
C are found to lie in slots :
ci, = 25 C12 = 20
CZĄ
3 5 56
:
C2, = 18 c22 = 13
C24 = 49
023 : 54
and applying Eqs . 7-12 , 7-13 , and 7-15 , the starts and ends of
phase B are found to lie in slots :
= 8
B1, - 13 B12
B13 = 49 B14 = 44
B2, = 6 B22 = 1
B23 = 42 B24 = 37
Since d is odd , the starts of part 1 and part 2 of each of the
interlaced windings have opposite signs (Al , and Alz have oppos
ite signs , as do also cl , and ciz and Bl, and B13) . Further ,
the factor P which determines the magnitude of D is even , and
this means that the polarities of the starts of the first parts
of the interlaced windings are the same for phase A (Al , has the
same polarity as A2_) , but are opposite for phases C and B (C11
This is shown
is opposite to c2, and Bl , is opposite to B2 ) .
in Fig . 7-49 .
The polarities of the starts of the parts of the 2 inter
laced windings can also be checked by use of the general formula
given in Art . 7-6 . The number of slots per pole , for the wind
ing described , is 72 = 7 1/5 . Assume the polarity of Ali to be
plus = ( ) . Then the polarity of A2, which lies in slot 30 will

be5 determined by the quotient of 39 1/3 which lies between 4 and

. Since the smaller digit 4 is even , the polarity is the same
as Alı . Similarly , the polarity of Alz which lies in slot 37 is
37 -1
determined by the quotient = 5. Since 5 is odd , the
7 1/5
polarity is opposite to Alı . In like manner , the polarities of
the remaining parts are obtained . Tabulated below are the slots

423
in which the starts of all parts lie , the digits between which
No.
lies the quotient of No. of of slot - 1
slots per pole and the polarity
obtained .

Polarity with Respect

Slot in Which Quotient Lies to the Assumed Polar
the Start Lies Between ity of All
• 1 个
All
A21 30 4 to 5 个

5
Alz = 37
= 66 9 to 10
A23
3 to 4
cl, = 25
2 to 3 1
C2 = 18
8 to 9 个
Cl2 = 61
7 to 8
C2, 54
1 to 2
Bli : 13
= 6 0 to 1
B21
6 to 7 1
Biz - 49
5 to 6
B2z = 42

In the Connection Table (7-25),the polarities of the starts Cl, and

Bl , have been assumed to be the same as Aly . Therefore, to make
the above - calculated polarities of phases C and B conform to the
Table , the polarities of all the starts of these phases are to
be reversed . This yields
Al ] = 1 cli = 1 Bl, =1
A21 = 1 C2 =1 B2, =
Alz = clz - B12 =1
A2z = 1 c2z =1 B23 =1
This is in agreement with the results shown in Connection Table
7-25 and with the general polarity Fig . 7-49 which covers the
case for a : + 2 , d = odd , and p = even .

The arbitrary assumption that the polarities of cl , and Blı

are the same as that of Al , and the reversing of all other polar
ities of these phases do not affect the connection of the parts ,
since the relative polarities of the parts remain the same . The

Working Diagram for this winding is shown in Fig . 7-25 and a

fully developed Winding Diagram is shown in Fig . 7-25a .
424
 1A1 , Ale + 1C1, C12V 1B1, Bled
vAlg Alam Ciz cia ? \B12 B1 T
1A15 A16V 1015 Clav 1B1 , B16"
1A2, A2Z JC2 C22? JB2, B22T
A23 A241 1023 C24V 1B23 B2 ,
1 A25 A26 + 1C25 C261 JB25 B267
a = + 2 d = odd P = even

Figure 1 following the letter designating

a phase denotes the first of the inter
laced windings .
Figure 2 following the letter designating
a phase denotes the second of the inter
laced windings .
Subscripts 1 , 3 , 5 , etc , denote the be-.
ginnings of the parts of the interlaced
windings .
Subscripts 2 , 4 , 6 , etc. denote the ends
of the parts of the interlaced windings .
Note that both windings cannot be connect
ed in parallel; they must be connected by
series ,
Fig . 7-49 . Polarities of the starts and ends of all 3 phases
of a winding with a $ 2, d - odd , and P . even

7-11. Layout of a Winding with a = + 2 and N = Odd Number .

It has been already mentioned that , in the case of a = + 2 and
N = odd number , both windings have a different number of coils .
The rules (a ) to ( h) given in Art . 7-10 for a = + 2 and N = even ,
also apply here but with some changes . Since all the D - series
determined under ( c) and (d) here have an odd number of conduct
N + 1
ors , the parts of the first winding will have a conductors
and the parts of the second winding will have 171 conductors .
For this reason , under rules (e ) and (g) which refer to the
first winding , N 1
2 -
series are to be determined and , under rules ( f ) and (h ) which
refer to the second winding , conductors following the
winding , ^ 7 ?
2
winding-pitch series are to be determined .
The rules on parallel and series connections given in Art .
7-10 and Eqs . 7-8 to 7-13 for the starts of the parts of both
windings also apply here . However , Eqs . 7-14 and 7-15 for the
ends must be adapted to the different numbers of coils in both
windings .
425
 2
+
=
a 2

,ends
B12
BAl2
Cl2
CA14 ends
The ends
,Al2
AB
B12
: 14
Cl2
0 14
The
in
lie
:equa
to
slotsl in
lie
:equa
to
slots l
pitc
(
w
x
)
22indi pitc
Star
N
(
-
s
[
+
w
x
) indi
Zth ng
Star
+ h ng
t
b
+
]pitc
ack h )(7-16 back
pitc
] h 7
)( -18
ends
A22
24
,Aand ,B22
C24
c22 the
and ends
A22
c22
,B22
AC24
24
the
B24 in
lie
slots
equal
:
to B24 slots
in
equal
:lie
to
7
(
[
x
)
w inding
pitch
3Start pitch
w
x
)
+ inding
M.2
(
-
s
[
Start
+
+
b
pitch )(7-17 -
b
pitch
] ack 7
)( -19
] ack
All
ends
must than
smal
,o
S
bether
ler
wise positive
a
S
than
smaller
be
must
ends
All
. nd
2s
subt
o
S
,e tc.
r ract subtract
negative
S
,i f
than
;larger
If
add
.
s

426
and
2
o
.N
=
a
fordd
Example
.be
c
pconsidere
will
slot
per
2 onductor
Master
with
From
slots
171
inole
winding
4
Athe
-
ta
o
(
,
g
=
å
for
3
.d
T
F,n
8
5
1
N
s
2n7
7-44N
hus
9
Table
pp
3
3-5
Table
rom

pitch
t
=
back
,+
1
2
x
(6 he
front
winding
Therefore
)w.4
2
=
a ith
=
7
. .From
conductor
lower
starts
in
lying
all
with
c
counter
- lockwis
winding
The
progresse
.7-2
Bq

xP+1
57 +1
=
D 7
=
P
with
50
8
(
with
each
p
3
2
=
) o.
Narts
poles
.of
interlaced
windings
2
=
,a
phase
each
There
in
are The
7
) 4
have
(
winding
first
the
p
of
3 arts
Theand
10
=
.lower
6
is
phase
per
parts
of
number
total
9
l
4
()
3 ower
72
winding
=have
second
tthe
of
p he
arts
each
conductors
;10
upper l
: ower
and
u
9 pper
con
.
each
ductors
 Rules
(d)o
Art
lower
caf-10
.7 nd
the
for
A
phase
of
conductors
,yield
9
30
37
31
44
10
2
16
5 2
17
23
38
45
24
131
3 46
58
101
108
81
88
95
74
103
110
60
102
109
59
80
87
94
67
66
73 D-series
160
167
117
124
131
138
145
152
159
166
116
123
130
137
144
151
158
165
115

eofhe
rules
hApplying
.7
Art
,t
above
indicate
changes
the
with
6p
(w
)o
both
-10
arts
aves
windings
Aare
phase
:of
part
46
winding
Ist
of
=l116 1st
130
144
60
74
8858
102
of
part
winding
2nd
=l152 110
51
124
138
1st
9
23
3766
44
30
58 16 part
103
=2145
117
131
winding
lst
of 21nd
59
10
2nd
of
part
167
-224nd
winding
80
94
108
38
52
66
101
115
87
73 59 160
part
windi
lst
of
=33145
17
3rd ng
109
53
81
151
2nd
=3
of
part
95
windi
165
123
137
67
rd ng
conductor
with
it
lay
to with
order
In
,con
winding
the nd
connect
lalower
upper
the
outstart

427
conducto
,t
1+71
this
connect
165
hen
7=1with
ductor
first
of
conducto
lower
second
the
winding
1
.,a
forth
so
of
part
s
T58
5p nd
first
the
other
with
done
be
to
is
same he
arts
tart
starts
of
are
T15
5
51 he
windings
both
slots
with
1ing
:.and
,r08
165
8espectively
Ali 1
= A21 5
:1
= 8z=
5Al 1- 083
A2 =
A15 115
= 1= 655
A2 :

7
7-9
and
-8
obtained
Eqs
from
also
.This
be
can The ends of the upper
6parts
the
in
lie
con
E7-19
): qs
.7 -18
ductors
(and
8
49-1971 19-3
5-7)x
=+ 2103
93=1+-7)x(Al2 A22 1S5(+=-4 1
2
A14 56
3
+
9
= 8 12
Ą 560
+
1
= 08
2
Al6 353
+
1
= 15
8 51+ 65
=171
42
-
A2A6
 Since d is even , the starts of all parts of the first wind
ing of the 2 interlaced windings have the same polarity and also
the starts of all parts of the second winding have the same
polarity . Further , the quantity P which determines the magnitude
of D is odd , and this means that the polarities of the starts of
the first parts of both windings are opposite . This yields
Fig . 7-50 for the polarities of the starts and the ends of all
phases .
As explained previously , the series connection can be ac
complished in 3 different ways . The shortest connectors are
obtained when Al, is connected with A26, A14 with A22 , Al6 with
A24, Al3 with A23, and Alg with A25. Al, and A2, are the leads.
Only 3 parallel circuits are possible . For parallel connection ,
connect first Al, with A26 , A14 with A22, and Alo with A24 , and
then connect Alj , Alz , Als to one lead and A21 , A23, A25 to the
other lead .

1 Ali Alyt 1 ci , c12v 1 Bl ] Bley

1 A13 Al4 + 1 C1z cl 1 B13 Blev
1 Alg Alat 1 сіз сі 1 B15 Blov
A21 A22 个 C21 c221 B21 B22 "
A23 A249 ✓ C23 C241 B23 B241
B 26 个
A25 A261 C25 C26 B25 1
a $ 2 d . even P- odd
(P = always odd for d . even )
Figure 1 following the letter designating a
phase denotes the first of the interlaced
windings .
Figure 2 following the letter designating
a phase denotes the second of the inter
laced windings .
Subscripts 1, 3 , 5 , etc. , denote the begin
nings of the parts of the interlaced wind
ings .
Subscripts 2 , 4 , 6 , etc. , denote the ends
of the parts of the interlaced windings .
Note that both windings cannot be connect
ed in parallel; they must be connected in
series .
Fig . 7-50 . Polarities of the starts and ends of all 3 phases
of a winding with a = ¢ 2 , d = even , and P = odd .

428
 The starts and of phases C and B lie in slots (Eqs .
ends
7-10 to 7-13 and Eqs . 7-18 and 7-19 ) :
Cli : 1 + 19 x 50 16 x 57 - 39
19-1
cl, = 39 + [ ss- 19-2 x 14 - 7 ] = 39 + 38 = 77
= 39 + 57 - 96
C13
ci = 96 + 38 = 134
ci - 39 + 2 x 57 • 153
C16 : 153 + 38 = 191 171 = 20

C21 = 39 + 50 57 = 32
C22 = 32 + [ s-19-3 x 14 - 7 ] = 32 + 52 = 84
c23
c = 32 + 57 = 89
24 = 89 + 52 = 141
C25 : 32 + 2 x 57 = 146
626 : 146 + 52 171 : 27

Bl ] = 1 + 2 x 19 x 50 - 33 x 57 = 20
B12 = 20 + 38 = 58
Biz - 20 + 57 = 77
B14 • 77 + 38 = 115

B15 = 20 + 2 x 57 = 134
B16 = 134 + 38 = 172 171 - 1

B21 : 20 + 50 - 57 - 13
B22 = 13 + 52 = 65
= 13 + 57 - 70
B23
B24 = 70 + 52 = 122

B25 = 13 + 2 x 57 = 127
B26 = 127 + 52 171 - 8

For equal mechanical spacing of the beginnings of the

S
*
phases , phase B should start in slot 1 + 3 = 58 , and phase C in
1 )
slot 1 + 2 x ( @ = 115 of vice versa . Bl2 lies in 58 , but no
start or end of C lies in 115 . In this case equal mechanical
spacing is not possible because 24 ( = No.of poles) is a multiple
of 6 ( see Art . 6-3) . Checking shows that B13 = 77 and cl , = 39
can be used as phase beginnings. The angles are (B13-?)
d
x ง x 60 =
5 x 360 = ) x
8
19 cl
X
19 x 60 2 x 360 = 240° .
429
 For series or parallel connection of phases B and C , the
same considerations apply as to phase A and the connections are
to be made in such a manner that Alı , B12 and cl , go either to
the line or to the slip rings . Fig . 7-35 shows the Working Dia
gram , Fig . 7-35 a the fully developed Winding Diagram , and Table
7-35 the Connection Table for the example described above .

7-12 . Layout of a Winding with a Larger than 2 . As

ment ione d previously ( see Art . 7-4 ) , the windings with a
larger than I can be considered as consisting of a interlaced
windings . The number of parts per phase of these windings is
( No. of poles ) No , of poles)
a X each winding having parts .
poles)], d
When is aninteger , all windings have the same number of
N
conductors ( coils ) per part ; when a is a fractional number , the
windings have different numbers of conductors per part . In the

first case , the of these windings is similar to that of

layout
the windings with a = + 2 and N = even ; in the second case , the
layout is similar to that of the windings with a = t 2 and N =
odd . As before , the plus sign before a indicates that the wind
ing progresses clockwise , the negative sign that it progresses
counter - clockwise . The rules given in Arts , 7-10 and 7-11 apply
here , but with some modifications .

Applying the rules (a ) to ( a ) of Art . 7-10 , the (No.of poles )

D- series of phase A are determined . Then , starting with con
ductor 1 , a certain number of conductors ( N1 ) will be found
which follow the winding-pitch series . Now starting with the
conductors 1 + D , 1 + 2D , 1 + ( a - 1 ) D , determine again the
numbers of conductors N2 , N3 ... which follow the winding-pitch
series . Ni , N2 , N3 are then the numbers of coils in the
parts of the a interlaced windings . NI + N2 + N3 + must be
equal to N.

Thus for the first parts of phase A ,

Ali = 1 A2 = 1 + D A3 , = 1 + 2D ... ( 7-20 )

Note that A21 , A31 must be smaller than 3N , otherwise sub
tract 3N , 6N .

The starts of the second parts of the a interlaced windings

of phase A are found by adding 3N to the starts of the first
parts , and the starts of the third parts by adding 6N to the
starts of the first parts . Thus :

430
 Alz : 1 + 3N A23 = A2 + 3N A33 A3, + 3N
Alg = 1 + 6N A25 - A2 , + 6N A35 A3, + 6N ( 7-21 )

The ends of the first winding (Al ) with Nl coils are :

Start + [ ( N1-1 ) x winding pitch + back pitch]
when a is positive ( 7-22 )
Start + [ ( S - ( N1-1 ) x winding pitch - back
pitch ) ] , when a is negative ( 7-23 )

The ends of the second winding ( A2 ) with N2 coils are :

Start + [( N2-1 ) x winding pitch + back pitch ) ,
when a is positive ( 7-24 )
Start + [S- (N2-1) x winding pitch back pitch ] ,
when a is negative ( 7-25 )

The ends of the third winding ( A3 ) with N3 coils are :

Start + ( ( N3-1 ) x winding pitch + back pitch ] ,
when a is positive ( 7-26 )
Start + (S- ( N3-1 ) x winding pitch - back pitch ) ,
when a is negative ( 7-27 )
and so forth .

The start of the first part of the first winding of phase C

is

= 1 + ND ( 7-28 )
cli
and the start of the first part of the first winding of phase B
is
Bl1; • 1 + 2ND ( 7-29 )
Applying Eq . 7-20 ,
cl , + D C31 = cl , + 2D ( 7-30 )
C21
B2 , = Bl ] + D B31 - Blı + 2D ( 7-31 )
Note that the starts of the first parts of all windings , Cli ,

C21 , 031 B2 , ,B31

Blı, must be smaller than 3N , otherwise
subtract 3N , 6N
Applying Eq . 7-21 ,
B13 - Bl , + 3N B23 B2, + 3N B33 - B3, + 3N ( 7-32 )
B25 - B2 , + 6N
Blg -
= B1
Bli, + 6N B35 - B3 , + 6N
and

C13 - C1 , + 3N c23 FC2 , + 3N 033 - C1 , + 3N

( 7-33 ) .
clg = C1 , + 6N C25 - C2 , + 6N C35 - C1 , + 6N
The ends of the first winding of phases C and B ( cl and Bl ) with
Nl conductors per part are given by Eqs . 7-22 and 7-23 ; the ends
of the second winding of phases C and B (C2 and B2 ) with 12
conductors per part are given by Eqs . 7-24 and 7-25 ; the ends of

431
the third winding of phases C and B (C3 and B3) with N3 conductors
per part are given by Eqs . 7-26 and 7-27 , and so forth .
In this way , the starts and ends of all parts are determined .
If the polarities of all parts are known , the connections for
series and parallel connection can be determined . The polarities
of the starts of the parts of one and the same winding (Aly , Alz ,
Alg , or A21 , A23, A25 ... ) are determined by d ; they alternate
when d is odd ; they are all the same , when d is even . The
polarities of the starts of the first parts of different wind
ings (Al , A21 , A31 or Blı , B2 , B3, ... ) are best determined
by the general rule given in Art . 7-6 .
TAli +A13 1115 1A1 , 1113 1A15
\ A21 1A23 \A25 1A2, 1A23 7A25
1 A31 JA33 1A35 JA31 TA3 A35
1C1 , 1C1z 1015 1C1 , 1C1z 115
1021 1023 1025 1021 1023 1025
103, 1033 1035 1C3, 1033 1035
1B11 1812 1815 1811 1813 1B15
TB2 JB23 1B25 * B2 1823 1B25
1831 1832 1835 JB3 1B33 1B35
a = + 3 d = odd P- odd a = + 3 d = odd P = even
(a + 3 does not occur when d = even number )
This figure shows only the polarities of the
beginnings of the 3 interlaced windings . The
polarities of the ends are opposite to those
of the beginnings .
Figure 1 following the letter designating a
phase denotes the first of the interlaced
windings .
Figure 2 following the letter designating a
phase denotes the second of the interlaced
windings .
Figure 3 following the letter designating a
phase denotes the third of the interlaced
windings .
Subscripts 1 , 3 , 5 , etc. denote the begin
nings of the parts of the interlaced wind
ings .
Note that both windings cannot be connect
ed in parallel; they must be connected in
series ,
Fig . 7-51 . Polarities of the starts and ends of all 3 phases
of a winding with a $ 3 , d = odd , P = odd , and a = $ 3 ,
d odd , P = even .
432
 The polarities of the first parts of the first winding (Al ,
Blı , c1 ) can be assumed arbitrarily . The polarity rules fix
then the polarities of all other parts . For example , for a = ¢
3 , d = odd , and P = odd or even , the polarities are such as shown
on Fig . 7-51 . Fig . 7-43 shows a fully developed diagram
with a = + 3 , d = odd , and P = odd . For the connections of the
parts , use Fig . 7-51 .

7-13 . Layout for 2 or More Parallel Paths. Contrary to the

integral slot and ( integral + 1/2 ) - slot wave windings in which
each phase consists of 2 parts , the windings treated in this
No.of poles x a
chapter have (No.of parts per phase . In the integral
slot and ( integral + 1/2) - slot windings , special methods dis
cussed in Arts . 6-9 and 6-10 were developed to la out the wind
ings for 2 or more parallel paths . For the windings treated in
this chapter , the procedure of laying out the winding for 2 or
more parallel paths is exactly the same as for series connection.
The number of parallel paths is limited by the requirements out
lined in Arts . 7-5 . The proper connection of tthe parts into
parallel paths is based upon the polarities of their starts and
ends which are regulated by the values of d and P as outlined in
Art . 7-6 .

433
 7-1
TABLE
TableSlots
84
41Connection
,sfor
d=2Poles pp
p/5
)8;9a+1y(370sodd
REFERENCE
WORK
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
.7-1

A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
1ty
SLOT
TOP

ity

1ty
1ty
ity
ity
SLOT
BOT

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
-nood

Polar

Polar
141 1
- 2
6=Az 5
1=B2
B1 76
=B2 9 c
2=,up 6
=C2
2
SLOT
BOT

→
4=Az
143 =57
B3 to
cz
7= 1 9
=0
2A4 =4
3B4 :8
4C4

13 .13

В,

434
Az ca
13
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION 13

Connection Connecti Star

Rings
to
Jumper ons Connection Connection
Delta
В4
B3

Circuits
C,
13 13

No.of Parallel
A1 A→A24 A3 B3
4| 3
1B3 52B B →B1
C1 –C4
C2 C3 A,→C3 Az
A%4
A1- A3
A₂ B₃
B₂
A3
A2 slots
poles
,1Diagram
84
for
70-1
Fig
.W orking
42
-/5
8PP
B2 ₂
B3 B₂B4 BĄ
→CCBị
C1
C- 4 C3
C2 -C31AA
C2
>A
 7-2
TABLE
)-o=9;a=+1d8y(12polos
Slots 7p6dd
0
/5
pp
,s2Connection
188
for
Table
. -2
Fig
DIAGRAM
7REFERENCE
ING
WORK
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PBASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends BOT

SLOT SLOT
TOP
Starts Ends Starts Ends
160

Per Part
ity
SLOT
BOT

ity
421

Per Phase
ity

Ity
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar

No. of Parts
Polar .
Polar

Polar
Poler .
1-4
14. =2
6Az 1:B5y B2 76
§ 2-,1
|9 C 90
C2
1
Ag
14=45|BAd
:1304 g7 1 î C3 7:1 1=C432

→
В. :18

B3
=1814
A11
9B9465g6 160
:
C6
=6113 cs
Hi 'g
1îC8
1ît 13
A|14z 3B3
=1ÎBAg
=2•141
4y27
0 48
: = 55
cq
13
B6
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION Ag
Ag 13
13
Connection Star

435
Connecti
Jumper ons Connection
Delta
to
Rings Connection Bө Az
Az B4

Circuits
No. of Parallel
Al А4
EI
Soel
1B3 vez Sve&,
Bye
Cz Az
C5
8gbg
9gaSgllgag B3
B-Cз5
Iveta B2 13 B3
в-Азз
cs

85—9
151
5е сә,)
со EI
TvBy B→B6
By
9vеѕү Lyc
Svrezy Cg
→
Bg
Bs → 13 13

2g)z
Ege C8
C3
C6
C1 8g Sa Вѕ
cm

hor?
Sockol
‫؟‬ 8yelveket As
srebrely
Sve Kegelverk
Evelvev Eve
e
poles
.7Diagram
,WFig
slots
168
for
2-2
0orking
-
4c9e& 4
2
= /5
spp
14.
9ge
Ege
2g| 8g
le
gegela8g
gelang
Bocoral
|
səfətə8, elvet
&&40a%&
to
ok
By
Sylv
 7-3
TABLE
for
Table
slots
144
,Connection
1=;y;(2=44s)a+1dPoles pp
450p/5
9sodd

DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
.7REFERENCE
Fig
-3
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Parts
BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends 130

Per Part
Bottom

PerofPhase
ity

ity
ity

1ty

1ty
SLOT
15

No.
No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
ity

Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
24 ÎA -1 1B 06
5
,-2•1Az B2 ·130
ci•49 cz
•10
2
Az
24 7•3 A4 •34 ÎB3 97 B4 58 C3
1-C4
21 •82 T

23 23

,
B
B2

Az

436
23 23

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

Connection Star By
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection Connection
Delta
23 23

Circuits
No.of Parallel
41 1214 |Az B3
A3
1 Вз B4
B2 Bi Biº
Az

C →CC24 C3 →A
Cz 70-3
.WFigorki
Diag
slot
144
1for
,pole ng
sram
13
12 A₂
B₂
A₃
B3 /5
4-spp
B
2₂
B3 B1B4 →B 4 aC
,CB2
-
CC14 C- з A1714
C3
C2
 BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT ա ն
SLOT
TOP
արյ
,
88
ԱՆ

B( 2 13
ԱՐ

15 13
15 E
C H
A,
ԱՍ

TI

8 ն
Այ

438
15 15

83 :
-Ը
Az Ո
Ւ

A
15
15
Մ AAAAAAAAAAAA
B4

.Fig
96-4
Diagram
slots
Wpoles
,1for
70orking
=
spp 31/5 developed
diagram
Ffor
slots
96
70ully
,s.Fig -4a
-31poles
/5
pp
 7-4
TABLE
Slots
96
for
Table
,sConnection 9/5
;da=-9)Y(y1=3Poles
10ppp
2-10
sodd
.7-4
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE

A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C

LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
,TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

| -n

Per Part

Per Phase
1ty
ity

ity

ity

ity

ity
Polar

No. of Coils

No. of Parts
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
16 ,-
1A Az 91
=17
B2
vi B2 •1
1
11 ci 33
= C၇ 27
2

os →
16 Az 49 Ag 43
-
qB
65 3 5
• -9
B4 1 C3 .81 75
•

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

439
No.of
Connection Star Connection
Delta
Parallel Rings
to Connecti
Jumper ons Connection
Circuits

A, →A
Az Аз BАз
-з

|B3 B→
B2
4 Bi →→
,B
1

ci C4
→
C2 C3 →AC3
1

A4
→
A →Az
A2 Az
B→
A32

2 B
B→| 23 B+4
Bi CBi
-B+C4

CC1
→4 C3
C2 A-
+14
C3
C2
 TABLE
7-5
Connection
192
slots Table
2for
)d=o;a-19y7(3,sPoles/5
0pp
91pdd
REFERENCE
WORK
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
.7-5
A
PHASE B
PHASE PHASE
C

LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends SLOT

BOT SLOT
TOP

Per Part
Il

Per Phase
1ty
ity

ity
ity
ity
ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
16 A
†1 Az 1BB27 33
.
1 123
•
-C၇07 11c SLOT
TOP
.
16 .
18
189
16
Ag 4
-9 6=TI
1A4
B5394 B2 81
= 1= 71
1
1
= 55
4
=16
1
|AB6
1Bg7g871
113
9A6 11
Eyl
=21729
C6
Az
Ag ÎBy 11
Ca 15
16 =145•43 5Bg
=-1961 77 1
1=C8 75 1
=
Sou1
15 15 13
CZ
CONNECTION
PARTS
OF lg
B7 C, 15

440
Connection Star
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Delta
Connection
Connection
Bg

A
‫ܕ‬

15

Circuits
15
Cs

No.of Parallel
A1 Ag
AA2³
A6
Agz
Az
Bs
1B3 BB5
By
B→
BA6gy e-ys, As 15
C5 *Caº
1C
C846
193 Tyna 15

AA1
→g AA₂³ AАз
-6 E2
Eg
IS 15
-В,B G B→g
B5 Ev2v
Ega
²g
Egz< C6
C3
C1
C8 fg<
Sorbe8
C2

Sockol Lab 8yelvete?

Syev°|y BBy Eval uare
abgel Evel
vere -5
.Fig
W
Diag
7for
slot
192 sng
0 sram
,2orki
pole
4B₂
B3
B6
Byl Bg
BgA
B→B2B
→ 13=/5
spp
‫وام‬
C5
44
Cg
CС2heeз712
cc-A
8otebook →
A→An
g8
 Ո Վ
Ի Ր
Ս
SLOT
BOT
SLOT
SLOT
TOP ԱՆ
84
ՆԻ
SLOT
BOT
ՐԵ
Ե
14
14
B3 C, 14
83
BA
Az

442
14 th

14
А4 Сл

B2 60
Oi
C3 ln
i
s

B.
t
14 14 o
THE L o
AnnA
I5s2i

A3

1Diagram
,.WFig
slots
90
for
7-poles orking
/7
pp
s124-6 74/7
.FFig
slots
90
for
diagram
,sdeveloped
-21poles
-6a
pp
ully
 76
TABLE
Connection
for
Table
Poles
slots
);1=+1d69y(-2,s90 pp
34p/7
2-7
eoda
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
.7-6
Fig
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
ity
ity

ity
ity

1ty

No. of Coils

No. of Parts
Polar

Polar

Polar
Polar

Polar

Poler
15 1A1 1
- A=9 z 31B:12 :9
3B2 c1 i •16 C2 -4
2
2
15 Ag 46
• 54
• BÎ 3 76
- •
84
TIC 6
•1 CA 69
•
î

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

443
No.of
Parallel
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta
Circuits
Rings
to Connection

A1 →AAz4 Аз Az
B
→1

1 Bi B2Ą
→B вз CB3
→3

C3 C4
→
C2 C1 A2
C1

A4
→
Aj A3
|A2 →
B+Az
A143

2 BB24
→ B3
→
B2 B₃₃
→CB₂
₂

C3
C2 C4
C→ CA
C→
Al
A4
 7-7
TABLE
for
Table
sPoles
2Connection
slots
,180 pp
)=7;a=+1do6y(y-213dd0
p8/7
.7-7
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
PHASE
A PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends BOT

SLOT SLOT
TOP

Per Part
174

Per Phase
ity
ity
ity

lty

ity
ity

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
UTC SLOT
BOT
15 ,
†A :1 A2 B
î i3•1 B2 •39 -21•64 C2

nog →
15 6
4-Az •54 1 ув•7э6 B4 •84 11
C3 6•1 -9
6CA
4 BT
|15
-A
913 A6 -99 B
Î 5 •121 B6 ·29
11C5 1 141
-06
-1C6
1-44 T 1• 59 14
15 136
A8 By •166 Bg C8
1••151741 C
C7 14 14 B,
Bg
Cg Az
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION
14 48 Ca

444
Connection Connections Star BE B2 -A3
Rings
to Jumper Connection Connection,A
Delta
14 14

Circuits
No. of Parallel
A1 →Ag4
AAz
Ag
A6 →
Az
B5
BA
1B5 B③
→B
B2
B3
B₂
B6
By ₂ →CBz₃ Bs 14 14
C3 →Co
Cg
CC4
C8
C2 C11
A,→Ag AGA
|A 2A →A6
Az 1465
B→Az
→ д 14
B2B54 B3
B2
B7
B6 B₂
By By
C₃
B₂C₂ Cs B3
C3
C2 |→Cy
CC C8
→C3 →A,Ag
C5
C8 As
→
→AA1
A5
g8 ,B₂
A7A₂A₃³A6A
A6
A₃
→A₂
BBs
Bg 7-7
2.WFig
slots
180
for
,Diagram
poles
8orking
BgBg
4→→ ByC₂³
Bp
B₃
B₂
B₂By
B₂B 12- /7
spp
C₂
→C[ ₂3
→7C8
C3
C2 CC1g5A
+
C2
→CC8
A,→
Ag
A5
A4
 7-8
TABLE
pPoles
for
);d-o2=1y7(y355,s240
Connection dd
p--2
7/7
slotspp
74reven
Table
-8
Fig
.7DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PEASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP
BOTTOM TOPT
I
SLOT 10
SLO
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

ar
SLOT
TOP

Per Part
224

Per Phase
ity

ity
ity

ity
Polar
Polar
Polar

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Pol
Polor

Polar
20 •1 14
,Alg
1 5
B 81
•1 li 1 8-13811
-,.C12
4B12 9•8 C1
B24 Bla
,-·61221
•B2
1 4611 • 11

|
† 21
20 A 1• 04
A22 2c2
•4 2 8
A24
16 22

|
4|2013 1B1•78
1-A1421 13B14
2-01 •18 T1013 18
61
12-1-C14
2 011 22

|
24
2-A24
20123 B 84
114•123 1•124 1•44
Il
1c23
-C24 cla
16
A23 ,
AI Alz
C21
16 Bly ,
CI
C24 22
B23
B2

445
PARTS ,
OF
CONNECTION С
,2
22
Bl 16
Cly

Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta C23
to
Rings Connection 16 Als,A2 C* l2
Ala 22

Circuits
22

No.of Parallel
Ali 2
A,Al2
→ 23 Alg B11
Alz 16
A22
A22
A14
B22
B
i li B,B12
→ 223 B13 C13
→
B13 Bl2
Bly
→
B24
C13 C,Cl2
→ 223 can
, A
,C11 slots
poles
Diagran
,1for
240
74-8
.WFig
orking
5=/7
spp
C24
C1
Al
,14 ,AAly
A2
A21ly А22-23 B,→
→A124
A22 23
B,2114 1
23
,BBla
B2 B2
,B24 C
B212-013
,B2
C13
→
Cl2 ,CC121 c-. 2
C22 ,AA 1
14
C23
→c22
 7-9
TABLE
120
for
Table
,sConnection
oslots da /7
14p7pp
);d=9a=-8yY1:(26Poles
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
.7-9
APHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

SLOT
BOT TOP
SLOT
10
AT20 •1 Az -30 -41 B2 .70 c1 i •21 C2 •50
2 20 TOP
AZ ÎB1-B4
301 •10 •8ît
cz
1 C4 -110î SLOT
61 90
(B4

19 19
CA
,A

B3 ,C

446
19 19

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION C3
‫ܨ‬8

A4 A3 C2
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta
Rings
to Connection 19
19

Circuits
No.of Parallel
AL AA₂³ A3 в
Аз
1B BĄ
By B3 B3₃
→C B2
C3 C4
→
C2 ci A1
→A |A2
A3 Az B
A2
→B 74-9
.WFig
Dia
slo
120
1for tssingm
orkgra
,pole
/7
62=spp
→B224 -в.
Во -CB з2
C₂C₂ CC1
-4 A,CC4A
 7-10
TABLE
Connection
for
Table
slots
,240
Poles 8pp
716p/7
2=8;8(y126sd-o9ayddl
.7-10
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PHASE B
PHASE PHASE
C

BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP

Starts Ends Ends Starts SLOT

BOT SLOT
TOP
Starts Ends
10

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
1ty

1ty
ity

No. of Parts
Polar
ity
1ty
SLOT
TOP

Polar

Polar

Polar

Polar
20
1A
,Az 1-B50 •41 B2 •1
2 C၇ 1-70 233 233

-
20
Ag 61 |2- 10 1B3 •1B4
-001
06111-
101. 81
• C4 î2-30
4
20
As 1 -21
1A6 •0
3 1B 61
1-B6 70
• ulics
C6 • 01
1•41 5
၁1|]|
19 19
.
20
Az 181
•A g9•0 2-21
B8 1
CM 1
- 3011 2018 110
19 19
,A
Lage1
B7
5'
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION 19 B, 19
()

447
Star B2
Az Az
Connection Connecti
Jumper ons Connection
Delta
to
Rings Connection
19 19
Bg

Circuits
S

No.of Parallel
Ai AA6
Az
A8
A245
→
A3 B→Az
5 C5 B3
iB5 B3
B
B₂
B6
→y
BĄ
BĄ
B₂ Bz
→C₃ As As
19 19
C3 C7
C8
C2
C5
C6
C4
19 19
117A4 A8
A3
A2
A5 AGA Ivalo
B23
Bg BGа
B-вBA 8ga
eggehve Az
C7
→C4
C2
C5 Egg cha%<&o¢q Bg
90%E -Т
8. balv a
Balo
— 8g
BB4
→ ve
alge
lyelve
Evel
Evely
ove 7-10
2.WFig
slots
240
for
,Diagram
poles
8orking
6
2
= /7
spp
897|y
‫ام‬
‫وا‬
→→
B→
45428 C₂²
By
B6
|B₂
By
B₃
B3³
B₂
Cm
C³
C₃
C6
C7
C3
C2
Tv
Bosco
Boschel
By
Sychy
‫داو‬
 7-11
TABLE
Connection
Table
slots
9Poles 120
1/11
p2pp
);d=o6a=+1y5(1,s2for
da
REFERENCE
WORKING
.7DIAGRAM
Fig
-11
A
PHASE PAASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Parts
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
Starts Ends Starts 115
Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
SLOT
BOT

PerofPhase
ity
ity

1ty
ity
ity

No.
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
Polar

ity
Polar

Polar
Polar
A
1201 1• A2 •95 Di
B1 -21 B2 ·115 4:c.1 1 C2 •15

N
20
A3 61 •35 ТТ
Вз 8-1 В4 -55 101
-7TC3
C4
5 T

19 19
C3 ,
B
,В

Az C

448
19 19

Ca
A

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION
B4
B3 ,C
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta 19 19
Rings
to Connection

Circuits
No.of Parallel
A1 →AA2
4 Az →B
Az3 A3
1By →BĄ
B₂ Bi B,C
C1 C2
C4 C3 C₂³A .WFig
for
Diagram
72-11orking
2poles
slots
,120
1=/11
9spp
AA₂
→z AzB₂
A₂
B3
B2 2
B3 B2B4 B2
→C,→
BA
CC1 C3
C2 →→
A|CC₃₂
 7-12
TABLE
2316-6
slots
144
for
Table
,sConnection
);d=oa-1;7(y-23Poles
27-7
/11
pp
da
.7-12
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PEASE

LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP SLOT
TOP
SLOT
COT

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends SLOT

TOP

Per Part
ity
1ty

Per Phase
ity

1ty

ity
Polar

No. of Coils
Poler
Polar .

No. of Parts
Polar
Polar
Polar
A1241 · Az•128 BI i •25 B2 8 1c•4i9 C2 32
•
B2
24 î T Icg 21
1•C4 T

N
A3 73
• 56
• B3 9
•7 B4 80
• •
104

23 2
. 3
Az
A
,

C3 ,B

23 23

449
PARTS
CONNECTION
OF B3

Az
Connection Star
A

Connections
Jumper Connection
Delta -23
Rings
to Connection 23

Circuits
No.of Parallel
A →A
A2 Az →B
Az₃
BA
1 B
→ Ą
B₂ B >1
Bi
B3
Ci C2
-C4 C3 4Cз
-1
.72-12
2Fig
slots
144
for
Diagram
,..Working
poles
2
= /11
spp
A4
Ai A₃
A2 B3
B₂
A3
A2
2BB32 →B4
B2 BA4
→C,B2
C, 4 C3
C2 4-С2
Cз1-44
 7-13
TABLE
Connection
for
Poles
,2Table
Slots
240
(s1dd p2ppa3
sodd
)P-o;a=+2d=1y7/11
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
.7REFERENCE
Fig
-13
A
PHASE PAASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
Per Phase
ity
ity

1ty
ity

ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
ity
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar

Polar
20 A1= 10 1 901
=Al2 B12
1=24,ÎB
=3C12
ci 011
8,-130 BOTTOM TOP
SLOT
230 I
SLOT BOTTOM
SLOT
12

- Polap
20 ,A2 1-2
A22 2Ε 011 B2 5B22
-1 2 c21 4C22
·•912 T
20 A1g
1- 21
A14 T|7-0 C1
1B13101
1-13
61
-B14 2•011C14 T1-50 Ali
A2
,
|20
11•23
32
A24 8
- 11 ·1TB
7222
B24 624
-221
1•1
c 12
611
23 C23
28

Cls 28
Blz B2 ,
Bl
A22 2
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION -Alz

450
,сі
28
C22 ,B2
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta C24
Rings
to Connection B23
28

Circuits
10 Cla Ala
.

No.of Parallel
Ali A121
→
Al2
123
22 Alz Alz
→B13 A24
BB 24
A24
→
Aly Bly 28 la CI
,
10

B13 BB223
Bl2
,→22 B1 CBlı
→ li
1 ,B1
B24 28
10

cli →C23
,c012
c2
22 Cl3 →All
C13 A23
C1 C24
→ 4→ Alz
AAlı
→ 14 →
→AA12
A13
22
23 ,A24
A2 B,A2
B13 2
A12
2B12
B13 B1
B
,B214B24 B22B23 →
B22
C→
B, 12314 .WFig
Dia
slo
240
2for
,pole gra
.7-
2orkts m
sing13
73-/11
spp
,C14
C1 C12
→0→
C13
C2223 C24
,→
C2 -A,C2
C14 2li
 7-14
TABLE
for
Table
Slots
144
,sConnection
2dd1p1/13
o9);d-=6;a=5(y1-1Poles6pp
REFERENCE
WORKING
Fig
.7DIAGRAM
-14
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE
LEADS
BOTION LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP
b
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends SLOT
TOP

Por Part
SLOT
BOT

Por Phase
ity

ity
ity

ity
ity

σττοο το οι

No. of Parts
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar

Polar

Polar
An
:124 Az 31 B B2 7•49 1[nci -25 C2 •55
2 SLOT
TOP
24
A3 1
-B3031 •21 îC3 ༢
•73 1B4 -97 C4 1•27 T

23
23
Az

Bz ,C

451
23
23

CONNECTION
PARTS
OF
C3
B
,

Connection Connections
Jumper Star Delta
Rings
to Connection Connection Аз Cz
23

Circuits
No. of Parallel
A₂A Аз ва
Аз
B
1 4
→BB2 B3 →C₃
B3
C3 C4
→
C2 C1 CAL
A3
A2 A₃B
A2 ₂B4
.Fig
144
for
Wslot
26orki
,pole ng
-14sram
7Diag
B→224 →B
B23 C3
C₂
B3
B2 1/13
1=lspp
→CC23 →
cı A→CC
4 A
 7-15
TABLE
slots
168
for
Table
,sConnection
)=7;a=+1d6y(122Poles
3p6/13
sodd
pp
.7-15
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
SLOT
BOT S SLOT
TOP

ity

Per Phase
1ty

1ty
ity

ity

ity
Polar

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
lic 162
A
1281 -1 Az 2-2 B1 •57 B2 -78 •29 C2 •50 SLOT
BOT
2 28
Az -85 TI06 B21-62
141
•1BA C3 .113C4 ·134

27
27
B3 В4

Az

452
CA

271 27
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION
All

Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta B2
to
Rings Connection S
B.

Circuits
27 27

No.of Parallel
AL |A2A A3 Az
Bị

iBi B2B4 B3 CB3

→3
CC2 Ci A1
C A3
C3 →4
Az
A2 B→
A3
A24 76-15
.WFig
Dia
slo
168 singm
gra
orkts
2for
,pole
/13
2=spp
B→
24 .вВо
- C₃
B₃¬C₂³
B₂

C3
C2 C1
-C4 A4
A1
→→
 7-16
TABLE
Connection
Table
for
Slots
d24sPoles pp
3/13
)=o;P=+1Y;8(y4,336p6sodd
6dd
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
7
Fig
. -16

A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PRASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS
COTTOM TOP

Parts
SLOT
324 SLOTI LOTTOM
14
SLOT
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per ofPhase
ity
ity
ity
ity
ity

No.
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar

Polar
Polar
†28
A,l 1
• Alz•44 ,·11ci
•13561
1BB12 C1
-57 2 1-00 Al ,A2
,-28
A22
1A2B|5•472 -1B2 1• 69
11
262 1021 7C2
-0 2 1·î13
4 B23 2
212
A13
•28
69
B19A14
ig 2B1
•814 113•24 C1
2254 268 42
42
Aî2823 1• 82
A24 2 251
-BÎ 23 2•B2944 1
• lc23 2 38
811
•2-C24 Bla ,CI
B13 B24
12

Alz 12 ,c2
A22
42
CONNECTION
OF
PARTS

453
42
A24

Connection
023 12 Ala
Connections
Jumper Star C22
Rings
to Connection Connection
Delta
B22

Circuits
Bl2 ,BI
Cl3

No.of Parallel
Ali 42
,→223
AAl2 Al3 ]Alz
→Bl
A24
A14 12
,
82

Bli B→ 2
,B12 B→23 B13 →0B13
13
1
Bl4B24 A23
Alz
сіз c2122
23
-cc12 cli ,cl
1> 1
24
CC14
→
.Fig
-16
Diagram
for
slots
2336
76orking
W,poles
Ali
A14 -
А12 3
А,-А223 ,A2
BB1 2
→A14 4
=/13
spp
124
121
2
BB1
, 14 22
→BB13
B12
→23 BB2
, 24 B
B2
, 24C12
Cl3
->CC12
13 2124
,Ccl 23
|-c22 c22
A,→
C24
123
 BOT
SLOT TOP
SLOT w HUN
8

TOP
SLOT
1 49 W
Cl2 217
C
Alh
Blz
6 Alz

A22
AL
B23 B12
Azi ,
CI
Bl3
A24

Al2
,CI

454
C23 .
Ch
BU
6 A23
C, 2
Cl3
,BI Ala Cl
Alza
A23
M
A24 ,
B2
Alz
C22
A

6
6 M
Bla
S

30

822 C14

7/4
8p.WFig
slots
54
for
-21,sDiagram
-17
oles
pp
orking for .PFig
7-21,s54diagran
developed
-17a
ully
8p/4
slots
olos
pp
 7-17
TABLE
Table
8Connection
slots
yfor /4
;:(=1=2,s)P-od-e7a-654 oles
pp
-
ven
3pdd
.7-17
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
APHASE BPHASE PHASE
C
BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
Per Phase
ity
1ty

ity
ity
ity
ity

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
.1 4 11
15Al2 •5
11
B1
,c1 Bhz C1
1-0 2
-•195 11
4 A
,2 •8 A22 .17 -26
B,Î2B22 3•5 ,îc2 c2
1-7 2 -26 T
5 Aî 13 A1
2- 8 4 1-4B1
C 2B
•1621g4
413 C1
3•7 4 333.3

4 A2
, 3-5
A24 T
·4B2
543 4B2-8 2 c23 4• 4
C24 î53

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

455
No.of Connection Star
Parallel Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection Connection
Delta
Circuits

Al →23
→AA12
A13
A22
A14
24 A21 ,A2
B1

1 Bli B12
B,B13
→224
14 ,B2 ,C13
B2

013 014
Cl2
c,C02
→l24
22 C23 AC23
→ li

A13
,→
Al AAl2
→
A14
24
22 A23
A2 →A123
B,A2
→13

2 ,B13
B1 BB12
→
B14
24
22 B2
B23
,→ →BB21
C,→ 23
l13

13
,CC1 022
cCl2
→
C14
24 ,C23
C2 ,C→ll
→AC2
23
l3
 BOT
SLOT SLOT
TOP

SLOT
TOP

7-18
TABLE
.
Cle
oy1Connection for
Table
slots
81
3/4
da pp
-
2pven
);P-e2da-=76(2,sPoles Bl
o
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
Fig
.7-18 A26
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP
BAI2R
6 Bls Ali
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends C25 ch Al2

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
ity
1ty
A24

1ty

ity
ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
Polar
,C2

Polar
Polar
Polar .
A|115li Al2 2
- 41 †Bli 4
ili
•B12
1-921 1-C1
02 33
• els
,
BI

456
Bla As 2
A4 21 8
• A22 44 ,
B2 2-B2 11
2 2
6 2 6•10 c2
1•7 2 5•3
53
1
A5Al 6 6
- 70 6 ,B2
q
•258113 -BÎB1
C13 69
4-lz
4 11 3 • 0141 Als Al3
6 B23
3-23
A4A254 1-71 B23 -3
5B24 8
• C2
1
1-8·40441c23 B2iz A23
Cla
B22 3 Clz B26
7
•A51
îAle81
5-5lg B
Î 15 1
1-B1 64 6
57-316g C1
6

Cla
A25
1•A2
6-72 6 80
• B26 B|2•1|-3C2
761525
65 6

C Bl2
Al2a 2 A22

slots
,WFig
81
for
Diagram
orking
.7poles
12-18
/4
12-spp
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of
Parallel Connection Connections Star
Rings
to Jumper Connection
Connection
Delta
Circuits
Alo
→24
AA23
Al2
26
ly
All A21 BA2
,→2
A12
→
A23
A22
A14
B24
BBl2
→
B25
B16
26
lg
Bli ,
B2 ,C13
B2
1 BB23
→
B14
12
22
Cl2
02526
0CC16
→lg
24
C13 c23 AC23
→11

457
c→ 2
C,cl22
14

,
Al A→13
lg +122
Al3
A2
,AAlsº
26 B,→AA225
→ 123
13
15

3 B→ 15
, 13
B1 B12
→
BB16
,+
B1
24
26
22 cBB2l23
→C,→25
13
15
+cCC1-211g12
,,CC18 → lls
A,CC2
→2z
23
25
lz
 7-19
TABLE SLO
807T SLOT
TOP
1;d-e=7a6Y(y2Poles ven 8
Slots )Po36dd
2p/4
pp
,sConnection
108
for
Table
.7-19
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE SLOT
TOP
103
APHASE BPHASE CPHASE Clo B24
Blo
A26
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP Alo
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends c
? Als

Per Part
ity

Per Phase
ity
AZA

ity

ity

No. of Coils
Polar

No. of Parts
Polar
C26

Polar
Polar

Polar

Polar
ity
ity
BA,li2
•5
B11
A B129 11
1- li
î5!Al2 -69 IÎcli 1-C1
02 6-0 Bly ARICI
C2
Bl
,
4 A21 8 A22 7• 1 B|| 2 B2
2- 6 2 -89 8•0 îf C22
,-17 c2 CH ,

458
A27 BII
5 A
† 13 A1
2- 8 4 B
17-813 B1
4- 6 4 -96 c13 C1
3-7 4 8-7 -Cle
B2
,
1-| 07 B22 Al Al3 -B26
A24
A23
-3•958 8B24
-53
TB23 44
ÎC23 4-C2 B25
CIA A23
8 †A15 -55
A16 ÎB15 •73 B16 •15 -6C1
c
Ilî4156
6

5 -105 Bl5
c25
Cl3

4 2
25
4-6A26 •17 25
8•0 ÎBB26 3- 5 7C2
9-C1256 2 26 CAl2s C23 -Blg
C22 BAl2s53 -A28
5 A† lq 2
Blo8-100
•B18
.Alg2 411
-42 01
,•9uîC1l8 -33 331
8
|•92g
153 Als
A27 9
8-A2g Î
,B
4·42 1B2
•078 62 cc27
Al2
BA2l22 C28
Cla
B28

poles
slots
108
Diagram
W,1for
-19
76orking
.Fig
/4
12-spp
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of Connection Star Connection

Delta
Parallel Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection
Circuits
→
AA25
26
Alg
ly
A27
2g
→ls
Aly
Ali A21 13
,0A2
→22
l3
A14
AA23
A24
A16
→
--li
BB21
B2618
12g
,B27
B12
B15 B25 →Ali
B25
→22
12
B14
BB23
24
B16
1
cC2 li
26
lg
,→0CCl
C277
C127C28 15
C13 C23 BC23
→
→ 22
15
cC14
CC25
24
C16
A16
Al24
26
lg
2g
,A27
A→Al2
,→ A★ lg
Al A2
→
A25 →A15
,BA25
B1
2
A→
A14 22
A23l3

459
B→
B1626
124
,B221g
B12 B21
→
B25 C→ 13
2
,B25
Bly
2 15
,BB1
22
13
B14
B→
B23
-
→24
CC16
26
15
Clg
28
C25
Cl2 023
→
C27 cl5
+
c2y
,A→l23
|Cl₂
,→C l
c022
,0c2
→l14
→Al3
Ali →23
AA21 , 223
AA2
→ 25
Alo
Alg AA25
→27 → 15
13
B→Blı
17
,B13
→B1 B→
→B2
, 23 →
+27
BB2
,→ 25
23
lo
→BB15 B27
B25 →
CC1
, 15lo
13
,C13
→
C1 →, 23
CC2 C→
cC227
23
, 25
→ly
CC15 →27
0c25 AAll
→ lo
15
13
 7-20
TABLE
826ven
Slots
126
for
Table
);P-o'dea=1y(3=5,sConnection
p51/4
pp
bda
oles
DIAGRAM
Fig
-20
.7REFERENCE
WORKING
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP
BOTTOM TOP
SLOT
Ends I
SLOT 17
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts TOP

Per Part
lar
SLOT
1, 12

Per Phase
ity

ity
ity
ity

ity

No. ofCoils
Poity

No. of Parts
Polar
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
A111li -1 Al2 5
- 4
B1 B1
43 2
- Î 111
C1
-2926
C12 •75 CIA (822
A2
,-
17
10A22 1B 2
·,i 01 5- 9
B22 -17 c22
1•3c2
,-822
11
1113 6- 4
A14 1
- 171
B12 c
1+ 13
1- 06B14 3- 3 -1825
C14 -15 Bla
10 3
-B228î 15
A23 8-0
A24 - 22
1B24 8- 0 îc23 10102-549 T C22
,Ali
B2 A24
A2
,
4 Biz CH
,
C23
15

460
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION 15 C,2
Сіз Bli Alz
A23
4

Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta
Rings
to Connection AZá ,
AlzB2 C24

Circuits
15 15

No.of Parallel
Ali →24
→AA12
A13
23 A21 ,Bli
A2 Bla
A22
A14
B
i1 B12B24
→B23
B13 B21 ,C13
B2 B2 Clz
,B22
B1
C13 24
→
Cl2
c21
cl c23 Ac23
→ li 7oles
.WFig
Diag
slot
126 orki
-20
,8pfor ng
sram
15=/4
spp
C22
→
C14
Al3
Ali A24
→
Al2
A22
A14 ,AA223 A13
,BA2
B1
23
1
B2, 13 -B22
B14
B24
B12 BB2
, 23 B113
,CB2
2
CC1
, 13 C22
→
C14
C24
C12 CC2
, 23 0l13
A→c2
,→
23
 BOTTOM TOP
20
!
SLOT SLOT
TOP
133
SLOT

Cl2 B24

5 Biz
18
.
18
C24 ,AI3 A22
B2 5
A2
,
Alz 5 B13 CI
-C23

462
18

18 ,C2
Cla
BI
, 5 -Ala
A23
A26 5
,
Alg B2 C22
18
Bla 18

5
B22 CIA
connection
shown
winding
the
of
end
7-2la
.PFig
of
hotograph
Fig-21
Diagram
.7by
working
The
single
connected
is
vinding
pp
slots
150
for
oles
s=61,Diagram
8p.WFig
7/4
-21
orking Table
.to
Connection
a7-21
, ccording
delta
circuit
 7-21
TABLE
8P/4
slots
150
for
Table
;-61,sConnection
oles
pp ven
p
6–18
1);P-oed-a==:y;(31 279dd
-21
.7REFERENCE
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

ar

Per Part
Per Phase
ity
1ty

ity
ity
ity

No. of Parts
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar
Polar

Polar
Pol

Polar
A
113li Al2 -139
Bly
5B12
1 •39 ,
11ci 1-C12
•246
12
A21 A22
B
|4·•2052 B2
7•0 2 •95 îl
c21 4-5
c22 •70 î
4
A
^1313 A1
7•6 4 1
64 -264
31 3 1B1 1
c1g
1•14 1 -1C1014 •89

121
A23 A24 5
1•9-20
TB22 45
1-B24 20 îc23 20
1îC24
-•45

CONNECTION
OF
PARTS

463
No.of Connection Star
Parallel Rings
to Connections
Jumper Delta
Connection
Circuits Connection

A11 Al2
A,Alg
,→24
14
2 121 →l
,BA2

B11 B12
B13
B,→24
14
22
2 B21 B2
c,→13
1
C13 C12
c,CC1
→214
24
22 c23 Ac23
→li

,Alz
A1 →A24
Al2
A22
A14 AA2
,→23 A2
BA,→→l2z
13

2 ,B13
B2 BB1
→ 22
,B12
24 B2
B23
,→ B2
CB23
,→liz

,C13
C1 CCl2
→
C14
24
22 c23
c2 cl23
AC2
,→l3
 7-22
TABLE
Connection for
8Table
Slots
)P-o;2dea=1y(=33,s90 oles
/4
-pp
pven
21da
REFERENCE
WORKING
.7DIAGRAM
Fig
-22
PHASE
A PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS TOP
LEADS BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BO TOP
SLOT
SLTOT
12
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
1ty
ity
ity
ity
ity
SLOT
TOP

Polar

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
A18 li•1 Al2 1
B1
•B12
·4•316 611 ul
1-6 ic
,C12 31i
• Alz
7 A2
, 3-A2
52 20
• ,-B2
7-B22
2 •57 î ,102
5
•
4 29
·c22
BLA

4
AÎ 13 6-B1 1ig -761 10
8 A1
4-6 4 7-6
B14 1
• 6-ig
1
icuC14
10
711
T A24
|280
•B24 A2z
-61725B23 •51c02g 8•7
c24 3 CAI
,2
A23
Bl3 ,CI C• l₂
,B2
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

464
B23
Cla Cla ,BI
3
Connection Connections
Jumper Star ,A2
Rings
to Connection Connection
Delta

A22 Al
C2z3

Circuits
C22
10

No.of Parallel
A2324
AA12
→- lz
All A21 121
B→
li 10
A22
A14 3 Blz
→ 22
BB2
,B12
13
B
i, 1 B14B24 B23 013
→
B23 A14 B22
C13 C12C22
0231 c21 C2
,A1
→
C14
C24 WDiag
90orki
.7for
slot
,8oles
pFig ng
-22 sram
3- /4
spp
Alg
Ali →
A12
A14
A24
,A2 232
A,→ 1
B,A23
A213
1
B,213 →B214B24
312
,B B21B23 B2
,C
B211
C13
,CC113 C
→ 22c14024
Cl2 ,c23
c2 123
A,→c2
clg
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
12
SLOT
TOP
125
B( 22 ALA
7-23
TABLE Bla
Connection
Table
135
3sPoles for /4
21pp
ven
)P-o;eda=1y(2=3,Slots
pdd
10

C2
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
Fig
.7-23 10 Cla
3
APHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C 3
A25 Al
C
,2
BOTTOM
LRADS TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM 10
LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS TOP
LEADS Cl2 chi
Bls
,B2
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends A26 B25

Per Part
Per Phase
ity
,BI

ity
ity
ity

No. of Coils
ity

No. of Parts
Polar
Cls

Polar
Polar
3

Polar
1ty
Polar
8 -1 •A
1B12 06
11
1ly
91-3IBAl2 îcli -211
1•C1
62 A2
, -Bla

466
10

→ Polar
7 3=,A2
122 5 2B
=† 72 2B2 T1=32 C25
-0 2 1-2 † •5 ,c2
c22 Alz 10
Als
8 1
-4A14
B13
†A613611 B1
7- 6 4 4- 6 C
† 13 6•1
C14 Al2 3 C2
2
.31
6 Bl
B
AZ233
Cl
TB
7-B24
5A24 2750
6-18A2z 23 33 B2A
7 c23 Î4-C2
5-20 4 B26
‫اس‬

8 A
† lg 9-1
A16 61 9B16
1B-21115 C
Î 15 1-06
C16 7-6 3 Alo
11
1-B25 10
7 -17
1A25
126 10
25
1-B26 -102 C25 C2
9-5 6 8-7
Bl
A24
%C26 Clo

Fig
.Diag
for
7W135
slot ng
2orkisram
,1-23
pole
3- /4
spp
 CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

No.of
Connection Connecti Star
Parallel Rings
to Jumper ons Connection
Delta
Circuits Connection

A12
AA25
→
Alo
26
lg
24
Ali A21 ,B11
A2
A22
Alz
→
A23
A14
,B22
BB2
→
B16
22
l5
26
1
,
B1 B23 C13
→
B23
–13
BB25
→
B14
24
cгісіз
с?з-ccip
22
i
C13 C25 c25
1→11

467
026
→
C16 cla C→24

,→26
→AAl
A12
A15
A22
A14
A24
A16
l3 , 23
AA2
→25 23
25
,AA2ll5
B→ 13

3 .B1
BB1413
l
, 26
→→
B16
12
22
B24 , 23
BB2
→25 C,cBB2ll5
→ 25
23
13

→C0,C113
014
026
016
22
24
l12 ,c25
→0c2
23 A,→Cc2llg
→ 23
25
13
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
12
7-24
TABLE SLOT
TOP
170
Connection
Table
slots
yPoles for
)P=o;e2d-a(3s,1180 pp
/4
ven
p16-2dd
Big Alz
(820
REFERENCE
DIAGRAM
Fig
.7WORKING
-24 A28
APHASE PHASE
B Cl2
PHASE
C 10 10
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS Cla
10
A26 c,CA2
Aíal 10
Starts Ends Starts
‫اس‬

Ends Starts Ends 3 Bly B2

,

Per Part
-Blz

Per Phase
ity
1ty
ity
ity
ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
ity

Polar
Polar
82

Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
A† li Al2 B12
B13†- 6li
1 ,îci 1-C1 10 Bli
4•6 62 3-1 ,
A2

8
Alo 10
7 A2
,-35
A22 BB22
2,·Î-702 2
1c22 C27
5• 7 -5 4•2 . î,c 3 Al3 -B22

468
B26 Aly
C23 3
8 A
Î 13 •91 Ulf
7A14
013
-6
312
B146-61 11
•4C14 •76 10 A25 AL
7 A23 8• 0 A24 î4
B 7
- 23 ·02
11023 -0
Cl3 10
8 -65 B24 5C24 87 î B15
Blo 3
8 A
Î 15 -91 Al6 1
-B15
121
B1606T 1c
-+361g 06
1-C16 1211 B25ÇI
s 43.813
10 AClzss
A25 •125
A26 |1
B 621
-147
25 10
1-B26 c25 9- 5 1• 32
C26 10
3
8 AÎ lq Alg 36
B-11 51
ly -66
1B18 -1 C↑,l 1-51
C1g1•66 10 3 10 H
C16
7 A2y
B2g
11B 55
==1|A2g
,77
2c27240c
î702y 2g ARA C24
Bla
Alo B2C

180
for-24
.Fig
1Diagram
76orking
Wpoles
,slots
/4
3=spp
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of Connection Star

Parallel to
Rings Connections
Jumper Connection Connection
Delta
Circuits
A12
A27
AAlg
→
A2g
lq
26
ls
2g
Ali A2
, 0A2
,→13
Alo
A23
24
AA14
→22
lz
B,B12
→
B25
l13
28
218
B15 B2
, B27
Ali
→
1 B→ 14
24
,B23
B16
l26
→
c27
CC12
028
,021
ll5
22
lg
013 C25 Bc25
→15
Cl6
→ 24
C0l14
,023
26
Al2
A27
→
AAlg
–
A16
lq
26
24
2g
,AA115 25
,AA2 →A15
A2
,B→125
AA23
→
A14
l3
22

469
BB16
B1g
→ 17
28
,B12
226
,B15
B1 B23
→
B27 B27
C0Blo
→23
13
2 B14
→24
BB25
13
C14
022
C,023
→
Clg
ll2
24
28
C13
,C→1 ,C25
C2 Cli
Ac2
→25
lg
Clg
0c27
→
C16
26
,A13
A1
→ →
,A23
A2 , 2g
AA2
→→23
27
24
26
Al2
-22
AAlg
→
A14
Alo
28
AAlg
→lo 27
AA25
→ BBlı
→13
17
lg
BB1
, 13 →BB2
, 23 , 23
B2
B
→ 25
27
2g
BBlg
B16
→ 24
,B12
226
14
B,1
→
B15 20
BB25
→ CC1
→, lo
→ 13
lg
,C13
→C1 0→→
, 23
c2 23
25
,0zy
c→–Cc2
c22
C12
0C14
CCl6
→
C1g
24
26
2g
CC15
→lo 027
→
C25 A1 ly
ls
,A→l3
 ,
Շ ՄԱՐ
SLOT SLOT
TOP 72
Ո 711
BOT Ր
Ա

Ո
Ր

6 SLOT
TOP
Տ
Ա

Bla
4
Ս

C22 ABl1l2
B22 A23
Ո
Վ

6 Cl₂

Al2 Al Cla A2
A23
C23 Cla
Cl3 BI
, 4 4
6 Cla

470
A22 Biz
C2
,
A24 C23
6
CI
,
N

Bl3
A

, BlAlevz Bed
M

Al
B2z3A2
R

Cla Ala
A
H

6
4 32
B24
6
31135
C24
BI4

720-25
1.WFig
slots
72
for
,sDiagram
-poles
pp
orking
/5 70-25a
1.FFig
slots
72
for
diagram
,sdeveloped
=2poles
pp
/5
ully
 7-25
TABLE
72Poles pven
/5
)-e;Pdo=ay(12,sslots
Table
Connection 72dd
for pp
2405-7
.7
Fig-25
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE

A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE

LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
ityar

ity

ity

Per Phase
ity
ity

ity
Pol

Polar

Polar

Polar

No. of Coils

No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
A† li AL2 68
•
1
,B 13
V1-B12 fcii 2C1
•5 2 20
-

AÎ 21 3-A2
02 25
• B2
.6 B22 1
.
c,-1C22
82 13
•

A13 3-7
A14 32
• |
B|1| 13 4•B1
94 6- 1
îlc13 C14 56
6
→→
6-6
A24
A23 61
• BÎÎ
4-23
B224 3
•7 îcIl
23 5-4
C24 4
•9
6

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

471
No.of Connection Star
Connections
Jumper Connecti
Delta on
Parallel Rings
to Connection
Circuits

Ali A223
,→24
AAl2 A22
A14 Al3 13
B→A13

1
Bl3 BB24
→
,.B1223
22
→ 214 Bli ,→cli
B1

cl
, → 24
CC14
23
,Cl2
C2
22 c13 C13
Ali
→

Alı
A14 A21
Alz►
→24
AA12 ,A23
A2 B→→13
23
Ala
A22

2 l2
B→B13 Blı
,B→1224 B23
B22 C,→
→B14
CB23
22
1

CC1
, 14 →c22
Cl2 023
→
013 C21
C24 A,→ 2
Cl14
c24
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
1 8
7-26
TABLE SLOT
TOP
138
oPConnection for
Table
Slots
144 pp
p06/5
4dd
2eeven
);d-a=-7y;8(y122,sPoles
B26 B(lo
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
.7-26
Fig
Alo
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE A26
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP A24
Als
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends Cla A27 B
A,l 2

Per Part
,Bli

Per Phase
1ty
ity
ity
ity
ity
ity
an

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
Polar
Polar
8 B
†11 ul -B28
da

.1 6-Al2 1B1
-3 2 8•0 , iciC1 2-5 2 9•2 Bly ,CI

-
→ Polar
6 î A,2 3- 0
A22 9
- 71 B2 6- B22 7• 3 ,1c
-c22
+T82 8•5 T ,A2 6

472
1·016 Bl4 Aly Al3 Blg
6 A13 3- 7
A14 1·04 B13 4-9
B14 6-12
14 1 1- 28.1
6 A25 B23
4

123 6- 6
A24 1
• 33T B
Î 23 4• 2 1c
1·0922 4
5-C24 1
= 211 Biz
6 B24 Cls
C28
8 B24 C23
6 î Alg 7-3
A16 1-40 1 B15 B1
8- 5 6 •8 11C15 C1
9-7 6 •20 25
Bls Cla
6
12 ABl2A23
s5 Cle
25 1•02 •251
A26 B25 B2
-78 6 1 c2
ī 5 9C2
-0 6 -13 T Ala
Aly A18 2
1=3-09 Bly 1•21
Blg 6 A28
6 4-4 11C17-133C18 5=6
A22
6 1-38
A2g 1
6-1 B27 1-14
B28 |||
3-|c117-am
26C2g
•49 Al2
Cl2
C22 B22
Blz

pole
,2for
7-26
.WFig
Dia
slo
144 singm
gra
0orkts
/5
2=spp
 CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

No.of
Parallel Connection Star
to
Rings Connections
Jumper Connection
Connection
Delta
Circuits
Al2
→
A27
A126
→
Aly
2g
25
lg
ls
Ali A13 B13
Alz
→ 224
A16
→
,AA23
14
B14
B23
B1
B,→24
222
12
ly
1
B13 Bl5 B15
0→15
,Blg
BB26
→→2
16
25
0Cl6
02526
23
CC13
c024
→li
14
C15 cl
, Cly
A→li
+2g
C12
→C,C2
2lg
,Al2
A2
→
AA26
–
A16
25
lg
24
28
Ali
A15 Aly
→
Alz Aly
BAlz
→lo
lz
A,A23
→22
14
2

473
→228
,B14
→B™
B18
22
12
23
2
Blo
→
B13 B15
B11 B15
CBli
,→lls
,216
B,B2
→26
Cl2
C,C2
→
C26
C16
lg
22g
22
.C13
→Cl Cly
→
C13 Cllg
AC13
,→
014
CC25
→
024
23
,A14
A1
→ →
123
122 A22
23
26
→ 2y
A→
Al2
A,Alz
→
Alq
25
2g
16
24
2
Als
A→lg 127
A26 BB12
→ ly
lz
16
→
B13
B12 323
→
B22 B→26
27
B22
23
BBlg
,B14
→→28
225
15
1
,
B1
B16 BB26
→ 27 ,0lg
cl
→C→ 15
14
0cl
, 14 cc2
, 24 C2g
→CC2
, 25
24
?з27
cсіз-
-с-
сі
c125c22
ls
26
cC15
→ lg →
6:25
028 A→→lg
lq
Ali
 7-27
TABLE
for
Table
Connection
Slots
192
3Poles
;(y=62,s);P-ed=oa1y3
8dd /5
209ppp
ven
7REFERENCE
. -27
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP
COTTOM TOP
I
SLOT SLOT
20
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
Per Phase
ity
ity
1ty

ity

1ty
Tonilor

ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
16
Ali 1
-1 Al2 1
- 801
B1 33
-B12 2•0 upci
cią
,-65 •52
Bl2
16 12
,A 78A22 5
6•,B2 -B2
14 2 .1 11c21c2
-46 2 4. 6 î C22
4
-4
81B 1 1·48

822
16 413 9-7 12
13 1629 1
1·1-B14 1-61
C14 18 -12
16
A23 1-74
A24 1B
-îB2461
-9110
723 |ca
111 29
42
1-1-C24 Alza 12 ALL B2 Cl2
*A23 ,
Cl3 ,BI
18 12

CONNECTION
OF
PARTS ,C2 A22

474
A24 C23

12 Blz Cli 18
Connection Connections
Jumper Star
Rings
to Connection Connection
Delta
A2
,

Circuits
B23
cla Alz Ala

No. of Parallel
Ali AAl2
→
A21
24
23 Al3 вАз
- із
A22
A14 12
B13 Bl2
22
B2
B,→23 Bli →C1
,Blı C24
1
BRA

,B24
B1
BIA
Cli 2Cl2
→c2
,c223 Cl3 AC13
→l
C24
→
C14 70-27
1.WFig
slots
192
for
,Diagram
poles
orking
26= /5
spp
AA2
, 14 A,Al
l3
2
2+ 123
A22 → 23
BAA22
B13 12
B2 12
B13 B14B24
BB1
,2 B22B23 B22B23-01
0, 14
C1,014 →CC13
Cl2
22
23 ,c24
c2 1
Ac,c2214
 7-28
TABLE
Slots
168
for
Table
,sConnection
);Pa=+2d-o=1y;9(35Poles
4dd
7p0roda
pp
/5
DIAGRAM
Fig
-28
.7REFERENCE
ING
WORK
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PEASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM
BOTTOM TOP
.
152
SLOT SLOTI BOTTOM
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends B
SLOT

Per Part
ity

1ty

Per Phase
1ty
ity

ity
Polar

Polar
ity
Polar

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Polar
Polar

Polar
1-,A
142 Al2 1
1- 24B12 2B1
-9 2 c|1•52
i C1
5• 7 2 -12
C23 ,Al
A2
14 1 A2
=18 2 B|1•41
21 4B2
•6 2 -1 1027c2
=4 2 29 T
4 ,
A2
4-A14
=814
|A05l3 ņ313 1=B1
134 •68 îl
c13C/1- 41
14 961 10 16
141ī 23 -
A2
1024 =57 BIl1 23 8=B24
-1530 1
=·1C23 131
58c24 16
Cl3 B!
Biz 2
A2
10

B22
Alz Cl₂

10
B23 16
PARTS
CONNECTION
OF

475
(22
16 ,B2
Connection Star 10
to
Rings Connecti
Jumper ons Connection Connection
Delta
B2A

Circuits
Bl3 10 BLA ,CI

No.of Parallel
A, l → 22
,AA12
A2
23 Al3 Alg
B→ 13
A24
A14 16 10
→
,BB12
223 C
B1
, 11 A23
B13 ]Bl
1 ,B1
B24 C,
Al3
cli cC12C2
,c223 C13 AC13
-ll
c14024 ,pole
slo
168
1for
Dia gra
singm
orkts
70-28
.WFig
35=/5
spp
Ali
A24 A12
→A23
Al3
A22 AA2
, 24 A12
→B,A2
2l3

B2 12
B13 24
→214
,BB1 | 22
BB23 B
→ 23011014
B22
c1,014 c12
-c22
сізэсгз ,cc2
24 C24
,Ac2
A1
14
 RES

BOTTOM SLOT
TOP
SLOT
320 BOTTOM
SLOT
18

,
C2 AI
, A2
,
CHT ,BI
B27 10 SHO
16

o
10 16
Bin y ,
CI
AL AZ B
B26Cl
6

o
026
AZT Als 16

476
16 B24 A28
10
Bla Blo Al3

Aly
10 A24 B28 16
C25 Ala Clos A23
16 10
22 C28
Cl Al2
2 822 8 A22 16
Cls 62 Bl3
16
B25 10 B23
16 10
Bls Cl3
A25
Als C23 of . -29a
P7.Fig
hotograph
connection
end
the
winding
shown
Working
Diagram
7Fig
T-29
he
.by
photograph
Diagram
336
slots
poles -29
.Fig
orking
0pp
W753=s,2for beginnings
theshows
and
ends
of
winding
parts
before
con
/5 nection
sto
a ingle
.delta
 7-29
TABLE
d932Connection da
p7/5
);P-oa=+2=1;y(5Poles
for 4
0eodd
pp
Slots
336
,sTable
7-29
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PBASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Coils
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends ity

ity
ity

Per Phase
ity

1ty

ity
Polar

Polar
Polar

No.Perof Part
Polar

No. of Parts
Polar
1A11 =1 A12 ,=11B1
9
-224
B12 1152 1
1·cli 5- 7
12 1=80
14

toda
A2
14 1 A2
1= 8 2 B2 62
-4B|=1,41 1=69 ,1c2 -7C2
42 1=î97

477
114
-214
•81B|508
A 13 13 B14 1=13 12=36 C1 64
41
î2,=1ciz
1B24
=2
A24
B
121,14 02
25
†A302531
23 - 81
58C24
21C23
8 B16 =12
A16 15
A1-1469 =292 B
9 15 -3
=1972011 C15 =2C1256

c25 1=2B26 42c26

2g
09
2-1=|Bî31=914
14 A25 A2
=186
14
A12 4
= 01 B27 19|12
==
36
B1g
8181
2609 C17
Al
=253g
14
T A27 70
2=A2g 5
= 71 1↑ B27 c|,Î2 1326c2g
8
]=B2g
9851
213
 PARTS
CONNECTION
OF

No.of Connection Star

Parallel Rings
to Connecti
Jumper ons Connection Connection
Delta
Circuits
AAlz
→ ly
ls
,Al2
A2
A24
23
22
Ali Alq BAly
→13
Alo
→
A,A25
→26
22g
lg
,B→2
B12 12
BB2
,B17
B15
21
1 B13 B11 CB1
, 15
→
B25
lg
23
g26
BB2
B16
→ 23
cCl2
c2
→
Cc24
,Cl22
l14
C15 C13 -A13li
→
C2
→ 26
C025
2g
18
,C16
2
23
14
→A126
,A12
AA2
-
Alg
]→
A1 →Al
,Al₂ B→ lo
ly
AA1313
→
A25
A27 A28 A» lg

478
B2
,B-→B12
B26 lo
B22124
2 ,→1
BB13 B,B1
15 C,→
B1g
→B1
l15
→23
BB2
gB25 →
Blg
012
C2
→
0,Cc2g
→c12622
23
16
C15
,→
ci CC13
→ly AAl
→ ly
→Clg
ciz
C25
→ 2g
,C21g
A→ lg
,Al→ Al2
→
Alo
A23
AAlz►
+
,Alq
→ 226
22 ,A24
A2
→ , 24
AA2
→
→ 25
2g
AAls
- lg A28
A2g
→ BB12
.→
B17
13
16
→
B13
B12 →B,BB121228
15
1g →
→23
BB22 →27
B22
→23
BB26
Blo
B16
→ →
BB26
27 ,015
→C01
14
(1,014 Cl
,c0Clo
C26
C12
→C13
23
222 c
, 24
c2 2g
24
0C→c2
,25
C→lg
015 C28
C25 , llg
→
AA1
 Ճ
SLO SLOT
TOP HGH Ո
BOTT
90 Ր
Տ
SLOT
BOT Ա
8
Տ
ALL 6 Ի
AZI 8 Ր
B23 !
Bla ,
AI B21
,1A2
, Ո
8 823 Alz
8 6
Bl3 Bla ,
CH
Bla Bl3 A21
C2A
CIA ,C2
-Cla Alz

H
8

480
A22 C2
,
H

(2) Cl2
A24
H

C23 A24
Cl2 8
6 ALA
e

Sli
i

B22
ka
n

Blz Bli B12 gi

Cl₃ 6
A2y822 Al
n

8
e

U
H

8 1
9
B2
, 190 1951
A23 S52AS51
50 4914147
Alz 8

W7Fig
96
1slots orking
Diagram
for. 4-30
,poles
2=/7
spp for
2slots .Fig
developed
diagran
196 ully
4-30a
pp
P7=,spoles
/7
 7-30
TABLE
slots
96
for
Table
,sConnection pp
;P1=+2d-o97:(y=2)poles
4dd
2-7
roda
/7
0-7
7-30
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PHASE PRASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM
*
1
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
Per Phase
ity

1ty

ity

1ty

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar

Polar
Poler
41,8 1 A12 1= 0 B2
, B1
3=3 2 =42 ca
, =7
112 2=6
8427
-8 A| 2g 1:7 ,BÎ2 4B2
=0 2 +49 î ca
, c2
2•4 2 :33 T
4
1
8 113 A14
=5489 813
B1=9BlA
10 11ci
,-7645 T
42.
=65815622 11
8B24
-8B23 -1 7=1cc2
8212g

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

481
No.of Connection Star
Parallel Rings
to Connecti
Jumper ons Connection Connoction
Delta
Circuits

A12
22
AAly
→24 ,A23
A2 Al3 BA13
→li

1 Bli B12
Bly
BB2
,→22
24
23 Bl3 Blz
→|C 1₃

013 Cl2
,CC12
→ 24 ,→
Cc223 cl cl
A,→ll

Al Al4 +23
AA12
→
Alg
22 AA2
,+24 AB]→, 24
→A2l14

2 B14
→
Bli BB13
→
B12
22
23 B,→24
B2 Bl2
CB21
,→
+2

C12 c214
,0c1
024 022
→
C23 clgl22
A,023
→
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
186 SLOT
BOT
7-31
TABLE
192
for
Table
Connection
sslots 8pp
/7
),P-o=7;a=+2d;y(12Poles
4dd
pdd
7-31
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE ,A2
Ali
Bl7
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE ,C2
CI

8 8
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM 027
Bli
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends CH Bly Bla 8

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
1ty

ity

ity
ity

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar

Polar
8 ,A
11 -1 Al2 1=06 B12
1=3c 38
73li
,-ÎBC12 1= 22 Cl6
A27 Ala

→ Poler
1 026
8 221 8= A2 1=13 B21 0
=4122 =145 c2
2- 4 C( 22 1=29 822

482
-Alz
8

6 Bl6
9
1413 4-A14 1=54 B13 =186
îlci 1cie Aly Bl2
8 =8B1
14 c13 -70=65
A 1
=A24
56611 11
c2.9 C22 -A23
8
† 23 1Î823 B2
8= 8 4 =1 2 =72 C24 1
- 771 Als
Cl2 A28
Î=9715
1A16 29
1=B16 B25 A22
8 8 -10 B15 4= 2 11 C( 15 1- 13ci-26
2
ABl2
Cle

A25
A26
1-104 = 36
1B 2g c3C26 2g
=1q320 1 Blo g
Clz

8 =17 B26 =49 B15

8

023
8 1A10
=5Ang
45
8 =977 0
,-1B13
B1 ÎC1
,=1ci61 7-4 8
8

î
C25
,↑A2 A2g 1 Î Il
c
î 27 Blz
8 6=152
5 ,|B2 -9184
B2g
7 -168
C2 8:1
8 CIS
A25 Als B23

7-31
.WFig
dia
slo
192
2for
,pol gra
tsingm
8orkes
2= /7
spp
 CONNECTION
OF
PARTS

No.of Connection Star

Parallel Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection Connection
Delta
Circuits
A12A2
211g
A-,1A 22
15
A1 A27 Bl
→
.Aly
128
1A16
→
125
26
→A27
lg
B2
B12
B,B 12
217
1 B15 B13 B13
0→13
Bg→
B46
,BB25
218
26
2
C21215
,CCl2c22
C17
013 cli
026
C16
C→
,025
18
22g Tivero
A24
,AA12
→A16223
126
14
Al
Als
,→ →A,| l13 A13
,B→ly
A2ig
228
AA2g
,lg
→

483
B,→Bl2
2216
B26124
2 ,B15
B1 Bly
+
B13 ,→ ly
CB13
c+
Bll2
B25 , 2g
→BB2
18
Cl2
→0,CC18
26
21
,→C
|Cl₂ l ,cis
C1 C1lg
, ll
AC→
→23
Cc2g
lg
c25
,114
→Al A12
A13 22
→A,Alo
A17
223
26 ,A– 2
421 , 25
1→A+A22y
2g
AAlg
→lg →28
1A25 B1 14
, l5
B→ lg
BI →
B14
B11 BB1712
B226
→,B12
16
B2 ,B2
P2 , 228
B2
→BB21
BB15
→lg B25B28 c16
CCl2
→ iz
ly
013
→012 c22
→23 C2
C22
C2
→C
C16
Cl
,→ lo
Səzə
823
Brə
zə
rə«<"' 027
C26
→ , lg
AAl
→14
15
 7-32
TABLE
Slots
180
for
Table
,sConnection
);P&-+2do=18;y(2=42Poles
6dd
34peodd
pp
/7
7-32
.REFERENCE
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
A
PHASE PRASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends BOTTOM TOP

SLOT
168 SLOT

Per Part
Per Paase
ity
ity
1ty

1ty

ity
ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
B
11=8li B12
=7
61 81
ci 3C1 BOTTOM
A
=115
,1 A12 =1 2 •48 SLOT
14

→ Polar
15
A2
, 3
= 1ņB21
7B2
-4 2 12
,c C2
4= 4 2 AI
,
A2
=14 2 9= 1 :61 T
B23 ,
A2
15
1413 A1T1108
=9B ig4 - 51
1B14 1-68 11g
=121
14 =138
16 12
1
|1523 1-A2
1l1
=1B24
B2
c 51
64
21
2g
1•04
=C2434
42 111
16
Blz Bla B2A ,
CI
C24
Cla Alz
12
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

484
A22 C2
,
C23 A24
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta 12
Rings
to Connection ADA

Circuits
B22

No.of Parallel
Cl3 Blz 12 BI
,
Ali → 23
,AA12
A2
22 Al3 ,A13
→B1 16
Tube

→A24
A24
12 16
Bli BB12
→B23
22B21 B13 →CB13
13
1 B14
→B24 ,B2
A23
сіз 223
→
,CCl2
C2
2 ,Cl Ali
cli Alz
C014
→ 24 ,poles
74-32
1.WFig
slots
180
for
diagra
orking
24-/7
8PP
A14
,→
Al A12A2
,Al3
A2 AA2
, 24 A114
,BA2
2
1
B,214 ,BB1213
B23 B2 B212C13
B2
,C
C12C13 C,Cl
24
21 C2g
2
(2 C214
A,C2
A
 7-33
TABLE
Connection
Table
for
oPSlots pp
/8
ven
pda
);=d-ea7y(123,s85742oles
REFERENCE
WORKING
7DIAGRAM
Fig
. -33
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP
SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
1ty
1ty

ity

No. of Parts
ity

No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
Polur
Polar
Polar

Polar
ity
101 Ali A12 3
=9 Bl 2B1
=0 2 1
- li 3- 9
, ci C12 2= 0
2 SLOT
TOP 1622
91 A2 51
, =
51 A22 4
=6 B,Î 2 B2
=13 2 8
- C
,1 2 3= 2
c22 21= 7
B12
6
Il
AI
,
,A2 Cl2
,
B2
11

485
6
CI
,
,
BI

CZ
,
A22
6

CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

Alz
Connection Star
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Delta
Connection
Connection

Circuits
-33
.Fig
orking
for
slots
pdiagram
W7,857oles
2= /8
3spp

No.of Parallel
Ali →AAl2
22 A2 Cli
,→
A2
B
i 11 BB12
→ 22 B21 A→
B2li
c11 |Cl₂
C22 c21 c21 B→li
 TABLE
7-34
eConnection for
Table
Slots
,114 pp
p/8
246ven
);P=od--7ay(1=23sPoles da
.7-34
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP
SLOT SLOT
TOP
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends 1
BOT 8

Per Part
Per Phase
ity

ity
1ty

ity
ity
1ty

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
SLOT
TOP

Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
101
1Ali -1 Al2 =96 B† ly 20
B12 111c1C12
-2=309 10g
=1
91
,A2 1
=5A22 1B2
-=4
3 61 =8 111c2 C2
=32 2 1=27 B12
B22
4 Cl2
101
A13 3A14
B=1-558
9
B14
77ig81 7,=96 71
cl
c13 6
9A23 1=08
A24 1†=03 B23 B2
7= 0 4 =65 ît 023 =89 1=84
11
AZA
,AI
A2Z 6 C22
,B2
Cl3 Bli
Alz 11

486
CONNECTION
PARTS
OF C23
C, 2
-Ala
11
Blz Cli
Connection Connections
Jumper Star
Rings
to Connection Connection
Delta

Circuits
,
B23

CZA Alz A2 A22

No. of Parallel
AAl2
→
Al3
24
23
Ali A14
A22 A21 C1
→
,A2
6
BB12
→22
→Blı
23 Cla
1B13 B21 A→,B2li BI4
B24
Bl4
B24
c12c22
Clyc21
,cl c14024 c23 C23 B→ lz
.Fig
Wdiag
7for
114 -34ram
sng
6orki
,1slot
pole
,→Al3
Al →A24
1Al2
→
A14
22 32=/8
spp
AA2
, 23 →CA2
, 133
AC13
B,2113 → 24
,BB12
B1
22 BB21
→ 23 , 23
→B2
AB→ llz
-C011
13 C24
C1
C12-022 ,c23
c2 Bc
,c2
B1
, 1323-
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
SLOT
TOP
165
7-35
TABLE
Poles 2)Pd-e7a-:98ven
;(y=1=23,sConnection 171
for 6-7
47-eodd
/8
pp
slots
Table Blo C16
-35
Fig
.7ING
DIAGRAM
WORK
REFERENCE
A
PHASE BPHASE C
PHASE
Alo
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP ,,I2
AB,A2 Al2

Coils
Cls Bli
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends
C25 ,
C2 A26

ity

1ty
ity

Per Phase
ity
ity

ity
Polar

Polar ,
Polar

No.Perof Part
Polar

No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
3 B1 1 C24
A
-110li Al2 =B11 91
2=0 2 15=81 3-,ci9 :
cla =77 Bls ,
CH

488
91
A21 =51 ,B 03
2
Î1-A22 B2
13 2 16= 5 c2
, 3
= 2C22 =84 î B25 A2 II
CIA ,
6 î10
Al3 5= 8
A14 #779-B613
1B14 1=15
11 ,=9ci 634
-1Cl3 Als . Bl2
6
91 1= 08 1
=323 =B24
7022
601 111 C24 9
41
=81-c23 A23 823
A23 A24 Cl3
caz
Biz B22
B15
9A
110
-1
116 34
1-B16
=15
lg
5319 Cl
=153
.C16 2=0

A25 1B2 46
7
1=12C26 6
9 A2
=1656 4=6 5 B2
1276 1 C25
11

BIA Cla
A
Al2a 2
74-35
.WFig
dia
slo
171
2for
,pol tsingm
es
orkgra
32-/8
spp
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of Connection Star

Parallel Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection Connecti
Delta on
Circuits
Al2
A22
→26
14
AA25
-A16
lg
24
Ali A21 B1
→
,A2
A23
A→l3
→
B16
B,B2
2126
15
2
1 B13 B23 Cli
→
B23
B25
B→13
C16
→26
C12
C
CC24
0,→l2122
cli 023 C23
All
→

489
C25
→
013

, la
A1
→
A12
AA22
→
Alo
l3
26
24
ls →A125
A23
B,A2
→23
13
15

3 B1
→
→
+16 13
15
B,→B14
226
12 B2 → 25
B,C0cl23
13
15

01
→
+cc14
0,CCl2
→224
16
26
13
is cCC2llg
0C2
→A,→2g
23
25
lz
 7-36
TABLE
3=4,sConnection Slots
105
for
Table
/8
8P);-o2d-ea=1y9(26dapp
3ven
poles
-
.7-36
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE
LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOX LEADS
TOP

TOM TO
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends BIOLTOT SLP
O

Per Part
S K T

Per Phase
ity

1ty

ity
1ty
1ty

ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
|-πτος

Polar
1
= A118
Al2
l •71 B1 B12
3=1 6 ulic
, i
=7C1
12 =36
2 3P
A22
9A2
-173 TB
8=4 2 î
c2 l =5C2 1=49 T9O OT
=1B22
243 82 SL

Bl2 12

Al
A2
,
Cl₂
,
,
82

490
21

12

,
CH ,BI

A22 C2₂
,
cz

12
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION 21

Star
Ala
Connection Connection
Delta
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection
7oles
.WFig
Diag
slot
105 orki
-36
,,8pfor ng
sram

Circuits
/8
34-spp

No.of Parallel
Ali A22
→
Al2 ,
A2 ,A2
B1
]iBl B22
→
B12 B21 +11
B21
Cli c12022 C21 A,C2li
 7-37
TABLE
slots
210
for
,sTable
1Connection
=;y(2)Pod-ea-=43Polespp
/8
ven
326pdd
REFERENCE
WORK
DIAGRAM
ING
.7
Fig
-37

A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE

LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
LEADS LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP

OM TO
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends BIOTTT SLO
SLO

Per Part
14 T

Per Phase
ity
ity

ity
ity

ity

No. of Coils
ity

No. of Parts
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
1
B2 3= 6
= 761 B12 T
19O8P
A118ll AL2 1 ✓ cî il C1
7= 1 2 36
= SLOT
17A2 9• 3
A22 T -3 2
8,=4 B22B2 14 1
- } c22 c2
5- 8 2 49
- Bl2
18
B13A14
Aî=7 12
106
41
1-B14
06 11 î
1 3 1-1=417614 Cl₂
12 21
1|1723 1= 98A24 1= 899
B23 1=B24 28
19 c2g 63C24
1=54
21
,AI 12 C22
A23
,B2

12
Cl2 Bl
Al 21
CONNECTION
OF
PARTS

491
C23
C2
Ala
21
Connection Star .Biz CI
, 12
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection
Delta
Connection

Circuits
B23
Alz Az
12 A22

No.of Parallel
AAl2
→
A13
24
23 21
,
A1 A22
A14 A21 ,B13
A2
21
12
B11
323
B22
B12 CIA
1B13 B14B24 B21 Cl
→
,B21
BIA
B2
C21
0c12
→
C13
22
cli C014
→24 c23 Ali
→
c23 gra
singm
ts
ork
7Dia
.WFig
slo
2106-37
1for
,pole
3
4
= /8
spp
,A| l3
1 →24
→AA12
A14
22 A21
A23 ,A23
→BA2
B13
11
1
B,2 13 B22
→
B12
B24
B14 ,BB223 →B23011
B21
C13
→
Cci13 014024
C22
C12 CC2
, 23 cA1
,c2
23
Al3
 SLOT
TOP
SLOT
BOT

SLOT
BOT
9

,
AI le a
, 'Bl
,A2
82

,A2 12

12
B22
Bl2 C22
C2
, ,
C2
Al2 Ala
ดี

12

492
7
C22 19
A22 Aza
PL
Cl2
W
A

CI
12
132
33

,
B2

slo
for
dia
Wp.63
7Fig ole
orkgra
,8-38 m
tssing 5spslots
=2,863/8
pp
oles
for
diagran
develope
7Fig ully d
.F-38a
= /8
528PP
 7-38
TABLE
slots
63
for
e5Connection /8
oles
ppp
6ven
=8;a=+2d-)P8y;9(1,sTable
roda
.REFERENCE
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
7-38
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PRASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
1ty
ity

ity
ity
ity

No. of Parts
No. 01 Coils
Polar
Polar

1ty
-nod

Polar
Polar
Polar
11 ,TAL 1
= 4= 3 2
Al B,✓12 2B1
•2 2 1
= ,ulici=C1
43 2 22
#
2
10
9=12. =5 y
3A2 TB2
B22
-30 5
=6 c2
,=1-511
c2 14 个

493
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of Connection Connections

Jumper Star
Parallel Rings
to Connection Conn
Deltaection
Circuits

,
Al A22
→
Al2 ,
A2 A2
B, 1

1 Bli B22
→
B12 ,
B2 B2
,c→l

cli cCl2
→22 c21 A™
,c211
 7-39
TABLE
126
for
Table
slots
,sConnection pp
p/8
;P-oa=+2d-e)=8y9(15Poles
6da
ven
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
.7-39
Fig

A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM
SLOT
BOT TOP
SLOT
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends 119 BOT
SLOT

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
ity
ity

1ty

ity

ity

No. of Coils

No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
11
1A 1
,A12 4=B
1 31 2= 2
B12 64
= 8=cl
,4|153cl
A2
10 1 =
9 A22 BÎ=352 3= 0
B22 5
=6 11
102 =5C2
1 2 -77 î ,A2
4
A11
1 12 A14
1
B12=45 061
=68B14-1 сіз 106
2=14
2
12
101
122
=72
A24 B24
B-î=98323 c2a
111c2g
=1|1419
4
Cl3 12
BBI2AA ,
BI
ALA
A2A C2A
12 B2
,
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION Cla

494
Cl2
B23
12
C22 A22
Connection Connecti Star Connection
Jumper ons Connection Delta
Rings
to
Bl2 Ala

Circuits
B22
7 CI
,

No.of Parallel
AA13
→
Al2
22
→ 21 12
Bla

Ali A24
A14 A23 B13
→
A23
7 12
B12
22
BBlı
→
→ 23
B
i l3 BB14
→ 24 B21 ,cli
B2 A23
Alz
C13
2
0Cl2
→21
2
cli →CC14
24 |сгз AC23
→li Slots
,Diagram
7-39
.WFig
126
for
orking Poles
16
5
2= /8
SPP
,Al3
Al Al2
AA14
→24
22 ,AA223 B→,A223
A113
1
B,213 B24
B22
→
B14
B12 ,B23
B2 -B132301
,CB21
C,C113 Cl2
C14
→C→24
22 CC2
, 23 AA123
cl3
,c2
 SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
182 SLOT
BOT

7-40
TABLE
slots
189
for
Table
Connection
26p4ven
/8
pp
-8
e=8;a+2d-y;4(15,s)PPoles
aoda ,
C2 ,
A2
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
.7-40
Fig Cls BI
12
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE 12
LEADS ,
B2
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP TOP
LEADS
BOTTOM
LEADS
BOTTOM
12 B,IR
B2
Ala
,B2
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends
,A2
c*12 12

Per Part

PerPhase
1ty
ity

ity

ity

ity

No. of Coils

No. of Parts
Polar
Clo ,
CI

Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
-,A111l
1Al2 B11• li
691 B1
2• 2 2 •43 2
qali C1 Blg
.
1
# =22
Cho A2

496
,10
A2 61
-9Bi1=T-B2282
0 2|
3A22 = c2
c22
,-51 T.14 12 ALL
Blo .C2
,
4
=B13
11
AA1 B1
8= 5 4
î-64lz4 31 64 îc1g
8,-1
5061 B. 2 12
6 A25 B26
10
A231 25
7=|-3A24 =9B2
TB23 34 =56 1 c23 •114024 -77 1 AAl2o6
1 1- 48
Cla Al
^A11lg 27
=1ALE = 061
B15 - 48B16
1127 îcl C1
=1696
Als 12
12
10125=
A2
1356 9B|•825 1-B26
1h•5619 c1 25 c2
=1776 1-4001 A2
,
12
C, 2
сі
, ,
ві
,
B2
74-40
2.WFig
slota
189
for
poles
orking
,Diagram
/8
52-spp
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of Connection Star

Parallel Conne r
Jumpection s Connection
Connection
Delta
to
Rings
Circuits
→
A24
A,A2 14
26
2lg
→1216
A11 A25 B1
→
A25
AA23
→ 15
B,B22126
B16
→B12
→1322
1 B11 B25 cli
→
B25
→ 15
BB23
C,→
C2
Clo
→0Cl226
2
2211z
Cli C25 C25
All
→

497
C15
→
c23

→A26
,AA14
222
A1
→
→ 16
A12
lg
l3 , 25
AA2
→23 A2
B,->A13
→23
25
l5
1

3 B12
,B→B26
B15 16
B12113 B2
B, 25
→ 23 CB2
→,→113
B15
25
2

0→,CC1
→
→26
16
222
cC1
C12
13
is C→23
c225 A→
,→- lg
llz
CC2
25
2g
 TABLE
7-41
Slots
135
for
Table /8
pp
oles
;P-oa=+2de=18)Y(y35,sConnection
7p4da
ven
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
.7-41
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM
BOTTOM TOP
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends 119
SLOT SLOT
1

Per Part
Per Phase
BOTTOM

ity

1ty
ity
ity

ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar

ity

Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
18
SLOT
1=,A23l A12 =91 B1 li 4= 6B12 ,
ci =9C1
12 -46
2
22
42 A2
1= 8 2 -74 ÎB2 6B2
-3 2 = 19
11c21 1c2
= 082 2: 9 AL

,
A2
27
B22
Bl2
,C2
Alz
27

498
16
A22

Cl2 ,BI
CI
16
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION 27

,B2
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta
to
Rings Connection
7oles
.WFig
Diag
slot
135 orkisram
-41
,8pfor ng
5= /8
spp
All AAl2
→22 A21 →
,
A2 Bli
iBli BB12
→22 ,
B2 C,B21
cli c-( 22
ip 021 c2
A
,1
 TABLE
7-42
Connection
Table
for
Slots
e9Poles /13
p6bpp
2dd
0ven
);P-d=oa=5y(11,s2132
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
7
Fig
. -42
PHASE
A PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS TOP
LEADS BOTTOM
LEADS TOP
LEADS
SLOT
BOT SLOT
TOP
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
SLOT
TOP

Per Phase
1ty
1ty
ity
ity

No. of Parts
128

ity

No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar

1
11 ,A9 1 1
• Al2 ,B12
= 181 =4B1
52 7
=2 ,îci c1
=23 2 50
-
B24

→
Bl4
=8
A2
B2
,61A11229
21 B2
=40 2 6
=7 ,102 1
- 8 c22 =4î5
11 A13 6A1
=7 4 94
- B13 =1B1114 6
- -8†169
,=1C13
C1
16
. AZA
11
A23 1=28
A24 B11|2-323 1-*106B24 11
C23 8=C2
44 =1111 16
Cla Al
A2z -Ala
C24 Blz ,
CI
B23
CONNECTI
16

499
OF
PARTS ON
16

Connection Star
Cl3 ,BI -C22
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Delta
Connection
Connection C23

Circuits
Al4 ,A2
Ala Cla

No.of Parallel
A12
A23
,→A24
2
Ali - Al3 0A13
→ 13 16
A22 A14 A22
B
il B12
22
B2
B1→23 віз
B24-14 Ali
→
B13
Bl2 B22
24
023
0014
→21
сіз C2212 cli BCli
> 11 W
for
slots
poles-42
.Fig
Diagram
7,2132
6orking
9
1= /13
spp
Al
A→ 14 A12
Al
AA24
3 21 AA22
→23 BA22
,→→l23
A14
B,2114 B12
22
BB13
→23 B24
,B→2 CB242
,B→12
C13
Cl2
C→13 C1
C→ 2
14
, 24 0→c22
23 c22
AC23A1
, 14
 7-43
TABLE
Working
Diagrams
Connection
and
Tables
are
given
for
the
:
numbers
slot
and
pole
following
No.
Poles
of
Slots
of
No. 1
80 12 14
16
22
20
24
26
28
Working
Diagrams
Connection
and
Tables
54 7-17
7-33
57
63 7-38
72 7-25
Ke

81 7-18
84 7-1
90 7-22 7-6
96 7-4
7-30
105
7-36
108 7-19

500
114 7-34
120 7-9 7-11
126 7-20 7-39
132 7-42
135 7-23
7-41
CW
24
144 7-3 7-14
7-12
7-26
7-21
150
168 7-28 7-2 7-15 000
171 7-35 10
180 7-24
7-32 7-7
189 7-40
192 7-27 7-5 7-31
210 7-37
240 7-8 7-13 7-10
336 7-29 7-16 -43
7ully
.FFig
developed
diagram
for
102
,slots
the
values
scorresponding
,For
spp
of
3-5ee
.Table poles pp
.23-,s1477
 TABLE 7-44

FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE WINDING - PITCH AND THE

NUMBER OF INTERLACED WINDINGS PER PHASE

Fraction
of

spp - ģ
1/4 3/4 1/5 2/5 3/5 4/5
11 217 3/1
1/7 3/7 | 4/7

6n + a 1 4 1 2 4 5 1 2
d 3 | 3
a -2 -2 -1 -2 +2 +1 +1 +2 +3 -3

Fraction
of
5/7| 6/7 | 1/8 3/8 5/8 7/8 1/11 ) 2/113/11 4/11
spp = a뭉
6n
td+ aa 4 5 1 | 2 4 | 5 1 1 2 2

-2
a -2 -1 +2 -2 +2 -2 +5 -1

Fraction
of

spp - ģ 5/11 6/117/118/11 9/11 10/11 1/13 2/13/3/13 4/13

on ta 3 | 3 4 4
5 / 5 0 1 1 2
+2
a +3 -3 +2 -4 +1 -5 -6 +1 -5

Fraction
of
5/13 6/13/7/138/13 9/13 10/13 11/13 12/13 1/163/16
spp = à
on + a
吉ta
d 2 | 3 3 4 4 5 5 6
0 1
-2

a +3 -3 +4 -2 +5 -1 +6 -6

Fraction
of
n
5/16 7/169/16 11/16 13/16 15/16
d

6n + a
3 4 5 6
d
a

+2 +6 -6 -2 +2 +6

501
 CHAPTER 8

UNBALANCED FRACTIONAL - SLOT WAVE WINDINGS

8-1 .Features of the Windings Treated in This Chapter . The

windings treated in this chapter have the same features as the
unbalanced fractional - slot lap windings considered in Chapter 5 ,
and all statements made in Art . 5-1 apply here also . Thus , 2
kinds of unbalanced windings are to be dealt with , one in which
the number of slots and the denominator of the fraction of spp
are both divisible by the number of phases ( 3 ) and the other in
which the number of slots is not divisible by the number of
phases . In the first case all slots have 2 coil sides ; in the
second case some coils are omitted and , therefore , some slots
have only one coil side .

The corresponding values of number of slots , number of poles ,

and spp of the windings of the first kind are listed in the Mas
ter Table 3-5 and marked there by asterisks ; the corresponding
values of number of slots , number of poles and spp of the wind
ings of the second kind are listed in Table 5-4 .

As in previous chapters , left - hand coils are assumed . Fur

thermore ,if there are more than 2 conductors per slot , i.e. ,
more than one conductor per layer , the winding is considered as
having a fictitious number of slots equal to the real number of
slots times the number of conductors per layer . With this fic
titious number of slots , the winding appears again as one which
has only one conductor per layer , and the numbering of the slots
coincides with the numbering of the conductors .
8-2 . Connection Tables and How to Use Them . The Connection
Tables given for various slots and pole combinations show :

( 1 ) The position of the starts and ends of the winding parts

of the 3 phases .
( 2 ) The number of parts per phase .
( 3 ) The number of coils per part .
( 4 ) The polarity of the parts .
( 5 ) The number and location of abnormal - front -pitch coils if
there are any .

502
 (6) The connections to be made for series or parallel , star
or delta connection .
(7) Winding pitch = y .
(8) Front pitch = yf
(9 ) Back pitch- Yb .
There are too many unbalanced windings so that it is impractical
to give Connection Tables for all of them . Tables 8-1 to 8-23
refer to pole and slot numbers which are more often encountered
in practice . In Arts . 8-4 to 8-8 , methods of laying out any kind
of unbalanced windings are explained . The use of the Connection
Tables will be explained by two examples .
Consider a 12 - pole winding in 96 slots with 2 conductors per
slot . The Master Table 3-5 shows that spp = 2 2/3 . The Connec
tion Table for this value of spp is Table 8-9 . Each phase con
sists of 2 parts , and each part has the same number of coils . It
shows that for 12 poles and 96 slots , the leads of phase A are the
2 upper conductors 1 and 9 , and the 2 lower conductors 59 and 67
lying in slots 1 , 9 , 59 , and 67 ; the leads of phase B lie at the
top of slots 38 and 46 and at the bottom of slots 96 and 8 ; the
leads of phase Clie at the top of slots 67 and 75 and at the
bottom of slots 30 and 38 . The back pitch of this winding is 8
slot pitches ; the front pitch is also 8 slot pitches , i.e. , upper
conductor 1 is connected with lower conductor 1 + 8 = 9 , and this
latter conductor is connected with upper conductor 9 + 8 = 17 ,
and so forth . The winding progresses clockwise .
Phases A and Beach have 2 longer- front pitches in each part ;
phase C has 3 longer - front pitches in each part . The longer
front pitches lie before the upper conductors 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 ,
10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 14 , 15, and 16 .
Series or two parallel circuits are possible . For series
connection , A2 must be connected with A4 , B2 with B4 , and C2 with
C4 For parallel connection , A, must be connected with A4 , Az
with A2 , B, with B4 , B3 with B2 , C, with C4 , and Cz with C2 .
For star connection 3 phases , Az must be connected
of the

with B3 and C, to the star point ; for delta connection , Az must

be connected with B2 , B3 with Cz , and C, with A1 : This applies
to series as well as to parallel connection of the 2 winding
parts . In both cases , Aj , By , and C3 are the leads to be connec
ed to slip rings or to the line .
503
 As a second example , consider an 18 -pole winding in 114
slots with 2 conductors per slot . The Master Table 3-5 yields
for 18 poles and 114 slots spp = 2 1/9 . The Connection Table for
this value of spp is Table 8-20 . It shows that each phase con
sists of 6 parts . The number of coils is not the same in all
parts .

the leads
The first part of phase A , Alz - Al2 , has 7 coils ,
of which are upper conductor 1 and lower conductor 85 , lying in
the slots with the same numbers ; the second and third parts of
phase A , A21 -A22 and A31 -A32 , have 6 coils each , the leads of
which lie in upper conductor 20 and lower conductor 91 and in

upper conductor 39 and lower conductor 110

110 ,, respectively . The

fourth part of phase A , A13 -A14 , has 7 coils with leads in upper
conductor 58 and lower conductor 28 . The fifth and sixth parts ,
A23- A24 and A33 -A34 , have 6 coils each , the same as parts 2 and
3 , but with leads in upper conductor 77 and lower conductor 34

and upper conductor 96 and lower conductor 53 , respectively .

Phase B has 7 coils in parts 3 and 6 , i.e. , in parts B31 -B32

and B33 -B34 , and 6 coils in each of the other 4 parts ; phase C
has 7 coils in parts 2 and 5 , i.e. , in parts c2 , -c22 and 023 -C24 ,
and 6 coils in each of the other 4 parts .

The back pitch of the winding is 6 slot pitches , the front

pitch 7 slot pitches , i.e. , upper conductor 1 is connected with
lower conductor 1 + 6 = 7 , and this conductor is connected with
upper conductor 7 + 7 = 14 , and so forth . The winding progresses
clockwise . There are no abnormal - front pitches in this winding .

The first 3 parts and the second 3 parts of each phase must
be connected in series , i.e. , in phase A , Al , must be connected

with A22 , and A2 ,with A3j ; further A14 with A24 , and A23 with
A37 . The free ends are Al , and A3 , in the first 3 parts , and Alz
and A34 in the second 3 parts . The connections to be made in
phases B and C are obtained from those of phase A by substituting
the symbols B and C , respectively , for A.

The 2 groups of each phase obtained in this manner can be

connected in series as well as in parallel , For series connec
tion , connect A3, with A34 , B3, with B34 , and c32 with C34 : For

parallel connection , connect Al , with A34 , Alz with A32 , Bl , with

B34 , B12 with B32 , cl , with C34 , and clz with C32 •:

504
 For series star connection of the 3 phases , connect Alz , Blz ,
and cl , together ; for series delta connection , connect Alz with
B12 , Blz with Ciz , and cl , with Ali . This also applies to the
parallel connection of the 2 parts . In both cases , Alj , Blı , and
C13 are the leads to be connected to slip rings or to the line .

8-3 . Working Diagrams . The Working Diagrams given in this

chapter fall into 2 classes : those with the winding made up of
coil series and abnormal - front pitches ( d = 3 and d = 6 ) , and
those with no abnormal - front pitches ( d = 9 ) . The diagrams for
windings of the first classification have the reference points
determined by Fig . 8-25 . For windings with d = 9 , the reference
points are determined by Fig . 7-44 when the sign of a is positive ,
and by Fig . 7-45 when the sign of a is negative . The sequence
and position of the starts and ends of the winding parts are then
determined by the use of the Connection Tables as explained in
Art . 7-3 . These Tables also show the permissible number of
parallel paths and the star and delta connection . Working Dia
grams are given for the slot and pole combinations shown in Table
8-25 . In this Table , 8-1 , 8-2 , etc. , indicate the figures which
represent the corresponding Working Diagrams .

с A B

Beginning of the
Coil Series Al
of Phase A
End of a Coil
Series of Phase A

A = A2 - Top of slot 1
B = Bottom of slot ( 1 + back pitch )
C = Bottom of slot ( 1 + number of
slots - front pitch )
Fig . 8-25 . General Working Diagram for determining
the reference points for windings with
d = 3 and d = 6 .

505
 Fully developed Winding Diagrams are also given for the fol
owing cases :
84 slots 12 poles spp = 2 1/3
117 slots 18 poles spp - 2 1/6
114 slots 18 poles spp 2 1/9

8-4 . Winding Pitch , Back Pitch , and Front Pitch . General

Rules . The formula for the winding pitch is the same as that

given for balanced fractional - slot wave windings ( see Art . 7-4 ) ,
namely ,
6n + a
winding pitch = 61 + d ( 8-1 )

where I is the integer of spp , n the numerator of the fraction of

spp , and d its denominator . For example , when spp = 2 1/9 , I is
equal to 2 , n is equal to 1 , and d to 9. a is again the smallest
integer which makes the winding pitch an integer . Therefore , for
spp = 2 1/9, a = + 3 and the winding pitch = 6 x 2 + 6 x 2 + 3 = 13 .
a can be equal to 0 .

When the same magnitude of a with positive and negative sign

makes the quantity (6n ?
+ a ) an
integer , choose the sign which
d
makes this quantity an even number .
( 6n + a )
The values of d and a for different values of a are
given in Table 8-24 . It can be seen from this Table that for d
equal 3 to 12 , а has the magnitudes 0 , 3 , and 6 . a - O means

that the winding is to be treated as an integral - slot winding for

which d = 1 and a = 0 . Thus , the windings with a = 0 , i.e. , the
windings with d = 3 and d = 6 , will be wound in coil series with
abnormal - front pitches ( see Art . 6-1 ) . The windings with a larger
than 0 have no abnormal - front pitches , just as the balanced frac
tional - slot wave windings have no abnormal - front pitches ( Art .
7-1 ) ; however , their layout is somewhat different from that of
the latter windings .

When a = 0 , each phase consists of 2 parts , just as in the

case of the integral - slot winding .

When a is larger than 0 , its magnitude determines the number

of parts in each phase ; there are ((No. of poles)) ха parts in
each phase . Furthermore , as in the case of the balanced frac
tional - slot wave windings , the plus sign before a means that the
winding progresses clockwise with all parts starting with upper

506
conductors , and the minus sign before a means that the winding
progresses counter-clockwise with all parts starting with lower
conductors .
The layout of the unbalanced fractional -slot wave windings
is based on its D - series , just as in the case of the balanced
fractional -slot wave windings . However , the shape of the D-series
of the unbalanced windings has more variety than that of the bal
anced windings . The magnitude of D is given by the equation
3NP + 3
D =
d
(8-2)
where N is the numerator of spp , and P the smallest integer , in
cluding zero , which makes D an integer . For example , for spp
19
2 1/9 9 N = 19 , P = 2 , and D = 13 .
The rules for layout of unbalanced fractional - slot wave wind
ings which are common to all windings of this kind are :
N
a . Write spp = where N and d have no common divisor .
b . Determine the value of D from Eq . 8-2 .
c . Write first the D- series
1, 1 + D, 1 + 2D , 1 + (N 1) D ( 8-3 )
for N digits , all being smaller than N , i.e. , subtract N or a
multiple of it , if any of the numbers become larger than N. Then
below the D- series write ( 1)
1 more series in such a manner
S
that the numbers of each of the series are larger by N than the
numbers of the foregoing series . The horizontal rows obtained
in this manner represent the slots of the whole machine .
For maximum distribution factor of the main wave , the assign
ment of the slots to the 3 phases should be the same as that for
unbalanced lap windings (see Art . 5-4) , i.e. , the series should
be divided into 3 groups in such a manner that the slots belong
ing to each group are as close to one another as possible and
that each group has the same number of slots (when the number of
slots is not divisible by 3 , a certain number of coils are to be
left out ( see Art . 8-8 ). The application of this rule to wave
windings makes it necessary to treat these windings individually
corresponding to the value of the denominator of the fraction d .
This will be explained by several examples in which s is divisible
as well as not divisible by 3 . Independent of the value of de
the parts of each phase must follow the winding-pitch series ( see
Art . 7-4 ) .

507
 the parts of each phase can be connected in
Whether or not

parallel is to be decided from case to case in the same manner as

was done for unbalanced fractional - slot lap windings ( see Art .
5-5 ) .
8-5 . Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Divisible
by 3 and the Denominator of spp = 3 . It follows from Table 8-24 .
that , in this case , a = 0 . Further , Eq . 8-1 yields
winding pitch = 2N , back pitch = front pitch = N
a = 0 means that the winding can be connected in the same manner
as the integral- slot wave windings , i.e. , in coil series and with
abnormal - front pitches . In the D - series determined according to
( c ) Art . 8-4 , consecutive numbers of each horizontal row differ
by D and consecutive numbers of each vertical row differ by N.
Since the winding pitch equals 2N , the numbers which follow the
winding-pitch series
1, 1 + 2 x (winding pitch ) ...
1+ (winding pitch ) ,
are the alternate numbers of the vertical rows .
As in the case of integral -slot windings , each phase consists
of 2 parts independent of the number of poles . Since the number
of slots S is always divisible by 6 , the 6 parts of the winding
can always be made equal , i.e. , the 2 parts of each phase can al
ways be made equal . The formulae given below for the starts and
ends of the winding parts , as well as the treatment of the ex
ample , are based on equal winding parts . It should be noted that
the 2 parts of each phase can also be made with unequal numbers
of coils , as is shown in Art . 8-6 for the windings with d = 6 .
Making both parts each phase with equal numbers of coils has
of
the advantage that both parts can be connected not only in series
but also in parallel ; making both parts with unequal numbers of
coils has the advantage that the number of abnormal - front pitch
is than in the case of equal numbers of coils , but par
smaller
allel connection of the 2 parts is not possible .
S S
Each coil series consists here of 2N coils , i.e. , of 2N
S
upper conductors and 2N lower conductors . Therefore , in order to
lay out the winding , start with upper conductor 1 and wind the
S
first coil series of 2N coils , observing that the back pitch =
front pitch - N. Then the last conductor of the first
connect
coil series which is a lower conductor with upper conductor 2 and
wind the second coil series ; the last conductor of this series
508
connects with upper conductor 3 and so forth , until 1/6 of all
conductors are connected together . This is then the first part
of phase A. Start now with the upper conductor which is one front
pitch apart from the last lower conductor of the first part of
phase A and wind again a sixth of the conductors . This is part 1
of phase c . Part 1 of phase B is obtained by one sixth more of
the conductors in the same manner . The next sixth then is the
second part of phase A and so forth .
The starts and the ends of the parts are , with the abbrevia
tion

Cå - 1) x winding pitch + back pitch = b (8-4)

as follows :

ZI
AL = 1
Az : 1 + b + 1
Аз 1 + N
A4 Az + b + 1
Ci - Az + front pitch C2 - C1 + b + 2N Ni ( 8-5)
-
C3 - C1 + N C4 Cz + b + 2N
B1 - C2 + front pitch B2 - B1 + b + (N 1) - 2M
B3 = B_ + N B4 B2 + b + (N 1) - 2N ;
The letter i indicates that only the integral part of the quantity
is to be taken . If any of the quantities A2 , A4 , Cy , etc. , be
come larger than the number of slots S , this latter quantity or
a multiple of it is to be subtracted . The number of longer- front
pitches is equal to
NiN in both groups of phase A

fi in both groups of phase C

(N- 1 ) - 2N
i in both groups of phase B
The total number of longer - front pitches is equal to 2 (N - '1 ) .
Example
The method described will be demonstrated by a 12 -pole wind
ing in 96 slots with 2 conductors per slot . The Master Table 3-5

yields for 12 poles and 96 slots spp = 2 2/3 = 8/3 . Thus , N = 8 ,

d = 3 , and n = 2 . Table 8-24 shows that, for 2/3 , (6n a) == 4,
and a 0. The winding pitch
pitch is 6 x 2 + 4 = 16 and back

pitch = front pitch = 8. From Eq . 8-2

509
 D = 3 x 8 x P + 3 = 1 with P.0
3
i.e. , the D - series consists of N = 8 digits increasing by l . The
S 96
number of D - series is 8 = 12. The numbers of the consecutive
figures of a vertical row differ by N = 8 . Thus , the rules ( a )
to ( c ) of Art . 8-4 yield the following D - series :
A с B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
D - series
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96
These series represent all of the slots ( or all upper conductors ,
or all lower conductors ) of the machine .

Phase A will start with upper conductor l . This conductor

is to be connected with lower conductor 1 + 8 = 9 , and this latter
conductor with the upper conductor 9 + 8 = 17 = 1 + winding pitch
= 1 + 2N . Since consecutive digits of each column differ by N ,
the first upper conductor which follows upper conductor 1 is the
third digit ( 17 ) of the first column . The next following upper
conductor ( 33 ) is then the
fifth digit of the first column , and
S
so forth . N
S
plies thus 2N = 6 consecutive upper conductors 1 , 17 , 33 , 49 , 65
and 81 , which make the first coil - series of phase A. The last
upper conductor of this coil series is 81 , and the lower conductor
to which this conductor is connected is 81 + 8 = 89 . Now the

front pitch must be increased by 1 , i.e. , the lower conductor 89

must be connected with upper conductor 89 + 8 + 1 = 98 - 96 = 2 .
This is the first conductor of the second column . Starting with
this conductor the second coil series consisting of 6 coils is
wound ; then , again increasing the front pitch by 1 , the third
coil series is wound starting with upper conductor 3 and so forth
until a sixth of all coils are included . This is then the first

510
part of phase A , with the start A, and the end Az which are upper
and lower conductors , respectively . The next upper conductor
which follows Az is the start C of phase C which is to be wound
in the same manner as phase A , until the second sixth of all coils
are included . The third sixth constitutes the first part of phase
B , the fourth sixth the second part of phase A , the fifth sixth
the second part of phase C , and finally the sixth sixth the second
part of phase B. The sequence of the upper conductors (or slots)
is then as follows :

A1 1 17 33 49 65 81 2 18 34 50 66 82 3 19 35 51

Аз 9 25 41 57 73 89 10 26 42 58 74 90 11 27 43 59
ci 67 83 4 20 36 52 68 84 5 21 37 53 69 85 6 22
y- series
C3 75 91 12 28 44 60 76 92 13 29 45 61 77 93 14 30
Bi 38 54 70 86 7 23 39 55 71 87 8 24 40 56 72 88

Bz 46 62 78 94 15 31 47 63 79 95 16 32 48 64 80 96
These are winding -pitch series . Long - front pitches appear before
the starts of the coil series , i.e. , before the conductors of the
first two horizontal rows of the D - series , except conductors 1
and 9 , which are starts of parts A1-A2 and A3-A4 . There are 2
x N - 2 = 14 abnormal - front pitches . The spacing between them ,
with the 2 exceptions , is equal to the number of coils in a coil
series , i.e. , 6 .

From the connection chart (winding-pitch series)

A1 : 1Az = 51 + 8 = 59 Ci = 67 C2 = 22 + 8 = 30

= 59 + 8 = 67
Bi - 38 B2 = 88 + 8 = 96 A3 - 9 A4
= 96 + 8 96 = 8
C3 = 75 C4 = 30 + 8 = 38 B3 = 46 B4
The formulae ( 8-4) and ( 8-5) yield the same results . Checking ,
for example, C4 :
b-
96
6
1) x 16 + 8 = 248

с = 75 + 248 + 5 2 = 326 3 x 96 = 38

The broken lines shown in the D - series indicate the separa

tion of the D - series in the slots of the 3 phases . The slots to
the left belong to phase. A ; the slots in the middle to phase C ,
and those to the right to phase B. A comparison of this distri
bution with those shown in Art.5-4 for unbalanced fractional-slot

511
lap windings indicates that here also maximum distribution factor
results .

An examination of the connection chart (winding-pitch series)

shows that both parts of each phase can be connected in parallel .
This follows from the that the conductors of part A3 - A4
fact

(or C3-C4 , or B3-B4 ) which correspond to the conductors of part

A1-A2 (or C1-C2 or B1-B2 ) in the winding-pitch series lie in the
same column of the D - series (see Art . 5-5) . Considering , for ex
ample , phase A , the corresponding conductors 1 and 9 both lie in
the first column , the corresponding conductors 18 and 26 both lie
in the second column, and so forth .
For series as well as for parallel connection of the parts ,
the polarities of the starts (or ends) must be known . Note that
in the case of d = 3 , the polarities of Ay and Az (C, and Cz , By
and Bz) are opposite . The same applies to the ends of the two
parts of each phase . Thus , for series connection , connect A2 with
A4 , C2 with C4 , and B2 with B4 : A2 , A3 , C2 , C3 , By , and Bg are
the leads . For parallel connection , connect A, with Aq, Az with
Az, C, with C4 , C3 with C2 , B, with B4 , and Bg with B2: For star
connection of the 3 phases , Az must be connected with Bz and C,

to the star point; for delta connection,Az must be connected with

B2 , B3 with Cz , and C1 with Aj : This applies to the series as
well as to the parallel connection the 2 winding parts . In
both cases , Ay , By , and Cz are the leads to be connected to slip
rings or to the line .
8-6 . Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Divisible
by 3 and the Denominator of spp = 6 . It follows from Table 8-24
that in this case a = 0 . Further , Eq . 8-1 yields
winding pitch = N back pitch = (N 2 )
front pitch = (N71)
a = O means here , asthe case of d = 3 , that the winding can
in
be connected in the same manner as was the integral-slot wave
winding , i.e. , in coil series and with abnormal - front pitches .
Since the winding pitch is equal to N and N is the difference be
tween 2 consecutive digits of the vertical rows , the numbers
which follow the winding-pitch series
‫ܕܐ‬
1+ (winding pitch ) , 1 + 2 x (winding pitch) ...
are the consecutive numbers of the vertical rows .

512
 As in the cases for d = 3 for integral -slot wave windings ,
each phase consists of 2 parts independent of the number of
poles . However , the number of slots is not always divisible by 6
and in such cases 2 parts of each phase must have different
the
numbers of coils . When the number of slots is divisible by 6 , the
winding can be accomplished with 6 equal parts as in the case of
d = 3. Yet the advantage ,which the arrangement of 6 equal parts
has in the case of d = 3 , namely , the possibility of 2 parallel
paths , does not exist here . For this reason , the formulae for
the starts and ends of the winding parts given below , as well as
the treatment of the example , are based on unequal winding parts ,
regardless of whether or not the number of slots is divisible by
6.
When the numerator nof the fraction of spp is equal to 1
( for example , n = 1 for spp = 1 1/6 , 2S 1/6 , 3 1/6 ... ) the second
part of each phase will be made with 3N more coils than the first
part . other hand , when , the numerator of the fraction of
On the
spp is equal to 5 ( for example , n = 5 for spp = 1 5/6 , 2 5/6 ,
S
3 5/6 ... ) , the second part of each phase will be made with 3N
less coils than the first part . Thus , the numbers of coils con
tained in the 2 parts of each phase are
n : 1 n - 5
S S ( N.
first first part (^_^)
coils coils
( 8-6)
N
second part = I (N + ) second part = N
coils coils
In order to accomplish the winding , start with upper conductor 1
and wind the first coil series
of coils,
N+
observing that theS
pitch 2 N
coils constitute the first column of the D - series . The last con
ductor of the first coil series , which is a lower conductor , con
nects with upper conductor 2 and makes up the second coil series ,
S /N
and so forth . Depending on whether n or
S N + are to be connected in this manner and this is
N
then the first part of phase A. The first part of phase C starts
1 front pitch plus 1 ahead of the last lower conductor of the
first part of phase A and has as many coils as the first part of
phase A. The same applies to the first part of phase B with

513
respect to phase C. After the first part of phase B has been ac
complished , the second parts of the 3 phases are to be made up .
The second part of phase A starts 1 front pitch plus 1 ahead of
the last lower conductor of the first part of phase B and has
s 'N + or S / N whether n is l or 5 .
+ 1)
S (N N 6 ( ) coils depending on
The second part of phase C starts in an upper conductor which is
1 front pitch ahead of the last lower conductor of the second
part of phase A, and the second part of phase B starts in an
upper conductor which is 1 front pitch ahead of the last lower
conductor of the second part of phase C.

The starts and ends of the parts are as follows :

( a ) n = 1. With the abbreviations ,

(15 - 1) x winding pitch + back

1 : b1 ( 8-7 )
pitch + I 2
and

( 2 x spp I) N 1 1 x winding pitch + back

(8-8 )
pitch + ( 2 x spp - 1 ) = " 14

where I is the integer of spp , and i again indicates that the

integer of the quantity is to be taken ,
3
Az = 1 Az = 1 + b12

C = A2 + front pitch + 1 C2 = 2A , + front pitch

Bi = 2 ( A2 + front pitch ) + 1 B2 = 3A2 + 2 x front pitch

( 8-9 )
Az = 3 ( A2 + front pitch ) + 1 AA A3 + 614

C3 A4 + front pitch C4 = 2A4 - Az + front pitch

B3 = 2 ( A4 + front pitch ) - Az B4 = 3A4 - 2 ( Az - front pitch )

The number of longer- front pitches is ( I - 1 ) in the first wind

ing parts , and I in the second winding parts , The total number
of longer- front pitches is 3 ( 21 - 1 )

( b) n = 5 . With the abbreviations ,

[(1 + 1 ) 5 - ] x winding pitch + back pitch + I = b52 ( 8-10 )

( 2 x spp I
[C2 1) - 1] x winding pitch + back
( 8-11 )
pitch + ( 2 x spp - I - 1 ) ; = 654

514
 A1 = 1 A2 = 1 + b52

C A2 + front pitch + 1 C2 - 2A2 + front pitch

B2 = 2 ( A2 + front pitch ) + 1 B2 - 3A2 + 2 x front pitch

( 8-12 )
Az 3 (Az + front pitch ) + 1 A4 = Az
Az + 654

Cz Ag + front pitch C4 - 2A4 - A3 + front pitch +1

B3 = 2 ( A4 + front pitch ) B4 = 3 4 - 2 (Az - front

pitch ) + 1
Az + 1
If any one of these quantities becomes larger than S , this latter
quantity or a multiple of it is to be subtracted . The number of
longer - front pitches is equal to 1 in the parts A1 -A2 , C1 - C2 ,
B1 -B2 , A3 -A4 , and B3 - B4 ; it is equal to ( I + 1 ) in the winding
part C3 -C4 : The total number of abnormal - front pitches is equal
to ( 61 + 1 )

Example
The method described will be demonstrated by a 12 - pole
winding in 102 slots with 2 conductors per slot . The Master
17
Table 3-5 yields for 12
poles and 102 slots spp = 2 5/6 = 6 .
Thus , N = 17 , d = 6 , and n = 5. Table 8–24 shows that , for 5/6 ,
(6n + a ) • 5 and a = 0 . The winding pitch is then 6 x 2 + 5 =
d
: 17 : N ; the back pitch = ( 17 - 1 ) = 8 , and the front pitch -
2
( 17 + 1 )
2 : 9 .

From Eq . 8-2
D = 3 x 17 x P + 3 : 9 with p = 1
6
This yields , according to rule ( c ) of Art . 8-4 , the following
D-series :
А C B
1 10 2 11 3 12 4 13 5 14 6 15 7 16 8 17 9
18 27 19 28 20 29 21 30 22 31 23 32 24 33 25 34 26
35 44 36 45 37 46 38 47 39 48 40 49 41 50 42 51 43 D - series
52 61 53 62 54 63 55 64 56 65 57 66 58 67 59 68 60
69 78 70 79 71 80 72 81 73 82 74 83 75 84 76 85 77
86 95 87 96 88 97 89 98 90 99 91 100 92 101 93 102 94
Each horizontal row contains N = 17 numbers ( conductors ) , and
S 102
there are ៖ 6 horizontal rows . Each column contains 6
17
conductors following the winding- pitch series
1, 1 + 17 = 18 , 18 + 17 = 35 , 35 + 17 = 52 , ...

515
 The connection chart (winding- pitch series ) , i.e. , the
sequence of the upper conductors , corresponding to the rules

given previously in this article ( see also Art . 8-5 ) is as fol

lows :
AL 1 18 35 52 69 86 2 19 36 53 70 87 3 20 37 54 71 88

Аз 10 27 44 61 78 95 11 28 45 62 79 96 12 29 46 63

ci 4 21 38 55 72 89 5 22 39 56 73 90 6 23 40 57 74 91
y- series
C3 80 97 13 30 47 64 81 98 14 31 48 65 82 99 15 32

Bi 7 24 41 58 75 92 8 25 42 59 76 93 9 26 43 60 77 94

вз 49 66 83 100 16 33 50 67 84 101 17 34 51 68 85 102

Since n is equal to 5 , the first part of each phase con

17 + 1 ) = 18 coils and the second part of
tains 102 (( 17 each phase
6 17
+ ?

contains 102 / 17 = 16 coils . Starting with upper conductor

6 17
1 , the conductors are connected continuously , observing that the
back pitch is equal to 8 and the front pitch to 9 . The first 18
coils are then assigned to part 1 of phase A , the next 18 coils
to part 1 of phase C and the next 18 coils to part 1 of phase B.
The 16 coils following part 1 of phase B constitute the sec
ond part of phase A ; then 16 coils follow for part 2 of phase C ,
and finally 16 coils for part 2 of phase B.

There are 6 x 2 + 1 = 13 longer - front pitches , 3 in part

C3 -C4 , and 2 in each of the other 5 parts . The longer pitches
appear before the starts of the coil series , except when these
starts coincide with the starts of a winding part . Here , longer
front pitches will be found before the upper conductors 2 , 3, 5,
6, 8, 9, 11 , 12 , 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 , and 17 .
From the Connection chart (winding-pitch series ) :
= 88 + 8 = 96
A, : 1 A2
: 10 A4 = 63 + 8 = 71
Аз

= 91 + 8 = 99
Ci = 4 C2
- 32 + 8 = 40
cz - 80 C4

B = 7 B2 - 94 + 8 = 102

B3 = 49 B4 = 102 + 8 = 110 102 = 8

The formulae 8-10 to 8-12 yield the same results . Checking Ca

for example ,

516
 b52 = ( 3 x 102 - 1 ) x 17 + 8 + 2 = 299
054 = (62
(2 x 2 5/6 2 1) X 102 - 1) x 17 + 8 + 2 = 265
Az = 1 + 299 2 x 102 - 96

102 = 10
Аз = 3 (96 + 9 ) + 1 = 316 3 x
A4 = 10 + 265 2 x 102 - 71
C4 - 2 x 71 10 + 9 + 1 = 142 - 102 = 40
The slots of the 3 phases were obtained by separating the
D - series with the broken lines shown . This distribution of the
slots among the 3 phases yields maximum distribution factor of
the main wave .

An examination of the (winding-pitch

connection chart
series) shows that the 2 parts of the phase cannot be connected
in parallel because they consist of different numbers of coils .
In the case considered , the number of slots ( 102 ) is divisible
by 6 and , therefore , the 2 parts of each phase could be made
102
with equal numbers of coils 6 = 17 , but even then the 2 par
allel circuits would not be possible because the corresponding
slots of the 2 parts of the phase do not lie in the same columns
of the D - series ( see Art . 8-5 ) .
For series connection , observe that the polarities of A,
and Ag (cy and Cz , B, and Bz) are Thus, Az is to be
opposite .
connected with A4 , C2 with C4 , and B2 with B4 : A1 , A3 , C2 , C3 ,
By , and B2 are the leads .
Aj , By , and C3 are to be used as phase beginnings .
The Working Diagram for the foregoing example is shown in
Fig . 8-15 and the proper connection of the winding parts is given
by Table 8-15 .
A practical example of a wave winding with spp = 5 5/6 is
shown in Fig . 8-18a . This shows the lead or connection end of a 12
pole wave wound rotor with 210 slots . Fig . 8-18 is the Working
Diagram . The rotor winding is connected single-circuit delta by
using Table 8-18 .

8-7 . Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Divisible

by 3 and the Denominator of spp = 9 . It follows from Table 8-24
that in this case a $ 3. Furthermore, from Eqs . 8-1 and 8-2 ,
517
 Winding pitch = D when a is positive
( 8-13 )
Winding pitch = N - D when a is negative
a = 4 3 means that the winding has the features of the balanced
fractional - slot wave windings . ( See Art . 7-4 . ) Thus , the num
ber of parts in each phase is equal to d poles) ха
(No. of a) . The
winding pitch depends upon the magnitude of D. Since D is the
difference between consecutive numbers in the horizontal rows of
the D - series , the numbers which follow the winding-pitch series
will be found in consecutive columns and not in the same column
as is the case when d = 3 or d = 6. The winding has no abnormal
front pitches .

In order to lay out the winding , the D- series is first set

up according to the rules ( a ) to ( c ) of Art . 8-4 . There will be
horizontal rows with N slots each , containing all slots of the
winding . Then , from the D - series , the connection chart (winding
pitch series ) is to be determined in the same way as for bal
anced fractional - slot wave windings (Art . 7-9 ) , namely , as fol
lows :
When a is positive , start with conductor l and find in
consecutive columns N numbers which follow the winding
pitch series
1, 1+ (winding pitch ) , 1 + 2 x ( winding pitch ) , ... ( 8-14 )
This is the first horizontal row of the connection chart . Start
now with the ( 1 + N) th conductor which follows conductor 1 in
the first column of the D- series and again find N numbers which
follow the same winding-pitch series. This is then the second
horizontal row of the connection chart . Continue in the same
way with the third , fourth ... conductor of the first column of
S
the D - series until N horizontal rows , all following the winding
pitch series ( Eq . 8-14 ) , are obtained . The connection chart
( winding- pitch series ) determined in this manner represents upper
conductors . The winding progresses clockwise .

When a is negative , start with conductor 1 and find in con

secutive columns N numbers which follows the winding-pitch
series
1, 1+ S - (winding pitch ) ,
( 8-15 )
1 + S - 2 x ( winding pitch ) ,
This is the first horizontal row of the connection chart . Start
now with the ( 1 + N) th conductor which follows conductor 1 in

518
the first column of the D - series and again find N numbers which
S
follow the winding-pitchseries ( 8-15 ) , and so forth , until Ñ
horizontal rows are obtained . The connection chart (winding
pitch series) determined in this manner represents lower con
ductors . The winding progresses counter - clockwise .
With the connection chart determined , the next step is to
assign in this chart the slots ( or upper or lower conductors) to
the 3 phases . Two cases are to be distinguished .
(a )
ZI

N = integer + 1/3 = I' + 1/3

In this case , assign the following numbers of slots to the 3
phases :
A С B
(N + 2) (N 1) ( N - 1)
First horizontal row ( 3 3 3
(N (N + 2 ) (N - 1 )
Second horizontal row
3 3 3
( 8-16 )
(N - 1) (N - 1) (N + 2)
Third horizontal row 3 3 3

Repeat the same for each following 3 horizontal rows .

Each group of 3 horizontal rows in the connection chart
yields 3 winding parts for each phase . The winding parts due to
the first 3 horizontal rows will be denoted by
Ali-A12 C1 ,-012 Blı-B12
A21 -A22 C2 ,-022 B2 -B22
A31 -A32 031-C32 B31 -B32
The winding parts derived from the 4th , 5th , and 6th horizontal
rows of the connection chart will be denoted by
A13-A14 013-C14 B13 -B14
A23-A24 023 -C24 B23-B24
A33-434 033-C34 B33-B34
and so forth . The starts and ends of the winding parts are then
as follows :
a = + 3 a 3
= 1
All Al ] = 1
A12 = 1 + I ' x ( winding A12 = pitch
1 + S - I ' x (winding
pitch ) + back pitch ) - back pitch
519
cl , = Al2 + front pitch cli - Al2 - front pitch

c12 - cl , + ( I ' - 1 ) x Cl2 = clı + S - ( I ' - 1 ) x

(winding pitch ) + back ( winding pitch ) back
pitch pitch
B11 - Cl2 + front pitch Bl ; - cl2 - front pitch

B12 B1 , + Cl2 - Cl ] Bly - Blı + Cl2 - cli

= 1 + N A21 = 1 + N
A21

A22 A2 , + C12 - cli A2z = A21 + Cl2 - Cli

021 A22 + front pitch front pitch
C21 - A22

c22 = c2 + A12 - All (8-17) c22 = c2 , + A12 - Ali ( 8-18 )

B2 , - c22 front pitch

B2 , - c22 + front pitch

B22 - B21 + Cl2 - Cli B2, = B2 + Cl2 - Cli

A31 = 1 + 2N A31 = 1 + 2N

A32 = A31 + Cl2 - C1 ) A31, + Cl2 - C11

A32 = A3

C31 = A3, + front pitch front pitch

031 - A32

C32 - c3 + Cl2 - cli C32 - 031 + Cl2 - cli

B31 front pitch
- C32 + front pitch B31 - C32
B32 - B3 + A12 - All B32 - B3 ] + Al2 - Ali
The starts and ends with the subscripts 3 and 4 are obtained
from those with the subscripts 1 and 2 by adding 3N . Thus for
example ,

Al3 = Ali + 3N A14 = Al2 + 3N

( 8-19 )
A23 A2 , + 3N A24 = A22 + 3N

and so forth . Thisapplies to positive as well as to negative

a. If any of the quantities Alz , Cly , Cla , etc. , becomes larger
than the number of slots S , this latter or a multiple of it is
to be sub tra cte d . If any of the quantities becomes negative ,
add s . When a = + 3 , all starts ( subscripts 1 , 3 , 5 , ... ) are
upper conductors , and all ends ( subscripts 2 , 4 , 6 , ... ) are
lower conductors . When a = - 3, the opposite is true .

(b)

N = integer + 2/3 - I ' + 2/3

520
 In this case assign in the connection chart (winding -pitch
series) the following numbers of slots to the 3 phases :
A С B

First horizontal row ( N + 1) - + 1)

3 3
(N 2) N + ) N + )
Second horizontal row 3 3 ( 8-20 )
(N 1) N + 1 (N 2)
Third horizontal row 3

Repeat the same for each following 3 horizontal rows .

As in the case (a ) , each 3 horizontal rows of the connection
chart yield 3 winding parts for each phase . With the same nota
tions as under (a ) , the starts and ends of the winding parts are :
a = + 3 a = - 3.
= 1
Ali Ali : 1

Al2 - l - I ' x (winding A12 = 1 + S I ' x (winding

-

pitch) + back pitch pitch) - back pitch

ci , -- Al2 + front pitch cl , = Al2 - front pitch

Cl2 cl, + ( I ' - 1 ) x Cl2 = C1, + S - ( I ' - 1 ) x
(winding pitch ) + back (winding pitch ) -
back
pitch pitch

Bl ] - Cl2 + front pitch C12 - front pitch

Bl = cl2
Blı + A12 - Al ]
B12 -B1 B12 = Blı + Al2 - All

A2 , = 1 + N A21 = 1 + N
A22 A21 + Cl2 - cli A22 = A2 + Cl2 - cli
C21 =- A22 + front pitch C2 - A22 front pitch
( 8-21 ) ( 8-22)
C22 - C21 + A12 ] C22 = C21 + A12 - All
B21 - C22 + front pitch B2 - C22 front pitch

B22 B21 + A12 Ali B22 - B2, + Al2 - Ali

A31 = 1 + 2N -1 + 2N
A31
A32 - A3, + A12 - All A32 = A3, + Al2 - All
c3 = A3 + front pitch c31 = A32 front pitch
C32 = C3 + Alz -Ali C32 = C3 + Alz - Ali
front pitch
032 + front pitch
B31 - C32 B31 - C32
B32 = B3 , + Cl2 - cli B32 = 331 +012 - cli
521
 obtained
from
ends
and
starts
The
subscripts
the
with
a
3
42 nd
1those
are
same
the
in
3N
adding
by
manner
(a
eunder
).I
ofs
quantities
any
A f
Al2
,1tc.
21
22 become
subtr
be
to
is
.it
large
numbe
the
than
,t
S
slots
of
latte
m
a
orhis
ultip
acted
r le

)a
(a
under
made
remarks
The
sign
the
of
influence
.about
also
here
pply

Example
on
demonstr
be
will
describe
method
The
c
with
2
winding
slots
114
in
ponducto
-
18
anole
slots
29
spp
T
=1
,N/9
hus
114
and
poles
18
for
yields
3-5
Table
Master
slot
,per The
n
,a
9
=
d ,shows
1/9
for
that )a+(6n a
1= nd =
+ winding
The
is
pitch
1. nd 8-24
Table .3
d
,a
6
7
=8
Eq
11
+
2
x
then
t
F3-2
back
rom
he
pitch
nd
.front
38 xP+319
=
D 13
with
2
=
P
9
,w.inding
i.e.
=D
pitch

522
obtained
is
Art
.8
,t
:sf-
D eries
following
)o
(c he
-4
rule
Applying
A с B
8
5
12
10
71
11
13
47
2
6
9
3 9
5
8
6
4
38
28
22
30
25
31
24
20
36
23
29
35
37
32
27
33
34
21
26
49
43
55
53
41
47
42
48
54
40
46
52
39 56 57
50
44 45
51 D-series
65
59
74
61
67
64
70
76
63
58
72
73
69
75
62
68
71
60
66
83
89
81
95
82
92
79
85
94
87
93
80
86
88
78
84
90
77
91
10011
106
112
99
105
111
98
104
110
97
103
109
96
102
108
114
101
107 13

គឺa
are
there 114 1
=
h 9
6 ori
conductors
),orNlots
(snumbers
1nd
=
contains
row
horizontal
Each
9
19
chart
conne
The
(w
p
- itch
indin
serie
)c orres
zonta
given
rules
the
to
previ
.rows ction
s g
lpon
ous
artic
this
in
ly
(s
.7
:asArt
also
)i
follo s
ee le
-9 ws
 A с B
Ali 66
105
92
79
108
95
82
69
1
40
27
53
7
567
431
30
44
20
A21 111
98
85
72
59
46
6275
49
33
13
36
23
10
114
101
88
26
3
,9
A3 65
104
91
78
52
1
3
42
29
94
81
68
6
45
55
326
107
9
s
- eries
y
58 z
Al 110
97
84
74
/1
100
87
71
61
48
2
913
38
25
12
51
35
642
A23 103
90
1
80
67
18
2
54
77
41
28
44
575
106
93
70
83
31
51
11
24
37
5063
160
47
34
109
96
112
99
86
73
2
8 1 76
63
102
89
A33

1/3
6
=
Since
is
an
to
equal
distribut
1
+
integer
,t /3
he
conductor
or
slots
of
among
the
p.e.
3
)i
(a
under
given
rule
the
to
correspon
,t
must
conductor
of
number
following
he
hases
porizontal
to
assigned
be
h
3
first
:in
chart
connection
the
of
rows
hases

C
A
B
1st
the
In
horizontal
row
7
6

523
horizontal
2nd
the
In
row
7
6
horizontal
3rd
the
In
row
7
6
h
3 distribu
following
the
In orizonta
rows
he
,tmust
h
3
first
in
as
same
the
beorizont
Each
of
consists
phase
distribu
this
indicates
chart
connecti
the
in
line
broken
The
.rows
.
poles
poles
)of
(No. 18 hopx
6 arts
=
a
X starts
T3 heir
ends
.-
:and
are

1
- 7
= 9
Al2
8
Ali
=5
6 ,
ci =
9
C122 4
-
=
6
+93 Bli 5 7
-
=
6
1
+3
+ = 6 B12
20
,=
A2 =
A2
202 8
=5 9
=1 9
=8
C2 2 +2
=
6 8 7
- 5 1 3
=
6
+
2
-62
B22
+ C21 B2
A31 =
A3
39 2 =
1
+ 04
610
C31 3
= C32 6
+
-
7
=48 8
-1 1
B3 B32 +
6
5
=
415
A13 +
5
:2
2
=
6
Al8 сіз= 35
C14 - 00
1
=
6
+ 06B13 1
=
B1
6
-13
+
7 4
0
4 4
A23 :
77 A2 2
-
3
=
6
+48 = :
6
+
=
1
51
C2
41 C23 B23 1
= 8 B24 89
-
6
+ 3
4
A33 =
5
9
6
+
4
-36
7
A34 C33 =
6 0
C34 =
6
+
1
-71 B33 =
24 +
•
1
=
6
B302
08
4
The formulae given under ( a ) for a = + 3 (Eq . 8-17) yield the
B2 , for example :
Checking B24
same results . Checking
A12 = 1 + 6 x 13 + 6 - 85

cli = 85 + 7 = 92
C12 = 92 + 5 x 13 + 6 - 114 - 49
A21 : l + 19 = 20

11
A22 20 + 49 92 + 114 - 91
C21 = 91 + 7 = 98
c22 = 98 + 85 1 114 : 68
B21 : 68 + 7 = 75

B22 = 75 + 49 - 92 = 32
B24 = 32 + 3 x 19 = 89

In order to connect the 6 parts of each phase in series or

parallel , the polarities of the starts must be known . They are
given for phase A in Fig . 8-24 . The same relation of polarities
exists also for phases C and B.
The parts Ali -A12 , A27- A22, and A37 -A3, must be connected
in series because they have different numbers of coils . Corres

ponding to Fig . 8-24 , Al, must be connected with A22, and A21
with A31 Similarly , Al,
4
must be connected with A24 , and A23
with A33 The Connection Table of this winding is Table 8-20 ,
and the Working Diagram is Fig . 8-20 . The fully developed Wind
ing Diagram is shown in Fig . 8-20a .

^ Ali Al2
A21 A22 1
9 A31 A321
A13 Al4 T
1 A23 A24
A33 A34 1
Fig . 8-24 . Polarities of starts and ends of the
parts of phase A of an 18 -pole winding in 114
slots . spp = 2 1/9 , d = 9 , a = + 3

524
 For the series connection of the 6 parts of phase A , A3, must
be connected with A34 , leaving Al , and Alz as leads . An examina
tion of the winding-pitch series shows that 2 parallel circuits
are possible , namely , the first 3 parts of each phase can be
connected in parallel with the second 3 parts . This follows from
the fact that corresponding conductors of these 2 groups with 3
parts each lie in the same columns of the D - series . Consider ,
for example , phase C. The 2 parts having 7 conductors in each
of the 2nd and 5th horizontal rows lie in pairs above each
other in the D- series . The same is true of the 2 parts having
6 conductors in each of the 3rd and 6th horizontal rows and also
of the 2 parts having 6 conductors in each of the 1st and the 4th
horizontal rows .

For parallel connection of the 2 groups with 3 parts each ,

connect Al , with A34 , and Alz with A32 :
Alj , Blı , and clz can be used as phase beginnings.
In the second example of Art . 5-4 , the 18-pole winding in
114 slots treated here as a wave winding has been laid out as an
unbalanced lap winding . A comparison of the slots assigned to
the 3 phases shows that both windings have the same unbalance .

8-8 . Layout of a Winding with a Number of Slots Not Divis

ible by 3 . Since the winding pitch and the magnitude of D in
the D-series depend upon the value of spp in all fractional -slot
wave windings , the general features of the unbalanced wave wind
ings , with the number of slots not divisible by 3, are

the same as those of the unbalanced wave windings with the number
of slots divisible by 3 . Thus , corresponding to Table 8-24 and
Arts . 8-4 to 8-7 ,
d = 3 a = 0 winding pitch = 2N
d : 6 а = 0 winding pitch = N
Il

d = 9 a + 3 winding pitch - D
d = 9 a 3 winding pitch - N - D
and this means that the connection chart (winding-pitch series)
is to be determined from the D - series in the same manner as in
Arts . 8-5 to 8-7 . Due to the fact that the number of slots is
not divisible by 3 , the distribution of the coils among the 3
phases is different from that given in Arts . 8-5 to 8-7 for un
balanced windings with a number of slots divisible by 3 . There

525
fore , the formulae for the starts and ends of the parts given
there do not apply here .
As in the case when S is divisible by 3 , the winding is to
be wound in coil series with abnormal - front pitches when a = 0
( see Arts .8-5 and 8-6) ; the winding has no abnormal - front pitches
when a is different from 0 . There are 2 parts in each phase ,
independent of the number of poles, when a = 0 ; there are
(No. of poles)
d x alparts in each phase when a is not equal to
7.

The corresponding numbers of poles, slots, and spp are given

in Table 5-4 . Some coils must be left out in order to make the
number of coils the same for all 3 phases . The magnitude of the
unbalance and the possibility of parallel circuits depend upon
the location of the slots from which coils are omitted . (see Art .
5-5 ) . For this reason , the unbalanced windings in which the
number of slots is not divisible by 3 must be treated individu
ally .
This will be explained by an example of an 8 -pole winding
in 64 slots . Table 5-4 yields for 8 poles and 64 slots spp =
8
2 2/3 = Thus , N = 8, d = 3, and n = 2 . Table 8-24 shows
:
( 6n + a )
that for a = 2/3 , d = 4 , and a = 0. The winding pitch is
then 6 x 2 + 4 = 16 = 2N , the back pitch front pitch = 8 .
From Eq . 8-2
D = 3 x 8 x P + 3
3
1 P= 0
Applying rule
( c) of Art . 8-4 , the following D - series is ob
tained ( see also Art . 7-5 ) :
А с B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
D - series
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
64
There are នS 8
= 8 horizontal rows with N = 8 numbers in each
row . The numbers of any horizontal row are obtained by adding
N = 8 to the numbers of the foregoing horizontal row .
526
Since winding pitch - 2N , the numbers which follow the wind
ing pitch series
1, 1 + (winding pitch) , 1 + 2 x (winding pitch)
will be found as alternate numbers of the vertical rows .

In order to lay out the winding , connect upper conductor 1

with lower conductor 1 + 8 = 9 , and this latter conductor with
upper conductor 9 + 8 = 17 which is the third conductor in the
first column . Now connect 17 with lower conductor 17 + 8 = 25 ,
finishing the second coil . Further , connect lower conductor 25
with upper conductor 25 + 8 = 33 which is the fifth conductor of
column , S
the first and SO forth . As in the case = integer
s 64 After 4
2N 16
coils have been accomplished , increase the front pitch by 1 and
connect the last lower conductor of the first coil series , i.e. ,
conductor 49 + 8 = 57 , with upper conductor 2 which starts the
second coil series , Wind continuously until the first part of
phase A is accomplished .
Since S : 64 , 3 winding parts will be made with ll coils
each and 3 with 10 coils each . One coil will be left out . Thus ,
the first part of phase A will be accomplished after ll coils
have been connected . This contains the coils with the upper
conductors 1 , 17 , 33 , 49 , 2 , 18 , 34 , 50 , 3 , 19 , and 35 . The
first part of phase A ends with the lower conductor 35 + 8 = 43 .
One front pitch ahead of this latter conductor , i.e. , with upper
conductor 43 + 8 = 51 , the first part of phase C starts and it is
to be wound continuously in the same manner as the first part of
phase A. The first part of phase B with 10 coils follows after
the first part of phase C with 10 coils . Then the second parts
of phases A , C , and B with 10 , 11 , and 11 coils respectively ,
follow . The connection chart (winding -pitch series ) for all 3
phases is then
1 17 33 49 2 18 34 50 3 19 35
Al
A13 9 25 41 57 10 26 42 58 11 27

51 4 20 36 52 5 21 37 53 6 22
cln y-series
C1z 43 59 12 28 44 60 13 29 45 61 2
B21 38 54 7 23 39 55 8 24 40 56
31

30 46 62 15 47 63 16 32 48 64
013
527
 Upper conductor 14 and the corresponding lower conductor 14
+ 8 = 22 are left out . There are 13 long- front pitches before
the upper conductors 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 , 10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 15 ,
and 16 . The distribution of the coils among the 3 phases is in
dicated in the D - series by broken lines .
The error in the angle is -2° 9 ' for phase C and -1° 6 ' for
phase B. The error in magnitude is 1% . The omitted coil is the
last coil of the second wave of phase C. If coil 3 is left out
and the distribution among the phases made as shown below :
1 2 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 | 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
D - series
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
57 58 59 60 61 162 63 64
the connection chart (winding-pitch series) becomes :
Ali 1 17 33 49 2 18 34 50 3 19 35
A13 925 41 57 10 26 42 58 11 27 43

51 4 20 36 52 5 21 37 53 6 22
cli y - series
12
cl

59 28 44 60 13 29 45 61 14

Blı 38 54 7 23 39 55 8 24 40 56
47 63 16 32 48 64
Віз 30 46 62 15 31
The omitted coil , 3 , lies in the first wave of phase A and is
not the last coil of the wave . The error in the angle is now
+1° 5 ' for phase C and -1° 4 ' for phase B. The error in magni
tude is 0.5% .

Parallel connection of the 2 parts of each phase is not

possible because they have different numbers of coils . For
series connection note that Al , and Alz (ci , and C1z , Blį and
B1z) have opposite polarities. Thus , for series connection ,
connect Al, with Al4 , C12 with Cld , and B12 with B14 . Alı , Al3 ,
clı , C1z , Blı , and B12 are the leads .
Al ] , Bl , and ciz are to be used as phase beginnings , i.e. ,
these 3 leads are to be connected to slip rings or to the line .
528
 8-9 . Magnitude of Unbalance . The same unbalance in the
magnitude of the electromotive or magnetomotive forces as well
as in the angles between them can be expected as for the unbal
anced lap winding (Art . 5-7) if the distribution of the slots
among the phases is made in the same manner as for the unbalanced
lap windings . The examples treated in the foregoing articles
show that this is possible . The calculation of the magnitude of
unbalance is explained in Appendix 4 .

529
 8-1
TABLE
Connection
Table
slots
42
6P4ppp oles
/3
=7;a-od3)Y(y=1-2,sfor
REFERENCE
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
.8-1
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS
LOTTOM TOP
36
SLOT SLOT
1
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
BOTTOM

Per Phase
ity
ity

ity
1ty

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
SLOT

Polar
ity
8

ity

Polar
Polar
Polar
Polar
7 1=1A1 Az 1- 0 B
12
3= 3 B2 4• 2 la ci •17 C2 2•6 B
2

→ Polar
7 8•
Ag A4 =17 qB3 =40 B4 7# qC3 •24 33 î

13
B2

BI
-C2

531
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

8
Connection Connecti
Jumper ons Star Connection
Delta
to
Rings Connection

Circuits
No.of Parallel
Al |A2A A3 →B
Az1 6 ,C
iBi →BĄ
B₂ B3 →C
B3₃
C3
C3 C4
C2 Ci A1
C1
A4
→
A1 AA23
→ A34
→
→BAz 8-1
6p.WFig
slots
42
for
,Diagram
oles
orking
12-/3
spp
B21
B4 B3
B2 B32
CB2
→
C3
C2 C4
→
Ci C→C4A1
A4

1pitches
,lie 20
conductors
upper
before
2345679Long
-f1ront
a14
.13
, nd
 e r
n t
u la
TOP
R
BOTTOM SLOTT H
78
SLOT A
BOTTOM
A

8
SLOT

A3

B3
A
,

532
1
B3
I

B
F
T
A

16
C2
,
B
22

22

6
1slots
84
for
Diagram
2orking
W,poles
-2
.8Fig 84
for
Diagram
Winding
develope /3
pp
slots
ully d
2-2a
81-2s,poles
.FFig
-/3
12spp
 TABLE
8-2
Connection
Table
for
Slots
1sPoles 2ppp
)o;d3=7ay(-2,844/3
REFERENCE
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
.8Fig
-2
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
ity
ity

ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
ity

Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
14 TAL
1
- A2 24 ,тв 61
= B2 84
=
UTC
31
- 5=4
C2
2
14 Az-8 A4 31 1ва 68
= =
7B4 1||c:38s 6
=1 î

CONNECTION
OF
PARTS

No.of

533
Parallel Connection Star
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection
Delta
Circuits Connection

A, Az
A4 Аз BAz
→ị

1 Bi B2
B→ 4 B3 C3
→
B3

C3 C₂
→C 4 Ci CA

Аз
А2 B4
B
→
A3
A2

2 B→4 B2
B3 CBB2
→
C3→ 23

C2
C3 C→4 AG
→
Cjg4
pitches
conductors
14 upperront
before
lie
2,3Long
-f.,a1456793210nd
 8-3
TABLE
126
for
Table
Connection
,sSlots 4p8pp
73
=7;a0d3);7y(y1-21Poles
.8-3
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends BOTTOM stor

Per Part
SLOT
120

Per Phase
ity
ity
BOTTOM

ity

ity
ity

1ty
Polar
Polar
Polar

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
Polar
lî
B1 -1TC
426
5 8SLOT
21 ,
†A -1 Az =38 =89 B2 C2 -82

-
2 21
Ag -8 A4 =45 qB=9g
6 B4 =7 1C2 -52 C4 =89 T A3

6
30 AB, 2
BA

534
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION 30
B3
6
Connection Star Ca
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection Connection
Delta Az
,B

Circuits
op

No. of Parallel
A1 →AA24 Аз B1
-
13
6

36 G
iB1 B4
→
B2 B3 →C3
B3
C3 C4
→
C2 Ci →AL
cı Cz
11
A4
→ A3
A2 →B1
A3
A2
B4
B2B41 1poles
slots
,126
88-3
.WFig
for
Diagram
orking
B3
B2 B2B3C2
C3 /3
12-spp
C3
C2 |→CĄ →A,C1
C4
→4

-f210ront
2345679Long
conductors
upper
before
lie
,1pitches
13
,and
.14
 8-4
TABLE
slots
120
for
Table
,sConnection
;a=0d3)1y(2-Poles
002ppp
/3
DIAGRAM
.8-4
Fig
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PHASE PRASE
B C
PEASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends BOTTON TOP

SLOT
111 SLATI torom

Per Part
ity

Per Phase
ity

ity
Polar

ity
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar

No. of Parts
-nod

Polar
120
=
14 Az •34 1B 87
• 119
204
·4=1By C2 77
=
2
20
Ag 11
-
-9•4
By7 41 B4 10
= C3 54
• C4 87
•
13

-
23

PAKTS
OF
CONNECTION

535
23
B3
9
Connection Star
Connecti
Jumper ons Connection
Delta
to
Rings Connection
,B

Circuits
No.of Parallell
A1 →A
A2 Az |A3₂
→B
c
,

1B1 B₂
BĄ B3 -cз
вз 32
C3 C24 C1 C1A1 Cz
A4
→
Aj 2-43 B
→ B4
A3
A2 ,for
120
Diagram
orking poles
12
,
Wslots
8-4
.Fig
13=/3
spp
2B1
BA B3
B2 →C₂C₂
B3
B2
C3
C2 ci- A4
A1
→→
pitches
,16789lie conductors
upper
before
.2345Long
-f4320ront
.20
,a1156987nd
 8-5
TABLE
Table
Slots
240
,sfor
1Connection pp
00p4/3
=;y(y21a=0d3)-3Polesp
.8-5
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends Bottom TOP

Per Part
SLOT
231 SLOT

Por Phase
BOTTOM

ity

Its
ity
ity

ity
ity

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
14 1Dl
B 11
SLOT
40 1 Az 74 67
=1B2 2-40 C 8•4 C2 1-57✓

-no
2 40 ît.c
Az 1-1 =84 TB3 1=B4
- 077 9=4z 1:67î
A3

9
63
B2
BA

536
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION
bg
9
-C2
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta
Rings
to Connection ,
B

Circuits
No.of Parallel
A1 →A
A2 A3 B]
Az
,
c

iBl |B3₃
→C 72
→BĄ
B2 Вз
Cс.
Cg C2C4 C1 CA1
A4
→
A1 A3
A2 →BA
B₂
A3³
A2 84-5
.WFig
Dia
slo
240
2for m
tssing
orkgra
,pole
/3
13=spp
2B2B4 B3
B₂ →C₂
B3
B₂
C₃
C₂C₂ C4 4 C17C4A1A4
2Long
conductors
upper
before
11e
-f4320ront
,13456789pitches
.,a1159876nd
20
 8-6
TABLE
Slots
96
for
Table
6p26p/3 oles
0-16
pp
d-3)a=0;1Y7(y=5,sConnection
.8-6
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PHASE B
PHASE PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Parts
edroom
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends 01
SLOT I
SLOT

Per Part
Per ofPhase
ity
1ty

ity
ity

No. of Coils
Polar
ity

No.
Polar

Polar

Polar
Polar

Polar
16 TA Az ·22 IB•75 B2•96 38 cz 59 Borom
SLOT
n
2 1 Bg 16 •54
cz
16 Ang •17 3=Aq8 +91 BA CA =75 T

A3
15

B2

537
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

BA
Connection Connections
Jumper Star
Rings
to Connection CONNECTION
DELTA 20
AA 5

Circuits
No.of Parallel
A1 →A
A2 Az B
→|Az1
15 C
iBi B4
B2 B3 →C
B33
C3 C24 C1 CA1 C3

- →Az
A2 →BA2
AB423
8-6
.WFig
96
for orking
,6pDiagram
slots
oles
B4
2B1 -Bз
В2 B2
→B₃¬C₂
C₃ /3
15=spp
|C₂
C3 →C4
C2 C1
>A→
-C441

-fpitches
4Long
,3
2
conductors
upper
before
lie
89ront
7
56
113201
32
.,a,329 nd
,2114
106019578432
 8-7
TABLE
192
for
Table
,sSlots
-5Poles
1Connection -16
ppp
;=y;9(3a0d-) 26/3
8REFERENCE
. -7
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
A
PRASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
BOTTON
LEADS
TOP
BOTTOM
BOTTON

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends ROTTOM TOP

!
SLOT

Por Part
177
SLAT

Por Phase
ity

1ty

ity

1ty
QOTION

No. of Coils
No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
Pole

Polar

Polar
-ood
1B Ta SLOT
17
T
32 A Az Big•1- 92
39 7
•0 Cg 1• 23
2 32
Ag
1.7 70
îtBg •1-655
By ttcs8=6 1-CA39

*
Az

37
15

B3
B.

PARTS
CONNECTION
OF

538
15
37
ca

Connection Connections Star Connection

Delta
Rings
to Jumper Connection

Circuits
lo. of Parallel
Aj A
Az Az B
A3
52 ၄
iB B3 C3
B3
C3 C24 C 9A1 C₃
A4
A1 →Az
A2 →Ag 2B
A2
-B
.WFig
Dia
for
192 2-7
8,pol
1slo es
orkgra m
tsing
B2BA1 B2
B3 C3
C2
B3
B2 1- /3
app

C3
C2 C4
C CCA1A

-fpitches
2,3,Long
conductors
upper
before
lie
7891ront
6
5
13201
,14549nd
11
322
',a,3
32.
1072963
8
1
6
 8-8
TABLE
Connection
Table
for
Pslots
3)a0d8Y;(y=122-,s648 pp
6oles
p/3
REFERENCE
DIAGRAM
Fig
.8WORKING
-8
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts BOTTOM TOP

Ends I
SLOT

Per Part
SLOT
41

Per Phase
ity
ity

ity
ity
ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
ity

Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
Polar
|8 A
,T Az 2
=7 B 22
• B2 48
= Inc
•
35 C2 14
=
BOTTOM
SLOT
9
2
Az 9
. 3-Ag5 î 1Тв 3
=0 8-B4 |1| 43
• C4 22
= î

8
5

.Az
,
A

By
7
CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

539
7
A2
Connection Connections Star
Rings
to Jumper Connection
Delta
Connection

Circuits
Ca

No.of Parallel
AL |A2A Аз →BAz1
1Bi B2B4 B3 →C
B3₃ 7
By
C3 C2
–C4 Ci A1
C1
B,
AAj4
→ A3
A2 →
→BA2
A-243
for .Fig
8orking
-8
6Diagram
slots
W,p48 oles
,B24 B3
B2 -C3
B3C2
B2 2
=/3
spp

C2
→C 3 C1
C4 C4
Ci
→A→

before
lie
23456Long
conductors
upper
-f1ront
,178pitches
320
15nd
14
.,a
16
 TABLE
8-9
Connection
Table
Slots ,for /3
9662ppp
8;a=0d=3)Y1(y-22sPoles
.8REFERENCE
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
-9
A
PHASE PBASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Parts
BOTTOM TOP
SLOT
I
Starts Starts SLOT
89 BOTTOM
Ends Starts Ends Ends SLOT
9

Per Part
Por
ity
ity
|-πτα

1ty

ity
ity

No. ofPhase
No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
A2
161 -1 A2 -59 ✓ †B 3=8 B2 9=6 111c1 -0
-67 3C2
2 16 1Cg Az
Аз 9 67 î в|з ·46 B =8 -75 C4 *38

21 7
,A

Cz An 21
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

540
Az
Connection Connecti
Jumper ons Star Connection
Delta
Rings
to Connection
,C

Circuits
ca

No.of Parallel
AL →A
Az Аз A3B2 20
iBi →BĄ
B2 B3 B3¬C3 ,B
C3 |2₂ C1 C1741
B3
→A4
A1 →AA2z ₂Ą
→B|AA₃
B₂

B21 CB-2з 96
,slots
poles
1Diagram
82-9
.WFig
for
orking
B4 B3
B2 /3
2-spp
C3
C2 C1
C4 ll14
A→AC→

before
2,3pitches 230
conductors
upper
-f1456781ront
Long
lie
15nd
.,a14
16
 8-10
TABLE
Slots
144
for
Table
,sConnection
=8;a0d3)yY(1=22Poles
6ppp
8/3
.8-10
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON
BOTTOM Teori
Starts Starts Starts Ends SLOT
197 BOTTOM
Ends Ends 9
SLOT

Per Part
1ty

ity

Per Phase
ity

ity

ity
ity
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar

No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
A
1241 Az .91 T
u B1 =54
B2 =144 UTC-99C2 4-6
2 Az
24 Ag 9= 9 qB3 .8 1C3 •5=1407
C4 î
Az =9 62 B4

37 АA,
B
B2 A

37
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

541
C3 A4

Az
Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connections
Delta
to
Rings Connection ,C

Circuits
No.of Parallel
A1 →A
A2 Az B1
13
36 8
B1 →BĄ
B2 B3 ₃
C→B3
8
C3 C4
C2 C1 A1
C1
A,→A4 →Az
A2 A43
→
B-Az
poles
slots
for
Diagram
W,1144-10
.Fig
88orking
B →CC32
B3
B2 2= /3
SPP
2 2B4 B3
B2
C2
C3 C4
C1 +1AC→41

before
conductors
upper
2,345pitches
-front
Long
lie 1,78210
.,a11345nd
16
 TABLE
8-11
Connecti
Table
66
15sPoles for
2pp
1/6 on
p6-5
)d=60;ay8y(=1,Slots
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
8Fig
. -11
PHASE
A PHASE
B PHASE
C
LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS
BOTTOM TOP
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends SLOT
61 SLOT

Per Part
Per Phase
ity
1ty
ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
ity
ity

Polar

Polar
Polar
ity

Polar
Polar
Polar
12
1
, A A2 =62 †B ulic 6
SLOT
=5 6=B26 -3 C2 -64
2 10
Ag =7 A4 4= 6 î B2 3= 2 B4 11C3 •2T6
-5 •52 C4
A3

,AZ
B
,2C

C3

542
20
CONNECTION
PARTS
OF 19

Connection Star
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection Delta
Connection

Circuits
B3

No.of Parallel
A1 A4
→
A2 A3 13B1
1 B1 BB2
→4 B3 for .Fig
Diagram
slots
poles
W81,66 orking
2-11
B33 51-/6
BPP
C3 C4
C2 C1 AC1

fLong
before
a1upper - ront
pitches
lie
0nd
.,98462conductors
11
 8-12
TABLE
Connection
Table
Slots
Poles pp
991p8/6
6)=;a0dy5(1=1,sfor
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE
.8-12
Fig

PHASE
A PHASE
B C
PHASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS

BOTTOM TOP
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends 94
SLOT SLOT

Per Part
BOTTOM

Per Phase
ity
6
SLOT

No , of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
A
1181 Az 95
- -5
Bi B2 9
-9 TC -3 C2 97
=
2 C,B
15
Ag 7
= 68
- îtB3 43
• B4 5
= C
î3 74
- C4 37
= A3

25 AB,Å2C2
BA

543
31
C3

C4
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

30

Connection Connections
Jumper Star
Rings
to Connection
Connection
Delta
B3

A1 →A4
A2 Аз -ві
Аз .WFig
8-12
99
for
Diagram
1poles
,slots
.8orking
51=/6
spp
1B B4
→
B2 B3 cВз
-з
C3 -
CC24 Ci AC11
→

-front
246891Long
conductors
upper
before
lie
.,apitches
11
0nd
 8-13
TABLE
Table
Slots
78
sConnection
,1for
Poles pp
6p
=7;a=0d6)y8(y-2 32/6
.8-13
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
REFERENCE
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM
BOTTOM TOP
SLOT
72 ISLOT
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends
BOTTOM

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
SLOT

ity

ity
ity

ity
7

No. of Coils
ity

No. of Parts
Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar

Polar
12
T
, A 1
= Az -73 B↑ i 5
= B2 77
• -14 3 C2•75
2
B
,C i
14
Az 7
- 2= 8
Ag î B3 6
=3 B4 6
=
Tbc-35zC4 :56 T A3

15
,AĄCB
2
B
. 3
B4

544
21

27
CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

Connection Connections
Jumper Star Connection
Delta
Rings
to Connection
C3

Circuits
No.of Parallel
A] AA24
→ |Аз →B
|A31 .WFig
Dia
78
for
slo
8,pol gra
12-13 n
esing
orkts
/6
12-spp
1B B2B4 →C
Bz₃
C3 C24 C1 A2
C1

pitches
conductors
13 Long
before
upper
1ront
20nd
-f.,a12468lie
 O

ក Moto

TOP ន A2
BOTTOM
111
SLOT I
SLOT BOTTOM
SLOT
7

ç
,B
A3

6 Ա
28
,Å₂C2
AB2 B3
HEL

ն
Bar

546
ն
34 ա
B3 Co
ENE

SI
ն

40

88-14
1.WFig
slots
117
for
poles
orking
,Diagram pp
-21poles
slots
117
sdeveloped
,Winding
for
Diagram
8/6
.FFig
8-14a
ully
12- /6
spp
 8-14
TABLE

Connection
Table
Slots
117
,sfor pp
3p8/6
=7;a0d6)Y;y(12Poles
.8-14
Fig
DIAGRAM
ING
WORK
REFERENCE

A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
ity
ity

ity
ity
ity

No. of Coils

No. of Parts
Polar

Polar
Polar
ity

Polar
Polar
Polar
18
9 A1 1
= A2 1=12
9B 5
= B2 1
- 161 3
= C2 1
•14
2
21 =7
Az A4 41
- BÎ 3 89
- B4 =6
îl
C3 =48 CA
-
82 T

547
CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

No.of
Connection Star
Parallel to
Rings Connections
Jumper Connection
Delta
Circuits Connection

A1 →A4
A2 Az →B1
A3

1 Bi B4
→
B2 Вз >Cз
Вз-

C3 →
CC24 A
C,→
Long
lie
pitches
upper
1conductors
-f21ront
.,a2468before
13 0nd
 8-15
TABLE
Poles Slots
102
for
Table
Connection
pp
,1=9;a0d6)8yY(=25s2p7/6
.8-15
Fig
REFERENCE
DIAGRAM
WORKING
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM
BOTTOM TOP
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends 9. 4 T
SLO SLOTI
BOTTOM

Per Part
SLOT

ity

Per Phase
ity
9

1ty

ity

ity

ity
Polar

No. of Parts
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
Polar
Polar
1B ·102
TTC
A118 Az -96 B2 C29-9
2
16
Ag Î
B3 8= C3 =80 CA =40 T
1- 0 =71 4=9 B4

22
A , 12 Le
B2

Cz

548
31

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION
30

Connection Connecti
Jumper ons Star Connection
Delta
Rings
to Connection

Circuits
B3

No.of Parallel
AL →A
A2 A3 ]Az
→B
iB1 B2B4 B3 C₃
B3 ,slots
WDiagram
12orking
102
for
8poles
.Fig
-15
52-/6
spp
C3 C4
C2 C1 A1
C1

conductors
lie 6532
2,356819before
upper
-f14ront
Long
pitches
.
17
and
 8-16
TABLE
Connection
Table
slots
153
Poles 6/6
p78pp
d=6);a09887(y152s,for
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
.8Fig
-16
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTON LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTON
LEADS

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
BOTTOM TOP

Per Phase
SLOTI

ity

Ity
ity
145

ity
SLOT

1ty

No. of Coils

Xo . of Parts
Polar
Polar
ity

Polar
Polar
Polar
BOTTOM

Polar
11
26 1 9
+1•47B 53
1-B2 C C၇ 1
=50 SLOT
9
2
25
A| z 1
-0 TB
1•A405 2
66 B4
= 111 8
· Cz •14 •571
1C4

Az

39 A,AZC₂
B2

549
.CZ
48

CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

Connection Star 47
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Delta
Connection
Connection

Circuits
No.of Parallell
Aj A2
14 Аз АзЭВ В,
B1 B2B4 B3 B33 Fig
.WDiagram
for
8153
slots
8orking
,1-16
poles
5
2
= /6
spp
C3 →C2
C4 Ci 91A1
pitches
upper Long
lie
conductors
1,689235before
-f4132ront
a 16nd
.,15
17
 8-17
TABLE
Connection
Table
35sPSlots for
57/6
d=6);a01Y(y=5,105 pp
8poles
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
Fig
.8-17
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends BOTTOM TOP

Per Part
I
SLOT

Per Phase
ity

ity
ity
SLOT
80

1ty
ity
ity

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
Polar
Polar

-TUTO
Polar
Az-93 TB -13 B2 1=05 18
SLOT
=7 C၇ =99
2
Ag
17 1- 9 -76 Î
B3 6= 5 B4 =17 1C3 9= 4 C4=47 T
ci

B2
16

550
28V
CONNECTION
PARTS
OF

Connection Star 29
to
Rings Connections
Jumper Connection
Delta
Connection

Circuits
No.of Parallel
B3
A1 A4
→
Az Аз Azị
→B
1B1 B₂BĄ B3 →C₂
B3 pslots -17
.Fig
orking
Diagram
for
oles
W8,6105
/6
5=SPP
C3 |C₂Cq ci AC1

pitches
before
lie
upper 2Long
8345
1conductors
f,,96 - 124ront
50 ,a,'3
3.35 116
2242,2 970
854362nd073182
 BOTTOM TOP
SLOTI
193
SLOT BOTTOM
SLOT
18

Az

552
46 CBA222 16

C3 Am

63

B3
8vave
a1.PFig
end
connection
or
lead
the
-pof
rotor
vound
2ole
-18a
hotograph
slots
,1for
210
Diagram
Wpoles
-18
82orking
.Fig ,s/6
slots
210
this pp
ig
8F-5with
of
Diagram
Working
the
-18
.is
winding
/6
5-spp the
connect
to
used
was
8-18
Table
Connection
idelta
parts
.winding
 8-18
TABLE
Connection
Table
9Slots 210
for 5pp
p728/6
6);a=0d1y3(=55,sPoles
8REFERENCE
. -18
Fig
DIAGRAM
WORKING
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE

LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part

Per Phase
ity

ity
ity

ity
ity
1ty

No. of Parts
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar
Polar

Polar

Polar

Polar
35 A -98
1Az Bi 1
=3 B2 2
TC
- 101-7 C2 204
2
35
Az *19
46
1-TA4 В|з 1B4
=- 700 TIC 1C4-64 82
- î

PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of
Connection Star

553
Parallel
Rings
to
Connections
Jumper Connection Connection
Delta
Circuits

→A
A2 Az Az
→B1

1 ва B4
→
B2 B3 →
CB33

C3 C4
→
C2 Ci A,
→
Cy

A,→4 →AA2z A24z

BA2
→

2 BBi4
→ →B3
B2 B₂3
→CB₂
C₃

C₂
→C 3 164 G
→ A→
C4
conductorsLong
upper
before
lie
,21345689pitches
-f140623875ront
8
,,2264132097nd
.,a335
 BOTTOM TOP
91
SLOT !
SLOT
BOTTOM
8-19
TABLE 6SLOT
Poles
9)=a+3;d65y1(71,s18 pp
Connection
Table
1p/9
Slots
96
for B33 AL
B23
REFERENCE
WORK
8DIAGRAM
.ING
Fig
-19
A
PHASE PHASE
B PHASE
C 4 15
LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS TOP
LEADS BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM A33
2

B,CC2322 -A2
,

Coils
A32 Cl3
Starts Ends
x
Starts Ends Starts Ends

Per Part
per Part
B33

Per Phase
ity

1ty

ity
ity
ity
ity
Bl2

No. of Parts
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar
Polar

Polar
No. of Coils
Polar
No.perof Part
Polar
TA Ala
1=, 1 Al2 =61 5 B
î 11 B1
2= 6 2 7- 5 5 1
c
,l 7
6-12 =20 Bl3 C23
Cl4 A24

554
A21 C2
, A22 Cl2
5 1A2
-7 2 #66 5 ,
B2 =4B2
22 =91 6 c2 c2
7- 2 2 3- 6 ,BI
Al2
5 ^A31 3A3
-3 2 =82 ✓ 6 BÎ31 4B3
•7 2 c
13 803 834 Bla
5 •8 2 -41 ✓
6 ,CI
6 A13
4- 9
A14 =13 5 B12 7B1
-4 4 2= 7 /5 013 9
1=C14 -68 个 CB2
,319
A23 ,-A3
1=8 title
5 A
1 23 6= 5
A24 5 B9-23
0
^B24 -43 6 c2- 23
1C244 8= 4 15
5 133 A3 3•4
8=1 4 16 B33 =95 B3 5=9 ņ5 4•0 4
C33 03 89 C33
,
B2
B3
,Alz

.Fig
-19
Diagram
forslots
196
88orking
W,poles
/9
71-SPP
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of
Connection Connections Star
Parallel
Rings
to Jumper Connection Connection
Delta
Circuits

,Al2
AA2
→
A32
22
3
34
Ali 14
AA24
–
A33
→23 Al3 BA13
→li

,B12
B3
BB2
→34
22
32
1 Bli BB24
→l4
B33
23 B13 013
→
B13

1
0CC2
,→22
31
Cl2
032
034 =
ciz cli Ali
ali

555
014
C033
→
024
23

A34
→
Al ,Al2
–
→
→AA24
A13
232
23
14
33
3 A134
BAl3
→32

2 BBl
,→34 B4→,Bl2
→
B13
232
23
33
14 B13
B13
0→32

0C13
→ 32 Cl2
0C2
→
→C
C033
,→34
22
32
32301 Cl34
cl
,A→
 Mutta
n
ma

AR
BOTTOM TOP ,3
SLOT
108 SLOT AI
CB1
DOMOM
7
SLOT
i

Biz ,CAli
3
ol

B33
122C21
133
14 10
14 B23
E Cli
A33 4,8C1332 W Alz
A, 2
C, H A22

we
B2A Bl2 3 83

556
Al2
10 10

B, 3 Blog
ARAS Cl3
A23 C,134
B3l2 ,A3
,B2 14 C23 th
in

Bli
Alz
C33

for 8orking
Diagran
.Fig
slots
poles8-20
W,1114
-SPP 12/9 developed
poles .PFig
Diagram -20a
ully
Winding
slots
114
8-21,sfor8/9
pp
 8-20
TABLE
Connection
for
Table
Slots
Poles
,1114 pp
-7;a=+3d=9)6yY(-2s38p/9
REFERENCE
WORKING
.8DIAGRAM
Fig
-20
PHASE
A PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS

Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends

per Part
per Part

per Part
per Phase
1ty
ity

ity
ity
ity

Polar
Polar

Polar
Polar
ity

No. of Coils
Polar

No. of Coils
No. of Coils

No. of Parts
7 TA
:1 L A12 -85 B,16 1 5= 6
B12 =13 61
cl 9•2
12 •49
6 ,A2 0
=2A22 9-1 16 B21 7= 5
B22 =32 7 C21 c2
9• 8 2 6
- 81

6 131 3•9
A32 1
-B
1 31 =1
107 8B32 -51 ✓ 6 3-c1 31 7•4
032
6 58
7 Alz A14 2• 8 16І B13 1- 13
B14 70 T 6 013 3-06
5
1·C14
6 1
A23 7
-7A24 -346B
123 1=B2
8 4 8•9 -4024
71c2g
111

6 13 6
, •9134 17
53 B33 ·1=216
B34
408 C33 C3
6= 0 4 1- 7 T

557
PARTS
OF
CONNECTION
No.of Connection Star
Parallel to
Rings Connecti
Jumper ons Connection Connection
Delta
Circuits
→ 31
121
22
1Al2 AA32
→34
Ali → 14
A24
23
AA37 Al3 Bli
→
Al3

→B231
,BB12
22 B34
→
B32
1 Bli B→
,B33
2l4
24 віз 013
→
Bl3

→232
CCl2
,C2 3A
+
C32
c13 сі
c24
.C32
- 23 cli Ali
,→
cl

,→A34
Al →31
1Al2
,+
12
22 A13
→ 32
→AA33
A24
23
14 Al34
Al3
,→B→32

2 ,B34
B1 →231
BBl2
,“ B13
B,B33
→24
14
2
→ 32 →B32
0CB13
→13

032
→
C13 →CC231
,Cl2
22 C234
033
0cC
,→
C1
he
A Cl34
A→cl
,→
 BOTTOM TOP
SLOT
125 SLOT
I
ротон
SLOT
8
TABLE
8-21
Connection
slots
Poles Table
for pp
58p/9
;d=9)a=+387y1(y42s,132
REFERENCE
WORKING
.8DIAGRAM
Fig
-21 ,
C2 Al
,
,
B3
A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE
LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM 16 ,C3

Coils
,
-A2

Part
A375
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends A 48,{^12
A

per Part
ity

per Phase
ity
ity
1ty
Ity
ity
,
ві

Polar
Polar
Polar
Polar
B2

Polar

Polar
No.perof Coils

No. of Parts
-22

No.per ofPart
A8 ly Al2 1•13 7 BÎ12 9- 4
B12 -597 ,Tci 1C1
-212 =86 B32
CKA

OO No. of Coils

558
7 ,A2 3
2-A22 1-20 7 ,B2 1- 16
B22 -81 î8 c21 =1C2
282 1= 08
1 16
71
A3
4• 5
A32 1-0 B
,1 3 - 23
1B32 -1037
c
1, 3 1=8 1-15 16
8 C32 ch2
6 6- 7 82
8A13 A14 -47 1 7 B13 2= 8 Bl =125
17 C13 =55 ci =20 ,
BI
4 A34
79
A23 9
•8A24 -54 17 ^B23 1-5
5=0B24 18 c1 23 6= 2
C24 -42 4 A2 -, A3
A23 B12.34
7 A39 î8
A34
7111
-6 B33 -57 B3 37 Î17 033 84
=034 -49 1 16 *B23
C33
сіз
8, 3
C23
Alz

.Fig
8Diag
132
for
Wslot
18orki
,pole ng
-21 sram
42- /9
spp

I
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of Star
Connection Connecti Connection
Delta
Parallel Rings
to Jumper ons Connection
Circuits

→ 334
Al2
A,A2
→22
32
]Al A23
→
A33
A14
A24 Al3 Bli
→
A13

→34
B12
→B,B2
22
332
1 ]
Bl →14
BB24
23
B33 віз 013
→
B13
012
0,CC2
→22
34
3
32
сіз cli ,A11
cl

559
с24
-ci4
Cззэсгз

A34
,→
Al Al2
,A2
AA24
→
A13
332
22
33
14
23 AB→34
lı
32
A13

2 BBlı
→34 BB1314
32
→B24
B12
,B21
→322
33
23 CBlz
→
B013
32

032
→
013 →01
0024
,→ 34
14
c33
Cl2
CC2
22
3
23 →
A]→
,0134
cl
 BOTTOM TOP
1
SLOT 9
SLOT
8-22
TABLE TOP
132
SLOT
Connection
1Table
-5Poles 138
for
58p/9
-pp
3;d=9)8ay7(-2s,slots 1
BIA с2
REFERENCE 4
DIAGRAM
WORK
.8ING
Fig
-22
A2
A
PHASE PHASE
B C
PHASE
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP
Alz
LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP
B32
C3 23
A,3B33 B24
Starts Ends Starts Ends Starts Ends
c27

Biz ch

per Part
per Part
per Part

ity

per Phase
ity
ity
ity
ity
ity

Polar

Polar

No. of Parts
No. of Coils
Polar

Polar
Polar
A33

No. of Coils
Polar

No. of Coils
8 A†, 1 -1 Al2 272- 7 118 B^1 5• 2
B12 .
78
7 îci
, 19
- Cl2 6-0

560
7 A2
A2 •65
2- 412 18 ,B2 01
75
1-B22 ,c2 57
- C22 8- 3
a 22 22

8 ņ3
,A 4- 7
A32 73
- ✓ 7 B31 8- 3
B32 8
1 247
-îc31 6
=5 C32 9•1 ✓ A23
6 Cl3
8 9
-A13
7- 061
A14 8 у B13 -121
B14 9
-
17 013 88C14
-
•1î29
84

7 A123 1 124
=-93 348
-61B22 18 B22 AB2
,C3l₂ B34
3
- 2 ac23
C2
126 14
- ✓
8133
17
A34
14-16 B33 1- 4
B34 55
= 8 c33 1
=
C334 -22 1 Al4 Cl2

C32 A22
C22 B12 A32

Diagram
slots
138
for
88-22orking
,1.WFig
poles
5
2
- /9
spp
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of Connection Star Connecti on

Connecti
Jumper ons Delta
Parallel Rings
to Connection
Circuits

1→34
A132
31
A21
22
Al2
Ali AA24
→ Al3 BAl3
→li
23
→ 14
A33
→
BB32
B2 322
,B12
→ 34
1 Bli →14
23
BB24
B33
віз візсіз
C→
Cl2
,C222
334
→ 32 cli Acli
→li
сіз

561
23
c-C24
-i4
c33

AAli
→34 A13
→→
AA24
– 32
14
23
333
22
,A2
Al2 BA→34
lı
32
Al3

2 B34
→
Blı BB13
→
B24 32
14
23
333
22
→,B2
B12 B32
0CB13
→13

0013
→32 →34
14
23
024
3
C33
C,0C1
C2
22
Cl2 ,0l34
Acl
→
 BOTTOM TOP
1
SLOT
142
SLOT BOTTOM
SLOT
9
8-23
TABLE
Connection
Table
1slots
yPoles for
)+3;d=9a=8(27,s150 /9
b87ppp BIL fAI
,ill C, 2
B21
REFERENCE
WORKING
DIAGRAM
Fig
.8-23 H
A
PHASE B
PHASE 10 72
C
PHASE ,B3
LEADS
TOP BOTTOM
LEADS LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM LEADS
TOP LEADS
BOTTOM A35 B2 ,A2
A2A&l22a22
Cl₂

Coils
Starts Ends Starts C32

of Coils
Ends Starts Ends
'Bl2 B32

per Part
per Part

ity
ity

per Phase
ity
ity
ity

Polar
Polar

No. of Coils
Polar
Polar
ity
Polar

Polar
j

No. of Parts
No.perof Part
Ali
91-1 1
=Al2458 ]1Bl 1= 40
B12 17
1=118 îci
,C12 •131 A32 ,
-C3

562
АЗА
8 A21 2- 6
A22 *3 9|8 B22
-1B21
19 542 c21 1c2
=2 2 =6 î C33
13
A
†31 51
•A32 2•8 B^31 3 8 1 10 834 Blec
8 ✓9 2-B32 -17 C3 -303
7 2 1=4 1
6 C" 24A2A
9 Alg 7= 6
A14 7= 0 个 8 B13 6= 5
B14 =42 8 13
C14
=75-96 ,BA1 Cla A3
2

A21 ,2
A 01
1-23
†A24 B923 0 13
8 7=8 8 9-B24 6= 7 9 1c23 -87 C2 8=1 1 B33 2
TI
10
8 A34
26
A33
=103 9 18
B33
B34
=9-28 C33 12
=1034 =89 î B
C2233 Biz
Alz
Clz

.Fig
WDiag
8for
150
slot
,18orki
pole ng
-23sram
72= /9
spp
 PARTS
OF
CONNECTION

No.of
Parallel Connection Star
Rings
to Connections
Jumper Connection
Delta
Circuits Connection

,Al2
→ 32
AA3423
All A33
→23
AA24
–14 Al3 BAl3
→li
B12
B,B222
3
→ 32
B34
1 Bli B24
BB33
→23
14 B13 013
→
B13
,Cl2
C2
→322
C03432

563
013 cззэсгэ
,с24
-сі cli All
,→
Cl

A34
,→
Al →–Al2
A24
AA13
→ 22
,A2
3
33
23
14
32 32
B,→Al3
→ A134

2 →34
BB12 B2
BB33
→ 22
,Bl2
323
B24
14
→B13
32 B13
0CB→32
13

CCl3
→32 ,Cl2
024
0C1
→ 23
3233
14
→C34 A,cl
→0l34
 8-24
TABLE
PITCH
aFOR
VALUE
AND
WINDING
OF
DETERMINATION
THE
FOR
SPP
FRACTION
THE
OF
VALUES
VARIOUS

Fraction
of 1/3 2/3 1/6 5/6 1/9 2.9 4/9 5/9 7/9 8/9 1/12 5/12 7/12
-a
spp

on
ta 2 1 5 1 1 3 3 5 5 0 2
d

a 0 0 0 +3 -3 -6 +6
-3

+3

+3
-3

564
8-25
TABLE

POLE
FOLLOWING
THE
FOR
GIVEN
ARE
TABLES
CONNECTION
DIAGRAMS
WORKING
NUMBERS
SLOT
AND

66
48
42
Slots
No.of 78 96
84 96 96 120
114
105
102
99 150
144
138
132
126
120
117 153 210 240
192
Poles
No.of Tables
Connection
Diagram
and
Working
6 8-18-8 8-6 8-17

12 8-118-138-2
8-9 8-15 8-4 8-78-18

18 8-198-12 8-208-14 8-23

8-10
8-22
8-38-21
8-16

24 8-5
 CHAPTER 9

TWO AND MORE SPEED POLYPHASE WINDINGS

When it is desirable that a motor should run with two or

more different speeds while connected to a source of power of

constant frequency , special or several stator windings are to be

used which permit a change in the number of poles ( see Eq . 1-1 ) .
In order to avoid a larger number of slip rings , the rotor is , in
these cases , normally of squirrel - cage type . Several cases are
to be considered .

9-1. Two speeds with the Ratio 2 to 1 . When 2 synchronous

speeds with the ratio 2 : 1 are desirable , the numbers of poles
must have the ratio 1 : 2 . For example , if the synchronous speeds
1800 and 900 are necessary , the winding must be able to produce
the pole numbers 4 and 8 , or , if the synchronous speeds 600 and

300 are necessary , the winding must be able to produce the pole
numbers 10 and 20 , and so forth . The pole ratio 1 : 2 can be ac
complished by a single winding ( called consequent - pole winding ) .
With respect to the smaller number of poles , i.e. , with
respect to the higher speed , this winding is a lap winding con
nected top - to - bottom by long jumpers ( see Art , 3-3 and Fig .
3-31 ) . The N - poles and S -poles are separately connected together
making 2 winding parts per phase , each of which contains ( number
of poles / 2 ) pole - phase groups ( see Eq . 1-4 ) . The coil pitch of
this winding is small ; it must be as close as possible to half
of the pole pitch .

Double the number of poles is achieved by changing the cur

rent direction in one of the 2 parts of each phase by reconnect
ing the parts . The pole pitch becomes half of that of the wind
ing with the smaller number of poles . Since a pole -phase group

covers 1/3 of a pole pitch of the latter or high- speed winding ,

it covers 2/3 of a pole pitch of the winding with the larger
number of poles or slow- speed winding . Thus , there are 3 pole
phase groups in 2 poles for the larger number of poles ( 3 - zone
winding) and 6 pole - phase groups in 2 poles for the smaller num
ber of poles ( 6 - zone winding ) . Furthermore , the coil pitch is
close to a full pole pitch of the winding with the larger number

565
of poles , because it is close to half the pole pitch of the
winding with the smaller number of poles .
Consider , for example , a 3 -phase winding for 4 and 8 poles
with 72 slots . The total number of pole - phase groups of this
winding is 4 x 3 = 12 . Each pole-phase group consists of 72/12
= 6 single coils , and the coil pitch is as close as possible to
( 3 x 6 ) /2 = 9 slot pitches (110 ) . Fig . 9-1 shows the 12-pole
phase groups and the phases to which they are assigned . Con
sider phase A. Of the 4 pole-phase groups of this phase , 1 , 4 ,
7 and 10 , pole-phase groups 1 and 7 which lie under poles of the
same polarity are connected in series and also the groups 4 and
10 which lie under poles of opposite polarity are connected in
series making 2 winding parts in each phase . Fig . 9-2a shows a
2-parallel star connection of this winding which yields 4 poles ,
since the connection (Fig . 9-1 ) is entirely normal for a 4-pole
winding (see Chapter 3 ) . In phase A , the current has in the
pole - phase groups 1 and 7 , and 10 and 4 the direction from 1 to
7 and 10 to 4 , respectively.
TI

с 8 Te
9
A
IO

12
5

3 2

B >
тTå

Fig . 9-1 . Pole phase groups of a 4/8-pole winding .

Top - to - bottom connection . Each phase has two wind
ing parts . Phase A only shown .

566
 The larger number of poles , 8 , can be achieved by connect
ing the 12 pole - phase groups in a single delta , as shown in Fig .
9-2b . In comparison to Fig . 9-2a , the current is reversed in
the pole -phase groups 4 and 10 , 6 and 12 , 2 and 8 . This connec
tion will yield 8 poles .

The double star - single delta connection used in Figs . 9-2a

and 9-2b in order to change the number of poles is applicable to
constant torque motors in which the torque is the same at both
speeds , as it is , for example , when a motor drives an air com
pressor . The horsepower rating of such motors varies in propor
tion to speed , i.e. , it has the ratio 2 : 1 . For variable torque
motors , i.e. , for drives in which the torque decreases with de
creasing speed , the double star- single star connection is used ,
in order to change the numbers of poles . An example of such a
drive is a ventilating for which the horsepower rating at
the higher speed is about the third power of that at the lower
speed . On the other hand , for constant horsepower motors in
which the horsepower rating is the same at both speeds , the
single delta - double star connection is used , in order to change
the number of poles . An example of a drive of this kind is a
drill press .

The 3 kinds of connections applied to 2 - speed motors with

the speed ratio 2 : 1 are shown in the first row of Table 9-1 and
in Figs . 9-4 to 9-19 . It should be noted that in each of the
connections , the numbers of stars or deltas can be doubled ,
tripled , and so forth . So for constant torque , for example , 4
parallel stars- 2 parallel deltas can be used instead of double
star - single delta , Such a connection is shown in Fig . 9-19 .

Table 9-2 gives the numbers of the Connection Diagrams

given in this chapter for the speed ratio 2 : 1 .

9-2 . Two Speeds with a Ratio Different from 2 to 1. When

2 synchronous speeds with a ratio different from 2 to l are de
sirable , for example , with the ratio 2 to 3 , 3 to 4 , and so
forth , 2 separate windings are to be used . Two normal 2 layer
windings making a 4 layer winding are used for small motors , but
for larger motors , 2 inter- laced windings arranged as per
Fig . 9-3 . are used . The coils indicated by A belong to one wind
ing ; the coils indicated by B belong to the other winding .

567
 TA

Tz Ti

Т2
TS To

4 pole connection . Lines connect to

T4 , T5, T6 T1 , T2, Tz connect together.
Fig . 9-2a . Schematic Diagram for the 4 / 8 - pole winding
of Fig . 9-1 . 2Y connection for the high speed (4 -poles ) .

Ti

TA To

5
T3 T2
TS

8 pole connection . Lines connect to

T1, T2 , Tz. T4, T5 , T6 are open .
Fig . 9-2b . Schematic Diagram for the 4 / 8 -pole winding
of Fig . 9-1 . Single -delta connection for the low
speed ( 8 -poles ) .

568
The 2 coil sides in each slot belong to both windings , one to
each . Only half of the coils are used at one time . The connec
tions of the 2 windings are made on opposite ends of the motor .
The total number of slots is an even number .

The coils of both windings must have approximately the same

depth and exactly the same coil pitch . Since the top coil sides
of the A -winding lie in the odd slots and those of the B-winding
in the even slots , the coil pitch must be equal to an odd number
of slot pitches in order that coil sides of both windings lie
in each slot . The coil pitch is usually smaller than the pole

pitch of the winding with the smaller number of poles and larger
than the pole pitch of the winding with the larger number of
poles . Two examples will be considered .
( a ) Speed ratio 3 : 2 , i.e. , pole ratio 2 : 3 . Number of poles
8 and 12 , number of slots = 144. The pole pitch of the
8-pole winding is equal to 144/8 = 18 slot pitches and
that of the 12 -pole winding to 144/12 = 12 slot pitches .
A coil pitch of 13 slot pitches ( 1 + 14 ) can be chosen
yielding a coil width equal to ( 13/18 ) x 100 = 72.2% of
the pole pitch of the 8 -pole winding and to ( 13/12 ) x100
= 108.2 % of the pole pitch of the 12 - pole winding .
( b) Speed ratio 7 : 5 , i.e. , pole ratio 5 : 7 . Number of poles
10 and 14 , number of slots : 168 . The pole pitch of
the 10-pole winding is equal to 168/10 = 16 4/5 slot
pitches and that of the 14 -pole winding to 168/14 = 12
slot pitches . A coil pitch of 13 slot pitches ( 1 + 14)
can be chosen yielding a coil width equal to ( 13/16.8 ) x
100 = 77.4% of the pole pitch of the 10 -pole winding and
( 13/12 ) x 100 = 108.2% of the pole pitch of the 14-pole
winding .
The inter- laced windings can be integral or fractional slot .
Since only one of the two windings is connected to the lines at
at one time , the winding not in use must be made inactive , i.e. , 1f
connected series delta , the delta must be opened at one corner ;
if parallel connected (star or delta ) the parallel paths of each
phase must be opened . This is done to avoid harmful circulating
currents . Hence , most two winding designs are series star or
series delta connected ; the delta , in all cases , must be opened
when not in use . This is shown in the second row of Table 9-1 .

569
 2 3 5 6

B B

Fig . 9-3 . Arrangement of 2 interlaced

windings for two speeds with ratio
different from 2 to 1 .

9-3 . Three Speeds , 2 of Which Have the Ratio 2 to 1 . When

3 synchronous speeds are desirable , 2 of which have the ratio
2 to 1 , 2 interlaced windings are to be used as described in
Art . 9-2 . However , the 2 to l speed ratio winding is to be made

with the top - to - bottom connection between the pole - phase groups
by means of long jumpers , as described in Art . 9-1 , and the con
nection of the winding parts must correspond to the application
constant horsepower , constant torque , or variable torque ; the
other winding can be made with normal connections ( top - to- top or
bottom- to- bottom ) . The remarks made in Art . 9-2 regarding cir
culating currents in 2- winding motors also apply here . The con
nections for this case are shown in the third row of Table 9-1 .
The most common pole combinations are 4/6/8 , 6/8/12 , 8/12/16 , and
12/16/24 ,

9-4 . Four Speeds with 2 Pairs Having the Ratio 2 to 1.

When 4 synchronous speeds are desirable with 2 pairs each of
which has the ratio 2 to 1 , 2 different windings are to be used .
There are 2 different ways in which this can be accomplished :
( 1 ) The windings of the kind described in Art . 9-1 are arranged
in 4 layers , the upper 2 layers belonging to one winding and the
lower 2 layers belonging to the other winding . ( 2 ) Two inter
laced windings of the kind described in Art . 9-2 are used , each
winding is wound in alternate slots , and both are connected top
to - bottom by long jumpers . A typical pole combination is 6 / 8 /
12/16 . The connections of 4 - speed windings for the different
applications are shown in the fourth row of Table 9-1 .

570
 -
B

C 8 9
10

A
C
TE Ti
6

12
5
Ts TO
Tz

3 2

To T T 6, T 2, T 3, T.4

Fig . 9-4 . Constant horsepower Connection

Diagram for the pole ratio 4/8 .

571
 1
10

INC
BY6 Tz T.

12
5
C

Ts
Tz

3
с

T TS TO TE TA TZ
Fig. 9-5 . Constant torgue Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 4/8 .

572
 с
9

10

12
Tz
5
с
To
mayo

T, T, T44Т Т.
Fig. 9-6 . Variable torgue Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 4/8 .

573
 B

12
T4 13

14

А
7.

15 B
8

T3 TI

16 A

O
BY 6H1218
TS To

T2 18
5 B
ti

с
B
A

3 2

T To Ts To To Tz
Fig . 9-7 . Constant horsepower Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 6/12 .

574
 с
12
T4 13
lo

14

са 15

T3 TO

7. 16 A
B

7 17 YC
T2 To
18
5
To
C

2
A

3
r

T TS T TË TE TA
Fig . 9-8 . Constant torque Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 6/12 .

575
 11 12
A

13
To

T4
B v

15 YB
8

V8 L

16 A
B
Tz
17
O
BY Ts T6

18
A
Aw

B
L

T To To TA Tz Tz

Fig . 9-9 . Variable torgue Connection

Diagram for the pole ratio 6/12 .

576
 15
13

10

А
19

75 T, гос

21

22
А
Т.
Tz 23

В 24

T, T, T. T, TT,
Fig . 9-10 . Constant horsepower Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 8/16 .

577
 Г
—
—
A
А 14
13
T
А -t
% A8

А ) о 19

T3 Т. гос
BA9
В 21 в
C18

-
Т2 22А
Ts T6

с
24

L 3 A
с
І

T, T, T ь , ,
Fig . 9-11 . Constant torque Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 8/16 .

578
 1

А
A 15
16
B

13 T4
12
A
22 A
AVI
O

BÁ 9 20 AC

B 21 YB
Cy8
22
AА
To
room

23
24
5
WAW

А А

TS TO T6 T, T2 T3
Fig. 9-12 . Variable torgue Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 8/16 .

579
 A
eee 74
18
19
JE
20

21
Lee

22
13
А
12 23

24
C411

25 A
A 10

260
BA9

( 2720 27
с
Ts @ 2430
To
7
T2 28

29
B с
A

To TS T To Tz T
Fig . 9-13 . Constant horsepower Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 10/20 .

580
 -

-
1
c

rt
17 18 19
16
T4 20

A
14
15
A 0908 21

22
A

12 23

24 B
T3 TI
A
AY 10 25
B
26
9
B
27
TZ
Ts T6
28 +
7
A

6 29

5 30
A

T3 Ts To TA TE TI
Fig . 9-14 . Constant torque Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 10/20 .

581
 1
Те

A
18 19
'16
T4

22
13
гс

гів
AN

ТО
ОО B. 254
ОО 50 26 / с
В.
9
О
ГТ

30
ФАи

T, T, T6 т. Тя
Fig . 9-15 . Variable torque Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 10/20 .

582
 c
19 20 21 22
23
1

1
16
8

15 00
1 00 e
00 4 »r
TS

А 13 _3 28
09

12 29 с
20
88

с 11
30

0c
22

A10
7

c
e

28 29 30 36 332026 T6
32 с
72
B
35
36

To Ta To T. T2 T3

Fig . 9-16 . Constant horsepower Connection

Diagram for the pole ratio 12/24 .

583
 +
-
+

19 20 21 22
T4 23

16 25
A

14 27
A413 L 28 A
o
T3 TIwo 29 C
B 12 n
g
®
B
lo 31 А
F 72
9 o 32

8 t 33
o 34
35
36
A

-+

Is T3 To To Tz T ,

Fig . 9-17 . Constant torgue Connection

Diagram for the pole ratio 12/24 .

584
 20 21 22
23

9As
B
27

AIS 28

2940
Biz
1
000
B 30 B
CAN
31 A
A 10
32c
TS

TA Tg To T, T₂ T3
Fig . 9-18 . Variable torque Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 12/24 .

585
 10

12
B

Ts TO
Ta

Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ.
Fig . 9-19 . Constant torgue Connection
Diagram for the pole ratio 4/8 with
4 parallel star -2 parallel
delta connections .

586
 TABLE 9-1

Table of Connection Schemes for Multi - Speed Squirrel Cage Induction Motors

THREE - PHASE , TWO -SPD, ONE -WINDING THREE - PHASE , TWO - SPERD . ONE -WINDING TERSE - PHASE , NO - SPEKO , ONE -WIDIR
CONSTANT P CONSTANT TORQUE VARIABLE TORQUE

T4
TA
TO
TI

TS 76 Ts TO TS TG

speed 4 h Open Together speed 5 h F Open Together зрева Е. Е. Open Together

All 1 Low *2 s 111

1 11 Others
Others
2 Algh |76.94 145 2 High Te 14 *5 11,12,13 2 High 174 5

THREE -PHASE , TWO - SPEED , TWO -WINDINO TERKE - PHASE , TWO -SPEED , TWO -WINDING THREE - PHASE , TWO - SPERO , NO -WINDI WO
CONSTANT , INTÁRLACED WINDING CONSTANT TORQUE , INTERLACED WINDINO VARIABLE TORQUE . INTERLACKO WINDING
TI TU

T13 • T12 Tis Tr Tiz T13 712

spoed 4 4 4 Open (spoed 4 2 A Open spood h 2 h Open

1 Low 1 Low
Pu ,?12,"us *11,912,-13,-17 51 F2 F3,5, *11 , 12,F13
2 HichT 2 High * 11 1 12 713,117 2 High * 11-12-13
911 212 213 *2,92,93 1, 2,73 * , "2,*s,

THREE - PEASE , THRER - SPEKO , IWO -WINDING TERER -PHASE , THREE - SPEED , TWO - WINDING THREE - PHASE , THREE - SPRO , TWO -WINDINO
CONSTANT ET CONSTANT TORQUE VARIABLE TORQUE

T4 T4 T4 THI
Tu
T3 TI

Tia T13 T12

T13 TS Ті TIZ
To TTT 76 Ts T

speed 1444 Open Together spoed h h Open Together Spood h 2 h Open Together

11 Low
121
Others
I Lom 72 72 73,11 All
Others
All
Othera
2nd ‫ܐܢܬ‬ End All 2nd All
Others Others *1,92,93,97 Others 11,12,45
3 High11 All 3 High T, All 3 Hicht All
P11 722 215 Others
11/12/13 Others *11 *12/ 13 Others

THREE - PHASE , POUR - SPEED , TWO -WINDING THREE - PHASE , FOUR - SPEED , TWO -WINDING THREE - PHASE , YOUR -SPREO , TWO-WINDINO
CONSTANT HP CONSTANT TORQUE VARIABLX TORQUE

TIA T4 Ti4 T4

T3 TI T13 TIL Ti T11 TOI TH

TO T15 T7 Tia ' T16

"" }
TS T6 776 Tia
TIS T12 TIS

Open Together Speed 4 h to Open Together spoed & ² ts Open Together

od 4 2h
11 411 All
Others Others Others

All 12,518,916,517
Others
2nd
911 912 915,17 All
Others
2nd
F11 / F12 F13 12
Others
Srd A11 Srd All Srd wi
Others Others Others

1 110 181124 *15,917 others 4 Bigh 516 *14 *15 411 -11,912, 15,*17 4 High F10 * 14916
Others
All
Others * 11,612, 18

Courtesy of G.W. Heumann of the

General Electric Company , Schenectady , N.Y.
587
 TABLE 9-2

TABLE SHOWING THE NUMBERS OF CONNECTION DIAGRAMS GIVEN IN

THIS CHAPTER FOR A SPEED RATIO OF 2 : 1 .

Pole Ratio 4/8 6/12281

8/16 10/20 12/24

Type of Connection Connection Diagram Number

Constant Horsepower 9-4 9-7 9-10 9-13 9-16

Constant Torque 9-5 9-19 9-17

9-8 9-11 9-14
Variable Torque 9-6 9-9 9-12 9-15 9-18

* 4 - parallel star for 8 poles and 2 - parallel delta for 4 poles .

588
 CHAPTER 10

RECONNECTING AN OLD POLYPHASE WINDING FOR

NEW CONDITIONS AND REWINDING AN OLD CORE

The points of importance for reconnecting an old winding or

rewinding an old core are different depending upon whether the
voltage , the frequency , the speed , or the number of phases is to
be changed .
10-1. Relation Between Voltage , Flux , Number of Turns, and
Frequency . A magnetic flux and an armature with current - carry
ing conductors are the 2 indispensable parts of each electric
machine . In the induction motor , the flux is produced by the
stator winding and the rotor is the armature ; in the synchronous
machine, the flux is produced by the rotor winding and the
stator is the armature .
The magnitude of the flux is determined by the voltage of
the stator winding , the number of turns in series per phase , and
the line frequency .
Voltage = Constant x Flux per pole x No.
( 10-1 )
of turns in series per phase x Frequency
The number of turns in per phase is obtained from the
series
number of turns in a single coil , the number of single coils in
a pole - phase group , and the number of pole -phase groups in each
circuit of the phase . The number of poles and the line frequency
determine the speed of the machine (Eq . 1-1 ) .
In a finished machine , all these quantities are fixed . When
reconnecting an old winding for new conditions , care must be
taken that a change in one or more of these quantities is matched
by a corresponding change in some of the other quantities in
such a manner that Eq . 10-1 is always satisfied . For example ,
the voltage of a motor can be reduced to half of its original
value , if twice as many parallel circuits as in the original
winding can be made . This procedure is explained in detail in
Art . 10-2 . It is shown there that no single quantity can be
changed at random .
The torque of the electric machine is determined by the
flux per pole , the number of poles , the number of conductors of

589
the armature , and the current in each armature conductor , i.e. ,
Torque = Constant x Flux per pole x No. of
poles x No. of armature conductors x Arma ( 10-2 )
ture current .
The torque is proportional to the square of the voltage because
the current and the flux are each proportional to the voltage .
According to Eq . 10-1 , the torque is also proportional to the
Square of the flux .

In the induction motor , the magnitude of the stator current

depends upon the magnitude of the rotor current . The area of
the conductor is determined by the magnitude of the current and
the permissible current density . When changes are made in the
machine , care must be taken that any increase in current density
in the conductors is within admissible limits .
In the same manner that the current and area of the con
ductor determine the current density in the conductor , the flux
and cross sections of the iron determine the flux density in the
iron . When changes are made in the machine, no appreciable
changes in the flux density are permissible .
The power output of a motor is given by the relation
HP - Torque x rpm ( 10-3 )
5250
where torque is expressed in pound - feet , and the rpm is the
actual speed of the motor which may be from 1 % to 5% less than
synchronous speed as given by Eq . 1-1 . The larger percentage
applies to small motors , and the smaller percentage to large
motors .

When the horsepower and speed are given , Eq . 10-3 can be

used for determining the torque .
10-2 . Reconnecting for Another Voltage . If the new volt
age is to be higher than the old , attention must be paid first
to the insulation of the winding . Manufacturers follow a certain
classification in the insulation of windings . The usual classi
fication is given in Tables 2-1 and 2-4 . Between 110 and 600
volts , the thickness and material of the insulation are deter
mined more by mechanical than by electrical reasons , and a wind
ing made for 110 volts can also be used for 600 volts . However ,
in the higher insulation classes , caution is necessary and it iş

590
in general, not permissible to use a lower insulation class for a
higher insulation class .
When a winding is reconnected for another voltage at the
same frequency , the flux must kept close to its original
value , i.e. , according to Eq . 10-1 , the number of turns must be
changed in the same ratio as the voltage is changed ,
The simplest way to adjust the number of turns of a 3-phase
winding is to change a delta connection to a star connection , or
vice versa . Reconnecting a winding from delta to star is equiva
lent to an increase of the number of turns per phase in the
ratio 1.73 to 1 , and vice versa ; reconnecting a winding from
star to delta is equivalent to a decrease of the number of turns
per phase in the ratio 1/1.73 = 0.58 to 1 . Therefore , a winding
connected delta for 220 volts can be reconnected to star and
used for 380 volts , for 380/220 - 1.73 . Conversely , a winding
connected star for 380 volts can be used for 220 volts delta .
( 380 volts as line voltage is not used in this country but it is
used in Europe . )
When a winding connected star for 440 volts is reconnected
440
to delta , the normal operating voltage would be 1.73 = 254 volts .
When operated at 220 volts , it is being operated at 220/254 =
87% of its rated voltage and , correspondingly , the flux is 87%
of its original value . This means that for the same torque (see
Eq . 10-2) the current is 15% higher and the copper losses 32 %
( 1.152 = 1.32) higher than in the original winding . Furthermore,
the starting and pull-out torques are only (0.87) 2 = 76% of the
original values . It follows from this that a reduction in flux
can be made only in motors which have sufficient margin to stand
these reductions . If a winding connected delta for 220 volts is
reconnected star for use on 440 volts , the flux becomes 16% too
high ; the normal voltage for the star connected winding would be
1.73 x 220 = 380 volts , and 440/380 = 1.16 . The higher flux
causes higher flux densities in the iron and higher iron losses .
On the other hand , the higher flux increases the starting and
pull -out torques by 34% ( 1.162 = 1.34 ) . It is, in general, safer
to increase the flux than to reduce it except in cases with

sufficient margin in torques and temperature rise of the copper ,

When a winding is reconnected for another voltage , use is
made , in general , of changing the number of parallel circuits ,
591
since the change from star to delta , or vice versa , seldom leads
to desirable results . When necessary , the change in the number
of parallel circuits and the change from star to delta , or vice
versa , are applied simultaneously . A winding for 220 volts hav
ing 2 parallel circuits can be used for 440 volts without chang
ing its performance when the 2 circuits are reconnected in
series . Conversely , a winding for 440 volts with all pole - phase
groups in series can be used for 220 volts when 2 parallel cir
cuits are made . Caution must be exercised when the number of
parallel circuits in fractional- slot windings is changed because
of the limitations in the number of permissible parallel paths
of the windings . (See Arts . 4-7 and 5-2 . )
If the series star connection of all pole - phase groups is
shown as 100 , the percentage voltage yielding the same flux for
star with 2 to 5 parallel circuits and also for series and
parallel delta is as follows :
2 3 4 5
Series Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Star Star Star Star Star

100 50 33 25 20

2 3 4 5
Series Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta
58 29 19 15 12

A deviation from this table means a change in the flux with all
the consequences discussed above .
The series star connection has been chosen as a reference
in the tabulation , i.e. , 100% has been assigned to this connec
tion . Any other connection , for example, 2 parallel star , series
delta , etc. , can also be chosen as а reference . Doing this ,
Table 10-1 is obtained . The use of this table will be explained
by an example . A 3-phase , 12-pole motor wound for 2300 volts
and connected 2 -parallel star is to be reconnected for 440 volts .
The new voltage is 2300 x 100 = 19.1% of the original . Taking
the original voltage and connection as a reference , find first
the horizontal line in which there is assigned 100% to 2 paral
lel star ( this is the second horizontal line from the top) . In
this horizontal line find then the figure 19 under " 6 parallel

592
 .
10-1
TABLE 3-PHASE
VARIOUS
OF
VOLTAGE
PERCENTAGE
CONNECTIONS

2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6
Paral
Paral-
-Paral-
Paral
Paral- Paral-
Paral-
Paral
Series Series
lel lel
Star Delta Delta
Star Delta

100 50 33 25 20 17 58 29 19 15 12 10

200 100 67 50 40 33 115 58 39 29 23 19

300 150 100 75 60 50 173 87 58 43 35 29

400 200 133 100 80 67 231 115 77 58 46 39

500 250 167 125 100 83 289 144 96 72 58 48

593
600 300 200 150 120 100 346 173 115 87 69 58
86
173 58 43 35 29 100 50 33 25 20 17

346 173 115 87 69 58 200 100 67 50 40 33

519
260 173 130 104 87 300 150 100 75 60 50

692 346 231 173 138 115 400 200 133 100 80 67

865 433 288 216 173 144 500 250 167 125 100 83
35
1038 519 346 260 208 173 600 300 200 150 120 100
delta . " This means that reconnected in 6 parallel delta , the

motor can be used for 440 volts .

10-3 . Reconnecting for Another Frequency . The most common

changes of frequency are from 25 cycles to 60 cycles and vice
versa , from 60 cycles to 50 , and from 40 cycles to 60 or vice
versa . According to Eq . 1-1 , the speed will change in propor
tion to the frequency , if the number of poles remains the same .
If the speed is to remain the same or nearly the same as before ,
the number of poles must be changed in the same ratio as the
frequency is changed . For example , if the line frequency of a
6 -pole motor is changed from 25 to 60 cycles , its synchronous
( 120 x 25 60
speed will be on 6 25 ( 500) = 1200 rpm , and if its
speed is to remain nearly the same as before , i.e. , nearly 500
rpm , the number of poles must be changed either from 6 to 14 ,
120 x 60 120 x 60
yielding 14 = 514 rpm , or from 6 to 16 , yielding 16
= 450 rpm . Thus , 2 possibilities are to be considered : (a)
when the speed changes in
in proportion to the frequency , and ,
( b ) when the speed remains the same or nearly the same as be
fore .

(a) The speed changes in proportion to the frequency . When

a motor previously connected to a line of low frequency , say 25

cycle line , is to be connected to a line of higher frequency ,
say to a 40 - cycle or 60 - cycle line , a mechanical problem arises .
Due to the higher speed at the higher frequency , the mechanical
stresses on the rotor are higher than before . In these cases ,
the manufacturer of the motor is to be consulted in order to de
termine whether the rotor is able to stand the higher mechanical
stresses . Also , it may be necessary to adjust the gearing or
belting to the new conditions .

Aside from the mechanical problem , two cases are possible :

(1) it may be desirable that the torque is the same for both
frequencies , or ( 2 ) that the horsepower is the same for both
frequencies . In the first case , the horsepower changes in the
same ratio as the speed ( Eq . 10-3 ) , and the flux must be the
same for both frequencies ( Eq . 10-2 ) . In the second case , the

torque changes inversely to the change in speed ( Eq . 10-3 ) , and

the flux must change with the square root of the ratio of the
frequencies .

594
 Considering first the case of constant torque , i.e. , of
constant flux , it follows from Eq . 10-1 that the voltage must
change in the same ratio as the frequency changes . This is sel
dom the case and a reconnection of the winding is usually neces
sary to achieve more or less constant flux . This will be ex
plained by several examples .

Consider a 60 - HP , 6-pole series delta - connected motor on a

25 - cycle , 220 -volt line . This motor is to be used on a 60 - cycle ,
440 - volt line with approximately the same torque as before . The
synchronous speed at the 60 - cycle line will be 1200 rpm . Since

the frequency is not == 2.4 times the previous value , the voltage
at 60 cycles should be 2.4 x 220 = 528 volts , in order that the
flux and the torque remain the same as before . At 440 volts , the
flux will be 440/528 = 0.83 , i.e. , 83% and , at the same current
= 0.7 . , i.e. , only 70%
as before , the torque will be only (328 )2
of the previous value .
However , if the motor
is reconnected 2 - parallel star , cor
13
responding to a 25 - cycle line voltage of x 220 = 190 volts ,
60
the voltage at 60 cycles for constant flux must be 190 x 25
456 volts and the motor can be used for constant torque on the
60 - cycle , 440 - volt line . The power output on the 60 - cycle line
will be · 2.4 x 60 = 144 HP .

Assume that the 25 - cycle , 220 - volt motor considered in the

previous example is to be connected to a 220 - volt , 60 - cycle line ,
i.e. , both line voltages are equal . In this case , the winding
can be reconnected 2 -parallel delta , corresponding to a 25 - cycle
line voltage of 220/2 = 110 volts and to a 60 - cycle line voltage
of 110 x 2.4 - 264 volts . At 220 volts and 60 cycles , the flux
220 2
83
264 )
will be ( 220
nal values . The power output is 0.7 x 2.4 x 60 = 101 HP . Tak
ing into account the better ventilation due to the higher speed ,
a somewhat larger current , i.e. , larger torque ( Eq . 10-2 ) , can
be admitted , and the power output is then about twice the origi
nal value .

Consider a 60 - cycle , 220 - volt motor which is to be connect

ed to a 25 - cycle , 220 - volt line . The voltage which corresponds
to 25 cycles at constant flux is 25 220 = 91.5 volts . If the
motor originally is connected 2 -parallel star or 2 - parallel

595
delta , a series connection of the 2-parallel circuit would cor
respond to 2 x 220 = 440 volts at 60 cycles , and the voltage at
25 cycles and constant flux should be 25
60
440 = 183 volts . Since
a higher flux density is permissible at 25 cycles than at 60
cycles , such a motor will operate satisfactorily in many cases
on a 220 - volt line .

A change from 50 to 60 cycles at the same voltage and ap

proximately constant flux can be achieved by reconnecting the
original winding from a 6 - zone winding to a 3- zone winding . This
has the effect of changing the distribution factor from approxi
mately 0.957 to 0.83 , which nearly compensates for the change
from 50 to 60 cycles (See Appendix 5 ) .
Considering the second case the horsepower rating is
when
to be the same at both frequencies , the torque changes inversely
to the ratio of the frequencies . Since the torque is propor
tional to the square of the flux , the latter must change inverse
ly to the square root of the ratio of the frequencies . Then ac
cording to Eq . 10-1 the voltage must also change in the ratio of
the square root of the ratio of the frequencies . This will be
explained by an example .
Consider a 60- cycle , 220 - volt motor which is to be con
nected to a 50 - cycle , 220- volt line . The horsepower should be
approximately the same at both frequencies . Then the torque at
50 cycles must be ( Eq . 10-3 ) 60/50 of the original torque and
the flux must be ( Art . 10-1 ) V 60/50 = 1.1 of the original flux . If
the flux would rema in the same as before , the voltage at 50
cycl es shou ld be 50/60 times the voltage at 60 cycles . Since

the flux changes in the ratio V 60/50 , the voltage at 50 cycles

1
must be ( Eq . 10-1 ) 50/60 x V 60/50 = V 50/60 = 1.1
It follows
from this as a rule that , for constant horsepower , the voltage
must change with the square root of the ratio of the frequencies .
Thus , for the motor considered , the voltage at 50 cycles should
be 220 x 1.1 = 200 volts . If the motor was directly connected
to the 50 - cycle , 220 - volt line , the torq ue and power would be
torque
appa rent ly too high . If the motor originally was connected 2
parallel star , a reconnection to delta would make the voltage ,
2
at 60 cycles , 220 x = 254 volts , and the corresponding volt
1
age at 50 cycles gebecomes 254 x 1.1
1.1 - 231 volts , which is closer
to the line volta of 220 volts than 200 volts .

596
 When a 50- cycle motor is to be connected to a 60-cycle line ,
the voltage at 60 cycles , for the same horsepower at both fre
quencies , should be equal to the voltage at 50 cycles x V 60/50 .
If the voltage at 50 cycles is 440 volts , the voltage at 60
cycles should be 440 x 1.1 = 484 volts . If the motor is con

nected series delta , a reconnection to 2 -parallel star will make

the voltage at 50 cycles equal to 440 x 43 = 380 volts , and at
60 cycles equal to 380 x 1.1 = 418 volts . In this case , the
motor can be connected to a 60 - cycle , 440 -volt line .
(b) The speed remains the same at both frequencies . It has
been explained above that this can be achieved only when the
winding is reconnected for another number of poles . This kind
of reconnection is treated in Art . 10-5 .

10-4 . Effective Number of Turns . Distribution Factor and

Pitch Factor . The number of turns per phase is an important
factor in Eq . 10-1 . As mentioned already , it depends upon the
number of turns in a single coil , the magnitude of spp , the num
ber of pole - phase groups in the phase ( i.e. , the number of
poles ) , and the number of parallel circuits . However , not the
real value of spp but its effective value is to be considered ..
The latter is equal to the real value times the distribution
factor which is always smaller than 1 . For example , a 3 - phase
winding with spp 4 has a distribution factor equal to 0.958 ,
and the effective number of spp is 4 x 0.958 = 3.83 . With this
quantity , the value of turns is to be calculated .

The distribution factors of 3 -phase and 2 -phase windings

for di erent values of spp are given in Fig . A5-1 . Note that

the 3- zone windings are used only for two or more speed motors
( See Appendix 5 ) . For fractional - slot windings , the same curves
of Fig . A5-1 can be used , provided that the numerator N of spp
is used in place of spp . For example , the distribution factor
of a winding with spp - 2 1/2 = 5/2 is found in Fig . A5- l as the
value which corresponds to spp = 5 .
There is another factor which usually reduces the real num
ber of turns . This is the pitch or chord factor . This factor
which also is smaller than one is caused by the chording of the
winding . As mentioned previously ( see Art . 1-8) , the coil pitch
is made approximately equal to the pole pole pitch , except in

597
2 -pole machines where it is 55% to 65% of the pole pitch . When
the coil pitch is smaller than the pole pitch , the turn is not
able to embrace the total pole flux and is less effective than
when the coil pitch is equal to the pole pitch . Consider , for
example , a 3-phase winding with spp = 4 , i.e. , 12 slots per pole .
When the coil pitch is equal to 12 slot pitches ( throw 1 and 13) ,
the pitch factor is equal to 1 . When the coil pitch is equal to
10 slot pitches ( throw 1 and 11 ) , the pitch factor is equal to
0.965 and the real number of turns is reduced by 3.5% . When the
coil pitch is larger than the pole pitch , the turn embraces the
total flux of one pole and a part of the flux of the adjacent
pole of different polarity . The total flux embraced by the turn
is again smaller than that of a full -pitch winding and the pitch
factor is to be taken into account .

The values of the pitch factors for different ratios of

coil width ( coil span) to pole pitch ( both measured in slot
pitches) are given in Fig . A5-2 .
10-5 . Reconnecting for Another Speed ,
reconnection
The
for another speed by changing the number of poles becomes neces
sary in two cases . The first case occurs when a motor designed
for a certain frequency is to be connected to a line of a dif
ferent frequency and the speed of the motor is to be different
from that which corresponds to the new line frequency . An ex

ample of this case is given in the beginning of Art . 10-3 . The

second case occurs when a motor designed for a certain line fre
quency and speed is to run on a line of the same frequency , but
with a different speed . The latter case is the more important .
When a motor designed for a certain speed is to operate at
a considerably higher speed , the mechanical problem mentioned in
Art . 10-3 arises and is to be solved in the manner explained
there .

A winding arranged certain number of poles has a

for a

fixed coil span corresponding to the pole pitch . When the number
of poles is changed , the coil span remains the same but the pole
pitch changes . The ratio of coil width to pole pitch and with
it the chord factor of the reconnected winding are , therefore ,
different from those of the original winding . The chord factor
determines the number of effective turns per phase ( see Art .

598
10-4) , and it may happen that the reconnected winding has a much
smaller number of effective turns per phase than the original
winding .
Fur thermore , a motor designed for a certain number of poles
has a fixed flux per pole and fixed flux densities in the air
gap and in the iron . When the winding is reconnected for another
number of poles , the flux density in the air gap will be left
approximately the same , i.e. , the flux will change approximately
inversely to the change of the number of poles . For example , a
4-pole motor reconnected for 8 poles will have a flux per pole
which is approximately half of that of the 4-pole motor .

The difference in the numbers of effective turns per phase

and the difference in the magnitude of the flux per pole make
it necessary to apply to the reconnected winding a voltage which
is different from the original line voltage . Unless these dif
ferences can be matched by an additional reconnection of the
motor winding , special taps on the transformer feeding the motor
will be required . This will be explained by an example in which
the horsepower developed at the different speeds also will be
determined .

Consider a 100 - HP , 4-pole , 3-phase , 60-cycle motor connect

ed to a 220 - volt line . The total number of slots is 48 , i.e. ,
spp - 4 . The coil width is equal to 10 slot pitches making the
ratio of coil width to pole pitch W / t = 10/12 = 0.833 . This
motor is to be reconnected for 6 poles . The speed will drop
from 1750 to 1160 . The number of slots per pole will be 48 = 8 ,
and the ratio of coil width to pole pitch is W / t - 10/8 = 1.25 .
The chord factor of the original winding is 0.966 ( see Fig .
A5-2 ) , and the chord factor of the reconnected winding is 0.924 .
The pole pitch of the reconnected winding is 4/6 = 2/3 of the
original winding . Therefore , the flux of the reconnected wind
ing , for constant flux density in the air gap , is 2/3 of the
original flux . Assuming the flux of the 4-pole machine to be 1 ,
then the product of flux times chord factor is 1 x 0.966 = 0.966
for the 4-role winding and 2/3 x 0.924 = 0.616 for the 6-pole
winding . The voltage at 4 poles is 220 volts . Therefore , the
voltage at 6 poles for constant flux density must be ( 0.616/0.966 )
x 220 = 140 volts .

599
 The same procedure of calculation has been applied to a re
connection for 8 poles . The results are given in the following
tabulation :
Number of poles 4 6 8
Speed ( rpm ) 1750 1160 860
Coil width in slot pitches . 10 10 10
Pole pitch in slot pitches . 12 8 6

Ratio of coil width to pole pitch 0.833 1.25 1.667

Chord factor . . 0.966 0.924 0.50
Relative flux . 1 4/6 4/8
Relative flux x chord factor . 0.966 0.616 0.25
Voltage . 220 140 57

If the original 4 -pole winding is connected delta , it can

be reconnected star requiring 380 volts at 4 poles , 241 volts at
6 poles , and 98 volts at 8 poles . The 6-pole winding may then
operate satisfactorily at a 220- volt line .
In general , it may be desirable to increase or decrease
somewhat the voltage as obtained from the calculation . An in
crease may be necessary respect to the starting torque or
with
winding is reconnected for a higher
pull -out torque , when the winding
number of poles , А reduction of the voltage may be necessary ,
when the winding is reconnected for a lower number of poles ,
since , otherwise , the flux density in the core may become too
high ( the depth of the core behind the teeth must increase with
decreasing number of poles) .
Power output equals the product of the number of phases ,
volts per phase , current per phase , power factor , and efficien
cy . Reconnecting a winding without changing the connections be
tween phases and the number of parallel paths , the phase current
is the same for all numbers of poles . The power factor and ef
ficiency decreases somewhat with increasing number of poles .
Neglecting the change in power factor and efficiency , the power
output will vary as the voltage and for the motor considered is :
Number of poles 4 6 8
Horsepower . 100 64 26
The 8-pole reconnection is here impractical because of the
small chord factor . A small chord factor not only reduces the
power output but also distorts the flux distribution . As a re

600
sult of this distortion , locking torques and noise may occur .
Windings with a chord factor smaller than 0.7 should not be used .
48
The winding reconnected for 6 poles has spp = 3 x 6 = 2 2/3 .
This gives a fractional - slot unbalanced winding . The coil group
ing of this winding is to be made in the manner explained in
Chapter 5 . The insulation between phases at the end windings or
the heavier insulated phase coils must be shifted corresponding
to the new coil grouping .

When a winding is to be reconnected for a number of poles

which is twice the original number of poles , sometimes use can
be made of the top- to-bottom connection discussed in Chapter 9 .
Hence , for example , if the original winding is connected in
parallel star , a reconnection in series star using long jumpers
will double the number of poles and reduce the speed to half of

the original value . Also , if the original winding is connected

series delta , a reconnection in parallel star , using long jump
ers , will double the number of poles and reduce the speed to
half of its original value . A winding arranged in 3 zones has
a distribution factor equal to 0.83 while a normal or 6- zone
winding has a distribution factor close to 0.96 . The chord
factor of the original will determine the chord factor of the
reconnected 3- zone winding . The effective number of turns in
each case will be a function of the respective chord and dis

tribution factors , and these factors must be carefully considered

when reconnecting for different speeds .

It has been mentioned in Chapter 9 that in the two - speed

windings the coil width must be close to half of the pole pitch
of the winding with the smaller number of poles , otherwise a
distortion of the flux distribution occurs which may result in
locking torques and noise . The same applies here when the top
to-bottom connection is used . For example , a 4 -pole winding

with a coil width close to half of its pole pitch should be used
in the top - to - bottom connection for 8 poles .

A well - designed motor has a proper " slot combination" , i.e.,

its number of stator slots , number of rotor slots , and number of
poles are matched in such a manner that no locking torques , no
cusps and dips in the torque - speed curve , and no noise occur .
If the original winding is reconnected for another number of

601
poles , the slot combination may no longer be the proper one .
Note the rule that no considerable dips in the torque - speed
curve will occur , if the ratio of coil width to pole pitch is
about 0.83 and the rotor is skewed one stator slot pitch .

10-6 . Reconnecting for Another Number of Phases . The re

connection from 2 to 3 phases and vice versa is the only one of

practical importance .

Comparing a series connected 2 - phase motor with a series

star -connected 3 -phase motor of the same output , speed ,
fre
quency , and line voltage , the 2 -phase motor has approximately
25% more turns than the 3-phase motor , Therefore , if a 2 -phase

series - connected winding is regrouped and reconnected in 3 -phase

star , the number of turns , for the same line voltage , will be

about 25% too high , and the motor will show all the defects of a
machine operating on 80 % of normal voltage , i.e. , the starting
and pull -out torques will be considerably decreased and , for the
same output as that of the 2 -phase motor , the current and heating
will be increased . Vice versa , if a 3 -phase series star - con

nected motor is regrouped and reconnected in 2 -phase series , the

motor will show at the same line voltage all the defects of a
machine operating on 125% of normal voltage , i.e. , the flux and
iron losses will increase SO that the motor may overheat at a
light load . If the 3 -phase motor is originally connected delta
inste ad of star , its number of turns is 1.73 times that at the
star connection and , reconnected for 2 -phase series , it will
have , for the same line voltage , 1.73/ 1.25 - 1.38 times the re
quired number of turns . The motor will show then the signs of

a machine operating at 72% of its normal voltage .

Since the number of turns of the 2 -phase motor for the

same line voltage is larger than that of the star- connected
3 -phase motor , it is possible , when reconnecting from 2 to 3

phases at the same line voltage , to adjust the number of turns

for the 3 phases by cutting out and leaving dead about 20% of
the turns . This does not apply in reverse , because , going from
3 -phase star to 2 - phase , the number of turns would have to be

increased by 25% and this is not possible . The method of cutting

out turns for reconnecting from 2 to 3 phases will be explained
by an example . Consider a 2 -phase , 4-pole motor with 72 slots .
The winding has 2 x 4 = 8 pole- phase groups with 72/8 - 9 single

602
coils in each pole - phase group . For 3 phases and the same num

ber of poles , the number of pole - phase groups becomes 3 x 4 = 12

and , if all coils were used , the number of single coils per
pole - phase group would be 72/12 = 6 . By making the number of
single coils per pole - phase group of the 3-phase winding 5 in
stead of 6 , i.e. , cutting out every sixth coil around the
machine , the number of turns is reduced in the ratio 5 to 6
( 83%) , which is the right value .

It should be noted that this method of reconnection from 2

to 3 phases at the same line voltage is not too satisfactory .
Since 1/6 of the coils is left dead , the amount of active copper
is reduced by the same percentage and , therefore , the torque and
output also will be similarly reduced .

Another method for reconnecting a motor from 2 to 3 phases at

the same line voltage is the " T " or Scott 2 - phase to 3 -phase
connection . This connection , for the motor treated above , is
shown in Fig . 10-1 . It is necessary that the vertical leg of
the " T" has 86.6% of the turns of the horizontal leg . For this
reason , in each pole - phase group of the phase making the vertical
leg one coil is cut out and left dead . As indicated in the
figure , all pole - phase groups of the horizontal leg have 9
single coils each while the pole - phase groups of the vertical
leg have only 8 single coils each , yielding for the latter leg

9
wie wiercie
S s N N

Fig . 10-1im .Schematic

Screscott Diagram
connectishowing
on the

603
8/9 = 0.89 of the turns of the horizontal leg . A deviation from

the 86.6% for the vertical leg leads to useless circulating cur
rents which increase the heating . A reduction of these currents
can be achieved , if the " top - to -bottom " connection ( Art . 3-5 ) is
applied to the 2 phases . In this case , in each phase , the coils
of the same polarity follow each other as indicated by N and S
in Fig . 10-1 .

In the foregoing , reconnecting from 2 to 3 phases and

vice versa for the same line voltage has been considered . When
the 2 - phase line voltage and the 3 -phase line voltage are not
equal , use can be made of the change from star to delta and vice
versa , and from the change of the number of parallel circuits ,
as explained in Art . 10-2 .

Since the 2 - phase series - connected winding has at the same

voltage about 25% more turns than the 3 - phase series star wind
3-Parallel
Parallel

- arallel
-Parallel
- arallel

- arallel

ing , the permissible percentage voltages at the same flux are :

Delta

Delta
Delta

Parallels

Parallels

- arallels
Star

Star

Star

Series

P
Series

Delta

2
-

4
P

P
2

4
Star

4
8
Series
- hase

Phase
- hase

Phase

P
- hase

Phase
Phase

3
2
- hase

-
- hase
-
- hase

Phase

- hase
P

P
P
3

P
P
P

2
3

3
3

2
3

-
2
3

-
-

100 50 33 25 58 29 19 15 80 40 27

The 3 -phase quantities are the same as in Table 10-1 . The 2

phase quantities are based upon the statement made about the
ratio of turns for 2- and 3-phase . The tabulation means that if
a 3 - phase series star - connected motor is reconnected 2 -phase
series , only 80 % of the 3 - phase voltage should be applied to the
2 - phase winding . If the 2 - phase winding is connected in 2 paral
lel circuits , only 40% of the 3 - phase voltage should be applied
to it , and so forth .
The 3 - phase series star connection has been chosen as re
ference , i.e. , 100% has been assigned to this connection . As
explained in Art . 10-2 , any other connection can be taken as
reference . Doing this for each of them , Table 10-2 is obtained ,
the use of which will be explained by an example .

604
 P
CONNECTIONS
VARIOUS
OF
VOLTAGE
. ERCENTAGE
10-2
TABLE
2 HASE
FROM
3-P
TO
VERSA
VICE
AND

Phases
Three Phases
Two

2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5
Paral-
Paral Paral
Paral- 2 3 4 5
lel lel
Series Series -Paral-
Paral
Paral-
Paral
Series
Star Star Delta lel

100 50 33 25 20 58 29 19 15 12 80 40 27 20 16

200 100 67 50 40 115 58 39 29 23 161 80 54 40 32

300 150 100 75 60 173 87 58 43 35 242 121 80 60 48

400 200 133 100 80 231 115 77 58 46 323 161 108 80 64

500 250 167 125 100 289 144 96 72 58 403 202 135 100 80

173 86 58 43 35 100 50 33 25 20 139 70 47 35 28

605
346 173 115 87 69 200 100 67 50 40 279 139 94 70 56

519 260 173 130 104 300 150 100 75 60 418 210 139 105 84

692 346 231 173 138 400 200 133 100 80 559 279 188 139 112

865 433 288 216 173 500 250 167 125 100 698 350 233 175 139

125 63 42 31 25 72 36 24 18 15 100 50 33 25 20

250 125 84 63 50 144 72 48 36 29 200 100 67 50 40

375 188 125 94 75 216 108 72 54 43 300 150 100 75 60

500 250 167 125 100 289 144 96 72 58 400 200 133 100 80

625 313208 500

156 125 360 180 120 90 72 250 167 125 100
 A 2 -phase , 440 - volt, 8 -pole motor connected in 4 parallel
circuits is to be reconnected for 3 phases and a line voltage of
550
550 volts . The 3-phase voltage must be 440
100 - 125 % of the
2-phase voltage . Taking the latter as reference , i.e. , consid
ering the horizontal row in which there is assigned 100 % to " 2
phases and 4 parallels " , it is found that the figure 125 lies in
the column marked " 4 parallel star " . This means that the 2-phase
motor considered can be reconnected for 3 phases and connected
to a 550 volt line .

If the same 2-phase motor was connected in 2 parallel cir

cuits , the horizontal line which shows 100 % under "2 phases 2
parallels " ( this is the fourth horizontal line from the bottom
of the Table ) contains the figure 125 and the reconnection for 3
phases and 550 volts would also be possible .
Determination of Horsepower from Given Dimensions of
10-7 .
a Motor . With fixed dimensions and speed of a machine , the out
put is also fixed . As has been mentioned in Art . 10-1 , the
torque of an electric machine is determined by the flux per pole ,
the number of poles , the number of armature conductors , and the
current in the armature conductors . When the dimensions of a

machine are fixed , only a certain flux per pole can be produced
without exceeding the permissible flux densities , and only a
certain number of armature conductors with a fixed current can
be placed in the armature without exceeding the permissible cur
rent density . This and the speed fix the output of the machine .
The following expression applies to polyphase induction
motors :

HP = Constant x D2 x L x rpm ( 10-4)

where D is the diameter of the stator bore , and L is the
axial length ( core length , including radial vents ) of the lamin
ated iron core parallel to the shaft , both in inches . For rpm ,
the synchronous speed is to be used . Approximate values for the
constant which is called output constant are given in Fig . 10-2 .
This figure can be used when
old machine is to be rewound ,
an

for which the speed but not the output is known .

10-8. Rewinding an old Core . If an old core is to be re
wound for the original conditions and the data of the original
winding are available , the serviceman will do best to duplicate

606
 X 10-6

60

ÈS
L
24
PO
50

L ES
12
PO
CONSTANT

ES
OUTPUT

L
PO
6

S
LE
PO
40 4

S
LE
PO
2

30

20

OT

0
1 2 6 8 10 15 20 30

POLE PITCH ( INCHES )

Fig . 10-2 . Output constants for polyphase

induction motors

607
the original winding . If an old core is to be rewound for the
original conditions but for another voltage and the data of the
original winding are available , it is easy to determine from Eq .
10-1 the necessary number of turns per phase by changing the
original number of turns proportional to the new voltage . The
area of the conductor must also be changed , namely , proportional
to the new current . If an old core is to be rewound for condi
tions other than the original , for example , another output , or
another speed , or another frequency , etc. , a redesign of the
machine is necessary . The treatment of this matter is out of the
scope of this book and the reader will find an answer to this
problem in the reference number 9 of the Bibliography .

608
 CHAPTER 11

SINGLE-PHASE WINDINGS AND DIAGRAMS*

Various Types of Single -phase Motors.

11-1 . There are

various types of single -phase motors , namely :

1. Split -phase motor .
2. Resistance -start , split -phase motor .
3. Reactor - start , split -phase motor .
4. Capacitor -start motor .
5. Permanent -split capacitor motor .
6. Two - value capacitor motor .
7. Repulsion motor .
8. Repulsion -start induction motor .
g. Repulsion - induction motor .
10 . Universal motor .
11 . Shaded-pole motor .
12. Split -phase reluctance motor .
13 . Capacitor - type reluctance motor .
14 . Capacitor -type hysteresis motor .
15 . Shaded pole hysteresis motor .
The American Standards Association defines these motors as
follows :
1. Split -phase Motor .
A split -phase motor is a single -phase induction motor
equipped with an auxiliary winding, displaced in magnetic posi
tion from , and connected in parallel with , the main winding.
(Note : Unless otherwise specified , the auxiliary circuit is as
sumed to be opened when the motor has attained a predetermined
speed . The term " split -phase motor ," used without qualification ,
describes a motor to be used without impedance other than that
offered by the motor windings themselves , other types being
separately defined . )
2. Resistance - start , split -phase motor.
A resistance -start motor is a form of split -phase motor
having a resistance connected in series with the auxiliary wind
* This chapter gives the common connection and wiring diagrams
of the single -phase motors . For more detailed information on
single -phase motors , the reader is referred to C. G. Veinott's
book , " Fractional Horsepower Electric Motors" , published by the
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York . This book contains com
plete and well organized information about all types of single
phase motors . The author is indebted to Mr. C.G. Veinott for
some useful suggestions .

609
ing . The auxiliary circuit is opened when the motor has attained
a predetermined speed .

3. Reactor - start , split -phase motor ,

A reactor -start motor is a form of split -phase motor de
signed for starting with a reactor in series with the main wind
ing . The reactor is short - circuited , or otherwise made ineffect
ive , and the auxiliary circuit is opened when the motor has at
tained a predetermined speed .
A capacitor motor is a single -phase induction motor with a
main winding arranged for direct connection to a source of power
and an auxiliary winding connected in series with a capacitor .
(Note : The capacitor may be connected into the circuit through a
transformer and its value may be varied between starting and
running . )
4. Capacitor - start motor .
A capacitor -start motor is a capacitor motor in which the
capacitor phase is in the circuit only during the starting
period .

5. Permanent -split capacitor motor ,

A permanent - split capacitor motor is a capacitor motor hav
ing the same value of capacitance for both starting and running
conditions .
6. Two - value capacitor motor .
A 2 -value capacitor motor is a capacitor motor using dif
ferent values of effective capacitance for the starting and run
ning conditions .

7. Repulsion motor .
A repulsion motor is a single -phase motor which has a
stator winding arranged for connection to a source of power and
a rotor winding connected to a commutator . Brushes on the com
mutator are short -circuited and are so placed that the magnetic
axis of the rotor winding is inclined to the magnetic axis of
the stator winding . This type of motor has a varying -speed
characteristic .

8. Repulsion - start induction motor .

A repulsion -start induction motor is a single -phase motor
having the same windings as a repulsion motor , but at a prede
termined speed the rotor winding is short - circuited or otherwise
connected to give the equivalent of a squirrel -cage winding .
This type of motor starts as a repulsion motor but operates as
an induction motor with constant -speed characteristics.

9. Repulsion - induction motor .

A repulsion - induction motor is a form of repulsion motor
which has a squirrel -cage winding in the rotor in addition to
the repulsion motor winding . A motor of this type may have
either a constant - speed or varying -speed characteristic ,
10. Universal motor .
A universal motor is a series -wound or a compensated series
wound motor which may be operated either on direct current or

610
single -phase alternating current at approximately the same speed
and output . These conditions must be met when the direct - current
and alternating - current voltages are approximately the same and
the frequency of the alternating current is not greater than 60
cycles per second .

11. Shaded - pole motor .

A shaded -pole motor is a single -phase induction motor pro
vided with an auxiliary short -circuited winding or windings dis
placed in magnetic position from the main winding .

12 . Split - phase reluctance motor .

The ASA does not define this type motor , but does define
the reluctance type motor .
A reluctance type motor is a synchronous motor
similar in construction to an induction motor in
which the member carrying the secondary circuit
has salient poles without direct - current excita
tion . It starts as an induction motor but operates
normally at synchronous speed (ASA 10.10.305 ) .
From this definition , a split-phase reluctance motor may be
described as a reluctance -type motor , the stator of which is
exactly the same as in a split -phase induction motor , i.e. , the
stator has a main winding , an auxiliary winding and also a start
ing switch .

13. Capacitor -type reluctance motor .

From the ASA definition 10.10.305 given above , the capaci
tor - type reluctance motor is a reluctance type motor the stator
of which may be wound in one of three ways discussed under defi
nitions 4 , 5 , and 6 , above , that is , as capacitor - start , as
permanent - split capacitor , or as 2 - value capacitor .

14. Capacitor -type hysteresis motor ,

The ASA definition for the hysteresis motor is :
A hysteresis motor is a synchronous motor without
salient poles and without direct -current excita
tion , which starts by virtue of the hysteresis
losses induced in its hardened steel secondary
member by the revolving field of the primary and
operates normally at synchronous speed due to the
retentivity of the secondary core (ASA 10.10.315 ) .
From this definition , a capacitor -type hysteresis motor may be
described as a hysteresis -type motor with a stator winding which
may be wound in one of the three ways described under 4 , 5 , and
6 above .

15 . Shaded - pole hysteresis motor .

From ASA definition 10.10.315 given above, a shaded -pole
hysteresis motor may be defined as a hysteresis - type motor with
stator windings the same as in the shaded - pole motor defined
under 11 above .

As can be seen from the definitions , the first 4 types of

single - phase motors have , besides the main winding , an auxiliary
winding for starting which is cut out when the motor has obtained

61 ]
a certain speed . The axes of both windings are displaced by
half a pole pitch .
The permanent - split (or single
single --value
value ) capacitor motor and
the 2 -value capacitor motor use the auxiliary winding not only
for starting but also for running . These motors behave as im
perfect 2 - phase motors .

The winding
rotor of the motor types 1 to 6 is of the
squirrel -cage type .
The starting of the repulsion -type motors 7 to 9 is accom
plished by a single stator winding with the aid of a d-c armature
winding and a commutator in the rotor . While in the straight
repulsion motor and in the repulsion - induction motor the commu
tator is used permanently , it is short - circuited at a certain
speed in the repulsion -start induction motor .

Stator and rotor windings of the universal motor are similar

to those of the d-c series motor . The stator winding is either
concentrated and placed on salient poles (non -compensated univer
sal motor ) or distributed and placed in slots ( compensated uni
versal motor ) .

The stator windings of the shaded -pole motor are placed on

salient poles . The short -circuited auxiliary winding consists
of a single turn or coil placed around a portion of the main
pole . The rotor winding is of the squirrel -cage type . The motor
types 1 to 6 , 8 , and 11 are induction motors with constant -speed
characteristics .
The reluctance motor ( types 12 and 13 ) is a synchronous
motor , the rotor of which has salient poles without direct - cur
rent excitation . The stator is similar to that of the induction
motor .

The hysteresis motor synchronous

( types 14 and 15 ) is a
motor without saliént poles and without direct - current excita
tion . The rotor contains a hardened steel ring and starts by
virtue of hysteresis losses .
11-2 . Stator Windings . Three types of windings are used
for the stators of single -phase motors of the types 1 to 9 and
12 to 15. They are :

612
 (a) Hand winding .
(b ) Mould winding .
(c ) Skein winding .
The following rule applies to all windings . The magnetic polar
ity must alternate from pole to pole (see Art . 11-4b ) , and ,
therefore , adjacent poles must be wound to give opposite polarity
(exception see Art . 11-6a ) , i.e. , if one pole is wound in a
clockwise direction , the adjacent pole must be wound in a
counter - clockwise direction .

(a ) Hand winding . Consider Fig . 11 -l which shows the main

winding of a 4 - pole machine with 36 slots . It consists of 4
identical coil groups each of contains 3 single coils .
which
The winder starts with a single wire and winds first the inner
coil 3-7 , placing in the slots one turn at a time . When the

inner coil is finished , he progresses to the next coil placed in

the adjacent slots 2-8 and so forth . The end of the coil group
lies in slot 9 . From here the winder carries the wire to slot
16 and winds in the opposite direction all the turns of the coil
16-12 . Then the coil 17-11 is wound and finally the last coil
of this group , 18-10 . The end of this group lies in slot 10 .
From here the winder carries the wire to slot 21 and so forth .
All 4 coil groups are thus connected in series . For a parallel
connection the winder stops after finishing coil 18-10 and starts
coil 21-25 with a new wire .
Winding guides arranged to cover the sharp edges of the
slots have to be used in order te protect the wire insulation
from being scraped or damaged , Also , rods are to be provided
which , inserted in the slots , keep the end connections from cov

24 125 33 34 35

HII

Fig . 11-1 . Main Winding of a 4 -pole stator

with 36 slots . Hand winding .

613
ering up the unwound slots and provide space for the coils to be
wound later .

(b ) Mould winding . The concentric coils (see Fig . 1-6 ) are

first wound on a mould and then placed into the slots by hand

(Fig . 11-2 ) . Using a stepped mould (Fig . 1-8 ) , all the coils of
a coil group can be made in succession with a single wire . Also
it is possible to wind all the consecutive coil groups with a
single wire . The latter may consist of one or two parallel
strands . Instead of a mould , wire finishing nails driven into
the bench can be used . In order to determine the perimeter of
the mould or around the finishing nails , a single wire is looped
around the stator teeth ( in the center of the slot ) in the same
position in which the finished coil lies . As for the hand wind
ing , guides to cover the sharp edges of the slots are necessary
while feeding the wires into the slots . The end -extensions of
the mould winding are usually somewhat larger than those of the
hand winding . The single -phase mould winding also can be made

Fig . 11-2 . Inserting a mould - formed winding

into a 4 -pole stator .

614
 as a distributed winding with
equal coils similar to the dis
tributed polyphase winding (Figs .
2 3 8 10
2-4 and 2-5 ) . Fig . 11-3 shows
one pole of the concentric wind
ing shown in Fig . 11 -l wound in
this way . The end - extensions
and the weight of this winding
are larger than those of the
concentric mould winding . The
mould winding is therefore pre
ferred .
(c ) Skein winding . The
skein winding used often for
auxiliary (starting ) windings
Fig . 11-3 . Distributed wind consists of as many skeins of
ings for 1 -pole group of a
4 -pole stator with 36 slots . wire as there are poles (Fig .
1-9 ) . Each skein of wire is

looped a number of times through the slots to form a pole ,

The number of loops may be different in the individual slot

pairs . The total number of turns per pole is equal to the num
ber of turns in the skein times the number of loops .

Fig . 11-4 shows the steps necessary to put the skein into
slots of one pole of a 4 -pole machine with 36 slots (see
Fig . 11-1 ) . The skein is placed into the slots 3 and 7 (Fig .
11-4a ) a few wires at a time . Then the skein is pulled toward
the winder , moving the end winding on the sides opposite to the
leads close to the core . Care must be taken that the slot cells
do not move together with the skein , otherwise the wire insula
tion may be scraped , In the next step , the skein is given half
. a turn (Fig . 11-4b ) , and the entire skein is passed through the
stator core . Then the wires of slot 3 are fed into slot 8 , and
those of slot 7 are fed into slot 2 (Fig . 11-4c ) . After the end
windings have been pulled tight to the core , the skein is given
again half a turn , but in a direction opposite to the first
twist (Fig . 11-4d ) , and the entire skein is passed through the
stator core . The wires of slot 8 are now fed into slot 1 , those
of slot 2 are fed into slot 9 , and the coil group is ready for
shaping ( Fig . 11-4e ) .

615
 5

9 10

(a ) (b )
H

I(.
9 10

9 10

(c )
(d )

7 6 10

(e )
a

Fig . 11-4 . Method of installing a skein winding

by passing the entire skein through the core .

616
 Note that in handling the skein care must be taken to avoid
twisting and kinking of the wires . The half twist of the skein
before passing it through the bore should be alternated in direc
tion in order to avoid difficulty on the last part of the loop .

The skein winding becomes somewhat difficult to handle

if the wire is larger than No. 20 or 21 and the weight of the
skein is more than 2 or 3 ounces .
In order the length of the skein , a single
to determine
wire of No. 18 to 21 is looped in the slots ( in their centers )
in the same manner that the skein will be looped . Half of the
total length of the wire is the approximate length of the skein .
Now a trial skein can be made and wound in the slots . A correct
length of the skein is important ,
A skein can be made either by using an adjustable skein
reel or by driving 2 nails , the skein length apart , in a board
and winding the wire around the nails . The start and finish
leads must be at the same end of the skein . Before removing the
skein (by pulling one of the nails ) , short pieces of tape should
be wrapped around the wires , at intervals , to avoid tangling of
the wires and to separate both sides of the skein . These pieces
of tape are removed as the skein is placed in the slots . When
the skein is long , 4 instead of 2 nails can be used ; the 2 mid
dle nails prevent tangling of the wires .
In the method of making a skein winding described above , it
is necessary to pass the entire skein through the core of the
stator as many times as there are single coils minus one .
Another method makes it unnecessary to pass the entire skein
through the core , The principle of this method is to pass one
side of the skein through the slots , by forming loops in it ,
until the last single coil is reached and then to use the other

side of the skein for finishing the coil group . This is explain
ed in Fig . 11-5 which shows one pole group , as in Fig . 11-4 . In
using this method , the lead end of the skein must be put in
first and the leads should be made long enough so that they can
be brought back to the front of the core through the last slots
( 1 and 9 ) . In Fig . 11-5a a loop is made with the right -hand leg
of the skein
ske passed into the stator core , and fed into the
in ,, passed
slots 2 and 8 (Fig . 11-5b ) . Then , since the last single coil is

617
 2
5_6_7_89 ,

12_13_4_5_6_7_a 9

MI
)
a
(

(b )

2 3 4 78

(c )

Fig . 11-5 . Method of installing a skein winding by

passing one side of the skein through the core .

618
reached , the strands of the third coil are pulled over and fed
into slot 9 and the rest of the coil fed into slot 1 (Fig .
11-5c ) . In general , the loops are all made by the same leg of
the skein .

In Fig . 11-4 the number of loops is the same in all slots .

The Distribution Chart (see Art . 11-4 ) of the main winding , cor
responding to Fig . 11-4 , is shown in Fig . 11-6 .

The numbers in the squares indicate the number of times the

loop passes through the slot . Another Distribution Chart for a
similar 4 -pole machine with 36 slots is shown in Fig . 11-7 . In
this case the skein of the main winding passes through most of
the slots twice . The skein winding normally has as many coil
groups as there are poles . The 4 - pole winding shown in Fig .
11-1 , which can be hand or mould wound , also has as many coil

groups as there are poles (4 ) . However , this latter winding can

be wound with half as many coil groups . This is shown in Fig .
11-8 . This 4 -pole winding has only 2 coil groups . The essential
part of a winding is the parts of the conductors which lie in the
slots and not the end connections . It is important only that
end connections do not connect conductors of the same polarity .
Consider Fig . 11-1 . The direction of the currents , if assumed
arbitrarily for one of the 4 poles , is fixed for the other poles
since it must alternate . Comparing Fig . 11-1 with Fig . 11-8 , it
is seen that in both cases the end connections connect only con
ductors of different polarities and both windings are therefore
equivalent . The Distribution Chart corresponding to Fig . 11-8
is shown in Fig . 11-9 .

The arrangement shown by Fig . 11-1 with as many coil groups

as there are poles is the normal one . The arrangement shown by
Fig . 11-8 with half as many coil groups as there are poles is
used in 2 - speed motors (see Art . 11-6 ) . In general , this type of
winding is seldom used .

Apparently , end-connection arrangements other than those

shown in Fig . 11-1 and 11-8 are possible without reducing the
effectiveness of the winding . In Fig . 11-1 , there are 4 coil
groups with 3 single coils each ; in Fig . 11-8 there are 2 coil
groups with 6 single coils each . It is possible to make 2 coil
groups with 4 single coils each and 2 coil groups with 2 single

619
 SLOT
.NO 7
6
5
4
3
2 8 10
9
17
16
15
14
13
12
11 19
18
21
20
23
22
25
24
27
26
29
28
31
30
33
32
35
34
36
MAIN
WINDING
计
. 1-6
1
Fig Distributi
chart
the
of
vinding
main
shown
Fig
.1in
1-4 on

620
SLOT
.NO 3412
5 9
8 18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
21
20
19 24
23
22
27
26
25
29
28
32
31
30
35
34
33
36
MAIN
WINDING 12
21:12 12
22211 22||

2
STARTING
WINDING 000

of1-7
.Fig
chart
mainistribution
winding
the
and
D1starting
winding
-pof
a4 ole
slots
36
.in
 o 16 17 16 19 20 24
23 25 26
22
21 29
28
27 3130 32 33 35 36

621
4-
a1
of
-s
36ole r
1-8
. lot
windi
p stato
with
Main
Fig ng
E
grou
coil
c
6
has
.2oils
ach
oilps
p
coils each . Such windings with unequal coil groups are also
used sometimes .

11-3 . Insulation of the Wire and the slots of the Stator .

Single - cotton - covered enamel wire as well as plain enamel wire
is used for the wire insulation of small single - phase motors .
Where the space permits , the first type of insulation is prefer
able .

Up to 250 volts , a U-shaped rag - paper or fishpaper cell

approximately 0.015 inches in thickness is used for slot ( ground )
insulation . The cell should be 1/4 to 3/8 inch longer than the
width of the core . the grain of the
It should be cut so that
paper is parallel to the slot in order that it does not crack at
the corners . The width of the cell must fit the contour of the
slot ; the cell should be neither too long and cover up a part of
the slot opening , nor too
short and make it possible for the
wire to go between the cell and the tooth , After the slot has
been completely wound , the edges of the slot cell are folded
over each other and a wooden or fiber wedge is placed above the
cell . The wedge should be 1/4 inch longer than the core . Fiber
wedges can be cut from fiber sheet , approximately 1/16 inch
thick .

A slot cell of higher mechanical strength is obtained when

a fishpaper cell 0.007 inch thick is combined with a 0.007 - inch
treated-cloth cell . The fishpaper cell is put next to the iron .
If the treated - cloth cell is made longer than the fishpaper cell
so that it extends approximately 1/2 inch out through the slot
opening , special guides to cover the sharp edges of the slots
become unnecessary .

The combination cell of 0.007 -inch fishpaper and 0.007-inch

treated -cloth can also be used for voltages above 250 volts .
However , in this case both cells must be cut to the same size as
the plain rag -paper or fishpaper cell .
When the slot contains a main-winding coil and a starting
winding coil , both coil sides should be insulated from each
other . For this purpose a thin strip of sheet fiber or fish
paper can be placed on the top of the first coil . When the com
bined cell is used , and the fishpaper cell is not attached to
the treated-cloth cell , the latter can be used to give the in

622
 6
5
.1234
7890 NO
SLOT
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
MAIN tal
WINDING 10000

D1-8
1
Fig
by
shown
winding
main
the
of
.chart
1-9
istribution

623
SLOT
.
NO 12345678910
32 111213
19
18
17
16
15
14
25
24
23
22
21
20
31
30
29
28
27
26
36
35
34
33 PER .
COND
. GAUGE INSUL
MAIN 16 S.CC
21
|1212 121
2111
21 212
2 1 1|212
12 212
12
21 112
. 112 2121
12 EN
WINDING S.C.C.
12/21
21
2121 / 16

H | H
2112
1212112
|122211
21
12 1212121 EN
・ HKT

|
| ИИ

STARTING 21 S.C.C.
WINDIN G / 20
24
24 24
24 |24
24
24 2
• 42424 24
24/24 EN
.

motor
Compl
distr
2
/
1
a
of
chart
p
-
,34
capac
.-s -4
lot
ole ibutio
ete
1-10itor
.16tart
Fig
.
connection
parallel
or
series
for
parts
two
in
wound
is
winding
main
The
sulation between the coil sides , It is to be cut off even with
the slot opening and folded in the slot over the bottom coil .
For the top coil side , an additional treated-cloth cell is to be
put into the slot . After the top coil is wound , this cell is
cut off even with the slot opening and folded . Then the fish
paper cell is folded and the wedge put into the slot .
The coil ends of the main and the auxiliary winding should
be insulated from each other . For this purpose the coil ends of
the auxiliary winding should be raised by a coil lifter and
pieces of treated-cloth or rag -paper placed between the coil
ends .
In a 2 - pole motor , the depth of the core below the slots is
greater than in a 4 -pole or 6 -pole motor of the same outside
diameter , and therefore the coil ends are to be formed farther
back than in the 4 -pole or 6 -pole motor . For this reason , it is
safer to have fiber end -punchings on both ends of 2 -pole stator
cores . If in rewinding , the original end-punchings cannot be
used , washers can be made from 1/32 to 1 /16-inch fiber sheet and
attached to the core ends by shellac or glue ,
The coil ends after being formed to shape should be tied
down solidly with tape or twine .
The stator with the complete winding should be dipped in
insulating varnish and then baked from 4 to 12 hours at 200 ° to
250 ° F. If plain enameled wire is used , it is desirable to dip
and bake the windings twice . When an oven for baking is not
available , electric power can be used for this purpose . The
main winding is connected to a low - voltage line so as to limit
the current to a safe value and baked at a temperature of ap
proximately 225° F. for 6 to 14 hours , depending on the size of
the motor .

11-4 . Different Types of Stator Diagrams . Several connec

tion diagrams are necessary to give complete information about a
winding . These diagrams are :
(a ) The Distribution Chart . This gives the number of con
ductors in each slot for all windings , the number of coil sides
in each slot , the size and insulation of the conductors , and the
number of parallel strands per conductor . Figs . 11-6 and 11-7
are incomplete Distribution Charts . A complete Distribution

624
Chart of a 1 /2 - HP , 4 -pole , capacitor-start motor for 60 cycles ,
115/230 volts , with mould windings in 36 slots , is shown in Fig .
11-10 . From this Distribution Chart one can see the following :

The main winding consists of 2 parts (to be connected in

series for 230 volts or in parallel for 115 volts ) . Since the
machine has 4 poles , each part of the winding consists of 4 pole
groups . Each pole group has 3 coils . (The dots under the slot
numbers indicate that for the particular winding the slots are
empty , i.e. , that this particular winding has no conductors in

these slots . ) The coil spans are indicated by a horizontal line

with slant dashes . The coils with the smallest span lie in the
slots 3-7 , 12-16 , and so forth , and have 12 conductors : the next
wider coils lie in slots 2-8 , 11-17 , and so forth , and have 21
conductors , the coils with the largest span lie in the slots
1-9 , 10-18 , and so forth , and have 21 conductors . All conductors
have one strand . Both parts of the main winding have size 16
wire . The insulation of the wires is single -cotton -covered
enamel .

The starting winding also consists of 4 identical pole

groups , each pole group having 3 coils with 24 conductors . The
coils with the smallest span lie in the slots 7-12 , 16-21 , and
so forth ; the next wider coils lie in the slots 6-13 , 15-22 , and
so forth ; the coils with the largest span lie in the slots 5-14 ,
14-23 , and so forth . The conductor of the starting winding con
sists of one strand of size 20 wire . The wire insulation is the
same as for the main winding .

In skein windings , the number of slanting dashes pointing

to a slot from the slot span line represents the number of times
the skein goes through the particular slot (see Figs . 11-6 and
11-7 ) .

The axes of the coils of the main winding (Fig . 11-10 ) go

throuth slots 5 , 14 , 23 , and 32 . The axes of the coils of the
starting winding go through the centers of the teeth between
slots 9-10 , 18-19 , 27-28 , and 36-1 . The distance between the
axes of both windings is 4.5 slot pitches . Since there are 9
slots per pole , the distance between the axes of both windings
is equal to half a pole pitch , as it should be .

625
 (b ) Common Connection Diagrams . The Distribution Chart

shows how to form the pole groups ; the connection Diagram shows
how the pole groups must be connected in order to form both the
main and auxiliary windings , respectively . Consider , for ex

ample , Fig . 11-13 which shows the Connection Diagram of a 4 -pole

winding with both windings in series . Each pole group is repre
sented by an arc . Therefore , both windings are represented by
4 arcs each . In this Figure , as in all connection Diagrams of

this chapter , the outer winding is the main winding , the inner
one the auxiliary winding . Following the rule that the magnetic
polarity of a winding should alternate from pole to pole around
the circumference , the end of the first pole group , ( 1 ) is con
nected with the end of the following pole group , ( 2) ; the
next following
the next
beginning of this pole group is connected with the beginning of
the following pole group , ( 3 ) , and so forth . This applies to
both windings . In each winding , all 4 pole groups are connected
in series . Corresponding to the Nema Standards as well as those
of the American Standards Association , the terminals of the main
winding are marked by T , and TĄ , those of the starting winding
by T. and To : The starting switch is placed in the lead T5 of
the starting winding .

The terminal markings according to the old Nema Standards

as well as those of the American Standards Association were Ti

and Tz for the main winding and T2 and T4 for the auxiliary or
starting winding . The new markings are used throughout the chap
ter except in those cases where no new standards have been de
fined . In these cases (Figs . 11-33 , 11-34 , 11-37 , 11-38 , and
11-39 ) the old markings have been retained . The connection of
the pole groups shown in the center of the Connection Diagrams
refers to the main winding only .

In Fig . 11-14 which also shows the Connection Diagram of a

4 - pole winding , the main winding is connected in parallel , the
auxiliary winding in series . The auxiliary winding is , there
fore , exactly the same as in Fig . 11-13 . In the main winding ,
pole group 1 is connected in series with pole group 2 , pole
group 3 is connected in series with pole group 4 , and both cir
cuits are connected in parallel having common leads T, and T4.
Note that there is a cross -connection (equalizing connection )
between the middle points of both parallel circuits , and that

626
 5
5

5 2
3

627
TA

3
3

1
Fig
M
windi
6
for
p oles ng
ain
,. 1-25a 1-25b
Main
winding
.1
for
Fig for
p
,6 oles
p
2
in
,w ithou
arall
conne
paths
cross t
el
cted connecte
p
w2 arallel
,in
paths
ithout
cross
group
Pole
a
3
,2
1
polend sctions
.conne groups
Pole
polarity
same
of
.
connecti
and
serie
in
conne
a
,6
5re s
4
group s
cted series
in
connecte
parts
both
and
are
parallel
.both
in
connected
are
parts connected
parallel
.in
 TA
3

T2
T3
5
3

)
12

628
2

M
1
.6ain
1-25c
winding
Fig
poles
for 1
winding
M
6p.Fig
for ain
1-25d
oles
for
arranged
dual
voltage
operation
.Pole dual
for
arranged
voltage
.Pole
operatio
and
series
in
a
connected
1,23re
groups and
series
in
connecte
,5a
13re
groups
form
one
section
of
the
winding
; ole
pgroups form
one
section
of
the
winding
;pole
groups
in
series
and
form
,456connected
are re
,426aconnecte
form
and
series
in
second
section
winding
the
.of second
section
the
winding
.of
diametrically opposite poles ( 1 and 3 , 2 and 4 ) are connected in
parallel . The purpose of this kind of connection is to equalize
the flux in opposing poles and thus to reduce any unbalanced
magnetic pull which may cause vibration and noise .

When both windings are connected in parallel , the auxiliary

winding must be connected in the same manner as the main winding .
Figs . 11-11 to 11-24 given at the end of the chapter show common
Connection Diagrams . Guided by these , the repairman will be
able to readily draw similar diagrams.
Where parallel connections of a winding have been made ,

diametrically opposite poles have been connected in parallel by

cross -connections .

Fig . 11-25a shows another kind of parallel connection on a

6 - pole winding , as an example . In this case , 3 adjacent pole
groups ( 1 , 2 , 3 , and 6 , 5 , 4 ) are connected in series and both
circuits are connected in parallel without equalizing connec
tions .

Another way of paralleling a winding is shown in Fig . 11-25b ,

again on a 6 -pole winding , as an example . The winding consists
of 2 sections , one of which contains all the pole groups of one
magnetic polarity connected in series ; while the other contains
all the pole groups of the opposite magnetic polarity , also con
nected in series ,

Compare Fig . 11-16 with Fig . 11-25b or Fig . 11-26 , the lat
ter of which represents a Connection Diagram for a 6 - pole wind
ing connected in series . In the first case adjacent poles are
directly connected in series . In the second case alternate poles
are connected with each other . Following the rule that alternate
poles must have same polarity , the end of the first pole group

is connected with the beginning of the third pole group and so

forth . The first kind of connection (Fig . 11-16 ) is the usual
one and is called the short - throw connection ; the second kind is
called the long - throw connection ,

The windings of Fig . 11-25a and 11-25b can be arranged for

dual - voltage operation if each winding part is brought out to
terminals as shown in Fig . 11-250 and 11-25d respectively .
dual -voltage motors of split -phase or repulsion types are con
nected according to Fig . 11-25d . For dual - voltage operation ,

629
 т т т т.

TO
STARTING SWITCH
Fig . 11-26 . Connection Diagram for 6 poles , both
windings connected in series . Main winding con
nected by long throw connection .

the winding parts are to be connected as per line Connection

Diagram Fig . 11-32b . ( See also Art . 11-5 . )

The resistance -start motor has a resistance in series with

the starting switch . The capacitor -start motor has a capacitor
in series with the starting switch . In the permanent - split
capacitor motor no starting switch is used and the switch leads
are connected to the capacitor .

The Connection Diagrams Figs . 11-11 to 11-24 have 4 leads ,

as is necessary for reversible motors , If only one definite
direction of rotation is needed , the 4 leads T2, T4, T5 and To
can be connected by pairs inside of the machine and only 2 leads
brought out. It is shown below ( See Fig . 11-28 ) that for counter
clockwise rotation Ty is to be connected with T5 , and T4 with
Tg, while for clockwise rotation T, is to be connected with Tg ,
and T4 with T5

630
 TI T5 T4 To

AUXILIARY
WIND
ING
START .
SWITCH

000000000 ,
VAIN VINDING

Fig . 11-27 . Wiring Diagram of a plain reversible split

phase motor with 4 leads .

LINE LINE
Ta

T, TS Ta T Ts T8
CCW ROTATION CW ROTATION
FROM LEAD END FROY LEAD END

Fig . 11-28 . Line - connection Diagram to Fig . 11-27

with connections for cw and cow rotation .

631
 ( c ) Wiring Diagram and Line - connection Diagram . The Wiring 1

Diagram shows the internal connections of all windings to one

another and also the connections of the windings to auxiliary
devices such as a starting switch , resistor , reactor , capacitor ,
or thermal protective device . If no leads other than those
shown in the Connection Diagram are necessary , a Wiring Diagram
is superfluous .
The Line - connection Diagram shows the connections of the

motor leads to the line . If there are only 2 line leads , a Line
connection Diagram is not needed ,
Figs . 11-27 to 11-32 show common Wiring and Line -connection
Diagrams for the different kinds of motors .
Fig . 11-27 is the Wiring Diagram of a plain reversible
split - phase motor . The Line - connection Diagram , Fig . 11-28 ,
shows the connection to the line for counter - clockwise rotation
as well as for clockwise rotation , The Standards (ASA and Nema )
specify the direction of rotation when looking at the machine
from the front end which is defined as the end opposite the shaft
extension . The direction of rotation given in Fig . 11-28 is
true only if the leads are tagged in accordance with the Connec
tion Diagrams , Figs . 11-11 to 11-24 , and if the direction of
rotation is specified from the connection end which is usually
the front end of the motor . If the connections are made on the
shaft -extension end of the motor, tags T , and TĄ are to be inter
changed in the Connection Diagram , in order that the direction
of rotation will agree with Fig . 11-28 and the Standards . It
will be explained later ( See Art . 11-8) how to determine the
direction of rotation by test or by inspection of the stator
connection diagram .
In the Wiring Diagram of the reactor -start , split - phase
motor , Fig . 11-29 , the starting switch opens the starting wind
ing and at the same time eliminates the reactor in the main
winding circuit .
Fig . 11-30 shows the Wiring Diagram for the reversible
capacitor - start motor . The capacitor can be built into or
mounted on the motor . The Line - connection Diagram is given in
Fig . 11-28 . The swing connection makes it possible to build an
externally reversible capacitor -start motor with 3 line leads

632
 LINE

R - Running Position
S Starting position

VWWOvvvv
AUXILIARY
WINDING
REACTOR

KAIN VINDING

Fig . 11-29 . Wiring Diagram of a non -reversible ,

reactor -start , split - phase motor with 2 leads .

TS TA Т.
CAPACITOR

AUXILIARY
WINDING

START .
SWITCH

cereceed
MAIN WINDING

Fig . 11-30 . Wiring Diagram of a reversible , capacitor

start motor with 4 leads .

633
instead of 4 . For this purpose the main winding is arranged in
2 sections , in the way explained in the next article , and both
sections are connected in series . One end of the auxiliary
winding is connected to the mid-point of the main winding , the
other end to the end - point of one or the other section , depend
ing on the direction of rotation . The swing connection is used
mainly for 230 volts .
The Wiring Diagrams , Figs . 11-3la and 11-31b , refer to the
2 -value capacitor motor with 2 values of capacitance , one for
starting , the other for running . The change in the value of
capacitance is automatic and is effected either by an auto -trans
former (Fig . 11-31a ) or by 2 separate capacitors (Fig . 11-31b ) .
The Line -connection Diagram is given in Fig . 11-28 .
The Wiring and Line -connection Diagrams of the permanent
split (single-value ) capacitor motor are identical with those of
the capacitor -start motor (Fig . 11-30 ) except that the starting
switch is omitted .

11-5 . Dual - voltage Motors . In order that a motor be able

to operate at 2 different voltages , for example at 230 and 115
volts , at least its main winding must consist of 2 sections . For
the higher voltage (230 volts ) both sections are connected in
series ; for the lower voltage (115 volts ) they are connected in
parallel .
Two different ways of making 2 winding sections were shown
above in Figs . 11-250 and 11-25d . In Fig . 11-25d all pole groups
of the same magnetic polarity are connected in series so that
each section contains alternate pole groups . There are 2 more
ways to produce 2 winding sections . One of them is to wind sec
tion 1 in the bottom of the slots , one pole group for every pole ,
just as a normal series winding is wound , Then section 2 is
wound above section 1 , in the same way and with the same number
of turns . With the auxiliary winding above the second section ,
this results in a 3 - layer winding . The second way is to wind 2
conductors in parallel from 2 spools of wire , one for each wind
ing section . When the motor is operated at the higher voltage
(230 volts ) , half or even more than half of this voltage will be
between adjacent strands . Well - insulated wire is to be used in
this case .

634
 000000000
TRANSFORMER
T, Tg TA To

CAPACITOR
AUXILIARY
eeeeeeeee

no0
WIND
ING
S STARTING POSITION
R RUNNING POSITION

sele
000000000
MAIN WINDING

Fig . 11-31a . Wiring Diagram of a reversible , 2 -value

capacitor motor with transformer unit .

Ts Ta To
AUXILIARY
WIND
ING

Ca

START.
SWITCH
000000000 Ci • OIL TYPE CAPACITOR FOR
NAIN WIND ING RUNNING
C2 • ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR
FOR STARTING

Fig . 11-31b . Wiring Diagram of.a reversible , 2 -value

capacitor motor with 2 capacitors .

635
 73 12 TA
START.
SWITCH

WINDING
AUXILIARY
were. weeeee
VAIN VIND ING

Fig . 11-32a . Wiring Diagram of a non - reversible

dual -voltage, split -phase motor .

LINE LINE

mT3 Ta
n n Tz Ta

115 VOLTS 230 VOLTS

Fig . 11-32b . Line -connection Diagram to Fig . 11-32a .

636
 Most dual -voltage split -phase motors are connected either
according to Fig . 11-25d or as the 3-layer arrangement. In dual
voltage capacitor motors (of all types ) , the 3 -layer arrangement
or the 2 parallel wires are mostly used . In dual -voltage re
pulsion motors , the connection according to Fig . 11-25d is the
more common .

Figs . 11-32a and 11-32b show the Wiring and Line - connection
Diagrams of a dual -voltage , split - phase motor . The main winding
is connected according to Fig . 11-25d , namely in series for 230
volts and in parallel for 115 volts . The starting winding is
connected directly to the line . When the motor is operated at
the lower voltage (115 volts ) , the starting torque is only about
half as large as that at the higher voltage . This arrangement
is therefore used when the motor is of the clutch type or where
it drives a fan or blower .
The starting winding can also be connected in parallel to
one section of the main winding . In this case , the starting
torque is the same at both voltages , and the 3 -layer arrangement
of the main winding is preferred .
Non -reversible , dual -voltage capacitor motors usually have
the starting winding parallel to one section of the main winding
and the main winding is either of the 3 -layer or 2 -parallel wire
type .
11-6 . Two - speed Motors, Three different methods can be
used to change the speed of a single -phase motor . One consists
of arranging in the stator 2 complete sets of windings , each for
a different number of poles , According to Eq . 1-1 , 2 different
speeds are then obtained for the same line frequency . The other
2 methods consist of changing the line voltage or in changing
the number of turns of the main winding by tapping it .
The 2 -winding - set method is mostly used in split -phase and
capacitor -start motors ; the voltage change and tapped -winding
methods are mostly used in permanent -split capacitor motors . The
tapped-winding is seldom used .
(a ) Two -speed motors with 2 winding sets , The arrangement
of the 2 -winding sets , i.e. , of the 2 main windings and 2 auxil
iary windings requires considerable space . In order to facili
tate winding , the so -called consequent -pole connection is often

637
used for the auxiliary or low - speed windings ( See Art , 11-2 ) .
This connection has fewer coil groups than there are poles .
Fig . 11-33 shows a connection Diagram for 4-6 poles (1725
1140 rpm at 60 cycles ) . The outer winding is the 4 -pole main
winding . The next is the 6 - pole main winding . The third is the
4 - pole auxiliary winding arranged as a consequent -pole winding
with 2 coil groups only . The extreme inner winding is the 6 -pole
auxiliary winding with 2 coil groups only .

T, TT, T , T,

Reference
Slot

TO STARTING
SWITCH

Fig . 11-33 . Connection Diagram for a 2 -speed (4-6 poles )

motor . The outer winding is the 4 -pole main winding. The
next is the 6 -pole main winding . The third is the 4 - pole
auxiliary winding arranged as a consequent -pole winding
with 2 coil groups only . The extreme inner winding is the
6 - pole auxiliary winding with 2 coil groups only .

638
 In Fig . 11-33, both auxiliary windings are of the consequent
pole type . It is also possible to make the main winding of this
type . Two examples will be given . A stator winding for 4-8
poles may have the 4 -pole main winding normal and the 3 other
windings of consequent -pole type , i.e. , the 8-pole main winding
having 4 coil groups , the 4 - pole auxiliary winding having 2 coil
groups , and the 8-pole auxiliary winding having 4 coil groups ,
A stator winding for 6-8 poles may have the 6 -pole main winding
normal , the two 8-pole windings of consequent -pole type , i.e. ,
the 8-pole main winding and the 8 - pole auxiliary winding with 4
pole -groups each , and the 6 -pole auxiliary winding with 2 coil
groups , as shown in Fig . 11-33 . The 6 -pole auxiliary winding
can also be made of the normal type , i.e. , with 6 coil groups .
Fig . 11-34 shows the Wiring and Line -connection Diagram of
a 2 -speed , 2 -winding , split -phase motor , The connections are so

arranged that only one starting switch is necessary . This start

ing switch must operate at 75 to 80 % of the synchronous speed of
the low-speed winding .
When the arrangement shown in Fig . 11-34 is applied to a
capacitor -start motor , either one capacitor can be used in series
with the starting switch , or 2 capacitors can be used , one con
nected in series with the T2 lead and the other in series with

Tı2 lead .
If it is permissible to start always on the same speed con
nection , one of the auxiliary windings can be omitted . The
starting is , in this case , either semi- or full -automatic .
(b ) Two -speed motors with tapped windings . It has been
mentioned that the speed of a single -phase motor can be changed
by varying its voltage or by changing the number of turns of its
main winding . The first method makes an auto - transformer neces
sary and is used mainly in permanent - split capacitor motors for
shaft - mounted fans and blowers . More than 2 speeds can be

achieved with the auto -transformer .

The change in the number of turns of the main winding is
achieved by tapping it . The stator then has 3 windings : the main
winding , an intermediate winding , and the auxiliary winding . The
first 2 windings have the same magnetic axis , i.e. , the inter
mediate winding is wound in the same slots as the main winding

639
 LINE LTE

vecclcccc
‫ماما‬

,WINDING
. INDING
T 712

SPEED
SPEED

HIGH
AUX
AUX
LOW
W
LOW SPEED
MAIN WINDING

START . SWITCH

HIGH SPEED
MAIN VIND ING

Fig . 11-34 . Wiring and Line - connection Diagram for a

2 - speed , 2 -winding , split -phase motor .

LINE

CAPACITOR

A High Speed
Low Speed
AUXILIARY
WINDING

000000000 000000000
MAIN WIND ING INTERMEDIATE
VINDING

Fig . 11-35 Schematic L connection of the 3 windings

of a 2-speed motor .

640
 LINE

AUXILIARY
VIND
ING
CA
PA
CI High speed .
TO L Low speed .
R

INTERMEDIATE LA IN VIND ING

WINDING
Fig . 11-36 . Schematic T connection of the 3 windings
of a 2 - speed motor .

T 2 TO T3 TI

3 3 1

Fig . 11-37 . Connection Diagram for a 2 -speed , 4 -pole motor

with L connection . All windings connected in series .

641
(on top of it ) . The 2 common methods of connecting the 3 wind
ings are the L and T connections . Schematic diagrams of these
s
two connection are shown in Figs . 11-35 and 11-36 . The L - con
nection is used mainly for 115-volt motors , whereas the T -con
nection is used mainly for 230-volt motors . In both cases the
capacitor element is then operated at about 300 volts . If the
L-connection is used for a 230-volt motor , the capacitor element
is operated at about 500 volts .
Fig . 11-37 shows the Connection Diagram for a 4 -pole , L
connection with all 3 windings in series . The Connection Dia
grams for 6 , 8 , and 10 poles , with the L - connection and all
windings in series , are the same as Fig . 11-37 , except that the
number of pole groups in each of the 3 windings is 6 ,or 8 , or 10 ,
respectively . Fig . 11-38 shows the Wiring and Line - connection
Diagram for Fig . 11-37 . Fig . 11-39 shows a Connection Diagram
for 6 poles with L-connection in which the main and auxiliary
windings are connected in parallel and the intermediate winding
is connected in series .
For the T -connection , the same Connection Diagrams (Figs .
11-37 and 11-39 ) can be used except that To is to be internally
connected with T3 instead of 15
11-7 . Repulsion -type Motors . The repulsion - type motors
start with the aid of a d -c armat ure winding in the rotor in
connection with a commutator and brushes . Therefore , they do
not need a starting winding . The stator winding is usually hand
wound or mould -wound with concentric or distributed coils (Figs .
11-1 and 11-3 ) . Some of the stator slots are partially filled .
The stator Connection Diagrams are the same as for the main wind
ing of the single -phase motors treated above , When used for a

single voltage , the connection Diagrams of the main winding of

Figs . 11-11 to 11-24 can be applied . When used for 2 parallel
circuits, the Connection Diagram of the type shown by Fig . 11-25b
is often applied and, for dual -voltage motors , the corresponding
Connection Diagram of the type shown in Fig . 11-25d is most com
monly applied . In both cases , alternate pole groups are con
nected in series for each path or section of the winding .
The Wiring and Line -connection Diagrams of a dual -voltage
repulsion- type motor are the same as for the split -phase motor

642
 YUXILIARY
000000000
MAIN INTERMEDIATE MAIN INTERMEDIATE
WINDING T3 WINDING T, WINDING T3 WIND ING Is to

AUXILIARY
Ts To
leeeeeeeeeeeeeeee

WINDING
NY
A
WIND
ING
NY
CAPACITOR CAPACITOR

이어 ‫لکه‬
LINE High Speed LINE
L - Low Speed CU ROTATION
CCW ROTATION

Fig . 11-38 . Wiring and Line -connection

Diagram to Fig . 11-37 .

т. т. Т. 1, т. Т.

Fig . 11-39 . Connection Diagram for a 2 -speed , 6 -pole motor

with L connection . Main and auxiliary windings are con
nected in 2 parallel paths , intermediate winding connected
in series .

643
( Figs . 11-32a and 11-32b ) , except that the auxiliary winding and
starting switch are not present .

11-8 . Pre -determining the Direction of Rotation and Re

versing of Split -phase Type Motors , It should be noted first
that the direction of rotation of the rotor of a split -phase
type motor is always from an auxiliary winding pole of certain
polarity to the nearest main winding pole of the same polarity .
On this basis the following 2 methods can be applied in order to
pre - determine the direction of rotation using only the stator ,
The first method uses a test , the second an inspection of the
Connection Diagram of the stator windings .
( a ) Short -circuit the 2 starting switch leads , join the
main and auxiliary windings , and excite the 2 line leads with
alternating current. Suspend now a piece of soft iron wire ,
about 1 to 1 1/2 inches long , on the end of a thread in the
stator bore and open the starting switch leads ; the wire will
then move in the direction of rotation . If 60 cycles are used
for excitation of the windings , not more than half voltage should
be applied . If a larger or smaller frequency is used , the ap
plied voltage can be proportionally larger or smaller . The sus
pended wire should not touch the stator iron . If the current in
the windings is too large , it is better to suspend the wire
outside of the stator iron , above the end -windings .

(b ) Consider the Connection Diagram , Fig . 11-13 . Let Tį be

connected to T5 and assume that the current flows from the line
through Ty and Tg into both windings , Then the current in the
first pole group of the main winding flows clockwise . The cur

rent flowing from T5 through the starting switch also passes

clockwise through the first pole grou
group
p of the auxiliary
winding . Thus , the first pole groups of both windings have the
same magnetic polarity and the direction of rotation will be

counter -clockwise , since the rotation is always from an auxiliary

winding pole toward the nearest main winding pole of the same

polarity . If Ti is connected with Tg ( instead of Tg ) , the direc

tion of rotation is clockwise . Note that the assumption of the
direction of the line current has no influence on the results
obtained .

It follows from the foregoing that , in order to reverse the

single -phase type motor, the direction of current in the auxiliary

644
winding , with respect to that of the main winding , must be re
versed . Thus , if in Fig . 11-14 , as an example , Ti is connected
with Tg , and T4 with Tg , the direction of rotation is counter
clockwise and , if Ti is connected with Tg, and T4 with Tg , the
direction of rotation is clockwise (See Fig . 11-28 ) . Note that
the direction of rotation is specified from the connection end
(See Art . 11-4c ) .
11-9 . Reconnecting or Rewinding a Split -phase Motor for a
Different Voltage at the SamePerformance . If a split - phase
motor is to be changed from 230 to 115 volts and both windings
are connected in series , both windings have to be reconnected in
parallel If the voltage is to be halved and both windings are
connected in parallel , both windings have to be rewound with
half as many turns and with twice the wire size of the original
windings .

If the voltage is to be changed from 115 volts to 230 volts

and both windings are connected in series , both windings are to
be rewound with twice as many turns and with wire half the size
of the original windings . If the voltage is to be changed from
115 to 230 volts and the main winding is connected in parallel ,
while the auxiliary winding is connected in series , the main
winding is to be reconnected in series and the auxiliary winding
is to be rewound with twice as many turns and with half the wire
size . The auxiliary winding can be used , if the motor is re
wound for dual voltage and the auxiliary winding is connected in
parallel to one section of the main winding (See Art . 11-5 ) . It
is not safe to change a split -phase motor from 230 to 440 volts ,
because of possible difficulties with the starting - switch .
If the voltage is not to be halved or doubled but changed
by a certain percentage , the necessary number of turns is given
by Eq . 10-1 . Since the performance is not to be changed , the
flux per pole must rema in the same as before , i.e. , the number
of turns is to be changed by the same percentage as the voltage
is to be changed . Let V be the original voltage and v ' the new
voltage , then the number of turns of both , the main and auxiliary
winding , must be
Ý x No. turns in the old windings

645
and the cross -sectional area of the wire should be

V. x Area of wire in the old windings

or as near as possible to this value .

As a rule , the difference in the wire sizes between auxi

liary and main windings is to be the same in the rewound motor

as it was in the original motor . While rewinding, the area of
the wire of the main winding should be made as large as possible ,
but this should not be done for the auxiliary winding .

11-10 . Reconnecting or Rewinding a Capacitor -start motor

for a Different Voltage at the Same Performance . If the capaci
tor -start motor is to be changed from 230 to 115 volts and both
windings are connected in series , both windings are to be re
connected in parallel . The method of paralleling shown in Fig .
11-25d can be used , i.e. , the winding is split into 2 sections ,
each including every alternate pole , If the voltage is to be
halved and both windings are connected in parallel , both wind
ings are to be rewound with half as many turns and with twice
the wire size of the original windings . Whether reconnected or
rewound , in both cases a 115 -volt capacitor of 4 times the micro
farad rating of the original 230 -volt capacitor must be used .
If the motor is swing -connected (Art . 11-4c ) and the voltage is
to be halved , only the 2 sections of the main winding are to be
reconnected in parallel , while the auxiliary winding and capaci
tor remain unchanged . The motor is then non - reversible .

If the voltage is to be changed from 115 to 230 volts and

both windings are connected in series , both windings are to be
rewound with twice as many turns and half the wire size of the
original windings and a 230 -volt capacitor of 1/4 the microfarad
rating of the 115-volt capacitor must be used . The original
capacitor and auxiliary winding can be used if the motor is re
wound for dual - voltage or the swing connection ; in this case
each section of the main winding must have the same number of
turns as the 115 -volt winding and a wire size , half of the ori
ginal . If the main winding is arranged in 2 parallel strands
(See Art . 11-5 ) doubling of the voltage can be achieved by con
necting the strands in series and using the swing connection .
However , before connecting the strands in series , a test between
the strands at 500 volts should be made .

646
 If the voltage is to be doubled and both windings are con
nected in parallel, both windings are to be reconnected in series
and a 230 -volt capacitor of 1/4 the microfarad rating of the
115 -volt capacitor used .

If the voltage is to be changed from 230 to 440 volts , only

the dual -voltage or swing connection should be used , with con
sideration for the switch and the capacitor .

Halving and doubling the voltage were considered . For a

general change of voltage , the same rules apply with respect to

the number of turns of both windings and to the cross -sectional
area of the wire as those given for the split -phase motor in the
preceding article . The microfarad rating of the capacitor
should be
2
V
x Microfarad rating of the original capacitor

11-11 . Reconnecting or Rewinding a Permanent - split and a

2 - Value Capacitor Motor for a Different Voltage at the Same Per
formance . For the permanent -split capacitor motor the same

rules apply as for the capacitor -start motor . A change of volt

age of the 2 -value capacitor motor involves a change of the
capacitor - transformer unit (Fig . 11-31a ) or of the double - unit
capacitor (Fig . 11-31b ) . For this reason it is advisable to

make only such changes of voltage which permit use of the origi
nal capacitor transformer unit or the double - unit capacitor .
This is , for example , the case when a 2 - value capacitor motor is
to be rewound from 115 to 230 volts . Then the dual -voltage or
the swing connection can be applied , and only the ma in winding
is to be rewound . Each section of it must have the same number
of turns as the 115 -volt ma in winding with a wire one half the
size of that of the original winding . The auxiliary winding and
the capacitor - unit remain unchanged , If the main winding con
n
sists of 2 parallel strands per conductor , each strand ca be
used as a section . However , before connecting the sections in
series the insulation between the strands should be tested at
500 volts .

If an L - connected , 2 - speed , tapped -winding , permanent -split

capacitor motor is to be changed from 115 to 230 volts , the fol
lowing changes are necessary : the number of turns of the main

and intermediate windings must be doubled and the wire used must

647
be one half of the size of the original wire ; the rewound motor
should be T - connected . If the main winding is connected in
parallel , it can be reconnected in series without rewinding .
If a T - connected , 2 - speed , tapped -winding , permanent -split
capacitor motor is to be changed from 230 to 115 volts , the fol
lowing changes are necessary : the number of turns of main and
intermediate windings must be halved and the wire used must be
twice the size of the original wire ; the rewound motor should be
L - connected . If the main and intermediate windings are connected
in series, they can be reconnected in parallel without rewinding .
11-12 . Rewinding for a Different Breakdown Torque at the
Same Voltage, At a given voltage and frequency , the breakdown
torque of the split - phase and capacitor - start motor varies ap
proximately inversely as the square of the number of turns of the
main winding . For example , in order to increase the breakdown
torque by 20 % , the number of turns of the main winding must be
decreased 10 % . However , since a change of the number of turns
of the main winding changes the flux per pole ( See Eq . 10-1 ) and
the currents in the stator and rotor windings , the losses in the
iron and in the copper which appear as heat will be changed . For
this reason it is necessary to determine experimentally , before
rewinding for a different breakdown torque , whether the total
losses are considerably increased . The possibility of such a
test is given by the fact that the breakdown torque is approxi
mately proportional to the square of the line voltage . If , for
example , the line voltage is increased by 10 % , the breakdown
torque will increase by 20 % . Therefore , if an increase of the
breakdown torque of 20 %% is desirable, the motor input is to be
determined experimentally at 110 % normal voltage . If this input
is appreciably higher than that at normal voltage , a temperature
run should be taken at operating load and 110 % normal voltage .
The ambient temperature and that of the winding at its hottest
accessible spot should be measured after the winding temperature
becomes constant . The temperature rise , i.e. , the difference
between the temperature of the winding and ambient , should not be
over 40° C , when the motor is open , and not over 55 ° C , when the
motor is totally closed .
If the breakdown torque of a capacitor -start motor is to be
increased , it should be done in narrow limits , otherwise the

648
life of the capacitor may be reduced , Two - value capacitor motors
and permanent split capacitor motors should not be rewound by
the serviceman for an increase in breakdown torque unless speci
fications from the manufacturer are available .

11-13. Rewinding for a Different Frequency . The following

rules apply to the split -phase motors only . It is not advisable
for the serviceman to rewind a capacitor - type motor for another
frequency without having specifications from the manufacturer ,

If the frequency of a split - phase motor is to be changed

from 50 to 60 cycles and the required torques are not too high ,
ordinarily it will be unnecessary to change either the windings
or the switch . For a change from 60 to 50 cycles , no winding
change is usually necessary for the general -purpose motor . How

ever , it may be necessary to increase the number of turns by

10 % in order to avoid overheating in the case of the high
torque motor . When a change from 60 to 50 cycles is made , the
rotating member of the starting switch should be changed .

For larger changes of frequency than 50 to 60 cycles and

vice versa , the number of turns of both windings must be changed
and a starting switch that operates at the new speed is neces
sary .

11-14 . Changing a Split - phase Motor to a Capacitor -start

Motor . The starting torque of a split -phase motor can be in
creased or its locked - rotor current can be reduced by inserting
a (electrolytic ) capacitor in the circuit of the auxiliary wind
ing . With a proper capacitor the starting torque can be in
creased up to 100 % and the starting current reduced down to 40 % .
The proper microfarads of the capacitor should be determined by
test .

11-15 . Changing aa Capacitor -start Motor to a Split - phase

Motor . If a capacitor - start motor is to operate as a split
phase motor , usually a resistance will have to be substituted
for the capacitor , otherwise the motor may not start . The re
sistance also reduces the locked -rotor current . The resistance
for maximum starting torque should be determined by test , Nor
mally an external resistance of one to two times the ohmic re
sistance of the auxiliary winding will yield maximum starting
torque ( See reference at the start of the chapter ) .

649
 11-16 . Changing a 2 - Value Capacitor Motor with Transformer
Unit to a Capacitor -start Motor . By substituting an electrolytic
capacitor for the capacitor - transformer unit , a 2 -value capaci
tor motor may be operated as a capacitor -start motor . The micro
farads of the electrolytic capacitor can be approximated in the
following way. Determine the turns ratio of the auto - transformer
on the starting connection by measuring the voltages or by
stripping the transformer coil and counting the turns , The
micro -farads of the electrolytic capacitor should be about 80 to
90 per cent of

(Turns ratio ) 2 x Microfarads of the original capacitor.

It should be noted that operating as a capacitor -start motor ,
the motor will have a 10 % to 25% smaller breakdown torque and
its full - load losses therefore its heating will be in
and
creased . Furthermore , higher voltages may shorten the life of
the electrolytic capacitor (see reference at the start of the
chapter ) .

650
 T.
To
T5
T4 TToTa

To

651
ING
START
TO STARTING
TO
SWITCH SWITCH

Conne
Diagr
for
21 ction
. 1-12am
Fig
C
1 onnec
Diagr
. 1-11
2
for
Fig tion
am 2
in
conne
m
windi
, ain ng
poles cted
mauxil ngs
ain iary
windi
,and
poles auxili
,paral
paths
windi ary
lel
ng
.
series
in
connected series
.in
connected
 Т.
Тв
T5
T4
Τι
T8
T5
ΤΑ

!
3

652
2

STARTING
TO STARTING
TO
SWITCH SWITCH

.C onne
Diag
41-14
for
1Fig ction
ram
1 onnec
4Diagr
C1-13
.for
Fig tion
am main
wind
conn
in
,
2pole ing d
ecte
s
b
windi
conne
,in
poles cted
oth ngs path
tpara
wind sllel
heili
,aux ingary
series
. con
in
ser iested
. nec
 TToTsTa
Ta
ToTs
T

653
To

ING
START
TO
SWITCH
STARTING
TO
SWITCH

. 1-15
1
Fig Connection
Diagram
for
4 Conne am
. 1-16 ction
Diagr
61
for
Fig
windings
,b
2poles
in
connected
oth , oth ngs
poles
bwindi both
windi
conne
in ngs
cted
paths
.
parallel .
series
 TA
T5
To
T.

654
3

STAR
TO TING
SWITCH
STA
TO RTING
SWITCH

1
C 1-
..Fi
ong17
ne ct
pDi
fo ag
r ra m ion
m6ai
,wi ol n
ndes
co
2 nn ec
inte
gd
pa
in pa
,auxth
rasllel
il
windin ia .Fig
1
con gry C onn
1-1ect
Dia
8 ion
in
ser
, nected
ies pol
b es
, oth for
6 gram
windings conn
path
parasllel 2in ected
 TOT
TS
TA
To
TToTu

655
-0000-0000
STARTING
TO START
TO
ING
SWITCH SWITCH

C
1
Figonnection
Diagram
.for
81-20
Conn
Diag
1
for
. 1-19
8Fig ecti
ram on m
in
winding
2a
in
poles
,connected
b
wind
oths
in
conn
,pole ings
ected a uxiliary
,winding
paths
parallel
series
. .
series
connected
in
 TATS 7 TET T
To

10

656
NG
STARTI
TO
NG
STARTI
TO
SWITCH
SWITCH

Conne
8Diagr
for ction
. 1-21 am
1
Fig .11-22
.CFig
10
for
Diagram
onnection
b, oth cted
windi
conne
2poles
in ngs poles
b, oth
windings both
windings
connected
in
.
paths
parallel seri
. es
 Ti
To
T5
TW

IO 10

657
3

SWITCH
TO TO
SWITCH
Diagram
1
Fig
.C
10
for
1-23
onnection
,m
poles
winding
2 ain
in
connected 11-24
Fig
.C
10
for
Diagram
onnection
parallel
a auxiliary
, uxiliarywinding
paths connected
in
2windings
,both
poles
.
series
in
connected .
paths
parallel
 CHAPTER 12

ELECTRICAL FAULTS IN A - C WINDINGS

The most common electrical faults in a -c windings are

grounds , short circuits , wrong connections , and open circuits .
In this chapter , these faults are described , and the means to
locate them are given . At the end of the chapter a trouble chart
is shown , listing numerous defects .
12-1 . Grounds . A ground means contact between conductor
copper and iron . If the contact resistance is low , the fault
may be detected by using a trouble light (Fig . 12-1 ) , one lead
of which is connected to the bare metal of the motor frame and
the other lead to the copper ( terminal or stub ) , or by using a
" bell -ringing" magneto or battery set . If the contact resistance
is high , a higher voltage (up to 2000 volts ) is to be applied
between frame iron and copper . The application of a higher
voltage will heat up the contact , until smoke or arcing becomes

YYY
LEADS

TEST PRODS FRAME

LIGHT
TEST
VOLTAGE

Fig . 12-1 . Checking for a ground by use

of a trouble light .

658
 TEST TEST

lll
PRODS PRODS

e
ll
l l

lll
OPEN

el
STAR OPEN
POINT THE

e
DELTA
0
0 vo
7
: 00000000

Fig . 12-2 . If test shown in Fig . 12-1 shows the presence

of a ground , the winding must be opened as shown and each
phase tested to locate the grounded phase .

evident . Sometimes it will become necessary to open up the

winding in several places and to investigate each winding part
separately . This is illustrated in Figs . 12-2 and 12-3 .
12-2 . Short Circuits . One or more turns can be shorted in
one or more coils and also a complete coil can be shorted at the
coil ends . If the motor is running , the short -circuited turns
or coil becomes overheated and often can be detected by feeling
around the end -windings . This should not be done with machines
of higher voltage . If the rotor is taken out , an internal
growler can be used . Moving the growler around the stator core ,
the short -circuited turns or coil will be indicated by increased
current in the growler primary . They may be detected also by
attraction of a strip of sheet iron to the short -circuited turns
POLE PHASE GROUP

OPEN POLE
GROUP CON
NECTIONS

TEST PRODS

8 TEST VOLTAGE
TEST LIGHT

Fig . 12-3 . Following the test of Fig . 12-2 , the grounded

phase is separated into its component parts and each part
tested until the grounded part is located .

659
or coil , or by heating which takes place in the defective turns
or coil . The internal growler can only be used when the winding
is connected in series star . In order to use an internal growler
in multiple circuit stators , it is necessary to open all paral
lel circuits .

Another method of locating the defect is to excite the wind

ing with alternating current , preferably of higher frequency
(200 to 400 cycles ) , and to touch a piece of steel or iron to
the stator iron around The location of the defect
the core .
will be under the pole which shows a substantially weaker pull
on the piece of steel or iron than the other poles .
A short - circuit of a complete pole -phase group can be lo
cated also by a " compass " test . For this purpose the winding is
excited with a direct current approximately equal to 1/3 of the
normal alternating current . The compass is moved around the
stator core and the North and South poles marked (see Fig . 12-4 ) .
The marking will show whether the winding is correct or not . In
2 - phase windings , each phase must be excited separately and the
markings made . In 3 -phase , star -connected windings , 3 observa
tions and 3 markings are to be made . The d-c positive lead is
applied in turn to the 3 leads of the winding while the d - c
negative lead is connected to the neutral . The marking of each
phase must start at the phase lead . If the result of the 3
markings is a sequence of North and South poles all around the
POLE PHASE GROUPS OF ONE PHASE
COMPASS

O 0

DC TEST VOLTAGE

Fig. 12-4 . A complete short -circuited pole -phase group

is located by the compass test . Excite each phase by
direct current approximately equal to 20 % of the normal
alternating current . The compass sequence (N or s ) of
each phase as shown above indicates that there are no
short - circuited pole - phase groups . This test will also
indicate reversed phase , or pole -phase group .

660
core , the winding has no short - circuited pole -phase groups , In

3 - phase , delta - connected windings , the delta must be opened at

one lead and connected to a d-c source . The direct current then
flows through all 3 phases in series . For a correct winding ,
the North and South poles must alternate .
In order to locate the short circuit of a large part of a
phase , the "balance test" can be made : each phase is separately
excited by approximately 20% of the normal voltage and the cur
rent is measured . A higher current reading in one phase indi
cates a short - circuit in that phase (see Fig . 12-5) . If the
winding is delta -connected , the delta must be opened at one point
and each phase measured separately .
12-3 . Wrong Connections , A wrong connection exists when
one or more single coils are reversed in the same pole - phase
group , or when a pole -phase group is reversed , or when in a 3
phase winding a complete phase is reversed . In all 3 cases , the
compass test described in the foregoing section can be applied .
An incorrectly connected single coil will have the tendency to
reverse the compass needle . In the case of a reversed pole
phase group , the compass needle will show the same field direc
tion on 3 consecutive pole -phase groups . When a complete phase
of a 3 -phase winding is reversed , the compass test will show
markings going in groups of 3 in opposite directions . A 3 - phase
motor with one phase reversed generally will not start and , if
POLE PHASE GROUPS OF ONE PHASE

UUUU A

A.C. TEST
VOLTAGE
PROTECTIVE
SWITCH

Fig . 12-5 . Test each phase separately with approximately

20 % of normal operating voltage . A higher current read
ing in one phase indicates a short circuit in that phase .

661
started , will produce a growling noise : the windings become hot
after a short time of running .

In a lap winding , it is a simple matter to check the group

ing in order to determine whether the sequence and number of
single coils per group are correct . This can be done by inspec
tion . In wave windings , such as are used in rotors , this cannot
be done by inspection . of a trouble - light
However , by the use
or bell -ringing magneto or bettery set , the connections can be
checked . This will be shown by an example . Whether the winding
is connected star or delta , the phases must be disconnected from
each other . However , the connecting jumpers within each phase
must be left connected . Fig . 6-11 shows the complete winding
diagram for a 72 -slot rotor connected for 8 poles with the phases
not connected together . The Working Diagram of this winding is
shown by Fig . 6-27 and also in Fig . 12-6 with the addition of
all the series clips and jumpers . If no error has been made in
connecting the winding , then a test -light, with one end applied
to A, and the to contact every clip around the
other end free

periphery of the rotor , will light in the sequence designated by

solid dots in Fig . 12-6 . It can be seen that the light appears
symmetrically in groups of 3 .

Bot SLOT
Bot TOP, SLOT
e OT
To SL

Az
A,
An Az

C2
CU

Fig . 12-6 . Working Diagram showing the lighting sequence

for a properly connected wave winding for 72 slots 8
poles and spp = 3. The dots represent lighting
sequence for Phase A.

662
 From the Master Table 3-5 for 72 slots and 8 poles spp is
3; this agrees with the grouping above . It can also be seen
that between each group of 3 clips which light , there are 6
other clips or coils which do not light . These belong to phases
B and C. They also will light in groups of 3 when the test
light is applied to phase B and C respectively . Any other light
ing sequence will denote an incorrect connection . A lighting
sequence is shown in Fig . 12-7 for an incorrect connection of
the winding shown properly connected in Fig . 6-27 . The error is
a connection of upper coil side in slot 11 to bottom coil side
in slot 2 . This test can be applied to integral -slot as well as
to fractional - slot wave windings . The lighting sequence will
always agree with the groupings calculated by the methods out
lined in Chapters 6 , 7 and , 8 .
12-4 . Connection for Wrong Voltage . If a motor is incor
rectly connected for a lower voltage than the line voltage , say
for 110 volts while the line voltage is 220 volts , this will show
up in an excessive no- load current and in a magnetic hum indicat
ing that the flux is too high (see Eq . 10-1 ) . If , on the other
hand , the motor is incorrectly connected for a higher voltage

T
BOT SLO Tob
PSLOT
,. л
у

A,
A
C3

Fig . 12-7 . Working Diagram showing lighting

sequer ? of an incorrectly connected wave wind
ing for 72 slots 8 poles and spp = 3 . The error
is a connection of upper coil side in slot 11 to
bottom coil side in slot 2 .

663
than the line voltage , the starting torque and pull -out torque
will be reduced ; for
example , if a motor is connected for 220
volts while is 110 volts , the starting torque
the line voltage
and pull -out torque will be only 1/4 of the values at the right
connection and the motor may not start and will pull out at a
load smaller than the normal load .

If a 3 - phase motor designed for star connection is connected

delta , the line voltage will be 73 % too high with all the con
sequences described above . Vice versa , if a 3 -phase motor de
signed for delta connection is connected star , the line voltage
will be 73 % too low .

In a generator , a wrong connection shows up in the no -load

voltage . A reconnection is to be made in the case of a wrong
connection . The possibilities for this are treated in Art . 10-2 .
12-5 . Connection for aWrong Number of Poles . A connec
tion for a wrong number of poles will show up in the speed . The
methods of reconnection for the right number of poles are treated
in Art . 10-5 .

12-6 . Open Circuits . An open circuit may be due to a

poorly soldered joint or a broken joint or conductor . A series
star- or series delta - connected 3 -phase motor with one phase in
terrupted will behave like a single -phase motor and will not
start . If the winding is connected series star , the phase which
is interrupted can be found by lighting -out or ringing -out the
winding (see Art. 12-1 ) between the terminals (see Fig . 12-8 ) .
series
If the winding is connected serie s delta , the delta must be
opened at one terminal and each phase tested separately again by
a trouble - light or by a bell - ringing magneto or a battery set .
After the faulty phase has been located , the investigation will
have to be applied to parts of this phase . This is illustrated
in Fig . 12-9 .

If a 3-phase motor is connected parallel -star or parallel

delta and one or more but not all of the parallel circuits are
d
interrupte in one of the phases , the motor may start . The de
fect will show up in vibration and over -heating of certain parts
of the winding . The faulty phase can be best located by a bal
ance test (see Art . 12-2 ) . This phase must then be broken up

664
 T

A.C. TEST
VOLTAGE
LIGHT

Fig . 12-8 . If star - connected winding is open -circuited ,

the faulty phase is detected by lighting - out (or ringing
out ) the winding between terminals as shown . If delta ,
open the winding at one terminal and test each phase .

POLE PHASE GROUP

OPEN OPEN

TEST TEST
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
LIGHT LIGHT

Fig . 12-9 . The test of Fig . 12-8 indicates the open

circuited phase . Then , each component part of the
open circuited phase is individually tested , leading
eventually to the faulty coil or joint .

665
into its parallel circuits and each circuit investigated separ
ately , as explained before .

An open circuit in a squirrel - cage rotor , i.e. , defective

brazing or defective die - casting of such a rotor , can be detected
by slowly moving it in a single - phase field . For this purpose ,
a voltage of about 25 % of the normal is to be impressed on 2
terminals of the stator . If the variation in the current is
less than 3 % , while the rotor is moved , it can be assumed that
the rotor is satisfactory for use .

An open circuit in a squirrel cage can also be detected by

means of a growler with an ammeter in the growler circuit . An
open circuit or a high resistance joint will be indicated by a
lower ammeter reading . Recently , squirrel -cage rotors are being
investigated with respect to faults by X rays .

Open circuits in windings of wound rotors are to be treated

in the same manner as those of stator windings .

666
 TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART FOR INDUCTION MOTORS
Courtesy General Electric Company , Schenactady , N.Y.
TROUBLE CAUSE REMEDY
Overload control trip . Wait for overload to cool . Try starting
again . If motor still does not start ,
check all the causes as outlined below .
Power not connected . Connect power to control , and control to
motor .
Check clip contacts .
Faulty (open) fuses . Test fuses .
Low voltage . Check motor - name plate values with power
supply . Also check voltage at motor
terminals with motor under load to be
sure wire size is adequate .
Wrong control Check connections with control wiring
connections . diagram .
Loose - terminal- lead Tighten connections .
connection .
Motor will Driven machine locked . Disconnect motor from load . If motor
not start
starts satisfactorily , check driven ma
chine .
Open circuit in stator Compare winding resistance of various
or rotor winding . circuits using separate low voltage power
source. Splice broken wires or rewind .
Short circuit in stator Check winding resistance or use " Growler".
winding . Insert insulation at point of short or
cut out shorted coil as temporary mea
sure and rewind as soon as possible .
Winding grounded . Test for grounded winding .
Bearings stiff . Free bearings or replace .
Grease too stiff . Use special lubricant for special con
ditions ,
Faulty control . Review instructions accompanying con
troller .
Overload . Reduce load .
Motor running single Stop motor . Then try to start . It will
phase not start on single phase .
Check for " Open " in one of the lines or
circuits .
Electrical load un Check current balance by measuring cur
balanced . rent and voltage in each phase . Correct
the power supply to obtain balanced
voltages .
Shaft bumping (Sleeve Check alignment and condition of belt .
bearing motors ) . On pedestal -mounted bearing , check end
Motor Noisy play and axial centering of rotor .
Vibration . Driven machine may be unbalanced .
Remove motor from load . If motor is
still noisy , rebalance rotor .
Air gap not uniform . Center the rotor ; if necessary replace
bearings .
Noisy ball bearings . Check lubrication . Replace bearings if
noice is persistent and excessive .
Loose punchings , or Tighten all holding bolts .
loose rotor on shaft .
Rotor rubbing on stator . Center the rotor and replace bearings if
necessary .
Objects caught between Disassemble motor and clean it . Any
fan and end shields . rubbish around motor should be removed .
Motor loose on found Tighten holding-down bolts . Motor may
ation . possibly have to be realigned .
Coupling loose . Insert feelers at four places in
coupling joint before pulling up bolts
to check alignment.
Tighten coupling bolts securely .

667
 TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART FOR INDUCTION MOTORS Continued

TROUBLE CAUSE REMEDY

Overload . Measure motor loading with ammeter and

compare with full load current on name
plate . Reduce load .
Electrical load un- Check for voltage unbalance or single
balance . phasing .
(Fuse blown . Faulty Check for " Open " in one of the lines or
control, etc. ) circuits .
Restricted ventilation . Clean air passages and windings .
Incorrect voltage and Check motor -name plate values with power
frequency . supply . Also check voltage at motor
terminals with motor under full load .
Motor stalled by driven Remove power from motor . Check nachine
Motor operating at machine or by tight for cause of stalling .
higher than normal bearings .
temperature or Stator winding shorted . Locate shorted portion by resistance
smoking . measurement or " Growler " . Cut out coil
for temporary use but rewind as soon as
possible .
Stator winding grounded . Locate ground through resistance measure
grounded
ment and insert insulation at
point or rewind if necessary .
Rotor winding with loose Tighten , if possible , or replace with
connections . another rotor .
Belt too tight . Remove excessive pressure on bearings .
Motor used for rapid Replace with motor designed for this
reversing service . service .

End shields loose or not Make sure end shields fit squarely and
replaced properly . are properly tightened .
Bearings Hot Excessive belt tension Reduce belt tension or gear pressure
or excessive gear side and realign shafts . See that thrust is
thrust. not being transferred to motor bearing .
Bent shaft . Straighten shaft, or send to service
shop .
Insufficient oil . Add oil ; if oil supply is very low ,
drain , flush , and refill .
Foreign material in oil Drain oil , flush , and relubricate using
or poor grade of oil . industrial lubricant recommended by a
reliable oil company .
Oil rings rotating Oil too heavy ; drain and replace .
slowly or not rotating Oil ring has worn spot ; replace with new
at all . ring .
Sleeve Bearings Motor tilted too far . Level motor or reduce tilt and realign ,
if necessary .
Rings bent or otherwise Replace rings .
damaged in reassembling .
Ring out of slot (oil Adjust or replace retaining clip .
ring retaining clip out
of place) .
Motor tilted causing Relevel motor . Reduce thrust , or use
end thrust . motor designed for thrust .
Defective. bearings or Replace bearings . Resurface shaft .
rough shaft .

668
 TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART FOR INDUCTION MOTORS
TROUBLE CAUSE
Too much grease .
Bearings Hot
Wrong grade of grease .
Insufficient grease .
Ball Bearings Foreign material in
grease .
Bearings misaligned .
Bearings damaged
(Corrosion , etc. ) .
Wires to control too
small.
Control too far from
motor .
Open in rotor circuit
( including cable to
control ) .
Brushes sparking .
Wound - Rotor Motor
Troubles
Motor runs at low Dirt between brush
speed with external
resistance cut out ,and ring.
Brushes stuck in
holders .
Incorrect brush tension . Check brush tension and correct .
Rough collector rings .
Eccentric rings .
Excessive vibration .
Current density of
brushes too high
( overload) .
669
Concluded
REMEDY
Remove relief plugs , and let motor run .
If excess grease does not come out ,
flush and relubricate . Housing should
be about one half full . Use relief plug
to relieve pressure .
Add proper grease .
Remove relief plug and regrease bearing .
Flush bearings . Relubricate ; make sure
that grease supply is clean .
(Keep can covered when not in use) .
Align motor and check bearing - housing
assembly . See that races are exactly 90
degrees with shaft .
Replace bearings .
Use larger cable to control .
Bring control nearer motor .
Test by ringing out circuit and repair .
Check for overload with ammeter and e
liminate overload . Clean rings and re
fit brushes .
Clean rings and insulation assembly .
Use right size brush .
File, sand and polish ,
Turn in lathe or use portable tool to
true up rings , without disassembling
motor .
Balance motor .
Reduce load . ( If brushes have been re
placed , make sure they are of the same
grade as originally furnished ) .
 APPENDIX 1

BALANCED FRACTIONAL-SLOT LAP WINDINGS LAID OUT

WITH RESPECT TO THE MAIN WAVE

Al - 1 . Number of Repeatable Groups and Parallel Paths . The

number of slots per pole per phase (spp) will be designated by
q. In fractional - slot windings , q can be represented as
+
-N=1+à ( A1-1 )
where neither N and d nor n and d have a common divisor and I
is an integer . It will be shown in Art . Al- 5 that , for balance,
d must not be divisible by the number of phases . The latter will
be designated by m . The total number of slots will be designated
by S and the number of poles by p .

With the notations of Eq . Al-1 , the winding repeats itself

after each d poles, and the number of recurrent winding parts is
equal to 1. Each phase has N slots in d poles .
This can be understood best by an example , Consider the
stator winding of a 3-phase machine having 20 poles and S - 135
slots . Then
=
135
q - 2 +
3 x 20
i.e. , d = 4 , N = 9 , I = 2 , n = 1 . Since each pole - phase group
must have an integral number of single coils ( 2 or 3 or 4 , etc. ),
q = 2 can be realized if each phase has in 4 poles 3 pole -phase
groups with 2 single coils and 1 pole-phase group with 3 single
3 x 2 + 1 x 3 9
coils , making 4 slots per pole per phase . Thus,
4 poles constitute a repeatable winding part , and each phase has
9 20
in 4 N x 4
( in general y parallel circuits possible , while a 20 - pole
machine with a = integer may have 20 parallel circuits .
N
Hence , if a d ha
I + Q , there are Á recurrent winding
parts in each phase and each phase has N slots in d poles . Fur
ther , each phase has in d poles (d - n ) pole - phase groups with I
single coils , and n pole - phase groups with ( I + 1 ) single coils .
Al - 2 . The Slot Star . The fractional-slot windings can be
studied best on the basis of the slot star which shows the posi
tion of the individual slots in the magnetic field . Since there
670
are 2 coil sides in each slot , the slot star also shows the

position in the magnetic field of the upper and lower coil sides ,
i.e. , of upper and lower layer . It suffices to consider only
one of the 2 layers .

Fig . Al - 1 shows the slot star of a 2 - pole , 3 -phase , integ

ral -slot winding with a = 2 . The angle between 2 adjacent slots
is , in general
a 180
S ma (Al- 2 )
180
and in this case as 3 x 2 = 30 electrical degrees . TWO ad
jacent vectors represent 2 adjacent slots or 2 adjacent coil

sides of the same layer . Considering the upper layer , coil sides
1 and 2 belong to phase A , coil
sides 3 and 4 belong to phase C,
8
and coil sides 5 and 6 , to phase
B. Vector 7 which represents 6
coil side 7 starts the second
pole and is shifted 180° with
Slot

respect to vector l ; vector 8 is

shifted 180° with respect to vec
tor 2 , and so on , i.e. , the bottom
10
half of the slot star is the same
as the top half , except that Fig . Al- 1 . Slot star of an
their vectors are shifted by integral - slot 3 - phase wind
ing with 2 slots per pole
180° . per phase .

Fig . Al-2 shows the 4 coils belonging to phase A. The con

nector C takes care that the emf or mmf of coil side 1 adds to
that of coil side 7 and that the emf or mmf of coil side 2 adds
to that of coil side 8 . In the slot star which shows the phase
displacements between the single coil sides of the winding , vec
tor 7 can be made to coincide with vector 1 , vector 8 with vec

tow 2 , and so forth , i.e. , the slot star of the 2- pole integral
slot winding is completely represented by the vectors of 1 pole
which require only half of a circle . Since two poles are the
unit ( recurrent part ) of the integral- slot winding , this result
applies to the integral -slot windings in general .

d poles make the unit (recurrent part ) of the fractional

slot winding , just as 2 poles make the unit of the integral-slot

671
 1 2 7 || 8 1 2

Fig . Al-2 . Connection between 2 consecutive

pole - phase groups .

winding ; therefore , the slot star of d poles of the fractional

slot winding is represented by half of a circle .
Fig . Al- 3 shows the slot-star of a 3-phase , fractional - slot
winding with 1 slots per pole per phase , i.e. , d = 4 , N = 5, I
= 1, n = 1. unit ( recurrent part ) .
d = 4 poles make a Each
phase has N = 5 slots in d = 4 poles . There are in d = 4 poles ,
per phase , d - n = 4 - 1 = 3 pole - phase groups with I = 1 single
PHASE C
16
10
PH
AS
B

15
E

13
E
AS
PH
A

Fig . Al-3 . Slot star of a fractional-slot 3 - phase

winding with a = 1 1/4 .

672
coil and n pole - phase group with I + 1 = 1 + 1 = 2 single
coils . The total number of slots in d = 4 poles is mN = 3 x 5 =
15. The slot star , therefore , contains 15 vectors .

The angle between 2 adjacent slots is ( Eq . Al -2 ) :

a 180 = 48°
S
3 x la
i.e. , the angle between vectors 1 and 2 , 2 and 3 , etc. , is 48 °.
The angles which correspond to the 15 slots of the unit (d = 4
poles ) are :
Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Angle 048 96 144 192 240 288 336 24 72 120 168 216 264 312
To slot 16 , there corresponds the angle 360 ° or 0° ; slot 16 is
the beginning of the next recurrent part . Slots 1 to 4 lie under
the first pole of the unit ; slots 5 to 8 lie under the second
pole ; slots 9 to 12 under the third pole ; and slots 13 to 15
under the fourth pole . Since the connections between the coil

groups take into account the shift of 180 ° (Fig . Al -2 ) , the real
angles between the slots , i.e. , the shifts of the slots with

respect to each other in the magnetic field , are :

Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Angle 0 48 96 144 12 60 108 156 24 72 120 168 36 84 132
and these angles appear in the slot star (Fig . Al - 3 ) . Note that
between the vectors 1 and 2 , which correspond to slots 1 and 2 ,
lie the 3 vectors which correspond to the slots 5 , 9 , and 13 ;
that between the vectors 2 and 3 , which correspond to slots 2
and 3 , lie the 3 vectors which correspond to the slots , 6 , 10 ,
and 14 , and so on , i.e. , the winding creeps in the magnetic
field . It is necessary to distinguish between the angle between
2 slots as given by Eq . Al - 2 and the angle between 2 adjacent
vectors This latter angle is the magnetic - field angle be
tween the slots (coil sides ) of the recurrent winding part ; this
angle determines the behavior of the winding with respect to its
mmf and emf, i.e. , this angle determines the distribution factors
of the winding with respect to the main wave and harmonics .

The magnetic - field angle is :

a 180
Nm (A1-3 )

am is equal to as only for the integral - slot winding . For the

fractional - slot windings , am is always smaller than The

as :

673
 as N
ratio
a
m
.
(see Eqs . Al-2 and Al-3 ) is equal to i.e. , between 2

adjacent slots of the slot star , for example , between slot 1 and
N
2 , there are -1 - d - 1) other slots (vectors ) . In Fig .
Al- 3 , there are between 2 adjacent slots (4-1 ) = 3 other vectors .
Note that the slot star considered above refers to the main wave ,
since in Eqs . Al- 2 and Al-3 an angle of 180° has been used for
the pole pitch .
Apparently the largest distribution factor for the main
wave will be obtained when the first 5 vectors of the slot-star ,
Fig . Al-3 , are assigned to phase A , the following 5 vectors are
assigned to phase C , and the last 5 vectors to phase B , because
the closer the slots which belong to each phase lie together in
the slot star , the larger the distribution factor . Thus , in each
recurrent part , phase A will occupy the slots 1 , 5 , 9 , 13 , and
2 : phase C , the slots 6 , 10 , 14 , 3, and 7 : and phase B , the slots
11 , 15 , 4 , 8 , and 12 .
Consider the sequence of the slots in the slot star , Fig .
A1-3 . Starting with slot 1 , the sequence of the slots follow
the series

1, 1 + 4, 1 + 2 x 4, 1 + 3 x 4, 1 + 4 X 4 - 15 = 2 ....
Since the total number of slots in the recurrent part is equal
to mN , this value (or multiple of it ) is to be subtracted from
the terms of this series if they become larger than mn .
In general, the series is :
1, D,,
1 + D 1 + 2D , 1 + 3D ... 1 + (3N- 1 ) D (Al- 4 )
where D is the difference between 2 slots which correspond to 2
adjacent vectors of the slot star . In the example considered
above , D = 4 .
This difference D can be found from the following considera
tion . P denotes the number of full pole pitches between 2
If
slots which correspond to 2 adjacent vectors of the slot star
( in Fig . Al - 3 , p = 1 ) , then there will be

Dx as =
am + 180 P

674
Inserting as and am from Eqs . Al-2 and Al-3 , there results
D = MNP
mNPat+ 1
(A1-5 )
The smallest integer which makes D an integer must be used for p
in this equation . P is equal to or larger than 1 .
Having the value of D , it is very simple to lay out the
winding .
Al- 3 . The Layout of a Balanced Fractional- slot Lap Winding .
The layout of a fractional-slot lap winding on the basis of the
slot star will be demonstrated by an example ,
8 3

8.
Assume р 3, q 1 5 m 18 N
5 poles make a unit ( recurrent part ) . There will be , in 5
poles , 3 x N = 24 slots , N = 8 for each phase . Each phase will
have , per unit , n = 3 pole-phase groups with 2 single coils , and
d - n 5 3 = 2 pole - phase groups with one single coil . It
follows from Eq . Al-5 that
D
3 x 8 x P + 1 = 5 with P 1
5
The N = 8 slots which belong to phase A , therefore , follow the
series
1 1 + D 1 + 2D 1+3D 1 + 4D 1 + 5D - 3N 1 +6D - 3N 1 + 7D - 3N
1 6 il 16 21 2 7 12
or , arranged corresponding to the sequence of the slots in the
machine,
1-2 6-7 11-12 16 21
The 8 slots which belong to phase C are
1 + 8D - 3N 1 + 9D - 3N 1 + 10D - 6N 1 + 11D -6N 1 + 12D - 6N
17 22 3 8 13

1 + 13D - 6N 1+14D-6N 1 + 15D - 9N

18 23 4

or , arranged corresponding to the sequence of the slots in the

machine ,
3-4 8 13 17-18 22-23

The 8 slots which belong to phase B are

5 9-10 14-15 19-20 24

Figure Al- 4 shows the slot star of this winding .

Starting with slot I and considering the slots assigned to
the 3 phases , the first pole -phase group consists of slots 1 and
2 and belongs to phase A. The second pole-phase group consists
675
of slots 3 and 4 and belongs to phase C. The third pole - phase
group consists of slot 5 and belongs to phase B , and so forth .
PHASE C
8 13 18
3 23
22

PH
12

AS
E
B
E
AS
PH

21
A

16 10

11

Fig . Al- 4 . Slot star of a fractional- slot

3-phase winding with a = 1 3/5 .

The sequence of the pole-phase groups in a recurrent part of the

winding is
2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1
A C B A C B A C в А C B A C B

In the example considered , p = 10. Thus , the number of re

current parts is g = 10 = 2, and the sequence of the pole -phase
groups around the stator is twice the sequence found for one re
current part .

Note that the grouping found for one recurrent part consists
of 3 repetitions of the grouping .
2 2 1 2 1
Therefore, it suffices to know the grouping of only a third of
one recurrent part and to repeat this grouping 6 times . ( An ex
planation of this fact is given below . )
The number of pole phase groups in one recurrent part , i.e. ,
in d poles, is m x d = 3 x 5 = 15 , and a third of this number is
d = 5. Hence , in general, it is necessary to determine the se
quence of only d pole -phase groups, in order to know the sequence
of all pole-phase groups around the winding . For a 3 - phase wind
ing, the grouping of the d pole- phase groups repeats 3 x )
times and , in 2- phase windings, 2 x ( ) times .
The determination of the d pole -phase groups can be made on
676
the basis of the D-Series (Eq . A1-4 ) , as just shown in the
example . There is also a shorter way to find these pole - phase
groups .

Considering again at first the 3- phase windings , the first

60° of the slot star are assigned to phase A , the next 60° to
phase C , the next 60° to phase B , and so on . Then the first
160
pole-phase group of phase A will consist of the first
consecutive slots , since 1601
a
angles of as
( a

are contained in
SI
+1

the 600 angle assigned to phase A. ( The 2 vertical lines indi

cate that the integral
1601
part of the quantity is to be taken . ) One
is to be added to
a
because the first slot of the star is de
S
noted by 1 and assigned to phase A. The first pole - phase group
of phase C consists of the
1201 601

next following consecutive slots .

+7]-1 a.
S
+ 1

The first pole-phase group of

phase B consists of the
1801 1201
+ 1 + 1
as as
following consecutive slots . The second pole - phase group of
phase A consists of the
2401 1801

consecutive slots and so on .

aS
+21-0
Since as
as / + 1
180
mg
( Eq . A1-2 ) :
60 60
180 mq - a
as
60
2 x Q = = 2q
S

60
3 x a 234
S

and so forth . ' Thus , the first pole-phase group of phase A con
sists of the first ( lal + 1 ) single coils . The first pole - phase
group of phase C of the following ( 12q1 + 1 ) - ( lal + 1 ) single
coils ; the first pole - phase group of phase B of the next follow
ing ( 1391 + 1 ) - ( 12q1 + 1 ) single coils , and so on .

677
 Consider the same winding as before, namely , q = . ID
order to determine the number of single coils in the first 3
pole - phase groups , write
(a) a 2q 39
(b ) 0 191 +1 1291 +1 (3q1 +1
(c ) difference difference difference
i.e. ,
3
(a ) 18 3} 4
(b ) 0 1+1=2 3 + 1=4 4 + 1= 5
(c ) 2 2 1
A C B
This is in accordance with the result found from the D - series .
N
Consider now the dth pole - phase group. Since q
this coil group ,
d x 60 d x 60
X mq - N
as 180

i.e. , the total angle d x 60 , which corresponds to the dth pole

phase group , comprises an integral number of angles as and ,
therefore , ends in a slot . Since the total angle d x 60 is a
multiple of 60° , the slot in which the angle d x 60 ends is the
beginning of the following phase (see slot star Fig . Al-3 or
Al-4 ) and , therefore , this slot is to be subtracted from the
number of slots contained in d x 60° . Thus , the number of single
coils (slots ) of the dth pole - phase group is
(d - 1 ) x60 ( d - 1 ) x60
(N- 1+1 ) a = N + 1
a

Consider now the ( d + 1 ) th pole - phase group . To this coil group

corresponds the total angle ( d + 1) x 60° and the number of single
coils of this pole - phase group is
( d + 1) x600 60 60
a + 1 N = N + a + 1 N = a + 1
s! S
The number of single coils of the (d+2 ) th pole - phase group , is

( d + 2 ) x60 ( d + 1 ) x60 2 x 60
a a + 1 N + a
+1}
{ * + + } = {41.99 + 2) - 1109 + }
i.e. , the ( d + 1 ) th pole-phase group has the same number of single
678
coils as the first pole - phase group , the ( d + 2 ) th pole - phase
group has the same number of single coils as the second pole
phase group , and so on . It follows from this that the coil
grouping starts repeating after the dth pole - phase group . This
explains why the grouping for only d pole- phase groups is to be
determined . Thus , it is sufficient to write
(a ) q 29 3q .......dq ( = N )
(b ) 0 1291 +1 1391 + 1 .....da (Al - 6 )
19 / +1
(c) difference difference difference difference
The differences represent the coil grouping for N slots . Since
the slot star contains mN slots , the grouping obtained is to be
repeated m times in order to get the grouping of one repeatable
part . Since there are repeatable parts , the grouping obtained
for d pole - phase groups must be repeated ( nxg) times in order to
obtain the coil grouping for the whole winding .

Applying this to the example with m = 3 , q = 13 , N = 8 , d = 5 ,

(a ) 1 }
3 44 6 8
(b ) 0 2 4 5 7 8
(c ) 2 2 1 2 1
This is the same grouping as obtained before from the D - series .
, х

The considerations applied to the 3 - phase windings apply

also to the 2 -phase windings . The first pole - phase group of the
90
2 - phase winding consists of the first + 1 consecutive slots .
loSI

The second pole - phase group consists of the next following

180 90
+ 1 consecutive slots , and so on .
a a
s s

Since a = 180
mq '
90 90
11

a
180 X mq - a

90
2 x a = 2q

90
3 x a = 32
S
and so on . This is the same as for the 3- phase windings . Fur
thermore ,
679
 d x 90 d x 90 x 4 = 1
a 180
s
Therefore , the same scheme is to be applied as for m = 3 in or
der to determine the number of single coils in the d pole - phase
groups .

A further simplification in the layout of balanced frac

tional -slot lap windings with maximum distribution factor of the
main wave is based on the following considerations :
Consider a 3 - phase winding with q = 23, N = 13, d = 5 . The
grouping of this winding is
(a ) 23 5} 77경 102 13
(b) 0 3 6 8 11 13
(c ) 3 3 2 3 2

Comparing this grouping

2
with2 that 1determined
2
for q = 1ļ , i.e. ,
1
it is found that sequence of the larger and smaller pole
phase groups is the same .
In general , if the number slots per pole per phase is
written as q = 1 + ģ , the sequence of the larger and smaller
groups does not depend on the value of the integral part of q ,
i.e. , I , but it depends only upon the values of n and d . If the
distribution has been determined for a certain value of I , say
for I 1 , the distribution for I = 3 is found by adding 2 =
(3-1 ) to all numbers of the distribution for I = 1. Thus , the
sequence of the larger and smaller pole - phase groups can be de
termined for I = 0, and then the same sequence applies to I = 1 ,
2 , 3 , 4 .... The value of I determines then the number of single
coils in the pole -phase groups . The distribution found for I :
0 yields coil groups with 1 and 0 single coils . Adding 1 to all
figures of the distribution for I = 0 , the distribution for I = 1 ,
is found ; adding 2 to all figures of the distribution for I 0,
the distribution for I = 2 , is found , and so on .
In order to determine the distribution for I = 0 ,
(a ) Write the series ģ , 27 , 3g ... dg.
(b) Add 1 to all integers of the (a ) series except to the
last number , dg = n .
(c ) Write 0 to the left of the (b) series and determine
the difference between adjacent numbers .
(d ) Add to all numbers of the (c ) series the value of I.
680
 The last series represents the coil grouping of the Ith part
of a repeatable part . Repeat (m x g) times in order to get the
pole-phase group distribution for the whole winding .
From the coil distribution for å, the coil distribution for
do " can be easily found by writing the a distribution back
wards and changing the ones to zeros and the zeros to ones
Consider , for example , i = 2 . For these values of n and d the
distribution is
1 0 0 1 0 0 0
7
For da ? -
, the distribution is
1 1 1 0 1 1 0
The simplified method of laying out balanced fractional
slot lap windings with maximum distribution factor of the main
wave in the foregoing has been used to derive Tables
described
4-1 and 4-2 for m = 2 and m = 3 , respectively .
Al- 4 . Beginnings of Phases . Consider Fig . Al-4 which
represents the slot star of a 3 - phase winding with a = 13 . The
first N = 8 slots (vectors ) of the slot star are assigned to
phase A , the following 8 slots (vectors ) to phase C , and the
last 8 slots (vectors ) to phase B. Since the sequence of geo
metric addition of several vectors is of no influence on the re
sultant vector , any of the 8 slots of a phase can be taken as
the beginning of the phase . However , care must be taken that no
phase is
is reversed , i.e. , the beginnings of the phases must lie
approximately 120° and 240° apart and not approximately 60° and
120 ° apart . Thus the beginnings of the phases can be placed in
the slots 1 , 5 , and 8 , each of which belongs to a different
phase .

The angle between 2 slots is ( Eq . A1-2) :

a 180 x 5
S 3 x 8
= 37.5°
and the angles between the beginnings
beginnings of the 3 phases are then
(5-1 ) x 37.5 = 150° and (8-1 ) x 37.5 = 262.5 ° . In а 3-phase
winding with g = 11 , the beginnings of the phases can be placed
in the slots 1 , 4 , and 6 , which are 144º and 240° apart (see
also Art . 4-11 ) . These windings are balanced, i.e. , their 3
emf's are equal and the angles between them are 120° and 240°,

681
despite the fact that the angles between the beginnings of the
phases are not equal to 120° and 240° .

In 2- phase windings , the beginnings of the phases must lie

approximately 90° apart , i.e. , the beginnings of any 2 consecutive
pole - phase groups can be chosen as phase beginnings ( see also
Art . 4-9 ) .

Al - 5 . Conditions for Balance . It has been mentioned in

Art . Al- 1 that , when d is divisible by the number of phases 1 ,
the winding is unbalanced , i.e. , the emf's and mmf's of the dif
ferent phases have unequal magnitudes
and the angles between
them are not equal to 90° when m = 2 , or 120° and 240 ° when 1 - 3

Consider a 3-phase winding with a = 2 , i.e. , N = 8 and d= 3

d is divisible by the number of phases 3 . Applying Eq.
Al - 5 ,
D = 3 x 8 x P + 1 = 8 P + }

Since P is an integer , D cannot become an integer , i.e. , EQ.

Al - 5 fails in this case . It will be shown in Appendix 3 that
the kind of slot star , shown in Figs . Al -3 and A1-4 , is not
applicable in this case . When d is divisible by m , the wind
ing is unbalanced .

A further condition for balance is that the total number of

slots , s , is divisible by m , i.e. ,

S = pqm = pq =
m N = integer
second
Since N and d have no common divisor ( see Eq . Al - l ) , the
condition for balance means that the number of poles must be
divisible by d .

Thus , the conditions for balance are

§ = integer
( Al - 7)
= integer
m
The number of repeatable parts in each phase , and therefore the
maximum possible number of parallel circuits , are equal to

682
"I
APPENDIX 2

BALANCED FRACTIONAL - SLOT LAP WINDINGS LAID OUT

WITH RESPECT TO HARMONICS
( Windings with cyclic coil shift and doubly chorded windings )

The balanced fractional -slot lap windings considered in Ap

I pendix 1 were laid out with respect to the main wave , i.e. , in
such a manner that a maximum distribution factor is obtained for
this wave . This layout yields , then , fixed values for the dis
tribution factors of the individual harmonics , Under certain
conditions it is desirable to avoid one or a few emf or mmf har
monics . In this case , the winding is to be laid out with respect
to this specific harmonic or these specific harmonics .

Two ways are available : first , a cyclic shift of coils from

phase to phase within the same repeatable winding part , and ,
second , a shifting of repeatable winding parts with respect to
each other . Both ways will be explained .

A2-1 . Cyclic Shift of Coils from One Phase to the Other

Within the Same Repeatable Part . Fig . A2-1 shows the slot star
of a 3 -phase , 20 -pole winding with q = 17/5 = 3 2/5 . For this

winding , N = 17 and d = 5 . Furthermore (Eq . Al - 5 ) ,

0
0 00 PHASE C
00
10 s c
e S 36 36 26 16 6 47 37 21 17 1 A6 3 28 18 o
0

o os
0

l l
0

X XXX X o
PH
0
0
AS
E
B
E
AS

O
PH

jo

+ 12
+ 22 3,0
+ 32 10
+42 //

= Slots assigned to phase A.

= Slots assigned to phase C.
= Slots assigned to phase B.
Fig . A2-1 . Basic slot star of a 3 - phase fractional
slot winding with a = 3 2/5 .

683
 D = 3 x 17 x P + 1 . 41 with P = 4
5

The slot star comprises MN = 3 x 17 = 51 slots . If the first 17

slots are assigned to phase A , the following 17 slots to phase
c , and the last 17 slots to phase B , the layout with respect to
the main wave , considered in Appendix 1 , is obtained . This type
of a layout will be denoted as the basic one , and the layout
with cyclic shift of coils will be referred to it , or compared
with it . (Note that the slots of phase A are indicated by
crosses , those of phase C by rectangles , and those of phase B by
circles . )
Fig . A2-2 shows the slot star of Fig . A2-1 but with slots
4 , 38 , and 21 symmetrically shifted . Slot 4 of phase A is as
signed to phase C , slot 38 of phase C is assigned to phase B ,
and slot 21 of phase C is assigned to phase A. The 3 slots , 4 ,
38 , and 21 , all lie next to the last slots of the basic slot
star (Fig . A2-1 ) .
The cyclic shift normally aims at such a sequence of the
pole -phase groups in each phase that the larger (or smaller )
groups are not concentrated but dispersed among the smaller (or
larger ) groups . Consider phase A of Fig . A2-1 . The slots as
signed to this phase A are :
PHASE C
0
xoxo
xxxxx oooooooo 0
0 May
dlo
Rigsesos 546 36 26 16 6 47 37 27 11 1 48 38 26
0
0
0
PH

2 B
01
8 A9 gol que a
AS
B
E
E
AS
PH
A
‫دن‬
‫کی‬

40
00+

+ 12
0

+ 22
+ 32
+42
+ 1

§ = Slots assigned to phase A.

= Slots assigned to phase C.
= Slots assigned to phase B.
Fig . A2-2 . Slot star of the 3-phase winding shown
in Fig . A2-1 with one cyclic shift . ( Slots 4 , 38 ,
and 21 are shifted ) .

684
 1-2-3-4 12-13-14 22-23-24 32-33-34 42-43-44-45
and the sequence of the pole - phase groups is :
4 3 3 3 4
i.e. , all the smaller groups lie together . Consider now the
same phase in Fig . A2-2 in which slot 4 is replaced by slot 21 .
The slots now assigned to this phase are :
1-2-3 12-13-14 21-22-23-24 32-33-34 42-43-44-45
and the sequence of the pole -phase groups is :
3 3 4 3 4
i.e. , the concentration of the smaller groups is avoided . This
has been achieved by breaking up the first pole -phase group with
4 single coils .
The cyclic shift of coils within the same repeatable part
reduces the distribution factors of some of the harmonics and
increases the distribution factors of the others , The distribu
tion factor of the main wave is always decreased in comparison
with the basic slot distribution . In order to reduce a certain
harmonic , several slot sequences , obtained by different cyclic
shifts , must be investigated , i.e. , the trial - and -error method
is to be used .

The cyclic shift which is necessary and possible , in order

to avoid concentration of larger or smaller pole - phase groups ,
can be found by the following method :
(a ) Write the D-series for phases A , C , and B one above the
other .
(b ) Write , for phase A , the d -pole -phase groups as they
follow each other in the machine .
(c ) Break up a larger pole - phase group in phase A and check
whether the slot removed from phase A can be replaced
by a slot of phase B or C , lying in the same column , in
order to achieve the desired result .
This will be explained by several examples . Note that the
D-series of phase C is obtained from that of phase A by adding
to all numbers of phase A the number N (D integer x m) = N or
2N , and that the D-series of phase B is obtained from that of
phase C by adding the same number to this latter series .
First example :
As the first example, the winding shown in Fig . A2-1 will
be considered . For this winding , N = 17 and D = 41 , The number

685
which is to be added to the D-series of phase A , in order to ob
tain the D-series for phase C , and to the latter D-series , in
order to obtain the D-series for phase B , is :
17 (41 - integer x 3 ) 17 (41 39 ) = 17 x 2 = 34
The 3 D-series are , therefore :
Phase A ... 1 42 32 22 12 2 43 33 23 13 3 44 34 24 14 4 45
Phase C..35 25 15 5 46 36 26 16 6 47 37 27 17 7 48 38 28
Phase B..18 8 49 39 29 19 950 40 30 20 10 51 41 31 21 11
and the grouping of phase A is :
1-2-3-4 12-13-14 22-23-24 32-33-34 42-43-44-45
There are 3 concentrated smaller groups and 2 larger . In order
to avoid the concentration of the smaller groups , one larger
group must be broken up , and one smaller group must be converted
into a larger .

Starting with the first larger pole -phase groups (slots 1 ,

2 , 3 , 4 ) and removing 4 from it , the slots 38 and 21 can be ob
tained as substitutes .
Slot 38 from phase C does not fit into
phase A , because it would make a sixth pole -phase group with a
single coil . Slot 21 from phase B gives a 4 -coil group with
slots 22 , 23 , and 24 and the grouping becomes :
1-2-3 12-13-14 21-22-23-24 32-33-34 42-43-44-45
as desired . Moving slot 21 from phase B into phase A necessi
tates the shift of slot 4 from phase A into phase C and of slot
38 from phase C into phase B , as shown in Fig . A2-2 , in order
that the winding be balanced . The cyclic shift thus made goes
clockwise .

If , instead of the first larger pole -phase group of phase

A , the second larger group of this phase (slots 42 , 43 , 44 , 45 )
is broken up , for example , by removing slot 42 from phase A , the
slots 25 and 8 are obtained as substitutes . Slot 8 from phase B
does not fit into phase A , because it would make a sixth pole
phase group with a single coil . Slot 25 from phase C gives a 4
coil group with slots 22 , 23 , and 24 , and the grouping becomes :
1-2-3-4 12-13-14 22-23-24-25 32-33-34 43-44-45
as desired . Moving slot 25 from phase C into phase A makes it
necessary to move slot 42 from phase A into phase B and slot 8
from phase B into phase c , in order that the winding be balanced ,
The cyclic shift made goes counter - clockwise .

686
 When a cyclic shift goes clockwise , a slot of phase B is
substituted for the moved-out slot of phase A , and , when a cyclic
shift goes counter - clockwise , a slot of phase C is substituted
for the moved - out slot of phase A.

Sometimes more than one cyclic shift leads to the desirable

solution . Consider , for example , slot 45 of phase A. If this
slot is moved out , slots 28 and 11 are available as substitutes .
Slot 28 does not fit into phase A. Slot ll makes a 4 -coil group
with slots 12 , 13 , and 14 , but nothing is gained , because again
3 pole -phase groups with 3 single coils each are together , name
ly , the groups (22 , 23 , 24 ) , (32 , 33 , 34 ) , and (42 , 43 , 44 ) .
However , if a second cyclic shift is made by moving out coil 14
from phase A , and substituting for it slot 31 , the grouping of
phase A becomes :
1-2-3-4 11-12-13 22-23-24 31-32-33-34 42-43-44
as desired . Both cyclic shifts go clockwise .
The more cyclic shifts that are made , the smaller becomes
the distribution factor of the main wave , Therefore , the number
of cyclic shifts applied, in order to get the desirable grouping ,
should be as small as possible . However , solutions with differ
ent coil groupings in the phase are obtained , when different
numbers of cyclic shifts are applied (see the example ) , and it
may happen that the solution with the larger number of shifts
reduces the undesirable harmonic more than the solution with the
smaller number of shifts .

The grouping of only phase A has been examined in the fore

going considerations . If the shift is made symmetrically (cyclic ),
i.e. , by using the same column of the D -series , the results
obtained for phase A apply also to the 2 other phases . Symmetri
cal (cyclic ) shifting is necessary in order that the winding be
balanced .

Second example :
As the second example , a 3 -phase , 14 -pole winding with q =
24 will be considered. For this winding , N = 18 , and
D - 3 x 18 x P + 1. 31 with P = 4

Furthermore , N (D - integer x m ) = 18 ( 31 integer x 3 ) = 18 .

The 3 D-series , therefore , are :

687
 DD
OO
DO
O O0
O OO 00
O Ph C 0
XO as 0100
e 19 5 00
OO
X 35 12 43 20 51 28 5 36 13 44 21 52 24 6 37 22

7
3gp , *219 502

Ph
x

as
e
as
x

e
B
Ph
Ax

10
33
+ 25
46
+ 11 39
40
+ 9
+ 32

O
+
= Slots assigned to phase A.
= Slots assigned to phase C.
= Slots assigned to phase B.
Fig . A2-3 . Slot star of a 3 -phase fractional -slot
winding with q = 2 4/7 , p = 14 , and 3 cyclic shifts .

Phase A ... 1 32 940 17 48 25 2 33 10 41 18 49 26 3 34 ll 42

Phase C..19 50 27 4 35 12 43 20 51 28 5 36 13 44 21 52 29 6
Phase B..37 14 45 22 53 30 7 38 15 46 23 54 31 8 39 16 47 24
and the grouping of phase A is :
1-2-3 9-10-11 17-18 25-26 32-33-34 40-41-42 48-49
Applying 3 clockwise going cyclic shifts , as shown in Fig . A2-3 ,
the following grouping for phase A is obtained :
1-2-3 9-10 16-17-18 25-26 31-32-33 40-41-42 47-48
It has less concentration of larger pole - phase groups than the
basic grouping .

A2-2 . Shifting of Repeatable

Winding Parts with Respect to
Each Other (Second Chording ) . As an example for shifting repeat
able parts , the 3 -phase , 20 -pole winding shown in Fig . A2-1 will
be considered . For this winding , q - 3 , N = 17 , d = 5 , and D =

41 . There are 20 = 4 repeatable parts .

The N = 17 slots which belong to phase A in the first re

peatable part are , for the basic layout :
1 42 32 22 12 2 43 33 23 13 3 44 34 24 14 4 45
The 17 slots which belong to phase A in the second recurrent
part are obtained from those in the first part by adding to all
numbers of the latter mN = 3 x 17 = .51 . Thus the slots belong
ing to phase A in the second repeatable part are , for the basic
layout :
688
 52 93 83 73 63 53 94 84 74 64 54 95 85 75 65 55 96
The angle between 2 consecutive slots (vectors ) of the slot star
is án (see Eq . Al -3 ) . In order to produce a shift of the second
recurrent part with respect to the first part equal to an angle
3 for example , the slots of the second repeatable part as
0m
signed to phase A must be (see Fig . A2-4 )
73 63 53 94 84 74 64 54 95 85 75 65 55 96 86 76 66
i.e. , the first 3 slots of phase C are to be assigned to phase
A , the first 3 slots of phase B are to be assigned to phase C ,
and the first 3 slots of phase A to phase B. The resultant emf
and mmf of the first recurrent part are then shifted by the angle
3am with respect to the resultant emf and mmf of the second re
current part .

The normal chording can be considered as a shift of the

lower layer with respect to the upper layer . The normal chord
ing makes it necessary to introduce the pitch factor . The shift
ing of repeatable winding parts with respect to each other has
the same effect as the shifting of the lower layer with respect
to the upper layer and necessitates the introduction of a second
pitch factor . For this reason , the windings with shifting of
recurrent parts with respect to each other are called doubly
chorded windings .

While the cyclic shift of coils within the same repeatable

part changes the distribution factors of the main wave and the
harmonics , the shifting of repeatable parts with respect to each
other introduces a second pitch factor , which reduces the magni
tudes of the main wave and the harmonics without influencing
their distribution factors . The windings with the shift of re
peatable parts are laid out for maximum distribution factor of
the main wave .

The winding of Fig . A2-4 has 4 recurrent winding parts but

only 2 of them are shown in the figure . The fourth winding part
is to be shifted with respect to the third the same number of
angles am as the second part is shifted with respect to the
first . The first and third parts and the second and fourth
parts have then the same position in the slot star , respectively .
The shift in Fig . A2-4 is made clockwise , It can also be made
counter -clockwise . In this case , for a shift that equals 3am

689
 k
०
०
०
Phase C

०
०
XXXXXX0OOOOOO

०
०
०
०
०
*

Ph
as
e

B
e
as

oc
Ph

x
&

33

+ 13 + 12
O 6 + 32

00
oo
O 52 + 1

+ = Slots assigned to phase A.

- Slots assigned to phase C.
= Slots assigned to phase B.
Fig. A2-4 . Slot star of the 3 -phase winding of Fig . A2-1
with the second recurrent part shifted 3am vith respect to
the first part .

the last 3 slots of phase A (65 , 55 , 96 ) are assigned to phase

C, the last 3 slots of phase C (99 , 89 , 79 ) are assigned to phase
B , and the last 3 slots of phase B (82 , 72 , 62 ) are assigned to
phase A.
The shifting of repeatable winding parts with respect to
each other reduces the maximum possible number of parallel cir
cuits . The winding of Fig . A2-4 can have only 2 parallel paths
in each phase , while the basic layout may have 4 parallel paths .
When it becomes necessary to reduce several harmonics, the cyclic
shift of coils within the same repeatable winding part and the
shift of repeatable winding parts with respect to each other can
be combined . In this case , first the cyclic shift is to be made
and the corresponding slot distribution determined , and then the
parts shifted with respect to each other .

690
 APPENDIX 3

BALANCED FRACTIONAL -SLOT WAVE WINDINGS WITH

SINGLE AND DOUBLE CHORDING

A3-1. The D - Series and the y -Series . Any fractional - slot

winding which can be laid out as a balanced lap winding can al
so be laid out as a balanced wave winding . Thus , if the condi
tions for balance of a lap winding , given by Eq . Al -7 , are sat
isfied , the wave winding will be balanced .
The layout of a fractional -slot wave winding is always made
with respect to the main wave , i.e. , for maximum distribution
factor of this wave ( see Art . A1-3 ) . The cyclic shift of coils
from one phase to the other within the same repeatable part can
not be applied here . The slots belonging to the 3 phases can be
obtained either from the slot star or from the D - series by as
signing the first N slots (g = \) to phase A , the following N
slots to phase C , and the last N slots to phase B ( see Art.A1-3 ) .
With 2 conductors per slot , one in each layer , the slot
star shows he position in the magnetic field of not only the
slots but of the upper and lower conductors as well . Making at
first the assumption that there are only 2 conductors per slot ,
2 consecutively connected upper conductors of a lap winding lie
in adjacent slots ; for example , in slots 1 and 2 or slots 3 and
4 , and so on . This is not the case with the wave winding . In
the latter , 2 consecutive upper conductors must lie y slot
pitches apart , where y is the
winding pitch measured in slot
pitches , i.e. , the upper (or lower) conductors of
consecutive
the wave winding must follow the y - series
1 , 1+ y , 1 + 2y , 1 + Зу ( A3-1 )
The slots assigned to a phase follow the D- series , and their
sequence around the machine must follow the y-series . The prob
lem of laying out a balanced wave winding consists in the co -or
dination of the D - series and the y - series of the winding .
A3-2 . The Winding Pitch .The winding pitch must be equal
to approximately 2 pole pitches . With 2 conductors per slot ,
the number of upper (or lower ) conductors in d pole pitches is
mN
mN, and the winding pitch must deviate from a /2, i.e., it must be
691
 2mN + a
y = d (A3-2 )

where a is the smallest integer which makes y an integer ; a can

be positive or negative . It will be shown in the next Article
that the magnitude of a determines the kind of co-ordination of
the D - series and y - series and through it the number of winding
parts in each phase . Furthermore , it will be shown that the
sign of a determines whether the winding goes in the same direc
tion as the numbering of the slots (cw ) or opposite to it ( ccw ) .

Eq . A3-2 can be written as ( see Eq . Al - 1 )

у 2mN ++ 8
a = 2mq + g = 2m1 + 2m + 8 (A3-2a )
d
For 3 - phase windings ,
6n + a
y = 61 + ( A3-3 )
di
Since y must be an integer , then (6n + a) must be an integer ,
i.e. , the magnitude and sign of a do not depend upon the integral
part of q but only upon the fraction . As an example , a will
be the same for q = 13 , 2 , 3 ,... Table 7-44 gives the magni

tudes and signs of a for different fractions a .

The winding pitch y is to be divided into the back pitch yo

and front pitch ył , so that y = Yp + yf :

A3-3 . Layout of a Singly Chorded , Balanced , Fractional

slot Wave Winding . As in the balanced fractional - slot lap wind
ing , the number of repeatable windings parts is ( Eq . Al - 7 );

therefore, the number of slot stars is also a

Due to the fact that each coils of the wave winding go
around the whole rotor or stator , the consideration of the wave
winding cannot be limited to one repeatable part but must com
prise all , repeatable parts , This means that in the case of

the wave winding all slot stars , or , what is the same , alla
D - series, must be considered simultaneously . If the slots of the
winding are numbered by consecutive digits , the slot star of the
second repeatable part is obtained from the slot - star of the
first repeatable part by adding the quantity mN to all numbers
of the latter slot star . The same applies to the D - series . When
the first D- series is set up , the second D - series is obtained by
adding mN to the numbers of the first series , the third by add
ing mn to the numbers of the second D - series , and so forth . The

692
 D - series represent the upper ( or lower ) conductors of the whole
winding .

The vectors of the slot stars coincide , 1.e. , if the D

series are written one above the other , the conductors which
lie in the same column are in phase and can be substituted one
for the other . This fact makes it possible to lay out balanced
wave windings .

The method of laying out a balanced , fractional - slot , singly

chorded wave winding and the influence of the magnitude and sign
of a (Eq . A3-2 ) will be demonstrated by several examples ,

(a) a = + 1 .
It follows from Eqs . Al -4 and A3-1 that in this case y =
D , i.e. , the y - series and the D - series are identical . Therefore ,
the winding can be made up by using the consecutive vectors of
the slot star or their in-phase vectors , or what is the same ,

by using the consecutive numbers of the D - series .

The 3 -phase winding shown in Fig . A3-1 is an example for
a = +1 . For this winding a 14 , N = 9 , d 5 . From Eq . A1-5

D = 3 x 9 x P + 1 = 11 with P = 2
5
and from Eq . A3-2

у 6 x 9 + a = 11 = D with a = + 1
5
10
Assuming that the machine has 10 poles , there are 10 = 2 D
series . They are , for phase A ,
PHASE C
52 36 47 31 42
30 25 9 20 53
46 15 37
3 26
10
PH

48
AS

51 8 21 32
E
B

40 24 5 43
E
AS

13 16
29 54
PH

2
A

27
45 16 38
34 7 22 491
50 23 6 33
39 12

Fig . A3-1 . Slot star of a 3 -phase fractional - slot

winding with a = 1 4/5 and p = 10 , showing the
position of the vectors of the 2 D - series .

693
 1 12 23 7 18 2 13 24 8
D - series
28 39 50 34 45 29 40 51 35
Hence the 2 y -series , i.e. , the 2 winding parts of phase A , are
1 12 23 34 45 2 13 24 35
y - series
28 39 50 7 18 29 40 51 8
In setting up the y - series , use has been made of the fact that

conductors lying in the same column are in phase and can be sub
stituted for each other . The winding progresses clockwise , i.e. ,
with the numbering of the slots since a is positive .

( b ) a = -1 .
In this case , y = mN - D and the y- series will be found in
the slot star or the D - series running opposite to the numbering
of the slots . Consider a 10 -pole , 3 - phase winding with q = 25 .
For this winding N = 11 , d 5 , and

D = 33 x P + 1 = 20 with P = 3

6 x 11 + a
with a = -1
y 5 + a = 13
6 x 11

y = MN - D = 33 - 20 = 13

The D - series of this winding , for phase A , are

1 21 8 28 15 2 22 9 29 16 3
D - series
34 54 41 61 48 35 55 42 62 49 36
Considering these series , the y- series is found going from the
right to the left . For example , in the first D - series ,
3, 3 + 13 - 16
16 + 13 - 29
29 + 13 = 42 MN = 9 ...
This winding progresses counter - clockwise , since a is negative .
The 2 y - series , i.e. , the 2 winding parts of phase A , are
1 54 41 28 15 2 55 42 29 16 3
y - series
34 21 8 61 48 35 22 9 62 49 36

(c) a = + 2 .

In this case , y = 2D and the y - series is represented by the

alternate numbers of the D - series , This leads to twice as many
= The winding pro
parts in each phase as for the case a + 1.
gresses clockwise , since a is positive . Consider a 10 - pole , 3

phase winding with q = 33. For this winding N = 18 , d = 5 , and

694
 D = 54 x P +1 = 11 with P = 1

y 6 x 18 + 8 = 22 with a = +2
y = 6 x 5
18 + a

y = 2D = 22
The D - series of this winding for phase A , are
1 12 23 34 45 2 13 24 35 46 3 14 25 36 47 4 15 26
D - series
55 66 77 88 99 56 67 78 89 100 57 68 79 90 101 58 69 80
The 4 y - series , i.e. , the 4 winding parts of phase A , are
1 23 45 67 89 3 25 47 69
12 34 56 78 100 14 36 58 80
y- series
55 77 99 13 35 57 79 101 15
66 88 2 24 46 68 90 4 26
The first and second winding parts are not in phase and must be
connected in series . The same applies to the third and fourth
winding parts . When N is odd , the first and third winding parts
have one coil more than the second and fourth winding parts .

(d) a 2 and a > 2.

In the case a = 2, y = 2 (MN - D ) , the y - series is re
presented , as in the case a = + 2 , by the alternate numbers of
the D- series . However , in this case , the y- series runs opposite
to the D - series , similar to the case a 1 , and the winding
progresses counter - clockwise . Also , when a > 2 , the winding
progresses clockwise when а is positive , and counter - clockwise
when a is negative . In general, for any value of a , the number

of parts of each phase is à x a.

The assumption has been made that there are only 2 con
ductors per slot . If the number of conductors per slot is larger
than 2 , the winding can be considered as one having a number of
slots equal to the actual number of slots times the number of
conductors per slot per layer . This makes each slot have only 2
conductors and the rules for laying out the wave winding given
above can be applied ( see Art , 7-1 ) . Further information on the
layout of balanced fractional - slot wave windings and more ex
amples are given in Arts , 7-4 to 7-13 .

The fractional -slot wave windings explained above are bal

anced and have the same emf- and mmf - curves as the corresponding
fractional - slot lap windings because the same slots are assigned
to the 3 phases in both kinds of windings . Also , the maximum

695
possible number of parallel paths is the same as for the frac
tional - slot lap windings .

Comparing the wave windings explained here with the modi

fied d - c windings treated in Chapter 6 , the latter have only 2
winding parts per phase independent of the number of poles .
The number of winding parts per phase of the windings considered
here depends upon the magnitude of a . On the other hand , the

modified d -c windings have abnormal - front pitches after each

coils , while in the windings considered here all coils have
equal - front pitches .

A3-4. Doubly Chorded Balanced Fractional -slot Wave Wind

ings . The shifting of repeatable winding parts with respect to
each other , as explained in Art . A2-2 for the fractional -slot
lap windings , can be applied also to fractional - slot wave wind
ings . This is due to the fact that the latter windings are laid
out in the same manner as the fractional -slot lap windings with
maximum distribution factor of the main wave ( see Art . A3-1 ) .

As mentioned in Art.A2-2 , the shifting of repeatable parts ,

i.e. , the second chording , is made in order to reduce undesir
able harmonics . The even parts ( 2 , 4 ... ) are moved with respect
to the odd parts ( 1 , 3 ... ) by a certain number of consecutive
vectors of the slot star , i.e. , by a certain number of magnetic
field angles am
m (Eq . A1-3 ) . This number of angles am will be
designated by k . The cases a = + 1 and a = 2 ( see Eq . A3-2 )
will be considered . As in the case of the singly chorded wind
ings (Art . A3-3 ) , the magnitude of a determines the number of
winding parts (waves ) in each phase , and the sign of a determines
whether the winding progresses clockwise or counter - clockwise .

(a) a = + 1 .
In order to lay out a doubly chorded winding for this case ,
the following rules are to be followed :
1. Apply the 5 rules ( a to e ) given in Art . 7-9 for singly
chorded windings with a = 1.
2. Determine also for phases C and B the y - series , i.e. ,
the conductors belonging to the , waves , one wave above
the other .
3. Add k conductors following the y - series to the end of

the first wave of phase A.

696
 4. Omit k conductors at the beginning of the second wave
of phase A.
5. Consider the first 2 waves for phase C. If the k con
ductors added to the first wave of phase A lie in the
second wave of phase C , then treat the first 2 waves of
phase C in the same manner as those of phase A. On the
other hand , if the k conductors added to the first wave
of phase A lie in the first wave of phase C , then k
conductors are to be added to the end of the second
wave and subtracted from the beginning of the first
wave .
6. Consider phase B and treat it with respect to phase C
in the same manner as phase C has been treated under ( 5 )
with respect to phase A.
7, Wind , in each wave pair , first the N + k conductors of
the larger wave and connect by a reversing jumper the
last conductor of this wave with the last conductor of
the smaller wave consisting of N k conductors , Then
wind the latter wave in a direction opposite to that of
the larger wave .

The total number of waves in each phase is g . Since the

waves are connected by pairs in series , the maximum number of
R2
parallel circuits is 2d ' 1.e. , half of the number of parallel
circuits of the singly chorded wave windings .

The procedure will be demonstrated with the 3 -phase , 10

pole winding with a = 2 considered under ( b) in Art . 23-3 . The
winding progresses counter - clockwise , for a = -1 . The y - series
of both repeatable parts are for phase A
1 54 41 28 15 2 55 42 29 16 3
y -series
34 21 8 61 48 35 22 9 62 49 36

for phase C
23 10 63 50 37 24 11 64 51 38 25
y - series
56 43 30 17 4 57 44 31 18 5 58
and for phase B
12 65 52 39 26 13 66 53 40 27 14
y - series
45 32 19 6 59 46 33 20 7 60 47

The 2 waves of each phase will be shifted with respect to each

other by k = 3 angles amo The waves of the 3 phases become

697
 1 54 41 28 15 2 55 42 29 16 3 56 43 30
61 48 35 22 9 62 49 36
phase A

23 10 63 50 37 24 11 64 51 38 25 12 65 52
17 4 57 44 31 18 5 58 phase C
39 26 13 66 53 40 27 14
phase B
45 32 19 6 59 46 33 20 7 60 47 34 21 8
Corresponding to k = 3 , 3 conductors ( 56 , 43 , 30 ) are added at
the end of the first wave of phase A. These 3 conductors follow
the y-series (3 + 66 - 13 = 56 , 56 - 13 = 43 , 43 - 13 =- 30) . In
phase C these 3 conductors lie in the second wave , and , there
fore , to the end of the first wave of phase C 3 conductors also
are added ( 12 , 65 , 52) . Since 3 conductors are added to the ends
of the first waves of phases A and C , 3 conductors are omitted
at the beginnings of their second waves ( 34 , 21 , 8 , and 56 , 43 ,
30 respectively) . Considering phase B , the 3 slots ( 12 , 65 , 52)
added to the end of the first wave of phase C lie in the first
wave of this phase . Therefore , 3 slots (34 , 21 , 8) are added to
the end of the second wave of phase B , and 3 slots are omitted
at the beginning of its first wave .
If it is assumed that y • 6 and yf = 7 and that the y
series represent lower conductors , then , in phase A , lower con
ductor 30 is connected to upper conductor 24 and lower conductor
36 is connected to upper conductor 30 . Upper conductors 24 and
30 are to be connected by a reversing jumper , and the smaller
wave is wound opposite to the larger wave . The same applies to
the 2 other phases .
(b ) a = + 2 .
Since in this case the y-series are represented by alternate
numbers of the D-series , each phase consists of 2 parts and each
part of ģ waves . Each part is to be treated separately . The
smallest shift of the y- series with respect to each other is
here 2 xam , i.e. , the shift angle is twice the value of k . The

following rules must be followed for the layout of this winding :

Apply the 6 rules (a to f ) given in Art . 7-10 for singly
chorded windings with a = + 2 .
2. Determine also for phase C and B the y-series of both
windings .
3. Write for the 3 phases , separately , the qy-series of
the first winding part .
698
 4. Apply rules 3 , 4 , 5 , and 6 given for the case a = + 1 .
5. Connect in pairs the longer and shorter waves , the num
ber of conductors of which differ by 2k , by reversing
jumpers .
6. Repeat the same for the second winding part .
The maximum possible number of parallel paths is , as for the
case a = + 1 , 2, i.e. , half of the number of parallel paths of
the singly chorded winding .

As an example, a 3 -phasę , 10 - pole winding with q = 2g will

be considered . For this winding N = 12 , d = 5 , and from Eqs .
Al - 5 and A3-2

D = 3 x 12 x P + 1 = 29 with P = 4

y = 6 x 12 + 8 = 14 with a = -2
5

The à = 2 D - series of phase A are

1 30 23 16 9 2 31 24 17 10 3 32
D - series
37 66 59 52 45 38 67 60 53 46 39 68
and the g X a = 4 waves , 1.e. , the 4 y -series of phase A , are
1 59 45 31 17 3
y - series of the first winding part
37 23 9 67 53 39

30 16 2 60 46 32
y- series of the second winding part
66 52 38 24 10 68
Accordingly for phase C
25 18 11 4 33 26 19 12 5 34 27 20
D- series
61 54 47 40 69 62 55 48 41 70 63 56

25 11 69 55 41 27
y - series of the first winding part
61 47 33 19 5 63

18 4 62 48 34 20
y- series of the second winding part
54 40 26 12 70 56
and for phase B
13 6 35 28 21 14 7 36 29 22 15 8
D - series
49 42 71 64 57 50 43 72 65 58 51 44

13 71 57 43 29 15
y- series of the first winding part
7

49 35 21 7 65 51

6 64 50 36 22 8
y - series of the second winding part
42 28 14 72 58 44

699
The waves of both winding parts for a shift k = 2 ( = 4 am) are
First winding part
A 1 59 45 31 17 3 61 47
9 67 53 39

C 25 11 69 55 41 27 13 71
33 19 5 63

B 57 43 29 15
49 35 21 7 65 51 37 23

Second winding part

A 30 16 2 60 46 32 18 4
38 24 10 68

C 62 48 34 20
54 40 26 12 70 56 42 28

B 6 64 50 36 22 8 66 52
14 72 58 44
The 2 winding parts each phase are out of phase and must be
connected in series ( see Art . 7-10) . No parallel circuits are
possible for the winding considered .

700
 APPENDIX 4

UNBALANCED, FRACTIONAL -SLOT LAP

AND WAVE WINDINGS

The unbalanced windings are laid out for a minimum unbalance

and maximum distribution factor of the main wave .
There are 2 conditions for balance (see Art . Al -5 ) and ,
therefore , 2 kinds of unbalance . A winding is always unbalanced
when the number of slots is not divisible by the number of
S
phases , i.e. , m integer ( * integer ) . A winding is also un
balanced when the number of slots is divisible by the number of
phases , if the number of poles in a recurrent winding part is
divisible by the number of phases , i.e. , a - integer . In the
first case , 1 or 2 coils are to be left out in order to make
the number of coils equal for all phases .
The second kind of unbalance , i.e. , the case when = in
teger and = integer , will be considered first .
In the balanced , fractional -slot windings , the slots of d
poles are represented by a single , half -circle slot star . This
is not the case with the unbalanced windings . Also , Eq . Al -5 ,
which is fundamental for the balanced fractional -slot windings ,
is not applicable for the unbalanced windings .

A4-1, Unbalanced , Fractional-slot Lap Windings with =

Integer and dm
= Integer As an example , a 3 - phase , 12 - pole
winding with 42 slots will be considered . For this winding , q =
7
Ğ, N - 7, d = 6. The angle between 2 slots is (Eq . Al -2 ) :
as = 180 x 6
3 x 7 513°
Using slot 1 as reference , the angles between this slot and the
20 successive slots lying in d = 6 poles are
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
0 51 1029 154 205, 257, 3084 360 51 102% 154
Disregarding the angle of 180 ° for the same reason as that given
for balanced , fractional -slot lap windings ( Art . Al -2 ) , the
angles become
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
5
0 51102 154, 25, 771 1284 o 513
512 1029 154 25
701
It can be seen that only N slots make a half -circle slot star ,
in contrast to the balanced , fractional -slot lap winding in
which mN slots make the half -circle slot star . The mN slots
which lie in d poles do not make a single star but m slot stars
with N slots in each . Slots ( 1 , 1 + N , 1 + 2N ) , slots ( 2 , 2+
N , 2 + 2N) and so on , are in -phase slots , respectively . Fig .
A4-1 shows the three slot stars of the winding considered .
20 17
13 10
3
16 21

191
25

15 81

Fig . A4-1 . Slot star of an unbalanced , fractional

slot , 3 -phase winding with q = 12 cm = integer )

The magnetic - field angle is

a m 180 °
N ( A4-1 )

and the ratio aclam is

a slam - d / m (A4-2 )
i.e. , between 2 vectors which correspond to 2 adjacent slots in
6
the machine lie C -1 ) other vectors . In the example , m = 2
3
and between slots 1 and 2 , 2 and 3 , and so on , lies one other
vector .

As in balanced , fractional -slot lap windings , the vectors

of all 3 slot stars follow a certain D-series . For the winding
of the example , this is
1, 1 + 4 = 5, 1 + (2 X 4 - N ) = 2 , 1 + (3 x 4 N ) = 6 ...
The value of D which is here equal to 4 can be found by the same
consideration as that applied to balanced windings ( Art . Al -2 ) .
It is true that

m
Dxas = 180 x P + am
Inserting a from Eq . Al -2 and am from Eq . A4-1 , there results

702
 mNP + m
D = d (A4-3 )
where P is the smallest integer , including zero , which makes D
an integer . P becomes zero when d = m .
With the magnitude of D determined , the D-series can be
calculated . There are m D - series in d poles , corresponding
to the m slot stars in d poles .
For the winding of the example (Fig . A4-1 ) , the m = 3 D
series are
A C B
1 5 26 3 7 4
8 12 9 13 10 14 11 D-series for d = 6 poles
15 19 16 20 117 21 18
Each consecutive D-series is obtained from the foregoing series
by adding N (here N = 7) to the number of the latter series . The
m slots which lie in the same column are in -phase slots .
Maximum distribution factor for the main wave will be ob
tained when the mN slots represented by the m (here m = 3 )
series are divided into m parts in such a manner that each part ,
i.e. , each phase , contains N slots and these N slots are as
close to one another as possible .

One of the many ways to divide the slots among the 3 phases ,
for the winding of the example , is indicated by the broken
lines . The numbers of single coils assigned to the 3 phases in
the 3 D-series are
A с B
3 2 2
2 3 2
2 2 3

Also one of the following combinations can be used

A с в A с B А с B
2 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2

3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 and so forth
2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2
1
All these combinations are identical so far as the unbalance
is concerned , i.e. , they all have the same differences between
the amplitudes of the emf's and mmf's and also the same errors
in the angles between the emf's and mmf's . However , the coil

703
grouping , i.e. , the sequence of larger and smaller pole - phase
groups , is not the same for all combinations .
The coil grouping which corresponds to the combination in
dicated by the broken lines is , for d = 6 poles
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B A C B
The coil grouping thus obtained applies to d poles . The total
winding consists of repetitions of this grouping ; consequent
ly , the maximum possible number of parallel circuits is
This is the same as for the balanced fractional -slot lap winding.
As for the latter , only d poles are to be considered .
The equation (see Eq . Al -l )
( A4-4 )
q-- I + à
also means that each phase has , in d poles , n pole - phase
groups with ( I + 1 ) single coils and (d - n ) pole - phase groups
with I single coils .
In the winding of the example , I -1 ,
6 , and n = 1, d
each phase has , in d = 6 poles , n = 1 pole -phase group with ( I +
1) = 2 single coils and (d - n ) = 6 - l = 5 pole - phase groups
with I = 1 single coil .
The simplifications in the layout and tabulation of bal
anced fractional -slot lap windings ( Art . Al -3 ) apply only in
part to the windings considered here . The sequence of the larger
and smaller pole - phase groups is independent of the magnitude
of I ( Eq . A4-4 ) just as for the balanced windings . However , the
coil grouping obtained for d poles does not represent a re
petition of m equal parts and the consideration of the dis
tribution of only d pole - phase groups , as was done for the bal
anced winding , will not suffice . For the windings treated here ,
all mx d pole -phase groups of d poles are a unit which repeats
i times .
The rules given in Arts , 5-4 and 5-6 for the layout of un
balanced fractional-slot lap windings with i- integer and -
integer and the coil grouping Tables 5-1 and 5-2 were derived on
the basis of the foregoing considerations .
A4-2 . Unbalanced, Fractional-slot Lap_Windings
d
with it
Integer . When is not equal to an integer , is an integer , and

704
therefore both conditions for balance are not satisfied . In the
S
case in which m
is integer , the whole winding is to be considered
instead of only d poles .

If t is the common divisor of the total number of slots S

and the number of poles p , then there are t winding parts which
have the same position in the magnetic field and , therefore , t
t may be equal to 1 .
slot stars with -t
{ slots in each.
If (see Eq . Al - 1 )

Kid
s

=
q N (A4-5 )
mp
where s is not divisible by m , S and p have a common divisor t ,
and N and d have no common divisor , then
S = N x t and mp = d xt
or
S
N = ( A4-6 )
-
Since there are = N slots in the half -circle slot star , the

magnetic field angle is

180 ° 180°
a m S / t N (A4-7 )
The ratio aslam is

d
aslam ( A4-8 )
S m
i.e. , between 2 vectors which correspond to 2 adjacent slots in

the machine lie - 1) other vectors.

Eq . A4-7 is the same as Eq . A4-1 which applies to unbalanced
S
fractional -slot lap windings with m - integer and m integer .
This leads to the same equation for D as is true for the latter
unbalanced windings ( Eq . A4-3 ) ,
MNP + m
D = Pat ( A4-9 )

where P is the smallest integer including zero which makes D an

integer .
There are t D-series for the whole winding with N slots in
each . Each consecutive D-series is obtained from the foregoing
series by adding n to the numbers of the latter series . The t

slots which lie in the same column are in - phase slots .

Maximum distribution factor of the main wave again is ob

tained when the slots represented by the t D -series are divided

into m parts in such a manner that each part , i.e. , each phase ,

705
contains the same number of slots and that the slots of each
phase are as close to one another as possible . Since s is not
divisible by m , equal numbers of slots in each phase can be
achieved only when a certain number of coils (which is usually
smaller than m) is left out . The division of the S slots among
the m phases does not necessarily give the same number of larger
and smaller pole -phase groups for each phase . The sequence of
the larger and smaller pole - phase groups depends upon the layout
of the winding and the number and location of the omitted coils .
Note further that the conclusions about the numbers of

larger and smaller pole -phase groups drawn from Eq . (A4-4 ) for
balanced fractional - slot lap windings and unbalanced windings
with - integer do not apply here.
The rules given in Arts . 5-5 and 5-6 for the layout of un
balanced , fractional -slot lap windings with integer ,and the
coil grouping Tables 5-5 and 5-6 were derived on the basis of
maximum distribution factor of the main wave and minimum unbal
ance .

Information on the possible number of parallel circuits is

given in Art . 5-5 .
A4-3 . Comparison Between the Balanced and Unbalanced Lap
Windings . In the following tabulation , the main features of the
balanced and unbalanced lap windings are compared on the basis
of the considerations of Appendix 1 and Arts . A4-1 and A4-2 .
Unbalanced Unbalanced
with with
Balanced s /m integer S /m integer
(App . 1) ( Art . A4-1 ) ( Art . A4-2 )
Number of slot stars t = common divisor
= Number of D-series
p /d m (p/d ) of S and p
Number of slots in
each slot star MN N N
Number of slots in
each D-series

Depending upon the

layout of the
Number of repeatable winding and the
winding parts - Max p/d p /a number and loca
imum number of par tion of the omit
allel circuits
ed coils . Maxi
mum = t .

706
 Unbalanced Unbalanced
with with
Balanced S /m integer S /m integer
( App . 1) (Art . 14-1 ) ( Art . A4-2 )

Depends upon the

layout of the
Sequence of larger depends depends winding and the
and smaller pole upon n / d upon n / d number and loca
phase groups tion of the omit
ted coils .
180 180 180
MN N N

as
d d /m d/m
am

Number of vectors
which lie in the
slot star between 2
adjacent slots =
-

Number of digits
d - 1
1-1 1

which lie in the D

series between 2
consecutive digits .
MNP + 1 MNP + m MNP + m
d d d
DS
P = 1,2 , P = 0,1,2 ... P = 0,1,2 ...
3 ...

Difference between
2 digits lying in
the same column of MN N N
2 consecutive D
series

A4-4 . Unbalanced , Fractional -slot Wave Windings with

Integer and d = Integer . The unbalanced wave windings are de
rived from the unbalanced lap windings in a manner similar to
that by which the balanced wave windings are derived from the
balanced lap windings . The same D-series , i.e. , the same value
of D, applies to balanced lap and wave windings , and this is true
also for the unbalanced lap and wave windings . Thus Eq . A4-3
applies to the unbalanced wave windings .
As for the unbalanced lap windings with - integer , there
are also a total of nx (%) = D -series with N slots (or
upper or lower conductors , see Arts . A3-1 and A3-3 ) in each . In

the unbalanced wave windings , all m x (g) D -series must be con

707
sidered simultaneously , i.e. , all slots of the machine are to be
considered at the same time . This is in contrast with the bal
anced wave winding where only all the series of a single phase
are treated at a time .

After the m x (g) = D-series with N slots each have been

set up on the basis of Eq . A4-3 , the y-series must be derived
and the S slots divided among the m phases . The kind of division
of the slots depends upon the magnitude of a .
Eq . A3-2 for the winding pitch , y , applies also to the un
balanced wave windings . The following considerations will be
limited to de 3 , 6 , and 9 . Eq.A3-2 yields for d = 3 and d = 6 ,
a = 0 , and for d 9, a
$ 3. Furthermore ,
у • 2N for d = 3 (a 0)
y = N for d = 6 (a = 0 )
y = D for d = 9 and a = + 3 ( A4-10 )
у = N-D for d = 9 and a 3

Consecutive D-series differ from each other by N and con

secutive slots ineach D - series differ from each other by D.
Therefore , when d = 3 , alternate slots of the vertical rows of
the D-series follow the y -series ; when d = 6 , consecutive slots
of the vertical rows of the D - series follow the y-series ; and ,
when d = 9 , consecutive slots of the horizontal rows of the D
series follow the y-series .
In the cases d = 3 and d = 6 , a = 0 . This is the same as
when a is equal to an integer . Therefore , in these cases the
wave winding is to be made up in the same way as when a = inte
ger, i.e. , with abnormal -front pitches and 2 waves in each phase
regardless of the number of poles . It is shown in Art , 8-5 that,
when d = 3 , it is preferable to wind continuously and divide the
total number of slots (or upper or lower conductors ) into 6
equal parts , assigning the first and fourth parts to phase A ,
and second and fifth parts to phase C , and the third and sixth
parts to phase B. The same applies to the case d = 6 ; however ,
here the parts 1 , 3 , 5 are not equal to the parts 2 , 4 , 6 ( see
Art . 8-6 ) .
When d = 9 , the m x c)= y -series with N slots in each
are to be derived from the m X c) - D-series , and the y
series are to be divided into m parts in such a manner that the

708
slots belonging to each phase are as close as possible to one
another , thus yielding the maximum distribution factor for the
main wave . Each phase consists of a x a waves (see Art . 8-7 ) .

Rules for laying out unbalanced , fractional -slot wave wind

S
ings with = integer and illustrative examples are given in
Chapter 8 .
A4-5 . Unbalanced Fractional -slot Wave Windings with even
Integer . Eqs . A4-7 and A4-9 apply also to the unbalanced wave
windings with him integer . The values of a and y are the same
for these windings as for the unbalanced wave windings with S
integer ( Eq . A4-10 ) .
Since a = 0 for d = 3 and d = 6 , the windings are to be

made up in these cases as for integral -slot windings in the

manner described in Art , A4-4 .

As an example, a 3 -phase , 8 -pole winding with q - 27 and 2

conductors per slot will be considered . For this winding N 13 ,
d = 6 , S = 52 , t = 4
D = 3 x 13 x P + 3 = 7 with P = 1
6
2 x 3 x 13 + a
=

у 6 = 13 = N (a = 0 )
ato

S 52 8
There are
522 6 x 3 = 4 D - series with { - N = 13
slots in each . These series are
A с B A
1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7
14 21 15 22 16 23 17 24 18 25 19 26 20
D -series
27 34 28 35 29 36 30 37 31 38 32 39 33
40 47 41 48 42 49 43 50 44 51 45 52 46
One coil is to be left out in order to make the number of coils
(upper or lower conductors ) the same for all 3 phases . Each
51
phase will have = 17 slots , i.e. , 9 slots in one wave and 8
33읗
slots in the other . Winding continuously , the 6 waves are
1 14 27 40 2 15 28 41
phase A
7 20 33 46 8 21 34 47 9

3 16 29 42 4 17 30 43
35 48 10 23 36 49 24
phase C
22 11

5 18 31 44 6 19 32 45
phase B
37 50 12 25 38 51 13 26 39 52

709
Long - front pitches appear between conductors 40 and 2 , 46 and 8 ,
47 and 9 , 42 and 4 , and so on . Two parallel circuits are not
possible . The broken lines in the D - series show that the slots
assigned to the 3 phases are close to one another ,

The circle indicates the slot in which one coil side (one
conductor ) is omitted . This is slot 52 , i.e. , the last conductor
of the second wave of phase B is left out . As shown in Art .
A4-6 , the error in magnitude of this distribution is very small
( 0.3 % ) and the errors in angle are -1° 20 ' for phase c and
-2 ° 40 ' for phase B. The errors in the angles can be reduced to
-18 ' for phase c and -1° 21 ' for phase B , if the conductor is
omitted from slot 51 ( instead of slot 52 ) which lies in the
middle of the second wave of phase B. The error in magnitude is
the same as before ,
When d = 9 , a is equal to = †
+ 3.
3. The common divisor t , of
S
S and p , equal to determines the number of D - series vith N
slots in each . As in the case integer (Art. 14-4 ) , tasy

series are to be derived from the D - series and divided among the
phases . This will be explained by an example of a 3 - phase , 12
pole winding with a - iz and 2 conductors per slot . For this
S
winding , N - ll , d 9 , S = 44 , t = = 4. Furthermore ,
3 x ll x P +
D = 11 3

x 11 + 2 - 7 = N - D (a = -3 )
у - 2 x 39

The t = 4 D - series are

1 5 9 26 10 3 7 11 4
12 16 20 13 17 21 14 | 18 22 15 19
D - series
23 27 31 24 28 32 25 29 33 26 30
34 38 42 35 39 43 36 40 44 37 41
Since a = -3 , the winding goes counter -clockwise , The t = 4 y
series are
1 38 31 24 17 10 3 40 33 26 19
12 5 42 35 28 21 14 7 44 37 30
23 16 9 2 39 32 25 18 11 4 41 y - series
34 27 2013 6 43 36 | 29 22 15
The slots lying in the same column are in - phase slots . Slots 30
and 8 have one coil side (one conductor ) omitted . The broken
lines show the division of the slots among the 3 phases . Each
phase consists of 4 = (g ) x a waves . Two parallel circuits are

710
possible . The distribution chosen in this example is such that
the 2 omitted coils (conductors ) are the last coils ( conductors )
of 2 waves and that 2 parallel paths are possible . This makes

the errors large (see Art . 5-5 ) . The error in magnitude is zero ;
the errors in the angles are -3° 54 ' for phase C and -5° 27 ' for
phase B. Maintaining the 2 parallel circuits and omitting con
ductors in slots 4 and 26 , or 11 and 33 ( instead of slots 8 and
30 ) which are not the last of the waves, the errors in the angles
become -3° 54 ' for phase c and -3° 7 ' for phase B and the error
in the magnitude is 1.3 % . The arrangement of 2 parallel circuits
should be avoided in this case . This arrangement makes it neces
sary to omit in - phase conductors , i.e. , 2 conductors lying in
the same column . If , for series connection , the distribution is
1 38 31 24 17 10 3 40 33 26 19
12 5 42 35 28 21 14 7 44 37 30
23 16 9 2 39 32 25 | 18 11 4 41 y -series

34 27 20 13 6 43 36 129 22 15 8
and coils are left out in slots 24 and 18 , the errors in the
angles are 146 ' for phase C and + 1 ° 32 ' for phase B. The error
in magnitude is 0.15 % .

More examples of unbalanced , fractional -slot wave windings

with Integer are given in Art. 8-8 .

A4-6 . Determination of the Magnitude of Unbalance . The
method for determining the amount of unbalance explained below
applies to lap as well as to wave windings . In both cases , the
D-series of the windings are to be used and the assignment of
the slots to the m phases can be indicated by broken lines .

The D - series of only d poles are to be considered for lap

vindings with = integer, while all D-series of the winding are

to be considered for the lap windings with integer and for
all wave windings .

The method for determining the amount of unbalance will be

explained by several examples .
S - an integer .
(a )

Consider a 3-phase, 6 -pole lap winding with q = 23 . For

this winding , N - 8 , d - 3 , and S = 48
48.. Since s is divisible by
m , the m = 3 D - series of only d - 3 poles are to be considered .

According to Eqs , A4-3 and A4-1 ,

711
 D = 3 x 8 x P + 3
3 = 1 with (P = 0 ) a 180° - 222

The 3 D-series with N = 8 slots in each are

A с B
1 2 31 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 D - series for d = 3 poles
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
The broken lines divide the 3 phases from each other . The slots
lying in the same column are in - phase slots and , therefore , can
be considered as a slot unit .

If a centerline is drawn through phase C , between the slot

units (4 , 12 , 20 ) and ( 5 , 13 , 21 ) , it will be observed that
phases A and B have symmetrical positions with respect to this
centerline . Therefore , it suffices to calculate the angle be
tween phases A and C and the magnitudes of phases A and C only .

A simplification in the calculations is achieved when groups

of slot - units are considered instead of each slot - unit separate
ly . Thus in the example considered , the units ( 1 , 9 , 17 ) and (2 ,
10 , 18 ) of phase A can be treated as a group and also the units
(4 , 12 , 20 ) and ( 5 , 13 , 21 ) of phase C can be treated as a group .

If N ' is the number of slot - units in the group , the distri

bution factor of the group is (see Art . A5-2 )
sin N ' (4/2)
*a ( A4-11)
N ' sin (ay / 2 )
and for the winding of the example
sin 2 ( 22.5 /22
ka = 0.981
2 sin (22.52)
Considering the D-series , phase A consists of 2 groups , one of
which is comprised of the slots 1 , 9 , 17 , 2 , 10 , 18 , and the
other of the slots 3 and 19 . Phase C consists of 3 groups , one
of which is slot 11 , the second of which is comprised of the
slots 4 , 12 , 20 , 5 , 13 , 21 , and the third is slot 6 . With slot
1 as reference , the group angles are
A с
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
9 10 11 12 13 14
17 i 18 19 20 i 21 22
*
00 11.250 450 78.750 112.50

712
Assuming that the magnitude of the voltage or mmf of one slot is
equal to l , that of the 6 slots making the larger groups of
phases A and c is 6 x 0.981 5.886 , Thus the cosine and sine
components for phase A are
5.886 x cos 11.25 ° = 5.771 5.886 x sin 11.25° = 1.148
2.0 x cos 450 = 1.414 2.0 x sin 450 = 1.414
7.185 2.562
and for phase C
1.0 X cos 450 = 0.707 1.0 x sin 450 = 0.707
5.886 x cos 78.75 ° = 1.148 5.886 x sin 78.75° = 5.771
1.0 x cos 112.5 ° -0.383 1.0 x sin 112.5 ° = 0.924
1.472 7.402
The magnitudes of phase A and B are
2 2
= 7.628
EA
and the magnitude of phase C is

Ec V (1.472 )2 + (7.402) 2 = 7.547

The average voltage is
Eavg 2 7,623
= 2 x 7.628 + 7,547 = 7.601

and the distribution factor of the winding for the main wave
kd • 7.601 - 0.950
For phases A and C
2,562
tan
A
3

7.185
B
0.356 А
19 ° 37 '

tano = 5.027 7.402 78 ° 45 '

C 1.472 с
The angle between phase A and phase C is
Pc - A + 180 = 78° 45 ' 19° 37 ' + 180°-
239 ° 8 ' (Error 52 ' )
and the angle between phase B and A is
в PA 2 (78 ° 45 ' - 19 ° 37 ' ) = 118 ° 16 ' (Error 10 44 ' )
Since am N 180°, the unbalance
the unbalance of the windings with s / m -
an integer, laid out for maximum distribution factor of the main

wavr , depends upon the magnitude of N. The magnitude of unbalance

is the same for different values of a with the same value of N.
Thus it is the same for q = 1; 1g and for q = 45 .
The 3 -phase
example will
, 6 - pole lap winding with q - 2 treated in the
now be laid out as wave winding and its unbalance

713
determined . A11 (g) x m = c :) x 3 = 6 D - series are to be con
sidered for the wave winding . These series are
A с B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 D - series of all 6 poles
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
The distribution of the slots among the 3 phases is indicated by
broken lines . Comparing this slot distribution with that given
above for the lap winding , it is seen that the position of the
centerline of phase c and the positions of phases A and B with
respect to this centerline are the same as for the lap winding .
Therefore, the unbalance also will be the same .

(b) + an integer .
Consider the 3 -phase , 8-pole winding with 52 slots treated
as a wave winding in Art . A4-5 . For this winding , q - 23 , N
13 , d . 6 , and D = 7 . The $ - 4 D-series are
А с B A
1 8 2 93 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7
14 21 15 22 16 23 17 24 18 25 19 26 20
27 34 28 35 29 36 30 37 31 38 32 39 33
40 47 41 148 42 49 43 150 51 45 52 46
The division lines are those which have been taken for the lay
out as a wave winding . The same slot division can be used for
the layout as a lap winding .
There is no symmetry of phases A and B with respect to
phase C when it integer , and the magnitudes and angles of all
3 phases are to be calculated .
Using the vertical row with slot 1 as the zero reference ,
the above D-series can be rewritten as follows :
А с B
7 1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13
20 14 21 15 22 16 23 17 24 18 25 19 26
33 27 1 34 28 35 29 36 30 37 31 38 32 39
1
46 40 47 41 48 42 49 43 50 44 51 45 52
1
00
alive

4113
69,396139 = 124,815273 -
714
The angle am for this winding is
a 180 = 1
m 13 1373°
The 4 slot - units of phase A (7 , 20 , 33 , 46 ) , (1 , 14 , 27 , 40 ) ,
(8 , 21 , 34 , 47 ) , and (2 , 15 , 28 , 41 ) can be treated as a group .

The 3 slot - units of phase C (3 , 16 , 29 , 42 ) , (10 , 23 , 36 , 49 ) ,

and (4 , 17 , 30 , 43 ) can be used as a group ; and similarly the 3
slot - units of phase B ( 5 , 18 , 31 , 44 ) , (12 , 25 , 38 , 51 ) , and (6 ,
19 , 32 , 45 ) . With N ' = 4 , the distribution factor of the group
is ( Eq . A4-11 ) :
sin 4 x ( 13
( 131}/2) = 0.964
ka
44 sin (131/2)
With N ' =- 3 , the distribution factor of the group is
sin 3
x (1373/2)
ka = 0.981
3 sin ( 137}/2)
Assuming that the magnitude of the emf or mmf of one slot is
equal to 1 , the magnitude of the group considered in phase A is
equal to 16 x kd 16 x 0.964 = 15.424 .
B
In a similar manner ,
the magnitude of the groups considered in phases C and B are 12
x 0.981 = 11.772 , Phase A consists of 2 parts , phase c and phase
B , each of 3 parts . Their relative magnitudes and angles with
respect to slot l are :
A с B
15.424 3 11,772 2 2 11.772 3
3 8
96

The cosine and sine components of the 3 phases are :

For phase A :
15.424 x cos 6613° = 15.311 15.424 x sin 673 ° 1.859

1 4179
x cos 4113 0.748 1 411173°
x sin 41 0.663
16.059 2.522
For phase C :
7
3 x cos 4113 2.246 3 x sin 41 13 1.989
3
11.772 x cos 69 4.174 11,772 x sin 69
69 , = 11.005
2
x cos 9673° - -0.241 2
x sin 9673 1.985
6.179 14.979

715
For phase B :

2 X cos 96 = -0.241 2 x sin 9673 1.985

9673
89
11.772 x cos 1240 - -6.686 11.772 x sin 12413 = 9.686

3 3 х sin 152 = 1.394

x cos 152 = -2.656 5270
-9.583 13.065

The magnitudes and angles of the 3 phases are

2 2.522 3
EA V ( 16.059) 2 + (2.522 ) tano
A 16.059 0.157
16.25
A = 8 ° 56 '
tan PC 14.979
Ec V (6.179)2 + (14.979) 2 2.424
6.179
16.20
C = 67 ° 35 '
2 13.065
=

ЕВ (9.583)2 + (13.065) tan 1.363

B 9.583
16.20
ФВ 126 ° 15 '

The average voltage is

E. B 16.25 + 16.20 + 16.20
Eavg 16,20 = 16.22

and the distribution factor of the winding for the main wave is

ka 16,22
= 0.954

The angle between phase C and phase A is

' 180°° - 238 ° 40 ' ( Error = 10 20 ' )
- 8° 55 ' + 180
°c - A + 180 = 67 ° 35
and the angle between phase B and phase A is
- ( Error = 20 40 ' )
ФВ ФА = 126° 15 ' - 8 ° 55 ' = 117° 20 '

(c ) Simple method for checking the errors in the angles .

The error in magnitude in windings with N / m = integer is
small when N > 8 ( see Table 5-7 ) . The same is true of the wind
ings with N / m € integer , if t = 2 and N = 11 ( see Tables 5-5 and
5-6 ) . In these cases , it suffices to determine the error in the
angle only . This can be done approximately by weighing the in
phase groups ( the columns ) of coils . The method will be explain
ed by the 2 examples treated previously in this Article .

S
m an integer , 3 phases , 6 -poles , q = 2 2/3 . The mons
3 D - series in d - 3 poles are

716
 А с B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 151 16
17 ! 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Phase A consists of the in - phase groups ( 1 , 9 , 17 ) , (2 , 10 , 18)

and (3 , 19 ) . The center of gravity of this phase will lie be
tween the first and second column , close to the second column .
If the angle between the first column , as reference , and the
center of gravity line is designated by x , then
3x = 3 (am - x ) + 2 (am + am - x)
1800
or X
jan . Since am 3

N 1180
80°° 22.5° , x = 19.69° A *.
The center of gravity of phase C lies in the middle between the
in -phase groups (4 , 12 , 20 ) and ( 5 , 13 , 21 ) . Phase B consists
of groups which have the same weight as those of phase A and ,
therefore , its center of gravity is shifted x degrees from the
last column .

The angle between the center of gravity of phase C and the

reference column is

с - 3.5 x cm + 180 = 258.75°

and the angle between the center of gravity of phase B and the
reference column is
PB 1x cm х 157.5° 19.69° = 137.81 °
Thus , the angle between phase A and phase C is
C ФА - 258.75 ° 19.69° = 239.06° = 239° 3.6 ' ( Error = 56 ')
and the angle between phase B and phase A is
B A - 137.81° - 19.69° = 118.12° = 118° 8' (Error = 1° 52 ')
S
# an integer. 3-phases , 8-poles , q = 23 . The t - 4 D
series , representing the total winding , are (rearranged )

* This result is slightly different from that obtained on page

713 by the cosine -sine method , but it is within slide -rule
accuracy .

717
 A C B

7 1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13
20 14 21 15 22 16 23 17 24 18 25 19 26
33 27 134 28 35 29 36 30 37 31 38 32 39
46 40 47 41 48 42 149 43 50 44 51 45 52
X
210
Using the second column of phase A as reference for this phase

4 (am + x ) + 4x = 4 am x ) + 4 ( 20m x ) + (30% - x )

1371°
= 13 х a.
*m
= 8 ° 57.6 '

Using for phase c the second column of this phase as reference

3 (6m + x2) + 4 x1 = 4 (Com - * ) + 4 ( 200 - X1 ) + 2 (30m2 - )
x1 = 150m 12° 13 '

Using for phase B the column (6 , 19 , 32 , 45 ) as reference

X2 * X1 12° 13 '

Referring all 3 phases to the first column of phase A (7 , 20 ,

33 , 46 ) as reference

A
A = am + x = 13° 50.7 ' + 8° 57.6 ' = 22° 48.3 '

Фc - 5 x 13° 50.7 ' + 12° 13 ' + 180 ° 261° 25 '

3

PB - 11 x 13° 50.7 ' - 12° 13 ' = 140° 5.3 '

Pc - PA 261° 25 ' - 22° 48 ' = 238 ° 37 ' (Error 10 23 ' )

PB PA 140 ° 5 ' - 22° 48 ' = 117 ° 17 ' (Error 20 43 ' )

These are the same values as those found by the cosine -sine
method .

718
 APPENDIX 5

DISTRIBUTION AND PITCH FACTORS OF INTEGRAL AND

FRACTIONAL - SLOT WINDINGS

A5-1 . Integral- slot Windings . The synchronous (main ) wave ,

the length of which is equal to 2t (= twice the pole pitch ) , is
used as the fundamental wave for integral - slot windings . The
order of the harmonics is designated by n . n = 1 is the syn
chronous ( main ) wave .
In 2 - phase windings, the slots lying under one pole pitch
(= 180 electrical degrees ) are divided into 2 parts , one for
each phase . The 2 -phase windings , therefore , are 2 - zone (90°
phase-belt ) windings . The 3-phase windings can be made 6 - zone
or 3 - zone . In the 6 - zone windings , the slots lying under one
pole pitch (= 180 electrical degrees ) are divided into 3 parts ,
one for each phase , yielding 6 zones in 2 poles . In the 3- zone
windings the slots lying under 2 poles are divided into 3 parts ,
yielding a 3 zone winding . When the winding is an integral -slot
winding , each zone of the 6-zone winding comprises 60 electrical
degrees . Normally , the 6 - zone winding is used . The 3 - zone wind
ing is used in special cases as , for example , in 2- speed motors
(see Art . 9-1 ) .
(a ) Three- phase 60° phase-belt (6 - zone ) stator windings .
Distribution factors . The harmonics produced by such a stator
winding are
n = 1 , 5 , 7 , 11 , 13 , 17 ...
Harmonics which are a multiple of 3 do not appear unless zero
sequence currents flow in the winding . They can be considered
as non - existent in induction motors .
For the synchronous (main ) wave ,
0.5
300 (A5-1 )
kain = 1) q sin
a
S
where a is the number of slots per pole per phase . The
mp
values of kk ain = 1 ) are given in Fig . A5-1 .
For the nth harmonic
sin n x 300 (A5-2 )
kan q sinn
300
q

719
 1.00

.98

.96
3 PHASE 6 ZONE WINDINGS
)1= a N
DISTRIBUTIO
kal

2 PHASE WINDINGS
.90
FACTOR

.88

86

.84
3 PHASE 3 ZONE WINDINGS
82

.80

. 78

. 76

.74

.72
2 4 6 8 10

SLOTS PER POLE PER PHASE

Fig . A5-1 . Distribution factors of the main wave

of 2 - phase and 3 -phase windings .

720
The values of kdn corresponding to Eq . A5-2 , for the synchronous
wave and the harmonics , are given in Table A5-1 . Eq . A5-2 yields
the correct signs of the harmonics . For the absolute values only
k 0.5
dn 30 ° (A5-2a )
q sin n
q
Pitch factors . For the synchronous (main ) wave ,
W 1
kpan = 1) sin Ē 2 ( A5-3 )

where t is the pole pitch , and W the coil width in units of t .

The values of kp(n = 1 ) are given in Fig. A5-2 .
For the nth harmonic ,
W 1
sin nnye
kpn = sin (A5-3a )
for the syn
The values of kpn corresponding to this equation
chron ouswave and the harmonics are given in Table A5-2 .
(b) Three - phase 60 ° phase-belt (6-zone) rotor windings. The
harmonics produced by such a rotor winding are
m = 3k2 + n (A5-4 )

where kz is any positive or negative even integer including 0.

n is to be introduced with the right sign ( the signs of the

stator harmonics n alternate ; the plus sign is normally assigned

to the main wave so that n = +1 , -5 , +7 , -11 , ... ) . In the in
duction motor , Eq . A5-4 yields , for n = 1 , the rotor harmonics
produced by the currents of slip frequency .
The distribution and pitch factors are given by Eqs . A5-1
to A5-3a and Figs . A5-1 and A5-2 . m is to be introduced for n in
all equations .
(c ) Three- phase 120° phase -belt ( 3 -zone ) stator windings .
Distribution factors . The harmonics produced by such a stator
winding are
n = 1 , 2 , 4 , 5 , 7 , 8 , 10 ...
n = 1 is the synchronous (main) wave . The even harmonics occur
only in chorded ( fractional -pitch ) windings .
For the synchronous wave ,
0.866
ka (n = 1 ) 300 (A5-5)
2q sin
q
S
where q again is the number of slots per pole phase , i.e. , mpº

721
 1.00

.98

.96

.94

.92

.90

.88

.86
FACTOR
PITCH

aja
k

.82

.80

.78

.76

.74

.72

.70

.68

.66

45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
PERCENT THROW ( W / t )

Fig . A5-2 . Pitch factors of the main wave .

722
The values of ka ( n = 1 ) are given in Fig . A5-1 .
For the nth harmonic ,

k sin n x 60°
dn (A5-6 )
300
2q sin n q

Eq . A5-6 yields the correct signs . For the absolute values only
k 0.866
dn 300 (A5-6a )
2q sin n
a

Pitch factors , The same formulae and Fig . A5-2 which apply
to the 3 - phase 60 ° phase -belt windings apply here also .

(d) Two - phase stator windings . Distribution factors . The

harmonics produced by such a stator winding are
n = 1 , 3 , 5 , 7 , 9 , 11 , 13 ...
n = 1 is the synchronous (main ) wave . For this wave
0.707
450 (A5-7 )
ka ( n = 1 ) q sin
q
The values of ka (n = 1 ) are given in Fig . A5-1 .

For the nth harmonic ,

sin n x 45°
kan 450 (A5-8 )
q sinn
q
Pitch factors . The same formulae and Fig . A5-2 which apply
to the 3 -phase 60° phase -belt windings apply here also .

( e ) Single- phase windings . Refer to Fig . A5-3 which shows

а concentric winding with different numbers of turns in the
coils . For this winding , the product of distribution factor and
pitch factor of the main wave is

kg x ko = " ci: sin aj. + Nc2 sin ag + Nc3 sin Az +...

ka (A5-9 )
Nci + Nc2 + Nc3

When the single - phase winding is not a concentric but a 2- layer

winding of the same kind as the 3 - phase and 2- phase windings

considered under ( a ) to (c ) , the distribution factor of the main

wave is

723
 이이
a 2

a3

24

Fig . A5-3 . Derivation of the winding factor of a

concentric single -phase winding .

sin ſ
P
90°
ka 900 ( A5-10 )
a sin
S.
P
where sp is the number of slots per pole , and q the number of
slots per pole containing conductors . The pitch factor is the
e
same as for the 3-phase and 2- phas wind ings and Fig . A5-2 can
be used .
A5-2 . Balanced , Fractional- slot Windings
Laid Out for
Maximum Distribution Factor of the Synchronous ( (Main ) Wave . A
2 - pole wave , the length of which is equal to 2pt (= circumfer
ence of the armature ) , is used as the fundamental wave for frac
tional-slot windings . The order of the harmonics is designated
by n'. n' - is the synchronous (main ) wave .
Three - phase windings can be 6-zone windings ( corresponding
to the 60° phase -belt windings ) or 3 - zone windings (correspond
ing to the 120° phase-belt windings . )
( a ) Three - phase , 6 - zone stator wind gs . Distribution
factors . The number of slots per pole per phase is
a - haNd (A5-11 )
where N and d have no common divisor .

724
 The following harmonics are produced by a stator winding ,
d = even number :

y = 1 , 2 , 4 , 5 , 7 , 8 ... (A5-12a )

For the synchronous (main) wave, n' and sS -월

‫ܘܦܬ‬
d = odd number :
n ' = 20P " y = 1 , 5 , 7 , 11 , 13 ... (A5-12b )

For the synchronous (main ) wave ,n' = and s

= d.
(See note under (a ) of A5-1 about the harmonics which are mul
tiples of 3. )
For the synchronous wave , 0.5
k
(A5-13 )
5) - N sin 30°
It can be by comparing Eq . A5-13 with Eq . A5-1 that the
seen
distribution factor of the main wave of a fractional -slot wind
ing is equal to that of a integral-slot winding with N slots per
pole per phase . Therefore, Fig . A5-1 can be used here also but
for q = N.
The distribution factor of the n'th harmonic is

kan' sin N (an: / 2) (A5-14 )

- N sin lan,72)
'n '

In order to find an' , determine

3NP + 1
D -
d (A5-15 )
where P is the smallest integer which makes D and integer . Then
2d
ani = n'da when P is even
m р
2d
an = n'da
m р
+ 180 °, when P is odd and d is even ( A5-16 )
2d when pis odd and d is odd
ani = n' (D 4, +180°)
18 ° 0
am 3N (A5-17 )

Eq . A5-14 in connection with Eq. A5-16 yields the correct sign of

the harmonics . For the absolute value only
kan 0.5
when d is even
N COS 60° X v)
0.5
kan ' when d is odd and P is even ( A5-18 )
N sin ( 30° x v)
0.5
dn ' when d is odd and P is odd
N cos ( 30 ° x V) 725
 Pitch factors . For the synchronou wave ,
s
(A5-19)
kp ( n' = 5 ) = sin t 2
This is the same as for integral - slot windings and Fig . A5-2 can
be used .

For the n'th harmonic ,

= sin W 180 °y.when d is even

kpn' d

pn ' = sin 123dºv,when d is odd .

(b ) Three - phase 6 -zone rotor windings . The harmonics pro
duced by such a rotor winding are

35 kg + n ' ( A5-21)

where ky is any positive or negative integer including 0 . a' is

to be introduced with the right sign . In the induction motor , n'

- yields the rotor harmonics produced by currents of slip fre

quency .

The distribution factors are given by Eqs . A5-13 to A5-18

and Fig . A5-1 . m' is to be introduced for n ' in all equations .

The pitch factor of the main wave m ' :

is given by Eg.
A5-19 and Fig . A5-2 . The pitch factor of the m'th harmonic is

kpm' = sin Zd (am / 2) ( A5-21a )

where 2 is the coil width in slot pitches and am' is given by

Eq . A5-16 .

(c ) Two -phase stator windings. Distribution factors . The

number of slots per pole per phase is
N
q
where N and d have no common divisor . Here only odd values of d
are possible . Even values of d yield unbalanced windings .

The following harmonics are produced by a stator winding .

n' = v = 1 , 3 , 5 , 7 , 9 ...

For the synchronous wave ,n ' - and yS

For the synchronous (main ) wave ,
0.707
ka ( n' - ) (A5-22 )
N sin 450
and for the n'th harmonic ,

726
 sin N ( an , / 2 )
kan (A5-23 )
N sin (an , / 2 )

a 2 is to be substituted
n ' is given by Eqs . A5-16 and A5-17 .
for 3 in Eqs . A5-15 and A5-17 .

Pitch factors . For the synchronous wave ,

egen (A5-24 )
kp( n' - ) = sin
This is the same as for integral - slot windings , and Fig . A5-2
can be used .
For the n'th harmonic ,

kpni - sin (A5-25 )

180 °

727
 TABLE
VA5-1
kan
-OF
-SALUES
INTEGRAL
FOR
P
3
WINDINGS
LOT
HASE

n
kan FACTORS
DISTRIBUTION
HARMONIC

=
q 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 0.966 0.960 0.958 0.957 0.957 0.957 0.956 0.955 0.955 0.955

3 0.707 0.667 0.654 0.646 0.644 0.642 0.641 0.640 0.639 0.636

5 0.259 0.217 0.205 0.200 0.197 0.195 0.194 0.194 0.193 0.191

7 -0.259 -0.177 -0.158 -0,149 -0,145 -0.143 -0.141 -0,140 -0.140 -0.136

9 -0.707 -0.333 -0.270 -0.247 -0.236 -0.229 -0.225 -0.222 -0.220 -0.212

11 -0.966 -0.177 -0.126 -0.110 -0,102 -0.097 -0.095 -0.093 -0.092 -0.087

13 -0.966 0.217 0.126 0.102 0.092 0.086 0.083 0.081 0.079 0.073

728
15 -0.707 0.667 0.270 0.200 0,172 0.158 0.150 0.145 0.141 0.127

17 -0.259 0.960 0.158 0.102 0.084 0.075 0.070 0.066 0.064 0.056

19 0.259 0.960 -0.205 -0.110 -0.084 -0.072 -0.066 -0.062 -0.060 -0.059

21 0.707 0.667 -0.654 -0.247 -0.172 -0.143 -0.127 -0.118 -0,112 -0.091
23 0.966 0.217 -0.958 -0.149 -0.092 -0.072 -0.063 -0.057 -0.054 -0.041

25 0.966 -0.177 -0.958 0.200 0,102 0.075 0.063 0.056 0,052 0.038
27 0.707 -0.333 -0.654 0.646 0.236 0.158 0.127 0.111 0.101 0.071
29 0.259 -0.177 -0.205 0.957 0.145 0.086 0.066 0.056 0.050 0.033
31 -0.259 0.217 0.158 0.957 -0.197 -0.097 -0,070 -0.057 -0.050 -0.031
 33 -0.709 0.667 0.270 0.646 -0.644 -0.229 -0.150 -0.118 -0.101 -0.058

35 -0.966 0.960 0.126 0.200 -0.957 -0.143 -0.083 -0.062 -0.052 -0.027

37 -0.966 0.960 -0.126 -0.149 -0.957 0.195 0.095 0.066 0.054 0.026

39 -0.707 0.667 -0.270 -0.247 -0.644 0.642 0,225 0,145 0.112 0.049

41 -0.259 0.217 -0.158 -0.110 -0,197 0.957 0.141 0.081 -0.060 0.023

43 0.259 -0.177 0.205 0.102 0.145 0.957 -0.194 -0.093 -0.064 -0.022

45 0.707 -0.333 0.654 0.200 0.236 0.642 -0.641 -0.222 -0.141 -0.042

47 0.966 -0.177 0.958 0.102 0.102 0.195 -0.956 -0.140 -0.079 -0.020

49 0.966 0.217 0.958 -0.110 -0.092 -0.143 -0.956 0.194 0,092 0.019

51 0.707 0.667 0.654 -0.247 -0,172 -0.229 -0.641 0.640 0.220 0.038

729
53 0.259 0.960 0.205 -0.149 -0.084 -0.097 -0.194 0.955 0,140 0.018

55 -0.259 0.960 -0.158 0.200 0.084 0.086 0.141 0.955 -0.193 -0.017

57 -0.707 0.667 -0,270 0.646 0.172 0.158 0.225 0.640 -0.639 -0,033

59 -0.966 0.217 -0.126 0.957 0.092 0.075 0.095 0.194 -0.955 -0.016

61 -0.966 0.126
-0.177 0.957 -0.102 -0.072 -0.083 -0.140 -0.955 0.016

63 -0.707 0.270
-0.333 0.646 -0.236 -0.143 -0.150 -0.222 -0.639 0.030

65 -0,259 0,158
-0.177 0.200 -0.145 -0.072 -0.070 -0.093 -0,193 0.015
 LES

1
2
3
9/12
11/15
13/18

18/24
20/27
1 22/30
W..750 .741.734
.722
.924 .918.914 906
.383 -.342 -.309 - . 25 $
.383 -.447 -.500 / - , 57
.924.958 .978.96
.924 -.866 -.804 -.70
1.383 .231 .105 -.08
1.383 550 .669
.8 )
3. 924 -.981 -1.00 -.91
1.924 .802 .669
383 -.116 , 105
383 -.643 -.804 -.9
.998.978
HARMONIC

924
924 -.727 - .500
ORDE R

383 0.0 -.309

OF

383 .727.914
924 -.998 -.914
924 .643.309
383 .116.500
383 -.802 -.978
924 .985 .809
9241- .550 -.105
383 - . 231 -.669
383 .866 1.0
924 - .958 -.669
924 .597 -.105
383 .342
.809
183 -.918 -.978
54 .918 .500
50.342 .309
59 597 -.914
61 28 .914
63 309
30.9
65 500
1
 1
TABLE
CHARACTERISTICS
M OTOR
INDUCTION
-ON
VARIATION
FREQUENCY
AND
VOLTAGE
OF
ETTECT
GENERAL
I+ncrease
- Decrease
–

TICIENCY FACTOR
HR
POW
Tem Mago
Starting Syn
Full pera Maxi-
netic
and cho % Full
Maximum load Starting ture Noiso
, mum
DOUS Slip Full Full
1 load Current ,Ribe Load
No
Overload
Running Speed Load Currant
Speed Load Load
|LLoad
oad Full Capacity
Par
in
Torque
Load ticular

120
% Notico

-
No + Small 5 o
t10
to
15
+
4%4 %
-30 -11
% %+25 +
4%4 able
Voltage change %
1.5 20
2
30
40
15 C5
t6o
points
points +

1.5
%
Prao
%
110 No + tically
što t
5o +10
to Slight
+
2%1 %
-17 %
1
+

-
Voltage Voltage change -7
% 21
+
%
1 no %
12 t
3
C
4o +
Varia points
points
points6
change
point points
tion
Function S
(1yn
Con
of ):(Voltage speed Voltage )(Voltage
stant

-
-
-
-
Voltage oltage
Vs)(lip
-
-
-

733
%
90 -1%9 No
%+23 %
-11 2
Prac
1
tically
to
1 +
+
2
t
4o
+
1%1 %-19 Slight
Voltage chango
-

no p12oint 35 to
%6
12
to
10
7C
points
change
points

105
%
Practically
+ Slight Slight
Slight Slight Slight Slight
Fre %
-10 5%
+ 5
change
Do % + + + + + %
5t6o
quency +
Fre Func
1 S( yn 1
quency tion
of Frequen
Varia
speed
Fre
-
-

F)( requency су
-

)
slip
-

tion Frequency
quency

95
% Practi
+
1%1 cally
Slight
Slight
Slight + Slight Slight Slight
Fre %
-5 no
5%
change + 5.to
6% + + +
quency
-
-
Slight

table
Note
his
wgeneral
,shows
effects
:Thich
somewhat
vary
will
for
ratings
specific
1

1
 (Reference

&YLON E
NCELANES
BARE WIRE ILS

only
GLASS ASBESTOS

)Awg
AREA
DIAMETER CROSS
(Inch) SECTION FA HFA
FDG HFG HFDG HFWE
FG Heavy FWE Heavy
ble Formex Formex Heavy Formex Type Formex Formex
Glass Double Formex Double А Plus Plus
Toler Circu Squarrn Varn Glass Glass Glass WE Type Type
Nomi ance lar Varn Varn A or A or
nal Nilsish ish ish ish Varn
Vils ish WE WE
0,204 0.0020 441620 32690 218
0.193 0.0019 37250 29260 207
0.182 0.0018 5331 20 26010 196
0.172 0.0017 29580 23230 185
0.162 0.0016 626240 20610 175
0.153 0.0015 23410 18390 166
0.144 0.0014 720740 16290 157
0.136 0.0014 18500 14530 148
0.128 0.0013 816380 12870 137 143 139 145 140 142 144
0.121 0.0012 14640 11500 130 136 132 138 133 135 137
0.114 0.0011 913000 10210 123 129 125 131 126 128 130
0.108 0.0011 116 119 118 121 119 121 123
11660 9161
0.102 0.0010 10 10400 8170 110 113 112 115 113 115 117
0.0961 0.0010 9235 7253.1 103.9 106.9 105.6 108.6 107.1 108.9 110.6
0.0907 0.0009 11 8230 6460.7 98.5 101.5 100,1 103.1 101.7 103.5 105.1
0.0856 0.0009 7327 5755.6 93.4 96.4 94.9 97.9 90.8 95.6 97.4 98.9
0.0808 0.000812 6530 51 30.8 88,5 91.5 90.0 93.0 92.5 94.0
0.0763 0.0008 5822 4572.3 84.0 87.0 85.4 88.4 86.3 88.0 89.4
0.07201 0.0007 13 5180 4070.0 79.7 82.7 81.1 84.1 82.0 79.1 83.7 85,1
0.0679 0.0007 4610 3621,9 75.6 78,6 76.9 79.9 77.4 75.3 76.6 80.4
3230.1 71.8 74,8 73.0 76.1 73,6

Diameter
0.06410.0006 | 14 4110

Increase
0.0605 0.0006 3660 2875.5 68.2 71,2 69.4 72.4 69.5 71.2 69.0 72.4

Wrap
2560.1 64,7 67.7 66.0 69.0 66.1 67.7 65.2

Mils
0.0571 0.0006 15 3260

per
2.2
0.0538 0.0005 2894 2273.8 61.4 64.4 62.7 65.7 62.3 63.9
0.0508 0.0005 16 2580 2030.8 58.3 61.3 59.7 62,7 59.3 60,8 62.2
0.0480 0.0005 2304 1810.0 55.5 58.5 56.8 59.8 56.5 58.0 59.3
0.0453 0.000517 2060 1619.0 52,8 55.8 54,1 57.1 53.8 55.3 56.6
0.0427 0.0004 1823 1432.7 50,2 53.2 51.4 54.4 50.7 52.2 53.4
51.0
0.0403 0.000418 1620 1280.3 47.7 50.7 49.0 52.0 48.3 49.7 47.4 48.6
0.0380 0.0004 1444 1134.0 45,4 48.4 46.6 49.6 46.0
0.0359 0.0004 19 1290 1012.9 43.3 46.3 44,5 47.5 43.9 43.3 45.3 46.5
0.0339 0.0003 1149 903.9 41.3 44.3 42.4 45.4 41.9 41.3 42.5 44.4
0.03200.000320 1020 804.0 39.3 42,3 40.5 43.5 40.0
0.0302 0.0003 912 710.2 37.5 40.5 38.6 41.6 38,2 39.5 40.6
0.0285 0.0003 21 812 638.5 35.8 38,8 36,9 39.9 36.5 37.8 38.9
0.0253 0.000322 640 503.3 32,5 35,5 33.6 36.6 33.3 34.5 35.6
0.02260.0002 23 511 401.6 29.7 32.7 30.8 33.8 28.1 30.6 31.7 32.8
0.0201 0.000224 404 317.1 27,2 30,2 28 , 2 31.2 29,2 30.2
0.01790.00 02 25 320 252.9 23.0 25.0 23.9 25.9 25,9 27.0 27.9
0.01590.000226 253 199.9 20.9 22.9 21.8 23,8 23.9 24,9 25,8
0.0142 0.0001 27 202 158.2 19.2 21,2 20.0 22.0 20.6 22,2 23,2 24.0
0.0126 0.0001| 28 159 125.6 17.5 19.5 18.3 20.3 21.5 22.3
0.0113 0.0001 29 128 100.3 16.2 18.2 16.9 18.9 19.3 18.9 20,2 20.9
0.0100 0.000130 100 78.0 14.9 16.9 15,5 17.5 18.0 19.5
0.00890.0001 31 79.21 62
0.0080 0.000132 64.0 50
0.0071 0.000133 50.4 39
0.0063 0.0001 34 39.7 31
0.0056 0.000135 31.4 24
0.0050 0.000136 25.0 19
0.0045 0.000137 20.3 15
0.00400.000138 16.0 12
0.0035 0.000139 12.3 G
0.0031 0.000140 9.6 7
0.0028 0.000141 7.8 E
0.0025 0.000142 6.3
0.0022 0.000143 4.8
0.00200.0001 44 4.0
general use . It should Through the courtesy
he bare wire and the in of the
ding themaximum permis General Electric Company
Schenectady , N.Y.
 3
TABL E

Copper
Wire
Bare
Square
on
Data

Resistance
Ohms
Nominal Area Area Weight Length
Size Circular Per
.a
Ft
1000
t
Dimension Square Per
Pounds Per
Feet
A.W.G. Pound
Mills Mills Mills .
Ft
1000 °25
C °75
C °C
105

0 324 102093 129984 393 2.54 .0813 .0967 .1059

1 289 80283 102216 309 2.23 .1035 .1231 .1347
2 257 62963 80164 243 4.12 .1319 .1568 .1718
3 229 49223 62670 190 5.27 .1687 .2006 .2197
4 204 39844 50729 154 6.51 .2084 .2478 .2715

737
5 181 31204 39729 120 8.31 .2661 .3164 .3466
6 162 25425 32371 98 10.2 .3268 .3883 .4253
7 144 19995 25475 77.1 13.0 .4152 .4937 .5408
8 128 15685 19970 60.4 16.5 .5294 .6297 .6895
9 114 12268 15616 47.3 21.2 .6771 .8051 .8819

10 101 9843 12532 37.9 26.4 .8439 1.033 1.099

11 90.7 7697 9800 29.7 23.7 1.078 1.282 1.405
12 80.8 5993 7630 23.1 43.3 1.385 1.647 1.804
13 72.0 4641 5909 17.9 55.9 1.789 2.127 2.330
14 64.1 3570 4545 13.8 72.7 2.326 2.766 3.029
 TABLE 4 I
1
Nominal Thickness of Insulation Covering ( Sum of Two Sides )
for Square or Rectangular Wire .
Double Cotton or Double Glass ,

Bare Bare 1.021 .032.044 .058 .072.092.116.144.182.229.286 .340

to to to to to to to to to to to to
Thick . Width
.031.043.057.071.091.115.143.181.228.285.339.500

.021 T .009.009.010.010.010.011.011.012.013.014.015.016
to
.031 W 1.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.008.008

.032 T 1.009.009.010.010.011.011.012.013.014.015.016
to
.043 W .009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.008

.044 т 1.009.010.010.011.011.012 .013.014.015.016

to
.057 W .009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009.009

.058 T .009.010.011.011 .012.013.014.015.016

to
.071 W .009.009.010.010.010.010.010.009.009

.072 T 1.010.010.011.012.013.014.015.016
to
.091 W .010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010

.092 т .011.012.013.014.015.016 .016

to
.115 W .011.011.011.011.011.011.011

.116 т .013.014.015.016 .018.018

to
.143 .013.013 /.013.013.013.013

.144 T .015.016.017.019.020
to
.181 .015.015.015.015.015

.182 T .017.019.020.021
to
.228 .017.017.017.017

.229 т .019.020.021
to
.285 W .019.019.018

.286 т .020.021
to
.339 W .020.020

. 340 т .021
to
.500 W .021

T = Thickness
Width
738
 TABLE 5
Sine Values for 45 to 90 Degrees for use in
Figuring Pitch Factors
Degrees 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
45 0.7071 0.7096 0.7120 0.7145 0.7169
46 0.7193 0.7218 0.7242 0.7266 0.7290
47 0.7314 0.7337 0.7361 0.7385 0.7408
48 0.7431 0.7455 0.7478 0.7501 0.7524
49 0.7547 0.7570 0.7593 0.7615 0.7638

50 0.7660 0.7683 0.7705 0.7727 0.7749

51 0.7771 0.7793 0.7815 0.7837 0.7859
52 0.7880 0.7902 0.7923 0.7944 0.7965
53 0.7986 0.8007 0.8028 0.8049 0.8070
54 0.8090 0.8111 0.8131 0.8151 0.8171
55 0.8192 0.8211 0.8231 0.8251 0.8271
56 0.8290 0.8310 0.8329 0.8348 0.8368
57 0.8387 0.8406 0.8425 0.8443 0.8462
58 0.8480 0.8499 0.8517 0.8536 0.8554
59 0.8572 0.8590 0.8607 0.8625 0.8643
60 0.8660 0.8678 0.8695 0.8712 0.8729
61 0.8746 0.8763 0.8780 0.8796 0.8813
62 0.8829 0.8846 0.8862 0.8878 0.8894
63 0.8910 0.8926 0.8942 0.8957 0.8973
64 0.8988 0.9003 0.9018 0.9033 0.9048

65 0.9063 0.9078 0.9092 0.9107 0.9121

66 0.9135 0.9150 0.9164 0.9178 0.9191
67 0.9205 0.9219 0.9232 0.9245 0.9259
68 0.9272 0.9285 0.9298 0.9311 0.9323
69 0.9336 0.9348 0.9361 0.9373 0.9385
70 0.9397 0,9409 0.9421 0.9432 0.9444
71 0.9455 0.9466 0.9478 0.9489 0.9500
72 0.9511 0.9521 0.9532 0.9542 0.9553
73 0.9563 0.9573 0.9583 0.9593 0.9603
74 0.9613 0.9622 0.9632 0.9641 0.9650

75 0.9659 0.9668 0.9677 0.9686 0.9694

76 0.9703 0.9711 0.9720 0.9728 0.9736
77 0.9744 0.9751 0.9759 0.9767 0.9774
78 0.9781 0.9789 0.9796 0.9803 0.9810
79 0.9816 0.9823 0.9829 0.9836 0.9842
80 0.9848 0.9854 0.9860 0.9866 0.9871
81 0.9877 0.9882 0.9888 0.9893 0.9898
82 0.9903 0.9907 0.9912 0.9917 0.9921
83 0.9925 0.9930 0.9934 0.9938 0.9942
84 0.9945 0.9949 0.9952 0.9956 0.9959

85 0.9962 0.9965 0.9968 0.9971 0.9973

86 0.9976 0.9978 0.9980 0.9982 0.9984
87 0.9986 0.9988 0.9990 0.9991 0.9993
88 0.9994 0.9995 0.9996 0.9997 0.9998
89 0.9998 0.9999 0.9999 1.000 1.000

739
 TABLE 6

Approximate Full- Load Currents of Single- Phase Motors

Current in amperes
Horsepower
110 volts 220 volts

1/8 2.7 1.35

1/6 3 1.5

1/4 4 2

1/3 5 2.5
1/2 7.5 3.75

3/4 10.5 5.25

1 13 6.5

1 1/2 18 9
2 23 11.5

3 32 16

5 50 25

7 1/2 70 35

10 94 47

740
 TABLE 7
Approximate Operating Data for Constant Speed Squirrel Cage Induction
Motors from 1/2 Horsepower to 200 Horsepower
No. RPM
Efficiency Power Factor Amperes
HP of Full Full Load
Poles Syn . Full Load Full Load (440 Volts )
Load
1/2 8 900 875 68 58 1.2
1200 1160 72 69 1.5
8 900 875 71 58 1.8
3/4 10 720 690 68 57 1.9
12 600 575 65 56 2.0
4 1800 1750 79 79 1.6
1200 1160 76 70 1.8
1

8 900 875 74 62 2.1

10 720 690 72 60 2.3
12 600 575 68 58 2.5
3600 3525 83 86 2.7
1800 1750 81 80 3.0
2 1200 1165 81 71 3.4
900 878 75 66 3.9
10 720 693 72 62 4.4
12 600 580 68 60 4.8
3600 3530 84 87 4.0
1800 1755 84 82 4.3
1200 1168 82 77 4.6
3 8 900 880 82 68 5.3
10 720 693 79 64 5.8
12 600 580 75 61 6.4
2 3600 3530 85 88 6.5
4 1800 1755 85 83 6.9
5 1200 1170 83 79 7.5
900 880 83 73 8.1
10 720 695 82 67 8.9
2 3600 3535 85 88 9.8
1800 1755 86 84 10,2
7 1/2 6 1200 1170 84 82 10.7
EAN

900 883 84 75
EAN
EROAN

11.7
OANO

10 720 695 83 70 12.7

DOAN

3600 3535 85 88 13.2

EDO

1800 1755 86 87 13.2

10 1200 1170 87 85 13.5
900 883 87 82 13.7
720 695 85 75 15.5
3600 3535 85 88 20
1800 1760 87 89 19
15 1200 1170 88 87 19
900 885 88 83 20
720 695 86 78 22
3600 3540 86 88 26
1800 1760 89 89 25
20 6 1200 1170 89 87 25
900 885 88 84 26
720 695 86 79 29
3600 3540 87 88 33
1800 1765 89 89 31
25 1200 1170 89 87 32
900 885 88 84 33
720 695 86 79 36
3600 3540 88 88 38
1800 1765 90 89 37
30 1200 1170 89 87 38
900 885 89 85 39
720 695 87 80 42

741
 TABLE 7 - Continued
Approximate Operating Data for Constant Speed Squirrel Cage Induction
Motors from 1/2 Horsepower to 200 Horsepower
No. RPM
Efficiency Power Factor Amperes
HP of Full Full Load
Poles Syn . Full Load Full Load (440 Volts )
Load
3600 3540 89 88 50
1800 1765 91 90 48
6 1200 1170 90 87 50
40 8 900 885 90 85 51
EAN
EcoAN

10 720 695 88 82 54
DAN

3540 90
500

3600 88 62
1800 1765 91 90 61
50 1200 1175 90 88 62
900 885 90 88 62
720 695 89 83 66
3600 3545 90 87 75
1E00 1765 91 90 72
60 1200 1180 91 88 73
900 885 91 88 73
720 695 90 83 79
3600 3550 91 88 92
1800 1770 91 90 90
75 1200 1180 91 88 92
900 885 91 88 92
720 695 90 83 98
2 3600 3550 92 87 123
4 1800 1775 91 90 120
100 1200 1180 91 88 123
900 885 91 88 123
10 720 700 90 83 131
2 3600 3550 92 87 153
4 1800 1775 91 89 151
125 1200 1180 91 88 153
8 900 885 91 87 155
10 720 705 91 85 158
2 3600 3550 93 87 182
4 1800 1780 92 89 180
150 6 1200 1185 92 88 182
8 900 885 92 87 184
10 720 705 91 85 190
2 3600 3550 93 87 242
1800 1780 92 89 240
200 6 1200 1185 92 88 242
900 885 92 87 245
10 720 705 91 85 254

Note : Values of full load RPM , efficiency and power factor are
approximate values . Full load amperes at voltages other
than 440 volts will be inversely proportional to the
values shown for 440 volts .

742
 TABLE 8
Approximate Operating Data for Constant Speed Squirrel Cage Induction Motors and for
Wound Rotor Induction Motors from 250 to 1000 Horsepower
SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS WOUND ROTOR MOTORS
No. SYN . Approx . Effi- | Power Approx . | Effi Power
HP of RPM Full ciency Factor Amperes Amperes
Poles Full Load Full ciency Factor Full Load
Load Full Full Load Full Full
RPM Load Load 2300 volts RPM Load Load 2300 volts
2 3600 3540 93 87 58
1800 1775 93 89 57 1775 93 88 57
1200 1180 92 88 58 1180 92 86 59
8 900 870 92 87 58 870 92 84 61
10 720 695 92 85 60 695 92 83 62
12 600 580 91 83 62 580 91 79 65
250 14 514 496 91 82 63 496 91 76 68
16 450 91 80 64 91 73 71
18 400 90 78 67 90 69 75
20 360 90 76 68 90 66 79
22 327 90 74 70 90 64 81
24 300 89 73 71 89 60 87
3600 3540 93 88 69
1800 1775 93 90 67 1775 93 89 68
1200 1180 92 89 69 1180 87 70
8 900 873 92 87 70 873 92 85 72
10 720 698 92 86 71 698 92 83 74
12 600 580 92 84 73 580 92 80 76
300 14 514 497 91 83 74 497 91 77 80
16 450 91 81 75 91 75 82
18 400 91 79 78 91 71 87
20 360 91 78 79 91 67 92
22 327 90 77 81 90 64 98
24 300 90 76 82 90 61 102
2 3600 3550 94 89 78
4 1800 1777 94 90 77 1777 94 89 78
6 1200 1180 94 89 78 1180 94 87 80
8 900 878 93 87 81 878 93 85 83
10 720 700 92 86 83 700 92 83 86
12 600 582 92 85 84 582 92 81 88
350 14 514 498 92 84 85 498 92 78 91
16 450 92 82 87 92 75 95
18 400 91 80 90 91 71 101
20 360 91 79 91 91 68 106
22 327 91 77 93 91 65 111
24 300 90 76 95 90 61 118
2 3600 3550 94 88 90
1800 1777 93 90 1777 93 88 92
6 1200 1180 93 89 91 1180 93 88 92
900 879 93 88 92 879 93 86 94
10 720 700 93 86 94 700 93 84 96
400 12 600 582 92 85 96 582 92 81 100
14 514 498 92 84 97 498 92 79 103
16 450 92 83 98 92 76 107
18 400 92 81 100 92 72 113
20 360 91 80 103 91 69 119
22 327 91 78 106 91 65 127
NNNNNW

24 300 90 108 90 62 134

2 3600 3555 94 89 101
1800 1778 93 90 101 1778 89 102
WWUS

1200 1180 93 89 102 1180 87 104

900 879 93 88 103 879 86 105
10 720 700 93 87 104 700 108
450 12 600 583 92 86 107 583 82 112
14 514 498 92 85 108 498 79 116
16 450 92 83 110 76 120
18 400 92 81 113 72 127
20 360 91 80 116 69 134
22 327 91 78 119 91 66 141
24 300 91 77 120 62 149
743
 TABLE 8 Continued

Approximate Operating Data for Constant Speed Squirrel Cage Induction Motors and for
Wound Rotor Induction Motors from 250 to 1000 Horsepower
SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS WOUND ROTOR MOTORS
No.
of
SYN . Approx . Effi- Power Approx . Effi- Power
HP Amperes Amperes
RPM Full ciency Factor Full ciency Factor Full
Poles Load Full Load Load Full Full Load
Full Full
RPM Load Load
2300 volts RPM Load Load 2300 volts

3600 3560 94 87 115

1800 1780 93 90 112 1780 93 112
1200 1181 93 89 112 1181 93 88 114
900 880 93 88 114 880 93 86 117
10 720 700 93 87 116 700 93 85 119
12 600 583 93 86 117 583 93 82 123
500 14 514 498 92 85 119 92 80 127
498
16 450 92 83 123 92 76 134
18 400 92 82 124 92 140
20 360 92 80 127 92 70 145
22 327 91 79 130 91 66 156
24 300 91 78 132 91 63 163

2 3600 3565 94 89 134

1800 1780 93 90 134 1780 93 134
1200 1181 93 90 134 1181 93 137
900 879 93 89 136 879 93 87 139
10 720 701 93 88 137 701 93 85 142
12 600 582 93 87 139 582 93 83 146
600 14 514 500 93 86 141 500 93 81 150
16 450 92 84 146 92 77 159
18 400 92 83 148 92 74 166
20 360 92 81 151 92 70 175
22 327 92 80 153 92 67 183
24 300 91 79 157 91 64 193

2 3600 3565 94 89 156

4 1800 1782 94 91 153 1782 94 90 155
1200 1181 94 90 155 1181 94 88 158
8 900 879 94 89 156 879 94 87 160
10 720 701 93 88 160 701 93 85 166
12 6000 584 93 87 161 584 93 83 170
700 14 514 500 93 87 162 500 93 81 174
16 450 93 85 166 93 78 181
18 400 93 83 170 93 74 190
20 360 92 82 174 92 71 200
22 327 92 80 178 92 67 213
24 300 92 79 180 92 64 223
2 3600 3568 95 90 175
4 18001 1784 94 91 175 1784 94 90 177
6 1200 1182 94 90 177 1182 94 89 179
8 900 880 94 89 179 880 94 87 183
10 720 701 93 88 183 701 93 86 187
12 600 584 93 88 183 584 93 84 192
800 14 500 93 87 500 93 81 199
514 185
16 450 93 85 190 93 78 207
18 400 93 84 192 93 74 218
20 360 92 82 198 92 71 229
22 327 92 81 201 92 68 240
24 300 92 80 204 92 65 250

2 3600 3568 95 91 195

4 1800 1785 94 91 197 1785 94 90 199
6 1200 1182 94 90 199 1182 94 89 202
8 900 880 94 89 202 880 94 87 206
10 720 702 94 89 202 702 94 86 208
12 600 585 93 88 206 585 93 84 216
9001 14 514 500 93 87 208 500 93 81 224
-

16 450 93 85 213 93 78 232

1

18 400 93 84 216 93 75 242

20 360 93 83 218 93 72 252
22 327 92 82 224 92 68 270
24 300 92 80 229 92 65 282

744
 TABLE 8 Continued
Approximate Operating Data for Constant Speed Squirrel Cage Induction Motors and for
Wound Rotor Induction Motors from 250. to 1000 Horsepower
SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS WOUND ROTOR MOTORS
No. SYN . Approx . Effi Power Approx . Effi Power Amperes
HP of Amperes
Poles RPM Full ciency Factor Full
Load Full Full Load Full ciency Factor Full Load
Load Full Full 2300 volts
RPM Load Load 2300 volts RPM Load Load
2 3600 3570 95 91 217
4 1800 1785 94 91 219 1785 94 90 222
1200 1182 94 90 222 1182 94 89 224
8 900 882 94 90 222 882 94 87 229
10 720 702 94 89 224 702 94 86 232
12 600 585 94 88 226 585 94 84 238
1000 14 514 500 93 87 230 500 93 82 246
16 450 93 86 234 93 78 258
18 400 93 84 240 93 75 268
20 360 98 246 93 72 280
22 327 92 81 252 92 69 296
24 300 92 81 252 92 66 309

Note : Values of efficiency and power factor are approximate values .

Full load amperes at voltages other than 2300 volts will be
inversely proportional to the values shown for 2300 volts .

745
I
 LIST OF SYMBOLS

A, a
А phase A *
a smallest integer which makes y an integer
B

B phase B*

с phase c *
С equalizer connection
CCW counter clockwise
CW clockwise
D, d
D diameter of stator bore
D' diameter at which leads of laping winding lie
D difference between 2 slots which correspond to 2 ad
jacent vectors of the slot star
d denominator of the fraction of spp
d
number of poles in a repeatable part of the winding

F finish of a pole phase group

HP horse power

I integral part of the fractional number of spp

J

J Jumper

* Odd subscripts indicate the starts of winding parts ; even sub

scripts indicate their ends . For example , A, is the start of
the first winding part , Az is its end ; Az is the start of the
second winding part , A4 is its end , and so forth .

747
 LIST OF SYMBOLS

k number of angles am by which one layer of a winding

is shifted with respect to the other layer , or by
which two repeatable groups are shifted with respect
to each other
ka distribution factor of the main wave
kan distribution factor of the n-th harmonic
kdn
a ' distribution factor of the n ' - th harmonic
kp pitch factor of the main wave
k pitch factor of the n-th harmonic
pn
k pitch factor of the n ' -th harmonic
pn '
k2 any positive or negative even integer including zero
L

L axial length of stator core

LP long pitch or progressive connection
LP - SP long pitch-short pitbh or progressive - retrogressive
connection

m number of phases
m harmonics produced by 3 phase 6 zone integral slot
rotor windings
m' harmonics produced by 3 phase 6 zone balanced frac
tional -slot rotor windings

N, n
N numerator of the fraction spp
N' number of slot units
N number of turns in the coils of a single phase winding
n numerator of the fractional part of spp
n order of the harmonics of integral -slot windings
n' order of the harmonics of balanced fractional slot
windings
P, P
P number of full pole pitches between 2 slots which
correspond to 2 adjacent vectors of the slot star
P smallest integer , including zero , which makes Dan
integer

р number of poles

748
 LIST OF SYMBOLS

g slots per pole per phase

rpm

rpm revolutions per minute

S, s
S total number of slots
s start of a pole phase group
S number of slots per pole of a single phase winding
p
SP short pitch or retrogressive connection
spp slots per pole per phase

T
T start or end of a phase
T line lead
t largest common divisor of number of poles and the
number of slots
t pole pitch in units of W

W coil width

у winding pitch
УЫ back pitch
yf front pitch
Z

Z coil width in slot pitches

am magnetic field angle , or angle between 2 adjacent

vectors of the slot star
as angle between 2 slots
angle between phase vectors
o

connected to start or finish of a group

=T

spot for change with respect to series connection ,

connection tables , 3 phase windings .

749
 BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. The Windings of the Alternating Current Machines ( in Ger

man ) . E. Arnold J. Springer , Berlin , 1912. Ref . for Ch .
3 , 4 , 6 , 9 , and 11 .
Armature Windings of Direct Current and Alternating Current
Machines ( in German ) . R. Richter J. Springer , Berlin ,
1920. Ref . for Ch . 3 , 4 , 6 , 9 , 11 , and App . l .
3. Connecting Induction Motors . A.M. Dudley McGraw - Hill ,
1936 . Ref. for Ch . 3 , 4 , 6 , 9 , 11 , and 12 .
4. Rewinding and Connecting Alternating Current Motors . D.H.
Braymer and A.C. Roe - McGraw -Hill, 1932 . Ref . for Ch . 3 ,
4 , and 6 .

5. Repair Shop Diagrams and Connecting Tables for Lap Wound

Induction Motors . D.H. Bra ymer and A.C. Roe McGraw - Hill,
1946 . Ref . for Ch . 3 and 4 .
6. Electric Machinery 3 volumes ( in German ) . M. Liwschitz
( -Garik ) - B.G. Tuebner , 1934 . Ref . for Ch . 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 ,
11 , and App . 5 .
7. Engineering Handbook . E. Rziha and J. Seidener . Chapter
on Windings by M. Liwschitz ( -Garik ) . E. Ernst & Son , Ber
lin , 1930 . Ref . for Ch . 3 , 4 , 6 , 9 , and 11 .
8. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery . A.S. Langsdorf -
McGraw -Hill , 1937 . Ref . for Ch . 3 and 4 .
9. Electric Machinery . M. Liwschitz -Garik ( assisted by C.
C. Whipple ) Volume 2 , D.Van-Nostrand , 1946 . Ref . for Ch .
3 , 4 , 6 , il , and App . 5 .
10 . Fraction - Horsepower Electric Motors . C. G. Veinott
McGraw -Hill , 1948. Ref . for Ch . 11 .
11 . Care and Repair of Fractional -Horsepower Motors . A.G. Smith
International Textbook Company , 1933 . Ref . for Ch . 11 .
12 . Rewinding Small Motors . D.H. Braymer & A.C. Roe McGraw
Hill , 1949 . Ref . for Ch . 11 .
13 . Two - Phase and Three - Phase Lap Windings in Unequal Groups .
E.M. Tingley Electric Review & Western Electrician , 1915 .
Ref . for Ch . 4 .
14 . Lap Windings with Unequal Coil Groups . C.R. Riker and A.M.
Dudley - Electric Journal , 1925 . Ref . for Ch . 4 .
15 . Balanced Fractional - Slot Wave Windings . M. Liwschitz
( -Garik ) - AIEE Transactions , 1948 . Ref . for Ch . 7 and
App . 3 .

16 . Change - Speed Induction Motors . C.W. Kincaid - Electric

Journal , 1924. Ref . for Ch . 9 .

750
17 . Multispeed Windings . M. Liwschitz ( -Garik ) Elektrotech
nische Zeitschrift , 1926 , p . 585 . Ref . for Ch . 9 .
18 . Multispeed Alternating Current Motors . H.E. Keneipp
Westinghouse Engineer , 1943, Ref . for Ch . 9 .
19 . Basic Procedure in Motor Control . G.W. Heumann General
Electric Review , 1947 . Ref . for Ch . 9 .

20 . Winding and Connecting Small Motors . C.A.M. Weber - Elec

tric Journal , 1924. Ref . for Ch . 11 .
21 . Starting Windings for Single - Phase Induction Motors . C.G.
Veinott AIEE Transactions , 1944 . Ref . for Ch . 11 .
22 . Doubly Chorded Fractional - Slot Windings . M. Liwschitz
( -Garik ) - AIEE Transactions, 1948. Ref . for App . 2 .
23 .
The M.M.F. Wave of Polyphase Windings with Special Refer
ence to Sub - Synchronous Harmonics . Quentin Graham - AIEE
Transactions , 1927 . Ref . for App . 5 .
24 . Amplitudes of Magnetomotive -Force Harmonics for Fractional
Slot Windings of 3 - Phase Machines. J.F. Calvert - Iowa
Engineering Experiment Station , Bulletin 142 , 1939. Ref .
for App . 5 .
25 . Field Harmonics in Induction Motors . M. Liwschitz ( -Garik )
- AIEE Transactions , 1942. Ref . for App . 5 .
26 . Distribution Factors and Pitch Factors of the Harmonics of
a Fractional - Slot Winding . M. Liwschitz (-Garik ) - AIEE
Transactions , 1943. Ref . for App . 5 .
27 . American Standard Definitions of Electrical Terms . A.S.A.
STANDARD - C42 , 1941 , AIEE .
28 . NEMA Motor and Generator Standards . NEMA Publication 45
102 - National Electric Manufacturers Association, 1946 .
29 . American Standard Terminal Markings for Electrical Appara
tus . A.S.A. Standard C6 , 1 , 1944 - National Electric Manu
facturers Association .

751
 INDEX OF DIAGRAMS

INDEX FOR 2 - PHASE TOP - TO - TOP CONNECTION DIAGRAMS FOR LAP WINDINGS
NO . OF FIGURE NO . PAGE
POLES TYPE OF CONNECTION
Series 3-10 89
2 2 - Parallel 3-11 89
Series or 2 -Parallel 3-12 91
Series 3-13 91
2 - Parallel 3-14 92
4 4- Parallel 3-15 92
Series or 2-Parallel 3-16 93
2 -or 4 - Parallel 3-17 93

Series 3-18 95
2-Parallel 3-19 95
3-Parallel 3-20 96
6 6 - Parallel 3-21 96
Series or 2 - Parallel 3-22 97
3- or 6- Parallel 3-23 98
Series 3-24 99
2 - Parallel 3-25 99
4 - Parallel 3-26 100
8 - Parallel 3-27 100
8 Series or 2 - Parallel 3-28 101
2- or 4 - Parallel 3-29 101
4- or 8 -Parallel 3-30 102

INDEX FOR 3 PHASE TOP - TO - BOTTOM CONNECTION DIAGRAMS FOR LAP WINDINGS

NO . OF FIGURE NO . PAGE
POLES TYPE OF CONNECTION

Series Star 3-31 104

4 2 - Parallel Star 3-32 105
Series or 2 -Parallel Star 3-33 106

Series Delta 3-34 107

4 2 -Parallel Delta 3-35 108
Series or 2 -Parallel Delta 3-36 109

INDEX FOR 3 - PHA SE TOP - TO - TOP CONNECTION DIAGRAMS FOR LAP WINDINGS

NO . OF TYPE OF CONNECTION FIGURE NO . PAGE

POLES
Series Star 3-37 110
2 -Parallel Star 3-38 110
Series or 2- Parallel Star 3-39 111
2
Series Delta 3-40 111
2 -Parallel Delta 3-41 11 ?
Series or 2 -Parallel Delta 3-42 112

Series Star 3-43 114

2 -Parallel Star 3-44 114
4-Parallel Star 3-45 115
Series or 2 -Parallel Star 3-46 115
2 -or 4- Parallel Star 3-47 116
4
Series Delta 3-48 116
2 - Parallel Delta 3-49 117
4-Parallel Delta 3-50 117
Series or 2 -Parallel Delta 3-51 118
2 -or 4- Parallel Delta 3-52 120

752
 INDEX FOR 3 - PHASE TOP - TO - TOP CONNECTION DIAGRAMS FOR LAP WINDINGS

NO . OF
TYPE OF CONNECTION FIGURE NO . PAGE
POLES

Series Star 3-53 120

2- Parallel Star 3-54 121
3 - Parallel Star 3-55 122
6-Parallel Star 3-56 123
Series or 2 -Parallel Star 3-57 124
6
3- or 6-Parallel Star 3-58 125

Series Delta 3-59 126

2 - Parallel Delta 3-60 126
3- Parallel Delta 3-61 127
6 -Parallel Delta 3-62 127
Series or 2-Parallel Delta 3-63 128
3- or 6-Parallel Delta 3-64 129

Series Star 3-65 131

2-Parallel Star 3-66 132
4 -Parallel Star 3-67 133
8-Parallel Star 3-68 134
Series or 2 -Parallel Star 3-69 135
2- or 4-Parallel Star 3-70 136
4- or 8-Parallel Star 3-71 137
8
Series Delta 3-72 138
2 - Parallel Delta 3-73 139
4-Parallel Delta 3-74 140
8-Parallel Delta 3-75 141
Series or 2 -Parallel Delta 3-76 142
2- or 4-Parallel Delta 3-77 143
4- or 8-Parallel Delta 3-78 144

Series Star 3-79 146

2 -Parallel Star 3-80 147
5 -Parallel Star 3-81 148
10-Parallel Star 3-82 149
Series or 2 -Parallel Star 3-83 150
5- or 10-Parallel Star 3-84 151
10
Series Delta 3-85 152
2 - Parallel Delta 3-86 153
5-Parallel Delta 3-87 154
10 - Parallel Delta 3-88 155
Series or 2 -Parallel Delta 3-89 156
5- or 10-Parallel Delta 3-90 157

Series Star 3-91 158

2 -Parallel Star 3-92 159
3-Parallel Star 3-93 160
4-Parallel Star 3-94 161
6 -Parallel Star 3-95 162
12- Parallel Star 3-96 163
Series or 2 - Parallel Star 3-97 164
2- or 4 - Parallel Star 3-98 165
3- or 6- Parallel Star 3-99 166
6- or 12 -Parallel Star 3-100 167
12
Series Delta 3-101 168
2 - Parallel Delta 3-102 169
3-Parallel Delta 3-103 170
4 -Parallel Delta 3-104 171
3-105 172
6-Parallel Delta
12- Parallel Delta 3-106 173
Series or 2 -Parallel Delta 3-107 174
2- or 4- Parallel Delta 3-108 175
3-109 176
3- or 6-Parallel Delta
3-110 177
6- or 12- Parallel Delta

753
 INDEX FOR 3 - PHASE TOP - TO - TOP CONNECTION DIAGRAMS FOR LAP WINDINGS
NO . OF PAGE
POLES
TYPE OF CONNECTION FIGURE NO .

Series Star 3-111 179

2 - Parallel Star 3-112 180
7 -Parallel Star 3-113 181
14-Parallel Star 3-114 182
Series or 2 - Parallel Star 3-115 183
7- or 14- Parallel Star 3-116 184
14
Series Delta 3-117 185
2- Parallel Delta 3-118 186
7- Parallel Delta 3-119 187
14- Parallel Delta 3-120 188
Series or 2 - Parallel Delta 3-121 189
7- or 14- Parallel Delta 3-122 190

INDEX FOR 3 PHA SE CONNECTION DIAGRAMS FOR LAP WINDINGS

FOR A SPEED RATIO OF 2 TO 1

POLE HIGH SPEED LOW SPEED FIGURE

TYPE PAGE
RATIO CONNECTION CONNECTION NO .

Constant Horsepower 2 - Parallel Star Series Delta 9-4 571

Constant Torque Series Delta 2 -Parallel Star 9-5 572
4/8 Variable Torque Series Star 2 -Parallel Star 9-6 573
Constant Torque 2-Parallel Delta 4-Parallel Star 9-19 586

Constant Horsepower 2 -Parallel Star Series Delta 9-7 574

6/12 Constant Torque Series Delta 2 -Parallel Star 9-8 575
Variable Torque Series Star 2 - Parallel Star 9-9 576

Constant Horsepower 2 -Parallel Star Series Delta 9-10 577

8/16 Constant Torque Series Delta 2 - Parallel Star 9-11 578
Variable Torque Series Star 2 -Parallel Star 9-12 579

Constant Horsepower 2 - Parallel Star Series Delta 9-13 580

10/20 Constant Torque Series Delta 2 - Parallel Star 9-14 581
Variable Torque Series Star 2 - Parallel Star 9-15 582

Constant Horsepower 2-Parallel Star Series Delta 9-16 583

Series Delta 2 -Parallel Star 9-17 584
12/24 Constant Torque 2 - Parallel Star 9-18 585
Variable Torque Series Star

INDEX FOR 3 - PHASE WORKING DIAGRAMS FOR WAVE WINDINGS

NO . OF NO . OF FIGURE
TYPE OF CONNECTION PAGE
POLES SLOTS NO .

36 Integral - slot. Retrogressive . 6-17 321

36 6-65 345
Integral- slot. Progressive - Retrogressive 8-1 531
42 Unbalanced Fractional - Slot ,
45 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-18 321
45 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-66 345
6 8-8 539
48 Unbalanced Fractional- Slot
54 Integral - Slot. Retrogressive 6-19 322
54 Integral- slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-67 346
63 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-20 322
63 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive-Retrogressive 6-68 346

754
 INDEX FOR 3 - PHASE WORKING DIAGRAMS FOR WAVE WINDINGS

NO . OF NO . OF FIGURE PAGE
POLES SLOTS TYPE OF CONNECTION NO .
72 Integral - slot . Retrogressive 6-21 323
72 Integral- Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-69 347
81 ( Integral + 1/2) -Slot , Retrogressive 6-22 323
81 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-70 347
6 90 Integral - Slot. Retrogressive . 6-23 324
Cont'd 90 Integral - Slot. Progressive- Retrogressive 6-71 348
96 Unbalanced Fractional- Slot 8-6 537
105 Unba lanced Fractional - Slot 8-17 550
108 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-24 324
108 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-72 348

48 Integral - Slot. Retrogressive 6-25 325

48 Integral- Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-73 349
54 Ba lanced Fractional - Slot 7-17 454
57 Balanced Fractional- Slot 7-33 485
60 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-26 325
60 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-74 349
63 Balanced Fractional- Slot . 7-38 492
72 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-27 326
72 Integral- Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-75 350
84 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-28 326
84 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-76 350
8 90 Balanced Fractiona l - Slot 7-22 464
96 Integral- slot. Retrogressive 6-29 327
96 Integral - Slot . Progressive-Retrogressive 6-77 351
105 Ba lanced Fractional - Slot 7-36 490
108 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-30 327
108 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-78 351
120 Integral -Slot. Retrogressive 6-31 328
120 Integral - Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-79 352
126 Balanced Fractional - slot 7-20 460
135 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-41 498
150 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-21 462
6-32 328
60 Integral- Slot . Retrogressive 6-80 352
60 Integral- slot. Progressive- Retrogressive 470
72 Balanced Fractiona 1 - Slot 7-25
75 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-33 329
( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-81 353
75 7-1 434
84 Balanced Fractional - Slot
90 6-34 329
Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-82 353
90 Integral-Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 7-4 438
96 Balanced Fractiona 1 - Slot
10 ( Integral + 1/2) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-35 330
105 354
105 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-83
6-36 330
120 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 354
Integral- slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-84
120 6-37 331
135 ( Integral + 1/2) -Slot . Retrogressive
( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-85 355
135 7-3 436
144 Balanced Fractional- Slot
Ba la nced Fractional- Slot 7-28 475
168 7-27 474
192 Balanced Fractional- Slot
8-11 542
66 Unbalanced Fractional - slot
6-38 331
72 Integral- slot . Retrogressive 355
72 Integral - slot. Progressive - Retrogressive 6-86
Unba lanced Fractional - Slot 8-13 544
78 7-18 456
81 Balanced Fractiona l- Slot 8-2 532
12 84 Unba lanced Fractional - Slot
6-39 332
90 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-87 356
90 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive-Retrogressive 8-9 540
96 Unbalanced Fractional- Slot 548
Unbalanced Fractiona 1- Slot 8-15
102

755
 INDEX FOR 3 - PHASE WORKING DIAGRAMS FOR WAVE WINDINGS

NO . OF NO . OF FIGURE PAGE
TYPE OF CONNECTION NO .
POLES SLOTS
108 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-40 332
108 Integral - Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-88 356
120 Unbalanced Fractional - Slot 8-4 535
126 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-41 333
126 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-89 357
12 7-23 466
Cont'd 135 Balanced Fractional- Slot
144 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-42 333
144 Integral- slot. Progressive - Retrogressive 6-90 357
Unbalanced Fractional- Slot 8-7 538
192 552
210 Unbalanced Fractional- slot 8-18

Integral - slot . Retrogressive 6-43 334

84 6-91 358
84 Integral - Slot. Progressive - Retrogressive
Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-6 442
90 7-30 480
96 Balanced Fractional - slot
( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-44 334
105
105 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-92 358
7-9 446
120 Balanced Fractional- Slot 6-45 335
14 126 Integral- slot . Retrogressive 6-93 359
126 Integral -Slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-46
( Integral + 1/2) -Slot , Retrogressive 335
147
147 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-94 359
Integral -Slot. Retrogressive 6-47 336
138 6-95 360
168 Integral-slot . Progressive - Retrogressive
Balanced Fractional- slot 7-32 484
180 7-8 445
240 Balanced Fractional - Slot
6-48 336
96 Integral - Slot. Retrogressive 360
Integral- slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-97
96 7-19 458
108 Balanced Fractional- Slot 7-34 486
114 Balanced Fractional - Slot
6-49 337
120 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive
120 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-97 361
Balanced Fractional - slot 7-39 494
16 126 6-50 337
144 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-98 361
144 Integral - slot . Progressive -Retrogressive
( Integral + 1/2) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-51 338
168
168 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-99
7-24
362
468
180 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-37 491
210 Balanced Fractional - slot
8-19 554
96 Unbalanced Fractional - Slot 8-12 543
99 Unba lanced Fractional - Slot 6-52 338
108 Integral - slot . Retrogressive 6-100 362
108 Integral - Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive
Unbalanced Fractional - slot 8-20 556
114 8-14 546
117 Unbalanced Fractional - Slot 8-3 534
126 Unbalanced Fractional- Slot 8-21 558
132 Unbalanced Fractiona l- Slot 6-53 339
135 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot , Retrogressive
18 135 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-101 363
8-22 560
138 Unbalanced Fractional- slot 8-10 541
144 Unbalanced Fractiona l- Slot 8-23 562
150 Unbalanced Fractional - Slot 8-16 549
153 Unbalanced Fractional- slot 6-54 339
162 Integral - Slot. Retrogressive 6-102 363
162 Integral- slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-55 340
189 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive
( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-103 364
189
6-56 340
120 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-104 364
Integral- Slot. Progressive -Retrogressive
20 120 7-26 472
144 Balanced Fractional - Slot

756
 INDEX FOR 3 - PHASE WORKING DIAGRAMS FOR WAVE WINDINGS

NO . OF NO . OF FIGURE
POLES SLOTS TYPE OF CONNECTION NO . PAGE
150 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-57 341
150 (Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot. Progressive- Retrogressive 6-105 365
168 Balanced Fractional- Slot 7-2 435
20 180 6-58 341
Cont'd Integral - slot . Retrogressive
180 Integral - slot . Progressive - Retrogressive 6-106 365
192 Balanced Fractional- Slot 7-5 440
336 Balanced Fractional- Slot 7-29 476
120 Balanced Fractional- Slot 7-11 448
132 . Retrogressive 6-59 342
132 Integral slot : Progressive-Retrogressive 6-107 366
144 Balanced Fractional- slot 7-12 449
22

165 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-60 342

165 6-108 366
( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Progressive-Retrogressive 6-61 343
198 Integral -Slot . Retrogressive
198 Integral- Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-109 367
240 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-13 450

144 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-62 343

144 Integral - Slot. Progressive- Retrogressive 6-110 367
171 Ba lanced Fractional - Slot 7-35 488
180 ( Integral + 1/2 ) -Slot . Retrogressive 6-63 344
24 180 ( Integral + 1/2) -Slot . Progressive -Retrogressive 6-111 368
189 Ba la nced Fractional- Slot 7-40 496
216 Integral - Slot . Retrogressive 6-64 344
216 Integral - Slot . Progressive- Retrogressive 6-112 368
240 Unbalanced Fractional - slot 8-5 536

132 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-42 499

144 Bilanced Fractional- Slot 7-14 451
26 168 Balanced Fractional- Slot 7-15 452
336 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-16 453

180 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-7 444

28 192 Balanced Fractional - Slot 7-31 482
240 Ba lanced Fractional - Slot 7-10 447

INDEX TO SINGLE - PHASE CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

NO . TYPE OF CONNECTION FIGURE PAGE

OF NO .
POLES MAIN WINDING AUXILIARY WINDING

Series Series 11-11 651

2 Series 11-12 651
2 -Parallel
Series Series 11-13 652
4 2 - Parallel Series 11-14 652
2-Parallel 2- Parallel 11-15 653

Series Series 11-16 653

6 2- Parallel Series 11-17 654
2-Parallel 2 - Parallel 11-18 654

Series Series 11-19 655

8 2- Parallel Series 11-20 655
2-Parallel 2- Parallel 11-21 656

Series Series 11-22 656

10 Series 11-23 657
2- Parallel 11-24 657
2- Parallel 2- Parallel

757
 INDEX TO SINGLE - PHA SE CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

NO . TYPE OF CONNECTION
OF FIGURE PAGE
POLES MA IN WINDING AUXILIARY WINDING NO .

4 and 6 2 Speeds with 2 Winding Sets 11-331 638

4 2 Speeds with Tapped Winding . L Connected 11-37 641
6 2 Speeds with Tapped Winding . L Connected 11-39 643

INDEX FOR SINGLE - PHASE WIRING AND LINE CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

FIGURE
NO . DESCRIPTION PAGE

11-27 Wiring Diagram for plain reversible split -phase motor

with 4 leads . 631

11-28 Line Connection Diagram for Figure 11-27 . 631

11-29 Wiring Diagram of a non- reversible reactor start ,

split - phase motor with 2 leads . 633

11-30 Wiring Diagram of a reversible capacitor - start

motor with 4 leads . 633

11-31a Wiring Diagram of a reversible 2- value capacitor

motor with transformer unit . 635

11-31b Wiring Diagram of a reversible 2- value capacitor

motor with 2 capacitors . 635
11-32a Wiring Diagram of a non reversible dual voltage ,
split -phase motor . 636

11-32b Line Connection Diagram to Figure 11-32a . 636

11-34 Wiring and Line Connection Diagram for a 2 speed ,

2 winding , split - phase motor . 640

11-35 Schematic L Connection of the 3 Windings of a 2

speed motor . 640

11-36 Schematic T - Connection of the 3 Windings of a 2

speed motor . 641

11-38 Wiring and Line Connection Diagram to Figure 11-37 . 643

758
 INDEX OF TABLES

a , the Value of , for Various Values Connection Table , Wave Winding ,

of the Fraction of spp and Fractional - Slot , Balanced , 14
Winding Pitch , Table for the poles , 180 slots , 484
Determination of , 564 14 poles , 240 slots , 445
16 poles , 108 slots , 458
Clearances , Mechanical, 47 16 poles , 114 slots , 486
Connection Diagrams for a Speed 16 poles , 126 slots , 494
Ratio of 2 : 1 , Table Showing the 16 poles , 180 slots , 468
Numbers of , 588 16 poles , 210 slots , 491
Connection Diagrams for Top - to 20 poles , 144 slots , 472
Bottom or Long - Jumper Group 20 poles , 168 slots , 435
Connection , Standard 3 - Phase , 20 poles , 192 slots , 440
72 20 poles , 336 slots , 477
Connection Diagrams and Tables for 22 poles , 120 slots , 448
Top - to - Top or Short - Jumper Group 22 poles , 144 slots , 449
Connection , Standard 2 - Phase , 22 poles , 240 slots , 450
72 24 poles , 171 slots , 488
Connection Diagrams and Tables for 24 poles , 189 slots , 496
Top- to- Top or Short - Jumper Group 26 poles , 132 slots , 499
Connection , Standard 3 - Phase , 26 poles , 144 slots , 451
73 26 poles , 168 slots , 452
Connection Schemes for Multi - Speed 26 poles , 336 slots , 453
Squirrel - Cage Induction Motors , 28 poles , 180 slots , 444
Table of , 587 28 poles , 192 slots , 482
Connections , Series Star , Series 28 poles , 240 slots , 447
Delta , 2-Parallel Star and 2 Connection Table , Wave Winding ,
Parallel Delta , 395 Fractional - slot , Unbalanced ,
Connection Table , Lap Winding , 2 poles , 42 slots , 531
Phase , 2 - Pole , 90 6 poles , 48 slots , 539
2 -Phase , 4 - Pole T - T, 94 6 poles, 96 slots , 537
2 - Phase , 6 - Pole T -T , 98 6 poles , 105 slots , 550
2 -Phase, 8-Pole T-T , 103 12 poles , 66 slots , 542
3 -Phase , 2 - Pole T -T, 113 12 poles , 78 slots , 544
3 - Phase , 4- Pole T -T , 119 12 poles , 84 slots , 533
3 - Phase , 6 - Pole T-T , 130 12 poles , 96 slots , 540
3 -Phase , 8 - Pole T -T , 145 12 poles , 102 slots , 548
3-Phase , 10 -Pole T- 1 ,157 12 poles , 120 slots , 535
3 -Phase , 12 - Pole T-T , 178 12 poles , 192 slots , 538
3 -Phase , 14 -Pole T-T , 191 12 poles , 210 slots , 553
3 - Phase , 16 -Pole T-T , 192 18 poles , 96 slots , 554
3 -Phase , 18- Pole T-T , 193 18 poles , 99 slots , 543
3 - Phase , 20 -Pole T -T , 195 18 poles , 114 slots , 557
3 - Phase , 22 -Pole 197 T-T , 18 poles , 117 slots , 547
3 -Phase , 24 -Pole 199 T-T , 18 poles , 126 slots , 534
3 - Phase , 26 -Pole 201 T-T , 18 poles , 132 slots , 558
3 -Phase , 28 - Pole203 T-T , 18 poles , 138 slots , 560
3 -Phase , 30 - Pole205 T-T , 18 poles , 144 slots , 541
Connection Table , Wave Winding , 18 poles , 150 slots , 562
Fractional - slot , Balanced , 8 18 poles , 153 slots , 549
poles , 54 slots , 455 24 poles , 240 slots , 536
8 poles , 57 slots , 485 Connection Tables for Unbalanced
8 poles , 63 slots , 493 Fractional - Slot Wave Windings ,
8 poles , 90 slots , 464 List of , 564
8 poles , 105 slots , 490 Connection Table , Wave Winding ,
8 poles , 126 slots , 460 Progressive -Retrogressive, spp
8 poles , 135 slots , 498 = 17 , 4 to 24 poles , 378
8 poles , 150 slots , 463 spp = 2 , 4 to 24 poles , 379
10 poles , 72 slots , 471 spp = 21 , 4 to 24 poles,380
10 poles , 84 slots , 434 spp = 3 4 to 24 poles , 381
10 poles , 96 slots, 439 spp 3 ] , 4 to 18 poles,382
10 poles , 144 slots , 436 spp 4,4 to 14 poles , 383
10 poles , 168 slots , 475 spp = 41,4 to 12 poles,384
10 poles , 192 slots , 474 spp = 5 , 4 to 10 poles , 384
12 poles, 81 slots , 456 spp = 51,4 to 10 poles,385
12 poles , 135 slots , 466 spp = 6,4 to 8 poles, 385
14. poles, 90 slots , 443 spp 7 , 4 to 8 poles, 386
14 poles , 96 slots , 481 spp 8 , 4 to 8 poles , 386
14 poles , 120 slots , 446

759
 INDEX TO TABLES (Cont'd . )

Connection Table, Wave Winding ,Re Grouping of Coils and Unbalance in

trogressive, spp = 14 , 4 to 24 Magnitude and Phase Angle for
poles , 369 2 - Phase Windings with a Number
spp = 2 , 4 to 24 poles , 370 of Slots Not Divisible by the
spp = 21 , 4 to 24 poles ,371 Number of Phases , 254
spp = 3 , 4 to 24 poles , 372 Grouping of Coils and Unbalance in
spp = 31 , 4 to 18 poles ,373 Magnitude and Phase Angle for
spp = 4 , 4 to 14 poles , 374 3 - Phase Windings with a Number
spp 41 , 4 to 12 poles , 375 of Slots Not Divisible by the
spp 5 , 4 to 10 poles , 375 Number of Phases , 256
spp = 54 , 4 to 10 poles, 376
spp = 6 , 4 to 8 poles , 376 Insulating Materials and Temperature
spp 7 , 4 to 8 poles , 377 Limits , Standard Classification
spp = 8 , 4 to 8 poles , 377 of , 41
Connection Tables and working Dia Insulating Materials , Guide for
grams for Balanced Fractional Stator Rewinding, 48
Slot Wave Windings , 500 Insulation of Conductor, Materials
for , 42
Distribution Factors kdn for In Ground , Materials for , 43
tegral - slot 3 - phase Windings , of End Winding , 46
Values of , 728 of End Winding , Materials for , 45
Distribution Table of the Lower of Normal Coil for Class A Rotor
Conductors for spp = 1 ( Wave Wave Windings , 47
Winding ) , 387 Insulation for class A , B , and H
of the Upper Conductors for spp Coils , Normal Ground , 44
1 } (Wave Winding) , 387 Interlaced Windings per Phase ( the
of the Upper and Lower Conductors Number of) and the Winding Pitch,
for spp = 2 ( Wave Winding ) , 388 Table for the Determination of
of the Lower Conductors for spp = the , 501
21 (Wave Winding) , 388
of the Upper Conductors for spp = Pitch Factors ( kpn) for Harmonics
24 (Wave Winding) , 389 at Different Pitches for In
of the Upper and Lower Conductors tegral - Slot Windings ,Values of ,
for spp = 3 (Wave Winding ) , 389 731
of the Lower Conductors for spp = Pitch , Winding , and the Number of
31 ( Wave Winding ) , 390 Interlaced Windings per Phase ,
of the Upper Conductors for spp = Table for the Determination of
3 } ( Wave Winding) , 390 the , 501
of the Upper and Lower Conductors Pitch , Winding, and the value of
for spp = 4 ( Wave Winding ) , 391 a for various values of the
of the Lower Conductors for spp = Fraction of spp , Table for the
44 (Wave Winding) , 391 Determination of the , 564
of the Upper Conductors for spp =
41 ( Wave Winding) , 392 rpm , Synchronous , for Different
of the Upper and Lower Conductors Numbers of Poles and Different
for spp = 5 ( Wave Winding) , 392 Frequencies , 3
of the Lower Conductors for spp =
5 } (Wave Winding ) , 393 spp for 2 - Phase Windings , Master
ofthe Upper Conductors for spp = spp
Table of , 74
for
54 ( Wave Winding ) , 393 3 - Phase Windings , Master
of the Upper and Lower Conductors Table of , 76
for spp = 6 ( Wave Winding ) , 394 spp for 2 - Phase Windings with a
of the Upper and Lower Conductors Number of Slots Not Divisible
for spp = 7 ( Wave Winding ) , 394 by the Number of Phases, 252
of the Upper and Lower Conductors spp for 3 - Phase Windings with a
for spp = 8 (Wave Winding ) , 394 Number of Slots Not Divisible
by the Number of Phases , 253
Grouping of Coils for 2 - Phase Wind
ings , 221 Temperature Limits and Insulating
for 3 - Phase Windings , 222 Materials , Standard Classifica
Grouping of Coils of Unbalanced 2 tion of, 41
Phase Windings with a Number of
Slots Divisible by the Number Unbalance in Magnitude and Phase
of Phases , 250 Angle for 2-Phase Windings with
Grouping of Coils of Unbalanced 3 a Number of Slots Not Divisible
Phase Windings with a Number of by the Number of Phases , and
Coil Slots Divisible by the Coil Grouping , 254
Number of Phases , 251
760
 INDEX TO TABLES (Cont'd . )

Unbalance in Magnitude and Phase Voltage of Various Connections from

Angle for 3 -Phase Windings with 3 - phase to 2 -phase and Vice
a Number of Slots Not Divisible Versa , Percentage , 605
by the Number of Phases , and Wedge Dimensions for Wound Rotors ,
Coil Grouping, 256 50
Unbalance of 3 - Phase Windings with Working Diagrams and Connection
a Number of Slots Divisible by
3 , 263 Tables for Balanced Fractional
Slot Wave Windings , 500
Working Diagrams and Connection
Tables for Unbalanced Fraction
Voltage of Various 3 - Phase Connec al - Slot Wave Windings , List of ,
tions , Percentage , 593 564

MISCELLANEOUS TABLES

Copper Wire , Data on Bare and In Induction Motors from 1/2 Horse
sulated Round , 735 power to 200 Horsepower , 741
Data on Square Bare , 737 Operating Data ( Approximate ) for
Currents of Single - phase Motors , Constant Speed Squirrel Cage
Approximate Full - load , 740 Induction Motors and for Wound
Frequency and Voltage Variation on Rotor Induction Motors from 250
Induction Motor Characterist to 1000 Horsepower , 743
ics , General Effect of , 733 Sine Values for 45 to 90 Degrees
Insulation Covering for Square or for Use in Figuring Pitch Fac
Rectangular Wire, Nominal Thick tors , 739
ness of , 738 Voltage and Frequency Variation on
Operating Ďata ( Approximate ) for Induction Motor Characterist
Constant Speed Squirrel Cage ics , General Effect of , 733

761
 GENERAL INDEX
A Coil grouping , 208
a , value and sign of , 402
Abnormal front -pitches , 266 , 396 , 502
Angle , between 2 slots , 673 "
magnetic field , 673
Arrangement of conductors in wave
windings , ??
Arrangement of leads , 22
B tional- slot winding a x + 1 and
Back pitch , 264 , 402 , 506
Balance, conditions of , 212 , 682
Balanced fractional- slot lap wind
ings , 207 , 212 , 670 , 683
Balanced fractional -slot wave wind
ings , 264 , 396
Banding end windings , 36
Beginnings of phases , 4 , 53 , 60 ,
66 , 216 , 218 , 237 , 292, 407 ,
409 , 417 , 430 , 514 , 509 , 519 ,
681
Bottom coil side , 22
Bottom - to - bottom connection , 16 , 53
Bottom - to - top connection , 15 , 53,
565
Brick winding , 20
C Connection , long pitch , advantage
Changing the number of poles , 565
a capacitor- start motor to a
split -phase motor , 649
a 2 - value capacitor motor with
transformer to a capacitor
start- motor , 650
from series to 2-parallel or other
combination by use of connec
tion tables , 55
the number of parallel circuits ,
592
the spacing between the begin
nings of the phases , wave wind
ings , 278
a split- phase motor to capacitor
start motor , 649
Checking a 2 -phase winding , 60
a 2- phase or 3 - phase winding by a
dummy rotor or steel ball , 61
a 3 -phase winding , 66
a wave winding , 662
the spp of a wave winding , 294
Chord factor , 597
Chorded winding , 4
Classification of a- c windings , 5
of single - phase motors , 609
Clip insulation , 35
Clips , number of ,at connection end ,
wave windings , 270 , 300
at end opposite leads , wave wind
ings , 279
Clockwise connection of conductors ,
wave windings , 404
Coil , 1
Coil group , 1
762
Coil grouping tables , how to use
them , 208 , 233
Coil pitch , 4
Coils, left - hand, 15 , 22 , 266
pulled straight- up wound , 17
right -hand , 15 , 22 , 266
throw , 15 , 16
Comparison between balanced and un
balanced lap windings , 706
Comparison between balanced frac
a = - 1 , 410
Comparison between balanced frac
tional- slot winding a = + 2 and
a = - 2 , 418 , 426
Comparison of retrogressive connec
tion with progressive - retro
gressive connection , 273 , 277
Conditions of balance , 212 , 682
Conductor , 1
Conductors, arrangement of , in wave
winding , 32
Conductor distribution tables , lay
ing out , 291
how to use them , 277
Conductor insulation , 25 , 42 , 622
Connection diagrams , how to use
them , 52 , 207 , 237 , 626
Connection , long jumper for 2 - par
allel circuits , 59
of , 272
short pitch , advantage of , 272
Connection table , laying out , for
wave windings , 291
Connection tables , use of them , 52 ,
277 , 285 , 397 , 502
Connectors required for series con
nection of all parts of the
pha se , of a balanced fraction
al - slot wave winding , 407
Consecutive waves , 405
Consequent pole , 637
Consequent pole winding , 565
Copper losses , 20
Core, rewinding an old , 606
Counterclockwise connection of con
ductors , wave windings , 404
Creepage distances , 31
Cycle , 1
Cyclic shift of coils , 683
Cyclic shift , more than one coil,
687
D
D - series , 403 , 507, 691
Delta , reconnecting from , to star ,
591
Delta connection , 69, 248 , 306
Designation of pole -phase groups ,
51 , 63
Direction of rotation for single
pha se motors , 632
Direction of rotation, predetermin
ing for split -phase motors, 644
 GENERAL INDEX (Cont'd . )

Distribution chart , single-phase Insulation , slot , 32 , 622

winding , 619 , 624 strand , 25
Distribution factor , 597 , 674 , 683 , stub connections, 29
719 support , 35
of single - phase windings , 723 Integral - slot lap windings , 9 , 10 ,
Doubly chorded windings , 689 , 696 51
Dual voltage connection , 61 , 69 Integral- slot wave windings , 301
Dual voltage motors , 634

E J

Electrical faults , common , a- C Jumper , insulation , 29

windings , 658 long , 54 , 58 , 65
End windings . banding , 36 long coonnection for 2- parallel
circuit winding , 59
End windings , insulation , 24 , 27 ,
32 , 33 , 45 reversing , 266
Equal distribution parts , number short , 58 , 65
of , 208
Equal windings parts , number of
211 , 212 L
Equalizer connections , 70 , 71 , 626
L - Connection, 642 , 647
Lap winding, balanced fractional
F slot , 267 , 675 , 683
Lap windings , unbalanced fraction
Flux , 589 al- slot, 238 , 241 , 701 , 704
Fractional-pitch winding , 4 Laying out, conductor distribution
Fractional -slot lap windings , 207 , tables , 291
238 connection tables , wave windings ,
Fractional - slot wave windings 264 , 291
396 , 502 a working diagram for balanced
Fractional - slot windings , 9 , 10 fractional- slot winding , 399
Frequency , 1 a doubly- chorded wa ve winding ,
reconnecting for another , 594 696
rewinding for different , 649 Layout of 2 -phase windings, 56 , 214
Front pitch , 265 , 272 , 402 , 506 of 3 - phase windings , 62 , 217
Full pitch winding , 4 of singly chorded balanced frac
tional- slot windings , 692
of a wave winding with number of
G slots not divisible by 3 , 525
of a winding with a * + 1,408
Ground insulation , 26 , 27 , 33 , 43 of a winding with a = + 2 , N =
Ground insulation for Class " A " even number , 415
wave windings , 47 of a winding with a = 2, N =
Grounds , 658 odd number , 425
Guide for stator rewinding material, of winding with a larger than 2 ,
48 430
of a winding with the number of
H slots divisible by 3 and denom
inator of spp = 3, 508
Horsepower , constant for 2 - speed of a winding with the number of
slots divisible by 3 and denom
windings , 567 inator of spp - 6 , 512
determination of 606 of a winding with the number of
slots divisible by 3 and the
I denominator of spp 3 9 , 517
Lead, insulation , 28
Insulation , clips, 35 Leads , arrangement of , 22
conductor, 25 , 42 , 622 finishing , 21
end windings , 27 , 32 , 33 , 45 starting, 21
ground , 25 , 33 , 43 equal mechanical spacing , of , 413
ground for class " A " wave wind Left -hand coils , 266
ings , 47 Line connection diagram , 632
jumpers , 29 Long jumper , 58 , 65
lead , 26 Long jumper , connection , 53
materials , Class 0 , A , B , and H use of , 54
defined , 41 Long -pitch, 266

763
 GENERAL INDEX (Cont'd . )
Long -pitch , short -pitch connection ,
268
Long throw connection , 629
Longer front pitches , number of ,
271 , 509 , 514
Losses , copper , 20
Lower conductor , 264
M numbering of, 51
Magnetic unbalance , 70
Materials , for conductor insulation ,
42
for ground insulation , 43, 44
for end winding insulation , 45, 46
Mechanical clearance , 30 , 35 , 47
Mechanical spacing of leads , 413
N tion , 266 , 270 , 275
Neutral point of a 3 - phase winding ,
69
Noise , 601
Normaí front pitches , 272
Number of clips at connection end
of a winding , 279 , 300
Number of conductors per slot larger
than 2 , 695
Number of poles, 1 , 11
Number of pole-phase groups, 3
Number of slots in а repeatable
winding part , 403
Numbering of pole - phase groups , 51
0 for another frequency , 594
Open circuits , 664
Output constant , 606
P Reference points for working dia
Parallel circuits , changing the
number of , 592
number of when less than number
of repeatable winding parts, 214
maximum number of , when using
long jumpers , 210
maximum number of, when using
short jumper , 210
lap windings , maximum number of ,
52, 65 , 209 , 210 , 213 , 235,237 ,
239 , 244 , 610 , 682 , 690
wave windings , maximum number of ,
307 , 317 , 405 , 417 , 512 , 517 ,
526 , 695,697
Parallel connection , types of , for
3 - phase windings , 64
Parallel paths , 2 or more, for the
balanced fractional - slot wave
winding , 433
Parasitic currents , 19
Pitch factors , single phase wind
ings , 723
3 - phase windings , 719
764
Polarity of a coil side , 406
of the ends of winding parts, 406,
412 , 415 , 420 , 425, 428 , 432 ,
524
of the starts of winding parts ,
405 , 412 , 415 , 420 , 425 , 428,
432 , 524
Pole- phase groups , 3
designation of , 51, 63
sequence of , 215 , 217 , 219 , 233 ,
235 , 247 , 676 , 680
split , 235
total number of , 3
Pole pitch , 3
Poles, changing the number of , 565
number of , 1 , 11
Power output , 590
Progressive connection , 267 , 272
Progressive -retrogressive connec
comparison with progressive , 273,
277
Pulled coils , cross - over , 17
R
Reconnecting a capacitor start motor
for different voltage , 646
a permanent split and á 2 - value
capacitor motor for different
voltage , 647
a winding from delta to star , 591
a winding from star to delta , 591
an old winding , factors to con
sider when , °589
for another number of phases , 602
for another speed , 598
for another voltage , 590
a split - phase motor for different
voltage, 645
grams , 298 , 299 , 398
Repeatablé distribution parts , num
ber of , 211 , 212 ber
Repeatable winding parts, num
of , 21 1 , 40 2 , 67 0 , 69 2 "
Repeatable winding parts , number
of slots , in , 403
Retrogressive connection , compari
son with progressive - retrogres
sive , 273 , 277
Retrogressive ( SP ) connection , using
left - hand coils , 268
using right hand coils , 272
Reversible motors , 630
Reversing jumper , 266 4
Reversing split - phase motors , 64
Rewinding a capacitor - start ' motor
for different voltage , 646
a permanent - split and a 2 -value
capacitor motor for different
voltage , 647
a split - phase motor for different
voltage , 645
an old core , 606
 GENERAL INDEX (Cont'd . )

Rewinding for different break - down Terminal markings , single -phase

torque at same voltage , 648 windings , 626
for different frequency , split 3 -phase lap windings , 57 , 64
phase motor only , 649 Tie rings, insulation , 29
Rewinding materials , guide for Top coil side , 22
stator , 48 Top - to - bottom connection , 15 , 53 ,
Right -hand coils , 266 565
Rotation , direction for single-phase Top - to -top connection , 16 , 53
motors , 632 Torque , 590
predetermining direction for split constant , for 2 - speed windings ,
phase motor , 644 567
reversing , single phase motors , locking, 601
644 variable , for 2 - speed windings ,
567
Trouble chart for induction motors ,
s 667
Turn , definition , of , i
Scott , or T - connection , 603 Turns , per phase, 18 , 589, 597
Second chording , 688 639
Two -speed motors , 565, 631, constant
Semi - closed slot , 5 Two - speed windings for
Sequence of pole - phase groups , 215 , horsepower , 567
217 , 219 , 233 , 235 , 247 , 676 , constant torque , 567
680 variable torque , 567
Series of coils , 264 Types , single phase motors , defini
Shifting repeatable parts , 688 tion of , 609
Short circuits , 659
Short jumper , 58 , 65
Short- jumper connection , 53
Short pitch , 266
Short - pitch connection , 268 Unbalance , kinds of , 232 , 701
Short - throw connection , 629 Magnetic, 70
Shorter front pitches , number of , Magnitude of , 529 , 711
270 , 275 Permissible degree of , 248
Single phase , auxiliary windings , Unbalanced fractiona l -slot lap wind
639 , 238 , onal
ings , 232 fracti , 701, 704
241 -slot
Unbalanced wave
intermediate windings , 639
ma in windings , 639 windings , 502 , 707 , 709
2 - speed windings , 619 Upper conductors , 264
Slot chart , 246
Slot insulation, 32
Slot pitches , 265 V
Slot shapes for squirrel cage wind
ings , 37 , 39
Slot shapes for stators and rotors , Vibration , 629
6 Voltage , reconnection for another ,
Slot star , 670 590
Slots, per pole per phase , 2 Volts per turn , 17
Speed , reconnecting for another , 598
Split pole-phase groups, 235 W
Spp , 2
checking for wave winding , 294
Star connection , 69 , 306 Wedges dimensions for wound rotors ,
Star connection of the phases , 306 36 , 50
Star reconnection from , to delta , shapes, 36
591 Winding , brick , 20
Strand , definition , 1 chain , 5 , 6
insulation , 25 chorded , 4
Stranding of rectangular conduc distributed , 5 , 6
tors , 19 , 34 doubly chorded , 689
Stub - connection insulation , 29 flat diamond , 8, 12 , 13
Support insulation , 35 fractional pitch , 4
Swing connection , 632 , 646 , 647 full pitch , 4
Synchronous speed , 2 hand, 613
round end , 7 , 12 , 13
single layer , 5
T skein , 7 , 615
spread diamond , 8 , 12 , 14 , 15
T - connection ; 642, 648 mould, 6 , 12 , 614
T- or Scott connection , 603 2 - layer , 3 , 5 , 9
765
 GENERAL INDEX (Cont'd . )
Winding , 2 speeds with one , 565
2- zone , 719
3 - zone, 565 , 596 , 719
6 zone, 565 , 596 , 719
Winding parts , starts and ends , 292 ,
405 , 409 , 417 , 430 , 509, 514 ,
519, 521
Winding pitch , 265 , 402 , 506 , 691
even , 402
odd , 402
of balanced fractional- slot wave
windings , 401 , 406
of unbalanced fractional - slot wave
windings , 506
series, 403,507
Windings, balanced fractional-slot ,
lap , 9 , 10 , 11 , 207 , 212 , 670 ,
683
ba lanced fractional -slot , wave
264 , 396 691
integral- slot, 9 , 10 , 264 , 307
interlaced, 405, 567 , 570
squirrel, cage, kinds of , 37
2- layer , 5
2- phase , 1
3 - phase , 1
unbalanced fractional-slot , lap ,
232 , 238 , 241 , 701 , 704
unbalanced ' fractional - slot , wave ,
502 , 707 , 709
Windings , wave , 9 , 10 , 11
wave , with more than 2 conduc
tors per slot , 301 , 317
2 speeds with two, 567
3 speeds with two , 570
4 speeds with two , 570
Wiring diagram , 632
Working diagram , general, balanced
fractional -slot wave windings,
400
general, progressive - retrogres
sive windings , 299
general, retrogressive windings,
298
general, unbalanced fractional
slot wave windings , 505
reference points for , 289 , 299,
398 , 400 , 505
, use of, 285
Working diagrams, 285 , 398 , 505
development of , 279
Wrong connections , 661
Wrong number of poles, 664
Wrong voltage , 663
Wye connection , 69, 306
Y
y - series , 511 , 691
766
1

1
89089710818
ok may be kept
FOURTEEN DAYS
f TWO CENTS will be charged
B89089710818A i day the book is kept overtime.

DEC 17 58

Demco 291 - B5
ΤΟ 742687
CUTTER
• L 765
W
89089710818

b89089710818a